Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 11, 2013

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   7372   56-2257867

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

2701 Aerial Center Parkway

Morrisville, NC 27560

(919) 228-4700

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including

area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

M. Scot Wingo

Chief Executive Officer

ChannelAdvisor Corporation

2701 Aerial Center Parkway

Morrisville, NC 27560

(919) 228-4700

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Brent B. Siler, Esq.

Ryan E. Naftulin, Esq.

Brian F. Leaf, Esq.

Cooley LLP

11951 Freedom Drive

Reston, VA 20190-5656

Telephone: (703) 456-8000

Fax: (703) 456-8100

 

S. Scott Alridge, Esq.

General Counsel and Secretary

ChannelAdvisor Corporation

2701 Aerial Center Parkway

Morrisville, NC 27560

Telephone: (919) 228-4700

Fax: (866) 225-3085

 

Mark G. Borden, Esq.

Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP

60 State Street

Boston, MA 02109

Telephone: (617) 526-6000

Fax: (617) 526-5000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:  As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

 

Title of Securities being Registered   Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering
Price(1)(2)
  Amount of
Registration
Fee

Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share

  $86,250,000   $11,764.50

 

(1) In accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the number of shares being registered and the proposed maximum offering price per share are not included in this table.
(2) Estimated solely for purposes of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act.

 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. (Check one):

 

Large Accelerated Filer   ¨    Accelerated Filer   ¨    Non-accelerated Filer   x    Smaller Reporting Company   ¨

The registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment that specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion. Dated April 11, 2013

             Shares

 

LOGO

Common Stock

 

 

This is an initial public offering of shares of common stock of ChannelAdvisor Corporation. All of the                 shares of common stock are being sold by us.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $         and $        . We have applied to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “ECOM.”

We are an “emerging growth company” as that term is used in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 and, as such, have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements.

 

 

See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 11 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our common stock.

 

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

     Per Share      Total  

Initial public offering price

   $                    $                

Underwriting discount

   $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to ChannelAdvisor

   $         $     

To the extent that the underwriters sell more than              shares of common stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional              shares from us at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on                     , 2013.

 

Goldman, Sachs & Co.    Stifel        

Pacific Crest Securities

 

BMO Capital Markets   Needham & Company      Raymond James   

 

 

Prospectus dated                     , 2013


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1   

Risk Factors

     11   

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     28   

Industry and Market Data

     29   

Use of Proceeds

     30   

Dividend Policy

     30   

Capitalization

     31   

Dilution

     33   

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

     35   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     38   

Business

     66   

Management

     83   

Executive Compensation

     91   

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     99   

Principal Stockholders

     102   

Description of Capital Stock

     105   

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     111   

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders

     114   

Underwriting

     118   

Legal Matters

     122   

Experts

     122   

Where You Can Find Additional Information

     122   

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-1   

 

 

We have not authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.

Through and including                     , 2013 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

For investors outside the United States: We have not and the underwriters have not done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons who come into possession of this prospectus and any applicable free writing prospectus in jurisdictions outside the United States are required to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions as to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus and any such free writing prospectus applicable to that jurisdiction.


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that you should consider in making your investment decision. Before investing in our common stock, you should carefully read this entire prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto and the information set forth under the sections “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” in each case included in this prospectus. Unless the context otherwise requires, we use the terms “ChannelAdvisor,” “company,” “we,” “us” and “our” in this prospectus to refer to ChannelAdvisor Corporation and, where appropriate, our consolidated subsidiaries.

Company Overview

We are a leading provider of software-as-a-service, or SaaS, solutions that enable our retailer and manufacturer customers to integrate, manage and optimize their merchandise sales across hundreds of online channels. Through our platform, we enable our customers to connect with new and existing sources of demand for their products, including e-commerce marketplaces, such as eBay, Amazon and Newegg, search engines and comparison shopping websites, such as Google, Microsoft’s Bing, and Nextag, and emerging channels, such as Facebook and Groupon. Our suite of solutions, accessed through a standard web browser, provides our customers with a single, integrated user interface to manage their product listings, inventory availability, pricing optimization, search terms, data analytics and other critical functions across these channels. Our proprietary cloud-based technology platform delivers significant breadth, scalability and flexibility to our customers. In 2012, our customers processed over $3.5 billion in gross merchandise value, or GMV, through our platform. As of December 31, 2012, our customers managed over 100 million stock-keeping units, or SKUs, of their inventory on our platform.

We serve customers across a wide range of industries and geographies. As of December 31, 2012, we had over 1,900 customers worldwide, including 27% of the top 500 U.S. Internet retailers, as ranked by Internet Retailer magazine based on 2011 sales, up from 16% of the top 500 U.S. Internet retailers, based on 2007 sales, as of December 31, 2007. Our customers include both traditional and online retailers, such as Ann Taylor, eBags.com, J&R Electronics and Jos. A. Bank Clothiers, as well as manufacturers of consumer goods, such as Dell, Dooney and Bourke, Lenovo, Sony and Under Armour. We derive revenue primarily from subscription fees paid to us by our customers for access to our cloud-based solutions. We generally structure our contracts to include both a fixed subscription fee and a variable subscription fee that allows us to participate in a share of our customers’ GMV processed through our platform. We believe this contract structure aligns our interests with those of our customers.

The e-commerce market has grown significantly over the last several years, as consumers have increasingly shifted their retail purchases from traditional brick and mortar stores to online stores and marketplaces. This trend has created many opportunities for retailers and manufacturers, but at the same time has resulted in additional complexity and challenges. Retailers and manufacturers seeking new avenues to expand their online sales must manage product data and transactions across hundreds of highly fragmented online channels where data attributes vary, requirements change frequently and the pace of innovation is rapid and increasing.

In response to these challenges, we offer retailers and manufacturers SaaS solutions that enable them to integrate, manage and optimize their merchandise sales across disparate online channels on a unified platform. As channels frequently update their product information requirements, policies, merchandising strategies and integration specifications, retailers and manufacturers must revise their

 

 

1


Table of Contents

online business strategies, product listings and attributes, and business rules, which can be resource-intensive and time-consuming. Through our SaaS platform, which is delivered using a single code base and multi-tenant architecture, our customers have real-time access to our most up-to-date capabilities for listing and managing their products on new and existing online channels.

From 2010 to 2012, our total revenue increased from $36.7 million to $53.6 million, a compound annual growth rate of 20.9%. Our core revenue increased from $32.7 million in 2010 to $51.2 million in 2012, a compound annual growth rate of 25.1%. Our core revenue excludes revenue attributable to the products from two small acquisitions that we completed prior to 2008 and that are no longer part of our strategic focus, as discussed further in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Operating and Financial Performance Metrics.” Our gross margin, based on total revenue, expanded from 66.8% in 2010 to 72.5% in 2012.

Industry Background

According to Forrester Research, Inc., or Forrester, an industry research firm, e-commerce consumer spending in the United States, Europe, Asia-Pacific and Latin America is expected to increase from $534 billion in 2011 to $1.1 trillion in 2016, a compound annual growth rate of 15%.

E-commerce is an increasingly complex and fragmented market due to the hundreds of channels available to retailers and manufacturers and the rapid pace of change and innovation across those channels. Several significant trends have contributed to this increasing complexity and fragmentation, including:

 

  Ÿ  

the emergence and growth of online third-party marketplaces;

 

  Ÿ  

mainstream adoption of mobile devices for e-commerce;

 

  Ÿ  

the increased use of search engines and comparison shopping websites;

 

  Ÿ  

global growth in e-commerce driving opportunities for international sales; and

 

  Ÿ  

the increasing use of social networks and other specialty websites as e-commerce channels.

The increasing complexity and fragmentation of e-commerce channels is placing greater demands on retailers and manufacturers that want to grow their online sales. They need solutions that will enable them to easily integrate their product offerings and inventory across multiple online channels. Traditionally, retailers and manufacturers built in-house solutions, purchased channel-specific solutions, known as point solutions, or used the channels’ individual capabilities. However, in-house solutions can be costly and difficult to adapt to industry change and innovation, and point solutions, as well as channels’ individual solutions, can be narrowly tailored and can limit retailers and manufacturers to managing single online channels or a single category of channels.

SaaS platforms generally offer customers several distinct advantages over these types of traditional models, including lower upfront and ongoing costs, faster speed of implementation and less reliance on internal IT staff. Gartner Inc., or Gartner, an industry research firm, estimates that the total worldwide cloud SaaS market will grow from $13.4 billion in 2011 to $32.2 billion in 2016, a compound annual growth rate of 19%, and that sales of e-commerce enablement services will grow from $4.8 billion in 2011 to $9.0 billion in 2016, a compound annual growth rate of 13%.

Our Solutions

Our suite of SaaS solutions allows our customers to more easily integrate, manage and optimize their online sales across hundreds of available channels through a single, integrated platform. Our suite

 

 

2


Table of Contents

of solutions includes a number of individual offerings, or modules. Each module integrates with a particular type of channel, such as third-party marketplaces, paid search or comparison shopping websites, or supports specific online functionality, such as creating webstores or employing rich media solutions on their websites. We believe our suite of solutions offers the following key benefits for our customers:

 

  Ÿ  

Single, fully integrated solution .     We provide our customers with a single web-based interface as the central location for them to control, analyze and manage their online sales across hundreds of available channels and multiple geographies. This unified view enables our customers to more easily and cost-effectively manage product listings, inventory availability, pricing optimization, search terms, data analytics and other critical functions.

 

  Ÿ  

Reduced integration costs, time to market and dependence on in-house resources .    Customers can more easily and quickly introduce their products, both to channels on which they already have a presence and to new channels, without incurring the costs related to installing and maintaining their own hardware and software infrastructure.

 

  Ÿ  

Scalable technology platform .    In 2012, our customers processed over $3.5 billion in GMV through our platform, and as of December 31, 2012, our customers managed over 100 million SKUs of their inventory on our platform. We believe that the scalability of our platform allows our customers to quickly and efficiently increase the number of product listings and transactions processed through our platform.

 

  Ÿ  

Flexibility to adapt and instantaneous access to our most up-to-date capabilities .      When we develop and deploy new features, functions and capabilities, or make changes to keep up with the changing priorities and requirements of each channel, our customers simultaneously benefit from those new capabilities and changes.

 

  Ÿ  

Robust data and reporting analytics .     We provide our customers with actionable insights across the latest channel and consumer trends and general product performance, which enables them to evaluate and, if necessary, improve the efficiency of their business rules on existing or new channels.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe we have the following competitive strengths:

 

  Ÿ  

Industry leadership .    We believe that we are regarded as a trusted expert on the e-commerce industry. We have thousands of customers and we also maintain close working relationships with the major channels, including Amazon, eBay and Google. These relationships often provide us early visibility into upcoming changes that are important to our customers.

 

  Ÿ  

Channel independence .    Unlike the integration and listings management solutions offered by individual channels or third-party solutions that support only one channel or category of channel, our solutions do not favor any one channel over others. This channel independence enables our customers to optimize their online sales regardless of the specific channels they choose.

 

  Ÿ  

Network effects .    We believe the breadth of channels that we support attracts customers to our solutions. As our customer base has grown, we have experienced increased demand from channels seeking to be integrated with our platform. We believe the demands of our customers for access to new online channels, and the demands of online channels for access to new retailers and manufacturers, reinforce each other and enhance the value of our solutions.

 

 

3


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

Economies of scale .    With over 1,900 customers subscribing to our solutions that generate core revenue, which we refer to as core customers, we believe that we have achieved economies of scale across our customer base that enable us to provide services more cost-effectively than retailers and manufacturers who develop and manage their own in-house systems.

 

  Ÿ  

Established global presence .    As of December 31, 2012, we had nearly 500 core customers outside of the United States. These customers accounted for over 20% of our core revenue during the year ended December 31, 2012. With international offices in the United Kingdom, Ireland, Germany, Australia and Hong Kong, we believe that our international presence enhances our ability to connect customers with demand for their products from a global audience.

Our Growth Strategy

We seek to strengthen our position as a leading provider of solutions that connect retailers and manufacturers with established and emerging online sources of demand for their products. The key elements of our growth strategy include:

 

  Ÿ  

Expanding our sales force to acquire new customers .     We intend to increase our sales force in order to reach and acquire new customers in existing and new geographies. By increasing investment in our sales and marketing capabilities, we believe that we will be able to further expand our brand among new potential customers, grow our revenue and achieve greater economies of scale.

 

  Ÿ  

Broadening and deepening existing customer relationships .     We intend to expand our sales, marketing and services efforts to help our customers increase their overall GMV processed through our platform by taking full advantage of the functionality of our suite of solutions. As our customer service team works with our customers to optimize usage of their existing modules, our customers’ online businesses often improve, and customers look to expand into additional modules within our suite of solutions.

 

  Ÿ  

Increasing our global market presence .     We intend to continue our international expansion to attract new international customers and help our existing multinational customers grow their online sales. We plan to expand our existing presence in Europe and the Asia-Pacific region and to establish new operations in Latin America and China.

 

  Ÿ  

Expanding the number of channels supported by our platform .     We intend to continue to integrate our solutions with additional channels both within the United States and abroad, such as MercadoLibre in Latin America and Alibaba in Asia. We believe that by selectively adding more channels, we will grow both our customer base and the potential GMV that customers are able to process through our platform.

 

  Ÿ  

Maintaining innovation leadership .     We intend to continue to develop and introduce new features and improved functionality to our platform. Key initiatives include developing increased workflow automation, enhanced data analytics and expanded foreign language support.

 

  Ÿ  

Opportunistically pursuing strategic acquisitions .     We may pursue acquisitions of complementary businesses and technologies that are consistent with our overall growth strategy. We believe that a selective acquisition strategy could enable us to enhance our product capabilities, gain new customers and accelerate our expansion into new markets.

 

 

4


Table of Contents

Risks Related to our Business

Our business is subject to a number of risks of which you should be aware before making an investment decision. These risks are discussed more fully in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus immediately following this prospectus summary. These risks include, among others:

 

  Ÿ  

We have incurred significant net losses since inception, and we expect our operating expenses to increase significantly in the foreseeable future, which may make it more difficult for us to achieve profitability.

 

  Ÿ  

A significant portion of our revenue is attributable to sales by our customers on the Amazon and eBay marketplaces and through advertisements on Google. Our inability to continue to integrate our solutions with these channels would make our solutions less appealing to existing and potential new customers and could significantly reduce our revenue.

 

  Ÿ  

We may not be able to respond to rapid changes in channel technologies or requirements, which could cause us to lose customers and revenue and make it more difficult to achieve profitability.

 

  Ÿ  

We may not be able to compete successfully against current and future competitors, which could include the channels themselves.

 

  Ÿ  

We currently rely on two non-redundant data centers to deliver our SaaS solutions. Any disruption of service at these facilities could harm our business.

 

  Ÿ  

We rely in part on a pricing model under which a portion of the subscription fees we receive from customers is variable, based upon the amount of GMV that those customers process through our platform, and any change in the attractiveness of that model or any decline in our customers’ sales could adversely affect our financial results.

 

  Ÿ  

If the e-commerce market does not grow, or grows more slowly than we expect, particularly on the channels that our solutions support, demand for our solutions could be adversely affected.

 

  Ÿ  

Our increasing international operations subject us to increased challenges and risks.

 

  Ÿ  

We may need additional capital in the future to meet our financial obligations and to pursue our business objectives. This capital may not be available on favorable terms, or at all.

Ownership of our Capital Stock

Upon the completion of this offering, our directors and executive officers and their affiliates will beneficially own, in the aggregate, approximately             shares of our common stock, or approximately     % of our outstanding common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in this offering.

Corporate Information

We were incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware in June 2001. Our principal executive offices are located at 2701 Aerial Center Parkway, Morrisville, North Carolina. Our telephone number is (919) 228-4700. The information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider any information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website as part of this prospectus or in deciding whether to purchase our common stock.

“ChannelAdvisor,” the ChannelAdvisor logo, and other trademarks or service marks of ChannelAdvisor Corporation appearing in this prospectus are the property of ChannelAdvisor Corporation. This prospectus contains additional trade names, trademarks and service marks of others, which are the property of their respective owners.

 

 

5


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Common stock offered by ChannelAdvisor

  

             shares

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

  

             shares

Option to purchase additional shares of common stock

  

The underwriters have an option to purchase a maximum of              additional shares from us. The underwriters can exercise this option at any time within 30 days from the date of this prospectus.

Use of proceeds

   We expect the net proceeds to us from this offering, after expenses, will be approximately $         million, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. The principal purposes of this offering are to create a public market for our common stock, facilitate our future access to the public equity markets and obtain additional capital. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes, including expansion of our sales and marketing capabilities and international operations. In addition, we may use a portion of the proceeds from this offering for opportunistic acquisitions of complementary businesses, technologies or other assets, although we do not have plans for any acquisitions.
   See “Use of Proceeds” on page 30 for additional information.

Risk factors

   See the section titled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 11 and the other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common stock.

Proposed NYSE symbol

   ECOM

The number of shares of our common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on 19,843,801 shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2012, and excludes:

 

  Ÿ  

35,250,371 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding under our 2001 stock plan as of December 31, 2012, at a weighted average exercise price of $0.24 per share;

 

 

6


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

29,670,334 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2012, at a weighted average exercise price of $0.77 per share; and

 

  Ÿ  

            shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity incentive plans following this offering.

Except as otherwise indicated herein, all information in this prospectus, including the number of shares that will be outstanding after this offering, assumes or gives effect to:

 

  Ÿ  

A         -for-         reverse stock split of our common stock expected to be completed prior to the completion of this offering;

 

  Ÿ  

the net exercise of warrants that will expire upon the closing of this offering to acquire             shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock, assuming an initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus;

 

  Ÿ  

the conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock, including the shares issuable upon the net exercise of warrants, into an aggregate of                      shares of our common stock, which will occur automatically upon the closing of this offering; and

 

  Ÿ  

no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares.

 

 

7


Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Financial Data

In the tables below, we provide you with summary consolidated financial data of ChannelAdvisor Corporation for the periods indicated. We have derived the following summary of our consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 from our audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future.

You should read this summary consolidated financial data together with the historical financial statements and related notes to those statements, as well as “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2010     2011     2012  
    (in thousands, except share and per
share data)
 

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

     

Revenue

  $ 36,688      $ 43,570      $ 53,587   

Cost of revenue

    12,164        12,248        14,749   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    24,524        31,322        38,838   

Operating expenses:

     

Sales and marketing

    14,867        19,106        24,326   

Research and development

    8,416        8,842        10,109   

General and administrative

    6,111        6,551        8,252   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    29,394        34,499        42,687   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (4,870     (3,177     (3,849

Total other income (expense)

    258        (636     (1,154
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

    (4,612     (3,813     (5,003

Income tax expense (benefit)

    112        51        (70
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (4,724   $ (3,864   $ (4,933
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share—basic and diluted

  $ (0.30   $ (0.22   $ (0.26
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share—basic and diluted(1)

      $     
     

 

 

 

Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding used in computing net loss per share—basic and diluted

    15,836,489        17,934,445        18,639,087   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding used in computing pro forma net loss per share—basic and diluted

     
     

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation expense included above:

     

Cost of revenue

  $ 21      $ 15      $ 64   

Sales and marketing

    59        16        224   

Research and development

    38        58        105   

General and administrative

    216        111        245   

Other financial data:

     

Adjusted EBITDA(2)

  $ (422   $ (910   $ (277

 

(1) Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share have been calculated assuming (i) the net exercise as of the beginning of the applicable period of warrants that will expire upon the closing of this offering, (ii) the conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of                      shares of common stock as of the beginning of the applicable period or at the time of issuance, if later, and (iii) the reclassification of the remaining outstanding preferred stock warrants from long-term liabilities to additional paid-in capital as of the beginning of the applicable period.
(2)

We define adjusted EBITDA, which is a non-GAAP financial measure, as net loss plus: income tax expense, interest expense, depreciation and amortization, and stock-based compensation. Please see “—Adjusted EBITDA” for more

 

 

8


Table of Contents
 

information and for a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP.

The following table presents our summary balance sheet data:

 

  Ÿ  

on an actual basis as of December 31, 2012;

 

  Ÿ  

on a pro forma basis to give effect to:

 

  Ÿ  

the issuance of                      shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock upon the net exercise of warrants that will expire upon the closing of this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus;

 

  Ÿ  

the conversion of the then outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock, including the shares issuable upon the net exercise of warrants, into an aggregate of                      shares of our common stock, which will occur automatically upon the closing of this offering; and

 

  Ÿ  

the reclassification of the remaining preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in-capital upon conversion of the redeemable convertible preferred stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants into common stock; and

 

  Ÿ  

on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give further effect to our sale of             shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The pro forma as adjusted information presented in the summary balance sheet data is illustrative only and will change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease each of cash, total assets and total stockholders’ equity on a pro forma as adjusted basis by approximately $        , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same.

 

     As of December 31, 2012
     Actual     Pro forma    Pro forma
as adjusted
     (in thousands)

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

       

Cash

   $ 10,865        

Accounts receivable, net

     9,571        

Restricted cash

     687        

Total assets

     48,022        

Long-term debt, including current portion

     10,972        

Series A and Series C warrants liability

     3,235        

Total liabilities

     33,706        

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock

     90,495        

Additional paid-in capital

     3,565        

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (76,179     

Adjusted EBITDA

To provide investors with additional information regarding our financial results, we have provided within this prospectus adjusted EBITDA, a financial measure that is not calculated in accordance with

 

 

9


Table of Contents

generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. We have provided below a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure.

We have included adjusted EBITDA in this prospectus because it is a key measure used by our management and board of directors to understand and evaluate our operating performance and trends, to prepare and approve our annual budget and to develop short- and long-term operational plans. In particular, the exclusion of some expenses in calculating adjusted EBITDA can provide a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our business. Accordingly, we believe that adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to investors in understanding and evaluating our operating results.

Our use of adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

 

  Ÿ  

although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be replaced in the future, and adjusted EBITDA does not reflect cash capital expenditure requirements for such replacements or for new capital expenditure requirements;

 

  Ÿ  

adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

 

  Ÿ  

adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the potentially dilutive impact of equity-based compensation;

 

  Ÿ  

adjusted EBITDA does not reflect interest or tax payments that may represent a reduction in cash available to us; and

 

  Ÿ  

other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate adjusted EBITDA differently, which reduces its usefulness as a comparative measure.

Because of these and other limitations, you should consider adjusted EBITDA together with other GAAP-based financial performance measures, including various cash flow metrics, net income (loss) and our other GAAP results. The following table presents a reconciliation of net loss to adjusted EBITDA for each of the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2010     2011     2012  
     (in thousands)  

Net loss

   $ (4,724   $ (3,864   $ (4,933

Adjustments:

      

Interest expense

     486        642        1,185   

Income tax expense (benefit)

     112        51        (70

Depreciation and amortization expense

     3,370        2,061        2,903   

Stock-based compensation expense

     334        200        638   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net adjustments

     4,302        2,954        4,656   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ (422   $ (910   $ (277
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

10


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Before you invest in our common stock, you should carefully consider the following risks, as well as general economic and business risks, and all of the other information contained in this prospectus. Any of the following risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition and cause the trading price of our common stock to decline, which would cause you to lose all or part of your investment. When determining whether to invest, you should also refer to the other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto.

Risks Related to Our Business

We have incurred significant net losses since inception, and we expect our operating expenses to increase significantly in the foreseeable future, which may make it more difficult for us to achieve profitability.

We incurred net losses of $3.9 million and $4.9 million in 2011 and 2012, respectively, and we had an accumulated deficit of $79.5 million as of December 31, 2012. We anticipate that our operating expenses will increase substantially in the foreseeable future as we invest in increased sales and marketing and research and development efforts. As a result, we can provide no assurance as to whether or when we will achieve profitability. In addition, as a public company, we will incur significant accounting, legal and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. To achieve profitability, we will need to either increase our revenue sufficiently to offset these higher expenses or significantly reduce our expense levels. Our recent revenue growth may not be sustainable, and if we are forced to reduce our expenses, our growth strategy could be compromised. If we are not able to achieve and maintain profitability, the value of our company and our common stock could decline significantly.

A significant portion of our revenue is attributable to sales by our customers on the Amazon and eBay marketplaces and through advertisements on Google. Our inability to continue to integrate our solutions with these channels would make our solutions less appealing to existing and potential new customers and could significantly reduce our revenue.

A substantial majority of the gross merchandise value, or GMV, that our customers process through our platform is derived from merchandise sold on the Amazon and eBay marketplaces or advertised on Google, and a similar portion of our variable subscription fees is attributable to sales by our customers through these channels. These channels, and the other channels with which our solutions are integrated, have no obligation to do business with us or to allow us access to their systems, and they may decide at any time and for any reason to significantly curtail or inhibit our ability to integrate our solutions with their channels. Additionally, Amazon, eBay or Google may decide to make significant changes to their respective business models, policies, systems or plans, and those changes could impair or inhibit our customers’ ability to use our solutions to sell their products on those channels, or may adversely affect the volume of GMV that our customers can sell on those channels or reduce the desirability of selling on those channels. Further, Amazon, eBay or Google could decide to compete with us more vigorously. Any of these results could cause our customers to reevaluate the value of our products and services and potentially terminate their relationships with us and significantly reduce our revenue.

We may not be able to respond to rapid changes in channel technologies or requirements, which could cause us to lose revenue and make it more difficult to achieve profitability.

The e-commerce market is characterized by rapid technological change and frequent changes in rules, specifications and other requirements for retailers and manufacturers to be able to sell their

 

11


Table of Contents

merchandise on particular channels. Our ability to retain existing customers and attract new customers depends in large part on our ability to enhance and improve our existing solutions and introduce new solutions that can adapt quickly to these technological changes on the part of channels. To achieve market acceptance for our solutions, we must effectively anticipate and offer solutions that meet frequently changing channel requirements in a timely manner. If our solutions fail to do so, our ability to renew our contracts with existing customers and our ability to create or increase demand for our solutions will be impaired.

If we are unable to retain our existing customers, our revenue and results of operations could be adversely affected.

We sell our solutions pursuant to contractual arrangements that generally have one-year terms. Therefore, our revenue growth depends to a significant degree upon subscription renewals. Our customers have no obligation to renew their subscriptions after the subscription term expires, and these subscriptions may not be renewed or, if renewed, may not be renewed on the same or more favorable terms for us. We may not be able to accurately predict future trends in customer renewals, and our customers’ renewal rates may decline or fluctuate because of several factors, including their satisfaction or dissatisfaction with our solutions, the cost of our solutions, the cost of solutions offered by our competitors and reductions in our customers’ spending levels. If our customers do not renew their subscriptions, renew on less favorable terms or for fewer modules, or do not purchase additional modules, our revenue may grow more slowly than expected or decline, and our ability to become profitable may be compromised.

We may not be able to compete successfully against current and future competitors. If we do not compete successfully, we could experience lower sales volumes and pricing pressure, which could cause us to lose revenues, impair our ability to pursue our growth strategy and compromise our ability to achieve profitability.

We face intense competition in the market for online channel management solutions and services, and we expect competition to intensify in the future. We have competitors, including some of the channels themselves, with longer operating histories, larger customer bases and greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources than we do. Increased competition may result in reduced pricing for our solutions, longer sales cycles or a decrease in our market share, any of which could negatively affect our revenue and future operating results and our ability to grow our business.

A number of competitive factors could cause us to lose potential sales or to sell our solutions at lower prices or at reduced margins, including:

 

  Ÿ  

Potential customers may choose to continue using or to develop applications in-house, rather than pay for our solutions;

 

  Ÿ  

The channels themselves, which typically offer software tools, often for free, that allow retailers and manufacturers to connect to them, may decide to compete more vigorously with us;

 

  Ÿ  

Competitors may adopt more aggressive pricing policies and offer more attractive sales terms, adapt more quickly to new technologies and changes in customer requirements, and devote greater resources to the promotion and sale of their products and services than we can;

 

  Ÿ  

Current and potential competitors have established or may establish cooperative relationships among themselves or with third parties to enhance their products and expand their markets, and consolidation in our industry is likely to intensify. Accordingly, new competitors or alliances among competitors may emerge and rapidly acquire significant market share;

 

  Ÿ  

Current and potential competitors may offer software that addresses one or more online channel management functions at a lower price point or with greater depth than our solutions and may be able to devote greater resources to those solutions than we can; and

 

12


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

Software vendors could bundle channel management solutions with other solutions or offer such products at a lower price as part of a larger product sale.

We may not be able to compete successfully against current and future competitors, including any channels that decide to compete against us more vigorously. In addition, competition may intensify as our competitors raise additional capital and as established companies in other market segments or geographic markets expand into our market segments or geographic markets. If we cannot compete successfully against our competitors, our business and our operating and financial results could be adversely affected.

If the e-commerce industry consolidates around a limited number of online channels, or if the complexities and challenges faced by retailers and manufacturers seeking to sell online otherwise diminish, demand for our solutions could decline.

Our solutions enable retailers and manufacturers to manage their merchandise sales through hundreds of disparate online channels. One of the key attractions of our solutions to retailers and manufacturers is the ability to help address the complexity and fragmentation of selling online. Although the number and variety of online channels available to retailers and manufacturers have been increasing, at the same time the share of online sales made through a small number of larger channels, particularly Amazon and eBay, has also been increasing. If the trend toward consolidation around a few large online channels accelerates, the difficulties faced by retailers and manufacturers could decline, which might make our solutions less important to retailers and manufacturers and could cause demand for our solutions to decline.

Software failures or human error could cause our solutions to oversell our customers’ inventory or misprice their offerings, which would hurt our reputation and reduce customer demand.

Our customers rely on our solutions to automate the allocation of their inventory simultaneously across multiple online channels, as well as to ensure that their sales comply with the policies of each channel and sometimes to dynamically determine product pricing at any given moment. Some customers subscribe to our solutions on a managed-service basis, in which case our personnel operate our solutions on behalf of the customer. In the event that our solutions do not function properly, or if there is human error on the part of our service staff, our customers might inadvertently sell more inventory than they actually have in stock, make sales that violate channel policies or underprice or overprice their offerings. Overselling their inventory could force our customers to cancel orders at rates that violate channel policies. Underpricing would result in lost revenue to our customers and overpricing could result in lost sales. In addition, our pricing policies with our customers are largely based upon our customers’ expectations of the levels of their GMV that will be processed through our platform over the term of their agreement with us, and errors in our software or human error could cause transactions to be incorrectly processed that would cause GMV to be in excess of our customers’ specified minimum amounts, in which case our variable subscription fee-based revenue could be overstated. Any of these results could reduce demand for our solutions and hurt our business reputation. Customers could also seek recourse against us in these cases and, while our contractual arrangements with customers typically provide that we are not liable for damages such as these, it is possible that these provisions would not be sufficient to protect us.

We rely on two non-redundant data centers to deliver our SaaS solutions. Any disruption of service at these facilities could harm our business.

We manage our platform and serve all of our customers from two third-party data center facilities that are non-redundant, meaning that neither facility serves as backup for the other. While we engineer and architect the actual computer and storage systems upon which our platform runs, we do not control the operation of the facilities at which they are deployed.

 

13


Table of Contents

The owners of our data facilities have no obligation to renew their agreements with us on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. If we are unable to renew these agreements on commercially reasonable terms, we may be required to transfer to new data center facilities, and we may incur significant costs and possible service interruption in connection with doing so.

Any changes in third-party service levels at our data centers or any errors, defects, disruptions or other performance problems with our solutions could harm our reputation and damage our customers’ businesses. Interruptions in our services could reduce our revenue, require us to issue credits to customers, subject us to potential liability, cause our existing customers to not renew their agreements or adversely affect our ability to attract new customers.

Our data centers are vulnerable to damage or interruption from human error, intentional bad acts, earthquakes, hurricanes, floods, fires, war, terrorist attacks, power losses, hardware failures, systems failures, telecommunications failures, cyber attacks and similar events. The occurrence of a natural disaster or an act of terrorism, or vandalism or other misconduct, a decision to close the facilities without adequate notice or other unanticipated problems could result in lengthy interruptions in the availability of our SaaS solutions or impair their functionality. Our business, growth prospects and operating results would also be harmed if our customers and potential customers are not confident that our solutions are reliable.

We rely in part on a pricing model under which a variable portion of the subscription fees we receive from customers is based upon the amount of GMV that those customers process through our platform, and any change in the attractiveness of that model or any decline in our customers’ sales could adversely affect our financial results.

We have adopted a pricing model under which a portion of the subscription fees we receive from our customers is variable, based on the amount of our customers’ GMV processed through our platform that exceeds a specified amount established by contract, which we refer to as variable subscription fees. Substantially all of our customer contracts include this variable subscription fee component. If sales by our customers processed through our platform were to decline, or if our customers were to demand fully fixed pricing terms that do not provide for any variability based on their GMV processed through our platform, our revenue and margins could decline.

Our quarterly operating results have fluctuated in the past and may do so in the future, which could cause our stock price to decline.

Our operating results have historically fluctuated due to changes in our business, and our future operating results may vary significantly from quarter to quarter due to a variety of factors, many of which are beyond our control. You should not rely on period-to-period comparisons of our operating results as an indication of our future performance. Factors that may cause fluctuations in our quarterly operating results include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

  Ÿ  

seasonal patterns in consumer spending;

 

  Ÿ  

the addition of new customers or the loss of existing customers;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in demand for our software;

 

  Ÿ  

the timing and amount of sales and marketing expenses;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in the prospects of the economy generally, which could alter current or prospective customers’ spending priorities, or could increase the time it takes us to close sales;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in our pricing policies or the pricing policies of our competitors;

 

14


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

costs necessary to improve and maintain our software platform; and

 

  Ÿ  

costs related to acquisitions of other businesses.

Our operating results may fall below the expectations of market analysts and investors in some future periods, which could cause the market price of our common stock to decline substantially.

The seasonality of our business creates significant variance in our quarterly revenue, which makes it difficult to compare our financial results on a sequential quarterly basis.

Our customers are retailers and manufacturers that typically realize a significant portion of their online sales in the fourth quarter of each year during the holiday season. As a result of this seasonal variation, our subscription revenue fluctuates, with the variable portion of our subscription fees being higher in the fourth quarter than in other quarters and with revenue generally declining in the first quarter sequentially from the fourth quarter. Our business is therefore not necessarily comparable on a sequential quarter-over-quarter basis and you should not rely solely on quarterly comparisons to analyze our growth.

Failure to adequately manage our growth could impair our ability to deliver high-quality solutions to our customers, hurt our reputation and compromise our ability to become profitable.

We have experienced, and may continue to experience, significant growth in our business. If we do not effectively manage our growth, the quality of service of our solutions may suffer, which could negatively affect our reputation and demand for our solutions. Our growth has placed, and is expected to continue to place, a significant strain on our managerial, operational and financial resources and our infrastructure. Our future success will depend, in part, upon the ability of our senior management to manage growth effectively. This will require us to, among other things:

 

  Ÿ  

hire additional personnel, both domestically and internationally;

 

  Ÿ  

implement additional management information systems;

 

  Ÿ  

maintain close coordination among our engineering, operations, legal, finance, sales and marketing and client service and support organizations; and

 

  Ÿ  

further develop our operating, administrative, legal, financial and accounting systems and controls.

Moreover, if our sales continue to increase, we may be required to concurrently deploy our hosting infrastructure at multiple additional locations or provide increased levels of customer service. Failure to accomplish any of these requirements could impair our ability to continue to deliver our solutions in a timely fashion, fulfill existing customer commitments or attract and retain new customers.

If we do not retain our senior management team and key employees, or if we fail to attract additional sales talent, we may not be able to sustain our growth or achieve our business objectives.

Our future success is substantially dependent on the continued service of our senior management team, particularly Scot Wingo, our chief executive officer, Aris Buinevicius, our chief technology officer, David Spitz, our president and chief operating officer, and John Baule, our chief financial officer. Our future success also depends on our ability to continue to attract, retain and motivate highly skilled technical, sales and administrative employees. Competition for these employees in our industry is intense. As a result, we may be unable to attract or retain these management and other key personnel that are critical to our success, resulting in harm to our key client relationships, loss of key information, expertise or know-how and unanticipated recruitment and training costs. The loss of the services of our senior management or other key employees could make it more difficult to successfully operate our business and pursue our business goals.

 

15


Table of Contents

Our strategy of pursuing opportunistic acquisitions or investments may be unsuccessful and may divert our management’s attention and consume significant resources.

A part of our growth strategy is to opportunistically pursue acquisitions of, or investments in, other complementary businesses or individual technologies. Any acquisition or investment may require us to use significant amounts of cash, issue potentially dilutive equity securities or incur debt. In addition, acquisitions involve numerous risks, any of which could harm our business, including:

 

  Ÿ  

difficulties in integrating the operations, technologies, services and personnel of acquired businesses, especially if those businesses operate outside of our core competency of providing e-commerce software solutions;

 

  Ÿ  

cultural challenges associated with integrating employees from acquired businesses into our organization;

 

  Ÿ  

ineffectiveness or incompatibility of acquired technologies or services;

 

  Ÿ  

failure to successfully further develop the acquired technology in order to recoup our investment;

 

  Ÿ  

potential loss of key employees of acquired businesses;

 

  Ÿ  

inability to maintain the key business relationships and the reputations of acquired businesses;

 

  Ÿ  

diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns;

 

  Ÿ  

litigation for activities of acquired businesses, including claims from terminated employees, customers, former stockholders or other third parties;

 

  Ÿ  

in the case of foreign acquisitions, the need to integrate operations across different cultures and languages and to address the particular economic, currency, political and regulatory risks associated with specific countries;

 

  Ÿ  

costs necessary to establish and maintain effective internal controls for acquired businesses; and

 

  Ÿ  

increased fixed costs.

If the e-commerce market does not grow, or grows more slowly than we expect, particularly on the channels that our solutions support, demand for our online channel management solutions could be adversely affected.

For our existing customers and potential customers to be willing to subscribe to our solutions, the internet must continue to be accepted and widely used for selling merchandise. If consumer utilization of our primary e-commerce channels, such as Amazon, eBay and Google, does not grow or grows more slowly than we expect, demand for our solutions would be adversely affected, our revenue would be negatively impacted and our ability to pursue our growth strategy and become profitable would be compromised.

Evolving domestic and international data privacy regulations may restrict our ability, and that of our customers, to solicit, collect, process, disclose and use personal information or may increase the costs of doing so, which could harm our business.

Federal, state and foreign governments and supervising authorities have enacted, and may in the future enact, laws and regulations concerning the solicitation, collection, processing, disclosure or use of consumers’ personal information. Evolving regulations regarding personal data and personal information, in the European Union and elsewhere, especially relating to classification of IP addresses, machine identification, location data and other information, may limit or inhibit our ability to operate or

 

16


Table of Contents

expand our business. Such laws and regulations require or may require us or our customers to implement privacy and security policies, permit consumers to access, correct or delete personal information stored or maintained by us or our customers, inform individuals of security incidents that affect their personal information, and, in some cases, obtain consent to use personal information for specified purposes. Other proposed legislation could, if enacted, impose additional requirements and prohibit the use of specific technologies, such as those that track individuals’ activities on web pages or record when individuals click on a link contained in an email message. Such laws and regulations could restrict our customers’ ability to collect and use web browsing data and personal information, which may reduce our customers’ demand for our solutions.

Changing industry standards and industry self-regulation regarding the collection, use and disclosure of data may have similar effects. Existing and future privacy and data protection laws and increasing sensitivity of consumers to unauthorized disclosures and use of personal information may also negatively affect the public’s perception of our customers’ sales practices. If our solutions are perceived to cause, or are otherwise unfavorably associated with, invasions of privacy, whether or not illegal, we or our customers may be subject to public criticism. Public concerns regarding data collection, privacy and security may also cause some consumers to be less likely to visit our customers’ websites or otherwise interact with our customers, which could limit the demand for our solutions and inhibit the growth of our business.

Any failure on our part to comply with applicable privacy and data protection laws, regulations, policies and standards or any inability to adequately address privacy concerns associated with our solutions, even if unfounded, could subject us to liability, damage our reputation, impair our sales and harm our business. Furthermore, the costs to our customers of compliance with, and other burdens imposed by, such laws, regulations, policies and standards may limit adoption of and demand for our solutions.

Risks Related to the Software-as-a-Service (SaaS) Model

If we fail to manage and increase the capacity of our hosted infrastructure, our customers may be unable to process transactions through our platform, which could harm our reputation and demand for our solutions.

We have experienced significant growth in the number of users, transactions and data that our hosting infrastructure supports. We seek to maintain sufficient excess capacity in our hosted infrastructure to be sufficiently flexible and scalable to meet the needs of all of our customers. We also seek to maintain excess capacity to facilitate the rapid provision of new customer deployments and the expansion of existing customer deployments and to handle spikes in usage. However, the provision of new hosting infrastructure requires significant lead time. If we do not accurately predict our infrastructure capacity requirements, particularly in the fourth quarter when we typically experience significant increases in the volume of customer transactions processed through our platform, our customers could experience service outages that may subject us to financial penalties or other liabilities, result in customer losses, harm our reputation and adversely affect our ability to grow our revenue.

We derive most of our revenue from annual subscription agreements, as a result of which a significant downturn in our business may not be immediately reflected in our operating results.

We derive most of our revenue from subscription agreements, which are typically one year in length. As a result, a significant portion of the revenue we report in each quarter is generated from customer agreements entered into during previous periods. Consequently, a decline in new or renewed subscriptions in any one quarter may not be reflected in our financial performance in that quarter but

 

17


Table of Contents

might negatively affect our revenue in future quarters. Accordingly, the effect of significant declines in sales and market acceptance of our solutions may not be reflected in our short-term results of operations.

Our business is substantially dependent upon the continued growth of the market for on-demand SaaS solutions. If this market does not continue to grow, demand for our solutions could decline, which in turn could cause our revenues to decline and impair our ability to become profitable.

We derive, and expect to continue to derive, substantially all of our revenue from the sale of our solutions, which are delivered under a SaaS model. As a result, widespread use and acceptance of this business model is critical to our future growth and success. Under the more traditional license model for software procurement, users of the software typically run the applications in-house on their own hardware. Because many companies are generally predisposed to maintaining control of their information technology systems and infrastructure, there may be resistance to the concept of accessing software functionality as a service provided by a third party. In addition, the market for SaaS solutions is still evolving, and existing and new market participants may introduce new types of solutions and different approaches to enable organizations to address their needs. If the market for SaaS solutions fails to grow or grows more slowly than we currently anticipate, demand for our solutions and our revenue, gross margin and other operating results could be negatively impacted.

Risks Related to Our International Operations

Our increasing international operations subject us to increased challenges and risks. If we do not successfully manage the risks associated with international operations, we could experience a variety of costs and liabilities and the attention of our management could be diverted.

Since launching our international operations in 2004, we have expanded, and expect to further expand, our operations internationally by opening offices in new countries and regions worldwide. However, our ability to manage our business and conduct our operations internationally requires considerable management attention and resources and is subject to the particular challenges of supporting a rapidly growing business in an environment of multiple languages, cultures, customs, taxation systems, alternative dispute systems, regulatory systems and commercial infrastructures. International expansion will require us to invest significant funds and other resources. Expanding internationally may subject us to new risks that we have not faced before or increase risks that we currently face, including risks associated with:

 

  Ÿ  

recruiting and retaining employees in foreign countries;

 

  Ÿ  

increased competition from local providers;

 

  Ÿ  

compliance with applicable foreign laws and regulations;

 

  Ÿ  

longer sales or collection cycles in some countries;

 

  Ÿ  

credit risk and higher levels of payment fraud;

 

  Ÿ  

compliance with anti-bribery laws, such as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act;

 

  Ÿ  

currency exchange rate fluctuations;

 

  Ÿ  

foreign exchange controls that might prevent us from repatriating cash earned outside the United States;

 

  Ÿ  

economic and political instability in some countries;

 

  Ÿ  

less protective intellectual property laws;

 

18


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

compliance with the laws of numerous foreign taxing jurisdictions in which we conduct business, potential double taxation of our international earnings and potentially adverse tax consequences due to changes in applicable U.S. and foreign tax laws;

 

  Ÿ  

increased costs to establish and maintain effective controls at foreign locations; and

 

  Ÿ  

overall higher costs of doing business internationally.

If our revenue from our international operations does not exceed the expense of establishing and maintaining these operations, our business and operating results will suffer.

We are subject to governmental export and import controls that could impair our ability to compete in international markets due to licensing requirements and subject us to liability if we are not in full compliance with applicable laws.

Our solutions are subject to export controls, including the Commerce Department’s Export Administration Regulations and various economic and trade sanctions regulations established by the Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Controls, and exports of our solutions must be made in compliance with these laws. If we fail to comply with these U.S. export control laws and import laws, including U.S. Customs regulations, we could be subject to substantial civil or criminal penalties, including the possible loss of export or import privileges, fines, which may be imposed on us and responsible employees or managers, and, in extreme cases, the incarceration of responsible employees or managers. Obtaining the necessary authorizations, including any required license, for a particular sale may be time-consuming, is not guaranteed and may result in the delay or loss of sales opportunities.

Furthermore, the U.S. export control laws and economic sanctions laws prohibit the shipment or export of specified products and services to U.S. embargoed or sanctioned countries, governments and persons. Even though we take precautions to prevent our solutions from being provided to U.S. sanctions targets, if our solutions and services were to be exported to those prohibited countries despite such precautions, we could be subject to government investigations, penalties, reputational harm or other negative consequences.

Any change in export or import regulations, economic sanctions or related laws, shift in the enforcement or scope of existing regulations, or change in the countries, governments, persons or technologies targeted by such regulations, could result in decreased use of our solutions, or in our decreased ability to export or sell our solutions to existing or potential customers with international operations. Additionally, changes in our solutions may be required in response to changes in export and import regulations, which could lead to delays in the introduction and sale of our solutions in international markets, prevent our customers with international operations from deploying our solutions or, in some cases, prevent the export or import of our solutions to some countries, governments or persons altogether. Any decreased use of our solutions or limitation on our ability to export our solutions or sell them in international markets would hurt our revenue and compromise our ability to pursue our growth strategy.

Risks Related to Intellectual Property

We operate in an industry with extensive intellectual property litigation. Claims of infringement against us may hurt our business.

Our success depends, in part, upon non-infringement of intellectual property rights owned by others and being able to resolve claims of intellectual property infringement without major financial expenditures or adverse consequences. The internet-related software field generally is characterized by extensive intellectual property litigation. Although our industry is rapidly evolving, many companies that own, or claim to own, intellectual property have aggressively asserted their rights. From time to time, we have been subject to legal proceedings and claims relating to the intellectual property rights of

 

19


Table of Contents

others, and we expect that third parties will continue to assert intellectual property claims against us, particularly as we expand the complexity and scope of our business. In addition, most of our subscription agreements require us to indemnify our customers against claims that our solutions infringe the intellectual property rights of third parties.

Future litigation may be necessary to defend ourselves or our customers by determining the scope, enforceability and validity of third-party proprietary rights or to establish our proprietary rights. Some of our competitors have substantially greater resources than we do and are able to sustain the costs of complex intellectual property litigation to a greater degree and for longer periods of time than we could. In addition, patent holding companies that focus solely on extracting royalties and settlements by enforcing patent rights may target us. Regardless of whether claims that we are infringing patents or other intellectual property rights have any merit, these claims are time-consuming and costly to evaluate and defend and could:

 

  Ÿ  

hurt our reputation;

 

  Ÿ  

adversely affect our relationships with our current or future customers;

 

  Ÿ  

cause delays or stoppages in providing our services;

 

  Ÿ  

divert management’s attention and resources;

 

  Ÿ  

require technology changes to our software that would cause us to incur substantial cost;

 

  Ÿ  

subject us to significant liabilities; and

 

  Ÿ  

require us to cease some or all of our activities.

In addition to liability for monetary damages against us, which may be tripled and may include attorneys’ fees, or, in some circumstances, damages against our customers, we may be prohibited from developing, commercializing or continuing to provide some or all of our software solutions unless we obtain licenses from, and pay royalties to, the holders of the patents or other intellectual property rights, which may not be available on commercially favorable terms, or at all.

Our failure to protect our intellectual property rights could diminish the value of our services, weaken our competitive position and reduce our revenue.

We regard the protection of our intellectual property, which includes trade secrets, copyrights, trademarks, domain names and patent applications, as critical to our success. We strive to protect our intellectual property rights by relying on federal, state and common law rights, as well as contractual restrictions. We enter into confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with our employees and contractors, and confidentiality agreements with parties with whom we conduct business in order to limit access to, and disclosure and use of, our proprietary information. However, these contractual arrangements and the other steps we have taken to protect our intellectual property may not prevent the misappropriation of our proprietary information or deter independent development of similar technologies by others.

We have sought patent protection for some of our technologies and currently have two U.S. patent applications and one international patent application on file, although there can be no assurance that these patents will ultimately be issued. We are also pursuing the registration of our domain names, trademarks and service marks in the United States and in jurisdictions outside the United States. Effective trade secret, copyright, trademark, domain name and patent protection is expensive to develop and maintain, both in terms of initial and ongoing registration requirements and the costs of defending our rights. We may be required to protect our intellectual property in an increasing number of jurisdictions, a process that is expensive and may not be successful or which we may not pursue in every location. We may, over time, increase our investment in protecting our intellectual property through additional patent filings that could be expensive and time-consuming.

 

20


Table of Contents

We have licensed in the past, and expect to license in the future, some of our proprietary rights, such as trademarks or copyrighted material, to third parties. These licensees may take actions that diminish the value of our proprietary rights or harm our reputation.

Monitoring unauthorized use of our intellectual property is difficult and costly. Our efforts to protect our proprietary rights may not be adequate to prevent misappropriation of our intellectual property. Further, we may not be able to detect unauthorized use of, or take appropriate steps to enforce, our intellectual property rights. Our competitors may also independently develop similar technology. In addition, the laws of many countries, such as China and India, do not protect our proprietary rights to as great an extent as do the laws of European countries and the United States. Further, the laws in the United States and elsewhere change rapidly, and any future changes could adversely affect us and our intellectual property. Our failure to meaningfully protect our intellectual property could result in competitors offering services that incorporate our most technologically advanced features, which could seriously reduce demand for our software solutions. In addition, we may in the future need to initiate infringement claims or litigation. Litigation, whether we are a plaintiff or a defendant, can be expensive, time-consuming and may divert the efforts of our technical staff and managerial personnel, which could harm our business, whether or not such litigation results in a determination that is unfavorable to us. In addition, litigation is inherently uncertain, and thus we may not be able to stop our competitors from infringing upon our intellectual property rights.

Our use of “open source” software could negatively affect our ability to sell our solutions and subject us to possible litigation.

A portion of our technology platform and our solutions incorporates so-called “open source” software, and we may incorporate additional open source software in the future. Open source software is generally licensed by its authors or other third parties under open source licenses. If we fail to comply with these licenses, we may be subject to specified conditions, including requirements that we offer our solutions that incorporate the open source software for no cost, that we make available source code for modifications or derivative works we create based upon, incorporating or using the open source software and that we license such modifications or derivative works under the terms of the particular open source license. If an author or other third party that distributes open source software we use were to allege that we had not complied with the conditions of one or more of these licenses, we could be required to incur significant legal expenses defending against such allegations and could be subject to significant damages, including being enjoined from the sale of our solutions that contained the open source software and required to comply with the foregoing conditions, which could disrupt the sale of the affected solutions. In addition, there have been claims challenging the ownership of open source software against companies that incorporate open source software into their products. As a result, we could be subject to suits by parties claiming ownership of what we believe to be open source software. Litigation could be costly for us to defend, have a negative effect on our operating results and financial condition and require us to devote additional research and development resources to change our products.

Risks Related to this Offering, Ownership of Our Common Stock and Our Status as a Public Company

An active trading market for our common stock may not develop and you may not be able to resell your shares of our common stock at or above the initial offering price, if at all.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined through negotiations with the underwriters and may not be indicative of the price at which our common stock will trade upon completion of this offering. Although we have applied to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange, or

 

21


Table of Contents

NYSE, an active trading market for our shares may never develop or be sustained following this offering. If an active market for our common stock does not develop or is not sustained, it may be difficult for you to sell shares you purchased in this offering at an attractive price or at all.

The trading price of the shares of our common stock may be volatile, and purchasers of our common stock could incur substantial losses.

Our stock price may be volatile. The stock market in general and the market for technology companies in particular have experienced extreme volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. As a result of this volatility, investors may not be able to sell their common stock at or above the price paid for the shares. The market price for our common stock may be influenced by many factors, including:

 

  Ÿ  

actual or anticipated variations in our operating results;

 

  Ÿ  

changes in financial estimates by us or by any securities analysts who might cover our stock;

 

  Ÿ  

conditions or trends in our industry;

 

  Ÿ  

stock market price and volume fluctuations of comparable companies and, in particular, those that operate in the software industry;

 

  Ÿ  

announcements by us or our competitors of new product or service offerings, significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships or divestitures;

 

  Ÿ  

announcements of investigations or regulatory scrutiny of our operations or lawsuits filed against us;

 

  Ÿ  

capital commitments;

 

  Ÿ  

investors’ general perception of our company and our business;

 

  Ÿ  

recruitment or departure of key personnel; and

 

  Ÿ  

sales of our common stock, including sales by our directors and officers or specific stockholders.

In addition, in the past, stockholders have initiated class action lawsuits against technology companies following periods of volatility in the market prices of these companies’ stock. Such litigation, if instituted against us, could cause us to incur substantial costs and divert management’s attention and resources from our business.

If equity research analysts do not publish research or reports, or publish unfavorable research or reports, about us, our business or our market, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that equity research analysts publish about us and our business. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by equity research analysts. Equity research analysts may elect not to provide research coverage of our common stock after the completion of this offering, and such lack of research coverage may adversely affect the market price of our common stock. In the event we do have equity research analyst coverage, we will not have any control over the analysts or the content and opinions included in their reports. The price of our stock could decline if one or more equity research analysts downgrade our stock or issue other unfavorable commentary or research. If one or more equity research analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

 

22


Table of Contents

If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will suffer immediate dilution of your investment.

We expect the initial public offering price of our common stock to be substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our common stock. Therefore, if you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds our pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering. Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, you will experience immediate dilution of $         per share, representing the difference between our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering and the assumed initial public offering price.

In addition, as of December 31, 2012, we had outstanding:

 

  Ÿ  

stock options to purchase an aggregate of 35,250,371 shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $0.24 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

warrants to purchase an aggregate of 25,858,109 shares of our common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $0.87 per share; and

 

  Ÿ  

warrants to purchase an aggregate of 3,812,225 shares of our common stock, assuming the conversion into common stock of redeemable convertible preferred stock issuable upon the exercise of the warrants, at a weighted average exercise price of $0.10 per share.

To the extent these outstanding options and warrants are exercised, there will be further dilution to investors in this offering.

A significant portion of our total outstanding shares is restricted from immediate resale but may be sold into the market in the near future. This could cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could occur at any time. If our stockholders sell, or the market perceives that our stockholders intend to sell, substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market following this offering, the market price of our common stock could decline significantly.

Upon completion of this offering, we will have outstanding              shares of common stock, assuming no exercise of outstanding options or warrants. Of these shares, the              shares sold in this offering and additional shares will be freely tradable,              additional shares of common stock will be eligible for sale in the public market beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to volume, manner of sale and other limitations of Rule 144 and Rule 701, and             additional shares of common stock will be available for sale in the public market beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus following the expiration of lock-up agreements between some of our stockholders and the underwriters. The representatives of the underwriters may release these stockholders from their lock-up agreements with the underwriters at any time and without notice, which would allow for earlier sales of shares in the public market.

In addition, promptly following the completion of this offering, we intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 registering the issuance of approximately              shares of common stock subject to options or other equity awards issued or reserved for future issuance under our equity incentive plans. Shares registered under these registration statements on Form S-8 will be available for sale in the public market subject to vesting arrangements and exercise of options, the lock-up agreements described above and the restrictions of Rule 144 in the case of our affiliates.

 

23


Table of Contents

Additionally, after this offering, the holders of an aggregate of             shares of our common stock and             shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants, or their transferees, will have rights, subject to specified conditions, to require us to file one or more registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. If we were to register the resale of these shares, they could be freely sold in the public market. If these additional shares are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold, in the public market, the trading price of our common stock could decline.

Provisions in our corporate charter documents and under Delaware law may prevent or frustrate attempts by our stockholders to change our management and hinder efforts to acquire a controlling interest in us, and the market price of our common stock may be lower as a result.

There are provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws as they will be in effect following this offering that may make it difficult for a third party to acquire, or attempt to acquire, control of our company, even if a change in control was considered favorable by you and other stockholders. For example, our board of directors will have the authority to issue up to             shares of preferred stock. The board of directors can fix the price, rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of the preferred stock without any further vote or action by our stockholders. The issuance of shares of preferred stock may delay or prevent a change in control transaction. As a result, the market price of our common stock and the voting and other rights of our stockholders may be adversely affected. An issuance of shares of preferred stock may result in the loss of voting control to other stockholders.

Our charter documents will also contain other provisions that could have an anti-takeover effect, including:

 

  Ÿ  

only one of our three classes of directors will be elected each year;

 

  Ÿ  

stockholders will not be entitled to remove directors other than by a 66  2 / 3 % vote and only for cause;

 

  Ÿ  

stockholders will not be permitted to take actions by written consent;

 

  Ÿ  

stockholders cannot call a special meeting of stockholders; and

 

  Ÿ  

stockholders must give advance notice to nominate directors or submit proposals for consideration at stockholder meetings.

In addition, we are subject to the anti-takeover provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which regulates corporate acquisitions by prohibiting Delaware corporations from engaging in specified business combinations with particular stockholders of those companies. These provisions could discourage potential acquisition proposals and could delay or prevent a change in control transaction. They could also have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our common stock, including transactions that may be in your best interests. These provisions may also prevent changes in our management or limit the price that investors are willing to pay for our stock.

Concentration of ownership of our common stock among our existing executive officers, directors and principal stockholders may prevent new investors from influencing significant corporate decisions.

Upon completion of this offering, our executive officers, directors and current beneficial owners of 5% or more of our common stock and their respective affiliates will, in the aggregate, beneficially own over     % of our outstanding common stock. As a result, these persons, acting together, would be able to significantly influence all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election and removal of directors, any merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of our assets or other significant corporate transactions.

 

24


Table of Contents

Some of these persons or entities may have interests different than yours. For example, because many of these stockholders purchased their shares at prices substantially below the price at which shares are being sold in this offering and have held their shares for a longer period, they may be more interested in selling our company to an acquirer than other investors, or they may want us to pursue strategies that deviate from the interests of other stockholders.

We are an “emerging growth company” and as a result of the reduced disclosure and governance requirements applicable to emerging growth companies, our common stock may be less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or JOBS Act, and we intend to take advantage of some of the exemptions from reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile. We may take advantage of these reporting exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.0 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period.

Under Section 107(b) of the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

If we fail to maintain proper and effective internal controls, our ability to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis could be impaired.

After the completion of this offering, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the rules and regulations of the NYSE. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting. Commencing with our fiscal year ending December 31, 2014, we must perform system and process evaluation and testing of our internal controls over financial reporting to allow management to report on the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting in our Form 10-K filing for that year, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. This will require that we incur substantial additional professional fees and internal costs to expand our accounting and finance functions and that we expend significant management efforts. Prior to this offering, we have never been required to test our internal controls within a specified period, and, as a result, we may experience difficulty in meeting these reporting requirements in a timely manner.

We may discover weaknesses in our system of internal financial and accounting controls and procedures that could result in a material misstatement of our financial statements. For example, in 2011, we identified a material weakness in our methodology for the accounting of our warrants to purchase

 

25


Table of Contents

redeemable convertible preferred stock. While we believe that this weakness has now been successfully remediated, we may in the future discover additional weaknesses that require improvement. In addition, our internal control over financial reporting will not prevent or detect all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system’s objectives will be met. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that misstatements due to error or fraud will not occur or that all control issues and instances of fraud will be detected.

If we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a timely manner, or if we are unable to maintain proper and effective internal controls, we may not be able to produce timely and accurate financial statements. If that were to happen, the market price of our stock could decline and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the NYSE, the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, or other regulatory authorities.

We will have broad discretion in the use of proceeds from this offering and may invest or spend the proceeds in ways with which you do not agree and in ways that may not increase the value of your investment.

We will have broad discretion over the use of proceeds from this offering. You may not agree with our decisions, and our use of the proceeds may not yield any return on your investment. As described elsewhere in this prospectus, we expect to use the net proceeds to us from this offering for working capital and general corporate purposes, including further expansion of our international operations and sales and marketing capabilities. Our failure to apply the net proceeds of this offering effectively could compromise our ability to pursue our growth strategy and we might not be able to yield a significant return, if any, on our investment of these net proceeds. You will not have the opportunity to influence our decisions on how to use our net proceeds from this offering.

Because we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future, capital appreciation, if any, will be your sole source of gains and you may never receive a return on your investment.

You should not rely on an investment in our common stock to provide dividend income. We have not declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock to date. We currently intend to retain our future earnings, if any, to fund the development and growth of our business. In addition, the terms of any existing or future debt agreements may preclude us from paying dividends. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our common stock will be your sole source of gain for the foreseeable future. Investors seeking cash dividends should not purchase our common stock.

We will incur increased costs and demands upon management as a result of being a public company.

As a public company listed in the United States, we will incur significant additional legal, accounting and other costs. These additional costs could negatively affect our financial results. In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure, including regulations implemented by the SEC and stock exchanges, may increase legal and financial compliance costs and make some activities more time consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. If notwithstanding our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards, we fail to comply, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business may be harmed.

 

26


Table of Contents

Failure to comply with these rules might also make it more difficult for us to obtain some types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we might be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. The impact of these events could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, on committees of our board of directors or as members of senior management.

We may need additional capital in the future to meet our financial obligations and to pursue our business objectives. Additional capital may not be available on favorable terms, or at all, which could compromise our ability to meet our financial obligations and grow our business.

While we anticipate that our existing cash, together with availability under our existing credit facility, will be sufficient to fund our operations for at least the next 12 months, we may need to raise additional capital to fund operations in the future or to meet various objectives, including developing future technologies and services, increasing working capital, acquiring businesses and responding to competitive pressures. If we seek to raise additional capital, it may not be available on favorable terms or may not be available at all. In addition, pursuant to the terms of our credit facility, we may be restricted from using the net proceeds of financing transactions for our operating objectives. Lack of sufficient capital resources could significantly limit our ability to manage our business and to take advantage of business and strategic opportunities. Any additional capital raised through the sale of equity or debt securities with an equity component would dilute our stock ownership. If adequate additional funds are not available, we may be required to delay, reduce the scope of or eliminate material parts of our business strategy, including potential additional acquisitions or development of new technologies.

 

27


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. The forward-looking statements are contained principally in the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business,” but are also contained elsewhere in this prospectus. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by the words “may,” “might,” “will,” “could,” “would,” “should,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “objective,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “project,” “potential,” “continue” and “ongoing,” or the negative of these terms, or other comparable terminology intended to identify statements about the future. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from the information expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Although we believe that we have a reasonable basis for each forward-looking statement contained in this prospectus, we caution you that these statements are based on a combination of facts and factors currently known by us and our expectations of the future, about which we cannot be certain. Forward-looking statements include statements about:

 

  Ÿ  

the growth of the e-commerce industry and the SaaS enterprise application software market in general;

 

  Ÿ  

the expected growth of advertising dollars spent on paid search and GMV sold on comparison shopping websites;

 

  Ÿ  

consumer adoption of mobile devices and usage for commerce;

 

  Ÿ  

the growth of social networking and commerce applications; and

 

  Ÿ  

our growth strategy.

You should refer to the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus for a discussion of important factors that may cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by our forward-looking statements. As a result of these factors, we cannot assure you that the forward-looking statements in this prospectus will prove to be accurate. Furthermore, if our forward-looking statements prove to be inaccurate, the inaccuracy may be material. In light of the significant uncertainties in these forward-looking statements, you should not regard these statements as a representation or warranty by us or any other person that we will achieve our objectives and plans in any specified time frame, or at all. We undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.

You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

 

28


Table of Contents

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

Some of the industry and market data contained in this prospectus are based on independent industry publications, including those generated by Gartner Inc., or Gartner, Forrester Research, Inc., or Forrester, International Data Corporation and ZenithOptimedia, as well as other publicly available information. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations. Although we believe that each source is reliable as of its respective date, neither we nor the underwriters have independently verified the accuracy or completeness of this information. The industry in which we operate is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in “Risk Factors.” These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in these publications.

The Gartner report from which market data included in this prospectus has been derived, “Forecast Overview: Public Cloud Services, Worldwide, 2011-2016”, E. Anderson, Y. Dharmasthira, November 12, 2012, represents data, research opinion or viewpoints published as part of a syndicated subscription service by Gartner and are not representations of fact. The Gartner report speaks as of its original publication date, and not as of the date of this prospectus, and the opinions expressed in the Gartner report are subject to change without notice.

The Forrester reports described in this prospectus represent data, research opinion or viewpoints published as part of a syndicated subscription service, by Forrester and are not representations of fact. Each Forrester report speaks as of its original publication date, and not as of the date of this prospectus, and the opinions expressed in the Forrester reports are subject to change without notice. The Forrester reports consist of:

 

  Ÿ  

“The eCommerce Juggernaut Dominates Retail,” Forrester Research, Inc., November 12, 2012; and

 

  Ÿ  

“Mobile Commerce Forecast: 2011 To 2016,” Forrester Research, Inc., June 17, 2011.

We have also included in this prospectus industry and market data derived from International Data Corporation, “Worldwide Smartphone 2012-2016 Forecast Update: September 2012”, doc #236736, September 2012.

 

29


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds from our issuance and sale of              shares of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $         million, or approximately $         million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same.

The principal purposes of this offering are to create a public market for our common stock and to facilitate our future access to the public equity markets, as well as to obtain additional capital. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes, including further expansion of our international operations and sales and marketing capabilities. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering for the future acquisition of, or investment in, complementary businesses, products or technologies. However, we do not have agreements or commitments for any specific acquisitions or investments and we have not allocated specific amounts of net proceeds for any of these purposes.

Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds, and investors will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of the net proceeds of this offering. The timing and amount of our actual expenditures will be based on many factors, including cash flows from operations and the anticipated growth of our business. Pending these uses, we plan to invest these net proceeds in short-term, interest bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the United States.

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid any dividends on our common stock. We anticipate that we will retain all of our future earnings, if any, for use in the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Additionally, our ability to pay dividends on our common stock is limited by restrictions under the terms of the agreements governing our credit facility.

 

30


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and our capitalization as of December 31, 2012:

 

  Ÿ  

on an actual basis;

 

  Ÿ  

on a pro forma basis to give effect to:

 

  Ÿ  

the issuance of                      shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock upon the net exercise of warrants that will expire upon the closing of this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus;

 

  Ÿ  

the conversion of the then outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock, including the shares issuable upon the net exercise of warrants, into an aggregate of                      shares of our common stock, which will occur automatically upon the closing of this offering; and

 

  Ÿ  

the reclassification of the remaining preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in-capital upon the automatic conversion of our preferred stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants into common stock; and

 

  Ÿ  

on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give further effect to our sale of              shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The following information is illustrative only of our cash and capitalization following the completion of this offering and will change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read this table together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    As of December 31, 2012
    Actual      Pro forma    Pro forma
as adjusted
    (in thousands)

Cash

  $ 10,865         
 

 

 

       

Series A and Series C warrants liability

  $ 3,235         

Redeemable convertible preferred stock:

       

Convertible Series A preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 94,069,793 shares authorized, 93,821,393 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

    18,887         

Convertible Series B preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 40,641,227 shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

    18,000         

Convertible Series B-1 preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 5,660,378 shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

    3,000         

Convertible Series C preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 80,000,000 shares authorized, 73,880,351 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

    50,608         
 

 

 

       

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock

    90,495         

 

31


Table of Contents
     As of December 31, 2012
     Actual     Pro forma    Pro forma
as adjusted
     (in thousands)

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:

       

Preferred stock, $0.001 per share; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, actual or pro forma;              shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     —          

Common stock, $0.001 par value; 303,500,000 shares authorized, 19,843,801 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 303,500,000 shares authorized, shares              issued and outstanding, pro forma;              shares authorized,              shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     20        

Additional paid-in-capital

     3,565        

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (289     

Accumulated deficit

     (79,475     
  

 

 

      

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (76,179     
  

 

 

      

Total capitalization

   $ 17,551        
  

 

 

      

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $        , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same.

The number of shares of common stock outstanding in the table above excludes:

 

  Ÿ  

35,250,371 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding under our 2001 stock plan as of December 31, 2012, at a weighted average exercise price of $0.24 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

29,670,334 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2012, at a weighted average exercise price of $0.77 per share; and

 

  Ÿ  

             shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity incentive plans.

 

32


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering. Net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing our total tangible assets less total liabilities and redeemable convertible preferred stock by the number of outstanding shares of our common stock.

As of December 31, 2012, we had a deficit in net tangible book value of $(93.5) million, or approximately $(4.71) per share of common stock. On a pro forma basis, after giving effect to the net exercise of warrants that will expire upon the closing of this offering, the conversion of the outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into shares of our common stock and the reclassification of the preferred stock warrant liability to stockholders’ equity upon the closing of this offering, our net tangible book value would have been approximately $0.2 million, or approximately $             per share of common stock.

Investors participating in this offering will incur immediate and substantial dilution. After giving effect to the issuance and sale of              shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of December 31, 2012 would have been approximately $         million, or approximately $         per share of common stock. This represents an immediate increase in the pro forma net tangible book value of $         per share to existing stockholders, and an immediate dilution in the pro forma net tangible book value of $         per share to investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

     $     

Actual net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2012

   $ (4.71  

Increase per share attributable to net exercise of warrants, conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock and reclassification of preferred stock warrant liability

    
  

 

 

   

Pro forma net tangible book value per share before this offering

    

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors participating in this offering

    
  

 

 

   

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

    
    

 

 

 

Dilution per share to investors participating in this offering

     $                
    

 

 

 

The dilution information discussed above is illustrative only and will change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase or decrease our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $         million, or approximately $         per share, and the dilution per share to investors participating in this offering by approximately $         per share, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same.

If the underwriters exercise their option in full to purchase              additional shares of common stock in this offering, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after the offering would be $         per share, the increase in the pro forma net tangible book value per share to existing stockholders would be $         per share and the dilution to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering would be $        per share.

 

33


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth as of December 31, 2012, on the pro forma basis described above, the differences between the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid and the weighted average price per share paid by existing stockholders and by investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page on this prospectus, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us:

 

     Shares purchased     Total consideration     Weighted average
price per share
 
       Number    Percent     Amount      Percent    

Existing stockholders

               $                             $                

New investors

            
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

        100.0   $           100.0  
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the total consideration paid by new investors by $         million, and increase or decrease the percent of total consideration paid by new investors by              percentage points, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same.

The table above also excludes:

 

  Ÿ  

35,250,371 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding under our 2001 stock plan as of December 31, 2012, at a weighted average exercise price of $0.24 per share;

 

  Ÿ  

29,670,334 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2012, at a weighted average exercise price of $0.77 per share; and

 

  Ÿ  

             shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity incentive plans.

The shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity benefit plans may be subject to automatic annual increases in accordance with the terms of the plans. To the extent that options or warrants are exercised, new options are issued under our equity incentive plans, or we issue additional shares of common stock in the future, there will be further dilution to investors participating in this offering. In addition, we may choose to raise additional capital because of market conditions or strategic considerations, even if we believe that we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. If we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of these securities could result in further dilution to our stockholders.

 

34


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables set forth selected consolidated financial data of ChannelAdvisor Corporation for the periods indicated. The following selected consolidated financial data for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2011 and 2012 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2010 is derived from audited financial statements not included in this prospectus. The data should be read together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements, related notes, and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future.

.   Year Ended December 31,  
        2010             2011         2012  
    (in thousands, except share and per
share data)
 

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

     

Revenue

  $ 36,688      $ 43,570      $ 53,587   

Cost of revenue

    12,164        12,248        14,749   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    24,524        31,322        38,838   

Operating expenses:

     

Sales and marketing

    14,867        19,106        24,326   

Research and development

    8,416        8,842        10,109   

General and administrative

    6,111        6,551        8,252   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    29,394        34,499        42,687   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (4,870     (3,177     (3,849

Total other income (expense)

    258        (636     (1,154
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

    (4,612     (3,813     (5,003

Income tax expense (benefit)

    112        51        (70
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (4,724   $ (3,864   $ (4,933
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share—basic and diluted

  $ (0.30   $ (0.22   $ (0.26
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share—basic and diluted(1)

      $     
     

 

 

 

Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding used in computing net loss per share—basic and diluted

    15,836,489        17,934,445        18,639,087   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding used in computing pro forma net loss per share—basic and diluted

     
     

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation expense included above:

     

Cost of revenue

  $ 21      $ 15      $ 64   

Sales and marketing

    59        16        224   

Research and development

    38        58        105   

General and administrative

    216        111        245   

Other financial data:

     

Adjusted EBITDA(2)

  $ (422   $ (910   $ (277

 

(1)

Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share have been calculated assuming (i) the net exercise at the beginning of the applicable period of warrants that will expire upon the closing of this offering, (ii) the conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of              shares of common stock as of the beginning of the applicable period or at the time of issuance, if later, and (iii) the reclassification of the remaining outstanding preferred stock warrants from long-term liabilities to additional paid-in capital as of the beginning of the applicable period.

 

35


Table of Contents
(2) We define adjusted EBITDA as net loss plus: income tax expense, interest expense, depreciation and amortization, and stock-based compensation. Please see “—Adjusted EBITDA” for more information and for a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP.

 

     As of December 31,  
     2010     2011     2012  
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

      

Cash

   $ 6,939      $ 4,998      $ 10,865   

Accounts receivable, net

     6,235        7,677        9,571   

Restricted cash

     890        886        687   

Total assets

     36,029        35,777        48,022   

Long-term debt, including current portion

     5,330        4,826        10,972   

Series A and Series C warrants liability

     331        592        3,235   

Total liabilities

     13,973        17,217        33,706   

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock

     90,363        90,413        90,495   

Additional paid-in capital

     2,668        2,915        3,565   

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (68,307     (71,853     (76,179

Adjusted EBITDA

To provide investors with additional information regarding our financial results, we have provided within this prospectus adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial measure. We have provided a reconciliation below of adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure.

We have included adjusted EBITDA in this prospectus because it is a key measure used by our management and board of directors to understand and evaluate our operating performance and trends, to prepare and approve our annual budget and to develop short- and long-term operational plans. In particular, the exclusion of some expenses in calculating adjusted EBITDA can provide a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our business. Accordingly, we believe that adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to investors in understanding and evaluating our operating results.

Our use of adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

 

  Ÿ  

although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be replaced in the future, and adjusted EBITDA does not reflect cash capital expenditure requirements for such replacements or for new capital expenditure requirements;

 

  Ÿ  

adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

 

  Ÿ  

adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the potentially dilutive impact of equity-based compensation;

 

  Ÿ  

adjusted EBITDA does not reflect interest or tax payments that may represent a reduction in cash available to us; and

 

  Ÿ  

other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate adjusted EBITDA differently, which reduces its usefulness as a comparative measure.

 

36


Table of Contents

Because of these and other limitations, you should consider adjusted EBITDA together with other GAAP-based financial performance measures, including various cash flow metrics, net income (loss) and our other GAAP results. The following table presents a reconciliation of net loss to adjusted EBITDA for each of the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2010     2011     2012  
     (in thousands)  

Net loss

   $ (4,724   $ (3,864   $ (4,933

Adjustments:

      

Interest expense

     486        642        1,185   

Income tax expense (benefit)

     112        51        (70

Depreciation and amortization expense

     3,370        2,061        2,903   

Stock-based compensation expense

     334        200        638   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net adjustments

     4,302        2,954        4,656   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ (422   $ (910   $ (277
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

37


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF

OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this prospectus, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. You should review the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis.

Overview

We are a leading provider of software-as-a-service, or SaaS, solutions that enable our retailer and manufacturer customers to integrate, manage and optimize their merchandise sales across hundreds of online channels. Through our platform, we enable our customers to connect with new and existing sources of demand for their products, including e-commerce marketplaces, such as eBay, Amazon and Newegg, search engines and comparison shopping websites, such as Google, Bing and Nextag, and emerging channels, such as Facebook and Groupon. Our suite of solutions, accessed through a standard web browser, provides our customers with a single, integrated user interface to manage their product listings, inventory availability, pricing optimization, search terms, data analytics and other critical functions across these channels. Our proprietary cloud-based technology platform delivers significant breadth, scalability and flexibility to our customers. In 2012, our customers processed over $3.5 billion in gross merchandise value, or GMV, through our platform. As of December 31, 2012, our customers managed over 100 million stock-keeping units, or SKUs, of their inventory on our platform.

We sell subscriptions to our SaaS solutions primarily through our direct sales force. Our customers include the online businesses of traditional retailers, online retailers and brand manufacturers, as well as advertising agencies that use our solutions on behalf of their retailer clients. As of December 31, 2012, we had over 1,900 core customers worldwide, including 27% of the top 500 U.S. Internet retailers, as identified by Internet Retailer magazine based on their 2011 online sales.

We operate in one segment and derive our revenue from our customers’ access to and usage of our SaaS solutions, which are organized into modules. Each module integrates with a particular type of channel, such as third-party marketplaces, paid search or comparison shopping websites, or supports a specific online functionality, such as creating webstores or employing rich media solutions on their websites. The majority of our revenue is derived from subscription fees paid to us by our customers for access to and usage of our SaaS solutions for a specified contract term, which is usually one year. A portion of the subscription fee is typically fixed and is based on a specified minimum amount of GMV that a customer expects to process through our platform. The remaining portion of the subscription fee is variable and is based on a specified percentage of GMV processed through our platform in excess of the customer’s specified minimum GMV amount. We also receive implementation fees, which may include fees for providing launch assistance and training.

We have grown our total revenue from $36.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $53.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, a compound annual growth rate of 20.9%. Our revenue growth has been driven primarily by an increase in the number of core customers utilizing our solutions and an increase in the average revenue per core customer, as well as by an increase in the amount of our customers’ GMV processed through our platform. During each of 2011 and 2012, over 20% of our core revenue was derived from customers located outside of the United States. We

 

38


Table of Contents

currently offer the same solutions internationally as we do in the United States, and we intend to continue expanding our international operations.

We do not take title to any of the merchandise processed through our platform and we generally do not collect payments on behalf of our customers. We do not hold any inventory of merchandise and we are not involved in the physical logistics of shipping merchandise to buyers, which is handled by our customers.

We plan to grow our revenue by adding new customers, helping our existing customers increase their GMV processed through our platform by taking full advantage of its functionality and selling additional module subscriptions to existing customers to allow them to sell merchandise through new channels.

We face a variety of challenges and risks, which we will need to address and manage as we pursue our growth strategy. In particular, we will need to continue to innovate in the face of a rapidly changing e-commerce landscape if we are to remain competitive, and we will need to effectively manage our growth, especially related to our international expansion. Our senior management continuously focuses on these and other challenges, and we believe that our culture of innovation and our history of growth and expansion will contribute to the success of our business. We cannot, however, assure you that we will be successful in addressing and managing the many challenges and risks that we face.

We commenced operations in 2001. From 2001 through 2008, we invested heavily in product development, sales and marketing and acquisitions to drive growth. During this period, we generated substantial losses and raised several rounds of financing from venture capital investors to fund our operations. In late 2008, in an effort to better focus our business model on our current market opportunity and to improve our profitability, we implemented a number of cost reduction measures, including a reduction in headcount. In 2009 and 2010, having substantially improved our cost structure as a result of this restructuring of our operations, we began reinvesting in sales and marketing in order to grow our business, and since 2009, we have experienced increasing rates of revenue growth.

Key Financial and Operating Performance Metrics

We regularly monitor a number of financial and operating metrics in order to measure our performance and project our future performance. These metrics aid us in developing and refining our growth strategies and making strategic decisions. We discuss revenue, gross margin and the components of net income in the section below entitled “Components of Operating Results.” In addition, we utilize other key metrics as described below.

Core Revenue

Our reported operating results include revenue attributable to the products from two small legacy acquisitions, both of which occurred prior to 2008 and focused on solutions for lower-volume eBay sellers. We do not consider these products to be a core part of our strategic focus going forward. Each of these acquisitions contributed a relatively large number of customers with revenue per customer substantially lower than is characteristic of the rest of our business. We exclude the revenue attributable to these non-core, legacy products in calculating a measure we refer to as core revenue. We anticipate that the revenue associated with these non-core, legacy products will continue to decline over time both in absolute terms and as a percentage of our total revenue.

 

39


Table of Contents

The following tables summarize our core and non-core revenue and the percentage of total revenue represented by each over the periods indicated.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2010      2011      2012  
     (in thousands)  

Core revenue

   $ 32,707       $ 40,557       $ 51,224   

Non-core revenue

     3,981         3,013         2,363   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 36,688       $ 43,570       $ 53,587   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2010     2011     2012  
     (as a percentage of total
revenue)
 

Core revenue

     89.1     93.1     95.6

Non-core revenue

     10.9        6.9        4.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     100.0     100.0     100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Number of Core Customers

The number of customers subscribing to our solutions is a primary determinant of our core revenue. We refer to the customers who subscribe to any of our solutions, other than the non-core, legacy products described above, as our core customers. The number of core customers was 1,673, 1,710 and 1,928 as of December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively.

Average Revenue per Core Customer

The average revenue generated by our core customers is the other primary determinant of our core revenue. We calculate this metric by dividing our total core revenue for a particular period by the average monthly number of core customers during the period, which is calculated by taking the sum of the number of core customers at the end of each month in the period and dividing by the number of months in the period. We typically calculate average revenue per core customer in absolute dollars on a rolling twelve-month basis, but we may also calculate percentage changes in average revenue per core customer on a quarterly basis in order to help us evaluate our period-over-period performance. Our average revenue per core customer was $20,456, $24,240 and $28,050 for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively.

Subscription Dollar Retention Rate

We believe that our ability to retain our core customers and expand the revenue they generate for us over time is an important component of our growth strategy and reflects the long-term value of our customer relationships. We measure our performance on this basis using a metric we refer to as our subscription dollar retention rate. We calculate this metric for a particular period by establishing the cohort of core customers that had active contracts as of the end of the prior period. We then calculate our subscription dollar retention rate by taking the amount of fixed subscription revenue we recognized for the cohort in the period for which we are reporting the rate and dividing it by the fixed subscription revenue we recognized for the same cohort in the prior period. For this purpose, we do not include any revenue from the non-core, legacy products described above, any variable subscription fees paid by our customers or any implementation fees.

Although some customers in any given period elect not to renew their contracts with us, our customers that do renew their subscriptions often increase their fixed subscription pricing levels to align with their increasing GMV volumes processed through our platform and may subscribe to

 

40


Table of Contents

additional modules as well. If our subscription dollar retention rate for a period is over 100%, this means that the increased subscription revenue we recognized from customers that renewed their contracts during the period, or whose contracts did not come up for renewal during the period, more than offset the subscription revenue we lost from customers that did not renew their contracts.

For each of the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, our subscription dollar retention rate exceeded 100%.

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA represents our earnings before net interest and other expense, taxes, depreciation and amortization, adjusted to eliminate stock-based compensation expense. Adjusted EBITDA is not a measure calculated in accordance with GAAP. Please refer to “Selected Consolidated Financial Data—Adjusted EBITDA” in this prospectus for a discussion of the limitations of adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most comparable GAAP measurement, for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012.

Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to any measure of financial performance calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. In addition, adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies because other companies may not calculate adjusted EBITDA in the same manner that we do. We prepare adjusted EBITDA to eliminate the impact of stock-based compensation expense, which we do not consider indicative of our operating performance. We encourage you to evaluate these adjustments, the reasons we consider them appropriate and the material limitations of using non-GAAP measures as described in “Selected Consolidated Financial Data—Adjusted EBITDA.”

Components of Operating Results

Revenue

We derive the majority of our revenue from subscription fees paid to us by our customers for access to and usage of our SaaS solutions for a specified contract term, which is usually one year. A portion of the subscription fee is typically fixed and based on a specified minimum amount of GMV that a customer expects to process through our platform. The remaining portion of the subscription fee is variable and is based on a specified percentage of GMV processed through our platform in excess of the customer’s specified minimum GMV. In most cases, the specified percentage of excess GMV on which the variable portion of the subscription is based is fixed and does not vary depending on the amount of the excess. We also receive implementation fees, which may include fees for providing launch assistance and training.

Because our customer contracts contain both fixed and variable pricing components, changes in GMV between periods do not translate directly or linearly into changes in our revenue. We use customized pricing structures for each of our customers depending upon the individual situation of the customer. For example, some customers may commit to a higher specified minimum GMV amount per month in exchange for a lower fixed percentage fee on that committed GMV. In addition, the percentage fee assessed on the variable GMV in excess of the committed minimum for each customer is typically higher than the fee on the fixed, committed portion. As a result, our overall revenue could increase or decrease even without any change in overall GMV between periods, depending on which customers generated the GMV. In addition, changes in GMV from month to month for any individual customer that are below the specified minimum amount would have no effect on our revenue from that customer, and each customer may alternate between being over the committed amount or under it from month to month. For these reasons, while GMV is an important qualitative and directional

 

41


Table of Contents

indicator, we do not regard it as a useful quantitative measurement of our historic revenues or as a predictor of future revenues.

The following table shows the percentage of our total revenue attributable to fixed subscription fees plus implementation fees, as compared to the percentage attributable to variable subscription fees for each of the periods indicated.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2010             2011             2012      
     (as a percentage of total revenue)  

Fixed subscription fees plus implementation fees

     48.7     55.0     61.4

Variable subscription fees

     51.3        45.0        38.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     100.0     100.0     100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

We recognize fixed subscription fees and implementation fees ratably over the contract period once four conditions have been satisfied:

 

  Ÿ  

the contract has been signed by both parties;

 

  Ÿ  

the customer has access to our platform and transactions can be processed;

 

  Ÿ  

the fees are fixed or determinable; and

 

  Ÿ  

collection is reasonably assured.

We generally invoice our customers for the fixed portion of the subscription fee in advance, in monthly, quarterly, semi-annual or annual installments. We invoice our customers for the implementation fee at the inception of the arrangement. Fixed subscription and implementation fees that have been invoiced are initially recorded as deferred revenue and are generally recognized ratably over the contract term.

We invoice and recognize revenue from the variable portion of subscription fees in the period in which the related GMV is processed, assuming that the four conditions specified above have been met.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue primarily consists of salaries and personnel-related costs for employees providing services to our customers and supporting our platform infrastructure, including benefits, bonuses and stock-based compensation. Additional expenses include co-location facility costs for our data centers, depreciation expense for computer equipment directly associated with generating revenue, infrastructure maintenance costs, fees we pay to credit card vendors in connection with our customers’ payments to us and other direct costs. We plan to continue to expand our capacity to support our growth, which will result in higher cost of revenue in absolute dollars.

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses consist of sales and marketing, research and development and general and administrative expenses. Salaries and personnel-related costs are the most significant component of each of these expense categories. The number of employees related to these expense categories grew from 208 at December 31, 2010 to 295 at December 31, 2012, and we expect to continue to hire new employees in order to support our anticipated revenue growth.

 

42


Table of Contents

Sales and marketing expense.     Sales and marketing expense consists primarily of salaries and personnel-related costs for our sales and marketing and customer support employees, including benefits, bonuses, stock-based compensation and commissions. We record expense for commissions at the time of contract signing. Additional expenses include marketing, advertising and promotional event programs, corporate communications and travel. The number of employees in our sales and marketing functions grew from 128 at December 31, 2010 to 189 at December 31, 2012, and we expect our sales and marketing expense to increase in the foreseeable future as we further increase the number of our sales and marketing professionals and expand our marketing activities in order to continue to grow our business.

Research and development expense.     Research and development expense consists primarily of salaries and personnel-related costs for our research and development employees, including benefits, bonuses and stock-based compensation. Additional expenses include costs related to the development, quality assurance and testing of new technology and enhancement of our existing platform technology, consulting and travel. The number of employees in research and development functions increased from 51 at December 31, 2010 to 70 at December 31, 2012. We believe continuing to invest in research and development efforts is essential to maintaining our competitive position.

General and administrative expense.     General and administrative expense consists primarily of salaries and personnel-related costs for administrative, finance and accounting, information systems, legal and human resource employees, including benefits, bonuses and stock-based compensation. Additional expenses include consulting and professional fees, insurance, other corporate expenses and travel. The number of employees in general and administrative functions grew from 29 at December 31, 2010 to 36 at December 31, 2012, and we expect our general and administrative expenses to increase in absolute terms as a result of our preparation to become and operate as a public company. After the completion of this offering, these expenses will also include costs associated with compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and other regulations governing public companies, directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, increased professional services and an enhanced investor relations function.

Other Income / Expense

Other income and expense consists primarily of interest income and expense and changes in the fair value of our preferred stock warrant liability. Interest income represents interest received on our cash. Interest expense consists primarily of the interest incurred on outstanding borrowings under our credit facilities.

The fair value of our preferred stock warrant liability is re-measured at the end of each reporting period and any changes in fair value are recognized in other income or expense. Upon completion of this offering, the preferred stock warrants will automatically, in accordance with their terms, become warrants to purchase common stock, which will result in the reclassification of the preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital, and no further changes in fair value will be recognized in other income or expense.

Income Tax Expense

Income tax expense consists of U.S. federal, state and foreign income taxes. We incurred minimal income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012.

 

43


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth selected consolidated statement of operations data for each of the periods indicated.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
           2010                 2011                 2012        
     (in thousands)  

Revenue

   $ 36,688      $ 43,570      $ 53,587   

Cost of revenue

     12,164        12,248        14,749   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     24,524        31,322        38,838   

Operating expenses:

      

Sales and marketing

     14,867        19,106        24,326   

Research and development

     8,416        8,842        10,109   

General and administrative

     6,111        6,551        8,252   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     29,394        34,499        42,687   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (4,870     (3,177     (3,849

Other income (expense):

      

Interest expense

     (486     (642     (1,185

Other income, net

     744        6        31   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

     258        (636     (1,154
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (4,612     (3,813     (5,003

Income tax expense (benefit)

     112        51        (70
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (4,724   $ (3,864   $ (4,933
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table sets forth our consolidated statement of operations data as a percentage of revenue for each of the periods indicated.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
           2010                 2011                 2012        
     (as a percentage of revenue)  

Revenue

     100.0     100.0     100.0

Cost of revenue

     33.2        28.1        27.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     66.8        71.9        72.5   

Operating expenses:

      

Sales and marketing

     40.5        43.9        45.4   

Research and development

     22.9        20.3        18.9   

General and administrative

     16.7        15.0        15.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     80.1        79.2        79.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (13.3     (7.3     (7.2

Other income (expense):

      

Interest expense

     (1.3     (1.5     (2.2

Other income, net

     2.0        0.0        0.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

     0.7        (1.5     (2.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (12.6     (8.8     (9.3

Income tax expense (benefit)

     0.3        0.1        (0.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (12.9 )%      (8.9 )%      (9.2 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

44


Table of Contents

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2011 and 2012

 

    Years Ended December 31,              
    2011     2012     Period-to-
Period Change
 
    Amount     Percentage of
Revenue
    Amount     Percentage of
Revenue
   
            Amount     Percentage  
    (dollars in thousands)  

Revenue

  $ 43,570        100.0   $ 53,587        100.0   $ 10,017        23.0

Cost of revenue

    12,248        28.1        14,749        27.5        2,501        20.4   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Gross profit

    31,322        71.9        38,838        72.5        7,516        24.0   

Operating expenses:

           

Sales and marketing

    19,106        43.9        24,326        45.4        5,220        27.3   

Research and development

    8,842        20.3        10,109        18.9        1,267        14.3   

General and administrative

    6,551        15.0        8,252        15.4        1,701        26.0   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total operating expenses

    34,499        79.2        42,687        79.7        8,188        23.7   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Loss from operations

    (3,177     (7.3     (3,849     (7.2     (672     21.2   

Other (expense) income:

           

Interest expense

    (642     (1.5     (1,185     (2.2     (543     84.6   

Other income, net

    6        0.0        31        0.1        25        416.7   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total other (expense) income

    (636     (1.5     (1,154     (2.1     (518     81.4   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Loss before income taxes

    (3,813     (8.8     (5,003     (9.3     (1,190     31.2   

Income tax expense (benefit)

    51        0.1        (70     (0.1     (121     *   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net loss

  $ (3,864     (8.9 )%    $ (4,933     (9.2 )%    $ (1,069     27.7   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

* = not applicable

Revenue .    Revenue increased by $10.0 million, or 23.0%, from $43.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $53.6 million for year ended December 31, 2012. Our core revenue increased $10.7 million, or 26.3%, during the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2011.

This growth was primarily attributable to a 15.7% increase in the average revenue per core customer during the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2011, which accounted for 65.2% of the increase in core revenue during the period. The increase in the average revenue per core customer was primarily attributable to an overall increase in transaction volume and, to a lesser extent, to modest overall increases in the percentages assessed on the fixed and variable portions of GMV under our contractual arrangements with some of our customers during the year. Because we generally enter into annual contracts with our customers, we may renegotiate either or both of the fixed and variable components of the pricing structure of a customer’s contract each year. In addition, the increase in average revenue per core customer was due in part to a general shift in our customer base toward a greater proportion of larger enterprise customers, all of whom are core customers. Our enterprise customers generally commit to a higher specified minimum amount of GMV per month.

In addition, we experienced a 12.7% increase in the number of core customers using our platform during the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2011, which accounted for 34.8% of the increase in core revenue during the period. This growth in core revenue was offset by a $0.7 million, or 21.5%, decrease in our non-core revenue over the same period.

 

45


Table of Contents

Our revenue from international operations increased from $8.8 million, or 20.1% of total revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2011, to $11.4 million, or 21.4% of total revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase in revenue from our international operations was primarily attributable to an increase in the number of international customers.

Cost of revenue .    Cost of revenue increased by $2.5 million, or 20.4%, from $12.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $14.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase in cost of revenue was primarily attributable to a $1.8 million increase in salaries and personnel-related costs, as we increased the number of employees providing services to our expanding customer base and supporting our platform infrastructure from 90 at December 31, 2011 to 110 at December 31, 2012. In addition, we experienced a $0.8 million increase in depreciation expense associated with equipment for our data centers. These increases were partially offset by a $0.2 million decrease in co-location facility costs resulting from efficiencies gained through virtualization. As a percentage of revenue, cost of revenue declined from 28.1% for the year ended December 31, 2011 to 27.5% for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Sales and marketing .    Sales and marketing expense increased by $5.2 million, or 27.3%, from $19.1 million, or 43.9% of revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2011, to $24.3 million, or 45.4% of revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase in sales and marketing expense was primarily attributable to a $5.4 million increase in salaries and personnel-related costs, as we increased the number of sales and marketing and customer support personnel to continue driving revenue growth. The number of full-time sales and marketing employees increased from 148 at December 31, 2011 to 189 at December 31, 2012.

Research and development .    Research and development expense increased by $1.3 million, or 14.3%, from $8.8 million, or 20.3% of revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2011, to $10.1 million, or 18.9% of revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase in research and development expense was primarily attributable to a $1.5 million increase in salaries and personnel-related costs associated with an increase in research and development personnel. The number of full-time research and development employees increased from 57 at December 31, 2011 to 70 at December 31, 2012.

General and administrative .    General and administrative expense increased by $1.7 million, or 26.0%, from $6.6 million, or 15.0% of revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2011, to $8.3 million, or 15.4% of revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase in general and administrative expense was primarily attributable to a $0.7 million increase in salaries and personnel-related costs associated with an increase in general and administrative personnel to support our growing business. The number of full-time general and administrative employees increased from 30 at December 31, 2011 to 36 at December 31, 2012. In addition, we experienced a $0.5 million increase in information systems and consulting costs and a $0.2 million increase in recruiting costs.

 

46


Table of Contents

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2010 and 2011

 

    Years Ended December 31,        
    2010     2011     Period-to-Period Change  
    Amount     Percentage of
Revenue
    Amount     Percentage of
Revenue
   
            Amount     Percentage  
    (dollars in thousands)  

Revenue

  $ 36,688        100.0   $ 43,570        100.0   $ 6,882        18.8

Cost of revenue

    12,164        33.2        12,248        28.1        84        0.7   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Gross profit

    24,524        66.8        31,322        71.9        6,798        27.7   

Operating expenses:

           

Sales and marketing

    14,867        40.5        19,106        43.9        4,239        28.5   

Research and development

    8,416        22.9        8,842        20.3        426        5.1   

General and administrative

    6,111        16.7        6,551        15.0        440        7.2   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total operating expenses

    29,394        80.1        34,499        79.2        5,105        17.4   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Loss from operations

    (4,870     (13.3     (3,177     (7.3     1,693        (34.8

Other income (expense):

           

Interest expense

    (486     (1.3     (642     (1.5     (156     32.1   

Other income, net

    744        2.0        6        0.0        (738     (99.2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total other income (expense)

    258        0.7        (636     (1.5     (894     *   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Loss before income taxes

    (4,612     (12.6     (3,813     (8.8     799        (17.3

Income tax expense

    112        0.3        51        0.1        (61     (54.5
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net loss

  $ (4,724     (12.9 )%    $ (3,864     (8.9 )%    $ 860        (18.2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

* = not applicable

Revenue .    Revenue increased by $6.9 million, or 18.8%, from $36.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $43.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Our core revenue increased $7.9 million, or 24.0%, during the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010.

This growth was primarily attributable to an 18.5% increase in the average revenue per core customer during the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010, which accounted for 80.7% of the increase in core revenue during the period. The increase in the average revenue per core customer was primarily attributable to an overall increase in transaction volume and, to a lesser extent, to modest overall increases in the percentages assessed on the fixed and variable portions of GMV under our contractual arrangements with some of our customers during the year. In addition, the increase in average revenue per core customer was due in part to a general shift in our customer base toward a greater proportion of larger enterprise customers, all of whom are core customers.

In addition, we experienced a 2.2% increase in the number of core customers using our platform during the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010, which accounted for 19.3% of the increase in core revenue during the period. This growth in core revenue was offset by a $1.0 million, or 24.3%, decrease in our non-core revenue over the same period.

Our revenue from international operations increased from $7.0 million, or 19.1% of total revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2010, to $8.8 million, or 20.1% of total revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2011. The revenue growth in our international operations was primarily attributable to an increase in the number of international customers.

 

47


Table of Contents

Cost of revenue .    Cost of revenue increased by $0.1 million, or 0.7%, from $12.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $12.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in cost of revenue was primarily attributable to a $0.7 million increase in salaries and personnel-related costs, as we increased the number of employees providing services to our expanding customer base and supporting our platform infrastructure from 79 at December 31, 2010 to 90 at December 31, 2011. In addition, we experienced a $0.4 million increase in infrastructure maintenance costs to support our platform and a $0.1 million increase in credit card vendor transaction fees. These increases were partially offset by a $0.7 million decrease in co-location facility costs resulting from efficiencies gained through virtualization and a $0.4 million decrease in depreciation expense associated with equipment for our data centers. As a percentage of revenue, cost of revenue declined from 33.2% for the year ended December 31, 2010 to 28.1% for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Sales and marketing .    Sales and marketing expense increased by $4.2 million, or 28.5%, from $14.9 million, or 40.5% of revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2010, to $19.1 million, or 43.9% of revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in sales and marketing expense was primarily attributable to a $2.8 million increase in salaries and personnel-related costs, as we increased the number of sales and marketing and customer support personnel to continue driving revenue growth. The number of full-time sales and marketing employees increased from 128 at December 31, 2010 to 148 at December 31, 2011. In addition, we experienced a $1.0 million increase in our marketing, advertising and promotional event programs and travel.

Research and development .    Research and development expense increased by $0.4 million, or 5.1%, from $8.4 million, or 22.9% of revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2010, to $8.8 million, or 20.3% of revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in research and development expense was primarily attributable to a $0.4 million increase in salaries and personnel-related costs associated with an increase in research and development personnel. The number of full-time research and development employees increased from 51 at December 31, 2010 to 57 at December 31, 2011.

General and administrative .    General and administrative expense increased by $0.5 million, or 7.2%, from $6.1 million, or 16.7% or revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2010, to $6.6 million, or 15.0% of revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in general and administrative expense was primarily attributable to a $0.4 million increase in salaries and personnel-related costs associated with an increase in general and administrative personnel to support our growing business. The number of full-time general and administrative employees increased slightly from 29 at December 31, 2010 to 30 at December 31, 2011.

Other income, net .    During the year ended December 31, 2010, we recognized other income, net, of $0.7 million primarily related to the sale of four patents to a third party.

Quarterly Results of Operations

The following tables show our unaudited consolidated quarterly statement of operations data for the eight quarters in the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, as well as the percentage of revenue for each line item shown. This information has been derived from our unaudited financial statements, which, in the opinion of management, have been prepared on the same basis as our audited financial statements and include all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments and accruals, necessary for the fair presentation of the financial information for the quarters presented. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in future periods, and operating results for a quarterly period are not necessarily indicative of the operating results for a full year. This information should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

48


Table of Contents
    Three Months Ended  
    March 31,
2011
    June 30,
2011
    Sept. 30,
2011
    Dec. 31,
2011
    March 31,
2012
    June 30,
2012
    Sept. 30,
2012
    Dec. 31,
2012
 
    (in thousands)  

Revenue

  $ 10,058      $ 10,222      $ 10,489      $ 12,801      $ 12,166      $ 12,408      $ 13,020      $ 15,993   

Cost of revenue

    3,018        3,104        3,208        2,918        3,246        3,630        3,831        4,042   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    7,040        7,118        7,281        9,883        8,920        8,778        9,189        11,951   

Operating expenses:

               

Sales and marketing

    3,985        5,214        5,358        4,549        5,390        6,616        6,159        6,161   

Research and development

    2,265        2,081        2,139        2,357        2,551        2,523        2,459        2,576   

General and administrative

    1,468        1,755        1,626        1,702        1,788        1,986        2,088        2,390   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    7,718        9,050        9,123        8,608        9,729        11,125        10,706        11,127   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from operations

    (678     (1,932     (1,842     1,275        (809     (2,347     (1,517     824   

Other (expense) income:

               

Interest expense

    (100     (91     (165     (286     (22     (399     (407     (357

Other income, net

    2        2        —          2        4        12        9        6   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other (expense) income

    (98     (89     (165     (284     (18     (387     (398     (351
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before income taxes

    (776     (2,021     (2,007     991        (827     (2,734     (1,915     473   

Income tax expense (benefit)

    32        (64     (87     170        24        16        43        (153
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

  $ (808   $ (1,957   $ (1,920   $ 821      $ (851   $ (2,750   $ (1,958   $ 626   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    Three Months Ended  
    March 31,
2011
    June 30,
2011
    Sept. 30,
2011
    Dec. 31,
2011
    March 31,
2012
    June 30,
2012
    Sept. 30,
2012
    Dec. 31,
2012
 
    (as a percentage of revenue)  

Revenue

    100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0

Cost of revenue

    30.0        30.4        30.6        22.8        26.7        29.3        29.4        25.3   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    70.0        69.6        69.4        77.2        73.3        70.7        70.6        74.7   

Operating expenses:

               

Sales and marketing

    39.6        51.0        51.1        35.5        44.3        53.3        47.3        38.5   

Research and development

    22.5        20.4        20.4        18.4        21.0        20.3        18.9        16.1   

General and administrative

    14.6        17.2        15.5        13.3        14.7        16.0        16.0        14.9   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    76.7        88.6        87.0        67.2        80.0        89.6        82.2        69.5   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from operations

    (6.7     (19.0     (17.6     10.0        (6.7     (18.9     (11.6     5.2   

Other (expense) income:

               

Interest expense

    (1.0     (0.9     (1.6     (2.2     (0.2     (3.2     (3.1     (2.2

Other income, net

    0.0        0.0        —          0.0        0.0        0.1        0.1        0.0   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other (expense) income

    (1.0     (0.9     (1.6     (2.2     (0.2     (3.1     (3.0     (2.2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before income taxes

    (7.7     (19.9     (19.2     7.8        (6.9     (22.0     (14.6     3.0   

Income tax expense (benefit)

    0.3        (0.6     (0.8     1.3        0.2        0.1        0.3        (1.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

    (8.0 )%      (19.3 )%      (18.4 )%      6.5     (7.1 )%      (22.1 )%      (14.9 )%      4.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Quarterly Trends and Seasonality

Our overall operating results fluctuate from quarter to quarter as a result of a variety of factors, some of which are outside our control. In general, our revenue has increased as a result of an increase in the number of core customers using our platform and an increase in average revenue per core customer, driven in part by an increase in the amount of GMV processed through our platform. In most of the quarters presented, we added sales and marketing personnel to focus on adding new customers and increasing penetration within our existing customer base and added technical support, services, research and development and administrative personnel to support our growth. Our historical results should not be considered a reliable indicator of our future results of operations.

 

49


Table of Contents

Our revenue fluctuates as a result of seasonal variations in our business, principally due to the peak consumer demand and related increased volume of our customers’ GMV during the year-end holiday season. As a result, we have historically had higher revenue in our fourth quarter than other quarters in a given year due to increased GMV processed through our platform, resulting in higher variable subscription fees. For example, our revenue in the fourth quarter of 2012 exceeded revenue in each of the preceding three quarters.

Along with the seasonally higher revenue we have experienced in the fourth quarter, we have also experienced higher gross margins in the fourth quarter. Our cost to run our platform infrastructure is generally fixed. Therefore, when applied against our generally fixed costs, the higher revenue in the fourth quarter has resulted in higher overall gross margins for us.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Sources of Liquidity

To date, we have funded our operations primarily through cash from operating activities, bank and subordinated debt borrowings and private placements of redeemable convertible preferred stock. We have raised $90.4 million from the sale of redeemable convertible preferred stock to third parties.

In December 2009, we entered into a loan and security agreement with a lender, which was most recently amended in July 2012. The agreement, as amended, includes a term loan of $4.3 million, a revolving line of credit of up to $6.0 million and an equipment line of credit of up to $1.0 million. The term loan matured in December 2012 and is no longer outstanding.

The revolving line of credit has a current term through June 2013 and requires interest-only payments to be made monthly on any outstanding advances at the lender’s prime rate plus 1%, which was 4.25% at December 31, 2012. Borrowings under the equipment line of credit accrue interest at a rate of 7.25% per annum and are payable in 36 monthly installments from the date of each respective borrowing. The equipment line of credit matures on June 1, 2014. The loans are collateralized by all of our assets, excluding our intellectual property, although we may not encumber our intellectual property without the consent of the lender.

In March 2012, we entered into a loan and security agreement with a subordinated lender. Under the agreement, we borrowed $5.0 million in March 2012 and an additional $5.0 million in December 2012. Borrowings under the agreement accrue interest at an annual rate of 10.5%. We are required to make interest-only payments on outstanding balances through March 1, 2015, after which the debt will be payable in monthly installments of both principal and interest through February 2017.

Under the terms of both loan and security agreements, we are required to meet and maintain specified financial and nonfinancial covenants. As of December 31, 2012, we were in compliance with all such covenants.

The following table summarizes the outstanding principal balances of our debt as of December 31, 2012 (in thousands):

 

     Outstanding Principal
Balance
 

Revolving line of credit

   $ 3,300   

Equipment line of credit

     70   

Subordinated loan

     10,000   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 13,370   
  

 

 

 

 

50


Table of Contents

Working Capital

The following table summarizes our cash, accounts receivable, working capital and cash flows for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 

     As of and for the Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2010     2011     2012  
     (in thousands)  

Cash

   $ 6,939      $ 4,998      $ 10,865   

Accounts receivable, net of allowance

     6,235        7,677        9,571   

Working capital

     2,579        (1,317     3,006   

Cash (used in) provided by:

      

Operating activities

     (783     161        1,191   

Investing activities

     (912     (1,723     (2,094

Financing activities

     (1,219     (443     6,806   

Our cash at December 31, 2012 was held for working capital purposes. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. Our policy is to invest any cash in excess of our immediate requirements in investments designed to preserve the principal balance and provide liquidity. Accordingly, our cash is invested primarily in demand deposit accounts that are currently providing only a minimal return.

Cash Flows

Operating Activities

For the year ended December 31, 2012, our net cash provided by operating activities of $1.2 million consisted of a net loss of $4.9 million, offset by $1.4 million of cash provided by changes in working capital and $4.7 million in adjustments for non-cash items. Adjustments for non-cash items primarily consisted of depreciation and amortization expense of $2.9 million, non-cash stock compensation expense of $0.6 million, non-cash rent expense of $0.5 million and accretion of debt discount of $0.4 million. The increase in cash resulting from changes in working capital primarily consisted of an increase in deferred revenue of $3.9 million as a result of an increased number of customers prepaying for subscription services and an increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses of $0.4 million, primarily driven by increased operating costs during the period. These increases were partially offset by decreases in operating cash flow due to a $2.0 million increase in accounts receivable, primarily driven by increased revenue during the year as we continue to expand our operations, both domestically and internationally, and an increase in prepaid expenses and other assets of $1.1 million.

For the year ended December 31, 2011, our net cash provided by operating activities of $0.2 million consisted of a net loss of $3.9 million, offset by cash of $1.0 million provided by changes in working capital and $3.1 million in adjustments for non-cash items. Adjustments for non-cash items primarily consisted of depreciation and amortization expense of $2.1 million, non-cash stock compensation expense of $0.2 million, non-cash rent expense of $0.3 million and change in fair value of preferred stock warrants of $0.3 million. The increase in cash resulting from changes in working capital primarily consisted of an increase in deferred revenue of $1.9 million as a result of an increased number of customers prepaying for subscription services and an increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses of $1.4 million, primarily driven by increased operating costs during the period. These increases were offset by decreases in operating cash flow due to a $1.5 million increase in accounts receivable, primarily driven by increased revenue during the year as we continue to expand our operations both domestically and internationally and an increase in prepaid expenses and other assets of $0.8 million.

 

51


Table of Contents

For the year ended December 31, 2010, our net cash used in operating activities of $0.8 million consisted of a net loss of $4.7 million, offset by cash of $0.1 million provided by changes in working capital and $3.8 million in adjustments for non-cash items. Adjustments for non-cash items primarily consisted of depreciation and amortization expense of $3.4 million and non-cash stock compensation expense of $0.3 million. The increase in cash resulting from changes in working capital primarily consisted of an increase in deferred revenue of $1.5 million as a result of an increased number of customers prepaying for subscription services. These increases were offset by decreases in operating cash flow due to a $1.3 million increase in accounts receivable, primarily driven by increased revenue during the year as we continue to expand our operations both domestically and internationally and a decrease in accounts payable and accrued expenses of $0.1 million.

Investing Activities

For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, net cash used in investing activities was $0.9 million, $1.7 million and $2.1 million, respectively, for the purchase of property and equipment.

Financing Activities

For the year ended December 31, 2012, net cash provided by financing activities was $6.8 million, consisting of $9.9 million in net borrowings under our subordinated loan and $0.2 million in cash received upon the exercise of stock options, offset by $1.5 million in repayments of debt and capital leases, $1.5 million in payments of costs in connection with this offering that have been capitalized and $0.2 million used to repurchase common stock from two former employees.

For the year ended December 31, 2011, net cash used in financing activities was $0.4 million, consisting of $1.5 million in repayments of debt and capital leases, offset by $1.0 million in borrowings under our revolving line of credit and $0.1 million in cash received upon the exercise of stock options.

For the year ended December 31, 2010, net cash used in financing activities was $1.2 million, consisting of $1.5 million in repayments of debt and capital leases, offset by $0.2 million in borrowings under capital lease agreements and $0.1 million in cash received upon the exercise of stock options.

Operating and Capital Expenditure Requirements

We believe that our existing cash balances, together with the available borrowing capacity under our revolving line of credit, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash requirements through at least the next 12 months. During this period, we expect our capital expenditure requirements to be approximately $4.0 million to $5.0 million. If our available cash balances and net proceeds from this offering are insufficient to satisfy our liquidity requirements, we may seek to sell equity or convertible debt securities or enter into an additional credit facility. The sale of equity and convertible debt securities may result in dilution to our stockholders and those securities may have rights senior to those of our common shares. If we raise additional funds through the issuance of convertible debt securities, these securities could contain covenants that would restrict our operations. We may require additional capital beyond our currently anticipated amounts. Additional capital may not be available on reasonable terms, or at all.

 

52


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations

Our principal commitments consist of obligations under our outstanding debt facilities, non-cancelable leases for our office space and computer equipment and purchase commitments for our co-location and other support services. The following table summarizes these contractual obligations at December 31, 2012. Future events could cause actual payments to differ from these estimates.

 

Contractual Obligations

   Payment due by period  
   Total      Less than 1
year
     1-3 years      3-5 years      More than 5
years
 
     (in thousands)  

Long-term debt:

              

Principal payments

   $ 13,370       $ 3,370       $ 3,914       $ 6,086       $ —     

Interest payments

     3,432         1,043         1,975         414         —     

Operating lease obligations

     11,051         1,484         4,882         2,955         1,730   

Capital lease obligations

     2,439         1,209         1,230         —           —     

Purchase commitments

     3,766         2,074         1,692         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 34,058       $ 9,180       $ 13,693       $ 9,455       $ 1,730   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subsequent to December 31, 2012, we leased additional office space with total collective future minimum lease payments of $1.0 million.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of December 31, 2012, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of SEC Regulation S-K, such as the use of unconsolidated subsidiaries, structured finance, special purpose entities or variable interest entities.

Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates

Our management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reported period. In accordance with GAAP, we base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

While our significant accounting policies are more fully described in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, we believe the following accounting policies are critical to the process of making significant judgments and estimates in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

Revenue Recognition and Deferred Revenue

We derive the majority of our revenue from subscription fees paid to us by our customers for access to and usage of our SaaS solutions for a specified contract term, which is typically one year. A portion of the subscription fee is typically fixed and is based on a specified minimum amount of GMV that a customer expects to process through our platform over the contract term. The remaining portion of the subscription fee is variable and is based on a specified percentage of GMV processed through our platform in excess of the customer’s specified minimum GMV amount. We also receive

 

53


Table of Contents

implementation fees, which may include fees for providing launch assistance and training. Customers do not have the contractual right to take possession of our software at any time.

We recognize revenue when there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement, we have provided the service, the fees to be paid by the customer are fixed and determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. We consider that delivery of our SaaS solutions has commenced once our customer has access to our platform and can process transactions.

We generally recognize the fixed portion of our subscription fees and our implementation fees ratably over the contract term once the criteria for revenue recognition described above have been satisfied. Some of our customers elect a managed-service solution and contract with us to manage some or all aspects of our SaaS solutions on their behalf. Under these managed-service arrangements, customer transactions cannot be processed through our platform until the completion of the implementation services. Therefore, we commence revenue recognition once transactions can be processed on our platform, provided all other revenue recognition criteria have been satisfied. At that time, we recognize the portion of the fees earned since the inception of the arrangement. We recognize the balance of the fees ratably over the remaining contract term.

We recognize the variable portion of subscription fee revenue in the period in which the related GMV is processed, as long as all other revenue recognition criteria have been satisfied.

We record deferred revenue when we receive cash payments from or invoice our customers in advance of when we provide or perform the services under our arrangements with them.

Accounts Receivable and Allowances for Doubtful Accounts

Accounts receivable are stated at realizable value, net of an allowance for doubtful accounts that we maintain for estimated losses expected to result from the inability of some customers to make payments as they become due. Our estimated allowance is based on our analysis of past due amounts and ongoing credit evaluations. Historically, our actual collection experience has not varied significantly from our estimates, due primarily to our credit and collection policies and the financial strength of our customers.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the aggregate of the fair value of consideration transferred in a business combination over the fair value of assets acquired, net of liabilities assumed. Goodwill is not amortized but is subject to an annual impairment test. We test goodwill for impairment annually on December 31 or more frequently if events or changes in business circumstances indicate the asset might be impaired. Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level. During the year ended December 31, 2012, we adopted new accounting guidance, which gives us the option of performing a qualitative assessment for testing goodwill for impairment. Under the qualitative assessment, we determine whether the existence of events and circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not that the goodwill is impaired. The qualitative factors that we consider include, but are not limited to, macroeconomic conditions, industry and market conditions, company-specific events, changes in circumstances and after-tax cash flows.

If we determine that the qualitative factors indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, we would test goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level using a two-step approach. The first step is to compare the fair value of the reporting unit to the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit. If the fair value of

 

54


Table of Contents

the reporting unit is greater than the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit, the assigned goodwill is not considered impaired. If the fair value is less than the reporting unit’s carrying value, step two is performed to measure the amount of the impairment, if any. In the second step, the fair value of goodwill is determined by deducting the fair value of the reporting unit’s identifiable assets and liabilities from the fair value of the reporting unit as a whole, as if the reporting unit had just been acquired and the fair value was being initially allocated. If the carrying value of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value, an impairment charge would be recorded in the period the determination is made.

We have determined that we have a single, entity-wide reporting unit. To determine the fair value of our reporting unit for the quantitative approach, we primarily use a discounted cash flow analysis, which requires significant assumptions and estimates about future operations. Significant judgments inherent in this analysis include the determination of an appropriate discount rate, estimated terminal value and the amount and timing of expected future cash flows. We may also determine fair value of our reporting unit using a market approach by applying multiples of earnings of peer companies to our operating results.

Based upon the quantitative assessment that we performed as of December 31, 2011, our reporting unit was not considered at risk of failing step one of the goodwill impairment test. Accordingly, a qualitative assessment was performed as of December 31, 2012, and we determined, after assessing all relevant events and circumstances, that the reporting unit did not have a carrying value that was more likely than not to exceed its fair value.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock options awarded to employees, directors and non-employee third parties are measured at fair value at each grant date. We consider what we believe to be comparable publicly traded companies, discounted free cash flows, and an analysis of our enterprise value in estimating the fair value of our common stock. We recognize compensation expense ratably over the requisite service period of the option award. Options generally vest quarterly over a four-year period.

Determination of the Fair Value of Stock-based Compensation Grants

The determination of the fair value of stock-based compensation arrangements is affected by a number of variables, including estimates of the fair value of our common stock, expected stock price volatility, risk-free interest rate and the expected life of the award. We value stock options using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which was developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded options that are fully transferable and have no vesting restrictions. Black-Scholes and other option valuation models require the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the expected stock price volatility.

The following summarizes the assumptions used for estimating the fair value of stock options granted to employees for the periods indicated:

 

    Year Ended December 31,
        2010           2011           2012    

Assumptions:

     

Risk-free interest rate

  0.5% - 3.0%   0.4% - 2.0%   0.1% - 0.9%

Expected life

  6.25   6.25   4.00 - 6.25

Expected volatility

  39% - 55%   28% - 56%   49% - 61%

Dividend yield

  0%   0%   0%

Weighted average grant date fair value

  $0.04   $0.05   $0.18

 

55


Table of Contents

We have assumed no dividend yield because we do not expect to pay dividends in the future, which is consistent with our history of not paying dividends. The risk-free interest rate assumption is based on observed interest rates for constant maturity U.S. Treasury securities consistent with the expected life of our employee stock options. The expected life represents the period of time the stock options are expected to be outstanding and is based on the simplified method. Under the simplified method, the expected life of an option is presumed to be the midpoint between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term. We used the simplified method due to the lack of sufficient historical exercise data to provide a reasonable basis upon which to otherwise estimate the expected life of the stock options. Expected volatility is based on historical volatilities for publicly traded stock of comparable companies over the estimated expected life of the stock options. During the year ended December 31, 2012, we updated and expanded the list of comparable companies used to estimate expected volatility by including companies in our industry that had recently completed initial public offerings, and replacing some of the companies that had been used in prior periods with others that we believed to be more comparable to us in terms of size, business model or stage of development.

Our estimate of pre-vesting forfeitures, or forfeiture rate, is based on our analysis of historical behavior by stock option holders. The estimated forfeiture rate is applied to the total estimated fair value of the awards, as derived from the Black-Scholes model, to compute the stock-based compensation expense, net of pre-vesting forfeitures, to be recognized in our consolidated statements of operations.

Based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, the aggregate intrinsic value of outstanding options to purchase shares of our common stock as of December 31, 2012 was $         million, of which $        million related to vested options and $         million to unvested options.

Determination of the Fair Value of Common Stock on Grant Dates

We are a private company with no active public market for our common stock. Therefore, in response to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, related regulations issued by the Internal Revenue Service and accounting standards related to stock-based compensation, we have periodically determined for financial reporting purposes the estimated per share fair value of our common stock at various dates using contemporaneous valuations performed in accordance with the guidance outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, “Valuation of Privately-Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation,” also known as the Practice Aid. We performed these contemporaneous valuations as of June 30, 2010, June 30, 2011, March 31, 2012, June 30, 2012, September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2012. In conducting the contemporaneous valuations, we considered all objective and subjective factors that we believed to be relevant for each valuation conducted, including management’s best estimate of our business condition, prospects and operating performance at each valuation date. Within the contemporaneous valuations performed by our management, a range of factors, assumptions and methodologies were used. The significant factors included:

 

  Ÿ  

independent third-party valuations performed contemporaneously or shortly before the grant date, as applicable;

 

  Ÿ  

the fact that we are a privately held technology company and our common stock is illiquid;

 

  Ÿ  

the nature and history of our business;

 

  Ÿ  

our historical financial performance;

 

  Ÿ  

our discounted future cash flows, based on our projected operating results;

 

  Ÿ  

valuations of comparable public companies;

 

56


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

the potential impact on common stock of liquidation preference rights of redeemable convertible preferred stock under different valuation scenarios;

 

  Ÿ  

general economic conditions and the specific outlook for our industry;

 

  Ÿ  

the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for shares of our common stock, such as an initial public offering, or IPO, or a sale of our company, given prevailing market conditions, or remaining a private company; and

 

  Ÿ  

the state of the IPO market for similarly situated privately held technology companies.

The dates of our contemporaneous valuations have not always coincided with the dates of our stock-based compensation grants. In such instances, management’s estimates have been based on the most recent contemporaneous valuation of our shares of common stock and our assessment of additional objective and subjective factors we believed were relevant as of the grant date. The additional factors considered when determining any changes in fair value between the most recent contemporaneous valuation and the grant dates included our stage of development, our operating and financial performance, current business conditions and the market performance of comparable publicly traded companies.

There are significant judgments and estimates inherent in these contemporaneous valuations. These judgments and estimates include assumptions regarding our future operating performance, the time to completing an IPO or other liquidity event, and the determinations of the appropriate valuation methods. If we had made different assumptions, our stock-based compensation expense, net loss and net loss per share could have been significantly different.

Common Stock Valuation Methodology

Historically, we prepared our common stock valuations utilizing the probability weighted expected return method, or PWERM, approach to allocate value to our common shares. The PWERM approach employs various market, income or cost approach calculations depending on the likelihood of various liquidation scenarios. For each of the various scenarios, an equity value is estimated and the rights and preferences for each shareholder class are considered to allocate the equity value to common shares. The common share value is then multiplied by a discount factor reflecting the calculated discount rate and the timing of the event. Lastly, the common share value is multiplied by an estimated probability for each scenario. The probability and timing of each scenario are based on discussions between our board of directors and our management team. Under the PWERM, the value of our common stock is based on four possible future events for our company:

 

  Ÿ  

an IPO;

 

  Ÿ  

a strategic merger or sale;

 

  Ÿ  

our remaining a private company; and

 

  Ÿ  

the sale of our technology and the resulting dissolution of our company.

More recently, as greater certainty developed regarding a possible liquidity event, we changed the methodology for allocating our enterprise value to our common stock to be a hybrid of the PWERM and the Option Pricing Model, or OPM. We began using this hybrid method with the valuation performed as of December 31, 2012. The hybrid method is a scenario analysis, similar to the PWERM, in which one of the valuation scenarios is modeled using an OPM. The OPM treats our common stock and our redeemable convertible preferred stock as call options on the enterprise value, with exercise prices based on the respective liquidation preferences of each series of the redeemable convertible preferred stock. Under the OPM, our common stock has value only if the funds available for distribution to common

 

57


Table of Contents

stockholders exceed the value of the liquidation preference of our redeemable convertible preferred stock at the time of the liquidity event. The characteristics of each class of stock, including the conversion ratio and any liquidation preference of the redeemable convertible preferred stock, determine the class of stock’s claim on the enterprise value. Essentially, the rights of the common stockholders are equivalent to a call option on any value above the redeemable convertible preferred stockholders’ liquidation preferences. Thus, our common stock can be valued by estimating the value of its portion of each of these call option rights.

Market Approach

The market approach uses similar companies or transactions in the marketplace. When using the guideline company method of the market approach in determining the fair value of our common stock under the IPO scenario, we identified companies similar to our business and used these guideline companies to develop relevant market multiples and ratios. We then applied these market multiples and ratios to our financial forecasts to create an indication of total equity value. In selecting the guideline companies used in our analysis, we applied several criteria, including companies in the e-commerce platform industry, companies displaying economic and financial similarity in certain aspects of primary importance in the eyes of the investing public, and businesses that entail a similar degree of investment risk. When using the similar transaction methodology of the market approach in determining the fair value of our common stock under the strategic merger or sale scenario, we used publicly disclosed data from arm’s-length transactions involving similar companies to develop relationships or value measures between the prices paid for the target companies and the underlying financial performance of those companies. These value measures are then applied to our applicable operating data to create an indication of total equity value.

We used the market approach as the primary method of determining the fair value of our common stock under the IPO scenario and the strategic merger or sale scenario starting with our March 31, 2012 independent valuation and for all subsequent independent valuations. For each of these independent valuations, we performed a discrete assessment of publicly traded comparable companies, including companies that had recently completed initial public offerings, to ensure that we had a representative sample of guideline companies upon which to base the valuations. The guideline companies we used in the market approach for each of these valuations were the same companies we used to estimate our expected volatility for purposes of determining our stock-based compensation expense related to stock options granted during the period from April 1, 2012 to December 31, 2012. While our selection of guideline companies remained the same for each independent valuation in 2012, they may change in the future if we determine that the current guideline companies are no longer comparable.

Income Approach

For the income approach, we used the discounted free cash flow method, which is based on the premise that equity value as of the respective valuation date is equal to the projected future free cash flows and expected terminal value of the business, discounted by a required rate of return that investors would demand given the risks of ownership and the risks associated with achieving the stream of projected future free cash flows.

We used the income approach as the primary method of determining the fair value of our common stock under the IPO scenario, the strategic merger or sale scenario and the remain private scenario for our June 30, 2010 and June 30, 2011 independent valuations.

 

58


Table of Contents

Cost Approach

The cost approach involves identifying our significant tangible assets, estimating the individual current market values of each and then totaling them to derive the value of the business as a whole. We used the cost approach to value our adjusted net assets available to common shareholders if we were forced to liquidate our assets if our business model failed and we were unable to raise additional financing.

The following table summarizes by grant date the number of shares of common stock subject to stock options granted from January 1, 2011 through the date of this prospectus, as well as the associated per share exercise price and the estimated fair value per share of our common stock on the grant date.

 

Grant Date

   Number of Shares
Underlying
Options Granted
     Exercise Price per
Share
     Estimated Fair
Value per Share
 

February 11, 2011

     4,656,250       $ 0.14       $ 0.14   

August 29, 2011

     5,153,421       $ 0.14       $ 0.14   

December 19, 2011

     187,000       $ 0.14       $ 0.14   

June 19, 2012

     2,726,905       $ 0.43       $ 0.43   

October 18, 2012

     2,555,450       $ 0.54       $ 0.54   

December 12, 2012

     5,086,100       $ 0.54       $ 0.54   

March 8, 2013

     9,169,700       $ 0.55       $ 0.55   

Significant factors contributing to the determination of common stock fair value at the date of each grant beginning in fiscal year 2011 were as follows:

February 2011 Stock Option Grants.     The compensation committee of our board of directors granted options to purchase 4,656,250 shares of common stock with an exercise price per share of $0.14 on February 11, 2011. In estimating the fair value of our common stock to set the exercise price of such options as of February 11, 2011, the committee reviewed and considered an independent valuation report for our common stock as of June 30, 2010. The independent valuation report reflected a fair value for our common stock of $0.14 as of June 30, 2010. Our compensation committee determined that there were no significant factors affecting the value of our common stock that had occurred between June 30, 2010 and February 11, 2011.

The primary valuation considerations were:

 

  Ÿ  

The liquidity event scenario probabilities and valuation method used for determining the fair value of our common stock were as follows:

 

Scenario

   Probability     Valuation
Method
 
    

IPO

     25     Income   

Strategic merger or sale

     50     Income   

Remain private

     20     Income   

Dissolution / technology sale

     5     Cost   

Our compensation committee determined that the general IPO market for small technology companies was not very strong as reflected by the small number of IPOs in the first half of 2010 and that our operating performance, stock market conditions in general, and the market for IPOs in particular, were such that it was unlikely that we would be able to successfully complete an offering before the end of 2012. The committee considered remaining private to still be possible but less likely, resulting in this scenario being assigned a 20% probability. The dissolution and sale of our technology was deemed unlikely and was assigned only a 5% probability.

 

59


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

A discount rate of 25%, based on our estimated cost of capital.

 

  Ÿ  

A lack of marketability discount of 25% and a lack of control discount of 20%.

 

  Ÿ  

The macro-economic conditions at the time, with uncertainty as to whether the overall economy would rebound in the near term, and the uncertainty as to the impact of the recession on the purchasing patterns of our customer base, did not warrant a change in valuation as of the February 11, 2011 stock option grant date.

August and December 2011 Stock Option Grants.     Our compensation committee granted options to purchase 5,153,421 shares of common stock with an exercise price per share of $0.14 on August 29, 2011. In estimating the fair value of our common stock to set the exercise price of such options as of August 29, 2011, the committee reviewed and considered an independent valuation report for our common stock as of June 30, 2011. The independent valuation report reflected a fair value for our common stock of $0.14 as of June 30, 2011. Our compensation committee determined that there were no significant factors affecting the value of our common stock that had occurred between June 30, 2011 and August 29, 2011.

Less than four months later, on December 19, 2011, when our results were similar to prior months, our compensation committee granted options to purchase 187,000 shares of common stock with an exercise price per share of $0.14. Little had changed since the last stock option grant date and, although we finished the third quarter with our revenue on plan, the overall market conditions had not changed significantly. Therefore, the committee determined that the estimated fair value of common stock had not changed since the August 29, 2011 grants.

The primary valuation considerations were:

 

  Ÿ  

The liquidity event scenario probabilities and valuation method used for determining the fair value of our common stock were as follows:

 

Scenario

   Probability     Valuation
Method
 
    

IPO

     65     Income   

Strategic merger or sale

     25     Income   

Remain private

     5     Income   

Dissolution / technology sale

     5     Cost   

The probability for an IPO scenario increased from 25% as of the June 30, 2010 valuation date to 65% as of the June 30, 2011 valuation date due to progress in our business which indicated that an IPO in the future was more likely than previously estimated. In addition, our compensation committee determined that the IPO market appeared to be improving significantly during the first half of 2011, particularly within the technology sector and for companies of similar size and scale to us. Remaining private and the dissolution and sale of our technology were both deemed unlikely and were each assigned only a 5% probability.

 

  Ÿ  

A discount rate of 15%, based on our estimated cost of capital.

 

  Ÿ  

A lack of marketability discount of 20% and a lack of control discount of 20%.

 

  Ÿ  

The macro-economic conditions at the time, with uncertainty as to whether the overall economy would rebound in the near term, and the uncertainty as to the impact of the recession on the purchasing patterns of our customer base, did not warrant a change in valuation as of the August and December stock option grant dates.

 

60


Table of Contents

June 2012 Stock Option Grants.     Our compensation committee granted options to purchase 2,726,905 shares of common stock with an exercise price per share of $0.43 on June 19, 2012. In estimating the fair value of our common stock to set the exercise price of such options as of June 19, 2012, the committee reviewed and considered an independent valuation report for our common stock as of March 31, 2012. The independent valuation report reflected a fair value for our common stock of $0.43 as of March 31, 2012. Our compensation committee determined that there were no significant factors affecting the value of our common stock that had occurred between March 31, 2012 and June 19, 2012.

The primary valuation considerations were:

 

  Ÿ  

The liquidity event scenario probabilities and valuation method used for determining the fair value of our common stock were as follows:

 

Scenario

   Probability     Valuation
Method
 
    

IPO—Early

     20     Market   

IPO—Late

     20     Market   

Strategic merger or sale—High

     15     Market   

Strategic merger or sale—Medium

     25     Market   

Strategic merger or sale—Low

     10     Market   

Dissolution / technology sale

     10     Cost   

The probability of an IPO was broken down into early (June 30, 2013) and late (June 30, 2014) scenarios based on the anticipated timing for a possible IPO. In addition, the probability of a strategic merger or sale was broken down into high, medium and low valuation scenarios based on the anticipated timing of a potential strategic merger or sale and the impact of the timing on the estimated valuation. In determining the probabilities, our compensation committee determined that the IPO market was continuing to improve during the first quarter of 2012, particularly within the technology sector and for companies of similar size and scale to us, and believed an IPO in mid-2013 was a possibility but not definitive at the time. Unlike previous valuations, the committee determined that there was no significant probability that we would remain private and therefore did not include this scenario in the valuation analysis. The sale of our intellectual property was still deemed unlikely and was assigned only a 10% probability.

 

  Ÿ  

A discount rate of 25%, based on our estimated cost of capital.

 

  Ÿ  

A lack of marketability discount of 20%.

The increase in the estimated fair value of our common stock from $0.14 per share as of December 19, 2011 to $0.43 per share as of June 19, 2012 was primarily due to the following:

 

  Ÿ  

increased market valuations of the guideline companies used in determining total equity value;

 

  Ÿ  

a higher projected revenue forecast for us;

 

  Ÿ  

application of a higher revenue multiple based on the then-current market conditions for our guideline companies to our higher projected revenue forecast;

 

  Ÿ  

our strong operating performance during the fourth quarter of 2011 and the first quarter of 2012, primarily attributable to revenue growth from an increase in the number of core customers using our platform; and

 

  Ÿ  

significant improvement in overall macroeconomic conditions.

 

61


Table of Contents

October and December 2012 Stock Option Grants.     Our compensation committee granted options to purchase 2,555,450 shares of common stock on October 18, 2012 and 5,086,100 shares on December 12, 2012, in each case with an exercise price per share of $0.54. In estimating the fair value of our common stock to set the exercise price of such options as of these grant dates, the committee reviewed and considered an independent valuation report for our common stock as of September 30, 2012. The independent valuation report reflected a fair value for our common stock of $0.54 as of September 30, 2012. Our compensation committee determined that there were no significant factors affecting the value of our common stock that had occurred between September 30, 2012 and these grant dates.

The primary valuation considerations were:

 

  Ÿ  

The liquidity event scenario probabilities and valuation method used for determining the fair value of our common stock were as follows:

 

Scenario

   Probability     Valuation
Method
 
    

IPO—Early

     35     Market   

IPO—Late

     25     Market   

Strategic merger or sale—High

     5     Market   

Strategic merger or sale—Medium

     15     Market   

Strategic merger or sale—Low

     10     Market   

Dissolution / technology sale

     10     Cost   

The probability of an IPO was broken down into early (June 30, 2013) and late (June 30, 2014) scenarios based on the anticipated timing for a possible IPO. In addition, the probability of a strategic merger or sale was broken down into high, medium and low valuation scenarios based on the anticipated timing of a potential strategic merger or sale and the impact of the timing on the estimated valuation. In determining the probabilities, our compensation committee determined that the IPO market was continuing to improve during the first three quarters of 2012, particularly within the technology sector and for companies of similar size and scale to us, and believed an IPO in mid 2013 was a possibility but not definitive at the time. As with the June 2012 valuation, the committee did not include a private company scenario in the valuation analysis. The sale of our intellectual property was still deemed unlikely and was assigned only a 10% probability.

 

  Ÿ  

A discount rate of 25%, based on our estimated cost of capital.

 

  Ÿ  

A lack of marketability discount of 20%.

The increase in the estimated fair value of the common stock from $0.43 per share as of June 19, 2012 to $0.54 per share as of October 18, 2012 was primarily due to the assignment of a higher probability for a positive outcome of either an early or late IPO and the greater proximity of both the estimated early and late IPO dates.

March 2013 Stock Option Grants.     Our compensation committee granted options to purchase 9,169,700 shares of common stock with an exercise price per share of $0.55 on March 8, 2013. In estimating the fair value of our common stock to set the exercise price of such options as of March 8, 2013, the committee reviewed and considered an independent valuation report for our common stock as of December 31, 2012. The independent valuation report reflected a fair value for our common stock of $0.55 as of December 31, 2012. Our compensation committee determined that there were no significant factors affecting the value of our common stock that had occurred between December 31, 2012 and March 8, 2013.

 

62


Table of Contents

The primary valuation considerations were:

 

  Ÿ  

The liquidity event scenario probabilities and valuation method used for determining the fair value of our common stock were as follows:

 

Scenario

   Probability     Valuation Method  
    

IPO

     60     Market   

Other possible scenarios

     40     Market   

As greater certainty developed around the expected timing of an IPO, the IPO liquidity event was no longer assigned early and late scenarios. In addition, other possible liquidity event scenarios, such as a strategic merger or sale or a dissolution, were modeled collectively using the OPM due to uncertainties in their timing.

 

  Ÿ  

A discount rate of 20%, based on our estimated cost of capital.

 

  Ÿ  

A lack of marketability discount of 10%.

 

  Ÿ  

Inputs for the OPM calculation:

 

  Ÿ  

A risk-free interest rate of 0.2%.

 

  Ÿ  

An expected life, or time until a liquidity event, of 1.1 years.

 

  Ÿ  

An expected volatility yield of 47% based on historical trading volatility for our comparable guideline companies.

 

  Ÿ  

A dividend yield of 0%.

The increase in the estimated fair value of our common stock from $0.54 per share as of December 12, 2012 to $0.55 per share as of March 8, 2013 was primarily due to the use of a lower lack of marketability discount resulting from the greater proximity of the estimated IPO date. This was slightly offset by lower market valuations of the guideline companies used in determining total equity value.

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method. We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, as well as for operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. We measure deferred tax assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which we expect to recover or settle those temporary differences. We recognize the effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities in the results of operations in the period that includes the enactment date. We reduce the measurement of a deferred tax asset, if necessary, by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that we will not realize some or all of the deferred tax asset.

We account for uncertain tax positions by recognizing the financial statement effects of a tax position only when, based upon technical merits, it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination. We recognize potential accrued interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax positions within our global operations in income tax expense.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update, or ASU, 2011-05, “Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Presentation of Comprehensive Income.” ASU 2011-05 allows an entity the option to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. In both choices, an entity is required to present each component of net income along with total net income, each component of other comprehensive income along with a total for other comprehensive income, and a total amount for comprehensive income. ASU 2011-05 eliminates the option to present the components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in member’s equity. ASU 2011-05 should

 

63


Table of Contents

be applied retrospectively and is effective for annual or interim periods beginning after December 15, 2011 with early adoption permitted. We adopted ASU 2011-05 effective January 1, 2011 and retrospectively applied the provisions of ASU 2011-05 for all periods presented.

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-04, “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRS.” ASU 2011-04 represents the converged guidance of the FASB and the International Accounting Standards Board on fair value measurement and has resulted in common requirements for measuring fair value and for disclosing information about fair value measurements, including a consistent meaning of the term “fair value”. ASU 2011-04 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. We adopted ASU 2011-04 effective January 1, 2012 and retrospectively applied the provisions of ASU 2011-04 for all periods presented.

In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-08, “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Goodwill for Impairment,” which is intended to simplify how entities test goodwill for impairment. ASU 2011-08 permits an entity to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is “more likely than not” that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test. The more-likely-than-not threshold is defined as having a likelihood of more than 50%. ASU 2011-08 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. We adopted ASU 2011-08 effective for the year ended December 31, 2012. The adoption of this pronouncement did not have any impact on our results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Market risk is the risk of loss to future earnings, values or future cash flows that may result from changes in the price of a financial instrument. The value of a financial instrument may change as a result of changes in interest rates, exchange rates, commodity prices, equity prices and other market changes. We are exposed to market risk related to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. We do not use derivative financial instruments for speculative, hedging or trading purposes, although in the future we may enter into exchange rate hedging arrangements to manage the risks described below.

Interest Rate Sensitivity

We are subject to interest rate risk in connection with borrowings under our revolving line of credit which are subject to a variable interest rate. At December 31, 2012, we had borrowings under our revolving line of credit of $3.3 million. As a result, each change of one percentage point in interest rates would result in an approximate $33,000 change in our annual interest expense on our outstanding borrowings at December 31, 2012. Any debt we incur in the future may also bear interest at variable rates.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

With international operations, we face exposure to adverse movements in foreign currency exchange rates. These exposures may change over time as business practices evolve, and if our exposure increases, adverse movement in foreign currency exchange rates could have a material adverse impact on our financial results. Historically, our primary exposures have been related to non-U.S. dollar denominated operating expenses in the United Kingdom, Europe and Australia. As a result, our results of operations would generally be adversely affected by a decline in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to these foreign currencies. However, based on the size of our international operations and the amount of our expenses denominated in foreign currencies, we would not expect a

 

64


Table of Contents

10% decline in the value of the U.S. dollar from rates on December 31, 2012 to have a material effect on our financial position or results of operations. Substantially all of our sales contracts are currently denominated in U.S. dollars. Therefore, we have minimal foreign currency exchange risk with respect to our revenue.

Inflation

We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. We continue to monitor the impact of inflation in order to minimize its effects through pricing strategies, productivity improvements and cost reductions. If our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs through price increases. Our inability or failure to do so could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

65


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We are a leading provider of software-as-a-service, or SaaS, solutions that enable our retailer and manufacturer customers to integrate, manage and optimize their merchandise sales across hundreds of online channels. Through our platform, we enable our customers to connect with new and existing sources of demand for their products, including e-commerce marketplaces, such as eBay, Amazon and Newegg, search engines and comparison shopping websites, such as Google, Microsoft’s Bing, and Nextag, and emerging channels, such as Facebook and Groupon. Our suite of solutions, accessed through a standard web browser, provides our customers with a single, integrated user interface to manage their product listings, inventory availability, pricing optimization, search terms, data analytics and other critical functions across these channels. Our proprietary cloud-based technology platform delivers significant breadth, scalability and flexibility. In 2012, our customers processed over $3.5 billion in gross merchandise value, or GMV, through our platform. As of December 31, 2012, our customers managed over 100 million stock-keeping units, or SKUs, of their inventory on our platform.

We serve customers across a wide range of industries and geographies. As of December 31, 2012, we had over 1,900 customers worldwide, including 27% of the top 500 U.S. Internet retailers, as ranked by Internet Retailer magazine based on 2011 sales, up from 16% of the top 500 U.S. Internet retailers, based on 2007 sales, as of December 31, 2007. Our customers include both traditional and online retailers, such as Ann Taylor, eBags.com, J&R Electronics and Jos. A. Bank Clothiers, as well as manufacturers of consumer goods, such as Dell, Dooney and Bourke, Lenovo, Sony and Under Armour.

E-commerce has grown significantly over the last several years, as consumers have increasingly shifted their retail purchases from traditional brick and mortar stores to online stores and marketplaces. According to Forrester Research, Inc., or Forrester, an industry research firm, e-commerce consumer spending in the United States, Europe, Asia-Pacific and Latin America is expected to grow from $534 billion in 2011 to $1.1 trillion in 2016, a compound annual growth rate of 15%. This growth has been due to a number of factors, including:

 

  Ÿ  

the availability of a broader selection of merchandise online;

 

  Ÿ  

consumer convenience and ease of use;

 

  Ÿ  

more competitive and transparent pricing;

 

  Ÿ  

increased functionality and reliability of e-commerce websites;

 

  Ÿ  

the emergence of mobile connected devices and specialized websites; and

 

  Ÿ  

the proliferation of online distribution channels.

As a result of these factors, consumers today have more options than ever before to discover, research and purchase products online.

While these e-commerce growth drivers create significant opportunity for retailers and manufacturers, they also create additional complexity and challenges. Retailers and manufacturers seeking new avenues to expand their online sales must manage product data and transactions across hundreds of highly fragmented online channels where data attributes vary, requirements change frequently and the pace of innovation is rapid and increasing.

 

66


Table of Contents

We address these challenges by offering retailers and manufacturers SaaS solutions that enable them to integrate, manage and optimize their merchandise sales on a unified platform across these disparate online channels. We generate revenue from our customers’ access to and usage of our SaaS solutions, which are organized into modules. Each module integrates with a particular type of channel, such as third-party marketplaces, paid search or comparison shopping websites, or supports specific online functionality aimed at customers wanting to establish their own e-commerce presence or enhance the effectiveness of their existing storefronts, such as creating webstores or employing rich media solutions on their websites. Using our solutions, customers can:

 

  Ÿ  

connect with new channels and more easily integrate with channels they already use;

 

  Ÿ  

access emerging online sources of consumer demand, such as social networks and mobile devices;

 

  Ÿ  

adapt to the frequently changing policies and requirements of each channel;

 

  Ÿ  

manage real-time inventory allocation and availability across channels;

 

  Ÿ  

implement dynamic pricing and promotion strategies across channels;

 

  Ÿ  

efficiently manage, evaluate and optimize customer traffic to their own e-commerce websites;

 

  Ÿ  

more easily sell into new geographic territories worldwide;

 

  Ÿ  

reduce dependence on in-house information technology staff and avoid significant up-front capital expenses; and

 

  Ÿ  

access in real-time the latest product and software upgrades that we regularly release on our SaaS platform to keep up with the rapid pace of change and innovation in the market.

We derive our revenue primarily from subscription fees paid to us by our customers for access to and usage of our SaaS solutions for a specified contract term, which is usually one year. A portion of the subscription fee is typically fixed and is based on a specified minimum amount of GMV that a customer expects to process through our platform. The remaining portion of the subscription fee is variable and is based on a specified percentage of GMV processed through our platform in excess of the customer’s specified minimum GMV amount. We believe that our subscription fee pricing model aligns our interests with those of our customers. We also receive implementation fees, which may include fees for providing launch assistance and training.

Industry Background

Large, growing and global e-commerce market

E-commerce is a large and global market that continues to expand as retailers and manufacturers continue to increase their online sales. Forrester estimates that e-commerce consumer spending in the United States, Europe, Asia-Pacific and Latin America will increase from $534 billion in 2011 to $1.1 trillion in 2016, a compound annual growth rate of 15%.

Increasing complexity and fragmentation for retailers and manufacturers selling online

E-commerce is an increasingly complex and fragmented market due to the hundreds of channels available to retailers and manufacturers and the rapid pace of change and innovation across those channels. Historically, a retailer or manufacturer might have simply established an online storefront and used a basic paid search program to drive traffic to its website. Today, in order to gain consumers’ attention in a more crowded and competitive online marketplace, many retailers and an increasing number of manufacturers sell their merchandise through multiple online channels, each with its own rules, requirements and specifications. In addition, retailers and manufacturers often seek to sell their products in multiple countries, each with its own local consumer preferences and behaviors.

 

67


Table of Contents

Several significant trends have contributed to this increasing complexity and fragmentation, including:

 

  Ÿ  

Emergence and growth of online third-party marketplaces.     Third-party marketplaces, which are marketplaces that aggregate many sellers, are an increasingly important driver of growth for a number of large online retailers. Some of these marketplaces, such as Amazon, offer products from their own inventory, known as first-party products, as well as products sold by others, known as third-party products; other marketplaces, such as eBay, offer only third-party products. Amazon has reported that third-party products represented 39% of its total paid units sold in the fourth quarter of 2012, up from 36% in the fourth quarter of 2011. In addition, several of the largest traditional brick-and-mortar retailers, including Wal-Mart, Best Buy, Sears and Tesco, have incorporated third-party marketplaces into their online storefronts, allowing other retailers and manufacturers to market their products to consumers they might not otherwise reach.

 

  Ÿ  

Mainstream adoption of mobile devices for e-commerce .     Adoption of mobile internet-enabled devices, such as smartphones and tablets, continues to increase rapidly. According to International Data Corporation, or IDC, a market research firm, the number of smartphones shipped by vendors worldwide is expected to increase from 494.4 million in 2011 to 1.3 billion by 2016, a compound annual growth rate of 21%. This increase in penetration of internet-enabled mobile devices coincides with a similar increase in mobile commerce. According to Forrester, mobile commerce is expected to grow from $6 billion, or 2% of all e-commerce, in 2011 to $31 billion, or 7% of all e-commerce, in 2016, a compound annual growth rate of 39%. Additionally, mobile devices enable new consumer shopping behaviors, such as in-store barcode scanning to find online promotions, better pricing or alternative products, a practice commonly known as “showrooming.” While benefiting consumers by increasing the transparency and accessibility of e-commerce, this proliferation of mobile devices and mobile commerce requires retailers and manufacturers to build additional device-specific optimization and functionality into their sites, increasing the complexity of managing their online presences.

 

  Ÿ  

Growth of additional online consumer touch points.     As consumers have moved more of their shopping and product discovery online, paid search and comparison shopping sites have emerged as key influencers and important points of product research for consumers making purchase decisions. ZenithOptimedia, a market research firm, estimates that advertising dollars spent on paid search will grow from $11.4 billion in 2011 to $16.9 billion in 2014, a compound annual growth rate of 14%.

 

  Ÿ  

Global growth in e-commerce driving opportunities for international selling.     The growth in e-commerce globally presents an opportunity for retailers and manufacturers to engage in international sales. For example, eBay has reported that its international sales volume has grown at a compound annual growth rate of 20% over the last three years. As of December 31, 2012, eBay and Amazon maintained an aggregate of 40 international websites. However, country-specific marketplaces are often the market share leaders in their regions, as is the case for MercadoLibre in much of Latin America and Alibaba in Asia. Retailers and manufacturers seeking to increase international e-commerce often need to extend their online presence to include a variety of these international channels.

 

  Ÿ  

Widespread use of social networking and commerce applications.     Consumer adoption of social networking and commerce applications has grown dramatically. Facebook, for example, reported over one billion monthly active users as of December 31, 2012, up from 197 million as of March 31, 2009. Likewise, Groupon has reported that revenue from Groupon Goods, its service that sells discounted merchandise, increased from $19 million in the first quarter of 2012 to $225 million in the fourth quarter of 2012. The rapid growth of social networking and commerce applications provides a nascent but potentially valuable channel through which retailers and manufacturers can connect to consumers.

 

68


Table of Contents

Challenges with alternative e-commerce solutions

The fragmentation and increasing complexity of e-commerce channels is placing greater demands on retailers and manufacturers that seek to grow their online sales. These retailers and manufacturers need solutions that will enable them to easily integrate their product offerings and inventory across multiple online channels. Traditional solutions, however, typically suffer from several limitations, including the following:

 

  Ÿ  

In-house solutions are costly and may be slow to adapt to industry change and innovation.     To keep up with the pace of change and innovation of online channels, retailers and manufacturers that rely on in-house capabilities are required to invest in and maintain significant technological infrastructure, human resources and industry relationships. Successful in-house solutions typically require long periods of setup time and substantial up-front capital expenditures by the seller to procure hardware, as well as significant ongoing expense to maintain the infrastructure and staff necessary to keep these systems running effectively. For smaller retailers and manufacturers, these up-front investments and ongoing costs can be prohibitively expensive.

 

  Ÿ  

Point solutions are limited in functionality and channels supported.     There are numerous narrowly tailored, or point, solutions available for retailers and manufacturers to help them manage single online channels or a single category of channels, but these point solutions often do not address the needs of retailers and manufacturers seeking to manage pricing and inventory across multiple channels through a single, unified platform. For example, there are a number of search engine marketing firms that manage paid search programs on behalf of retailers, but those firms typically do not help retailers integrate with third-party marketplaces or comparison shopping sites. Similarly, existing marketplace integration vendors may not offer solutions for other online channels. Without a single, integrated platform that connects with a broad array of channels, retailers and manufacturers must work with disparate point solutions, which is often inefficient and difficult to manage.

 

  Ÿ  

Solutions provided by the channels are not aligned with customers’ broader online goals .     Most online channels offer their own solutions that help retailers and manufacturers connect with their specific channel and provide basic inventory control and data reporting functionality. By their very nature, however, these solutions are not channel independent and cannot help customers coordinate or optimize their online sales across the multiple online avenues available to them. As with point solutions, retailers and manufacturers must work with disparate third-party providers to connect with a broad array of channels, which requires significant time and costs.

Increasing recognition of the benefits of SaaS solutions

Enterprises are increasingly using SaaS solutions to manage critical elements of their businesses, including e-commerce. Gartner, Inc., or Gartner, an industry research firm, estimates that the total worldwide cloud SaaS market will grow from $13.4 billion in 2011 to $32.2 billion in 2016, a compound annual growth rate of 19%, and that sales of e-commerce enablement services will grow from $4.8 billion in 2011 to $9.0 billion in 2016, a compound annual growth rate of 13%. SaaS solutions generally offer customers several distinct advantages over traditional in-house models, known as on-premises solutions, including lower upfront and ongoing costs, faster speed of implementation and less reliance on internal IT staff.

The ChannelAdvisor Solution

Our suite of SaaS solutions allows our customers to more easily integrate, manage and optimize their online sales across hundreds of available channels through a single, integrated platform. Our

 

69


Table of Contents

suite of solutions includes a number of individual offerings, or modules. Each module integrates with a particular type of channel, such as third-party marketplaces, paid search or comparison shopping websites, or supports specific online functionality aimed at customers wanting to establish their own e-commerce presence or enhance the effectiveness of their existing online storefronts, such as creating webstores or employing rich media solutions on their websites. Using our cloud-based platform, customers can connect to multiple, disparate channels through a single, user-friendly solution instead of separately integrating with each channel. We provide a single code base and multi-tenant architecture, which means that all of our customers operate on the same version of our software and we do not customize our products for individual customers. We provide our customers with access to new and existing online channels and new sources of demand for their products, which can ultimately lead to increased revenue for our customers.

We believe our suite of solutions offers the following key benefits for our customers:

 

  Ÿ  

Single, fully integrated solution .     Through our SaaS platform, we provide our customers with a single web-based interface as the central location for them to control, analyze and manage their online sales across hundreds of available channels and multiple geographies. This unified view enables our customers to more cost-effectively manage product listings, inventory availability, pricing optimization, search terms, data analytics and other critical functions across channels based on the customer’s specified rules and performance metrics in order to drive traffic and increase revenue.

 

  Ÿ  

Reduced integration costs, time to market and dependence on in-house resources .     Customers can more easily and quickly introduce their products, both to channels on which they already have a presence and to new channels, without the costs related to installing and maintaining their own hardware and software infrastructure. A customer’s initial installation and integration of our solutions can often be completed in less than two months, with additional modules of our software generally available immediately without incurring significant additional resources to integrate. We manage and host our solutions on behalf of our customers, thereby reducing the customer’s cost and dependency on dedicated IT staff or on-premises systems.

 

  Ÿ  

Scalable technology platform .    In 2012, our customers processed over $3.5 billion in GMV through our platform and as of December 31, 2012, our customers managed over 100 million SKUs of their inventory on our platform. We believe that the scalability of our platform allows us to quickly and efficiently support an increasing number of product listings and transactions processed through our platform as we add new customers, integrate new channels and accommodate seasonal surges in consumer demand.

 

  Ÿ  

Flexibility to adapt and instantaneous access to our most up-to-date capabilities .      Channels are frequently updating their product information requirements, policies, merchandising strategies and integration specifications, requiring customers to frequently revise their product listings, attributes, business rules and possibly even their overall online business strategies. Without the ability to quickly adapt to these changes, customers risk losing revenue. Through our single code base and multi-tenant architecture, we provide the latest channel updates through regular product upgrades. When we develop and deploy new features, functions and capabilities, or make changes to keep up with the changing priorities and requirements of each channel, our customers simultaneously benefit from those new capabilities and changes.

 

  Ÿ  

Robust data and reporting analytics .     Through our robust data and reporting analytics, we provide our customers with insight into the latest channel and consumer trends and general product performance. Our dashboards highlight sales trends, top performing products, seller reputation and repricing activity, among other key performance indicators, and alert customers to issues and errors in product listings. These capabilities provide actionable insights that allow

 

70


Table of Contents
 

customers to evaluate and, if necessary, improve the efficiency of their business rules on existing or new channels.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe we have the following competitive strengths:

 

  Ÿ  

Industry leader with trusted reputation and long-term channel relationships .    We believe that we are regarded as a trusted expert on the e-commerce industry. We publish industry data and analyses through blogs that are followed and often cited by prominent industry analysts and major national publications, including Thomson Reuters, The Wall Street Journal, Bloomberg and The New York Times. We believe our thought leadership position not only reinforces the value of our brand for potential customers but also allows us to offer our existing customers differentiated insights that help them adapt to the rapidly and continuously changing e-commerce landscape. We have thousands of customers and we also maintain close working relationships with the major channels, including Amazon, eBay and Google. These relationships often provide us early visibility into upcoming changes that are important to our customers.

 

  Ÿ  

Channel independence .    Unlike the integration and listings management solutions offered by individual channels or competitive third-party solutions that support only one channel or category of channels, our solutions do not favor any particular group of channels or any one channel over others. As a result, we are more independent and therefore focus primarily on providing solutions to our customers to enable them to maximize their GMV processed through our platform, regardless of which channel benefits from the increased GMV. This independence also allows us to continuously add new channels that will help to increase our customers’ online sales, without having to specifically consider the impact on other existing channels of our adding a new channel. We believe that our pricing model, under which a portion of our revenue is dependent upon the amount of GMV processed through our platform, aligns our interests with those of our customers, regardless of the specific channels they choose.

 

  Ÿ  

Network effects from breadth of channel relationships and size of customer base .    We enable our customers to connect with over 200 online channels, including well-known, global companies such as Amazon, eBay, Google, Bing, Yahoo! and Facebook, as well as many emerging, specialty retail and geographically focused companies, such as La Redoute, Buscapé and TradeMe. We believe the breadth of channels that we support attracts customers to our solutions. As our customer base has grown, we have also experienced increased demand from channels seeking to be integrated with our platform. We believe the demands of our customers for access to new online channels, and the demands of online channels for access to new retailers and manufacturers, reinforce each other and enhance the value of our solutions.

 

  Ÿ  

Economies of scale and resulting cost efficiencies .    We believe that having over 1,900 core customers gives us economies of scale across our customer base that enable us to provide services more cost-effectively than retailers and manufacturers who develop and manage their own in-house systems. For example, because of our single code base and multi-tenant architecture, we can leverage our investments in integrations to channels like Amazon and eBay across our entire customer base. We are also able to use a common infrastructure to accommodate spikes in transaction volume.

 

  Ÿ  

Established global presence .    We have established a strong international presence since launching our international operations in 2004. As of December 31, 2012, we had nearly 500 core customers outside of the United States. These customers accounted for over 20% of our core revenue during the year ended December 31, 2012. We have international offices in the United Kingdom, Ireland, Germany, Australia and Hong Kong. We believe that our international

 

71


Table of Contents
 

presence enhances our ability to connect customers with demand for their products from a global audience.

Our Growth Strategy

We seek to strengthen our position as a leading provider of solutions that connect retailers and manufacturers with established and emerging online sources of demand for their products. The following are the key elements of our growth strategy:

 

  Ÿ  

Expand our sales force to acquire new customers .    We intend to increase our sales force in order to reach and acquire new customers in existing and new geographies. By increasing investment in our sales and marketing capabilities, we believe that we will be able to further expand our brand among new potential customers, grow our revenue and achieve greater economies of scale.

 

  Ÿ  

Broaden and deepen existing customer relationships .    We intend to expand our sales, marketing and services efforts to help our customers increase their overall GMV processed through our platform by taking full advantage of the functionality of our suite of solutions. Typically, new customers initially subscribe to one or two modules that address an immediate need. As our customer service team helps these customers optimize usage of their existing modules, their online businesses often improve and customers look to expand into additional modules within our suite of solutions. Our sales and account management teams are then able to cross-sell additional modules, thereby broadening and deepening our customer relationships.

 

  Ÿ  

Increase our global market presence .    We have already developed a strong international presence, with over 20% of our core revenue for the year ended December 31, 2012 generated from customers outside of the United States, and we believe there is significant opportunity for further international growth. We intend to continue our international expansion to attract new international customers and help our existing multinational customers grow their online sales. We plan to expand our existing presence in Europe and the Asia-Pacific region and to establish new operations in Latin America and China.

 

  Ÿ  

Expand the number of channels supported by our platform .    We intend to continue to build integrations with additional channels, both within the United States and abroad. Although our channel portfolio already includes hundreds of channels, there are a number of large channels with which our solutions are not integrated, such as MercadoLibre in Latin America and Alibaba in Asia. Similarly, we believe that as e-commerce grows in importance, new and innovative online channels for marketing and selling merchandise will continue to emerge. We believe that by selectively adding more channels, we will grow both our customer base and the potential GMV that customers are able to process through our platform.

 

  Ÿ  

Maintain innovation leadership .    We intend to continue to develop and introduce new features and improved functionality to our platform. Key initiatives include developing increased workflow automation, enhanced data analytics and expanded foreign language support. In addition, as the GMV processed through our platform and the number of available channels we support increase, we will continue to invest in our technology so that it remains scalable and reliable.

 

  Ÿ  

Opportunistically pursue strategic acquisitions.     We may opportunistically pursue acquisitions of complementary businesses and technologies that are consistent with our overall growth strategy. We believe that a selective acquisition strategy could enable us to enhance our product capabilities, gain new customers and accelerate our expansion into new markets.

 

72


Table of Contents

Our Products

Key Elements of the ChannelAdvisor Platform

We automate the workflow through which retailers and manufacturers manage their sales through online channels. Our suite of solutions includes the following key capabilities:

 

  Ÿ  

Inventory and order management .      We provide a single, unified platform for our customers to upload and modify their product catalog data, monitor inventory stock levels and create a single inventory feed that serves multiple available online channels. Managing inventory and order data is the foundation for much of the customer activity on our platform. We offer a variety of ways for customers to enter and modify product data, including through a sophisticated user interface, file exchange and application programming interfaces, or APIs. Our inventory system is capable of scaling across thousands of customers during critical selling periods, such as the year-end holiday season. The flexibility of the system allows each customer to customize the inventory data specific to its products, such as size, color, height and width, and to vary the format of the data to meet the specific requirements of each channel. Our platform provides various features that allow a customer to list products on multiple channels while mitigating the risk of overselling. These features include the ability to allocate inventory across channels, set buffer quantities to avoid overselling and receive automatic updates based on changes to the customer’s inventory.

 

  Ÿ  

Product matching.     Once inventory is loaded into the platform, we provide features that improve our customer’s ability to successfully list its products on the various channels. Depending on the needs of the particular channel, we are able to pre-validate the customer’s data and formats before sending them to the channel, reducing errors caused by poor data quality and thus reducing the time it takes to list products on that channel. On some channels, we employ advanced product-matching algorithms that are designed to accurately place the customer’s product offerings within the channel’s product classification taxonomy.

 

  Ÿ  

Business rules and templates.     Our platform offers tools that enable a customer to develop and manage sophisticated business rules and product listing templates that automatically determine how and when the product will be displayed in each channel. Through a single interface, a customer can utilize these tools to customize product listing descriptions across various channels using different attributes, such as price, time of day and competitive dynamics. For example, a consumer electronics retailer can automatically advertise tens of thousands of products on multiple channels while ensuring real-time accuracy of product availability, optimizing price and managing to specific margin thresholds, all at an individual product level.

 

  Ÿ  

Price optimization.     Our platform provides customers the ability to dynamically price their products across some of our available channels based on a number of factors, such as prices of competitors, margin thresholds and promotions. Prices can vary by channel and, using our sophisticated technology, a customer can automatically update pricing based on the competitive environment. The customer avoids the manual effort of monitoring the competition and changing prices, while preserving the ability to remain price competitive.

 

  Ÿ  

Proprietary reporting and analytics.     We provide proprietary reporting and analytics capabilities that allow our customers to view general product performance and trends affecting their consumer base across multiple channels and to obtain detailed performance data at a channel or SKU level that can be used in a particular online sales campaign. Our dashboards highlight sales trends, top performing products, seller reputation and repricing activity, among other key performance indicators. The dashboards also alert customers to issues or errors, such as data that are in a form inconsistent with the requirements of a particular channel. These capabilities provide actionable insights that allow customers to revise their business rules and listings on a real-time basis with the goal of improving their sales and profitability.

 

73


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

Developer ecosystem.     We offer third-party developers of complementary e-commerce solutions access to our platform through APIs. These APIs enable these third-party developers to build connections to our platform that meet their specific needs without requiring us to offer customized software code to them. We currently provide APIs to approximately 70 third-party developers who have integrated their solutions with ours. For example, our API integrates our platform with online storefronts provided by Demandware, another provider of SaaS e-commerce solutions, to further streamline our joint customers’ e-commerce operations.

Individual Modules

We offer our software suite to customers through a series of modules. Generally, each of our modules is priced individually and is integrated with our platform’s underlying inventory management system, templates, rules and reporting systems. The primary modules we offer are:

 

  Ÿ  

Marketplaces .    Our Marketplaces module connects customers to third-party marketplaces, including Amazon, Buy.com, eBay, Groupon, La Redoute, Newegg, Sears.com and TradeMe.

 

  Ÿ  

Comparison Shopping .    Our Comparison Shopping module connects customers to over 100 comparison shopping websites, including Google Shopping, Nextag, PriceGrabber, Shopping.com, TheFind, LeGuide and Kelkoo.

 

  Ÿ  

Paid Search .    Our Paid Search module allows customers to advertise products on search engines such as Google, Bing and Yahoo!. This module utilizes data from our inventory management system and also provides an automated search-term bidding capability so that customers can better manage their online marketing spending.

 

  Ÿ  

Social Campaigns .    Our Social Campaigns module allows customers to publish customized promotional campaigns on Facebook. With this module, customers can promote featured products, seasonal specials, daily deals and new products to educate consumers, increase brand awareness and drive traffic back to their own e-commerce websites. This module also allows customers to include social buttons, such as “Like,” “Share” and “Send,” to encourage interaction and sharing of products with other potential consumers.

 

  Ÿ  

Flex Feeds .    Our Flex Feeds module allows customers to generate and send customized product data feeds to their partners, such as affiliate networks, retargeting vendors, personalization vendors and product review platforms.

We also offer two additional modules aimed at customers that want to establish their own e-commerce storefronts or to enhance the effectiveness of their existing storefronts.

 

  Ÿ  

Webstores .    Our Webstores module offers e-commerce website capabilities and targets smaller customers that seek to establish their own online storefronts, including sites optimized for mobile access. In addition to providing inventory management and search engine optimization for their own websites, customers can add functionality and features made available by third parties, such as product reviews, live chat and checkout capabilities.

 

  Ÿ  

Rich Media .    Our Rich Media module provides enhanced media asset management, image zoom, color swatching and video capabilities and is targeted to customers seeking to enhance product merchandising and their consumers’ online experience on their e-commerce websites, thereby improving conversion rates.

Our Customers

As of December 31, 2012, we had over 1,900 core customers worldwide, including retail and manufacturer customers across many consumer product categories, and served 27% of the

 

74


Table of Contents

Internet Retailer Top 500 based on 2011 sales. For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, our ten largest customers in the aggregate accounted for 7.2% and 7.2% of our total revenue, respectively. No single customer accounted for more than 2% of our total revenue in either of these periods.

The following chart provides a breakdown of our core customer base as of December 31, 2012 by retail category:

 

LOGO

The following chart shows the breakdown of our core customer base as of December 31, 2012 by geography:

 

LOGO

The percentages in the charts above reflect the number of core customers in the specified categories. We assign each customer to one of the retail categories shown in the first chart based on the primary category of merchandise it sells online, even though some customers may sell merchandise in more than one category. We categorize U.S. and international customers based on their billing address.

We also classify our customers into self-service accounts and managed-service accounts. Self-service customers operate our software themselves, while managed-service customers generally outsource most or all of the management of one or more channels to our professional services team, which then operates our software on the customer’s behalf based on instructions provided to us by the customer. Our self-service customers account for a substantial majority of our revenue.

 

75


Table of Contents

Case Studies

The following case studies illustrate how retailers, manufacturers and channels have used our solutions to meet their business objectives.

Dell .    Dell, a multinational technology company that was ranked fifth on the Internet Retailer Top 500 based on 2011 sales, has been a customer since 2008 through its advertising agency, MediaCom. Dell subscribes to our Comparison Shopping module in order to reach potential customers searching on PriceGrabber, Nextag and other websites. Using the Comparison Shopping module, Dell is able to manage and optimize its product advertisements to drive qualified visitors to its websites who are typically already in the market for its products. Our platform powers Dell’s multi-channel strategy by providing robust capabilities for transforming the data from Dell’s inventory feeds into highly visible advertisements across comparison shopping sites while ensuring accuracy of product pricing and availability. Dell initially used our solutions for its advertising initiatives in North America but subsequently expanded its relationship with us to manage additional comparison shopping channels in Europe and Latin America.

ReCellular .    ReCellular, a seller of used cell phones and portable electronics, has been a customer since 2010, when it initially subscribed to our Marketplaces and Webstores modules. Following its sales growth on Amazon and eBay during 2011 and 2012, as measured by the amount of GMV processed through our platform, ReCellular has expanded to additional marketplaces. With the objective of increasing revenue and driving high-quality, direct traffic to its online storefront already managed using our Webstores module, ReCellular also subscribed to our Comparison Shopping module in late 2010 and our Paid Search module in 2011.

Littlewoods Clearance .    Littlewoods Clearance is a subsidiary of Shop Direct Group, a retail holding company based in the United Kingdom that was ranked seventh on the Internet Retailer Top 400 Europe based on 2011 sales. It sells surplus merchandise from within the Shop Direct Group and has been a customer since 2007. Littlewoods Clearance runs the Bargain Crazy website, Very Clearance eBay store, Littlewoods Clearance eBay store and an Amazon store. Littlewoods Clearance subscribes to our Comparison Shopping module and a premium version of our Marketplaces module, helping to manage its inventory and sales across multiple channels from one dashboard within our platform. During the year ended December 31, 2012, Littlewoods Clearance’s sales on eBay through our premium Marketplaces module increased by 33%, as compared to 2011. In October 2012, we won the Retail Systems Award for “Online Technology Vendor 2012” after having been nominated by Littlewoods Clearance.

Barratts Trading .    Barratts Trading, an operator of retail shoe stores in the United Kingdom and Ireland, has been a customer since 2008. Barratts subscribes to our Marketplaces module to manage its inventory and sales on eBay and Amazon. Using our platform, Barratts has been able to reduce its expenditures for information technology support while increasing its marketing efficiency. During the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the prior year, Barratt’s increased the amount of GMV sold on eBay and processed through our platform by over 170%, while increasing the amount of GMV sold on Amazon and processed through our platform by over 140% during 2012. Barratts expects to use our Marketplaces module to expand its sales on eBay in Australia.

Newegg .    Newegg, an online consumer electronics retailer that was ranked 13th on the Internet Retailer Top 500 based on 2011 sales, has been a channel partner since February 2012. Newegg has expanded its breadth of product selection by accessing our retailer and manufacturer customer base to offer new categories of merchandise on their third-party marketplace. From the launch of our relationship in April 2012 through December 31, 2012, the GMV generated by ChannelAdvisor sellers on Newegg has maintained an average weekly growth rate of over 9%.

 

76


Table of Contents

Sales and Marketing

Our sales team is responsible for acquiring new customers and growing our relationships with existing customers. Our sales team is divided geographically into North America; Europe, Middle East and Africa; and Asia-Pacific. Within each of these three regions, we further divide our sales representatives into teams that focus on specific accounts depending on customer attributes, such as annual revenue, transaction volume, brand recognition and general e-commerce experience. As of December 31, 2012, we had a total sales staff of 177 employees, with 106 based in the United States and the remainder based in Europe and Australia.

We market our solutions through a variety of means, including trade shows, special events, blogs, webinars, white papers and email marketing. Our co-founder and chief executive officer, Scot Wingo, maintains a blog called eBay Strategies, which has evolved into a widely followed source of general e-commerce analysis and data. We also publish a widely followed report of monthly overall growth performance by various channels, which we call our same store sales, or SSS, report.

Our signature marketing events are our annual ChannelAdvisor Catalyst conferences, which we started in 2001 and are now held in the United States and in Europe. These conferences are our opportunity to connect directly with hundreds of existing and prospective customers and channels. We also frequently hold webinars for our customers and prospects. Our webinars are generally educational in nature and focus on helping our customers maximize their e-commerce performance.

Relationships with Channels

Our solutions benefit the online channels by helping them to attract new retailers and manufacturers that would otherwise be more difficult, time-consuming and costly to acquire and integrate, as well as to provide their own consumers with greater selection and more accurate and up-to-date product information. Accordingly, the channels are often motivated to work closely with us to facilitate our ability to connect our customers to their systems. Because we have thousands of customers, we maintain close working relationships with the major channels, including Amazon, eBay and Google, which we believe often provide us early visibility into upcoming changes that are important to our customers. Channels will often refer prospective customers directly to us. In most cases, however, we do not have formal agreements with the channels and we use the same APIs that they make available directly to retailers.

Services and Support

In addition to our products, we offer an array of services to help our customers succeed, from basic launch and training services and advanced training and account reviews, to fully outsourced professional management for our managed-service customers. Our customer service team is responsible for ensuring that new customers are sufficiently trained and ready to use our software as well as providing ongoing customer support. We provide our customers an online community, online help, tutorial videos and product documentation. We also monitor the progress of our customers, especially those in their first year of using our solutions, against specified milestones, with the goal of maximizing customer retention by proactively engaging customers if they are not meeting important performance milestones that, in our experience, indicate a lack of customer success. Our customer service team also interacts with our managed-service customers on a regular basis, discussing goals and results, and, as appropriate, the tactical and strategic changes needed to achieve those goals.

Our Technology Platform

We have developed our proprietary technology platform over more than a decade with a focus on delivering industry-leading breadth, scalability, reliability and flexibility. Our platform has always been

 

77


Table of Contents

cloud-based and SaaS, with a single code base and multi-tenant software architecture. Because of this, there is no need for our customers to download, install or upgrade software.

We develop our software using agile software development methodologies, which allow us to rapidly iterate by developing small, incremental changes that are continuously integrated into our code base. We generally release new versions of our software approximately every 30 days, except during the year-end holiday season. Through our single code base and multi-tenant software architecture, our customers benefit from our new capabilities simultaneously. We do not need to maintain multiple versions of our software code for different customers.

We physically host our platform in two secure third-party data center facilities located in North America. We deploy both hardware we own and hardware we lease, including servers, networking systems and storage systems, in these data center facilities. We use hardware and software virtualization to maximize the utilization we achieve from our hardware systems. The data center facilities are biometrically secured, environmentally controlled and redundantly powered. We employ system security, including firewalls, encryption technology and antivirus software, and we conduct regular system tests and vulnerability and intrusion assessments. In the event of failure, we have engineered our systems with backup and recovery capabilities designed to provide for business continuity within each data center. We also make use of third-party cloud-based systems, such as content delivery networks, to push some of our storage and processing into the cloud.

Research and Development

Our research and development efforts are focused on enhancing the architecture of our technology platform, creating additional functionality for our customers, enhancing our external developer APIs and maintaining and extending the various points of integration we have to the online channels we support. As of December 31, 2012, we had a total of 70 employees engaged in research and development functions.

Competition

The market for products that help retailers and manufacturers reach online consumers is competitive. The competitive dynamics of our market are unpredictable because it is in an early stage of development, rapidly evolving, fragmented and subject to potential disruption by new technological innovations and the ability of channels to compete with us or make changes to which we need to rapidly adapt.

Several competitors provide solutions that compete with some of the capabilities of our platform, including those who provide software or services to connect retailers and manufacturers with one or more online channels. We also compete with in-house solutions used by retailers and manufacturers that elect to build and maintain their own proprietary integrations to online channels. In addition, we compete with the channels themselves, which typically offer software tools, often for free, allowing retailers and manufacturers to connect to them.

We believe the principal competitive factors in our industry include:

 

   

industry expertise and thought leadership;

 

   

relationships with leading online channels;

 

   

relationships with leading retailers and manufacturers;

 

   

channel independence;

 

   

breadth of online channels supported;

 

78


Table of Contents
   

integration of capabilities;

 

   

proven and scalable technology; and

 

   

brand awareness and reputation.

We believe that we compete favorably with respect to all of these factors.

Intellectual Property

Our ability to protect our intellectual property, including our technology, will be an important factor in the success and continued growth of our business. We protect our intellectual property through trade secrets law, patents, copyrights, trademarks and contracts. Some of our technology relies upon third-party licensed intellectual property.

We have two patent applications pending in the United States and one patent application pending in Brazil. We expect to apply for additional patents to protect our intellectual property and will review whether pursuing patent protection in other countries is appropriate. We own a U.S. trademark registration for ChannelAdvisor.

In addition to the foregoing, we have established business procedures designed to maintain the confidentiality of our proprietary information, including the use of confidentiality agreements and assignment-of-inventions agreements with employees, independent contractors, consultants and companies with which we conduct business.

Government Regulation

The legal environment of the internet is evolving rapidly in the United States and elsewhere. The manner in which existing laws and regulations will be applied to the internet in general, and how they will relate to our business in particular, both in the United States and internationally, are often unclear. For example, we often cannot be certain how existing laws will apply in the e-commerce and online context, including with respect to such topics as privacy, pricing, credit card fraud, advertising, taxation, content regulation, quality of products and services and intellectual property ownership and infringement. Furthermore, it is not clear how existing laws governing issues such as sales and other taxes and personal privacy will apply to the internet, as many of these laws were adopted prior to the advent of the internet and do not contemplate or address the unique issues raised by the internet or e-commerce. It is also unclear how the laws that do reference the internet will be interpreted by courts, which may impact their applicability and scope. Compliance may be costly and may require us to modify our business practices and product offerings. In addition, it is possible that governments of one or more countries may seek to censor content available on the websites of our customers or may even attempt to completely block access to those websites. Noncompliance or perceived noncompliance could also subject us to significant penalties and negative publicity. Accordingly, adverse legal or regulatory developments could substantially harm our business.

Customers load product information and other content onto our platform, generally without any control or oversight by us, at which point we may legally be considered to be the distributor of that content. This presents legal challenges to our business and operations, such as rights of privacy or intellectual property rights related to the content loaded onto our platform. Both in the United States and internationally, we must monitor and comply with a host of legal concerns regarding the content loaded onto our platform. The scope of our liability for third-party content loaded to our platform for delivery to various online e-commerce channels may vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction and may vary depending on the type of claim, such as privacy, infringement or defamation claims. Our ability to employ processes to quickly remove infringing or offending content from our platform, for example, is an important tool in protecting us from exposure for the potentially infringing activities of our users

 

79


Table of Contents

worldwide. We also incorporate protections in customer contracts that allow us to take steps, if needed, to limit our risk regarding much of the content loaded onto, and collected by, our platform and solutions.

Numerous laws and regulatory schemes have been adopted at the national and state level in the United States and internationally that have a direct impact on our business and operations. These laws include, but are not limited to, the following:

Copyright and trademark .    The Copyright Act of 1976 and the statutes and regulations associated with copyrights and trademarks and enforced by the United States Patent and Trademark Office are intended to protect the rights of third parties from infringement. Using our automated service, customers can generally upload any content they designate for use with our solutions. We maintain an active copyright and trademark infringement policy and respond to take-down requests by third-party intellectual property right owners that might result from content posted by our customers using our solutions. As our business expands to other countries, we must also respond to regional and country-specific intellectual property considerations, including take-down and cease and desist notices in foreign languages, and we must build infrastructure to support these processes. The Digital Millennium Copyright Act, or DMCA, also applies to our business. This statute provides relief for claims of circumvention of copyright-protected technologies but includes a safe harbor that is intended to reduce the liability of online service providers for listing or linking to third-party websites that include materials that infringe copyrights or other rights of others. Our copyright and trademark infringement policy is intended to satisfy the DMCA safe harbor in order to reduce our liability for customer-generated materials incorporated into our platform.

Data privacy and security .     Data privacy and security with respect to the collection of personally identifiable information continues to be a focus of worldwide legislation and compliance review. Examples include statutes adopted by the State of California that require online services to report breaches of the security of personal data, and to report to California customers when their personal data might be disclosed to direct marketers. In the European Union, where U.S. companies must meet specified privacy and security standards, the Data Protection Directive requires comprehensive information privacy and security protections for consumers with respect to information collected about them. Compliance requirements include disclosures, consents, transfer restrictions, notice and access provisions for which we may in the future need to build further infrastructure to support. We adhere to the Data Protection Directive’s Safe Harbor Privacy Principles and comply with the U.S.-E.U. Safe Harbor Framework as agreed to and set forth by the U.S. Department of Commerce and the European Union concerning U.S. companies doing business in Europe and collecting personal information from European citizens. Under the Safe Harbor Framework, we post on our website our privacy policies and practices concerning the use and disclosure of user data. Any failure by us to comply with our posted privacy policies, the Safe Harbor Framework, U.S. Federal Trade Commission, or FTC, requirements or other privacy-related laws and regulations could result in proceedings by governmental or regulatory bodies that could potentially harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

In this regard, there are a large number of legislative proposals before the U.S. Congress and various state legislative bodies regarding privacy issues that could affect our business. It is not possible to predict whether or when such legislation may be adopted, and certain proposals, if adopted, could harm our business through a decrease in customers and revenue. These decreases could be caused by, among other possible provisions, the required use of disclaimers or other requirements before prospective buyers can interact with our customers. For example, we have had to work with our customers to comply with the Privacy and Electronic Communications (EC Directive) (Amendment) Regulations 2011 instituted by the United Kingdom, commonly referred to as the UK Cookie Law, which was designed to protect computer users from technologies identifying their

 

80


Table of Contents

computers and specified activities conducted on those computers without the users’ consent. We use tracking technology to track purchases from our customers through our platform, in order to calculate variable subscription fees owed by our customers, among other things. Prohibiting or inhibiting such tracking could make it difficult or impossible to monitor our variable subscription fees. The interpretation and implementation of processes to comply with the UK Cookie Law continues to evolve, and we cannot predict how any new laws will apply to us or our business. Similar “do not track” legislative proposals have been considered in the United States at the federal level, although none have been enacted to date. If enacted, such legislative proposals could prohibit or restrict the use of certain technologies, including tracking technology.

Unsolicited e-mails and communications .    The CAN-SPAM Act of 2003 and similar laws adopted by a number of states regulate unsolicited commercial e-mails, create criminal penalties for unmarked sexually-oriented material and e-mails containing fraudulent headers and control other abusive online marketing practices. Similarly, FTC guidelines impose responsibilities upon us and our customers for communications with consumers and impose fines and liability for any failure to comply with rules relating to advertising or marketing practices that the FTC may deem misleading or deceptive. The European Union also maintains standards and regulations with respect to communications with consumers that we must comply with as we expand our marketing practices into those countries or with which our customers, utilizing our solutions, must comply. Some ways we seek to comply with these measures include requiring our customers to communicate with their consumers in order to comply with laws concerning spam and unsolicited emails and establishing processes to allow direct receivers of e-mail marketing communications from us to opt out of future communications.

Credit card protections .     We collect credit card data in processing the fees paid to us by our customers, as well as consumer credit card information when our customers use some of our solutions. Several major credit card companies have formed the Payment Card Industry Council, or PCI Council, in order to establish and implement security standards for companies that transmit, store or process credit card data. The PCI Council has created the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard, or PCI DSS. Though the PCI DSS is not law, merchants using PCI Council members to process transactions are required to comply with the PCI DSS, with associated fines and penalties for non-compliance. Elements of the PCI DSS have begun to emerge as law in some states, however, and we expect the trend to continue as to further laws and restrictions in collecting and using credit card information. Most of our solutions, to the extent they involve the collection of consumer credit card information, are PCI DSS compliant. Our system for accepting credit card payments from our international customers is not currently PCI DSS compliant, but we are working on modifying it so that it will be. Our lack of PCI DSS compliance in this area of our business has not had a material impact on our revenues to date, and we are planning to be fully PCI DSS compliant by the end of the second quarter of 2013. We have also engaged a third-party compliance adviser to assess our compliance with the PCI DSS on an annual basis.

Employees

As of December 31, 2012, we had 405 employees, most of whom are located in the United States. None of our employees is represented by a labor union or covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good.

Facilities

Our principal offices occupy approximately 56,000 square feet of leased office space in Morrisville, North Carolina pursuant to a lease agreement that expires in September 2021. We also maintain sales, service, support or research and development offices in New York, New York; Seattle, Washington; London, England; Limerick, Ireland; Berlin, Germany; Melbourne, Australia; and Hong

 

81


Table of Contents

Kong. We believe that our current facilities are suitable and adequate to meet our current needs. We intend to add new facilities or expand existing facilities as we add employees, and we believe that suitable additional or substitute space will be available as needed to accommodate any such expansion of our operations.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we are subject to litigation and claims arising in the ordinary course of business. We are not currently a party to any material legal proceedings and we are not aware of any pending or threatened legal proceeding against us that we believe could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, cash flows or financial condition.

 

82


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Directors, Executive Officers and Other Key Employees

The following table sets forth information concerning our directors, executive officers and other key employees, including their ages as of December 31, 2012:

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Executive officers:      

M. Scot Wingo

     44       Chief Executive Officer and Director

Aris A. Buinevicius.

     45       Chief Technology Officer and Director

David J. Spitz

     40       President and Chief Operating Officer

John F. Baule

     48       Chief Financial Officer

S. Scott Alridge

     40       General Counsel and Secretary
Other key employees:      

Ryan C. Walsh

     36       Vice President, Sales

Suzanne T. Miglucci

     52       Chief Marketing Officer

Tat H. Ng

     49       Vice President, Engineering

Brad R. Schomber

     39       Vice President, Finance
Non-employee directors:      

Timothy J. Buckley.

     61       Director

Robert C. Hower

     48       Director

Patrick J. Kerins

     57       Director

Louis J. Volpe

     63       Director

Timothy V. Williams

     63       Director

Executive Officers

M. Scot Wingo

Mr. Wingo is a co-founder of our company and has served as our chief executive officer and chairman of our board of directors since our inception in 2001. Prior to founding ChannelAdvisor, he served as general manager of GoTo Auctions, chief executive officer and co-founder of AuctionRover.com, which was acquired by GoTo.com, and as chief executive officer and co-founder of Stingray Software, which was acquired by RogueWave. Mr. Wingo received a B.S. degree in computer science from the University of South Carolina and a M.S. degree in computer science from North Carolina State University. The board of directors believes that Mr. Wingo’s knowledge of our company as one of our co-founders, his reputation as a thought leader in the e-commerce industry and his experience with software companies prior to founding our company allow him to make valuable contributions to the board.

Aris A. Buinevicius

Mr. Buinevicius is a co-founder of our company and has served as our chief technology officer and a member of our board of directors since our inception in 2001. Prior to ChannelAdvisor, he served as director of technology at GoTo Auctions, chief technology officer and co-founder of AuctionRover.com and chief technology officer and co-founder of Stingray Software. Mr. Buinevicius received a B.S. degree in computer science from Iowa State University and an M.S. degree in computer science from North Carolina State University. The board of directors believes that Mr. Buinevicius’s knowledge of our company as one of our co-founders and his technological experience with software companies prior to founding our company allow him to make valuable contributions to the board.

 

83


Table of Contents

David J. Spitz

Mr. Spitz has served in a number of capacities with our company since 2006 and currently serves as our president and chief operating officer, a position he has held since 2010. He was an entrepreneur-in-residence at the Aurora Funds, a venture capital firm, from 2005 to 2008. Previously, from 2000 to 2002, Mr. Spitz was founder and chief technology officer of WindWire, a mobile marketing company that was acquired by Avesair, where he then served as president until its acquisition by Inphonic in 2003. In 1996 he co-founded, and until 1998 served as chief technology officer of, Netsation, a network management software company acquired by Nortel Networks, where he then served as senior principal technologist until 2000. Mr. Spitz received a B.A. degree in computer science from the University of California, San Diego. He holds three U.S. patents, is past chairman of the North Carolina School of Science and Mathematics Foundation Board and is chair-elect and a member of the executive committee and board of directors of CED, an entrepreneurial support organization for companies in the southeastern United States.

John F. Baule

Mr. Baule has served as our chief financial officer since November 2012. From July 2011 until joining ChannelAdvisor, Mr. Baule consulted for private equity investors on potential education acquisitions and most recently served as interim chief financial officer for INTO, a London-based global education company. From November 2009 to June 2011, he served as chief operating officer and chief financial officer of Apollo Global, an international post-secondary education company. From 2005 to October 2009, he served as chief operating officer and chief financial officer of K12 Inc., a public technology-based education company. From 1999 through 2004, Mr. Baule served as senior vice president of finance and then as chief financial officer for Headstrong, a global consultancy services firm. From 1990 to 1999, Mr. Baule worked for Bristol-Myers Squibb, or BMS. He initially joined BMS’s corporate audit group. He then spent six years with BMS based in the Asia-Pacific region, first as the director of finance for BMS Philippines and then as the regional finance director for BMS Asia-Pacific in Hong Kong. He later served as director of international finance for the BMS Nutritional Division. Mr. Baule began his career working in the audit services practice at KPMG from 1986 to 1990. Mr. Baule received a B.B.A. degree in Accounting from the College of William and Mary, and he is a Certified Public Accountant.

S. Scott Alridge

Mr. Alridge has served as our general counsel since 2002 and as our corporate secretary since 2006. Since 2010, he has also served as our vice president of new markets, a role in which he oversees our Asia-Pacific sales and operations, as well as growth into emerging markets. Prior to ChannelAdvisor, from 2000 to 2002, Mr. Alridge served as an in-house attorney for Glenayre Electronics, a public telecommunications company, where he worked on domestic and international transactional and corporate matters. From 1997 to 2000, he served at IBM, working with contracts and negotiations. Mr. Alridge received a B.A. degree from the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign and a J.D. degree from the Walter F. George School of Law at Mercer University.

Other Key Employees

Ryan C. Walsh

Mr. Walsh has served our company in a number of sales positions of increasing responsibility since 2001, including sales executive, director of strategic accounts, director of sales and, since January 2011, vice president of sales. Prior to ChannelAdvisor, from 2000 to 2001, he served as sales manager for GoTo Auctions. Mr. Walsh received a B.A. degree from the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill.

 

84


Table of Contents

Suzanne T. Miglucci

Ms. Miglucci has served as our chief marketing officer since May 2012. Prior to ChannelAdvisor, from November 2010 to May 2012, she served as senior director of global procurement solution marketing at SAP, a software company. From January 2010 to July 2010, she served as vice president of marketing and business strategy for Trellia Networks, a software company. From 2002 to December 2009, Ms. Miglucci served as vice president of marketing and then vice president of business development for SciQuest, a software company. From 1996 to 2002, she held executive marketing and business development roles at Computer Associates, Arsenal Digital Solutions, which was subsequently acquired by IBM, and MicroMass Communications, a marketing agency. Ms. Miglucci received a B.S. degree from Fitchburg State College and an M.S. degree from Colorado State University.

Tat H. Ng

Mr. Ng has served as our vice president of engineering since October 2010. From 2007 to October 2010, he served as senior vice president of engineering and hosting operations for Rivermine Software, a SaaS-based telecommunications software company subsequently acquired by IBM. From 2003 to 2006, he served as director of engineering for Borland Software, a public software company. Previously, Mr. Ng served in a number of engineering roles for software companies, including ECNet, Sybase and NRM Computer Systems. Mr. Ng holds a B.S. degree in engineering from the University of Arizona.

Brad R. Schomber

Mr. Schomber has served as our vice president of finance since July 2010. He joined ChannelAdvisor in 2006, serving as our controller until July 2009 and then as director of finance until July 2010. From 2002 to 2006, Mr. Schomber served as senior audit manager for Grant Thornton, an accounting firm. He began his career with the accounting firm of Arthur Andersen in 1995, ultimately serving as audit manager. Mr. Schomber holds a B.S. degree from Wake Forest University and is a Certified Public Accountant.

Non-Employee Directors

Timothy J. Buckley

Mr. Buckley has served as a director of our company since 2004. Mr. Buckley has served as chief executive officer of Xtium Inc., a provider of virtual hosting and recovery services, since November 2011. From 2003 to 2011, Mr. Buckley served as a consultant to a number of technology companies. From 1999 to 2003, Mr. Buckley served as the chief operating officer for Red Hat, a public software company. From 1993 to 1999, Mr. Buckley was senior vice president of worldwide sales at Visio Corporation, a public software application company that was acquired by Microsoft in 2000. He has served on the board of directors of SciQuest, Inc., a public on-demand software company, since March 2010 and currently serves on the boards of directors of several private companies. Mr. Buckley holds a B.A. degree from Pennsylvania State University. The board of directors believes that Mr. Buckley’s experience as a sales executive and chief operating officer for publicly held companies in the software industry as well as a director of several private companies allow him to make valuable contributions to the board.

Robert C. Hower

Mr. Hower has served as a director of our company since 2005. Since 2002, Mr. Hower has served as a general partner of Advanced Technology Ventures, or ATV, a venture capital firm, where he is the East Coast lead partner for investments in information technology and is primarily focused on the internet, digital media and software sectors. He currently serves on the board of directors of Acme Packet, Inc., a public communications company. From 2000 to 2002, he served as a director at

 

85


Table of Contents

BancBoston Ventures, Inc., a venture capital firm. From 1995 to 1999, Mr. Hower held senior management roles at Priority Call Management through its acquisition by LHS Group, after which he continued as vice president of sales for Europe, the Middle East and Africa until 2000. Mr. Hower’s prior management experience also includes sales and marketing roles at Lotus Development and General Mills. He holds a B.A. degree from Harvard College and an M.B.A. degree from The Amos Tuck School of Business at Dartmouth College. The board of directors believes that Mr. Hower’s broad investment experience in the information technology industry allows him to make valuable contributions to the board.

Patrick J. Kerins

Mr. Kerins has served as a director of our company since 2007. Since 2006, Mr. Kerins has served as a general partner of New Enterprise Associates, Inc., or NEA, a venture capital firm. From 1997 to 2006, he served as a general partner of Grotech Capital Group, a venture capital firm. Prior to Grotech, Mr. Kerins was an investment banker with Alex. Brown & Sons, focusing on high-technology companies. Mr. Kerins currently serves on the boards of directors of Millennial Media, Inc., a public mobile advertising company, and a number of private portfolio companies of NEA and is chairman emeritus of the Mid-Atlantic Venture Association. He received a B.S. degree from Villanova University and an M.B.A. degree from Harvard Business School. The board of directors believes that Mr. Kerins’s broad investment experience in the information technology industry allows him to make valuable contributions to the board.

Louis J. Volpe

Mr. Volpe has served as a director of our company since 2008. Since 2000, Mr. Volpe has served as managing partner of Kodiak Venture Partners, an investment firm, where he leads investment efforts in software and core technology areas. Prior to joining Kodiak, Mr. Volpe served as president, chief operating officer and director of ArrowPoint Communications, which was acquired by Cisco Systems in 2000. Prior to joining ArrowPoint, he served as senior vice president of worldwide sales and marketing and a member of the board of directors of GeoTel Communications, which was acquired by Cisco Systems in 1999. From 1989 to 1994, Mr. Volpe served as senior vice president of marketing and operations for Parametric Technology Corporation. Mr. Volpe holds a B.A. degree from Tufts University and an M.B.A. degree from Boston University. The board of directors believes that Mr. Volpe’s focus on technology and his experience in senior roles and as a director at a variety of companies allow him to make valuable contributions to the board.

Timothy V. Williams

Mr. Williams has served as a director of our company since November 2012. Mr. Williams most recently served as senior vice president and chief financial officer of Blackbaud, Inc., a public company that provides software and services to non-profit organizations, from 2001 until his retirement in November 2011. From 1994 to 2001, he served as executive vice president and chief financial officer of Mynd, Inc., a public provider of software and services to the insurance industry that is now a subsidiary of Computer Sciences Corporation. Previously, Mr. Williams worked at Holiday Inn Worldwide, most recently as executive vice president and chief financial officer. Since 2007, Mr. Williams has served on the board of directors of and as chairman of the audit committee of PROS Holdings, Inc., a public company providing pricing and revenue management software and services. He also serves on the board of directors and as chairman of the audit committee of several private companies. Mr. Williams holds a B.A. degree from the University of Northern Iowa. The board of directors believes that Mr. Williams’s extensive financial, business, management and public software company experience, including as a chief financial officer, and his extensive knowledge of accounting, risk management, general management of software companies, and public company reporting requirements and processes, allow him to make valuable contributions to the board.

 

86


Table of Contents

Board Composition

Our board of directors currently consists of seven members. Each director is currently elected to the board for a one-year term, to serve until the election and qualification of successor directors at the annual meeting of stockholders, or until the director’s earlier removal, resignation or death.

Our directors were elected to and currently serve on the board pursuant to a voting agreement among us and several of our largest stockholders. This agreement will terminate upon the completion of this offering, after which there will be no further contractual obligations regarding the election of our directors.

In accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will be in effect upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes, each of which will consist, as nearly as possible, of one-third of the total number of directors constituting our entire board and which will serve staggered three-year terms. At each annual meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

  Ÿ  

Class I will consist of                      and                     , and their term will expire at our first annual meeting of stockholders to be held after the completion of this offering;

 

  Ÿ  

Class II will consist of                      and                     , and their term will expire at our second annual meeting of stockholders to be held after the completion of this offering; and

 

  Ÿ  

Class III will consist of                     ,                      and                     , and their term will expire at our third annual meeting of stockholders to be held after the completion of this offering.

Our amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective upon completion of this offering, will provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only upon approval by a majority of our board of directors. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors.

The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control.

Director Independence

Our board of directors has undertaken a review of the independence of the directors and considered whether any director has a material relationship with us that could compromise his ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his responsibilities. As a result of this review, our board of directors determined that Messrs. Buckley, Hower, Kerins, Volpe and Williams, representing five of our seven directors, are “independent directors” as defined under New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE, rules.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee, each of which has the composition and responsibilities described below. From time to time, the board may establish other committees to facilitate the management of our business.

 

87


Table of Contents

Audit Committee

Our audit committee reviews our internal accounting procedures and consults with and reviews the services provided by our independent registered public accountants. Our audit committee consists of three directors, Messrs. Williams, Kerins and Volpe, and our board of directors has determined that each of them is independent within the meaning of NYSE listing requirements and the independence requirements contemplated by Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. Mr. Williams is the chairman of the audit committee, and our board of directors has determined that Mr. Williams is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined by SEC rules and regulations. Our board of directors has determined that the composition of our audit committee meets the criteria for independence under, and the functioning of our audit committee complies with, the applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, NYSE listing requirements and SEC rules and regulations. We will continue to evaluate, and we intend to comply with, all future requirements to the extent that they become applicable to our audit committee. The principal duties and responsibilities of our audit committee include:

 

  Ÿ  

appointing and retaining an independent registered public accounting firm to serve as independent auditor to audit our consolidated financial statements, overseeing the independent auditor’s work and determining the independent auditor’s compensation;

 

  Ÿ  

approving in advance all audit services and non-audit services to be provided to us by our independent auditor;

 

  Ÿ  

establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by us regarding accounting, internal accounting controls, auditing or compliance matters, as well as for the confidential, anonymous submission by our employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing and discussing with management and our independent auditor the results of the annual audit and the independent auditor’s review of our quarterly consolidated financial statements; and

 

  Ÿ  

conferring with management and our independent auditor about the scope, adequacy and effectiveness of our internal accounting controls, the objectivity of our financial reporting and our accounting policies and practices.

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee reviews and determines the compensation of all our executive officers. Our compensation committee consists of three directors, Messrs. Buckley and Kerins, each of whom is a non-employee member of our board of directors as defined in Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act. Mr. Kerins is the chairman of the compensation committee. Our board of directors has determined that the composition of our compensation committee satisfies the applicable independence requirements under, and the functioning of our compensation committee complies with the applicable requirements of, NYSE listing rules and SEC rules and regulations. We will continue to evaluate, and intend to comply with, all future requirements applicable to our compensation committee. The principal duties and responsibilities of our compensation committee include:

 

  Ÿ  

establishing and approving, and making recommendations to the board of directors regarding, performance goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our chief executive officer, evaluating the performance of our chief executive officer in light of those goals and objectives and setting, or recommending to the full board of directors for approval, the chief executive officer’s compensation, including incentive-based and equity-based compensation, based on that evaluation;

 

88


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

setting the compensation of our other executive officers, based in part on recommendations of the chief executive officer;

 

  Ÿ  

exercising administrative authority under our stock plans and employee benefit plans;

 

  Ÿ  

establishing policies and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding director compensation;

 

  Ÿ  

reviewing and discussing with management the compensation discussion and analysis that we may be required from time to time to include in SEC filings; and

 

  Ÿ  

preparing a compensation committee report on executive compensation as may be required from time to time to be included in our annual proxy statements or annual reports on Form 10-K filed with the SEC.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

The nominating and corporate governance committee consists of three directors, Messrs.                     ,                     and                     . Mr.                      is the chairman of the nominating and corporate governance committee. Our board of directors has determined that the composition of our nominating and corporate governance committee satisfies the applicable independence requirements under, and the functioning of our nominating and corporate governance committee complies with the applicable requirements of, NYSE listing standards and SEC rules and regulations. We will continue to evaluate, and intend to comply with, all future requirements applicable to our nominating and corporate governance committee. The nominating and corporate governance committee’s responsibilities include:

 

  Ÿ  

assessing the need for new directors and identifying individuals qualified to become directors;

 

  Ÿ  

recommending to the board of directors the persons to be nominated for election as directors and to each of the board’s committees;

 

  Ÿ  

assessing individual director performance, participation and qualifications;

 

  Ÿ  

developing and recommending to the board corporate governance principles;

 

  Ÿ  

monitoring the effectiveness of the board and the quality of the relationship between management and the board; and

 

  Ÿ  

overseeing an annual evaluation of the board’s performance.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics for Employees, Executive Officers and Directors

We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, or the Code of Conduct, applicable to all of our employees, executive officers and directors. Following the completion of this offering, the Code of Conduct will be available on our website at www.channeladvisor.com . The nominating and corporate governance committee of our board of directors will be responsible for overseeing the Code of Conduct and must approve any waivers of the Code of Conduct for employees, executive officers and directors. We expect that any amendments to the Code of Conduct, or any waivers of its requirements, will be disclosed on our website.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

Mr. Wingo, our chief executive officer, served as a member of our compensation committee during the year ended December 31, 2012. Mr. Wingo has resigned as a member of this committee. Other than Mr. Wingo, none of our directors who currently serves as a member of our compensation

 

89


Table of Contents

committee is, or has at any time during the past year been, one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any other entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.

Non-Employee Director Compensation

We have not historically paid cash retainers or other compensation with respect to service on our board of directors, except for reimbursement of direct expenses incurred in connection with attending meetings of the board or committees. In November 2012, upon Mr. Williams joining our board of directors, we entered into an unwritten arrangement with him pursuant to which he will be paid $50,000 annually for his service as a director and an additional $20,000 annually for his service as the chairman of our audit committee. In addition, we awarded to Mr. Williams an option to purchase 250,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.54 per share. This option will vest in eight quarterly installments through November 2014, subject to Mr. Williams’s continued service through each applicable vesting date. Other than Mr. Williams, none of our non-employee directors serving as of December 31, 2012 held any options to purchase our common stock.

In March 2013, we entered into an unwritten arrangement with Mr. Buckley pursuant to which he will be paid $50,000 annually for his service as a director. In addition, we awarded to Mr. Buckley an option to purchase 100,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.55 per share. This option will vest in four equal quarterly installments through March 2014, subject to Mr. Buckley’s continued service through each applicable vesting date.

In March 2013, we also entered into letter agreements with Messrs. Williams and Buckley pursuant to which vesting under the foregoing stock options would be accelerated in full upon a change of control transaction.

The following table sets forth information regarding compensation earned for service on our board of directors during the year ended December 31, 2012 by our non-employee directors. Mr. Wingo, our chief executive officer, and Mr. Buinevicius, our chief technology officer, are also directors but do not receive any additional compensation for their services as a director. Messrs. Wingo’s and Buinevicius’s compensation as executive officers is set forth below under “Executive Compensation—Summary Compensation Table.”

 

Name

   Fees Earned
or Paid in
Cash

($)
     Option
Awards(1)
($)
     All Other
Compensation
($)
     Total
($)
 

Timothy J. Buckley

     —           —           —           —     

Robert C. Hower

     —           —           —           —     

Patrick J. Kerins

     —           —           —           —     

Louis J. Volpe

     —           —           —           —     

Timothy V. Williams

     10,306         62,066         —           72,371   

 

(1) This column reflects the full grant date fair value for options granted during the year as measured pursuant to ASC Topic 718 as stock-based compensation in our consolidated financial statements. Unlike the calculations contained in our financial statements, this calculation does not give effect to any estimate of forfeitures related to service-based vesting but assumes that the director will perform the requisite service for the award to vest in full. The assumptions we used in valuing options are described in Note 10 to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.

 

90


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth information regarding compensation earned during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 by our named executive officers.

 

Name and Principal Position

  Year     Salary
($)
    Option
Awards(1)

($)
    Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation(2)

($)
    All Other
Compensation(3)

($)
    Total
($)
 

M. Scot Wingo

           

Chief Executive Officer(4)

    2012        125,000        —          —          90        125,090   
    2011        125,000        —          —          90        125,090   

John F. Baule

           

Chief Financial Officer(5)

    2012        47,949        662,778        —          389        711,115   

Aris A. Buinevicius

           

Chief Technology Officer(4)

    2012        125,000        —          —          135        125,135   
    2011        125,000        —          —          90        125,090   

David J. Spitz

           

President and Chief Operating Officer

    2012        245,000        100,703        221,125        3,040        569,868   
    2011        215,000        64,359        189,825        2,507        471,691   

S. Scott Alridge

           

General Counsel and Secretary

    2012        200,000        67,197        95,950        3,753        366,900   
    2011        180,000        8,581        63,700        2,273        254,554   

 

(1) This column reflects the full grant date fair value for options granted during the year as measured pursuant to ASC Topic 718 as stock-based compensation in our consolidated financial statements. Unlike the calculations contained in our financial statements, this calculation does not give effect to any estimate of forfeitures related to service-based vesting but assumes that the executive will perform the requisite service for the award to vest in full. The assumptions we used in valuing options are described in Note 10 to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.
(2) Amounts shown in this column represent the amounts earned and payable under our cash bonus plan for the indicated year.
(3) Consists of company-paid life insurance premiums and company contributions to the officer’s 401(k) plan.
(4) Each of Messrs. Wingo and Buinevicius is also a member of our board of directors but does not receive any additional compensation in his capacity as a director.
(5) Mr. Baule became an executive officer of our company as of November 1, 2012.

Grants of Plan-Based Awards During 2012

The following table provides information with regard to potential cash bonuses paid or payable in 2012 under our performance-based, non-equity incentive plan, and with regard to each stock option award granted to each named executive officer under our equity incentive plans during 2012.

 

          Estimated Possible Payouts Under
Non-Equity Incentive Plan

Awards(1)
    All Other
Option
Awards:
    Exercise or
Base Price of
Option Awards
($/sh)
    Grant Date
Fair Value of
Option Awards
($)
 

Name

  Grant
Date
      Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options
     
    Threshold
($)
    Target
($)
    Maximum
($)
       

M. Scot Wingo

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

John F. Baule

    12/12/2012        —          —          —          4,400,000        0.54        662,778   

Aris A. Buinevicius

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

David J. Spitz

    12/12/2012        —          —          —          500,000        0.54        100,703   
    —          —          155,000        —          —          —          —     

S. Scott Alridge

    6/19/2012        —          —          —          100,000        0.43        21,550   
    12/12/2012        —          —          —          220,000        0.54        45,647   
    —          —          85,000        —          —          —          —     

 

91


Table of Contents

 

(1) There was no threshold amount under the 2012 bonus plan, and payouts were not subject to any maximum. The actual cash bonus awards earned for the year ended December 31, 2012 for the named executive officers are set forth in the Summary Compensation Table above.

Outstanding Equity Awards at End of 2012

The following table provides information about outstanding stock options held by each of our named executive officers at December 31, 2012. All of these options were granted under our 2001 stock plan. None of our named executive officers held restricted stock or other stock awards at the end of 2012.

 

     Number of Securities
Underlying Unexercised
Options (#)
    Option
Exercise
Price
($)
     Option
Expiration
Date
 

Name

   Exercisable      Unexercisable       

M. Scot Wingo

     —           —          —           —     

John F. Baule

     —           4,400,000 (6)      0.54         12/12/2022   

Aris A. Buinevicius

     875,000         —          0.10         8/1/2013   

David J. Spitz

     300,000         —          0.14         4/1/2016   
     1,500,000         —          0.14         12/22/2016   
     650,000         —          0.14         3/3/2018   
     2,906,250         193,750 (1)      0.10         3/20/2019   
     247,500         112,500 (2)      0.14         3/1/2020   
     1,743,750         1,356,250 (3)      0.14         9/30/2020   
     656,250         843,750 (4)      0.14         8/29/2021   
     93,750         406,250 (5)      0.54         10/18/2022   

S. Scott Alridge

     130,000         —          0.10         3/14/2013   
     32,000         —          0.10         7/1/2013   
     125,000         —          0.10         8/1/2013   
     125,000         —          0.10         8/1/2013   
     7,500         —          0.10         12/18/2013   
     125,000         —          0.10         7/1/2014   
     150,000         —          0.14         7/27/2015   
     120,000         —          0.14         12/22/2016   
     100,000         —          0.14         3/3/2018   
     468,750         31,250 (1)      0.10         3/20/2019   
     211,062         95,938 (2)      0.14         3/1/2020   
     87,500         112,500 (4)      0.14         8/29/2021   
     100,000         —          0.43         6/19/2022   
     20,000         —          0.54         10/18/2022   
     37,500         162,500 (5)      0.54         10/18/2022   

 

(1) The unvested shares underlying this option vest on March 1, 2013, subject to the officer’s continued service at that date.
(2) The unvested shares underlying this option vest in five remaining equal quarterly installments through March 1, 2014, subject to the officer’s continued service through each applicable vesting date.
(3) The unvested shares underlying this option vest in seven remaining equal quarterly installments through July 1, 2014, subject to the officer’s continued service through each applicable vesting date.
(4) The unvested shares underlying this option vest in nine remaining equal quarterly installments through January 1, 2015, subject to the officer’s continued service through each applicable vesting date.
(5) The unvested shares underlying this option vest in 13 remaining equal quarterly installments through January 1, 2016, subject to the officer’s continued service through each applicable vesting date.
(6) This option is exercisable immediately, subject to a repurchase right in favor of us, which lapses as the option vests. Accordingly, this column reflects the extent to which the option was vested, as opposed to exercisable, as of December 31, 2012. Twenty-five percent of the shares underlying this option vest on October 30, 2013, and the remainder vests in 12 equal quarterly installments through October 30, 2016, subject to the officer’s continued service through each applicable vesting date.

 

92


Table of Contents

Stock Option Exercises During 2012

The following table shows information regarding options that were exercised by our named executive officers during the year ended December 31, 2012. Our named executive officers did not have any stock awards that vested in 2012.

 

            Option Awards       

Name

   Number of Shares
Acquired on  Exercise (#)
          Value Realized on
Exercise  ($)(1)
 

M. Scot Wingo

     875,000            385,000   

John F. Baule

     —              —     

Aris A. Buinevicius

     —              —     

David J. Spitz

     —              —     

S. Scott Alridge

     —              —     

 

(1) The aggregate dollar amount realized upon the exercise of the option represents the amount by which the aggregate market price of the shares of our common stock on the date of the exercise, as calculated using a per share value of $0.54, which is the assumed fair value as of the date of exercise, exceeds the aggregate exercise price of the option, as calculated using a per share exercise price of $0.10.

Pension Benefits

Our named executive officers did not participate in, or otherwise receive any benefits under, any pension or retirement plan during 2012.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

Our named executive officers did not earn any nonqualified deferred compensation benefits during 2012.

Potential Payments upon Termination of Employment and in Connection with Change of Control Arrangements

We believe that reasonable severance benefits for our named executive officers are important because it may be difficult for them to find comparable employment within a short period of time following termination of employment. We also believe that it is important to protect our named executive officers in the event of a change of control transaction involving our company, as a result of which such officers might have their employment terminated. In addition, we believe that the interests of management should be aligned with those of our stockholders as much as possible, and we believe that providing protection upon a change of control is an appropriate counter to any disincentive such officers might otherwise perceive in regard to transactions that may be in the best interests of our stockholders.

As a result of these considerations, we have entered into a severance and change of control agreement with each of our named executive officers other than Messrs. Wingo and Buinevicius, our co-founders. Messrs. Wingo and Buinevicius are large stockholders of our company, and our board of directors believes that no severance or change of control arrangements are necessary in order to align their interests with those of other stockholders.

Under the executive severance and change of control letter agreements between us and Mr. Spitz, effective as of July 21, 2009, between us and Mr. Alridge, effective as of July 1, 2009, and between us and Mr. Baule, effective as of November 1, 2012, if the officer is terminated by us other than for cause, or resigns for good reason, in each case as defined in the agreement, he will receive a lump-sum severance payment equal to the sum of (i) three months of his then-current base salary (six

 

93


Table of Contents

months for Mr. Baule), plus an additional one month of base salary for each year of service, up to a maximum of 12 months of base salary, and (ii) one calendar quarter of his then-current bonus compensation, assuming 100% achievement of objectives, plus a prorated share of any then-current quarterly variable compensation calculated at 100% achievement of objectives for the period from the beginning of the calendar quarter to the date of termination. In such cases, Messrs. Spitz, Alridge or Baule, as applicable, would also be entitled to receive monthly payments, for up to 12 months or until he gains new employment, to cover COBRA payments for medical and dental insurance, with such monthly payments increased for the effect of federal and state taxes. Additionally, the officer would be entitled to outplacement services (other than Mr. Baule), up to a specified maximum, three months of acceleration of vesting for all outstanding and unvested stock options and the extension of the exercise period for all unexercised stock options until two years after his termination date.

If there is a change of control transaction involving our company, and, within the period beginning six months before and ending one year after the closing of the change of control transaction, we or the acquiring entity terminate the officer’s employment other than for cause, or he resigns for good reason, he would receive each of the payments described above and, in addition, would be entitled to full acceleration of vesting for all outstanding and unvested stock options.

In the event of a change of control transaction that does not result in the termination of Mr. Spitz’s employment within one year thereafter, Mr. Spitz would be entitled to full acceleration of his outstanding and unvested stock options. In the event of a change of control transaction that does not result in the termination of Mr. Alridge’s or Mr. Baule’s employment within six months thereafter, Mr. Alridge or Mr. Baule, as applicable, would be entitled to one year of acceleration of his outstanding and unvested stock options, effective at the closing of the change of control transaction.

Receipt of the benefits described above upon the officer’s termination of employment is contingent upon his signing of a release of claims against us. In addition, Mr. Baule will not be entitled to any of the foregoing benefits until he has been continuously employed by us for a period of one year.

Equity Incentive Plans

2013 Equity Incentive Plan

We expect that our board of directors will adopt and our stockholders will approve prior to the completion of this offering our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, or our 2013 plan. We do not expect to issue equity awards under our 2013 plan until after the completion of this offering, at which point no further grants will be made under our 2001 stock plan. No awards have been granted and no shares of our common stock have been issued under our 2013 plan. Our 2013 plan will provide for the grant of incentive stock options within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, or the Code, to our employees and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards, stock appreciation rights, performance stock awards and other forms of stock compensation to our employees, including officers, consultants and directors. Our 2013 plan will also provide for the grant of performance cash awards to our employees, consultants and directors.

Authorized Shares .    The maximum number of shares of our common stock that may be issued under our 2013 plan is              shares. The number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our 2013 plan will automatically increase on January 1 of each year, for a period of ten years, from January 1, 2014 continuing through January 1, 2023, by     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding on December 31 of the preceding calendar year, or a lesser number of shares as may be determined by our board of directors.

Shares issued under our 2013 plan may be authorized but unissued or reacquired shares of our common stock. Shares subject to stock awards granted under our 2013 plan that expire or terminate

 

94


Table of Contents

without being exercised in full, or that are paid out in cash rather than in shares, will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under our 2013 plan. Additionally, shares issued pursuant to stock awards under our 2013 plan that we repurchase or that are forfeited, as well as shares reacquired by us as consideration for the exercise or purchase price of a stock award or to satisfy tax withholding obligations related to a stock award, will become available for future grant under our 2013 plan.

Administration.     Our board of directors, or a duly authorized committee thereof, has the authority to administer our 2013 plan. Our board of directors has delegated its authority to administer our 2013 plan to our compensation committee under the terms of the compensation committee’s charter. Our board of directors may also delegate to one or more of our officers the authority to designate employees other than officers to receive specified stock awards and determine the number of shares of our common stock to be subject to such stock awards. Subject to the terms of our 2013 plan, the administrator has the authority to determine the terms of awards, including recipients, the exercise price or strike price of stock awards, if any, the number of shares subject to each stock award, the fair market value of a share of our common stock, the vesting schedule applicable to the awards, together with any vesting acceleration, the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise or settlement of the stock award and the terms and conditions of the award agreements for use under our 2013 plan.

The administrator has the power to modify outstanding awards under our 2013 plan. Subject to the terms of our 2013 plan, the administrator has the authority to reprice any outstanding option or stock appreciation right, cancel and re-grant any outstanding option or stock appreciation right in exchange for new stock awards, cash or other consideration, or take any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles, with the consent of any adversely affected participant.

Section 162(m) Limits.     At such time as may be necessary for compliance with Section 162(m) of the Code, no participant may be granted stock awards covering more than              shares of our common stock under our 2013 plan during any calendar year pursuant to stock options, stock appreciation rights and other stock awards whose value is determined by reference to an increase over an exercise price or strike price of at least 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Additionally, no participant may be granted in a calendar year a performance stock award covering more than              shares of our common stock or a performance cash award having a maximum value in excess of $         under our 2013 plan. These limitations enable us to grant awards that will be exempt from the $1,000,000 limitation on the income tax deductibility of compensation paid per covered executive officer imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code.

Performance Awards .    Our 2013 plan permits the grant of performance-based stock and cash awards that may qualify as performance-based compensation that is not subject to the $1,000,000 limitation on the income tax deductibility of compensation paid per covered executive officer imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code. To enable us to grant performance-based awards that will qualify, our compensation committee can structure such awards so that the stock or cash will be issued or paid pursuant to such award only following the achievement of specified pre-established performance goals during a designated performance period.

Corporate Transactions.     Our 2013 plan provides that in the event of a specified corporate transaction, including without limitation a consolidation, merger, or similar transaction involving our company, the sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of our company or the consolidated assets of our company and our subsidiaries, or a sale or disposition of at least 50% of the outstanding capital stock of our company, the administrator will determine how to treat each outstanding stock award. The administrator may:

 

  Ÿ  

arrange for the assumption, continuation or substitution of a stock award by a successor corporation;

 

95


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us to a successor corporation;

 

  Ÿ  

accelerate the vesting of the stock award and provide for its termination prior to the effective time of the corporate transaction;

 

  Ÿ  

arrange for the lapse, in whole or in part, of any reacquisition or repurchase right held by us; or

 

  Ÿ  

cancel the stock award prior to the transaction in exchange for a cash payment, which may be reduced by the exercise price payable in connection with the stock award.

The administrator is not obligated to treat all stock awards or portions of stock awards, even those that are of the same type, in the same manner. The administrator may take different actions with respect to the vested and unvested portions of a stock award.

Change of Control.     The administrator may provide, in an individual award agreement or in any other written agreement between us and the participant, that the stock award will be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability in the event of a change of control. In the absence of such a provision, no such acceleration of the stock award will occur.

Plan Amendment or Termination .    Our board has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate our 2013 plan, provided that such action does not materially impair the existing rights of any participant without such participant’s written consent. No incentive stock options may be granted after the tenth anniversary of the date our board of directors adopted our 2013 plan.

2001 Stock Plan

Our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, the 2001 Stock Plan, or the 2001 plan, in June 2001. The 2001 plan was most recently amended by our board of directors, and the amendment was approved by our stockholders, in November 2012. Our 2001 plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options to our employees and the employees of our subsidiaries, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options and stock awards to our employees, directors and consultants.

Authorized Shares .    There are 63,928,756 shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our 2001 plan. As of December 31, 2012, 8,006,253 shares of our common stock had been issued upon the exercise of options granted under our 2001 plan, options to purchase 35,250,371 shares of our common stock were outstanding at a weighted average exercise price of $0.24 per share, and 18,684,585 shares remained available for future grant under our 2001 plan. Effective upon the completion of this offering, no further options or stock awards may be granted under our 2001 plan, but all outstanding stock awards will continue to be governed by their existing terms.

Administration .    Our board of directors, or a committee thereof appointed by our board of directors, administers our 2001 plan and the option and stock awards granted under it. Our board of directors has delegated its authority to administer our 2001 plan to our compensation committee.

Corporate Transactions .    Our 2001 plan provides that in the event of a merger of our company with or into another company, or upon the occurrence of specified change of control transactions, each outstanding stock option shall be assumed or an equivalent option substituted by the successor company. If the successor company refuses to assume or substitute equivalent options, then the option will vest in full and would be fully exercisable for a period of 15 days, after which time the unexercised portion of the option would terminate.

 

96


Table of Contents

401(k) Plan

We maintain a tax-qualified retirement plan that provides eligible U.S. employees with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax advantaged basis. Eligible employees are able to defer eligible compensation subject to applicable annual Code limits. Currently, we match 50% of each eligible employee’s contributions up to 3% of salary. Employees’ pre-tax contributions are allocated to each participant’s individual account and are then invested in selected investment alternatives according to the participants’ directions. Employees are immediately and fully vested in their contributions, while our matching contributions are subject to a three-year vesting schedule. The 401(k) plan is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code with the 401(k) plan’s related trust intended to be tax exempt under Section 501(a) of the Code. As a tax-qualified retirement plan, contributions to the 401(k) plan and earnings on those contributions are not taxable to the employees until distributed from the 401(k) plan.

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification Matters

Upon completion of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain provisions that limit the liability of our current and former directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that directors of a corporation will not be personally liable for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

 

  Ÿ  

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders;

 

  Ÿ  

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

  Ÿ  

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

  Ÿ  

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

This limitation of liability does not apply to liabilities arising under federal securities laws and does not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws will provide that we are required to indemnify our directors to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our amended and restated bylaws will also provide that, upon satisfaction of specified conditions, we are required to advance expenses incurred by a director in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity regardless of whether we would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him or her under the provisions of Delaware law. Our amended and restated bylaws will also provide our board of directors with discretion to indemnify our officers and employees when determined appropriate by the board. We have entered and expect to continue to enter into agreements to indemnify our non-employee directors as determined by the board of directors. With specified exceptions, these agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses including, among other things, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding. We believe that these bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors. We also maintain customary directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we

 

97


Table of Contents

pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

Rule 10b5-1 Sales Plans

Our directors and executive officers may adopt written plans, known as Rule 10b5-1 plans, in which they will contract with a broker to buy or sell shares of our common stock on a periodic basis. Under a Rule 10b5-1 plan, a broker executes trades pursuant to parameters established by the director or officer when entering into the plan, without further direction from them. The director or officer may amend a Rule 10b5-1 plan in some circumstances and may terminate a plan at any time. Our directors and executive officers also may buy or sell additional shares outside of a Rule 10b5-1 plan when they are not in possession of material nonpublic information subject to compliance with the terms of our insider trading policy. Prior to 180 days after the date of this offering, subject to early termination, the sale of any shares under such plan would be subject to the lock-up agreement that the director or officer has entered into with the underwriters.

 

98


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

There have been no transactions since January 1, 2010 to which we have been a participant in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000, and in which any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than five percent of our capital stock, or any members of their immediate family, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than compensation arrangements which are described under “Executive Compensation” and “Management—Non-Employee Director Compensation.” For a description of severance and change of control arrangements that we have entered into with some of our executive officers, see the section of this prospectus entitled “Executive Compensation—Potential Payments upon Termination of Employment and in Connection with Change of Control Arrangements.”

Investor Rights Agreement

We have entered into an investor rights agreement, as amended, with the holders of our preferred stock, including entities affiliated with New Enterprise Associates, Advanced Technology Ventures and Kodiak Venture Partners. The investor rights agreement, among other things:

 

  Ÿ  

grants these stockholders specified registration rights with respect to shares of our common stock, including shares of common stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock held by them;

 

  Ÿ  

obligates us to deliver periodic financial statements to some of the stockholders who are parties to the investor rights agreement; and

 

  Ÿ  

grants a right of first refusal with respect to sales of our shares by us, subject to specified exclusions, which exclusions include the sale of the shares pursuant to this prospectus, to the stockholders who are parties to the investor rights agreement.

For more information regarding the registration rights provided in this agreement, please refer to the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.” The provisions of this agreement other than those relating to registration rights will terminate upon completion of this offering. This summary discusses material provisions of the investor rights agreement and is qualified by the full text of the agreement filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Voting Agreement

We have entered into a voting agreement, as amended, with some of our stockholders, including Mr. Wingo, our chief executive officer, Mr. Buinevicius, our chief technology officer, and entities affiliated with New Enterprise Associates, Advanced Technology Ventures and Kodiak Venture Partners. The voting agreement, among other things:

 

  Ÿ  

provides for the voting of shares with respect to the constituency of our board of directors; and

 

  Ÿ  

provides for the voting of shares with respect to specified transactions approved by our board of directors and the requisite supermajority of holders of our outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock.

The voting agreement will terminate upon the completion of this offering.

 

99


Table of Contents

Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement

We have entered into a right of first refusal and co-sale agreement, as amended, with some of our stockholders, including Messrs. Wingo and Buinevicius and entities affiliated with New Enterprise Associates, Advanced Technology Ventures and Kodiak Venture Partners. The right of first refusal and co-sale agreement, among other things:

 

  Ÿ  

grants our investors rights of first refusal and co-sale with respect to proposed transfers of our securities by specified stockholders; and

 

  Ÿ  

grants us rights of first refusal with respect to proposed transfers of our securities by specified stockholders.

The right of first refusal and co-sale agreement will terminate upon the completion of this offering.

Indemnification Agreements

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain provisions limiting the liability of directors, and our amended and restated bylaws will provide that we will indemnify each of our directors to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will also provide our board of directors with discretion to indemnify our officers and employees when determined appropriate by the board.

In addition, we have entered into an indemnification agreement with each of our non-employee directors. For more information regarding these agreements, see “Executive Compensation—Limitations on Liability and Indemnification Matters.”

Related Person Transaction Policy

Prior to this offering, we have not had a formal policy regarding approval of transactions with related parties. Prior to the completion of this offering, we expect to adopt a written related person transaction policy that sets forth our procedures for the identification, review, consideration and approval or ratification of related person transactions. The policy will become effective immediately upon the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering. For purposes of our policy only, a related person transaction is a transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships, in which we and any related person are, were or will be participants in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000. Transactions involving compensation for services provided to us as an employee or director are not covered by this policy. A related person is any executive officer, director or beneficial owner of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities, including any of their immediate family members and any entity owned or controlled by such persons.

Under the policy, if a transaction has been identified as a related person transaction, including any transaction that was not a related person transaction when originally consummated or any transaction that was not initially identified as a related person transaction prior to consummation, our management must present information regarding the related person transaction to our audit committee, or, if audit committee approval would be inappropriate, to another independent body of our board of directors, for review, consideration and approval or ratification. The presentation must include a description of, among other things, the material facts, the interests, direct and indirect, of the related persons, the benefits to us of the transaction and whether the transaction is on terms that are comparable to the terms available to or from, as the case may be, an unrelated third party or to or from employees generally. Under the policy, we will collect information that we deem reasonably necessary from each director, executive officer and, to the extent feasible, significant stockholder to enable us to identify any existing or potential related-person transactions and to effectuate the terms of the policy. In

 

100


Table of Contents

addition, under our Code of Conduct, our employees and directors have an affirmative responsibility to disclose any transaction or relationship that reasonably could be expected to give rise to a conflict of interest. In considering related person transactions, our audit committee, or other independent body of our board of directors, will take into account the relevant available facts and circumstances including, but not limited to:

 

  Ÿ  

the risks, costs and benefits to us;

 

  Ÿ  

the impact on a director’s independence in the event that the related person is a director, immediate family member of a director or an entity with which a director is affiliated;

 

  Ÿ  

the availability of other sources for comparable services or products; and

 

  Ÿ  

the terms available to or from, as the case may be, unrelated third parties or to or from employees generally.

The policy requires that, in determining whether to approve, ratify or reject a related person transaction, our audit committee, or other independent body of our board of directors, must consider, in light of known circumstances, whether the transaction is in, or is not inconsistent with, our best interests and those of our stockholders, as our audit committee, or other independent body of our board of directors, determines in the good faith exercise of its discretion.

 

101


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of December 31, 2012, as adjusted to reflect the sale of common stock offered by us in this offering, for:

 

  Ÿ  

each person, or group of affiliated persons, who is known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock;

 

  Ÿ  

each of our named executive officers;

 

  Ÿ  

each of our directors; and

 

  Ÿ  

all of our current executive officers and directors as a group.

The percentage ownership information shown in the table is based upon 233,847,150 shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2012, after giving effect to the conversion of all of our outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock as of that date into 214,003,349 shares of common stock, which will occur automatically immediately prior to the closing of this offering.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. These rules generally attribute beneficial ownership of securities to persons who possess sole or shared voting power or investment power with respect to those securities. In addition, the rules include shares of common stock issuable pursuant to the exercise of stock options or warrants that are either immediately exercisable or exercisable on or before March 1, 2013, which is 60 days after December 31, 2012. These shares are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding those options or warrants for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person, but they are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise indicated, the persons or entities identified in this table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares shown as beneficially owned by them, subject to applicable community property laws.

Except as otherwise noted below, the address for persons listed in the table is c/o ChannelAdvisor Corporation, 2701 Aerial Center Parkway, Morrisville, NC 27560.

 

Name of Beneficial Owner

   Shares
Beneficially Owned
     Percentage of Shares
Beneficially Owned
      Before Offering     After Offering

Principal Stockholders:

       

Entities affiliated with Kodiak Venture Partners(1)

     57,916,882         24.4  

Entities affiliated with New Enterprise Associates(2)

     59,868,935         24.0     

Entities affiliated with Advanced Technology Ventures(3)

     44,158,101         18.5     

M. Scot Wingo(4)

     24,806,359         10.6     

Aris A. Buinevicius(5)

     20,207,084         8.6     

Named Executive Officers and Directors:

       

John F. Baule(6)

     4,400,000         1.8     

David J. Spitz(6)

     8,632,500         3.6     

S. Scott Alridge(6)

     1,914,750         *     

Timothy J. Buckley

     400,000         *     

Robert C. Hower(3)

     44,158,101         18.5     

Patrick J. Kerins(2)

     59,868,935         24.0     

Louis J. Volpe(1)

     57,916,882         24.4     

Timothy V. Williams

     31,250         *     

All current directors and executive officers as a group(7) (10 persons)

     222,335,861         81.4     

 

* Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.

 

102


Table of Contents
(1) Consists of (i) 33,643,623 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of preferred stock and 1,550,430 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of immediately exercisable warrants, including the conversion of shares of preferred stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants, held of record by Kodiak Venture Partners II-A, L.P.; (ii) 7,387,804 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of preferred stock and 340,458 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of immediately exercisable warrants, including the conversion of shares of preferred stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants, held of record by Kodiak Venture Partners II-B, L.P.; (iii) 6,574,112 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of preferred stock and 421,537 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of immediately exercisable warrants, including the conversion of shares of preferred stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants, held of record by Kodiak Venture Partners III, L.P.; (iv) 6,804,018 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of preferred stock and 1,021,897 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of immediately exercisable warrants, including the conversion of shares of preferred stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants, held of record by SKI Opportunities Fund, LLC and (v) 162,580 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of preferred stock and 10,423 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of immediately exercisable warrants, including the conversion of shares of preferred stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants, held of record by Kodiak III Entrepreneurs Fund, L.P. The general partner of Kodiak Venture Partners II-A, L.P. and Kodiak Venture Partners II-B, L.P. is Kodiak Ventures Management II, L.P. The general partner of Kodiak Ventures Management II, L.P. is Kodiak Ventures Management Company, Inc. The general partner of Kodiak Venture Partners III, L.P. and Kodiak III Entrepreneurs Fund, L.P. is Kodiak Ventures Management III, L.P. The general partner of Kodiak Ventures Management III, L.P. is Kodiak Ventures Management Company (GP), LLC and the general partner of Kodiak Ventures Management Company, LLC is Kodiak Ventures Management Company, Inc. The general partner of SKI Opportunities Fund, LLC is SKI Opportunities Fund (GP), LLC and the general partner of SKI Opportunities Fund (GP), LLC is Kodiak Ventures Management Company, LLC. David Furneaux and Louis Volpe are the President and Treasurer, respectively, of Kodiak Ventures Management Company, Inc. and share voting and dispositive power for the shares beneficially held by Kodiak Ventures Management Company, Inc. The address for these entities is 80 William Street, Suite 260, Wellesley, MA 02481.

 

(2) Consists of (i) 44,222,966 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of preferred stock and 15,600,640 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of immediately exercisable warrants, including the conversion of shares of preferred stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants, held of record by New Enterprise Associates 12, Limited Partnership (“NEA12”) and (ii) 33,577 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of preferred stock and 11,752 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of immediately exercisable warrants held of record by NEA Ventures 2007, L.P. (“Ven 2007”). NEA Partners 12, Limited Partnership (“NEA Partners 12”) is the sole general partner of NEA 12, and NEA 12 GP, LLC (“NEA 12 LLC”) is the sole general partner of NEA Partners 12. The individual Managers (collectively, the “Managers”) of NEA 12 LLC are M. James Barrett, Peter J. Barris, Forest Baskett, Ryan D. Drant, Patrick J. Kerins (a member of our board of directors), Krishna “Kittu” Kolluri, C. Richard Kramlich, Charles W. Newhall III, Mark W. Perry and Scott D. Sandell. The Managers share voting and dispositive power with regard to the shares directly held by NEA 12. Karen P. Welsh, the general partner of Ven 2007, has sole voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by Ven 2007. The principal business address of New Enterprise Associates, Inc. is 1954 Greenspring Drive, Suite 600, Timonium, MD 21093.

 

(3) Consists of (i) 37,458,550 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of preferred stock and 3,989,768 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of immediately exercisable warrants, including the conversion of shares of preferred stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants, held of record by Advanced Technology Ventures VII, L.P. (“ATV VII”), (ii) 1,503,192 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of preferred stock and 160,106 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of immediately exercisable warrants, including the conversion of shares of preferred stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants, held of record by Advanced Technology Ventures VII (B), L.P. (“ATV VII-B”), (iii) 722,533 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of preferred stock and 76,956 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of immediately exercisable warrants, including the conversion of shares of preferred stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants, held of record by Advanced Technology Ventures VII (C), L.P. (“ATV VII-C”) and (iv) 223,223 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of preferred stock and 23,773 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of immediately exercisable warrants, including the conversion of shares of preferred stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants, held of record by ATV Entrepreneurs VII, L.P. (“ATV VII-E” and, together with ATV VII, ATV VII-B and ATV VII-C, collectively, the “ATV VII Entities”). ATV Associates VII, L.L.C., (“ATV A VII”) is the general partner of each of the ATV VII Entities and exercises voting and dispositive authority over the shares held by the ATV VII Entities. Voting and dispositive decisions of ATV A VII are made collectively by Michael A. Carusi, Jean George, Steven N. Baloff, Robert C. Hower (one of our directors) and William C. Wiberg (collectively, the “ATV Managing Directors”). The address for the managing directors and each of these entities is c/o Advanced Technology Ventures, 500 Boylston Street, Suite 1380, Boston, Massachusetts 02116.

 

(4) Consists of 875,000 shares of common stock, 23,491,250 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of preferred stock, and 440,109 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of immediately exercisable warrants.

 

(5) Consists of 875,000 shares of common stock, 18,814,827 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of preferred stock, and 517,957 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of immediately exercisable warrants, including the conversion of shares of preferred stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants.

 

103


Table of Contents
(6) Consists of shares of common stock underlying options that are exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2012. With respect to options held by Messrs. Spitz and Alridge, the amount also represents the shares vested within 60 days of December 31, 2012. With respect to the option held by Mr. Baule, he does not have investment power over the shares underlying this option.

 

(7) Consists of 2,150,000 shares of common stock, 181,041,555 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock, 24,165,806 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of immediately exercisable warrants, including the conversion of shares of preferred stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants, and 14,978,500 shares of common stock underlying options that are exercisable within 60 days of December 31, 2012.

 

104


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following description of our capital stock and provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws are summaries. You should also refer to the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the amended and restated bylaws, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is part.

General

Upon the completion of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, or our restated certificate, will authorize us to issue up to                  shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, and                  shares of preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share, all of which shares of preferred stock will be undesignated. Our board of directors may establish the rights and preferences of the preferred stock from time to time. As of                      , 2012, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding preferred stock into shares of common stock, there would have been                  shares of common stock issued and outstanding, held of record by              stockholders.

Common Stock

Voting Rights

Each holder of our common stock is entitled to one vote for each share on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, including the election of directors. Under our restated certificate and our amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect following the completion of this offering, or our restated bylaws, our stockholders will not have cumulative voting rights. Because of this, the holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election, if they should so choose.

Dividends

Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then-outstanding preferred stock, holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably those dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the board of directors out of legally available funds.

Liquidation

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities and the satisfaction of any liquidation preference granted to the holders of any then-outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Rights and Preferences

Holders of common stock have no preemptive, conversion or subscription rights and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate in the future.

Preferred Stock

All currently outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock will be converted automatically into common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

 

105


Table of Contents

Following the completion of this offering, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue up to                  shares of preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, to fix the rights, preferences and privileges of the shares of each series and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereon, and to increase or decrease the number of shares of any such series, but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding.

Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of our common stock. The purpose of authorizing our board of directors to issue preferred stock and determine its rights and preferences is to eliminate delays associated with a stockholder vote on specific issuances. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control of our company and may adversely affect the market price of our common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock. It is not possible to state the actual effect of the issuance of any shares of preferred stock on the rights of holders of common stock until the board of directors determines the specific rights attached to that preferred stock.

We have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Options

As of December 31, 2012, under our 2001 plan, options to purchase an aggregate of 35,250,371 shares of common stock were outstanding. For additional information regarding the terms of this plan, see “Executive Compensation—Equity Incentive Plans.”

Warrants

We have outstanding immediately exercisable warrants to purchase 948,896 shares of our Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.685 per share. Unless exercised, these warrants will expire in accordance with their terms immediately prior to the closing of this offering, and therefore we expect that these warrants will be exercised on a cashless basis for an aggregate of                  shares of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock that will convert upon completion of this offering into                  shares of common stock, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus.

We also have outstanding immediately exercisable warrants to purchase an aggregate of 15,328,467 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.00 per share, which warrants expire in April 2014, and immediately exercisable warrants to purchase an aggregate of 10,529,642 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.685 per share, which warrants expire between August 2015 and November 2015.

We also have outstanding the following warrants to purchase redeemable convertible preferred stock, which following this offering will be exercisable to purchase an aggregate of                  shares of our common stock:

 

  Ÿ  

an immediately exercisable warrant to purchase 175,000 shares of our Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.20 per share, which warrant expires in February 2014 and following this offering will be exercisable for                  shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $        per share;

 

  Ÿ  

immediately exercisable warrants to purchase 487,225 shares of our Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.685 per share, which warrants expire in

 

106


Table of Contents
 

September 2014, June 2015 and December 2019 and following this offering will be exercisable for                  shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $        per share; and

 

  Ÿ  

an immediately exercisable warrant to purchase 3,150,000 shares of our Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.01 per share, which warrant expires in March 2022 and following this offering will be exercisable for                  shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $        per share.

Each of our outstanding warrants has a net exercise provision under which the holder may, in lieu of payment of the exercise price in cash, surrender the warrant and receive a net amount of shares based on the fair market value of our stock at the time of exercise of the warrant after deduction of the aggregate exercise price. The warrants also contain provisions for the adjustment of the exercise price and the number of shares issuable upon the exercise of the warrant in the event of certain stock dividends, stock splits, reorganizations, reclassifications and consolidations.

We have also granted registration rights to the warrant holders, as more fully described below under “—Registration Rights.”

Registration Rights

We and the holders of our existing redeemable convertible preferred stock have entered into an investor rights agreement. The registration rights provisions of this agreement provide those holders with demand and piggyback registration rights with respect to the shares of common stock currently held by them and issuable to them upon conversion of our redeemable convertible preferred stock in connection with this offering.

Pursuant to the terms of our currently outstanding warrants to purchase preferred stock held by entities who are not parties to the investor rights agreement, the holders of the warrants have piggyback registration rights and, in some cases, demand registration rights with respect to the shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of the shares of preferred stock issuable upon exercise of the warrant on the same terms as are set forth in the investor rights agreement.

Demand Registration Rights

At any time beginning 180 days following this offering, the holders of at least a majority of the shares issuable upon conversion of our redeemable convertible preferred stock in the aggregate, or a lesser percent if the anticipated aggregate offering price, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, would exceed $5,000,000, have the right to demand that we file up to a total of two registration statements. These registration rights are subject to specified conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters, if any, to limit the number of shares included in any such registration under specified circumstances. Upon such a request, we are required to effect the registration as soon as reasonably possible. An aggregate of                  shares of common stock will be entitled to these demand registration rights, including the shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of our redeemable convertible preferred stock underlying currently outstanding warrants.

Piggyback Registration Rights

At any time after the completion of this offering, if we propose to register any of our securities under the Securities Act either for our own account or for the account of other stockholders, the holders of shares of common stock that are issued upon conversion of our redeemable convertible preferred stock, some holders of shares of our common stock and the holders of our currently outstanding warrants will each be entitled to notice of the registration and will be entitled to include their shares of common stock in the registration statement. These piggyback registration rights are subject to

 

107


Table of Contents

specified conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters to limit the number of shares included in any such registration under specified circumstances. An aggregate of                  shares of common stock will be entitled to these piggyback registration rights.

Registration on Form S-3

At any time after we become eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3, holders of shares of our common stock that are issued upon conversion of our redeemable convertible preferred stock will be entitled, upon their written request, to have such shares registered by us on a Form S-3 registration statement at our expense, provided that such requested registration has an anticipated aggregate offering size to the public of at least $500,000 and subject to other specified conditions and limitations. An aggregate of                  shares of common stock will be entitled to these Form S-3 registration rights.

Expenses of Registration

We will pay all expenses relating to any demand, piggyback or Form S-3 registration, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, subject to specified conditions and limitations.

Termination of Registration Rights

The registration rights granted under the investor rights agreement will terminate upon the third anniversary of the closing of this offering or, if earlier, with respect to a particular holder, at such time as that holder and its affiliates may sell all of their shares of common stock pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, without any restrictions on volume.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law

We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years after the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, with the following exceptions:

 

  Ÿ  

before such date, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

  Ÿ  

upon completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction began, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding, but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder, those shares owned (i) by persons who are directors and also officers and (ii) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

  Ÿ  

on or after such date, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

In general, Section 203 defines a “business combination” to include the following:

 

  Ÿ  

any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;

 

108


Table of Contents
  Ÿ  

any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation involving the interested stockholder;

 

  Ÿ  

subject to specified exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;

 

  Ÿ  

any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock or any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; or

 

  Ÿ  

the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits by or through the corporation.

In general, Section 203 defines an “interested stockholder” as an entity or person who, together with the person’s affiliates and associates, beneficially owns, or within three years prior to the time of determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation.

Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws to be in Effect Upon the Completion of this Offering

Our restated certificate will provide for our board of directors to be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Because our stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights, stockholders holding a majority of the shares of common stock outstanding will be able to elect all of our directors. Our restated certificate and our restated bylaws will also provide that directors may be removed by the stockholders only for cause upon the vote of 66 2/3% or more of our outstanding common stock. Furthermore, the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors, and vacancies and newly created directorships on the board of directors may, except as otherwise required by law or determined by the board, only be filled by a majority vote of the directors then serving on the board, even though less than a quorum.

Our restated certificate and restated bylaws will also provide that all stockholder actions must be effected at a duly called meeting of stockholders and will eliminate the right of stockholders to act by written consent without a meeting. Our restated bylaws will also provide that only our chairman of the board, chief executive officer or the board of directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors may call a special meeting of stockholders.

Our restated bylaws will also provide that stockholders seeking to present proposals before a meeting of stockholders to nominate candidates for election as directors at a meeting of stockholders must provide timely advance notice in writing, and will specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice.

Our restated certificate and restated bylaws will provide that the stockholders cannot amend the provisions described above except by a vote of 66 2/3% or more of our outstanding common stock.

The combination of these provisions will make it more difficult for our existing stockholders to replace our board of directors as well as for another party to obtain control of us by replacing our board of directors. Since our board of directors has the power to retain and discharge our officers, these provisions could also make it more difficult for existing stockholders or another party to effect a change in management. In addition, the authorization of undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede any attempt to effect a change of control of our company.

 

109


Table of Contents

These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continued stability in the composition of our board of directors and its policies and to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to reduce our vulnerability to hostile takeovers and to discourage tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and may have the effect of delaying changes in our control or management. As a consequence, these provisions may also inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts. We believe that the benefits of these provisions, including increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure our company, outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging takeover proposals, because negotiation of takeover proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Choice of Forum

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the Court of Chancery of the state of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty; any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, or our amended and restated bylaws; or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. The enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in some other companies’ certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that, in connection with any action, a court could find the choice of forum provisions contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in such action.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is Computershare Limited. The transfer agent’s address is 250 Royall Street, Canton, MA 02021.

Stock Exchange Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on the NYSE under the trading symbol “ECOM.”

 

110


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, no public market existed for our common stock. Future sales of shares of our common stock in the public market after this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur, could adversely affect prevailing market prices for our common stock and could impair our future ability to raise equity capital.

Based on the number of shares outstanding on                     , upon completion of this offering and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares,                  shares of common stock will be outstanding, assuming no outstanding options or warrants are exercised. All of the shares of common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restrictions or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares sold to our “affiliates,” as that term is defined under Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining                  shares of common stock held by existing stockholders are “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered or if their resale qualifies for exemption from registration described below under Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

As a result of contractual restrictions described below and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, the shares sold in this offering and the restricted securities will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

  Ÿ  

                 shares sold in this offering and              existing restricted shares will be eligible for immediate sale upon the completion of this offering;

 

  Ÿ  

approximately                 restricted shares will be eligible for sale in the public market 90 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to the volume, manner of sale and other limitations under Rule 144 and Rule 701; and

 

  Ÿ  

approximately                 restricted shares will be eligible for sale in the public market upon expiration of lock-up agreements 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject in some cases to the volume, manner of sale and other limitations under Rule 144 and Rule 701.

Rule 144

In general, persons who have beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock for at least six months, and any affiliate of our company who owns either restricted or unrestricted shares of our common stock, are entitled to sell their securities without registration with the SEC under an exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

Non-Affiliates

Any person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a sale may sell an unlimited number of restricted securities under Rule 144 if:

 

  Ÿ  

the restricted securities have been held for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates;

 

  Ÿ  

we have been subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale; and

 

  Ÿ  

we are current in our Exchange Act reporting at the time of sale.

Any person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a sale and has held the restricted securities for at least one year,

 

111


Table of Contents

including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, will be entitled to sell an unlimited number of restricted securities without regard to the length of time we have been subject to Exchange Act periodic reporting or whether we are current in our Exchange Act reporting.

Affiliates

Persons seeking to sell restricted securities who are our affiliates at the time of, or any time during the three months preceding, a sale, would be subject to the restrictions described above. They are also subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be required to comply with the manner of sale and notice provisions of Rule 144 and would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only that number of securities that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:

 

  Ÿ  

1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately              shares immediately after the completion of this offering based on the number of shares outstanding as of                     , 2013; or

 

  Ÿ  

the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the                     during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Additionally, persons who are our affiliates at the time of, or any time during the three months preceding, a sale may sell unrestricted securities under the requirements of Rule 144 described above, without regard to the six month holding period of Rule 144, which does not apply to sales of unrestricted securities.

Rule 701

Rule 701 under the Securities Act, as in effect on the date of this prospectus, permits resales of shares in reliance upon Rule 144 but without compliance with some of the restrictions of Rule 144, including the holding period requirement. Most of our employees, executive officers or directors who purchased shares under a written compensatory plan or contract may be entitled to rely on the resale provisions of Rule 701, but all holders of Rule 701 shares are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling their shares. However, substantially all Rule 701 shares are subject to lock-up agreements as described below and in the section of this prospectus titled “Underwriting” and will become eligible for sale upon the expiration of the restrictions set forth in those agreements.

Form S-8 Registration Statements

As soon as practicable after the completion of this offering, we intend to file with the SEC one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register the shares of our common stock that are issuable pursuant to our 2001 stock plan and 2013 equity incentive plan. These registration statements will become effective immediately upon filing. Shares covered by these registration statements will then be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to vesting restrictions, any applicable lock-up agreements described below and Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates.

Lock-Up Agreements

We and the holders of substantially all of our common stock outstanding on the date of this prospectus, including each of our executive officers and directors, have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters or otherwise agreed, subject to specified exceptions, that we and they will not, directly or indirectly, offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale, or otherwise dispose of or hedge any of our shares of common stock, any options or warrants to purchase shares of our common stock, or any securities convertible into, or

 

112


Table of Contents

exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of our common stock, without the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co. for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus.

Registration Rights

On the date beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus, the holders of                  shares of our common stock issuable upon the conversion of our redeemable convertible preferred stock and                  shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants, or their transferees, as well as additional shares that may be acquired after the completion of this offering, will be entitled to specified rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration. See “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for additional information.

 

113


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following is a general discussion of the material U.S. federal income and estate tax considerations applicable to non-U.S. holders with respect to their ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering. All prospective non-U.S. holders of our common stock should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock. In general, a non-U.S. holder means a beneficial owner of our common stock (other than a partnership or an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that is not, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

  Ÿ  

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

  Ÿ  

a corporation, or an entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States or of any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

  Ÿ  

an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

  Ÿ  

a trust if (1) a U.S. court can exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all of the trust’s substantial decisions or (2) the trust has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

This discussion is based on current provisions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, which we refer to as the Code, existing U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, published administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as in effect as of the date of this prospectus. These laws are subject to change and to differing interpretation, possibly with retroactive effect. Any change or differing interpretation could alter the tax consequences to non-U.S. holders described in this prospectus.

We assume in this discussion that a non-U.S. holder holds shares of our common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, for investment). This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income and estate taxation that may be relevant to a particular non-U.S. holder in light of that non-U.S. holder’s individual circumstances, nor does it address any aspects of U.S. state, local or non-U.S. taxes. This discussion also does not consider any specific facts or circumstances that may apply to a non-U.S. holder and does not address the special tax rules applicable to particular non-U.S. holders, such as holders that own, or are deemed to own, more than 5% of our capital stock (except to the extent specifically set forth below), real estate investment trusts, regulated investment companies, corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, tax-exempt organizations, banks, financial institutions, insurance companies, brokers, dealers or traders in securities, commodities or currencies, tax-qualified retirement plans, holders subject to the alternative minimum tax, holders who hold or receive our common stock pursuant to the exercise of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation, holders holding our common stock as part of a hedge, straddle or other risk reduction strategy, conversion transaction or other integrated investment, holders deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code, controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies and certain former U.S. citizens or long-term residents.

In addition, this discussion does not address the tax treatment of partnerships (or entities or arrangements that are treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes) or persons that hold their common stock through such partnerships. If a partnership, including any entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, holds shares of our common stock, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner in such partnership will generally

 

114


Table of Contents

depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Such partners and partnerships should consult their own tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock.

There can be no assurance that the Internal Revenue Service, which we refer to as the IRS, will not challenge one or more of the tax consequences described herein, and we have not obtained, nor do we intend to obtain, a ruling with respect to the U.S. federal income or estate tax consequences to a non-U.S. holder of the purchase, ownership or disposition of our common stock.

Distributions on Our Common Stock

Distributions, if any, on our common stock generally will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. If a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will be treated as a tax-free return of the non-U.S. holder’s investment, up to such holder’s adjusted tax basis in the common stock. Any remaining excess will be treated as capital gain from the sale or exchange of such common stock, subject to the tax treatment described below in “Gain on Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Our Common Stock.”

Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder will generally be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence.

Dividends that are treated as effectively connected with a trade or business conducted by a non-U.S. holder within the United States and, if an applicable income tax treaty so provides, that are attributable to a permanent establishment or a fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder within the United States, are generally exempt from the 30% withholding tax if the non-U.S. holder satisfies applicable certification and disclosure requirements. However, such U.S. effectively connected income, net of specified deductions and credits, is taxed at the same graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to U.S. persons (as defined in the Code). Any U.S. effectively connected income received by a non-U.S. holder that is a corporation may also, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence.

A non-U.S. holder of our common stock who claims the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence generally will be required to provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN (or successor form) and satisfy applicable certification and other requirements. Non-U.S. holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty.

A non-U.S. holder that is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax under an income tax treaty may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

Gain on Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Our Common Stock

In general, a non-U.S. holder will not be subject to any U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon such holder’s sale, exchange or other disposition of shares of our common stock unless:

 

  Ÿ  

the gain is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the non-U.S. holder and, if an applicable income tax treaty so provides, is attributable to a permanent establishment or a fixed

 

115


Table of Contents
 

base maintained in the United States by such non-U.S. holder, in which case the non-U.S. holder generally will be taxed at the graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to U.S. persons (as defined in the Code) and, if the non-U.S. holder is a foreign corporation, the branch profits tax described above in “Distributions on Our Common Stock” also may apply;

 

  Ÿ  

the non-U.S. holder is a nonresident alien individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the disposition and certain other conditions are met, in which case the non-U.S. holder will be subject to a 30% tax (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on the net gain derived from the disposition, which may be offset by U.S. source capital losses of the non-U.S. holder, if any (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States); or

 

  Ÿ  

our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest because we are, or have been, at any time during the five-year period preceding such disposition (or the non-U.S. holder’s holding period, if shorter) a “U.S. real property holding corporation.” Even if we are or become a U.S. real property holding corporation, provided that our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, our common stock will be treated as a U.S. real property interest only with respect to a non-U.S. holder that holds more than 5% of our outstanding common stock, directly or indirectly, actually or constructively, during the shorter of the 5-year period ending on the date of the disposition or the period that the non-U.S. holder held our common stock. In such case, such non-U.S. holder generally will be taxed on its net gain derived from the disposition at the graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to U.S. persons (as defined in the Code). Generally, a corporation is a U.S. real property holding corporation only if the fair market value of its U.S. real property interests equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests plus its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. Although there can be no assurance, we do not believe that we are, or have been, a U.S. real property holding corporation, or that we are likely to become one in the future. No assurance can be provided that our common stock will be regularly traded on an established securities market for purposes of the rules described above.

U.S. Federal Estate Tax

Shares of our common stock that are owned or treated as owned at the time of death by an individual who is not a citizen or resident of the United States, as specifically defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, are considered U.S. situs assets and will be included in the individual’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes. Such shares, therefore, may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax, unless an applicable estate tax or other treaty provides otherwise.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

We must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the gross amount of the dividends on our common stock paid to such holder and the tax withheld, if any, with respect to such dividends. Non-U.S. holders will have to comply with specific certification procedures to establish that the holder is not a U.S. person (as defined in the Code) in order to avoid backup withholding at the applicable rate with respect to dividends on our common stock. Dividends paid to non-U.S. holders subject to the U.S. withholding tax, as described above in “Distributions on Our Common Stock,” generally will be exempt from U.S. backup withholding.

Information reporting and backup withholding will generally apply to the proceeds of a disposition of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder effected by or through the U.S. office of any broker, U.S. or foreign, unless the holder certifies its status as a non-U.S. holder and satisfies certain other

 

116


Table of Contents

requirements, or otherwise establishes an exemption. Generally, information reporting and backup withholding will not apply to a payment of disposition proceeds to a non-U.S. holder where the transaction is effected outside the United States through a non-U.S. office of a broker. However, for information reporting purposes, dispositions effected through a non-U.S. office of a broker with substantial U.S. ownership or operations generally will be treated in a manner similar to dispositions effected through a U.S. office of a broker. Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of the information reporting and backup withholding rules to them.

Copies of information returns may be made available to the tax authorities of the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is incorporated under the provisions of a specific treaty or agreement.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a non-U.S. holder may be allowed as a credit against the non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, and may entitle such holder to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Recent Legislation Relating to Foreign Accounts

Recently enacted legislation may impose U.S. federal withholding taxes on certain types of payments made to “foreign financial institutions” and certain other non-U.S. entities. Under this legislation, the failure to comply with additional certification, information reporting and other specified requirements could result in withholding tax being imposed on payments of dividends and sales proceeds to U.S. holders who own shares of our common stock through foreign accounts or foreign intermediaries and certain non-U.S. holders. The legislation imposes a 30% withholding tax on dividends on, or gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, our common stock paid to a foreign financial institution or to a foreign non-financial entity, unless (1) the foreign financial institution undertakes certain diligence and reporting obligations or (2) the foreign non-financial entity either certifies it does not have any substantial U.S. owners or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial U.S. owner. In addition, if the payee is a foreign financial institution, it must enter into an agreement with the U.S. Treasury requiring, among other things, that it undertake to identify accounts held by certain U.S. persons or U.S.-owned foreign entities, annually report certain information about such accounts and withhold 30% on payments to account holders whose actions prevent it from complying with these reporting and other requirements. Under certain transition rules, any obligation to withhold under the legislation with respect to dividends on our common stock will not begin until January 1, 2017 and with respect to the gross proceeds of a sale or other disposition of our common stock will not begin until January 1, 2015. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding this legislation.

 

117


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated are the representatives of the underwriters.

 

Underwriters

   Number of Shares

Goldman, Sachs & Co. 

  

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

  

Pacific Crest Securities LLC

  

BMO Capital Markets

  

Needham & Company, LLC

  

Raymond James & Associates, Inc. 

  
  

 

Total

  

The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

The underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional                  shares from us to cover sales by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than the total number set forth in the table above. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by us. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase                  additional shares.

 

Paid by the Company

   No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Per Share

   $                    $                

Total

   $         $     

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $         per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

We and our officers, directors and holders of substantially all of our common stock have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of the representatives. This agreement does not apply to any existing employee benefit plans. See “Shares Available for Future Sale” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for our shares. The initial public offering price will be negotiated among us and the representatives. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions,

 

118


Table of Contents

will be our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

We have applied to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “ECOM.”

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering, and a short position represents the amount of such sales that have not been covered by subsequent purchases. A “covered short position” is a short position that is not greater than the amount of additional shares for which the underwriters’ option described above may be exercised. The underwriters may cover any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to cover the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option described above. “Naked” short sales are any short sales that create a short position greater than the amount of additional shares for which the option described above may be exercised. The underwriters must cover any such naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time. These transactions may be effected on the New York Stock Exchange, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares offered.

We estimate that the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $        , all of which will be paid by us.

We have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and

 

119


Table of Contents

their respective affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, a variety of these services to the issuer and to persons and entities with relationships with the issuer, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, officers, directors and employees may purchase, sell or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps and other financial instruments for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and trading activities may involve or relate to assets, securities and/or instruments of the issuer (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise) and/or persons and entities with relationships with the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they should acquire, long and/or short positions in such assets, securities and instruments.

Notice to Non-U.S. Investors

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State), each underwriter has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the Relevant Implementation Date) it has not made and will not make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

(a) to legal entities which are authorised or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorised or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

(b) to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than 43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than 50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;

(c) to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

(d) in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by the Issuer of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

 

  (a)

it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity

 

120


Table of Contents
 

(within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to the Issuer; and

 

  (b) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

 

121


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Cooley LLP, Reston, Virginia. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of ChannelAdvisor Corporation and subsidiaries at December 31, 2011 and 2012, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012, appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by Ernst & Young, LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act, with respect to the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus. This prospectus does not contain all of the information in the registration statement and its exhibits. For further information with respect to ChannelAdvisor and the common stock offered by this prospectus, we refer you to the registration statement and its exhibits. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or any other document referred to are not necessarily complete, and in each instance, we refer you to the copy of the contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Each of these statements is qualified in all respects by this reference.

You can read our SEC filings, including the registration statement, over the internet at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov . You may also read and copy any document we file with the SEC at its public reference facilities at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may also obtain copies of these documents at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference facilities.

Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and we will file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the public reference room and web site of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.channeladvisor.com , at which you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The information contained in, or that can be accessed through, our website is not part of, and is not incorporated into, this prospectus.

 

122


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2  

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2012

     F-3  

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012

     F-4  

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012

     F-5  

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Deficit for the years ended December  31, 2010, 2011 and 2012

     F-6  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012

     F-7  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-8  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, changes in stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries at December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ Ernst & Young

Raleigh, North Carolina

March 5, 2013

 

F-2


Table of Contents

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

    As of
December 31,
    As of
December 31,

2012
Pro Forma
    2011     2012    
Assets               (unaudited)

Current assets:

     

Cash

  $ 4,998      $ 10,865     

Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $115, $191 and $             as of December 31, 2011, December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2012 pro forma, respectively

    7,677        9,571     

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    1,575        2,589     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

Total current assets

    14,250        23,025     

Property and equipment, net

    2,312        4,315     

Goodwill

    16,106        16,106     

Intangible assets, net

    2,038        1,245     

Restricted cash

    886        687     

Other assets

    185        2,644     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

Total assets

  $ 35,777      $ 48,022     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

Liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     

Current liabilities:

     

Accounts payable

  $ 1,415      $ 1,269     

Accrued expenses

    3,342        4,650     

Deferred revenue

    5,942        9,750     

Current portion of long-term debt

    4,821        3,370     

Other current liabilities

    47        980     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

Total current liabilities

    15,567        20,019     

Long-term debt, net of current portion

    5        7,602     

Series A and Series C warrants liability

    592        3,235     

Long-term capital leases, net of current portion

    82        1,136     

Other long-term liabilities

    971        1,714     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

Total liabilities

    17,217        33,706     

Commitments and contingencies (Note 5)

     

Redeemable convertible preferred stock:

     

Convertible Series A preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 94,069,763 shares authorized, 93,726,013 and 93,821,393 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2012, respectively; no shares issued and outstanding pro forma; liquidation preference of $18,839 as of December 31, 2012

    18,816        18,887     

Convertible Series B preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 40,641,227 shares authorized, issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2012; no shares issued and outstanding pro forma; liquidation preference of $18,000 as of December 31, 2012

    17,997        18,000     

Convertible Series B-1 preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 5,660,378 shares authorized, issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2012; no shares issued and outstanding pro forma; liquidation preference of $3,000 as of December 31, 2012

    2,999        3,000     

Convertible Series C preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 76,602,988 and 80,000,000 shares authorized, 73,880,351 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2012, respectively; no shares issued and outstanding pro forma; liquidation preference of $50,608 as of December 31, 2012

    50,601        50,608     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock

    90,413        90,495     

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:

     

Common stock, $0.001 par value, 300,000,000, 303,500,000 and 303,500,000 shares authorized, 18,249,266, 19,843,801 and                      shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2011, December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2012 pro forma, respectively

    18        20     

Additional paid-in capital

    2,915        3,565     

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (244     (289  

Accumulated deficit

    (74,542     (79,475  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

    (71,853     (76,179  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ (deficit) equity

  $ 35,777      $ 48,022     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Operations

 

                          Year Ended December 31,                      
   2010     2011     2012  
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Revenue

   $ 36,688      $ 43,570      $ 53,587   

Cost of revenue

     12,164        12,248        14,749   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     24,524        31,322        38,838   

Operating expenses:

      

Sales and marketing

     14,867        19,106        24,326   

Research and development

     8,416        8,842        10,109   

General and administrative

     6,111        6,551        8,252   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     29,394        34,499        42,687   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (4,870     (3,177     (3,849

Other income (expense):

      

Interest expense

     (486     (642     (1,185

Other income, net

     744        6        31   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

     258        (636     (1,154
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (4,612     (3,813     (5,003

Income tax expense (benefit)

     112        51        (70
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (4,724   $ (3,864   $ (4,933
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share:

      

Basic and diluted

   $ (0.30   $ (0.22   $ (0.26

Pro forma (unaudited):

      

Basic and diluted

       $     

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

      

Basic and diluted

     15,836,489        17,934,445        18,639,087   

Pro forma (unaudited):

      

Basic and diluted

      

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2010                 2011                 2012      
     (in thousands)  

Net loss

   $ (4,724   $ (3,864   $ (4,933

Other comprehensive loss:

      

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     (82     70        (45
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss

   $ (4,806   $ (3,794   $ (4,978
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Deficit

 

    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
 
    Shares     Amount          
    (in thousands, except share data)  

Balance, January 1, 2010

    15,442,583      $ 15      $ 2,299      $ (232   $ (65,954   $ (63,872

Exercise of stock options

    1,666,086        2        87        —          —          89   

Accretion of issuance costs on redeemable convertible preferred stock

    —          —          (52     —          —          (52

Stock-based compensation expense

    —          —          334        —          —          334   

Net loss

    —          —          —          —          (4,724     (4,724

Foreign currency translation adjustments

    —          —          —          (82     —          (82
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2010

    17,108,669        17        2,668        (314     (70,678     (68,307

Exercise of stock options

    1,140,597        1        97        —          —          98   

Accretion of issuance costs on redeemable convertible preferred stock

    —          —          (50     —          —          (50

Stock-based compensation expense

    —          —          200        —          —          200   

Net loss

    —          —          —          —          (3,864     (3,864

Foreign currency translation adjustments

    —          —          —          70        —          70   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2011

    18,249,266        18        2,915        (244     (74,542     (71,853

Repurchase and retirement of common stock

    (400,000     —          (193     —          —          (193

Exercise of stock options

    1,994,535        2        220        —          —          222   

Accretion of issuance costs on redeemable convertible preferred stock

    —          —          (15     —          —          (15

Stock-based compensation expense

    —          —          638        —          —          638   

Net loss

    —          —          —          —          (4,933     (4,933

Foreign currency translation adjustments

    —          —          —          (45     —          (45
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2012

    19,843,801      $ 20      $ 3,565      $ (289   $ (79,475   $ (76,179
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2010     2011     2012  
     (in thousands)  

Cash flows from operating activities

      

Net loss

   $ (4,724   $ (3,864   $ (4,933

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization

     3,370        2,061        2,903   

Bad debt expense

     125        71        162   

Deferred income taxes

     41        49        30   

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrants

     47        261        5   

Accretion of debt discount

     9        9        372   

Non-cash stock-based compensation expense

     334        200        638   

Change in lease incentive obligation

     (88     114        (21

Amortization of debt issuance costs

     39        29        57   

Change in deferred rent

     (100     302        544   

Loss (gain) on disposal of furniture and equipment

     13        (1     —     

Changes in assets and liabilities:

      

Accounts receivable

     (1,316     (1,537     (1,966

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     94        (809     (1,102

Restricted cash

     (13     —          199   

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     (82     1,365        381   

Deferred revenue

     1,468        1,911        3,922   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

     (783     161        1,191   

Cash flows from investing activities

      

Purchases of property and equipment

     (912     (1,723     (2,094
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (912     (1,723     (2,094

Cash flows from financing activities

      

Proceeds from issuance of debt, net of debt issuance costs

     179        1,000        9,873   

Repayment of debt and capital leases

     (1,487     (1,541     (1,548

Payment of deferred offering costs

     —          —          (1,548

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

     89        98        222   

Repurchase and retirement of common stock

     —          —          (193
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     (1,219     (443     6,806   

Effect of currency exchange rate changes on cash

     (48     64        (36
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash

     (2,962     (1,941     5,867   

Cash, beginning of year

     9,901        6,939        4,998   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash, end of year

   $ 6,939      $ 4,998      $ 10,865   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information

      

Cash paid for interest

   $ 413      $ 376      $ 614   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash paid for income taxes

   $ 7      $ 18      $ 64   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing activities

      

Accretion of issuance costs on redeemable convertible preferred stock

   $ 52      $ 50      $ 15   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred offering costs included in accounts payable and accrued expenses

   $ —        $ —        $ 743   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accrued capital expenditures

   $ 729      $ 433      $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Capital lease obligations entered into for the purchase of fixed assets

   $ —        $ 98      $ 2,014   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Description of the Business

ChannelAdvisor Corporation (“ChannelAdvisor” or the “Company”) was incorporated in the state of Delaware and capitalized in June 2001. The Company began operations in July 2001. ChannelAdvisor is a provider of software-as-a-service, or SaaS, solutions that allow retailers and manufacturers to integrate, manage and monitor their merchandise sales across hundreds of online channels. The Company is headquartered in Morrisville, North Carolina and has offices in England, Ireland, Germany, Australia and Hong Kong.

Accumulated Deficit

Since its inception, the Company has incurred substantial losses. As of December 31, 2011 and 2012, the accumulated deficit was $74.5 million and $79.5 million, respectively. Failure to generate sufficient revenue and income could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s ability to achieve its intended business objectives. The Company has financed its operations primarily through issuances of redeemable convertible preferred stock and believes it has adequate cash on hand to fund operations in the near term, but, if required, additional financing may not be available to the Company or available on attractive terms.

2. Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Unaudited Pro Forma Presentation

The Company has filed a Registration Statement on Form S-1 with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) for the proposed initial public offering of shares of its common stock (the “IPO”). If the IPO contemplated by this prospectus is consummated, all of the outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into common stock. In addition, certain Series C warrants will expire if not exercised before the IPO, and the Series A and remaining Series C warrants will automatically convert into warrants to purchase common stock. The preferred stock warrant liability of $3.2 million as of December 31, 2012 will be reclassified to stockholders’ equity. Unaudited pro forma stockholders’ equity, as adjusted for the assumed conversion of the redeemable convertible preferred stock, the assumed net exercise of the Series C warrants that would otherwise expire at the IPO and the reclassification of the Series A and remaining Series C warrants outstanding, is set forth on the December 31, 2012 pro forma consolidated balance sheet.

The unaudited pro forma net loss per share for the year ended December 31, 2012 assumes (i) the net exercise as of January 1, 2012 of certain Series C warrants that will expire upon the closing of the IPO to acquire              shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the range set forth in the prospectus, (ii) the conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of              shares of common stock upon the completion of the IPO as of January 1, 2012 or at the time of issuance, if later, and (iii) the conversion of the Series A and the remaining Series C warrants to common stock warrants as of January 1, 2012. The amounts recorded in 2012 to adjust the Series A and Series C warrants liability to fair value have been added back to net loss to arrive at pro forma net loss per share.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

The Company believes that the unaudited pro forma net loss per share provides material information to investors because the net exercise of certain Series C warrants and the conversion of the redeemable convertible preferred stock into common stock is expected to occur upon the closing of the IPO and, therefore, the disclosure of pro forma net loss per share provides a measure of net loss per share that is comparable to what will be reported as a public company.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2011-05, “Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Presentation of Comprehensive Income.” ASU 2011-05 allows an entity the option to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. In both choices, an entity is required to present each component of net income along with total net income, each component of other comprehensive income along with a total for other comprehensive income, and a total amount for comprehensive income. ASU 2011-05 eliminates the option to present the components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in stockholders’ equity. The Company adopted ASU 2011-05 effective January 1, 2012 and has retrospectively applied the provisions of ASU 2011-05 for all periods presented.

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-04, “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRS.” ASU 2011-04 represents the converged guidance of the FASB and the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) on fair value measurement and has resulted in common requirements for measuring fair value and for disclosing information about fair value measurements, including a consistent meaning of the term “fair value.” The Company adopted ASU 2011-04 effective January 1, 2012 and has retrospectively applied the provisions of ASU 2011-04 for all periods presented.

In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-08, “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Goodwill for Impairment,” which is intended to simplify how entities test goodwill for impairment. ASU 2011-08 permits an entity to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is “more likely than not” that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test. The more-likely-than-not threshold is defined as having a likelihood of more than 50%. The Company adopted ASU 2011-08 effective for the year ended December 31, 2012. The adoption of this pronouncement did not have any impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

In July 2012, the FASB issued ASU 2012-02, “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment,” which is intended to reduce the cost and complexity of performing an impairment test for indefinite-lived intangible assets by providing entities an option to perform a “qualitative” assessment to determine whether further impairment testing is necessary. Specifically, an entity has the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform the quantitative impairment test. If an entity believes, as a result of its qualitative assessment, that it is more likely than not that fair value of an intangible asset is less than its carrying amount, the quantitative impairment test is required. Otherwise, no further testing is required. ASU 2012-02 is effective for annual and interim impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012. The adoption of ASU 2012-02 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates its estimates, including those related to the accounts receivable allowance, the useful lives of long-lived assets and other intangible assets, the fair value of the Company’s common stock and assumptions used for purposes of determining stock-based compensation, income taxes and the fair value of the Series A and Series C warrants, among others. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that it believes to be reasonable, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities.

Cash

Cash consists of cash maintained in checking and other operating accounts.

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash represents cash that is not readily available for general purpose cash needs. Restricted cash is classified as a long-term asset based on the timing and nature of when and how the cash is expected to be used or when the restrictions are expected to lapse.

As of December 31, 2011 and 2012, the Company’s German subsidiary had 0.1 million Euros ($0.2 million) and 10,000 Euros ($13,000), respectively, in escrow with a German bank. This cash is collateral for potential returned debit notes for insufficient funds when the Company draws money from customers’ accounts.

As of December 31, 2011 and 2012, the Company’s Australian subsidiary had 14,000 Australian Dollars ($14,000 and $15,000, respectively) in escrow with its Australian bank. This cash is set aside as a requirement for leasing the Company’s operating site in Australia.

As of December 31, 2011 and 2012, the Company had restricted cash of $0.7 million related to its operations in the United States. As of December 31, 2011 and 2012, restricted cash of $0.6 million has been used as collateral for potential chargebacks resulting from the Company’s processing of customers’ credit cards. The remaining restricted cash at December 31, 2011 and 2012 relates to cash set aside as a requirement for leasing the Company’s operating sites or for miscellaneous banking activity as required by the Company’s banks.

Revenue Recognition and Deferred Revenue

The majority of the Company’s revenue is derived from subscription fees paid by customers for access to and usage of the Company’s cloud-based SaaS platform for a specified period of time, which is typically one year. A portion of the subscription fee is typically fixed and is based on a specified minimum amount of gross merchandise value (“GMV”) that a customer expects to process through the Company’s platform over the contract term. The remaining portion of the subscription fee is variable and is based on a specified percentage of GMV processed through the Company’s platform in excess of the customer’s specified minimum GMV amount. In addition, other sources of revenue consist primarily of implementation fees, which may include fees for providing launch assistance and training.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

The Company recognizes revenue when there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement, the service has been provided to the customer, the collection of the fee is reasonably assured and the amount of the fee to be paid by the customer is fixed or determinable. The Company’s contractual arrangements include performance, termination and cancellation provisions, but do not provide for refunds. Customers do not have the contractual right to take possession of the Company’s software at any time.

The Company’s arrangements generally contain multiple elements comprised of subscription and implementation services. The Company evaluates each element in an arrangement to determine whether it represents a separate unit of accounting. An element constitutes a separate unit of accounting when the delivered item has standalone value and delivery of the undelivered element is probable and within the Company’s control. The Company’s implementation services are not sold separately from the subscription and there is no alternative use for them. As such, the Company has determined the implementation services do not have standalone value. Accordingly, subscription and implementation services are combined and recognized as a single unit of accounting.

The Company generally recognizes the fixed portion of subscription fees and implementation fees ratably over the contract term. Recognition begins when the customer has access to the Company’s platform and transactions can be processed, provided all other revenue recognition criteria have been met. Some customers elect a managed-service solution and contract with the Company to manage some or all aspects of the Company’s SaaS solutions on the customer’s behalf for a specified period of time, which is typically one year. Under these managed-service arrangements, customer transactions cannot be processed through the Company’s platform until the completion of the implementation services. As such, revenue is contingent upon the Company’s completion of the implementation services and recognition commences when transactions can be processed on the Company’s platform, provided all other revenue recognition criteria have been satisfied. At that time, the Company recognizes a pro-rata portion of the fees earned since the inception of the arrangement. The balance of the fees is recognized ratably over the remaining contract term.

The Company recognizes the variable portion of subscription fee revenue in the period in which the related GMV is processed, provided all other revenue recognition criteria have been met.

Sales taxes collected from customers and remitted to government authorities are excluded from revenue.

Deferred revenue represents the unearned portion of fixed subscription fees and implementation fees. Deferred amounts will generally be recognized within one year.

Sales Commissions

Sales commissions are expensed when the related subscription agreement is executed by the customer.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue primarily consists of personnel and related costs, including salaries, bonuses, payroll taxes and stock compensation, co-location facility costs for the Company’s data centers, depreciation expenses for computer equipment directly associated with generating revenue, credit card

 

F-11


Table of Contents

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

transaction fees and infrastructure maintenance costs. In addition, the Company allocates a portion of overhead, such as rent, additional depreciation and amortization and employee benefits costs, to cost of revenue based on headcount.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying amounts of certain of the Company’s financial instruments, including cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses, approximate their respective fair values due to their short-term nature.

The Company uses a three-tier fair value hierarchy to classify and disclose all assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, as well as assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis, in periods subsequent to their initial measurement. The hierarchy requires the Company to use observable inputs when available, and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs when determining fair value. The three tiers are defined as follows:

 

  Ÿ  

Level 1.  Observable inputs based on unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

 

  Ÿ  

Level 2.  Inputs, other than quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly or indirectly; and

 

  Ÿ  

Level 3.  Unobservable inputs for which there is little or no market data, which require the Company to develop its own assumptions.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

The Company evaluates its financial assets and liabilities subject to fair value measurements on a recurring basis to determine the appropriate level in which to classify them for each reporting period. This determination requires significant judgments to be made. The following table summarizes the conclusions reached as of December 31, 2011 and 2012 (in thousands):

 

     Balance as of
December 31,
2011
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Liabilities:

           

Series A warrants(1)

   $ 113       $ —        $ —         $ 113   

Series C warrants(1)

     479         —          —          479   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 592       $ —        $ —        $ 592   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Balance as of
December 31,
2012
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Liabilities:

           

Series A warrants(1)

   $ 88       $ —        $ —        $ 88   

Series C warrants(1)

     3,147         —          —          3,147   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 3,235       $ —        $ —        $ 3,235   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

In order to determine the fair value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants, the Company used an option pricing model (“OPM”) for the year ended December 31, 2011 and a

 

F-12


Table of Contents

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

 

hybrid of the probability-weighted expected return method (“PWERM”) and the OPM, collectively referred to as the “Hybrid Method,” for the year ended December 31, 2012. The Hybrid Method is a PWERM model in which one of the valuation scenarios is modeled using an OPM.

 

   Significant inputs for the OPM included an estimate of the fair value of the Series A and Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock, the remaining contractual life of the warrants, an estimate of the timing of a liquidity event, a risk-free rate of interest and an estimate of the Company’s stock volatility using the volatilities of guideline peer companies. Significant inputs for the PWERM included an estimate of the Company’s equity value, a weighted average cost of capital and an estimated probability and timing for each valuation scenario.

Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis Using Significant Unobservable Inputs

The following table presents the changes in the Company’s Level 3 instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis during the years ended December 31 (in thousands):

 

     Series A Warrants     Series C Warrants  
     2010      2011      2012     2010      2011      2012  

Balance as of January 1

   $ 54       $ 63       $ 113      $ 230       $ 268       $ 479   

Issuance of Series C warrant

     —          —          —         —          —          2,705   

Cashless exercise of Series A warrant

     —          —          (67     —          —          —    

Change in fair value of warrant liability

     9         50         42        38         211         (37
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31

   $ 63       $ 113       $ 88      $ 268       $ 479       $ 3,147   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and accounts receivable. All of the Company’s cash is held at financial institutions that management believes to be of high credit quality. The Company’s cash accounts exceed federally insured limits at times. The Company has not experienced any losses on cash to date. To manage accounts receivable risk, the Company evaluates the creditworthiness of its customers and maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts.

The Company did not have any customers that individually comprised a significant concentration of its accounts receivable as of December 31, 2011 and 2012, or a significant concentration of its revenue for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The Company extends credit to customers without requiring collateral. Accounts receivable are stated at realizable value, net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. The Company utilizes the allowance method to provide for doubtful accounts based on management’s evaluation of the collectability of amounts due. The Company’s estimate is based on historical collection experience and a review of the current status of accounts receivable. Historically, actual write-offs for uncollectible accounts have not significantly differed from the Company’s estimates.

Other Receivables

Under certain customer arrangements, the Company collects and remits monthly activity-based fees incurred on specific channels on the customers’ behalf. The Company records the amounts due from customers as a result of these arrangements as other receivables.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

Other receivables of $0.7 million and $1.5 million are included in prepaid expenses and other current assets on the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively.

Deferred Offering Costs

Deferred offering costs of $2.3 million are included in other assets on the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2012. Upon the consummation of the IPO, these amounts will be offset against the proceeds of the offering and included in stockholders’ (deficit) equity. If the offering is terminated, the deferred offering costs will be expensed immediately. There were no amounts capitalized as of December 31, 2011.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Expenditures for major additions and improvements are capitalized. Depreciation and amortization is provided over the estimated useful lives of the related assets using the straight-line method.

The estimated useful lives for significant property and equipment categories are generally as follows:

 

Purchased software, including internal use software

   3 years

Computer hardware

   3 years

Furniture and office equipment

   7 years

Leasehold improvements

   Lesser of remaining lease term or useful life

Repairs and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred.

Identifiable Intangible Assets

The Company acquired intangible assets in connection with its business acquisitions. These assets were recorded at their estimated fair values at the acquisition date and are being amortized over their respective estimated useful lives using the straight-line method. The estimated useful lives used in computing amortization are as follows:

 

Customer relationships

     5 to 8 years   

Proprietary software

     8 years   

Trade name

     5 years   

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company reviews long-lived assets and definite-lived intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of the long-lived asset is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of the asset or asset group to future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset or asset group. If such assets are not recoverable, the impairment to be recognized, if any, is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the estimated fair value of the assets or asset group. Assets held for sale are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value, less costs to sell. As of December 31, 2011 and 2012, management does not believe any long-lived assets are impaired and has not identified any assets as being held for sale.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the aggregate of the fair value of consideration transferred in a business combination over the fair value of assets acquired, net of liabilities assumed. Goodwill is not amortized, but is subject to an annual impairment test. The Company tests goodwill for impairment annually on December 31, or more frequently if events or changes in business circumstances indicate the asset might be impaired.

During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company adopted ASU 2011-08, “Intangibles — Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Goodwill for Impairment,” which gives entities testing goodwill for impairment the option of performing a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. During this assessment, the Company first assesses qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of its reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. Qualitative factors considered include, but are not limited to, macroeconomic conditions, industry and market conditions, company-specific events, changes in circumstances and after-tax cash flows. As of December 31, 2012, the Company determined that its reporting unit did not have a carrying value that was more likely than not to exceed its fair value.

If the qualitative factors indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, the Company would test goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level using a two-step approach. The first step is to compare the fair value of the reporting unit to the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit. If the fair value of the reporting unit is greater than the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit, the assigned goodwill is not considered impaired. If the fair value is less than the reporting unit’s carrying value, step two is performed to measure the amount of the impairment, if any. In the second step, the fair value of goodwill is determined by deducting the fair value of the reporting unit’s identifiable assets and liabilities from the fair value of the reporting unit as a whole, as if the reporting unit had just been acquired and the fair value was being initially allocated. If the carrying value of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value, an impairment charge would be recorded in the period the determination is made.

The Company has determined that it has a single, entity-wide reporting unit. To determine the fair value of the Company’s reporting unit, the Company primarily uses a discounted cash flow analysis, which requires significant assumptions and estimates about future operations. Significant judgments inherent in this analysis include the determination of an appropriate discount rate, estimated terminal value and the amount and timing of expected future cash flows. The Company may also determine fair value of its reporting unit using a market approach by applying multiples of earnings of peer companies to its operating results.

As a result of the Company’s annual impairment test as of December 31, 2011 and 2012, goodwill was not considered impaired and, as such, no impairment charges were recorded.

Advertising Costs

The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. The amount expensed during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 was $1.0 million, $1.9 million and $2.1 million, respectively.

Software Development Costs

The Company capitalizes certain internal software development costs, consisting primarily of direct labor associated with creating the internally developed software. Software development projects

 

F-15


Table of Contents

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

generally include three stages: the preliminary project stage (all costs expensed as incurred), the application development stage (certain costs are capitalized) and the post-implementation/operation stage (all costs expensed as incurred). The costs incurred during the application development stage primarily include the costs of designing the application, coding and testing of the system. Capitalized costs are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the software once it is ready for its intended use. Internal software development costs of $0.2 million were capitalized during the year ended December 31, 2012, and are included in property and equipment in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. Amortization expense related to the capitalized internally developed software was $20,000 for the year ended December 31, 2012, and is included in cost of revenue in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations. The net book value of capitalized internally developed software was $0.1 million at December 31, 2012.

During the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011, the costs incurred during the application development stage were not significant and were charged to operations in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method of accounting. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, as well as for operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the results of operations in the period that includes the enactment date. The measurement of a deferred tax asset is reduced, if necessary, by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax asset will not be realized.

The Company applies the accounting guidance for uncertainties in income taxes, which prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement process for recording uncertain tax positions taken, or expected to be taken, in a tax return in the financial statements. Additionally, the guidance also prescribes the treatment for the derecognition, classification, accounting in interim periods and disclosure requirements for uncertain tax positions. The Company accrues for the estimated amount of taxes for uncertain tax positions if it is more likely than not that the Company would be required to pay such additional taxes. An uncertain tax position will be recognized if it is more likely than not to be sustained. The Company did not have any accrued interest or penalties associated with unrecognized tax positions during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 or 2012.

Foreign Currency Translation

The functional currency of the Company’s non-U.S. operations is the local currency. Assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into U.S. dollars at exchange rates prevailing at the balance sheet dates. Revenue, costs and expenses are translated into U.S. dollars using the average rates of exchange prevailing during the period. Gains or losses resulting from the translation of assets and liabilities are included as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss in stockholders’ equity. Gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are recognized as other (expense) income.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation awards based on the fair value of the award as of the grant date. The Company recognizes stock-based compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the awards’ vesting period, adjusted for estimated forfeitures.

The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model for estimating the fair value of stock options. The use of the option valuation model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the fair value of the Company’s common stock, the expected life of the option and the expected stock price volatility based on peer companies. Additionally, the recognition of expense requires the estimation of the number of options that will ultimately vest and the number of options that will ultimately be forfeited.

Basic and Diluted Loss per Common Share

The Company uses the two-class method to compute net loss per common share because the Company has issued securities, other than common stock, that contractually entitle the holders to participate in dividends and earnings of the Company. The two-class method requires earnings for the period to be allocated between common stock and participating securities based upon their respective rights to receive distributed and undistributed earnings. Holders of each series of the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to participate in distributions, when and if declared by the board of directors that are made to common stockholders, and as a result are considered participating securities.

Under the two-class method, for periods with net income, basic net income per common share is computed by dividing the net income attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Net income attributable to common stockholders is computed by subtracting from net income the portion of current year earnings that the participating securities would have been entitled to receive pursuant to their dividend rights had all of the year’s earnings been distributed. No such adjustment to earnings is made during periods with a net loss, as the holders of the participating securities have no obligation to fund losses. Diluted net loss per common share is computed under the two-class method by using the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding, plus, for periods with net income attributable to common stockholders, the potential dilutive effects of stock options and warrants. In addition, the Company analyzes the potential dilutive effect of the outstanding participating securities under the “if-converted” method when calculating diluted earnings per share, in which it is assumed that the outstanding participating securities convert into common stock at the beginning of the period. The Company reports the more dilutive of the approaches (two-class or “if-converted”) as its diluted net income per share during the period. Due to net losses for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, basic and diluted loss per share were the same, as the effect of potentially dilutive securities would have been anti-dilutive.

Reclassifications

Certain amounts from prior years have been reclassified in the consolidated balance sheets to conform to the current period presentation.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

3. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consisted of the following as of December 31 (in thousands):

 

     2011     2012  

Purchased software, including internal use software

   $ 1,833      $ 3,564   

Computer hardware

     7,357        9,346   

Furniture and office equipment

     1,674        1,750   

Leasehold improvements

     955        948   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     11,819        15,608   

Less: accumulated depreciation

     (9,507     (11,293
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 2,312      $ 4,315   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 was $2.5 million, $1.2 million and $2.1 million, respectively. During 2011 and 2012, the Company wrote off certain fixed assets that were fully depreciated.

4. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Intangible assets consisted of the following at December 31 (in thousands):

 

     2012  
     Gross Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net Carrying
Amount
     Weighted Average
Useful Life (in  years)
 

Customer relationships

   $ 4,745       $ (3,779   $ 966         6.5   

Proprietary software

     1,010         (771     239         6.8   

Trade name

     400         (360     40         5.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    
   $ 6,155       $ (4,910   $ 1,245         6.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

     2011  
     Gross Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net Carrying
Amount
     Weighted Average
Useful Life (in  years)
 

Customer relationships

   $ 4,745       $ (3,193   $ 1,552         6.5   

Proprietary software

     1,010         (644     366         6.8   

Trade name

     400         (280     120         5.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    
   $ 6,155       $ (4,117   $ 2,038         6.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

Amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 was $0.9 million, $0.8 million and $0.8 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2012, expected amortization expense over the remaining intangible asset lives is as follows (in thousands):

 

2013

   $ 574   

2014

     395   

2015

     276   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,245   
  

 

 

 

There were no changes to goodwill during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

5. Commitments and Contingencies

Operating and Capital Lease Commitments

The Company leases office facilities and certain equipment under non-cancelable operating and capital leases. Future minimum lease payments are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Operating Leases      Capital Leases  

Year Ending December 31,

     

2013

   $ 1,484       $ 1,209   

2014

     1,653         808   

2015

     1,634         416   

2016

     1,595         6   

2017

     1,065         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

   $ 7,431         2,439   
  

 

 

    

Less: imputed interest

        (344

Less: current portion

        (959
     

 

 

 

Capital lease obligations, net of current portion

      $ 1,136   
     

 

 

 

The gross book value of fixed assets under capital leases as of December 31, 2011 and 2012 was approximately $0.1 million and $2.2 million, respectively. The net book value of fixed assets under capital leases as of December 31, 2011 and 2012 was approximately $0.1 million and $1.7 million, respectively. Capital lease obligations are included in other current liabilities and other long-term liabilities. The amortization of fixed assets under capital leases is included in depreciation expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Future minimum lease payments due under the non-cancelable operating lease arrangements contain fixed rent increases over the term of the lease. Rent expense on these operating leases is recognized over the term of the lease on a straight-line basis. The excess of rent expense over future minimum lease payments due has been reported in other current liabilities and other long-term liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2011 and 2012, deferred rent related to these leases totaled $0.5 million and $1.1 million, respectively.

In January 2011, the lease agreement for the Company’s headquarters, located in Morrisville, North Carolina (the “Morrisville lease”), was amended to extend the lease through September 2021. This amendment included a one-time cash payment to the Company of $0.2 million to be used at the Company’s sole and absolute discretion. This amount was received and recorded as a lease incentive obligation that is amortized against rent expense on a straight-line basis through the life of the lease. Total payments for the remaining term of the Morrisville lease as of December 31, 2012 are $8.0 million.

Total rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 was $1.4 million, $1.1 million and $1.7 million, respectively.

Legal Contingencies

The Company is a party to a variety of legal proceedings that arise in the normal course of business. While the results of such normal course legal proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, management believes, based on current knowledge, that the final outcome of any matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

6. Debt

Long-term debt consisted of the following at December 31 (in thousands):

 

     2011     2012  

Term loan

   $ 1,433      $ —     

Revolving line of credit

     3,300        3,300   

Equipment line of credit

     158        70   

Subordinated loan

     —          10,000   

Debt discount

     (65     (2,398
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt

     4,826        10,972   

Current portion of long-term debt

     4,821        3,370   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Debt, net of current portion

   $ 5      $ 7,602   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

In December 2009, the Company entered into a loan and security agreement (the “Loan and Security Agreement”) with a lender. The Loan and Security Agreement includes a term loan (the “Term Loan”) of $4.3 million and a revolving line of aggregate advances (the “Revolving Line of Credit”) totaling $4.3 million. The Term Loan accrues interest at a rate of 7% per annum and is to be repaid in 36 equal installments of principal plus monthly payments of accrued interest beginning January 1, 2010. The Revolving Line of Credit had an initial term of 364 days and the Company immediately drew $2.3 million, and subsequently drew an additional $1.0 million during 2011. Interest-only payments are to be made monthly on any outstanding advances during the term at the greater of: the lender’s prime rate plus 0.75%; or 4.75%. In July 2012, the Company amended its Loan and Security Agreement with its lender to increase the borrowing capacity under the Revolving Line of Credit by $1.7 million to $6.0 million, and modify the interest rate of the Revolving Line of Credit to be the lender’s prime rate plus 1.0%.

The loan is collateralized by all of the Company’s assets, excluding intellectual property. The lender has been granted a negative pledge on all intellectual property of the Company. In conjunction with this transaction, the Company issued to the lender a warrant to purchase 173,358 shares of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock at $0.685 per share (see Note 9). As of December 31, 2011 and 2012, all outstanding borrowings under the Revolving Line of Credit were included in the current portion of long-term debt in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Each year, the Company has amended its Loan and Security Agreement with its lender to extend the maturity date of the Revolving Line of Credit. In July 2012, the Company amended its Loan and Security Agreement to extend the maturity date to June 18, 2013.

In June 2010, the Company amended its Loan and Security Agreement with its lender to provide for an equipment line of credit (the “Equipment Line of Credit”). The Equipment Line of Credit provides for the purchase of up to $1.0 million of fixed assets. However, in no event shall the outstanding principal balance of the Equipment Line of Credit when added to the outstanding principal balance of the Term Loan exceed $4.3 million. Principal plus interest is payable monthly over 36 months. Interest is charged at 7.25%. The Equipment Line of Credit is collateralized by the same assets as the Company’s Term Loan and Revolving Line of Credit, in addition to any fixed assets that are purchased utilizing the Equipment Line of Credit. In September 2010, the Company drew $0.3 million on the Equipment Line of Credit.

As of December 31, 2012, future principal payments under the Loan and Security Agreement were $3.4 million for 2013.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

Under the terms of the Loan and Security Agreement, the Company is required to meet and maintain certain monthly and annual financial and nonfinancial covenants. As of December 31, 2012, the Company was in compliance with all such covenants.

In March 2012, the Company signed a loan and security agreement with a subordinated lender. The agreement calls for the Company to borrow between $5.0 million and $10.0 million through the end of 2012. Payments on the debt are interest only through March 1, 2015 and principal and interest from March 1, 2015 through the maturity date of February 28, 2017. Interest is payable monthly at an annual rate of 10.5%. In March 2012, the Company borrowed $5.0 million under this agreement and as a condition of the loan, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 2,400,000 shares of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock at $0.01 per share (see Note 9). The warrant expires in 2022 and had a value of $2.0 million at the date of issuance. In December 2012, the Company borrowed the remaining $5.0 million available under the loan and security agreement with the subordinated lender. As a result of this additional borrowing, the warrant to purchase Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock became exercisable for an additional 750,000 shares, increasing the aggregate number of shares to 3,150,000.

7. Income Taxes

The components of loss before income taxes for the years ended December 31 were as follows (in thousands):

 

     2010     2011     2012  

Domestic

   $ (1,525   $ 1,061      $ 1,821   

Foreign

     (3,087     (4,874     (6,824
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loss before income taxes

   $ (4,612   $ (3,813   $ (5,003
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The provision for income tax expense (benefit) included the following for the years ended December 31 (in thousands):

 

     2010     2011     2012  

Current:

      

Federal

   $ 5      $ 4      $ 46   

State

     (7     (2     55   

Foreign

     73        —         (201
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     71        2        (100
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred:

      

Federal

     46        47        28   

State

     (5     2        2   

Foreign

     —         —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     41        49        30   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total tax expense (benefit)

   $ 112      $ 51      $ (70
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-21


Table of Contents

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effect of temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. The components of the Company’s net deferred tax assets (liabilities) as of December 31 were as follows (in thousands):

 

     2010     2011     2012  

Current:

      

Deferred tax assets:

      

Other assets

   $ 349      $ 576      $ 585   

Valuation allowance

     (336     (529     (539
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     13        47        46   

Deferred tax liabilities:

      

Other liabilities

     —         3        11   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset, current

   $ 13      $ 44      $ 35   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noncurrent:

      

Deferred tax assets:

      

Domestic tax loss carryforwards

   $ 18,450      $ 18,067      $ 17,288   

Foreign tax loss carryforwards

     4,266        4,202        5,526   

Tax credits

     5        11        57   

Other assets

     433        1,149        900   

Valuation allowance

     (22,410     (21,615     (22,040
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     744        1,814        1,731   

Deferred tax liabilities:

      

Other liabilities

     878        2,028        1,966   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liability, noncurrent

   $ (134   $ (214   $ (235
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, the Company had federal gross operating loss carryforwards of $50.3 million, $48.8 million and $46.3 million, respectively, that expire beginning in 2019. At December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, the Company had state net economic loss carryforwards of $39.3 million, $44.8 million and $45.1 million, respectively, that expire beginning in 2015. At December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, the Company also had foreign net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards for use against future tax in those jurisdictions of $12.5 million, $12.4 million and $16.4 million, respectively. For financial reporting purposes, a valuation allowance has been recognized to offset the deferred tax assets related to the NOL carryforwards. The total increase in valuation allowance of $0.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2012 was allocable to current operating activities. The utilization of the loss carryforwards to reduce future income taxes will depend on the Company’s ability to generate sufficient taxable income prior to the expiration of the NOL carryforwards. In addition, the maximum annual use of NOL carryforwards is limited in certain situations after changes in stock ownership occur. The recognized tax benefit related to NOL carryforwards was approximately $0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Income tax expense in 2010 and 2011 was $0.1 million and $0.1 million, respectively, and income tax benefit was $0.1 million in 2012. The periods were affected by the presence of additional valuation allowance in connection with the tax amortization of the Company’s indefinite-lived intangible asset that is not available to offset existing deferred tax assets (termed a “naked credit”).

 

F-22


Table of Contents

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

Undistributed earnings of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries are considered permanently reinvested and, accordingly, no provision for U.S. federal or state income taxes has been provided thereon. The cumulative amount of undistributed earnings of the Company’s non-U.S. subsidiaries was approximately $0.8 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012. The determination of the deferred tax liability, which requires complex analysis of international tax situations related to repatriation, is not practicable at this time. The Company is presently investing in international operations located in Europe, Asia, Australia and South America. The Company is funding the working capital needs of its foreign operations through its U.S. operations. In the future, the Company will utilize its foreign undistributed earnings, as well as continued funding from its U.S. operations, to support its continued foreign investment.

A reconciliation of the difference between the effective income tax rate and the statutory federal income tax rate for the years ended December 31 is as follows:

 

     2010     2011     2012  

U.S. statutory federal rate

     34.0     34.0     34.0

Increase (decrease) resulting from:

      

State taxes, net of federal benefit

     1.5        0.5        (0.8

Nondeductible expenses

     (3.6     (6.2     (9.2

Effect of foreign tax rate differential

     (7.2     (10.8     (13.3

NOL adjustment

     (10.1     (35.1     —     

Change in valuation allowance

     (16.8     15.8        (6.6

Other

     (0.2     0.6        (2.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective tax rate

     (2.4 )%      (1.2 )%      1.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective January 1, 2009, the Company adopted the provisions of the FASB’s guidance on accounting for uncertainty in income taxes. These provisions provide a comprehensive model for the recognition, measurement and disclosure in financial statements of uncertain income tax positions that a company has taken or expects to take on a tax return.

As a result of implementing these provisions, the Company did not identify any material tax positions that would be required for inclusion in the financial statements under this accounting guidance. As of December 31, 2012, the Company had no accrued interest or penalties related to the tax contingencies. The Company’s policy for recording interest and penalties is to record them as a component of provision for income taxes.

The Company has analyzed its filing positions in all significant federal, state and foreign jurisdictions where it is required to file income tax returns, as well as open tax years in these jurisdictions. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal and state and local tax examinations by tax authorities for years prior to 2009, although carryforward attributes that were generated prior to 2009 may still be adjusted upon examination by the IRS if they either have been or will be used in a future period. The Company is no longer subject to examination in foreign tax jurisdictions for tax periods 2007 and prior. No income tax returns are currently under examination by taxing authorities.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

8. Stockholders’ Deficit

Common Stock

The Company is authorized to issue two classes of stock, designated common stock and preferred stock. The Company is authorized to issue 523,871,368 total shares, consisting of 303,500,000 shares of common stock and 220,371,368 shares of Series A, Series B, Series B-1 and Series C redeemable

convertible preferred stock. At December 31, 2012, the Company had reserved a total of 298,557,535 of its authorized 303,500,000 shares of common stock for future issuance as follows:

 

For conversion of Series A, Series B, Series B-1 and Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock

     214,003,349   

Outstanding stock options

     35,250,371   

Outstanding stock warrants

     30,619,230   

Possible future issuance under stock option plans

     18,684,585   
  

 

 

 

Total common shares reserved for future issuance

     298,557,535   
  

 

 

 

Liquidation Rights

In the event of any liquidation or dissolution of the Company, the holders of common stock are entitled to the remaining assets of the Company legally available for distribution after the payment of the full liquidation preference for all series of outstanding preferred stock.

Dividends and Voting Rights

The holders of common stock are entitled to receive dividends if and when declared by the Company, but not until all dividends on preferred stock have been either (i) paid or (ii) declared and the Company has set aside funds to pay those dividends declared. Holders of common stock have the right to one vote per share.

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

The following table summarizes the issuances of redeemable convertible preferred stock:

 

Issue Date

   Name    Price per
Share
     Number of
Shares
     Conversion
Price per Share
 

December 2003

   Series A    $ 0.20         93,726,013       $ 0.20   

April 2005

   Series B    $ 0.44         40,641,227       $ 0.44   

April 2006

   Series B-1    $ 0.53         5,660,378       $ 0.53   

April 2007

   Series C    $ 0.69         43,795,620       $ 0.69   

September 2008

   Series C    $ 0.69         30,084,731       $ 0.69   

Series A, Series B, Series B-1 and Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock are collectively referred to as the “Preferred Stock” and individually as the “Series A,” “Series B,” “Series B-1” and “Series C.” Each of the prices per share above is referred to as the Original Issue Price, and excludes the cost of issuance. Any costs incurred in connection with the issuance of various classes of the Preferred Stock have been recorded as a reduction of the carrying amount of the Preferred Stock and were accreted through a charge to additional paid-in capital through April 26, 2012.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

Summary of Activity

The following table presents a summary of activity for the Preferred Stock issued and outstanding for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011, and 2012 (in thousands):

 

     Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock  
     Series A      Series B      Series B-1      Series C      Total
Amount
 

Balance, January 1, 2010

   $ 18,794       $ 17,980       $ 2,996       $ 50,541       $ 90,311   

Accretion of issuance costs on redeemable convertible preferred stock

     11         9         2         30         52   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2010

     18,805         17,989         2,998         50,571         90,363   

Accretion of issuance costs on redeemable convertible preferred stock

     11         8         1         30         50   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2011

     18,816         17,997         2,999         50,601         90,413   

Cashless exercise of Series A warrant

     67         —          —          —           67   

Accretion of issuance costs on redeemable convertible preferred stock

     4         3         1         7         15   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2012

   $ 18,887       $ 18,000       $ 3,000       $ 50,608       $ 90,495   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Redemption Rights

Shares of the Preferred Stock are redeemable at the election of the Preferred Stock holders. On November 12, 2012, the Company amended its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to change the earliest possible Preferred Stock redemption date to November 30, 2014. Shares of the Series A shall be redeemable at the election of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the shares of Series A then outstanding. Shares of the Series B and Series B-1 shall be redeemable at the election of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the shares of Series B and Series B-1 voting together as a separate class on an as-converted basis. Shares of the Series C shall be redeemable at the election of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series C. Any redemption shall be effected first with respect to the Series B and Series B-1 together on a pari passu, pro rata basis with the Series C, and second with respect to the Series A. The redemption of the Series A, Series B and Series B-1 requires the Company to pay a per-share sum equal to the Original Issue Price of the respective series plus declared and unpaid dividends with respect to the shares of such series. The redemption of the Series C requires the Company to pay a per-share sum equal to the greater of the Series C Original Issue Price plus declared and unpaid dividends with respect to such shares or the then-current fair market value as determined by a valuation firm of national reputation mutually acceptable to the Board and the Series C holders. As of December 31, 2012, the redemption values of the Series A, B, B-1 and C based on the Original Issue Price were $18.8 million, $18.0 million, $3.0 million and $50.6 million, respectively. There have been no dividends declared with respect to the Preferred Stock. The Series A shares would be redeemed in one installment and the Series B, B-1 and C would be redeemed in three annual installments. The first redemption payment would be made as soon as sufficient funds are legally available with 10% interest from the redemption date as specified by each class of Preferred Stock holders.

Conversion Rights

Upon initial issuance, the Preferred Stock was convertible, at the option of the holder, into shares of common stock on a one-for-one basis and is currently convertible on a one-for-one basis. The

 

F-25


Table of Contents

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

conversion rate for each series of Preferred Stock is subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification or similar events. Additionally, each share of Preferred Stock will automatically convert (i) immediately prior to the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering of shares of common stock at a price per share not less than $2.00 per share with aggregate gross proceeds of at least $25.0 million or (ii) upon the affirmative election of the holders of the Preferred Stock as follows: each share of Series C shall automatically be converted upon the affirmative elections of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Series C; each share of Series B and Series B-1 shall automatically be converted upon the affirmative election of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Series B and Series B-1, voting together as a class; and each share of Series A shall automatically be converted upon the affirmative election of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding shares of Series A. Preferred Stock is also subject to certain anti-dilution provisions.

Voting Rights

The holders of the Preferred Stock are entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which their shares of Preferred Stock are convertible. Certain transactions and actions require the consent of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the shares of outstanding Preferred Stock as set forth in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

Dividend Rights

The holders of the Preferred Stock are entitled to receive dividends at the rate of 8% per share of the Original Issue Price per annum on each outstanding share of preferred stock (subject to adjustment in the event of any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations or similar events) payable in preference and priority to any payment of dividend on common stock of the Company. Such dividends are payable when and if declared by the Board of Directors and are noncumulative. Payment to Series A holders may only be made after payment in full is made to the Series B, Series B-1 and Series C holders. Payment of any dividends to the holders of the Series B, Series B-1 and Series C shall be on a pari passu basis. No dividends have been declared through December 31, 2012.

Liquidation Rights

In the event of any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary (a “Liquidation Event”), the holders of Series C, Series B and Series B-1 are entitled to receive in preference to the holders of Series A an amount per share equal to the respective Original Issue Price plus all declared and unpaid dividends. If the assets of the Company are insufficient to make payment in full, the assets will be distributed ratably in proportion to the full amounts to which the respective shareholders would otherwise be entitled. Thereafter, the holders of Series A are entitled to receive an amount per share equal to the Series A Original Issue Price plus all declared and unpaid dividends.

After the payment of the full liquidation preferences of the Series A as set forth above, the remaining assets of the Company available for distribution in such Liquidation Event, if any, shall be distributed ratably to the holders of the Common Stock and Preferred Stock on an as-if-converted to Common Stock basis until such holders of Preferred Stock have received, pursuant to the above, an aggregate amount per share of Series C, Series B or Series A equal to ten times the Series C Original Issue Price, Series B Original Issue Price or Series A Original Issue Price, as applicable; thereafter, the remaining assets of the Company available for distribution in such Liquidation Event, if any, shall be distributed ratably to the holders of the Common Stock.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

9. Warrants

In conjunction with previous long-term debt borrowings, the Company issued warrants to purchase shares of Series A and Series C. As of December 31, 2012, the holders of the Series A and Series C warrants were entitled to purchase a total of 175,000 shares of Series A and 4,586,121 shares of Series C, respectively. The warrants may be exercised in whole or in part at any time and include a cashless exercise feature, which allows the holder to receive fewer shares of Series A or Series C in exchange for the warrant rather than paying cash to exercise. The warrants are classified as a liability in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and adjusted to fair value each period due to the fact that they are currently exercisable into redeemable securities.

The fair value of the Series A warrants was estimated to be $0.1 million and $0.1 million at December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively. The fair value of the Series C warrants was estimated to be $0.5 million and $3.1 million at December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively. The inputs into the fair value model for the warrants are considered Level 3 inputs under ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures . The inputs and valuation techniques used to measure the fair value of the Series A and C stock warrants are discussed in Note 2.

In March 2012, the Company amended a Series A warrant agreement for the purchase of 168,750 shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock to extend the expiration date from March 2012 to June 2012. In June 2012, the holder of this warrant executed a cashless exercise and received 95,380 shares of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock in exchange for the warrant.

For the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, all changes in the fair value of the warrants were recorded as a component of other (expense) income. The Company recorded other expense of $47,000, $0.3 million and $5,000 for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively, related to the fair value adjustment of the warrants.

In 2007 and 2008, in conjunction with the Series C funding, the Company issued warrants to purchase 25,858,109 shares of common stock, of which 15,328,467 and 10,529,642 have an exercise price per share of $1.00 and $0.685, respectively. The warrants expire in 2014 and 2015. The warrants may be exercised in whole or in part at any time and include a cashless exercise feature, which allows the holder to receive fewer shares of common stock in exchange for the warrant rather than paying cash to exercise.

10. Stock-Based Compensation

The Company established the ChannelAdvisor Corporation 2001 Stock Plan (the “Plan”), pursuant to which the Company has reserved 63,928,756 shares of its common stock for issuance to its employees, directors and non-employee third parties. The Plan permits the granting of both incentive stock options and nonqualified stock options.

The terms of the stock option grants, including the exercise price per share and vesting periods, are determined by the compensation committee of the Company’s board of directors. Stock options are granted at exercise prices not less than the estimated fair market value of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant. As of December 31, 2012, the Company had 18,684,585 shares allocated to the Plan, but not yet issued. The options typically vest quarterly over a four-year period. The options expire ten years from the grant date. Compensation expense for the fair value of the options at their grant date is recognized ratably over the vesting schedule.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

The Plan allows for the granting of options that may be exercised before the options have vested. Shares issued as a result of early exercise are subject to repurchase by the Company upon termination of employment or services, at the lesser of the price paid or the fair value of the shares on the repurchase date. At December 31, 2011 and 2012, there were no shares of common stock outstanding subject to the Company’s right of repurchase.

Stock-based compensation expense related to stock options is included in the following line items in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31 (in thousands):

 

     2010      2011      2012  

Cost of revenue

   $ 21       $ 15       $ 64   

Sales and marketing

     59         16         224   

Research and development

     38         58         105   

General and administrative

     216         111         245   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 334       $ 200       $ 638   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company values stock options using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which requires the input of subjective assumptions, including the risk-free interest rate, expected life, expected stock price volatility and dividend yield. The risk-free interest rate assumption is based upon observed interest rates for constant maturity U.S. Treasury securities consistent with the expected term of the Company’s employee stock options. The expected life represents the period of time the stock options are expected to be outstanding and is based on the “simplified method.” Under the “simplified method,” the expected life of an option is presumed to be the mid-point between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term. The Company used the “simplified method” due to the lack of sufficient historical exercise data to provide a reasonable basis upon which to otherwise estimate the expected life of the stock options. Expected volatility is based on historical volatilities for publicly traded stock of comparable companies over the estimated expected life of the stock options. The Company assumed no dividend yield because dividends are not expected to be paid in the near future, which is consistent with the Company’s history of not paying dividends.

The following table summarizes the assumptions used for estimating the fair value of stock options granted for the years ended December 31:

 

     2010    2011    2012

Risk-free interest rate

   0.5% - 3.0%    0.4% - 2.0%    0.1% - 0.9%

Expected term (years)

   6.25    6.25    4.00 - 6.25

Expected volatility

   39% - 55%    28% - 56%    49% - 60%

Dividend yield

   0%    0%    0%

Weighted average grant date fair value

   $0.04    $0.05    $0.18

 

F-28


Table of Contents

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

The following is a summary of the option activity for the year ended December 31, 2012:

 

     Number of
Options
    Weighted Average
Exercise Price
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
     Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
 
                  (in years)      (in thousands)  

Outstanding balance at December 31, 2011

     30,984,907      $ 0.13         

Granted

     10,366,455        0.51         

Exercised

     (1,994,535     0.11         

Forfeited

     (1,515,501     0.15         

Expired

     (2,590,955     0.12         
  

 

 

         

Outstanding balance at December 31, 2012

     35,250,371      $ 0.24         7.16       $ 10,843   
  

 

 

         

Exercisable at December 31, 2012

     18,894,619      $ 0.14         5.73       $ 7,710   
  

 

 

         

Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2012

     33,080,794      $ 0.23         7.03       $ 10,549   
  

 

 

         

The total compensation cost related to nonvested awards not yet recognized as of December 31, 2012 was $1.3 million and will be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 1.5 years. The aggregate intrinsic value of employee options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011, and 2012 was $0.1 million, $0.1 million and $0.7 million, respectively.

During 2010, the Company repriced options to purchase 6,134,675 shares of common stock that were originally priced at $0.25 per share and were modified lower to $0.14 per share for 124 employees. The Company recorded $0.1 million of incremental stock-based compensation as a result of this modification.

During 2010 and 2011, the Company extended the life of options to purchase 4,575,625 shares of common stock that were held by three former executives. As a result of this modification, the Company recorded incremental stock-based compensation of $45,000 and $3,000 during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

11. Net Loss Per Share

Diluted loss per share is the same as basic loss per share for all periods presented because the effects of potentially dilutive items were anti-dilutive given the Company’s net loss. The following securities have been excluded from the calculation of weighted average common shares outstanding because the effect is anti-dilutive for the years ended December 31:

 

     2010      2011      2012  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock:

        

Series A

     93,726,013         93,726,013         93,821,403   

Series B

     40,641,227         40,641,227         40,641,227   

Series B-1

     5,660,378         5,660,378         5,660,378   

Series C

     73,880,351         73,880,351         73,880,351   

Warrants to purchase common stock

     25,858,109         25,858,109         25,858,109   

Warrants to purchase Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock

     343,750         343,750         175,000   

Warrants to purchase Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock

     1,436,121         1,436,121         4,586,121   

Stock options

     26,898,300         30,984,907         35,250,371   

Pro Forma Net Loss Per Share (unaudited)

The numerator and denominator used in computing pro forma net loss per share for the year ended December 31, 2012 have been adjusted to assume (i) the net exercise as of the beginning of the year of certain Series C warrants that will expire upon the closing of the IPO to acquire              shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock, assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the range set forth in the prospectus and (ii) the conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into common stock as of the beginning of the year or at the time of issuance, if later, and (iii) the reclassification of the Series A and remaining Series C warrants liability to additional paid-in capital as of the beginning of the year.

 

Numerator (in thousands):

  

Historical net loss

   $                    

Plus: changes in the fair value of the preferred stock warrant liabilities

  
  

 

 

 

Pro forma numerator for basic and diluted loss per share

   $     
  

 

 

 

Denominator:

  

Historical denominator for basic and diluted net loss per share—weighted average shares

  

Plus: conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to common stock

  
  

 

 

 

Pro forma denominator for basic and diluted net loss per share

  
  

 

 

 

Pro forma basic and diluted loss per share

   $     
  

 

 

 

12. Segment and Geographic Information

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for which discrete financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance. The Company’s CODM reviews

 

F-30


Table of Contents

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

 

financial information presented on a consolidated basis for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance. As such, the Company’s operations constitute a single operating segment and one reportable segment.

Substantially all assets were held in the United States during the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012. The following table summarizes revenue by geography for the years ended December 31 (in thousands):

 

     2010      2011      2012  

Revenue:

  

Domestic

   $ 29,663       $ 34,805       $ 42,140   

International

     7,025         8,765         11,447   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 36,688       $ 43,570       $ 53,587   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

13. Retirement Plan

The Company has established the ChannelAdvisor Corporation 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan (the “Retirement Plan”), a contributory profit sharing plan, to cover all employees who qualify under the terms of the plan. Eligible employees may elect to contribute to the Retirement Plan up to 100% of their compensation, limited by the IRS-imposed maximum. Prior to April 1, 2011, the Company did not match employee contributions to the Retirement Plan. Effective April 1, 2011, the Company began matching 50% of employee contributions up to 3% of base salary. Employer contributions were $0, $0.2 million and $0.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively.

14. Related Parties

One of the Company’s customers is a subsidiary of a stockholder of the Company, thus making the customer a related party. Under this agreement, the customer has purchased certain services from the Company. Revenue recorded under this agreement since the customer became a related party totaled $0.3 million and $0.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively. Accounts receivable from the customer amounted to $0.1 million and $0.4 million at December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively.

The Company conducts business with one of its stockholders who is also one of its channel partners. This channel partner, like other channel partners, allows the Company access to its systems and allows the Company to serve as an integration partner between it and the Company’s customers. The Company does not pay or receive consideration from the related party for this arrangement.

15. Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated subsequent events that occurred after December 31, 2012 through March 5, 2013, the date on which the financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2012 were issued.

Effective as of January 31, 2013, the Company signed an amended lease agreement for its headquarters in Morrisville, North Carolina. The amendment provides the Company with additional office space and increases the Company’s monthly rent payment. The lease term was not modified as a result of the amendment.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table sets forth all costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by us in connection with the sale of the common stock being registered. All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, filing fee.

 

     Amount to
be Paid
 

SEC registration fee

   $ 11,765   

FINRA filing fee

     11,750   

NYSE initial listing fee

     *   

Printing and engraving

     *   

Legal fees and expenses

     *   

Accounting fees and expenses

     *   

Transfer agent and registrar fees

     *   

Miscellaneous fees and expenses

     *   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ *   
  

 

 

 

 

* To be filed by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

We are incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware. Section 102 of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits a corporation to eliminate the personal liability of directors of a corporation to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached his duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit.

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a corporation has the power to indemnify a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation and certain other persons serving at the request of the corporation in related capacities against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlements actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with an action, suit or proceeding to which he is or is threatened to be made a party by reason of such position, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, in any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful, except that, in the case of actions brought by or in the right of the corporation, no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court determines that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that: (i) we are required to indemnify our directors to the fullest extent

 

II-1


Table of Contents

permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law; (ii) we may, in our discretion, indemnify our officers, employees and agents as set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law; (iii) we are required, upon satisfaction of certain conditions, to advance all expenses incurred by our directors in connection with certain legal proceedings; (iv) the rights conferred in the bylaws are not exclusive; and (v) we are authorized to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors, officers, employees and agents.

We have entered into agreements with our non-employee directors that require us to indemnify them against expenses, judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts that any such person becomes legally obligated to pay (including with respect to a derivative action) in connection with any proceeding, whether actual or threatened, to which such person may be made a party by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of us or any of our affiliates, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests. The indemnification agreements also set forth certain procedures that will apply in the event of a claim for indemnification thereunder. At present, no litigation or proceeding is pending that involves any of our directors or officers regarding which indemnification is sought, nor are we aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

We maintain a directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy. The policy insures directors and officers against unindemnified losses arising from certain wrongful acts in their capacities as directors and officers and reimburses us for those losses for which we have lawfully indemnified the directors and officers. The policy contains various exclusions.

In addition, the underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this Registration Statement provides for indemnification by the underwriters of us and our officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act, or otherwise. Our investor rights agreement with certain investors also provides for cross-indemnification in connection with the registration of the our common stock on behalf of such investors.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

The following list sets forth information regarding all unregistered securities sold by us since January 1, 2010 through the date of the prospectus that is a part of this registration statement (the “Prospectus”).

 

  1) From January 1, 2010 through the date of the Prospectus, we have granted options under our 2001 stock plan to purchase an aggregate of 42,073,501 shares of our common stock to employees, consultants and directors, having exercise prices ranging from $0.14 to $0.55 per share. Of these, options to purchase an aggregate of 4,718,221 shares have been cancelled without being exercised. During the period from January 1, 2010 through the date of the Prospectus, an aggregate of 6,313,230 shares were issued upon the exercise of stock options, at exercise prices between $0.05 and $0.54 per share, for aggregate proceeds of approximately $0.6 million.

 

  2) In March 2012, in connection with a loan facility, we issued a warrant to purchase an aggregate of 2,400,000 shares of our Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.01 per share to one accredited investor. In December 2012, upon our borrowing of additional funds under the loan facility, the number of shares of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock for which the warrant is exercisable was increased by 750,000 shares to an aggregate of 3,150,000 shares of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock.

 

  3) In June 2012, we issued 95,380 shares of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock upon the cashless exercise of a warrant held by one accredited investor.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

The offers, sales and issuances of the securities described in paragraph (1) were exempt from registration under Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act in that the transactions were under compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. The recipients of such securities were our employees, directors or consultants and received the securities under our 2001 stock plan. Appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions.

The offers, sales and issuances of the securities described in paragraph (2) were exempt from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act. The recipient represented to us that it acquired the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions. The recipient represented to us that it was an accredited investor as defined in Rule 501 promulgated under the Securities Act.

The issuance of the securities described in paragraph (3) was exempt from registration under Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) Exhibits

 

Exhibit

Number

    

Description of Document

    1.1†      

Form of Underwriting Agreement.

    3.1       Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended to date and as currently in effect.
    3.2†       Form of Certificate of Amendment of Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be filed prior to the completion of this offering.
    3.3†       Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be effective upon completion of this offering.
    3.4       Bylaws, as amended to date and as currently in effect.
    3.5†       Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws to be effective upon completion of this offering.
    4.1       Reference is made to exhibits 3.1 through 3.5.
    4.2†       Specimen stock certificate evidencing shares of Common Stock.
    5.1†       Opinion of Cooley LLP as to legality.
  10.1       Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of December 23, 2009, as amended through July 26, 2012, by and among the Registrant, MerchandisingAdvisor Corporation, CA Marketplaces, Inc., ChannelAdvisor UK Limited, CA Washington LLC and Silicon Valley Bank.
  10.2       Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March 21, 2012, by and among the Registrant, MerchandisingAdvisor Corporation, CA Marketplaces, Inc., ChannelAdvisor UK Limited, CA Washington LLC and Gold Hill Capital 2008, L.P.
  10.3       Warrant to purchase shares of Series A Preferred Stock issued to Silicon Valley Bank, dated February 27, 2004.
  10.4       Warrant to purchase shares of Series C Preferred Stock issued to Silicon Valley Bank, dated December 23, 2009.
  10.5       Warrant to purchase shares of Series C Preferred Stock issued to Square 1 Bank, dated September 7, 2007.
  10.6       Warrant to purchase shares of Series C Preferred Stock issued to Square 1 Bank, dated June 30, 2008.
  10.7       Warrant to purchase shares of Series C Preferred Stock issued to Gold Hill Capital 2008, L.P., dated March 21, 2012.
  10.8       Form of Warrant to Purchase Preferred Stock issued in bridge loan financing, dated as of May 2008.
  10.9       Form of Warrant to Purchase Common Stock issued in Series C financing, dated as of April 2007, August 2008 and November 2008.
  10.10       Third Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of April 26, 2007, as amended to date, by and among the Registrant and certain of its stockholders.
  10.11       Lease, dated as of June 29, 2005 and as amended through January 27, 2011, by and between the Registrant and Pizzagalli Properties, LLC.
  10.11.1       Fourth Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated as of January 31, 2013, by and between the Registrant and Aerial Center Realty Corp.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

Exhibit

Number

    

Description of Document

  10.12+       2001 Stock Plan, as amended to date.
  10.13+       Form of Stock Option Agreement under 2001 Stock Plan.
  10.14+†       2013 Equity Incentive Plan.
  10.15+†       Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.
  10.16+†       Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement under 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.
  10.17+†       Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.
  10.18+      

Form of Letter Agreement with Timothy Williams and Timothy Buckley relating to accelerated vesting of stock options upon a change of control.

  10.19+       Form of Indemnification Agreement with non-employee directors.
  10.20+†       Executive Severance and Change of Control Letter Agreement, dated as of July 21, 2009, by and between the Registrant and David Spitz.
  10.21+†       Executive Severance and Change of Control Letter Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2009, by and between the Registrant and Scott Alridge.
  10.22+†       Executive Severance and Change of Control Letter Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2012, by and between the Registrant and John Baule.
  10.23*       Master Services Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2005, by and between the Registrant and Hosted Solutions, LLC.
  10.24*       Master Space Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2011, by and between the Registrant and Quality Investment Properties Suwanee, LLC.
  21.1       Subsidiaries of the Registrant
  23.1       Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
  23.2†       Consent of Cooley LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
  24.1       Power of Attorney. Reference is made to the signature page hereto.

 

To be filed by amendment.
+ Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.
* Portions of this exhibit (indicated by asterisks) have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and have been separately filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors

ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries

We have audited the consolidated financial statements of ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012, and have issued our report thereon dated March 5, 2013 (included elsewhere in this Registration Statement). Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in Item 16(b) of this Registration Statement. This schedule is the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion based on our audits.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

In our opinion, the financial statement schedule referred to above, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Raleigh, North Carolina

March 5, 2013

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts (in thousands)

 

     Balance at
Beginning
of Period
     Additions
Charged To
Expense/
Against
Revenue
     Deductions     Balance at
End of
Period
 

Allowance for doubtful accounts:

          

Year ended December 31, 2010

   $ 161       $ 220       $ (189   $ 192   

Year ended December 31, 2011

     192         202         (279     115   

Year ended December 31, 2012

     115         222         (146     191   

Item 17. Undertakings.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-6


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the Town of Morrisville, State of North Carolina, on the 11 th day of April, 2013.

 

CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ M. Scot Wingo

 

M. Scot Wingo

Chief Executive Officer

KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints M. Scot Wingo, David Spitz, S. Scott Alridge and Brent B. Siler, and each of them, his true and lawful agent, proxy and attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to (i) act on, sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement together with all schedules and exhibits thereto and any subsequent registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, together with all schedules and exhibits thereto, (ii) act on, sign and file such certificates, instruments, agreements and other documents as may be necessary or appropriate in connection therewith, (iii) act on and file any supplement to any prospectus included in this registration statement or any such amendment or any subsequent registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and (iv) take any and all actions which may be necessary or appropriate to be done, as fully for all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby approving, ratifying and confirming all that such agent, proxy and attorney-in-fact or any of his substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ M. Scot Wingo

M. Scot Wingo

  

Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  April 11, 2013

/s/ John F. Baule

John F. Baule

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

  April 11, 2013

/s/ Brad R. Schomber

Brad R. Schomber

  

Vice President, Finance

(Principal Accounting Officer)

  April 11, 2013

/s/ Timothy J. Buckley

Timothy J. Buckley

   Director   April 11, 2013

/s/ Aris A. Buinevicius

Aris A. Buinevicius

   Director   April 11, 2013

/s/ Robert C. Hower

Robert C. Hower

   Director   April 11, 2013

/s/ Patrick J. Kerins

Patrick J. Kerins

   Director   April 11, 2013

/s/ Louis J. Volpe

Louis J. Volpe

   Director   April 11, 2013

/s/ Timothy V. Williams

Timothy V. Williams

   Director   April 11, 2013

 

II-7

Exhibit 3.1

Execution Version

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION

M. Scot Wingo hereby certifies that:

ONE: The date of filing the original Certificate of Incorporation of this company with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was June 18, 2001.

TWO: He is the duly elected and acting President and Chief Executive Officer of ChannelAdvisor Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

THREE: The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this company, as amended to date, is hereby further amended and restated to read as follows:

I.

The name of this company is ChannelAdvisor Corporation (the “ Company ”).

II.

The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Zip Code 19801, and the name of the registered agent of the Company in the State of Delaware at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

III.

The purpose of the Company is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law (“ DGCL ”).

IV.

A. The Company is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “ Common Stock ” and “ Preferred Stock .” The total number of shares which the Company is authorized to issue is 516,974,356 shares, 300,000,000 shares of which shall be Common Stock and 216,974,356 shares of which shall be Preferred Stock. The Common Stock and the Preferred Stock shall each have a par value of $0.001 per share.

B. Subject to the provisions of Section D.5 of this Article IV and irrespective of any contrary provisions contained in Section 242 of the DGCL, the number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock of the Company (voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted basis).


C. Of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock, 94,069,763 shares are hereby designated “Series A Preferred Stock” (the “ Series A Preferred ”), 40,641,227 shares are hereby designated “Series B Preferred Stock” (the “ Series B Preferred ”), 5,660,378 shares are hereby designated “Series B-1 Preferred Stock” (the “ Series B-1 Preferred ”) and 76,602,988 shares are hereby designated “Series C Preferred Stock” (the “ Series C Preferred ,” and together with the Series A Preferred, the Series B Preferred and the Series B-1 Preferred, the “ Series Preferred ”).

D. The rights, preferences, privileges, restrictions and other matters relating to the Series Preferred are as follows:

 

  1. D IVIDEND R IGHTS .

(a) Holders of Series C Preferred, Series B Preferred and Series B-1 Preferred, in preference to the holders of Series A Preferred and Common Stock, shall be entitled to receive, when and as declared by the Board of Directors (the “ Board ”), but only out of funds that are legally available therefor, cash dividends at the rate of eight percent (8%) of the Series C Original Issue Price, Series B Original Issue Price or Series B-1 Original Issue Price (each as defined below), as applicable, per annum on each outstanding share of Series C Preferred, Series B Preferred or Series B-1 Preferred, as applicable. Such dividends shall be payable only when, as and if declared by the Board and shall be non-cumulative. Payment of any dividends to the holders of Series C Preferred, Series B Preferred and Series B-1 Preferred shall be on a pari passu basis.

(b) After payment in full or the setting aside for payment in full of the dividends payable to holders of Series C Preferred, Series B Preferred and Series B-1 Preferred set forth in Section 1(a), the holders of Series A Preferred, in preference to the holders of Common Stock, shall be entitled to receive, when and as declared by the Board, but only out of funds that are legally available therefor, cash dividends at the rate of eight percent (8%) of the Series A Original Issue Price (as defined below) per annum on each outstanding share of Series A Preferred. Such dividends shall be payable only when, as and if declared by the Board and shall be non-cumulative.

(c) The “ Series C Original Issue Price ” shall be $0.685 per share (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof). The “ Series B-1 Original Issue Price ” shall be $0.53 per share (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof). The “ Series B Original Issue Price ” shall be $0.4429 per share (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof). The “ Series A Original Issue Price ” shall be $0.20 per share (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof). Each of the Series C Original Issue Price, the Series B-1 Original Issue Price, the Series B Original Issue Price and the Series A Original Issue Price may be referred to herein as the “ Original Issue Price .”

(d) So long as any shares of Series Preferred are outstanding, the Company shall not pay or declare any dividend, whether in cash or property, or make any other

 

2.


distribution on the Common Stock, or purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire for value any shares of Common Stock until the holders of Series Preferred have received a dividend in an amount equal to the greater of (1) the dividends set forth in Section 1(a) and Section 1(b) above or (2) a per share amount equal (on an as-if-converted to Common Stock basis) to the amount paid or set aside for each share of Common Stock, except for:

(i) acquisitions of Common Stock by the Company pursuant to agreements which permit the Company to repurchase, upon termination of services to the Company, (A) shares not subject to forfeiture at the fair market value of such shares or (B) shares subject to forfeiture at cost (or the lesser of cost or fair market value); or

(ii) acquisitions of Common Stock in exercise of the Company’s right of first refusal to repurchase such shares.

The provisions of this Section 1(d) shall not apply to dividends payable solely in Common Stock that result in an adjustment pursuant to Section 5(e) below, or to any repurchase of outstanding securities of the Company that is approved by the holders of Series Preferred pursuant to Section 2(g)(iii) below.

(e) Whenever a dividend or other distribution provided for in this Section 1 shall be payable in property other than cash, the value of such dividend or other distribution shall be deemed to be the fair market value of such property as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors (including a majority of the directors designated in accordance with Section 2(h)(i)).

 

  2. V OTING R IGHTS .

(a) General Rights. At each meeting of stockholders or action of stockholders by written consent, each holder of shares of the Series Preferred shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Series Preferred could be converted (pursuant to Section 5 hereof) immediately after the close of business on the record date fixed for such meeting or the effective date of such written consent and shall have voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the Common Stock and shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of the Company. Except as otherwise provided herein or as required by law, the Series Preferred shall vote together with the Common Stock at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders and not as a separate class, and may act by written consent in the same manner as the Common Stock.

(b) Separate Vote of Series C Preferred. For so long as at least five million (5,000,000) shares of Series C Preferred remain outstanding (subject to adjustment for any stock split, reverse stock split or other similar event affecting the Series C Preferred after the filing date hereof), in addition to any other vote or consent required herein or by law, the vote or written consent of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding Series C Preferred, voting together as a separate class, shall be necessary for effecting or validating the following actions (whether by merger, recapitalization or otherwise):

(i) Any amendment, alteration, or repeal of any provision of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Company (including any filing of a Certificate of Designation), that alters or changes the voting or other powers, preferences, or other special rights, privileges or restrictions of the Series C Preferred so as to affect them materially and adversely;

 

3.


(ii) Any amendment or waiver of any provision of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company that materially and adversely affects the Series C Preferred in a manner different than the effect on other series of Series Preferred;

(iii) Any increase or decrease in the authorized number of shares of Series Preferred or Common Stock;

(iv) Any Liquidation Event (as defined in Section 3(a)) or Acquisition or Asset Transfer (each as defined in Section 4(b)) that would result in proceeds to each share of Series C Preferred Stock equal to or less than two (2) times the Series C Original Issue Price;

(v) Any authorization or any designation, whether by reclassification or otherwise, of any new class or series of stock or any other securities convertible into equity securities of the Company ranking on a parity with or senior to the Series Preferred in right of redemption, liquidation preference, voting or dividend rights, or any increase in the authorized or designated number of any such class or series; or

(vi) Any (x) increase or decrease in the authorized number of members of the Board or (y) amendment to Section 2(h) of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Article III, Section 3.3 of the Bylaws of the Company.

(c) Separate Vote of Series B Preferred. For so long as at least five million (5,000,000) shares of Series B Preferred remain outstanding (subject to adjustment for any stock split, reverse stock split or other similar event affecting the Series B Preferred after the filing date hereof), in addition to any other vote or consent required herein or by law, the vote or written consent of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding Series B Preferred, voting together as a separate class, shall be necessary for effecting or validating the following actions (whether by merger, recapitalization or otherwise):

(i) Any amendment, alteration, or repeal of any provision of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Company (including any filing of a Certificate of Designation), that alters or changes the voting or other powers, preferences, or other special rights, privileges or restrictions of the Series B Preferred so as to affect them materially and adversely;

(ii) Any amendment or waiver of any provisions of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company that materially and adversely affects the Series B Preferred in a manner different than the effect on other series of Series Preferred; or

 

4.


(iii) Any increase or decrease in the authorized number of shares of Series B Preferred.

(d) Separate Vote of Series B-1 Preferred. For so long as at least one million (1,000,000) shares of Series B-1 Preferred remain outstanding (subject to adjustment for any stock split, reverse stock split or other similar event affecting the Series B-1 Preferred after the filing date hereof), in addition to any other vote or consent required herein or by law, the vote or written consent of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding Series B-1 Preferred shall be necessary for effecting or validating the following actions (whether by merger, recapitalization or otherwise):

(i) Any amendment, alteration, or repeal of any provision of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Company (including any filing of a Certificate of Designation), that alters or changes the voting or other powers, preferences, or other special rights, privileges or restrictions of the Series B-1 Preferred so as to affect them materially and adversely;

(ii) Any amendment or waiver of any provisions of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company that materially and adversely affects the Series B-1 Preferred in a manner different than the effect on other series of Series Preferred; or

(iii) Any increase or decrease in the authorized number of shares of Series B-1 Preferred.

(e) Separate Vote of Series B Preferred and Series B-1 Preferred. For so long as an aggregate of at least five million (5,000,000) shares of Series B Preferred and Series B-1 Preferred remain outstanding (subject to adjustment for any stock split, reverse stock split or other similar event affecting the Series B Preferred or Series B-1 Preferred after the filing date hereof), in addition to any other vote or consent required herein or by law, the vote or written consent of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding Series B Preferred and Series B-1 Preferred, voting together as a separate class on an as converted to Common Stock basis, shall be necessary for effecting or validating any Liquidation Event or Acquisition or Asset Transfer that would result in proceeds to each share of Series B Preferred and Series B-1 Preferred equal to or less than two (2) times the Series B-1 Original Issue Price.

(f) Separate Vote of Series A Preferred. For so long as at least ten million (10,000,000) shares of Series A Preferred remain outstanding (subject to adjustment for any stock split, reverse stock split or other similar event affecting the Series A Preferred after the filing date hereof), in addition to any other vote or consent required herein or by law, the vote or written consent of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding Series A Preferred shall be necessary for effecting or validating the following actions (whether by merger, recapitalization or otherwise):

(i) Any amendment, alteration, or repeal of any provision of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Company (including any filing of a Certificate of Designation), that alters or changes the voting or other powers, preferences, or other special rights, privileges or restrictions of the Series A Preferred so as to affect them materially and adversely;

 

5.


(ii) Any amendment or waiver of any provisions of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company that materially and adversely affects the Series Preferred in a manner different than the effect on other series of Series Preferred; or

(iii) Any increase or decrease in the authorized number of shares of Series A Preferred.

(g) Separate Vote of Series Preferred . For so long as at least twenty million (20,000,000) shares of Series Preferred remain outstanding (subject to adjustment for any stock split, reverse stock split or other similar event affecting the Series Preferred after the filing date hereof), in addition to any other vote or consent required herein or by law, the vote or written consent of the holders of shares of Series Preferred representing at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66  2 / 3 %) of the votes represented by the outstanding Series Preferred shall be necessary for effecting or validating the following actions (whether by merger, recapitalization or otherwise):

(i) Any increase or decrease in the authorized number of shares of Series Preferred or Common Stock;

(ii) Any authorization or any designation, whether by reclassification or otherwise, of any new class or series of stock or any other securities convertible into equity securities of the Company ranking on a parity with or senior to any series of the Series Preferred in right of redemption, liquidation preference, voting or dividend rights or any increase in the authorized or designated number of any such class or series;

(iii) Any redemption, repurchase, payment or declaration of dividends or other distributions with respect to Common Stock or any purchase of Common Stock by a subsidiary of the Company (except for acquisitions of Common Stock by the Company permitted by Section 1(d)(i) and (ii) hereof);

(iv) Any Liquidation Event or Acquisition or Asset Transfer that would result in proceeds to each holder of Series C Preferred in an amount greater than two (2) times the Series C Original Issue Price;

(v) Any sale, lease, exclusive license or other transfer of all or substantially all of the material intellectual property of the Company;

(vi) Any action not approved by the Board that would reasonably be expected to result in a fundamental change in the business of the Company from that conducted on the Original Issue Date (as defined below);

(vii) Any acquisition, by the Company or a subsidiary of the Company, of all or substantially all of the properties, assets or stock of any other entity for

 

6.


aggregate consideration, as determined by the Board in good faith, including a majority of the directors elected pursuant to Section 2(h)(i), in excess of ten percent (10%) of the Company’s consolidated net worth, as reflected on the Company’s financial statements as of the end of the preceding fiscal quarter, unless such transaction has been approved by the Board, including a majority of the directors elected pursuant to Section 2(h)(i);

(viii) Any loan or advance by the Company or a subsidiary of the Company to, or any acquisition by the Company or a subsidiary of the Company of the capital stock or other securities of, any entity that is not wholly-owned by the Company, unless such transaction has been approved by the Board, including a majority of the directors elected pursuant to Section 2(h)(i); or

(ix) Any (x) increase or decrease in the authorized number of members of the Board or (y) amendment to Section 2(h) of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Article III, Section 3.3 of Bylaws of the Company.

(h) Election of Board of Directors .

(i) The holders of Series Preferred, voting together as a separate class on an as-converted basis, shall be entitled to elect three (3) members of the Board at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Company’s stockholders for the election of directors, and to remove from office any such director and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of any such director.

(ii) The holders of Common Stock and Series Preferred, voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted basis, shall be entitled to elect all remaining members of the Board at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Company’s stockholders for the election of directors, and to remove from office any such director and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of any such director.

 

  3. L IQUIDATION R IGHTS .

(a) Upon any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary (a “ Liquidation Event ”), before any distribution or payment shall be made to the holders of Series A Preferred or Common Stock, the holders of Series C Preferred, Series B Preferred and Series B-1 Preferred shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Company legally available for distribution, or the consideration received in such transaction, for each share of Series C Preferred, Series B Preferred or Series B-1 Preferred held by them, (i) an amount per share of Series C Preferred equal to the Series C Original Issue Price plus all declared and unpaid dividends on the Series C Preferred, (ii) an amount per share of Series B Preferred equal to the Series B Original Issue Price plus all declared and unpaid dividends on the Series B Preferred and (iii) an amount per share of Series B-1 Preferred equal to the Series B-1 Original Issue Price plus all declared and unpaid dividends on the Series B-1 Preferred. If, upon any such Liquidation Event, the assets of the Company (or the consideration received in the Acquisition or Asset Transfer, each as defined in Section 4 below) shall be insufficient to make payment in full to all holders of Series C Preferred, Series B Preferred and Series B-1 Preferred of the liquidation preferences set forth in this Section 3(a), then such assets

 

7.


(or consideration) shall be distributed among the holders of Series C Preferred, Series B Preferred and Series B-1 Preferred at the time outstanding, ratably in proportion to the full amounts to which they would otherwise be respectively entitled.

(b) Upon any Liquidation Event, after payment of the full liquidation preferences of the Series C Preferred, Series B Preferred and Series B-1 Preferred as set forth in Section 3(a) above and before any distribution or payment shall be made to the holders of Common Stock, the holders of Series A Preferred shall be entitled to be paid out of the remaining assets of the Company legally available for distribution, or the remaining consideration received in such transaction, for each share of Series A Preferred held by them, an amount per share of Series A Preferred equal to the Series A Original Issue Price plus all declared and unpaid dividends on the Series A Preferred. If, upon any such Liquidation Event, the assets of the Company (or the consideration received in the Acquisition or Asset Transfer) shall be insufficient to make payment in full to all holders of Series A Preferred of the liquidation preference set forth in this Section 3(b), then such assets (or consideration) shall be distributed among the holders of Series A Preferred at the time outstanding, ratably in proportion to the full amounts to which they would otherwise be respectively entitled.

(c) After the payment of the full liquidation preferences of the Series Preferred as set forth in Section 3(a) and Section 3(b) above, the remaining assets of the Company legally available for distribution in such Liquidation Event (or the remaining consideration received by the Company or its stockholders in such Acquisition or Asset Transfer), if any, shall be distributed ratably to the holders of the Common Stock and Series Preferred on an as-if-converted to Common Stock basis until such holders of Series Preferred have received pursuant to Section 3(a) and Section 3(b) above and this Section 3(c) an aggregate amount per share of Series C Preferred, Series B-1 Preferred, Series B Preferred or Series A Preferred equal to ten (10) times the Series C Original Issue Price, Series B-1 Original Issue Price, Series B Original Issue Price or Series A Original Issue Price, as applicable; thereafter, the remaining assets of the Company legally available for distribution in such Liquidation Event (or the remaining consideration received in such transaction), if any, shall be distributed ratably to the holders of the Common Stock.

(d) Subject to Section 4(c) below, if the consideration to be received in a Liquidation Event is securities of a corporation or other property other than cash, its value will be deemed to be its fair market value as of the date of the closing of such Liquidation Event, as determined in good faith by the Board, including a majority of the directors elected pursuant to Section 2(h)(i).

(e) For purposes of this Section 3, a Liquidation Event shall include an Acquisition and an Asset Transfer. The treatment of any particular transaction or series of related transactions as a Liquidation Event may be waived by the vote or written consent of the holders of at least (i) sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66  2 / 3 %) of the outstanding shares of Series Preferred (voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis) and (ii) in the case of a Liquidation Event that would otherwise be subject to Section 2(b)(iv) hereof, a majority of the Series C Preferred (voting together as a separate class).

 

8.


  4. D EEMED C ONVERSION .

(a) Notwithstanding Section 3 above, in the event of any distribution or series of distributions by the Company to stockholders pursuant to Section 3, each holder of Series Preferred shall be entitled to receive, for each share of Series Preferred then held, out of the proceeds of such Liquidation Event, the greater of the amount of cash, securities or other property to which such holder would be entitled to receive in a Liquidation Event with respect to such share (i) pursuant to Sections 3(a) through 3(c) above or (ii) in the event that each share of each series of Preferred Stock that would receive a greater amount upon conversion into Common Stock than pursuant to Sections 3(a) through 3(c) above converted into shares of Common Stock immediately prior to such Liquidation Event.

(b) For the purposes herein: (i) “ Acquisition ” shall mean any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other corporation or other entity or person, or any other corporate reorganization to which the Company is a party, in which the capital stock of the Company immediately prior to such consolidation, merger or reorganization, represents less than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the surviving entity (or, if the surviving entity is a wholly owned subsidiary, its parent) immediately after such consolidation, merger or reorganization; or (B) any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is a party in which in excess of fifty percent (50%) of the Company’s voting power is transferred; provided that an Acquisition shall not include (x) any consolidation or merger effected exclusively to change the domicile of the Company, or (y) any transaction or series of transactions principally for bona fide equity financing purposes in which cash is received by the Company or any successor, or indebtedness of the Company or any successor is cancelled or converted or a combination thereof; and (ii) “ Asset Transfer ” shall mean a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole. The Company shall not effect any Acquisition unless the agreement for such Acquisition provides for the distribution of the consideration to be paid to the stockholders of the Company in such Acquisition in the manner provided for in this Section 4. In the event of an Asset Transfer, the Company shall, as promptly as practicable following such Asset Transfer, redeem the outstanding shares of Series Preferred in exchange for the consideration provided for in Section 3.

(c) In any Acquisition, if the consideration to be received is securities of a corporation or other property other than cash, its value will be deemed to be its fair market value as of the date of the closing of such Acquisition, as set forth in the definitive agreements relating to such Acquisition, but if no such valuation provisions are provided therein, such property shall be valued as determined in good faith by the Board, including a majority of the directors elected pursuant to Section 2(h)(i), unless the definitive documentation relating to such Acquisition specifies another method of valuation thereof. In any Asset Transfer, if the consideration to be received is securities of a corporation or other property other than cash, its value will be deemed to be its fair market value as set forth in the definitive agreements relating to such Asset Transfer, but if no such valuation provisions are provided therein, such property shall be valued as determined in good faith by the Board, including a majority of the directors elected pursuant to Section 2(h)(i), on the date such determination is made. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any publicly-traded securities to be distributed to stockholders in the event of an

 

9.


Acquisition or Asset Transfer shall be valued as set forth in the definitive agreements relating to such Acquisition or Asset Transfer, but if no such valuation provisions are provided therein, such publicly traded securities shall be valued as follows:

(i) If the securities are then traded on a national securities exchange or national quotation system, then the value of the securities shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange or system over the ten (10) trading day period ending five (5) trading days prior to the distribution, provided that if the securities are restricted or limited in marketability in any way, then the value of the securities shall be discounted by a good faith determination by the Board, including a majority of the directors elected pursuant to Section 2(h)(i), to account for such restrictions or limited marketability; and

(ii) if the securities are actively traded over-the-counter, then the value of the securities shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid prices of the securities over the ten (10) trading day period ending five (5) trading days prior to the distribution, provided that if the securities are restricted or limited in marketability in any way, then the value of the securities shall be discounted by a good faith determination by the Board, including a majority of the directors elected pursuant to Section 2(h)(i), to account for such restrictions or limited marketability.

In the event of a merger or other acquisition of the Company by another entity, the distribution date shall be deemed to be the date such transaction closes.

For the purposes of this Section 4(c), “ trading day ” shall mean any day which the exchange or system on which the securities to be distributed are traded is open and “ closing prices ” or “ closing bid prices ” shall be deemed to be: (i) for securities traded primarily on the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange or Nasdaq, the last reported trade price or sale price, as the case may be, at 4:00 p.m., New York time, on that day and (ii) for securities listed or traded on other exchanges, markets and systems, the market price as of the end of the regular hours trading period that is generally accepted as such for such exchange, market or system. If, after the date hereof, the benchmark times generally accepted in the securities industry for determining the market price of a stock as of a given trading day shall change from those set forth above, the fair market value shall be determined as of such other generally accepted benchmark times.

 

  5. C ONVERSION R IGHTS .

The holders of the Series Preferred shall have the following rights with respect to the conversion of the Series Preferred into shares of Common Stock (the “ Conversion Rights ”):

(a) Optional Conversion. Subject to and in compliance with the provisions of this Section 5, any shares of Series Preferred may, at the option of the holder, be converted at any time into fully-paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock. The number of shares of Common Stock to which a holder of Series Preferred shall be entitled upon

 

10.


conversion shall be the product obtained by multiplying the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Rate then in effect (determined as provided in Section 5(b)) by the number of shares of Series Preferred being converted.

(b) Series Preferred Conversion Rate. The conversion rate in effect at any time for conversion of the Series C Preferred (the “ Series C Preferred Conversion Rate ”) shall be the quotient obtained by dividing the Series C Original Issue Price by the Series C Preferred Conversion Price, calculated as provided in Section 5(c). The conversion rate in effect at any time for conversion of the Series B-1 Preferred (the “ Series B-1 Preferred Conversion Rate ”) shall be the quotient obtained by dividing the Series B-1 Original Issue Price by the Series B-1 Preferred Conversion Price, calculated as provided in Section 5(c). The conversion rate in effect at any time for conversion of the Series B Preferred (the “ Series B Preferred Conversion Rate ”) shall be the quotient obtained by dividing the Series B Original Issue Price by the Series B Preferred Conversion Price, calculated as provided in Section 5(c). The conversion rate in effect at any time for conversion of the Series A Preferred (the “ Series A Preferred Conversion Rate ”) shall be the quotient obtained by dividing the Series A Original Issue Price by the Series A Preferred Conversion Price, calculated as provided in Section 5(c). Each of the Series C Preferred Conversion Rate, the Series B-1 Preferred Conversion Rate, the Series B Preferred Conversion Rate and the Series A Preferred Conversion Rate may be referred to herein as a “ Series Preferred Conversion Rate .”

(c) Series Preferred Conversion Price. The conversion price of the Series C Preferred shall initially be the Series C Original Issue Price (the “ Series C Preferred Conversion Price ”). The conversion price for the Series B-1 Preferred shall initially be the Series B-1 Original Issue Price (the “ Series B-1 Preferred Conversion Price ”). The conversion price for the Series B Preferred shall initially be the Series B Original Issue Price (the “ Series B Preferred Conversion Price ”). The conversion price for the Series A Preferred shall initially be the Series A Original Issue Price (the “ Series A Preferred Conversion Price ”). Each of the Series C Preferred Conversion Price, the Series B-1 Preferred Conversion Price, the Series B Preferred Conversion Price and the Series A Preferred Conversion Price may be referred to herein as a “ Series Preferred Conversion Price .” Such initial Series Preferred Conversion Prices shall be adjusted from time to time after the Original Issue Date in accordance with this Section 5. All references to the Series Preferred Conversion Price herein shall mean the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price as so adjusted.

(d) Mechanics of Conversion. Each holder of Series Preferred who desires to convert the same into shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Section 5 shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Company or any transfer agent for the Series Preferred, and shall give written notice to the Company at such office that such holder elects to convert the same. Such notice shall state the number of shares of each series of Series Preferred being converted. Thereupon, the Company shall promptly issue and deliver at such office to such holder a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder is entitled and shall promptly pay (i) in cash or, to the extent sufficient funds are not then legally available therefor, in Common Stock (at the Common Stock’s fair market value determined by the Board as of the date of such conversion), any declared and unpaid dividends on the shares of Series Preferred being converted and (ii) in cash

 

11.


(at the Common Stock’s fair market value determined by the Board, including a majority of the directors elected pursuant to Section 2(h)(i), as of the date of such conversion) the value of any fractional share of Common Stock (after aggregation of all fractional shares) otherwise issuable to any holder of Series Preferred. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made at the close of business on the date of such surrender of the certificates representing the shares of Series Preferred to be converted, and the person entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares of Common Stock on such date; provided , however , that if the conversion is in connection with an underwritten offering of the Company’s securities registered pursuant to the Securities Act, or a Liquidation Event of the Company, the conversion may, at the option of any holder tendering Preferred Stock for conversion, be conditioned upon the closing of such transaction, in which case the person(s) entitled to receive the Common Stock issuable upon such conversion of the Preferred Stock shall not be deemed to have converted such Preferred Stock until immediately prior to the closing of such transaction.

(e) Adjustment for Subdivisions or Combinations of Common Stock. If at any time or from time to time after the date that the first share of Series C Preferred is issued (the “ Original Issue Date ”) the Company effects a subdivision of the outstanding Common Stock (by stock split, by payment of a stock dividend or otherwise), each Series Preferred Conversion Price in effect immediately before that subdivision shall be proportionately decreased. Conversely, if at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date the Company combines the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares (by reclassification, reverse stock split or otherwise), each Series Preferred Conversion Price in effect immediately before the combination shall be proportionately increased. Any adjustment under this Section 5(e) shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective.

(f) [Intentionally Omitted].

(g) Adjustment for Reclassification, Exchange, Substitution, Reorganization, Merger or Consolidation. If at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date, the Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of any series of Series Preferred is changed into the same or a different number of shares of any class or classes of stock, whether by recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation or otherwise (other than an Acquisition or Asset Transfer as defined in Section 4 or a subdivision or combination of shares or stock dividend provided for elsewhere in this Section 5), in any such event each holder of the applicable series of Series Preferred shall then have the right to convert such stock into the kind and amount of stock and other securities and property receivable upon such recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation or other change by holders of the maximum number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Series Preferred could have been converted immediately prior to such recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation or change, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein or with respect to such other securities or property by the terms thereof. In any such case, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Section 5 with respect to the rights of the holders of Series Preferred after the capital reorganization to the end that the provisions of this Section 5 (including adjustment of the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price then in effect and the number of shares issuable upon conversion of each series of Series Preferred) shall be applicable after that event and be as nearly equivalent as practicable.

 

12.


(h) Sale of Shares Below Series Preferred Conversion Price.

(i) If at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date, the Company issues or sells, or is deemed by the express provisions of this Section 5(h) to have issued or sold, Additional Shares of Common Stock (as defined below), other than as provided in Section 5(e) or 5(g) above, for an Effective Price (as defined below) less than the then effective Series A Preferred Conversion Price, Series B Preferred Conversion Price, Series B-1 Preferred Conversion Price or Series C Preferred Conversion Price, as may be applicable (a “ Qualifying Dilutive Issuance ”), then and in each such case of a Qualifying Dilutive Issuance, the then existing applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price shall be reduced, as of the opening of business on the date of such issue or sale, to a price (calculated to the nearest cent) determined by multiplying the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issuance or sale by a fraction equal to:

(A) the numerator of which shall be (A) the number of shares of Common Stock deemed outstanding (as determined below) immediately prior to such issue or sale, plus (B) the number of shares of Common Stock which the Aggregate Consideration (as defined below) received or deemed received by the Company for the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued would purchase at such then-existing applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price, and

(B) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock deemed outstanding (as determined below) immediately prior to such issue or sale plus the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued.

For the purposes of the preceding sentence, the number of shares of Common Stock deemed to be outstanding as of a given date shall be the sum of (A) the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding, (B) the number of shares of Common Stock into which the then outstanding shares of Series Preferred could be converted if fully converted on the day immediately preceding the given date, and (C) the number of shares of Common Stock which are issuable upon the exercise or conversion of all other rights, options and convertible securities outstanding on the day immediately preceding the given date.

(ii) No adjustment shall be made to any Series Preferred Conversion Price in an amount less than one cent per share. Any adjustment otherwise required by this Section 5(h) that is not required to be made due to the preceding sentence shall be included in any subsequent adjustment to the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price.

(iii) For the purpose of making any adjustment required under this Section 5(h), the aggregate consideration received by the Company for any issue or sale of securities (the “ Aggregate Consideration ”) shall be defined as: (A) to the extent it consists of cash, be computed at the gross amount of cash received by the Company before deduction of any underwriting or similar commissions, compensation or concessions paid or allowed by the Company in connection with such issue or sale and without deduction of any expenses payable

 

13.


by the Company, (B) to the extent it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair value of that property as determined in good faith by the Board, including a majority of the directors elected pursuant to Section 2(h)(i), and (C) if Additional Shares of Common Stock, Convertible Securities (as defined below) or rights or options to purchase either Additional Shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities are issued or sold together with other stock or securities or other assets of the Company for a consideration which covers both, be computed as the portion of the consideration so received that may be reasonably determined in good faith by the Board, including a majority of the directors elected pursuant to Section 2(h)(i), to be allocable to such Additional Shares of Common Stock, Convertible Securities or rights or options.

(iv) For the purpose of the adjustment required under this Section 5(h), if the Company issues or sells (x) any Preferred Stock or other stock, options, warrants, purchase rights or other securities convertible into, Common Stock, other than any Preferred Stock or any such securities which are Exempted Securities (such convertible stock or securities, other than Exempted Securities, being herein referred to as “ Convertible Securities ”) or (y) rights or options for the purchase of Additional Shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities and if the Effective Price of such Common Stock is less than the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price, in each case the Company shall be deemed to have issued at the time of the issuance of such rights or options or Convertible Securities the maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise or conversion thereof and to have received as consideration for the issuance of such shares an amount equal to the total amount of the consideration, if any, received by the Company for the issuance of such rights or options or Convertible Securities plus:

(A) in the case of such rights or options, the minimum amounts of consideration, if any, payable to the Company upon the exercise of such rights or options; and

(B) in the case of Convertible Securities, the minimum amounts of consideration, if any, payable to the Company upon the conversion thereof (other than by cancellation of liabilities or obligations evidenced by such Convertible Securities); provided that (1) if the minimum amounts of such consideration cannot be ascertained, but are a function of antidilution or similar protective clauses, the Company shall be deemed to have received the minimum amounts of consideration without reference to such clauses, and (2) in the event of a dividend or distribution on the Common Stock payable in any right to acquire Common Stock for no consideration, the Convertible Securities issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution shall be deemed to have been issued or sold at consideration equal to $0.01 per share.

(C) If the minimum amount of consideration payable to the Company, or the maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable, upon the exercise or conversion of rights, options or Convertible Securities is reduced or increased over time or on the occurrence or non-occurrence of specified events other than by reason of antidilution adjustments, the Effective Price shall be recalculated using the figure to which such minimum amount of consideration or maximum number of shares of Common Stock is reduced or

 

14.


increased; provided , however , that no readjustment pursuant to this paragraph (C) shall have the effect of increasing the applicable Conversion Price to an amount above the Conversion Price that would have resulted in the event that any other adjustment pursuant to this Section 5 occurred subsequent to the original adjustment date pursuant to this Section 5(h)(iv) but prior to such readjustment pursuant to this paragraph (C).

(D) No further adjustment of the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price, as adjusted upon the issuance of such rights, options or Convertible Securities, shall be made as a result of the actual issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock or the exercise of any such rights or options or the conversion of any such Convertible Securities. If any such rights or options or the conversion privilege represented by any such Convertible Securities shall expire without having been exercised, the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price as adjusted upon the issuance of such rights, options or Convertible Securities shall be readjusted to the Series Preferred Conversion Price which would have been in effect had an adjustment been made on the basis that the only Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued were the Additional Shares of Common Stock, if any, actually issued or sold on the exercise of such rights or options or rights of conversion of such Convertible Securities, and such Additional Shares of Common Stock, if any, were issued or sold for the consideration actually received by the Company upon such exercise, plus the consideration, if any, actually received by the Company for the granting of all such rights or options, whether or not exercised, plus the consideration received for issuing or selling the Convertible Securities actually converted, plus the consideration, if any, actually received by the Company (other than by cancellation of liabilities or obligations evidenced by such Convertible Securities) on the conversion of such Convertible Securities.

(v) For the purpose of making any adjustment to any Series Preferred Conversion Price required under this Section 5(h), “ Additional Shares of Common Stock ” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued by the Company or deemed to be issued pursuant to this Section 5(h) (including shares of Common Stock subsequently reacquired or retired by the Company), other than the following (which are referred to herein as “ Exempted Securities ”):

(A) shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Series Preferred;

(B) shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued after the Original Issue Date to employees, officers or directors of, or consultants or advisors to, the Company or any subsidiary pursuant to stock purchase or stock option plans or other arrangements that are approved by the Board, including a majority of the directors elected pursuant to Section 2(h)(i);

(C) shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to the exercise of Convertible Securities outstanding as of the Original Issue Date;

(D) shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued for consideration other than cash pursuant to a merger, consolidation, acquisition, strategic alliance or similar business combination approved by the Board, including a majority of the directors elected pursuant to Section 2(h)(i);

 

15.


(E) shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued pursuant to any equipment loan or leasing arrangement, real property leasing arrangement or debt financing from a bank or similar financial institution approved by the Board, including a majority of the directors elected pursuant to Section 2(h)(i);

(F) shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued in any transaction to which holders of at least a majority of the outstanding Series C Preferred, voting together as a separate class, agree that the application of this Section 5(h) shall be waived with respect to the Series C Preferred, if such transaction would otherwise result in an adjustment to the Series C Preferred Conversion Price;

(G) shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued in any transaction to which holders of at least a majority of the outstanding Series B-1 Preferred, voting together as a separate class, agree that the application of this Section 5(h) shall be waived with respect to the Series B-1 Preferred, if such transaction would otherwise result in an adjustment to the Series B-1 Preferred Conversion Price;

(H) shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued in any transaction to which holders of at least a majority of the outstanding Series B Preferred, voting together as a separate class, agree that the application of this Section 5(h) shall be waived with respect to the Series B Preferred, if such transaction would otherwise result in an adjustment to the Series B Preferred Conversion Price; and

(I) shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued in any transaction to which holders of at least a majority of the outstanding Series A Preferred, voting together as a separate class, agree that the application of this Section 5(h) shall be waived with respect to the Series A Preferred, if such transaction would otherwise result in an adjustment to the Series A Preferred Conversion Price.

References to Common Stock in the subsections of this clause (v) above shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued by the Company or deemed to be issued pursuant to this Section 5(h). The “ Effective Price ” of shares of Common Stock shall mean the quotient determined by dividing the total number of shares of Common Stock issued or sold, or deemed to have been issued or sold by the Company under this Section 5(h), into the Aggregate Consideration received, or deemed to have been received by the Company for such issue under this Section 5(h), for such shares of Common Stock. In the event that the number of shares of Common Stock or the Effective Price cannot be ascertained at the time of issuance, such shares of Common Stock shall be deemed issued immediately upon the occurrence of the first event that makes such number of shares or the Effective Price, as applicable, determinable.

(vi) In the event that the Company issues or sells, or is deemed to have issued or sold, Additional Shares of Common Stock in a Qualifying Dilutive Issuance (the “ First Dilutive Issuance ”), then in the event that the Company issues or sells, or is deemed to have issued or sold, Additional Shares of Common Stock in a Qualifying Dilutive Issuance

 

16.


other than the First Dilutive Issuance as a part of the same transaction or series of related transactions as the First Dilutive Issuance and within 120 days of the First Dilutive Issuance (a “ Subsequent Dilutive Issuance ”), then and in each such case upon a Subsequent Dilutive Issuance the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price shall be reduced to the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price that would have been in effect had the First Dilutive Issuance and each Subsequent Dilutive Issuance all occurred on the closing date of the First Dilutive Issuance.

(i) Certificate of Adjustment. In each case of an adjustment or readjustment of any Series Preferred Conversion Price for the number of shares of Common Stock or other securities issuable upon conversion of a series of Series Preferred, if such series of Series Preferred is then convertible pursuant to this Section 5, the Company, at its expense, shall compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the provisions hereof and shall, upon request, prepare a certificate showing such adjustment or readjustment, and shall mail such certificate, by first class mail, postage prepaid, to each registered holder of such series of Series Preferred so requesting at the holder’s address as shown in the Company’s books. The certificate shall set forth such adjustment or readjustment, showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based, including a statement of (i) the consideration received or deemed to be received by the Company for any Additional Shares of Common Stock issued or sold or deemed to have been issued or sold, (ii) the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price at the time in effect, (iii) the number of Additional Shares of Common Stock and (iv) the type and amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon conversion of such series of Series Preferred. Failure to request or provide such notice shall have no effect on any such adjustment.

(j) Notices of Record Date. Upon (i) any taking by the Company of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend or other distribution, or (ii) any Acquisition (as defined in Section 4(b)) or other capital reorganization of the Company, any reclassification or recapitalization of the capital stock of the Company, any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into any other corporation, or any Asset Transfer (as defined in Section 4(b)), or Liquidation Event or any voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company, the Company shall mail to each holder of Series Preferred at least ten (10) days prior to the record date specified therein (or such shorter period approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series Preferred, voting together as a class on an as-converted basis) a notice specifying (A) the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend or distribution and a description of such dividend or distribution, (B) the date on which any such Acquisition, reorganization, reclassification, transfer, consolidation, merger, Asset Transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding up is expected to become effective, and (C) the date, if any, that is to be fixed as to when the holders of record of Common Stock (or other securities) shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock (or other securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such Acquisition, reorganization, reclassification, transfer, consolidation, merger, Asset Transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding up.

 

17.


(k) Automatic Conversion.

(i) Each share of Series C Preferred shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, based on the then-effective Series C Preferred Conversion Price, (A) at any time upon the affirmative election of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred, or (B) immediately upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of Common Stock for the account of the Company in which (i) the per share price is at least $2.00 (as adjusted for stock splits, dividends, recapitalizations and the like after the filing date hereof), and (ii) the gross cash proceeds to the Company (before underwriting discounts, commissions and fees) are at least twenty-five million dollars ($25,000,000) (a “ Qualified Offering ”). Upon such automatic conversion, any declared and unpaid dividends shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of Section 5(d).

(ii) Each share of Series B Preferred and Series B-1 Preferred shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, based on the then-effective Series B Preferred Conversion Price or Series B-1 Preferred Conversion Price, as applicable, (A) at any time upon the affirmative election of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred and Series B-1 Preferred, voting together as a class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis, or (B) immediately upon the closing of a Qualified Offering. Upon such automatic conversion, any declared and unpaid dividends shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of Section 5(d).

(iii) Each share of Series A Preferred shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, based on the then-effective Series A Preferred Conversion Price, (A) at any time upon the affirmative election of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66  2 / 3 %) of the outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred, or (B) immediately upon the closing of a Qualified Offering. Upon such automatic conversion, any declared and unpaid dividends shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of Section 5(d).

(iv) Upon the occurrence of any of the events specified in Section 5(k)(i), Section 5(k)(ii) or Section 5(k)(iii) above or Section 5(p) below, as applicable, the outstanding shares of the applicable series of Series Preferred shall be converted automatically without any further action by the holders of such shares and whether or not the certificates representing such shares are surrendered to the Company or its transfer agent; provided, however , that the Company shall not be obligated to issue certificates evidencing the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion unless the certificates evidencing such shares of Series Preferred are either delivered to the Company or its transfer agent as provided below, or the holder notifies the Company or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an agreement satisfactory to the Company to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates. Upon the occurrence of such automatic conversion of a series of Series Preferred, the holders of such series of Series Preferred shall surrender the certificates representing such shares at the office of the Company or any transfer agent for the Series Preferred. Thereupon, there shall be issued and delivered to such holder promptly at such office and in its name as shown on such surrendered certificate or

 

18.


certificates, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Series Preferred surrendered were convertible on the date on which such automatic conversion occurred, and any declared and unpaid dividends shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of Section 5(d).

(l) Fractional Shares. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of Series Preferred. All shares of Common Stock (including fractions thereof) issuable upon conversion of more than one share of Series Preferred by a holder thereof shall be aggregated for purposes of determining whether the conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share. If, after the aforementioned aggregation, the conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share, the Company shall, in lieu of issuing any fractional share, pay cash equal to the product of such fraction multiplied by the fair market value of one (1) share of Common Stock (as determined by the Board) on the date of conversion.

(m) Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion. The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Series Preferred, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of the Series Preferred. If at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Series Preferred, the Company will take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose.

(n) Notices. Unless otherwise specifically set forth herein, any notice required by the provisions of this Section 5 shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (i) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (ii) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient; if not, then on the next business day, (iii) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (iv) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with verification of receipt. All notices shall be addressed to each holder of record at the address of such holder appearing on the books of the Company.

(o) Payment of Taxes. The Company will pay all taxes (other than taxes based upon income) and other governmental charges that may be imposed with respect to the issue or delivery of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Series Preferred, excluding any tax or other charge imposed in connection with any transfer involved in the issue and delivery of shares of Common Stock in a name other than that in which the shares of Series Preferred so converted were registered.

(p) Special Mandatory Conversion.

(i) In the event that (A) the holders of at least a majority of the Series C Preferred (as defined in that certain Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated on or about the date of filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, by and among the Company and the Purchasers defined therein (the “ Purchase Agreement ”)) then

 

19.


outstanding (including the Series C Preferred purchased pursuant to the Purchase Agreement at the Initial Closing (as defined in the Purchase Agreement)) purchase, at one or more Additional Closings (as defined in the Purchase Agreement), all of the shares of Series C Preferred that such holders are required to purchase pursuant to Sections 1.2(b), 2.2(b) and 2.2(c) of the Purchase Agreement and (B) any holder of shares of Series C Preferred who purchased shares at the Initial Closing under the Purchase Agreement does not, at such Additional Closings, purchase all of such holder’s Pro Rata Portion (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) required to be purchased by such holder pursuant to Sections 1.2(b), 2.2(b) and 2.2(c) of the Purchase Agreement (a “ Non-Participating Holder ”), then all shares of Series C Preferred purchased by such Non-Participating Holder at the Initial Closing under the Purchase Agreement, less the Non-Converted Portion (as defined below), shall automatically, and without any further action on the part of such Non-Participating Holder, be converted into shares of Common Stock at the Series C Preferred Conversion Price in effect on such date, effective at the close of business on such date.

(ii) Upon any such conversion described in Section 5(p)(i) above (a “ Special Mandatory Conversion ”), any shares of Series C Preferred so converted shall be cancelled and not subject to reissuance. Upon a Special Mandatory Conversion, the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred converted pursuant to this Section 5(p) shall be converted in accordance with the provisions of Section 5(k)(iv) above. For purposes of this Section 5(p), the “ Non-Converted Portion ” shall mean a number of shares of Series C Preferred equal to the product of (A) the number of shares of Series C Preferred purchased by such Non-Participating Holder at the Initial Closing under the Purchase Agreement, multiplied by (B) a fraction, the numerator of which shall be equal to the aggregate number of shares of Series C Preferred purchased by such Non-Participating Holder at the Additional Closings under the Purchase Agreement, and the denominator of which shall be equal to such Non-Participating Holder’s Pro Rata Portion required to be purchased by such Non-Participating Holder pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.

 

  6. R EDEMPTION .

(a) The Company shall be obligated to redeem the Series C Preferred as follows:

(i) The holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred may require the Company, to the extent it may lawfully do so, to redeem all but not less than all of the then outstanding Series C Preferred in three (3) annual installments beginning not prior to the fifth anniversary of the Original Issue Date, and ending on the date two (2) years from such first redemption date (each a “ Series C Redemption Date ”). The Company shall effect such redemptions on the applicable Series C Redemption Date by paying in cash in exchange for the shares of Series C Preferred to be redeemed a sum equal to the greater of (A) the Series C Original Issue Price plus declared and unpaid dividends with respect to such shares or (B) the then-current fair market value of such shares, as determined by a valuation firm of national reputation acceptable to the Board and the holders of a majority of the Series C Preferred then outstanding. The per share amount to be paid for the Series C Preferred is hereinafter referred to as the “ Series C Redemption Price .” The number of shares of

 

20.


Series C Preferred that the Company shall be required to redeem on any one Series C Redemption Date shall be equal to the amount determined by dividing (A) the aggregate number of shares of Series C Preferred, outstanding immediately prior to the Series C Redemption Date by (B) the number of remaining Series C Redemption Dates (including the Series C Redemption Date to which such calculation applies). Shares subject to redemption pursuant to this Section 6(a)(i) shall be redeemed from each holder of Series C Preferred on a pro rata basis, based on the number of shares of Series C Preferred then held.

(ii) At least thirty (30) days but no more than sixty (60) days prior to the first Series C Redemption Date, the Company shall send a notice (a “ Series C Redemption Notice ”) to all holders of Series C Preferred to be redeemed setting forth (A) the first Series C Redemption Date; (B) the number of shares of Series C Preferred to be redeemed from such holder; (C) the Series C Redemption Price for the shares to be redeemed; and (D) the place at which such holders may obtain payment of the Series C Redemption Price upon surrender of their share certificates. If the Company does not have sufficient funds legally available to redeem all shares of Series C Preferred to be redeemed at the Series C Redemption Date, then it shall so notify such holders and shall redeem such shares pro rata (based on the portion of the aggregate Series C Redemption Price payable to them) to the extent possible and shall redeem the remaining shares to be redeemed, with interest on the unpaid Series C Redemption Price at the rate of ten percent (10%) per annum from the Series C Redemption Date, as soon as sufficient funds are legally available.

(iii) In the event that the holders of Series B Preferred and Series B-1 Preferred vote to redeem the Series B Preferred and Series B-1 Preferred in accordance with Section 6(b) concurrently with the holders of Series C Preferred, then any such redemption shall be made on a pari passu , pro rata basis with the Series C Preferred.

(b) The Company shall be obligated to redeem the Series B Preferred and Series B-1 Preferred as follows:

(i) The holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66  2 / 3 %) of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred and Series B-1 Preferred, voting together as a separate class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis, may require the Company, to the extent it may lawfully do so, to redeem all but not less than all of the then outstanding Series B Preferred and Series B-1 Preferred in three (3) annual installments beginning not prior to the fifth anniversary of the Original Issue Date, and ending on the date two (2) years from such first redemption date (each a “ Series B Redemption Date ”); provided that the Company shall receive at least sixty (60) days prior to such the first such Series B Redemption Date written notice of such request of the holders of the Series B Preferred and Series B-1 Preferred. The Company shall effect such redemptions on the applicable Series B Redemption Date by paying in cash in exchange for the shares of Series B Preferred and Series B-1 Preferred to be redeemed a sum equal to the Series B Original Issue Price or Series B-1 Original Issue Price, as applicable, plus declared and unpaid dividends with respect to such shares. The per share amount to be paid for the Series B Preferred is hereinafter referred to as the “ Series B Redemption Price ,” and the per share amount to be paid for the Series B-1 Preferred is hereinafter referred to as the “ Series B-1 Redemption Price .” The number of shares

 

21.


of Series B Preferred or Series B-1 Preferred, as applicable, that the Company shall be required to redeem on any one Series B Redemption Date shall be equal to the amount determined by dividing (A) the aggregate number of shares of Series B Preferred or Series B-1 Preferred, as applicable, outstanding immediately prior to the Series B Redemption Date by (B) the number of remaining Series B Redemption Dates (including the Series B Redemption Date to which such calculation applies). Shares subject to redemption pursuant to this Section 6(a)(ii) shall be redeemed from each holder of Series B Preferred and Series B-1 Preferred on a pro rata basis, based on the aggregate number of shares of Series B Preferred and Series B-1 Preferred then held.

(ii) At least thirty (30) days but no more than sixty (60) days prior to the first Series B Redemption Date, the Company shall send a notice (a “ Series B Redemption Notice ”) to all holders of Series B Preferred and Series B-1 Preferred to be redeemed setting forth (A) the first Series B Redemption Date; (B) the number of shares of Series B Preferred and Series B-1 Preferred to be redeemed from such holder; (C) the Series B Redemption Price and Series B-1 Redemption Price for the shares to be redeemed; and (D) the place at which such holders may obtain payment of the Series B Redemption Price or Series B-1 Redemption Price, as applicable, upon surrender of their share certificates. If the Company does not have sufficient funds legally available to redeem all shares of Series B Preferred and Series B-1 Preferred to be redeemed at the Series B Redemption Date, then it shall so notify such holders and shall redeem such shares pro rata (based on the portion of the aggregate Series B Redemption Price and Series B-1 Redemption Price payable to them) to the extent possible and shall redeem the remaining shares to be redeemed, with interest on the unpaid Series B Redemption Price or Series B-1 Redemption Price, as applicable, at the rate of ten percent (10%) per annum from the Series B Redemption Date, as soon as sufficient funds are legally available.

(iii) In the event that the holders of Series B Preferred and Series B-1 Preferred vote to redeem the Series B Preferred and Series B-1 Preferred in accordance with this Section 6(b) concurrently with the election of the holders of Series C Preferred pursuant to Section 6(a), then any such redemption shall be made on a pari passu , pro rata basis with the Series C Preferred.

(c) The Company shall be obligated to redeem the Series A Preferred as follows:

(i) At any time after all shares of Series C Preferred, Series B Preferred and Series B-1 Preferred have either (A) been converted to Common Stock pursuant to Section 5 or (B) been redeemed in full pursuant to Section 6(a) and Section 6(b) hereof, the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66  2 / 3 %) of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred, voting together as a separate class, may require the Company, to the extent it may lawfully do so, to redeem all but not less than all of the then outstanding Series A Preferred on a date at least sixty (60) days after the date of such vote but not prior to the fifth anniversary of the Original Issue Date (the date specified by such holders being the “ Series A Redemption Date ”). Each Series C Redemption Date, Series B Redemption Date and the Series A Redemption Date may be referred to herein as a “ Redemption Date .” The Company shall effect such redemption on the Series A Redemption Date by paying in cash in exchange for the shares

 

22.


of Series A Preferred to be redeemed a sum equal to the Series A Original Issue Price plus declared and unpaid dividends with respect to such shares. The per share amount to be paid for the Series A Preferred is hereinafter referred to as the “ Series A Redemption Price .” Each of Series C Redemption Price, the Series B-1 Redemption Price, the Series B Redemption Price and the Series A Redemption Price may be referred to herein as the “ Redemption Price .”

(ii) At least thirty (30) days but no more than sixty (60) days prior to the Series A Redemption Date, the Company shall send a notice (a “ Series A Redemption Notice ”) to all holders of Series A Preferred to be redeemed setting forth (A) the Series A Redemption Date; (B) the Series A Redemption Price for the shares to be redeemed; and (C) the place at which such holders may obtain payment of the Series A Redemption Price upon surrender of their share certificates. Each of the Series C Redemption Notice, the Series B Redemption Notice and the Series A Redemption Notice may be referred to herein as a “ Redemption Notice .” If the Company does not have sufficient funds legally available to redeem all shares of Series A Preferred to be redeemed at the Series A Redemption Date, then it shall so notify such holders and shall redeem such shares pro rata (based on the portion of the aggregate Series A Redemption Price payable to them) to the extent possible and shall redeem the remaining shares, with interest on the unpaid Series A Redemption Price at the rate of ten percent (10%) per annum from the Series A Redemption Date, as soon as sufficient funds are legally available.

(d) On or prior to the applicable Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit the applicable Redemption Price of all shares to be redeemed with a bank or trust company having aggregate capital and surplus in excess of one hundred million dollars ($100,000,000), as a trust fund, with irrevocable instructions and authority to the bank or trust company to pay, on and after such Redemption Date, the applicable Redemption Price of the shares to their respective holders upon the surrender of their share certificates. Any moneys deposited by the Company pursuant to this Section 6(d) for the redemption of shares thereafter converted into shares of Common Stock pursuant to Section 5 hereof no later than the applicable Redemption Date shall be returned to the Company forthwith upon such conversion. The balance of any funds deposited by the Company pursuant to this Section 6(d) remaining unclaimed at the expiration of one (1) year following such Redemption Date shall be returned to the Company promptly upon its written request.

(e) On or after each such Redemption Date, each holder of shares of Series Preferred to be redeemed shall surrender such holder’s certificates representing such shares to the Company in the manner and at the place designated in the applicable Redemption Notice, and thereupon the applicable Redemption Price of such shares shall be payable to the order of the person whose name appears on such certificate or certificates as the owner thereof and each surrendered certificate shall be canceled. In the event less than all the shares represented by such certificates are redeemed, a new certificate shall be issued representing the unredeemed shares. From and after such Redemption Date, unless there shall have been a default in payment of the applicable Redemption Price or the Company is unable to pay the Redemption Price due to not having sufficient legally available funds, all rights of the holder of such shares as a holder of Series Preferred (except the right to receive the applicable Redemption Price without interest upon surrender of their certificates) shall cease and terminate with respect

 

23.


to such shares; provided that in the event that shares of Series Preferred are not redeemed due to a default in payment by the Company or because the Company does not have sufficient legally available funds, such shares of Series Preferred shall remain outstanding and shall be entitled to all of the rights and preferences provided herein until redeemed.

(f) In the event of a call for redemption of any shares of Series Preferred, the Conversion Rights (as defined in Section 5) for such shares of Series Preferred shall terminate as to the shares designated for redemption at the close of business on the applicable Redemption Date, unless default is made in payment of the applicable Redemption Price.

(g) The Company shall not redeem any shares of Series A Preferred, except as permitted by the provisions of Section 6(c), without the written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series Preferred, voting together as a class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis. The Company shall not redeem any shares of Series B Preferred or Series B-1 Preferred, except as permitted by the provisions of Section 6(b), without the written consent of the holders of shares of Series Preferred representing a majority of the votes represented by the outstanding shares of Series Preferred. The Company shall not redeem any shares of Series C Preferred, except as permitted by the provisions of Section 6(a), without the written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred.

 

  7. N O R EISSUANCE OF S ERIES P REFERRED .

No shares of Series Preferred acquired by the Company by reason of redemption, purchase, conversion or otherwise shall be reissued.

V.

A. The Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by the provisions of Section 145 of the DGCL, as the same may be amended and supplemented from time to time, indemnify its directors and executive officers from and against any and all of the expenses, liabilities or other matters referred to in or covered by said section as amended or supplemented (or any successor), and the indemnification provided for herein shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or executive officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a director or executive officer.

B. No director shall be personally liable to the Company or its stockholders for any monetary damages for breaches of fiduciary duty as a director, notwithstanding any provision of law imposing such liability; provided that this provision shall not eliminate or limit the liability of a director, to the extent that such liability is imposed by applicable law: (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Company or its stockholders; (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; (iii) under Section 174 or successor provisions of the DGCL; or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. This provision shall not eliminate or limit the

 

24.


liability of a director for any act or omission if such elimination or limitation is prohibited by the DGCL. No amendment to or repeal of this provision shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any director for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to such amendment or repeal. If the DGCL is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Company shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.

VI.

For the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Company, and in further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Company, of its directors and of its stockholders or any class thereof, as the case may be, it is further provided that:

A. The management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Company shall be vested in its Board. The number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board shall be fixed by the Board in the manner provided in the Bylaws, subject to any restrictions which may be set forth in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

B. The Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Company. The stockholders shall also have the power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Company; provided however , that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Company required by law or by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to adopt, amend or repeal any provision of the Bylaws of the Company.

C. The directors of the Company need not be elected by written ballot unless the Bylaws so provide.

VII.

Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws of the Company may provide. The books of the corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the DGCL) outside of the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board or the Bylaws.

VIII.

In the event that a director of the Company who is also a partner, employee or affiliate of an entity that is a holder of Series Preferred and that is in the business of investing and reinvesting in other entities (each, a “ Fund ”) acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or matter in such person’s capacity as a partner or employee of the Fund and that may be a corporate opportunity for both the Company and such Fund (a “ Corporate Opportunity ”), then (i) the Company renounces any expectancy that such director or Fund offer an opportunity to participate in such Corporate Opportunity to the Company, (ii) such director shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, have fully satisfied and fulfilled his fiduciary duty to the Company and its stockholders with respect to such Corporate Opportunity, and (iii) the Company, to the fullest

 

25.


extent permitted by law, waives any claim that such Corporate Opportunity constituted a corporate opportunity that should have been presented to the Company or any of its affiliates; provided , however , that such director acts in good faith and such opportunity was not offered to such person in his or her capacity as a director of the Company.

* * * *

FOUR: This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly approved by the Board of the Company.

FIVE: This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was approved by the holders of the requisite number of shares of said corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the DGCL by the stockholders of the Company.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

26.


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , C HANNEL A DVISOR C ORPORATION has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its President and Chief Executive Officer this 29 th day of August, 2008.

 

C HANNEL A DVISOR C ORPORATION
Signature:   LOGO
Print Name:   M. Scot Wingo
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer


F IRST C ERTIFICATE OF A MENDMENT

OF THE

A MENDED AND R ESTATED C ERTIFICATE OF I NCORPORATION

OF

C HANNEL A DVISOR C ORPORATION

C HANNEL A DVISOR C ORPORATION , a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”), does hereby certify:

F IRST : The name of the corporation is ChannelAdvisor Corporation (the “ Company ”).

S ECOND : The date of filing the original Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware is June 18, 2001.

T HIRD : The Board of Directors of the Company, acting in accordance with the provisions of Sections 141 and 242 of the DGCL, adopted resolutions approving the following amendments to the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation:

1. Section A of Article IV of the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“The Company is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “ Common Stock ” and “ Preferred Stock .” The total number of shares which the Company is authorized to issue is 523,871,368 shares, 303,500,000 shares of which shall be Common Stock and 220,371,368 shares of which shall be Preferred Stock. The Common Stock and the Preferred Stock shall each have a par value of $0.001 per share.”

2. Section C of Article IV of the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“Of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock, 94,069,763 shares are hereby designated “Series A Preferred Stock” (the “ Series A Preferred ”), 40,641,227 shares are hereby designated “Series B Preferred Stock” (the “ Series B Preferred ”), 5,660,378 shares are hereby designated “Series B-1 Preferred Stock” (the “ Series B-1 Preferred ”) and 80,000,000 shares are hereby designated “Series C Preferred Stock” (the “ Series C Preferred ,” and together with the Series A Preferred, the Series B Preferred and the Series B-1 Preferred, the “ Series Preferred ”).”

F OURTH : This First Certificate of Amendment of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 228 and 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

[S IGNATURE P AGE F OLLOWS ]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this First Certificate of Amendment of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company on this 21 st day of March, 2012.

 

C HANNEL A DVISOR C ORPORATION
By:  

LOGO

  M. Scot Wingo
  Chief Executive Officer


C ERTIFICATE OF A MENDMENT

OF THE

A MENDED AND R ESTATED C ERTIFICATE OF I NCORPORATION

OF

C HANNEL A DVISOR C ORPORATION

C HANNEL A DVISOR C ORPORATION , a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”), does hereby certify:

F IRST : The name of the corporation is ChannelAdvisor Corporation (the “ Company ”).

S ECOND : The date of filing the original Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware is June 18, 2001.

T HIRD : The Board of Directors of the Company, acting in accordance with the provisions of Sections 141 and 242 of the DGCL, adopted resolutions approving the following amendments to the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation:

1. Section 6(a)(i) of Article IV of the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

(i) The holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred may require the Company, to the extent it may lawfully do so, to redeem all but not less than all of the then outstanding Series C Preferred in three (3) annual installments beginning not prior to November 30, 2014, and ending on the date two (2) years from such first redemption date (each a “ Series C Redemption Date ”). The Company shall effect such redemptions on the applicable Series C Redemption Date by paying in cash in exchange for the shares of Series C Preferred to be redeemed a sum equal to the greater of (A) the Series C Original Issue Price plus declared and unpaid dividends with respect to such shares or (B) the then-current fair market value of such shares, as determined by a valuation firm of national reputation acceptable to the Board and the holders of a majority of the Series C Preferred then outstanding. The per share amount to be paid for the Series C Preferred is hereinafter referred to as the “ Series C Redemption Price .” The number of shares of Series C Preferred that the Company shall be required to redeem on any one Series C Redemption Date shall be equal to the amount determined by dividing (A) the aggregate number of shares of Series C Preferred, outstanding immediately prior to the Series C Redemption Date by (B) the number of remaining Series C Redemption Dates (including the Series C Redemption Date to which such calculation applies). Shares subject to redemption pursuant to this Section 6(a)(i) shall be redeemed from each holder of Series C Preferred on a pro rata basis, based on the number of shares of Series C Preferred then held.


2. Section 6(b)(i) of Article IV of the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

(i) The holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66  2 / 3 %) of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred and Series B-1 Preferred, voting together as a separate class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis, may require the Company, to the extent it may lawfully do so, to redeem all but not less than all of the then outstanding Series B Preferred and Series B-1 Preferred in three (3) annual installments beginning not prior to November 30, 2014, and ending on the date two (2) years from such first redemption date (each a “ Series B Redemption Date ”); provided that the Company shall receive at least sixty (60) days prior to such the first such Series B Redemption Date written notice of such request of the holders of the Series B Preferred and Series B-1 Preferred. The Company shall effect such redemptions on the applicable Series B Redemption Date by paying in cash in exchange for the shares of Series B Preferred and Series B-1 Preferred to be redeemed a sum equal to the Series B Original Issue Price or Series B-1 Original Issue Price, as applicable, plus declared and unpaid dividends with respect to such shares. The per share amount to be paid for the Series B Preferred is hereinafter referred to as the “ Series B Redemption Price ,” and the per share amount to be paid for the Series B-1 Preferred is hereinafter referred to as the “ Series B-1 Redemption Price .” The number of shares of Series B Preferred or Series B-1 Preferred, as applicable, that the Company shall be required to redeem on any one Series B Redemption Date shall be equal to the amount determined by dividing (A) the aggregate number of shares of Series B Preferred or Series B-1 Preferred, as applicable, outstanding immediately prior to the Series B Redemption Date by (B) the number of remaining Series B Redemption Dates (including the Series B Redemption Date to which such calculation applies). Shares subject to redemption pursuant to this Section 6(a)(ii) shall be redeemed from each holder of Series B Preferred and Series B-1 Preferred on a pro rata basis, based on the aggregate number of shares of Series B Preferred and Series B-1 Preferred then held.

3. Section 6(c)(i) of Article IV of the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

(i) At any time after all shares of Series C Preferred, Series B Preferred and Series B-1 Preferred have either (A) been converted to Common Stock pursuant to Section 5 or (B) been redeemed in full pursuant to Section 6(a) and Section 6(b) hereof, the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66  2 / 3 %) of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred, voting together as a separate class, may require the Company, to the extent it may lawfully do so, to redeem all but not less than all of the then outstanding Series A Preferred on a date at least sixty (60) days after the date of such vote but not prior to November 30, 2014 (the date specified by such holders being the “ Series A Redemption Date ”). Each Series C Redemption Date, Series B Redemption Date and the Series A Redemption Date may be referred to herein as a “ Redemption Date .”


The Company shall effect such redemption on the Series A Redemption Date by paying in cash in exchange for the shares of Series A Preferred to be redeemed a sum equal to the Series A Original Issue Price plus declared and unpaid dividends with respect to such shares. The per share amount to be paid for the Series A Preferred is hereinafter referred to as the “ Series A Redemption Price .” Each of Series C Redemption Price, the Series B-1 Redemption Price, the Series B Redemption Price and the Series A Redemption Price may be referred to herein as the “ Redemption Price .”

F OURTH : This Certificate of Amendment of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 228 and 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

[S IGNATURE P AGE F OLLOWS ]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Certificate of Amendment of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company on this 15 th day of November, 2012.

 

C HANNEL A DVISOR C ORPORATION
By:  

LOGO

  M. Scot Wingo
  Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 3.4

BYLAWS

OF

CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

ARTICLE I CORPORATE OFFICES

     1   

1.1

 

Registered Office

     1   

1.2

 

Other Offices

     1   

ARTICLE II MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

     1   

2.1

 

Place of Meetings

     1   

2.2

 

Annual Meeting

     1   

2.3

 

Special Meeting

     1   

2.4

 

Notice of Stockholders’ Meetings

     2   

2.5

 

Manner of Giving Notice; Affidavit of Notice

     2   

2.6

 

Quorum

     2   

2.7

 

Adjourned Meeting; Notice

     2   

2.8

 

Voting

     3   

2.9

 

Waiver of Notice

     3   

2.10

 

Stockholder Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting

     3   

2.11

 

Record Date for Stockholder Notice; Voting; Giving Consents

     3   

2.12

 

Proxies

     4   

2.13

 

List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote

     4   

ARTICLE III DIRECTORS

     5   

3.1

 

Powers

     5   

3.2

 

Number of Directors

     5   

3.3

 

Election, Qualification and Term of Office of Directors

     5   

3.4

 

Resignation and Vacancies

     5   

3.5

 

Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone

     6   

3.6

 

First Meetings

     7   

3.7

 

Regular Meetings

     7   

3.8

 

Special Meetings; Notice

     7   

3.9

 

Quorum

     7   

3.10

 

Waiver of Notice

     7   

3.11

 

Adjourned Meeting; Notice

     8   

3.12

 

Board Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting

     8   

3.13

 

Fees and Compensation of Directors

     8   

3.14

 

Approval of Loans to Officers

     8   

3.15

 

Removal of Directors

     8   

ARTICLE IV COMMITTEES

     9   

4.1

 

Committees of Directors

     9   

4.2

 

Committee Minutes

     9   

4.3

 

Meetings and Action of Committees

     9   

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  

ARTICLE V OFFICERS

     10   

5.1

 

Officers

     10   

5.2

 

Election of Officers

     10   

5.3

 

Subordinate Officers

     10   

5.4

 

Removal and Resignation of Officers

     10   

5.5

 

Vacancies in Offices

     11   

5.6

 

Chairman of the Board

     11   

5.7

 

Chief Executive Officer

     11   

5.8

 

President

     11   

5.9

 

Vice President

     11   

5.10

 

Secretary

     12   

5.11

 

Treasurer

     12   

5.12

 

Assistant Secretary

     12   

5.13

 

Assistant Treasurer

     13   

5.14

 

Authority and Duties of Officers

     13   

ARTICLE VI INDEMNITY

     13   

6.1

 

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

     13   

6.2

 

Indemnification of Others

     13   

6.3

 

Insurance

     14   

6.4

 

Prepayment of Expenses

     14   

6.5

 

Claims

     14   

6.6

 

Non-Exclusivity of Rights

     14   

6.7

 

Other Indemnification

     14   

6.8

 

Effect of Amendment or Repeal

     15   

ARTICLE VII RECORDS AND REPORTS

     15   

7.1

 

Maintenance and Inspection of Records

     15   

7.2

 

Inspection by Directors

     15   

7.3

 

Annual Statement to Stockholders

     16   

7.4

 

Representation of Shares of Other Corporations

     16   

ARTICLE VIII GENERAL MATTERS

     16   

8.1

 

Checks

     16   

8.2

 

Execution of Corporate Contracts and Instruments

     16   

8.3

 

Stock Certificates; Partly Paid Shares

     17   

8.4

 

Special Designation on Certificates

     17   

8.5

 

Lost Certificates

     17   

8.6

 

Construction; Definitions

     18   

 

-ii-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

         Page  

8.7

 

Dividends

     18   

8.8

 

Fiscal Year

     18   

8.9

 

Seal

     18   

8.10

 

Transfer of Stock

     18   

8.11

 

Stock Transfer Agreements

     19   

8.12

 

Registered Stockholders

     19   

ARTICLE IX AMENDMENTS

     19   

ARTICLE X DISSOLUTION

     19   

ARTICLE XI CUSTODIAN

     20   

11.1

 

Appointment of a Custodian in Certain Cases

     20   

11.2

 

Duties of Custodian

     20   

 

-iii-


CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION

BYLAWS

ARTICLE I

CORPORATE OFFICES

 

  1.1 Registered Office

The registered office of the corporation shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware. The name of the registered agent of the corporation at such location is The Corporation Trust Company.

 

  1.2 Other Offices

The board of directors may at any time establish other offices at any place or places where the corporation is qualified to do business.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

  2.1 Place of Meetings

Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place, within or outside the State of Delaware, designated by the board of directors. In the absence of any such designation, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the registered office of the corporation.

 

  2.2 Annual Meeting

The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held each year on a date and at a time designated by the board of directors. In the absence of such designation, the annual meeting of stockholders shall be held on the second Monday of April in each year at 10:00 a.m. However, if such day falls on a legal holiday, then the meeting shall be held at the same time and place on the next succeeding full business day. At the meeting, directors shall be elected and any other proper business may be transacted.

 

  2.3 Special Meeting

Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, may be called, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or the certificate of incorporation, by the Chairman of the Board,


Chief Executive Officer or President. The President or Secretary shall call a special meeting when requested in writing by any two or more of the directors, or by stockholders holding a majority of the shares entitled to vote. Such written request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting.

 

  2.4 Notice of Stockholders’ Meetings

All notices of meetings with stockholders shall be in writing and shall be sent or otherwise given in accordance with Section 2.5 of these bylaws not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. The notice shall specify the place, date, and hour of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.

 

  2.5 Manner of Giving Notice; Affidavit of Notice

Written notice of any meeting of stockholders, if mailed, is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation. An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent of the corporation that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

 

  2.6 Quorum

The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If, however, such quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed.

 

  2.7 Adjourned Meeting; Notice

When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, unless these bylaws otherwise require, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting the corporation may transact any business that might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

-2-


  2.8 Voting

The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.11 of these bylaws, subject to the provisions of Sections 217 and 218 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock and to voting trusts and other voting agreements).

Except as may be otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder.

 

  2.9 Waiver of Notice

Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the General Corporation Law of Delaware or of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver thereof, signed by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

 

  2.10 Stockholder Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation, or any action that may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice, and without a vote if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing. If the action which is consented to is such as would have required the filing of a certificate under any section of the General Corporation Law of Delaware if such action had been voted on by stockholders at a meeting thereof, then the certificate filed under such section shall state, in lieu of any statement required by such section concerning any vote of stockholders, that written notice and written consent have been given as provided in Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

  2.11 Record Date for Stockholder Notice; Voting; Giving Consents

In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other

 

-3-


distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the board of directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action.

If the board of directors does not so fix a record date:

(i) The record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

(ii) The record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the board of directors is necessary, shall be the day on which the first written consent is expressed.

(iii) The record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board of directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the board of directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

  2.12 Proxies

Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for him by a written proxy, signed by the stockholder and filed with the secretary of the corporation, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three (3) years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A proxy shall be deemed signed if the stockholder’s name is placed on the proxy (whether by manual signature, typewriting, telegraphic transmission or otherwise) by the stockholder or the stockholder’s attorney-in-fact. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212(c) of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

  2.13 List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote

The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of a corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

 

-4-


ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

 

  3.1 Powers

Subject to the provisions of the General Corporation Law of Delaware and any limitations in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws relating to action required to be approved by the stockholders or by the outstanding shares, the business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed and all corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the direction of the board of directors.

 

  3.2 Number of Directors

The authorized number of directors of the corporation shall be not more than five (5) but not less than two (2), the actual number to be fixed by the Board of Directors from time to time: provided that the number of directors shall be three (3) until otherwise fixed by the Board of Directors. This range may be changed by a duly adopted amendment to the certificate of incorporation or by an amendment to this bylaw duly adopted by the vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote or by resolution of a majority of the board of directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation.

No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

 

  3.3 Election, Qualification and Term of Office of Directors

Except as provided in Section 3.4 of these bylaws, directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders to hold office until the next annual meeting or special meeting called for such purpose. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, wherein other qualifications for directors may be prescribed. Each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier resignation or removal.

Elections of directors need not be by written ballot.

 

  3.4 Resignation and Vacancies

Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the corporation. When one or more directors so resigns and the resignation is effective at a future date, a majority of the directors

 

-5-


then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each director so chosen shall hold office as provided in this section in the filling of other vacancies.

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws:

(i) Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining director.

(ii) Whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series may be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected, unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation.

If at any time, by reason of death or resignation or other cause, the corporation should have no directors in office, then any officer or any stockholder or an executor, administrator, trustee or guardian of a stockholder, or other fiduciary entrusted with like responsibility for the person or estate of a stockholder, may call a special meeting of stockholders in accordance with the provisions of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, or may apply to the Court of Chancery for a decree summarily ordering an election as provided in Section 211 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office constitute less than a majority of the whole board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), then the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least ten (10) percent of the total number of the shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office as aforesaid, which election shall be governed by the provisions of Section 211 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware as far as applicable.

 

  3.5 Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone

The board of directors of the corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the board of directors, or any committee designated by the board of directors, may participate in a meeting of the board of directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

-6-


  3.6 First Meetings

The first meeting of each newly elected board of directors shall be held at such time and place as shall be fixed by the vote of the stockholders at the annual meeting and no notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally to constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present. In the event of the failure of the stockholders to fix the time or place of such first meeting of the newly elected board of directors, or in the event such meeting is not held at the time and place so fixed by the stockholders, the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the board of directors, or as shall be specified in a written waiver signed by all of the directors.

 

  3.7 Regular Meetings

Regular meetings of the board of directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the board of directors.

 

  3.8 Special Meetings; Notice

Special meetings of the board of directors may be called by the president on twenty-four (24) hours’ notice to each director, either personally or by mail, telegram, telex, or telephone; special meetings shall be called by the president or secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of two (2) directors unless the board consists of only one (1) director, in which case special meetings shall be called by the president or secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of the sole director.

 

  3.9 Quorum

At all meetings of the board of directors, a majority of the authorized number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the board of directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the board of directors, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present.

 

  3.10 Waiver of Notice

Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the General Corporation Law of Delaware or of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver thereof, signed by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the

 

-7-


beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the directors, or members of a committee of directors, need be specified in any written waiver of notice unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

 

  3.11 Adjourned Meeting; Notice

If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the board of directors, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present.

 

  3.12 Board Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the board of directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board or committee.

 

  3.13 Fees and Compensation of Directors

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the board of directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.

 

  3.14 Approval of Loans to Officers

The corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiary, including any officer or employee who is a director of the corporation or its subsidiary, whenever, in the judgment of the directors, such loan, guaranty or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation. The loan, guaranty or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the board of directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation. Nothing in this section contained shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at common law or under any statute.

 

  3.15 Removal of Directors

Unless otherwise restricted by statute, by the certificate of incorporation or by these bylaws, any director or the entire board of directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.

No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of such director’s term of office.

 

-8-


ARTICLE IV

COMMITTEES

 

  4.1 Committees of Directors

The board of directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole board, designate one or more committees, with each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the board of directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the board of directors or in the bylaws of the corporation, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the board of directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority to (i) amend the certificate of incorporation (except that a committee may, to the extent authorized in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of shares of stock adopted by the board of directors as provided in Section 151(a) of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, fix any of the preferences or rights of such shares relating to dividends, redemption, dissolution, any distribution of assets of the corporation or the conversion into, or the exchange of such shares for, shares of any other class or classes or any other series of the same or any other class or classes of stock of the corporation), (ii) adopt an agreement of merger or consolidation under Sections 251 or 252 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, (iii) recommend to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the corporation’s property and assets, (iv) recommend to the stockholders a dissolution of the corporation or a revocation of a dissolution, or (v) amend the bylaws of the corporation; and, unless the board resolution establishing the committee, the bylaws or the certificate of incorporation expressly so provide, no such committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend, to authorize the issuance of stock, or to adopt a certificate of ownership and merger pursuant to Section 253 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

  4.2 Committee Minutes

Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the board of directors when required.

 

  4.3 Meetings and Action of Committees

Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of Article III of these bylaws, Section 3.5 (place of meetings and meetings by telephone), Section 3.7 (regular meetings), Section 3.8 (special meetings and notice), Section 3.9 (quorum), Section 3.10 (waiver of notice), Section 3.11 (adjournment and notice of adjournment),

 

-9-


and Section 3.12 (action without a meeting), with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the board of directors and its members; provided, however, that the time of regular meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the board of directors and that notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee. The board of directors may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws.

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

 

  5.1 Officers

The officers of the corporation shall be a chief executive officer, a president, one or more vice presidents, a secretary, and a treasurer. The corporation may also have, at the discretion of the board of directors, a chairman of the board, one or more assistant vice presidents, assistant secretaries, assistant treasurers, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 of these bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

 

  5.2 Election of Officers

The officers of the corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Sections 5.3 or 5.5 of these bylaws, shall be chosen by the board of directors, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment.

 

  5.3 Subordinate Officers

The board of directors may appoint, or empower the president to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the corporation may require, each of whom shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the board of directors may from time to time determine.

 

  5.4 Removal and Resignation of Officers

Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of the majority of the board of directors at any regular or special meeting of the board or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the board of directors, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the board of directors.

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the corporation. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in

 

-10-


that notice; and, unless otherwise specified in that notice, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.

 

  5.5 Vacancies in Offices

Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the board of directors.

 

  5.6 Chairman of the Board

The chairman of the board, if such an officer be elected, shall, if present, preside at meetings of the board of directors and exercise and perform such other powers and duties as may from time to time be assigned to him by the board of directors or as may be prescribed by these bylaws. If there is no president, then the chairman of the board shall also be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall have the powers and duties prescribed in Section 5.7 of these bylaws.

 

  5.7 Chief Executive Officer

Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the board of directors to the chairman of the board, if there be such an officer, the president shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the board of directors, have general supervision, direction, and control of the business and the officers of the corporation. He shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and, in the absence or nonexistence of a chairman of the board, at all meetings of the board of directors. He shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of chief executive officer of a corporation and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or these bylaws.

 

  5.8 President

Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the board of directors to the chairman of the board or the chief executive officer, if there be such officers, the president shall have general supervision, direction, and control of the business and the officers of the corporation. He shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of president of a corporation and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or these bylaws.

 

  5.9 Vice President

In the absence or disability of the president, the vice presidents, if any, in order of their rank as fixed by the board of directors or, if not ranked, a vice president designated by the board of directors, shall perform all the duties of the president and when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the president. The vice presidents shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for them respectively by the board of directors, these bylaws, the president or the chairman of the board.

 

-11-


  5.10 Secretary

The secretary shall keep or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office of the corporation or such other place as the board of directors may direct, a book of minutes of all meetings and actions of directors, committees of directors, and stockholders. The minutes shall show the time and place of each meeting, whether regular or special (and, if special, how authorized and the notice given), the names of those present at directors’ meetings or committee meetings, the number of shares present or represented at stockholders’ meetings, and the proceedings thereof.

The secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, at the principal executive office of the corporation or at the office of the corporation’s transfer agent or registrar, as determined by resolution of the board of directors, a share register, or a duplicate share register, showing the names of all stockholders and their addresses, the number and classes of shares held by each, the number and date of certificates evidencing such shares, and the number and date of cancellation of every certificate surrendered for cancellation.

The secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and of the board of directors required to be given by law or by these bylaws. He shall keep the seal of the corporation, if one be adopted, in safe custody and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or by these bylaws.

 

  5.11 Treasurer

The treasurer shall keep and maintain, or cause to be kept and maintained, adequate and correct books and records of accounts of the properties and business transactions of the corporation, including accounts of its assets, liabilities, receipts, disbursements, gains, losses, capital, retained earnings, and shares. The books of account shall at all reasonable times be open to inspection by any director.

The treasurer shall deposit all money and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the corporation with such depositaries as may be designated by the board of directors. He shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the board of directors, shall render to the president and directors, whenever they request it, an account of all of his transactions as treasurer and of the financial condition of the corporation, and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or these bylaws.

 

  5.12 Assistant Secretary

The assistant secretary, or, if there is more than one, the assistant secretaries in the order determined by the stockholders or board of directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election) shall, in the absence of the secretary or in the event of his or her inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors or the stockholders may from time to time prescribe.

 

-12-


  5.13 Assistant Treasurer

The assistant treasurer, or, if there is more than one, the assistant treasurers, in the order determined by the stockholders or board of directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the treasurer or in the event of his or her inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors or the stockholders may from time to time prescribe.

 

  5.14 Authority and Duties of Officers

In addition to the foregoing authority and duties, all officers of the corporation shall respectively have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the business of the corporation as may be designated from time to time by the board of directors or the stockholders.

ARTICLE VI

INDEMNITY

 

  6.1 Indemnification of Directors and Officers

The corporation shall, to the maximum extent and in the manner permitted by the General Corporation Law of Delaware, indemnify each of its directors and officers against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, settlements, and other amounts actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any proceeding, arising by reason of the fact that such person is or was an agent of the corporation. For purposes of this Section 6.1, a “ director ” or “ officer ” of the corporation includes any person (i) who is or was a director or officer of the corporation, (ii) who is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or (iii) who was a director or officer of a corporation which was a predecessor corporation of the corporation or of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor corporation.

 

  6.2 Indemnification of Others

The corporation shall have the power, to the extent and in the manner permitted by the General Corporation Law of Delaware, to indemnify each of its employees and agents (other than directors and officers) against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, settlements, and other amounts actually and reasonably incurred in connection with any proceeding, arising by reason of the fact that such person is or was an agent of the corporation. For purposes of this Section 6.2, an “ employee ” or “ agent ” of the corporation (other than a director or officer) includes any person (i) who is or was an employee or agent of the corporation, (ii) who is or was serving at the request of the corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or (iii) who was an employee or agent of a corporation which was a predecessor corporation of the corporation or of another enterprise at the request of such predecessor corporation.

 

-13-


  6.3 Insurance

The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

  6.4 Prepayment of Expenses

The corporation shall pay the expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition, provided, however, that the payment of expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of the proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by the director or officer to repay all amounts advanced if it should be ultimately determined that the director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article or otherwise.

 

  6.5 Claims

If a claim for indemnification or payment of expenses under this Article VI is not paid in full within sixty days after a written claim therefor has been received by the corporation the claimant may file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim and, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim. In any such action the corporation shall have the burden of proving that the claimant was not entitled to the requested indemnification or payment of expenses under applicable law.

 

  6.6 Non-Exclusivity of Rights

The rights conferred on any person by this Article VI shall not be exclusive of any other rights which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

 

  6.7 Other Indemnification

The corporation’s obligation, if any, to indemnify any person who was or is serving at its request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or non-profit entity shall be reduced by any amount such person may collect as indemnification from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or non-profit enterprise.

 

-14-


  6.8 Effect of Amendment or Repeal

Any amendment or repeal of the foregoing provisions of this Article VI shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such amendment or repeal.

ARTICLE VII

RECORDS AND REPORTS

 

  7.1 Maintenance and Inspection of Records

The corporation shall, either at its principal executive office or at such place or places as designated by the board of directors, keep a record of its stockholders listing their names and addresses and the number and class of shares held by each stockholder, a copy of these bylaws as amended to date, accounting books, and other records.

Any stockholder of record, in person or by attorney or other agent, shall, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, have the right during the usual hours for business to inspect for any proper purpose the corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records and to make copies or extracts therefrom. A proper purpose shall mean a purpose reasonably related to such person’s interest as a stockholder. In every instance where an attorney or other agent is the person who seeks the right to inspection, the demand under oath shall be accompanied by a power of attorney or such other writing that authorizes the attorney or other agent to so act on behalf of the stockholder. The demand under oath shall be directed to the corporation at its registered office in Delaware or at its principal place of business.

The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of a corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

 

  7.2 Inspection by Directors

Any director shall have the right to examine the corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records for a purpose reasonably related to his position as a

 

-15-


director. The Court of Chancery is hereby vested with the exclusive jurisdiction to determine whether a director is entitled to the inspection sought. The Court may summarily order the corporation to permit the director to inspect any and all books and records, the stock ledger, and the stock list and to make copies or extracts therefrom. The Court may, in its discretion, prescribe any limitations or conditions with reference to the inspection, or award such other and further relief as the Court may deem just and proper.

 

  7.3 Annual Statement to Stockholders

The board of directors shall present at each annual meeting, and at any special meeting of the stockholders when called for by vote of the stockholders, a full and clear statement of the business and condition of the corporation.

 

  7.4 Representation of Shares of Other Corporations

The chairman of the board, the president, any vice president, the treasurer, the secretary or assistant secretary of this corporation, or any other person authorized by the board of directors or the president or a vice president, is authorized to vote, represent, and exercise on behalf of this corporation all rights incident to any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of this corporation. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

ARTICLE VIII

GENERAL MATTERS

 

  8.1 Checks

From time to time, the board of directors shall determine by resolution which person or persons may sign or endorse all checks, drafts, other orders for payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness that are issued in the name of or payable to the corporation, and only the persons so authorized shall sign or endorse those instruments.

 

  8.2 Execution of Corporate Contracts and Instruments

The board of directors, except as otherwise provided in these bylaws, may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Unless so authorized or ratified by the board of directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

 

-16-


  8.3 Stock Certificates; Partly Paid Shares

The shares of a corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the board of directors of the corporation may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the corporation. Notwithstanding the adoption of such a resolution by the board of directors, every holder of stock represented by certificates and upon request every holder of uncertificated shares shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the corporation by the chairman or vice-chairman of the board of directors, or the president or vice-president, and by the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of such corporation representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

The corporation may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly paid shares, upon the books and records of the corporation in the case of uncertificated partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully paid shares, the corporation shall declare a dividend upon partly paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

 

  8.4 Special Designation on Certificates

If the corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided, however, that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

 

  8.5 Lost Certificates

Except as provided in this Section 8.5, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the corporation and canceled

 

-17-


at the same time. The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or his legal representative, to give the corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

 

  8.6 Construction; Definitions

Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the Delaware General Corporation Law shall govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “ person ” includes both a corporation and a natural person.

 

  8.7 Dividends

The directors of the corporation, subject to any restrictions contained in the certificate of incorporation, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of its capital stock pursuant to the General Corporation Law of Delaware. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the corporation’s capital stock.

The directors of the corporation may set apart out of any of the funds of the corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve. Such purposes shall include but not be limited to equalizing dividends, repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, and meeting contingencies.

 

  8.8 Fiscal Year

The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the board of directors and may be changed by the board of directors.

 

  8.9 Seal

The seal of the corporation shall be such as from time to time may be approved by the board of directors.

 

  8.10 Transfer of Stock

Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate, and record the transaction in its books.

 

-18-


  8.11 Stock Transfer Agreements

The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

  8.12 Registered Stockholders

The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner, shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments the person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENTS

The original or other bylaws of the corporation may be adopted, amended or repealed by the stockholders entitled to vote; provided, however, that the corporation may, in its certificate of incorporation, confer the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws upon the directors. The fact that such power has been so conferred upon the directors shall not divest the stockholders of the power, nor limit their power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws.

ARTICLE X

DISSOLUTION

If it should be deemed advisable in the judgment of the board of directors of the corporation that the corporation should be dissolved, the board, after the adoption of a resolution to that effect by a majority of the whole board at any meeting called for that purpose, shall cause notice to be mailed to each stockholder entitled to vote thereon of the adoption of the resolution and of a meeting of stockholders to take action upon the resolution.

At the meeting a vote shall be taken for and against the proposed dissolution. If a majority of the outstanding stock of the corporation entitled to vote thereon votes for the proposed dissolution, then a certificate stating that the dissolution has been authorized in accordance with the provisions of Section 275 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware and setting forth the names and residences of the directors and officers shall be executed, acknowledged, and filed and shall become effective in accordance with Section 103 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware. Upon such certificate’s becoming effective in accordance with Section 103 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, the corporation shall be dissolved.

 

-19-


Whenever all the stockholders entitled to vote on a dissolution consent in writing, either in person or by duly authorized attorney, to a dissolution, no meeting of directors or stockholders shall be necessary. The consent shall be filed and shall become effective in accordance with Section 103 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware. Upon such consent’s becoming effective in accordance with Section 103 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, the corporation shall be dissolved. If the consent is signed by an attorney, then the original power of attorney or a photocopy thereof shall be attached to and filed with the consent. The consent filed with the Secretary of State shall have attached to it the affidavit of the secretary or some other officer of the corporation stating that the consent has been signed by or on behalf of all the stockholders entitled to vote on a dissolution; in addition, there shall be attached to the consent a certification by the secretary or some other officer of the corporation setting forth the names and residences of the directors and officers of the corporation.

ARTICLE XI

CUSTODIAN

 

  11.1 Appointment of a Custodian in Certain Cases

The Court of Chancery, upon application of any stockholder, may appoint one or more persons to be custodians and, if the corporation is insolvent, to be receivers, of and for the corporation when:

(i) at any meeting held for the election of directors the stockholders are so divided that they have failed to elect successors to directors whose terms have expired or would have expired upon qualification of their successors; or

(ii) the business of the corporation is suffering or is threatened with irreparable injury because the directors are so divided respecting the management of the affairs of the corporation that the required vote for action by the board of directors cannot be obtained and the stockholders are unable to terminate this division; or

(iii) the corporation has abandoned its business and has failed within a reasonable time to take steps to dissolve, liquidate or distribute its assets.

 

  11.2 Duties of Custodian

The custodian shall have all the powers and title of a receiver appointed under Section 291 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, but the authority of the custodian shall be to continue the business of the corporation and not to liquidate its affairs and distribute its assets, except when the Court of Chancery otherwise orders and except in cases arising under Sections 226(a)(3) or 352(a)(2) of the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

-20-


First Amendment to the Bylaws of ChannelAdvisor Corporation

 

A. Article III, Section 3.2 of the Bylaws shall be revised in their entirety to read as follows:

 

  3.2 Number of Directors

The authorized number of directors of the corporation shall be five (5) until changed by a duly adopted amendment to the certificate of incorporation and an amendment to this bylaw duly adopted by the vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote or by resolution of a majority of the board of directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation.

No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

 

B. Article III, Section 3.3 of the Bylaws shall be revised in its entirety to read as follows:

 

  3.3 Election, Qualification and Term of Office of Directors

Of the five (5) authorized directors of the corporation, two (2) shall be elected by the holders of the Corporation’s Series B Preferred Stock, voting as a class, two (2) shall be elected by the holders of the Corporation’s Series A-1 Preferred Stock and the holders of the Corporation’s Series A-2 Preferred Stock voting together as a single class, and one (1) shall be elected by the holders of the Corporation’s Series B Preferred Stock, the Corporation’s Series A-1 Preferred Stock, the Corporation’s Series A-2 Preferred Stock and the Corporation’s Common Stock, voting together as a single class.

Except as provided in Section 3.4 of these bylaws, directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders to hold office until the next annual meeting or a special meeting of the stockholders entitled to vote for such directors and called for such purpose. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, wherein other qualifications for directors may be prescribed. Each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier resignation or removal.

Elections of directors need not be by written ballot.


Second Amendment to the Bylaws of ChannelAdvisor Corporation

 

A. Article III, Section 3.2 of the Bylaws shall be revised in its entirety to read as follows:

 

  3.2 Number of Directors

The authorized number of directors of the corporation shall be six (6) until changed by a duly adopted amendment to this bylaw duly adopted by the vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote or by resolution of a majority of the board of directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the corporation’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

 

B. Article III, Section 3.3 of the Bylaws shall be revised in its entirety to read as follows:

 

  3.3 Election, Qualification and Term of Office of Directors

Of the six (6) authorized directors of the corporation, two (2) shall be elected by the holders of the Corporation’s Series A Preferred Stock, voting as a class, and the remaining four (4) shall be elected by the holders of the corporation’s Series A Preferred Stock and the corporation’s Common Stock, voting together as a single class.

Except as provided in Section 3.4 of these bylaws, directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders to hold office until the next annual meeting or a special meeting of the stockholders entitled to vote for such directors and called for such purpose. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, wherein other qualifications for directors may be prescribed. Each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier resignation or removal.

Elections of directors need not be by written ballot.


THIRD AMENDMENT TO BYLAWS

OF

CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION

The following Third Amendment is hereby made to the Bylaws (the “ Bylaws ”) of ChannelAdvisor Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”):

1. Article III, Section 3.2 of the Bylaws is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

Section 3.2 . Number of Directors .

The authorized number of directors of the corporation shall be seven (7) until changed by a duly adopted amendment to this bylaw duly adopted by the vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote or by resolution of a majority of the board of directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the corporation’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

No reduction of the number of authorized directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.”

2. Article III, Section 3.3 of the Bylaws is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

Section 3.3 . Election, Qualification and Term of Office of Directors .

Of the seven (7) authorized directors of the corporation, one (1) shall be elected by the holders of the Corporation’s Series B Preferred Stock, voting as a class, two (2) shall be elected by the holders of the Corporation’s Series A Preferred Stock, voting as a class, and the remaining four (4) shall be elected by the holders of the corporation’s Preferred Stock and the corporation’s Common Stock, voting together as a single class.

Except as provided in Section 3.4 of these bylaws, directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders to hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders to hold office until the next annual meeting or a special meeting of the stockholders entitled to vote for such directors and called for such purpose. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, wherein other qualifications for directors may be prescribed. Each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier resignation or removal.

Elections of directors need not be by written ballot.”

*    *    *    *    *


FOURTH AMENDMENT TO BYLAWS

OF

CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION

The following Fourth Amendment is hereby made to the Bylaws (the “ Bylaws ”) of ChannelAdvisor Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”):

1. Article II, Section 2.3 of the Bylaws is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

Section 2.3 . Special Meeting .

Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, may be called, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or the certificate of incorporation, by the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer or President. The President or Secretary shall call a special meeting when requested in writing by any two or more of the directors or by holders of shares entitled to cast not less than thirty percent (30%) of the votes at the meeting. Such written request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting.”

2. Article III, Section 3.3 of the Bylaws is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

Section 3.3 . Election, Qualification and Term of Office of Directors .

Of the seven (7) authorized directors of the corporation, three (3) shall be elected by the holders of the Corporation’s Preferred Stock, voting together as a class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis, and four (4) shall be elected by the holders of the Corporation’s Preferred Stock and the Corporation’s Common Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis.

Except as provided in Section 3.4 of these bylaws, directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders to hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders to hold office until the next annual meeting or a special meeting of the stockholders entitled to vote for such directors and called for such purpose. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, wherein other qualifications for directors may be prescribed. Each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier resignation or removal.

Elections of directors need not be by written ballot.”

*    *    *    *    *

Exhibit 10.1

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) dated as of December 23, 2009 (the “ Effective Date ”) between SILICON VALLEY BANK , a California corporation (“ Bank ”), and CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION , a Delaware corporation (“ Parent ”), MERCHANDISINGADVISOR CORPORATION , a Delaware corporation and CA MARKETPLACES, INC. , a Delaware corporation (each a “ Borrower ” and, collectively, the “ Borrowers ”), provides the terms on which Bank shall lend to Borrowers and Borrowers shall repay Bank. The parties agree as follows:

 

  1 ACCOUNTING AND OTHER TERMS

Accounting terms not defined in this Agreement shall be construed following GAAP. Calculations and determinations must be made following GAAP. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in Section 13. All other terms contained in this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated, shall have the meaning provided by the Code to the extent such terms are defined therein.

 

  2 LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT

2.1 Promise to Pay . Borrowers hereby unconditionally promise to pay Bank the outstanding principal amount of all Credit Extensions and accrued and unpaid interest thereon as and when due in accordance with this Agreement.

2.1.1 Revolving Advances .

(a) Availability . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and to deduction of Reserves, Bank shall make Advances not exceeding the Availability Amount. Amounts borrowed hereunder may be repaid and, prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date, reborrowed, subject to the applicable terms and conditions precedent herein.

(b) Termination; Repayment . The Revolving Line terminates on the Revolving Line Maturity Date, when the principal amount of all Advances, the unpaid interest thereon, and all other Obligations relating to the Revolving Line shall be immediately due and payable.

(c) Termination Prior to Revolving Line Maturity Date . The Revolving Line may be terminated prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date by Borrower, effective three (3) Business Days after written notice of termination is given to Bank. If such termination is at Borrowers’ election or at Bank’s election due to the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default at any time prior to the date that is six months from the Effective Date, Borrowers shall pay to Bank, in addition to the payment of any other expenses or fees then-owing, a termination fee in an amount equal to one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the maximum amount of the Revolving Line (the “ Early Termination Fee ”), provided that no termination fee shall be charged if the credit facility hereunder is replaced with a new facility from another division of Bank.

2.1.2 Letters of Credit Sublimit .

(a) As part of the Revolving Line, Bank shall issue or have issued Letters of Credit denominated in Dollars or a Foreign Currency for Borrower’s account. The aggregate Dollar Equivalent amount utilized for the issuance of Letters of Credit shall at all times reduce the amount otherwise available for Advances under the Revolving Line. The aggregate Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit and any Letter of Credit Reserve) may not exceed the lesser of (A) Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($750,000), minus (i) the sum of all amounts used for Cash Management Services, and minus (ii) the FX Reduction Amount, or (B) the lesser of Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base, minus (i) the sum of all outstanding principal amounts of any Advances (including any amounts used for Cash Management Services), and minus (ii) the FX Reduction Amount.

(b) If, on the Revolving Line Maturity Date (or the effective date of any termination of this Agreement), there are any outstanding Letters of Credit, then on such date Borrower shall provide to Bank cash collateral in an amount equal to (i) 105% of the Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of all such Letters of Credit denominated in U.S. Dollars or (ii) 110% of the Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of all such Letters of Credit denominated in Foreign Currency, plus, in each case all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection


therewith (as estimated by Bank in its good faith business judgment), to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit. Upon expiration or termination of such Letters of Credit or satisfaction of such Obligations in full, Bank shall promptly return such cash collateral to Borrower, to the extent not theretofore applied by Bank toward such Obligations. All Letters of Credit shall be in form and substance acceptable to Bank in its sole discretion and shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Bank’s standard Application and Letter of Credit Agreement (the “ Letter of Credit Application ”). Borrower agrees to execute any further documentation in connection with the Letters of Credit as Bank may reasonably request. Borrower further agrees to be bound by the regulations and interpretations of the issuer of any Letters of Credit guarantied by Bank and opened for Borrower’s account or by Bank’s interpretations of any Letter of Credit issued by Bank for Borrower’s account, and Borrower understands and agrees that Bank shall not be liable for any error, negligence, or mistake, whether of omission or commission, in following Borrower’s instructions or those contained in the Letters of Credit or any modifications, amendments, or supplements thereto in the absence of gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

(c) The obligation of Borrower to immediately reimburse Bank for drawings made under Letters of Credit shall be absolute, unconditional, and irrevocable, and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, such Letters of Credit, and the Letter of Credit Application.

(d) Borrower may request that Bank issue a Letter of Credit payable in a Foreign Currency. If a demand for payment is made under any such Letter of Credit, Bank shall treat such demand as an Advance to Borrower of the Dollar Equivalent of the amount thereof (plus fees and charges in connection therewith such as wire, cable, SWIFT or similar charges).

(e) To guard against fluctuations in currency exchange rates, upon the issuance of any Letter of Credit payable in a Foreign Currency, Bank shall create a reserve (the “ Letter of Credit Reserve ”) under the Revolving Line in an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the face amount of such Letter of Credit. The amount of the Letter of Credit Reserve may be adjusted by Bank from time to time to account for fluctuations in the exchange rate. The availability of funds under the Revolving Line shall be reduced by the amount of such Letter of Credit Reserve for as long as such Letter of Credit remains outstanding.

2.1.3 Foreign Exchange Sublimit . As part of the Revolving Line, Borrowers may enter into foreign exchange contracts with Bank under which Borrowers commit to purchase from or sell to Bank a specific amount of Foreign Currency (each, a “ FX Forward Contract ”) on a specified date (the “ Settlement Date ”). FX Forward Contracts shall have a Settlement Date of at least one (1) FX Business Day after the contract date and shall be subject to a reserve of ten percent (10%) of each outstanding FX Forward Contract (the “ FX Reserve ”). The aggregate amount of FX Forward Contracts at any one time may not exceed ten (10) times the lesser of (A) Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($750,000) minus (i) the sum of all amounts used for Cash Management Services, and minus (ii) the Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of any outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit and any Letter of Credit Reserve), or (B) the lesser of Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base, minus (i) the sum of all outstanding principal amounts of any Advances (including any amounts used for Cash Management Services), and minus (ii) the Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of any outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit and any Letter of Credit Reserve). The amount otherwise available for Credit Extensions under the Revolving Line shall be reduced by an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of each outstanding FX Forward Contract (the “ FX Reduction Amount ”). Any amounts needed to fully reimburse Bank for any amounts not paid by Borrowers in connection with FX Forward Contracts will be treated as Advances under the Revolving Line and will accrue interest at the interest rate applicable to Advances.

2.1.4 Cash Management Services Sublimit . Borrowers may use the Revolving Line for Bank’s cash management services, which may include merchant services, direct deposit of payroll, business credit card, and check cashing services identified in Bank’s various cash management services agreements (collectively, the “ Cash Management Services ”), in an aggregate amount not to exceed the lesser of (A) Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($750,000) minus (i) the Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of any outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit and any Letter of Credit Reserve), and minus (ii) the FX Reduction Amount, or (B) the lesser of Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base, minus (i) the sum of all outstanding principal amounts of any Advances, minus the Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of any outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit and any Letter of Credit Reserve), and minus (iii) the FX Reduction Amount. Any amounts Bank pays on behalf of Borrowers for any Cash Management Services will be treated as Advances under the Revolving Line and will accrue interest at the interest rate applicable to Advances.

 

-2-


2.1.5 Term Loan .

(a) Availability . Bank shall make one (1) term loan available to Borrowers in an amount up to the Term Loan Amount on or the Effective Date, subject to the satisfaction of the terms and conditions of this Agreement; provided, however, that if the Effective Date is after December 31, 2009, no Term Loan shall be made to Borrower.

(b) Repayment . Borrowers shall pay interest only on the Term Loan through December 31, 2009. Beginning on January 1, 2010, Borrowers shall repay the Term Loan in (i) thirty six (36) equal installments of principal, plus (ii) monthly payments of accrued interest (each, a “ Term Loan Payment ”). Each Term Loan Payment shall be payable on the first day of each month. Borrowers’ final Term Loan Payment, due on the Term Loan Maturity Date, shall include all outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest under the Term Loan. Once repaid, the Term Loan may not be reborrowed.

(c) Prepayment . At Borrowers’ option, so long as an Event of Default has not occurred and is not continuing, Borrowers shall have the option to prepay all, but not less than all, of the Term Loan Amount advanced by Bank under this Agreement, provided Borrowers, (a) provide written notice to Bank of its election to exercise to prepay the Term Loan at least thirty (30) days prior to such prepayment, and (b) pay, on the date of the prepayment (i) all accrued and unpaid interest with respect to the Term Loan through the date the prepayment is made; (ii) all unpaid principal with respect to the Term Loan; (iii) a premium equal to the Make-Whole Premium; and; and (iv) all other sums, if any, that shall have become due and payable hereunder with respect to the Term Loan.

2.2 Overadvances . If, at any time, the sum of (a) the outstanding principal amount of any Advances (including any amounts used for Cash Management Services) plus (b) the FX Reduction Amount (such sum being an “ Overadvance ”) exceeds the lesser of either the Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base, Borrowers shall immediately pay to Bank in cash such Overadvance. Without limiting Borrowers’ obligation to repay Bank any amount of the Overadvance, Borrowers agree to pay Bank interest on the outstanding amount of any Overadvance, on demand, at the Default Rate.

2.3 Payment of Interest on the Credit Extensions .

(a) Interest Rate .

(i) Advances . Subject to Section 2.3(b), the principal amount outstanding under the Revolving Line shall accrue interest at a floating per annum, calculated for any Subject Month (as of the first calendar day of such month) as follows: (i) to the extent that Parent and its Subsidiaries maintained, as of the last day of the applicable Testing Month, a Liquidity Ratio of greater than or equal to 1.35 to 1.0, equal to the greater of (x) the Prime Rate plus three quarters of one percent (0.75%) or (y) 4.75% and (ii) at all other times, equal to the greater of (x) the Prime Rate plus one and one-quarter percent (1.25%) or (y) 5.25%, which interest, in each case, shall be payable monthly in accordance with Section 2.3(f) below.

(ii) Term Loan. Subject to Section 2.3(b), the principal amount outstanding under the Term Loan shall accrue interest at a per annum rate equal to seven percent (7.0%), fixed as of the Funding Date, which interest shall be payable monthly.

(b) Default Rate . Immediately upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Obligations shall bear interest at a rate per annum which is five percentage points (5.00%) above the rate that is otherwise applicable thereto (the “ Default Rate ”) unless Bank otherwise elects from time to time in its sole discretion to impose a smaller increase. Fees and expenses which are required to be paid by Borrowers pursuant to the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, Bank Expenses) but are not paid when due shall bear interest until paid at a rate equal to the highest rate applicable to the Obligations. Payment or acceptance of the increased interest rate provided in this Section 2.3(b) is not a permitted alternative to timely payment and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of Bank.

(c) Adjustment to Interest Rate . Changes to the interest rate of any Credit Extension based on changes to the Prime Rate shall be effective on the effective date of any change to the Prime Rate and to the extent of any such change.

 

-3-


(d) Debit of Accounts . Bank may debit any of Borrowers’ deposit accounts, including the Designated Deposit Account, for principal and interest payments or any other amounts Borrower owes Bank when due. These debits shall not constitute a set-off.

(e) Minimum Monthly Interest . In the event the aggregate amount of interest earned by Bank in any month on the Revolving Line (exclusive of any other fees and charges hereunder) is less than Seven Thousand Dollars ($7,000) (the “ Minimum Monthly Interest ”), Borrowers shall pay Bank an amount, payable on the last day of such month, in an amount equal to the (i) Minimum Monthly Interest minus (ii) the aggregate amount of all interest earned by Bank (exclusive of any other fees and charges hereunder) in such month.

(f) Payment; Interest Computation; Float Charge . Interest is payable monthly on the last calendar day of each month and shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed. In computing interest, (i) all Payments received after 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on any day shall be deemed received at the opening of business on the next Business Day, and (ii) the date of the making of any Credit Extension shall be included and the date of payment shall be excluded; provided, however, that if any Credit Extension is repaid on the same day on which it is made, such day shall be included in computing interest on such Credit Extension. In addition, Bank shall be entitled to charge Borrowers a “float” charge in an amount equal to three (3) Business Days interest, at the interest rate applicable to the Advances whether or not any Advances are outstanding, on all Payments received by Bank. Such float charge is not included in interest for purposes of computing Minimum Monthly Interest (if any) under this Agreement. The float charge for each month shall be payable on the last day of the month. Bank shall not, however, be required to credit a Borrower’s account for the amount of any item of payment which is unsatisfactory to Bank in its good faith business judgment, and Bank may charge any Borrower’s Designated Deposit Account for the amount of any item of payment which is returned to Bank unpaid.

(g) Payment of Principal and other Obligations from Collections . For any Subject Month, to the extent the Liquidity Ratio of Parent and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis was greater than or equal to 1.35 to 1.0 as of the last day of the applicable Testing Month, within three (3) Business Days of receipt of Accounts collected by Bank pursuant to Section 6.3(c), Bank will turn over to Borrowers the proceeds of the Accounts. At all other times, such Account receipts will be applied to outstanding Obligations in connection with the Revolving Line in accordance with Section 2.5(b), with the remainder turned over to Borrowers within three (3) Business Days following Bank’s receipt thereof. This Section does not impose any affirmative duty on Bank to perform any act other than as specifically set forth herein. All Accounts and the proceeds thereof are Collateral and if an Event of Default occurs, Bank may apply the proceeds of such Accounts to the Obligations.

2.4 Fees . Borrowers shall pay to Bank:

(a) Commitment Fee . A fully earned, non-refundable commitment fee of Ten Thousand Six Hundred Twenty Five Dollars ($10,625), on the Effective Date;

(b) Early Termination Fee . If applicable, the Early Termination Fee in accordance with Section 2.1.1(c);

(c) Make-Whole Premium . If applicable, the Make-Whole Premium in accordance with Section 2.1.5(c); and

(d) Bank Expenses . All Bank Expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses for documentation and negotiation of this Agreement) incurred through and after the Effective Date, when due.

Borrowers have paid to Bank a Good Faith Deposit of Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000) (the “ Good Faith Deposit ”) to initiate Bank’s due diligence review process. Any portion of the Good Faith Deposit not utilized to pay Bank Expenses will be applied to the Commitment Fee.

2.5 Payments; Application of Payments .

(a) All payments (including prepayments) to be made by Borrowers under any Loan Document shall be made in immediately available funds in U.S. Dollars, without setoff or counterclaim, before 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on the date when due. Payments of principal and/or interest received after 12:00 p.m.

 

-4-


Pacific time are considered received at the opening of business on the next Business Day. When a payment is due on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment shall be due the next Business Day, and additional fees or interest, as applicable, shall continue to accrue until paid.

(b) All payments with respect to the Obligations may be applied in such order and manner as Bank shall determine in its sole discretion. Borrowers shall have no right to specify the order or the accounts to which Bank shall allocate or apply any payments required to be made by Borrowers to Bank or otherwise received by Bank under this Agreement when any such allocation or application is not specified elsewhere in this Agreement.

 

  3 CONDITIONS OF LOANS

3.1 Conditions Precedent to Initial Credit Extension . Bank’s obligation to make the initial Credit Extension is subject to the condition precedent that Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, such documents, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate, including, without limitation:

(a) duly executed original signatures to the Loan Documents;

(b) the original Intercompany Notes;

(c) duly executed original signatures to the Warrant;

(d) duly executed original signatures to the completed Corporate Borrowing Certificates for each Borrower, plus all exhibits thereto;

(e) except as set forth in Section 3.3, good standing certificates/certificates of foreign qualification from the Secretaries of State of the States of Delaware, New York and North Carolina for each Borrower, as applicable, dated no later than 30 days prior to the Effective Date;

(f) the Perfection Certificates of each Borrower, together with the duly executed original signatures thereto;

(g) completion of the Initial Audit by Bank;

(h) a copy of Parent’s Investors’ Rights Agreement, Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement and Voting Agreement and any amendments thereto;

(i) evidence satisfactory to Bank that the insurance policies required by Section 6.7 hereof are in full force and effect, together with appropriate evidence showing lender loss payable and/or additional insured clauses or endorsements in favor of Bank; and

(j) payment of the fees and Bank Expenses then due as specified in Section 2.4 hereof.

3.2 Conditions Precedent to all Credit Extensions . Bank’s obligations to make each Credit Extension, including the initial Credit Extension, is subject to the following conditions precedent:

(a) except as otherwise provided in Section 3.5(a), timely receipt of an executed Transaction Report;

(b) the representations and warranties in this Agreement shall be true, accurate, and complete in all material respects on the date of the Transaction Report and on the Funding Date of each Credit Extension; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of

 

-5-


such date, and no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or result from the Credit Extension. Each Credit Extension is each Borrower’s representation and warranty on that date that the representations and warranties in this Agreement remain true, accurate, and complete in all material respects; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date; and

(c) in Bank’s sole discretion, there has not been a Material Adverse Change.

3.3 Post-Closing Conditions . Within 30 days after the Effective Date, Bank shall have received, (a) in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, original stock certificates (to the extent certificated), as issued to CA Marketplaces, Inc., along with duly executed corresponding irrevocable stock powers, for each of ChannelAdvisor Europe Ltd., Marketworks Ltd. and Marketworks (International) Pty Ltd. and (b) for CA Marketplaces, Inc., a Certificate of Foreign Qualification from the Secretary of State of the state of North Carolina.

3.4 Covenant to Deliver . Except as otherwise set forth in Section 3.3, each Borrower agrees to deliver to Bank each item required to be delivered to Bank under this Agreement as a condition precedent to any Credit Extension. Each Borrower expressly agrees that a Credit Extension made prior to the receipt by Bank of any such item shall not constitute a waiver by Bank of such Borrower’s obligation to deliver such item, and the making of any Credit Extension in the absence of a required item shall be in Bank’s sole discretion.

3.5 Procedures for Borrowing . Subject to the prior satisfaction of all other applicable conditions to the making of an Advance set forth in this Agreement, to obtain an Advance (other than Advances under Sections 2.1.2 or 2.1.3), the Borrowers shall notify Bank (which notice shall be irrevocable) by electronic mail, facsimile, or telephone by 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on the Funding Date of the Advance. Together with such notification, Borrowers must promptly deliver to Bank by electronic mail or facsimile a completed Transaction Report executed by a Responsible Officer or his or her designee. Bank shall credit Advances to the Designated Deposit Account. Bank may make Advances under this Agreement based on instructions from a Responsible Officer or his or her designee or without instructions if the Advances are necessary to meet Obligations which have become due. Bank may rely on any telephone notice given by a person whom Bank believes is a Responsible Officer or designee.

 

  4 CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST

4.1 Grant of Security Interest . Each Borrower hereby grants Bank, to secure the payment and performance in full of all of the Obligations, a continuing security interest in, and pledges to Bank, the Collateral, wherever located, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising, and all proceeds and products thereof.

4.2 Priority of Security Interest . Each Borrower represents, warrants, and covenants that the security interest granted herein is and shall at all times continue to be a first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral (subject only to Permitted Liens that may have superior priority to Bank’s Lien under this Agreement). If any Borrower shall acquire a commercial tort claim, such Borrower shall promptly notify Bank in a writing signed by such Borrower of the general details thereof and grant to Bank in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank. If this Agreement is terminated, Bank’s Lien in the Collateral shall continue until the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) are repaid in full in cash. Upon payment in full in cash of the Obligations and at such time as Bank’s obligation to make Credit Extensions has terminated, Bank shall, at Borrowers’ sole cost and expense, release its Liens in the Collateral and all rights therein shall revert to Borrowers.

4.3 Authorization to File Financing Statements . Each Borrower hereby authorizes Bank to file financing statements, without notice to any Borrower, with all appropriate jurisdictions to perfect or protect Bank’s interest or rights hereunder, including a notice that any disposition of the Collateral, by any Borrower or any other Person, shall be deemed to violate the rights of Bank under the Code.

 

-6-


  5 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Each Borrower represents and warrants, jointly and severally, as follows:

5.1 Due Organization, Authorization; Power and Authority . Borrower is duly existing and in good standing as a Registered Organization in its jurisdiction of formation and is qualified and licensed to do business and is in good standing in any jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or its ownership of property requires that it be qualified except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business. In connection with this Agreement, Borrower has delivered to Bank a completed certificate signed by Borrower, entitled “Perfection Certificate”. Borrower represents and warrants to Bank that (a) Borrower’s exact legal name is that indicated on the Perfection Certificate and on the signature page hereof; (b) Borrower is an organization of the type and is organized in the jurisdiction set forth in the Perfection Certificate; (c) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s organizational identification number or accurately states that Borrower has none; (d) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s place of business, or, if more than one, its chief executive office as well as Borrower’s mailing address (if different than its chief executive office); (e) Borrower (and each of its predecessors) has not, in the past five (5) years, changed its jurisdiction of formation, organizational structure or type, or any organizational number assigned by its jurisdiction; and (f) all other information set forth on the Perfection Certificate pertaining to Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is accurate and complete in all material respects it being understood and agreed that Borrower may from time to time update certain information in the Perfection Certificate after the Effective Date to the extent permitted by one or more specific provisions in this Agreement). Bank hereby agrees that Borrower may update the information set forth on the Perfection Certificate to reflect information provided in any notice delivered by Borrower to Bank pursuant to the last full paragraph of Section 7.2 below.

The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of the Loan Documents to which it is a party have been duly authorized, and do not (i) conflict with any of Borrower’s organizational documents, (ii) contravene, conflict with, constitute a default under or violate any material Requirement of Law, (iii) contravene, conflict or violate any applicable order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award of any Governmental Authority by which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their property or assets may be bound or affected, (iv) require any action by, filing, registration, or qualification with, or Governmental Approval from, any Governmental Authority (except such Governmental Approvals which have already been obtained and are in full force and effect or are being obtained pursuant to Section 6.1(b) and except for filings, recordings or registrations that are required to perfect Bank’s security interests in the Collateral), or (v) constitute an event of default under any material agreement by which Borrower is bound. Borrower is not in default under any agreement to which it is a party or by which it is bound in which the default could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

5.2 Collateral . Borrower has good title to, has rights in, and the power to transfer each item of the Collateral upon which it purports to grant a Lien hereunder, free and clear of any and all Liens except Permitted Liens. Borrower has no deposit accounts other than the deposit accounts with Bank, the deposit accounts, if any, described in the Perfection Certificate delivered to Bank in connection herewith, or of which Borrower has given Bank notice and taken such actions as are necessary to give Bank a perfected security interest therein (and upon delivery of such notice the Perfection Certificate will be deemed to be updated with the information contained in such notice). The Accounts are bona fide, existing obligations of the Account Debtors.

The Collateral is not in the possession of any third party bailee (such as a warehouse) except as otherwise provided in the Perfection Certificate, or as permitted pursuant to Section 7.2. None of the components of the Collateral shall be maintained at locations other than as provided in the Perfection Certificate or as permitted pursuant to Section 7.2.

Borrower is the sole owner of the Intellectual Property which it owns or purports to own except for (a) non-exclusive licenses granted to its customers in the ordinary course of business, (b) over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public, and (c) material Intellectual Property licensed to Borrower and noted on the Perfection Certificate (which shall be deemed updated to reflect information provided in any notice delivered by Borrower to Bank pursuant to Section 6.7(b)). Each Patent which it owns or purports to own and which is material to Borrower’s business is valid and enforceable, and no part of the Intellectual Property which Borrower owns or purports to own and which is material to Borrower’s business has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, no claim has been made that any part of the Intellectual Property violates the rights of any third party except to the extent such claim would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business. Except as noted on the Perfection Certificate or the Schedule or as contained in any notice delivered by Borrower to Bank pursuant to Section 6.7(b), Borrower is not a party to, nor is it bound by, any Restricted License.

 

-7-


5.3 Accounts Receivable .

(a) For each Account with respect to which Advances are requested, on the date each Advance is requested and made, such Account shall be an Eligible Account.

(b) All statements made and all unpaid balances appearing in all invoices, instruments and other documents evidencing the Eligible Accounts are and shall be true and correct and all such invoices, instruments and other documents, and all of Borrower’s Books are genuine and in all respects what they purport to be. Whether or not an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Bank may notify any Account Debtor owing Borrower money of Bank’s security interest in such funds and verify the amount of such Eligible Account. All sales and other transactions underlying or giving rise to each Eligible Account shall comply in all material respects with all applicable laws and governmental rules and regulations. Borrower has no knowledge of any actual or imminent Insolvency Proceeding of any Account Debtor whose accounts are Eligible Accounts in any Transaction Report. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, all signatures and endorsements on all documents, instruments, and agreements relating to all Eligible Accounts are genuine, and all such documents, instruments and agreements are legally enforceable in accordance with their terms.

5.4 Litigation . Except as set forth on the Perfection Certificate, there are no actions or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Responsible Officers, threatened in writing by or against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, before any court or administrative agency in which a likely adverse decision would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.5 Financial Statements; Financial Condition . All consolidated financial statements for Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries delivered to Bank fairly present in all material respects Borrower’s consolidated financial condition and Borrower’s consolidated results of operations. There has not been any material deterioration in Borrower’s consolidated financial condition since the date of the most recent financial statements submitted to Bank.

5.6 Solvency . The fair salable value of Borrower’s assets (including goodwill minus disposition costs) exceeds the fair value of its liabilities; Borrower is not left with unreasonably small capital after the transactions in this Agreement; and Borrower is able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature.

5.7 Regulatory Compliance . Borrower is not an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. Borrower is not engaged as one of its important activities in extending credit for margin stock (under Regulations X, T and U of the Federal Reserve Board of Governors). Borrower has complied in all material respects with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is a “holding company” or an “affiliate” of a “holding company” or a “subsidiary company” of a “holding company” as each term is defined and used in the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 2005. Borrower has not violated any laws, ordinances or rules, the violation of which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on its business. None of Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ properties or assets has been used by Borrower or any Subsidiary or, to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, by previous Persons, in disposing, producing, storing, treating, or transporting any hazardous substance other than legally. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries have obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of, made all declarations or filings with, and given all notices to, all Government Authorities that are necessary to continue their respective businesses as currently conducted.

5.8 Subsidiaries; Investments . Borrower does not own any stock, partnership interest or other equity securities except for Permitted Investments.

5.9 Tax Returns and Payments; Pension Contributions . Except as set forth in the Perfection Certificate, Borrower has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, or timely filed extensions therefore, unless the aggregate amount of taxes due, plus interest and penalties thereon, would not exceed $50,000, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower, other than taxes, plus interest and penalties thereon, that, in the aggregate do not exceed $50,000. Borrower may also defer payment of any contested taxes, provided that Borrower (a) in good faith contests its obligation to pay the taxes by appropriate proceedings promptly and diligently instituted and conducted, (b) notifies Bank in writing of the commencement of, and any material development in, the proceedings, (c) posts bonds or takes any other steps required to prevent the

 

-8-


governmental authority levying such contested taxes from obtaining a Lien upon any of the Collateral that is other than a “Permitted Lien”. Borrower is unaware of any claims or adjustments proposed for any of Borrower’s prior tax years which could result in additional taxes becoming due and payable by Borrower. Borrower has paid all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms, and Borrower has not withdrawn from participation in, and has not permitted partial or complete termination of, or permitted the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any such plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

5.10 Use of Proceeds . Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions solely as working capital and to fund its general business requirements and not for personal, family, household or agricultural purposes.

5.11 Full Disclosure . No written representation, warranty or other statement of Borrower in any certificate or written statement given to Bank, as of the date such representation, warranty, or other statement was made, taken together with all such written certificates and written statements given to Bank, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained in the certificates or statements not misleading (it being recognized by Bank that the projections and forecasts provided by Borrower in good faith and based upon reasonable assumptions are not viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such projections and forecasts may differ from the projected or forecasted results).

5.12 Definition of “Knowledge . For purposes of the Loan Documents, whenever a representation or warranty is made to Borrower’s knowledge or awareness, to the “best of” Borrower’s knowledge, or with a similar qualification, knowledge or awareness means the actual knowledge, after reasonable investigation, of the Responsible Officers.

 

  6 AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Each Borrower shall do all of the following, unless otherwise noted:

6.1 Government Compliance .

(a) Maintain its and all its Subsidiaries’ legal existence and good standing in their respective jurisdictions of formation and maintain qualification in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business or operations. Borrower shall comply, and have each Subsidiary comply, with all laws, ordinances and regulations to which it is subject, noncompliance with which could have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

(b) Obtain all of the Governmental Approvals necessary for the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party and the grant of a security interest to Bank in all of its property. Borrower shall promptly provide copies of any such obtained Governmental Approvals to Bank.

6.2 Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates . Provide Bank with the following:

(a) within thirty (30) days after the end of each month, (i) a Transaction Report, (ii) monthly accounts receivable agings, aged by invoice date, (iii) an accounts payable check payment list for the last week of the applicable month, (iv) monthly reconciliations of accounts receivable agings (aged by invoice date), transaction reports and general ledger and (v) a schedule of Deferred Revenue;

(b) as soon as available, but no later than thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, a company prepared consolidated balance sheet and income statement covering Parent’s consolidated operations for such month certified by a Responsible Officer and in a form acceptable to Bank (the “ Monthly Financial Statements ”);

(c) within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month and together with the Monthly Financial Statements, a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of Parent, certifying that as of the end of such month, Borrowers were in full compliance with all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and setting forth calculations showing compliance with the financial covenants set forth in this Agreement and such other information as Bank shall reasonably request, including, without limitation, a statement that at the end of such month there were no held checks;

 

-9-


(d) within thirty (30) days following the last day of each fiscal year of Parent, (A) annual operating budgets (including income statements and cash balances, by month) for the upcoming fiscal year of Borrowers (which may be consolidated), and (B) annual financial projections for the following fiscal year (on a quarterly basis) as approved by each Borrower’s board of directors (or Parent’s Board of Directors if consolidated), together with any related business forecasts used in the preparation of such annual financial projections; and

(e) as soon as available, and in any event within 180 days following the end of Parent’s fiscal year, audited consolidated financial statements prepared under GAAP, consistently applied, together with an unqualified opinion on the financial statements from an independent certified public accounting firm acceptable to Bank in its reasonable discretion (it being agreed that any of the eight largest U.S. accounting firms are acceptable to Bank).

(f) in the event that Parent becomes subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act within five (5) days of filing, copies of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other materials filed by Parent with the SEC, any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of the SEC or with any national securities exchange, or distributed to its shareholders, as the case may be. Documents required to be delivered pursuant to the terms hereof (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date on which Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto, on Parent’s website on the Internet at Parent’s website address;

(g) within five (5) days of delivery, copies of all statements, reports and notices made available to Borrower’s security holders or to any holders of Subordinated Debt;

(h) prompt report of any legal actions pending or threatened in writing against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that could reasonably be expected to result in damages or costs to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of, individually or in the aggregate, One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000) or more; and

(i) other financial information reasonably requested by Bank.

6.3 Accounts Receivable .

(a) Schedules and Documents Relating to Accounts . Deliver to Bank transaction reports and schedules of collections, as provided in Section 6.2, on Bank’s standard forms; provided, however, that Borrower’s failure to execute and deliver the same shall not affect or limit Bank’s Lien and other rights in all of Borrower’s Accounts, nor shall Bank’s failure to advance or lend against a specific Account affect or limit Bank’s Lien and other rights therein. If requested by Bank, Borrower shall furnish Bank with copies (or, at Bank’s request, originals) of all contracts, orders, invoices, and other similar documents, and all shipping instructions, delivery receipts, bills of lading, and other evidence of delivery, for any goods the sale or disposition of which gave rise to such Accounts. In addition, Borrower shall deliver to Bank, on its request, the originals of all instruments, chattel paper, security agreements, guarantees and other documents and property evidencing or securing any Accounts, in the same form as received, with all necessary indorsements, and copies of all credit memos.

(b) Disputes . Promptly notify Bank of all disputes or claims relating to Eligible Accounts in excess of $50,000. Borrower may forgive (completely or partially), compromise, or settle any Account for less than payment in full, or agree to do any of the foregoing so long as (i) Borrower does so in good faith, in a commercially reasonable manner, in the ordinary course of business, in arm’s-length transactions, and reports the same to Bank in the regular reports provided to Bank; (ii) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; and (iii) after taking into account all such discounts, settlements and forgiveness, the total outstanding Advances will not exceed the lesser of the Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base.

(c) Collection of Accounts . Bank requires that all proceeds of Accounts be deposited by Borrower into a lockbox account, or such other “blocked account” as specified by Bank, pursuant to a blocked account agreement in such form as Bank may specify in its good faith business judgment. Whether or not an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall hold all payments on, and proceeds of, Accounts in trust for Bank, and Borrower shall immediately deliver all such payments and proceeds to Bank in their original form, duly endorsed, to be applied (i) prior to an Event of Default, pursuant to the terms of Section 2.3(g) and 2.5(b) hereof, and (ii) after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, pursuant to the terms of Section 9.4 hereof.

 

-10-


(d) Returns . Provided no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, if any Account Debtor returns any Inventory to Borrower, Borrower shall promptly (i) determine the reason for such return, (ii) issue a credit memorandum to the Account Debtor in the appropriate amount, and (iii) provide a copy of such credit memorandum to Bank, upon request from Bank. In the event any attempted return occurs after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, Borrower shall hold the returned Inventory in trust for Bank, and immediately notify Bank of the return of the Inventory.

(e) Verification . Bank may, from time to time, via written confirmation, with notice to Borrower, verify in connection with Bank’s semi-annual audit, directly with the respective Account Debtors the validity, amount and other matters relating to the Accounts, either in the name of Borrower or Bank or such other name as Bank may choose.

(f) No Liability . Bank shall not be responsible or liable for any shortage or discrepancy in, damage to, or loss or destruction of, any goods, the sale or other disposition of which gives rise to an Account, or for any error, act, omission, or delay of any kind occurring in the settlement, failure to settle, collection or failure to collect any Account, or for settling any Account in good faith for less than the full amount thereof, nor shall Bank be deemed to be responsible for any of Borrower’s obligations under any contract or agreement giving rise to an Account. Nothing herein shall, however, relieve Bank from liability for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct.

6.4 Remittance of Proceeds . Except as otherwise provided in Section 6.3(c), deliver, in kind, all proceeds arising from the disposition of any Collateral to Bank in the original form in which received by Borrower not later than the following Business Day after receipt by Borrower, to be applied to the Obligations (a) prior to an Event of Default, pursuant to the terms of Section 2.5(b) hereof, and (b) after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, pursuant to the terms of Section 9.4 hereof; provided that, if no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall not be obligated to remit to Bank the proceeds of the sale of worn out or obsolete Equipment disposed of by Borrower in good faith in an arm’s length transaction for an aggregate purchase price of $100,000 or less (for all such transactions in any fiscal year). Borrower agrees that it will not commingle proceeds of Collateral with any of Borrower’s other funds or property, but will hold such proceeds separate and apart from such other funds and property and in an express trust for Bank. Nothing in this Section limits the restrictions on disposition of Collateral set forth elsewhere in this Agreement.

6.5 Taxes; Pensions . Timely file , and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely file, all required tax returns and reports, or extensions therefore, unless the aggregate amount of taxes due, plus interest and penalties thereon, would not exceed $50,000, and timely pay, and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely pay, all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, except for (a) taxes, plus interest and penalties thereon, that, in the aggregate do not exceed $50,000 and (b) deferred payment of any taxes contested pursuant to the terms of Section 5.9 hereof, and shall deliver to Bank, on demand, appropriate certificates attesting to such payments, and pay all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms.

6.6 Access to Collateral; Books and Records . At reasonable times, on three (3) Business Day’s notice (provided no notice is required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), Bank, or its agents, shall have the right to inspect the Collateral and the right to audit and copy Borrower’s Books. Such inspections or audits shall be conducted no more often than once every six (6) months unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. The foregoing inspections and audits shall be at Borrower’s expense, and the charge therefor shall be $850 per person per day (or such higher amount as shall represent Bank’s then-current standard charge for the same), plus reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, which expenses shall be capped at $15,000 per annum, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. In the event Borrower and Bank schedule an audit more than ten (10) days in advance, and Borrower cancels or seeks to reschedules the audit with less than ten (10) days written notice to Bank, then (without limiting any of Bank’s rights or remedies), Borrower shall pay Bank a fee of $1,000 plus any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Bank to compensate Bank for the anticipated costs and expenses of the cancellation or rescheduling.

6.7 Insurance . Keep its business and the Collateral insured for risks and in amounts standard for companies in Borrower’s industry and location and as Bank may reasonably request. Insurance policies shall be in a form, with companies, and in amounts that are satisfactory to Bank. All property policies shall have a lender’s loss

 

-11-


payable endorsement showing Bank as an additional lender loss payee and waive subrogation against Bank. All liability policies shall show, or have endorsements showing, Bank as an additional insured. All policies (or the loss payable and additional insured endorsements) shall provide that the insurer shall give Bank at least twenty (20) days notice before canceling, amending, or declining to renew its policy. At Bank’s request, Borrower shall deliver certified copies of policies and evidence of all premium payments. Proceeds payable under any property policy shall, at Bank’s option, be payable to Bank on account of the Obligations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall have the option of applying the proceeds of any casualty policy up to $100,000, in the aggregate, toward the replacement or repair of destroyed or damaged property; provided that any such replaced or repaired property (i) shall be of equal or like value as the replaced or repaired Collateral and (ii) shall be deemed Collateral in which Bank has been granted a first priority security interest and (b) after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, all proceeds payable under such casualty policy shall, at the option of Bank, be payable to Bank on account of the Obligations. If Borrower fails to obtain insurance as required under this Section 6.7 or to pay any amount or furnish any required proof of payment to third persons and Bank, Bank may make all or part of such payment or obtain such insurance policies required in this Section 6.7, and take any action under the policies Bank deems prudent.

6.8 Operating Accounts .

(a) Maintain all of its and all of its U.S. Subsidiaries’ operating and other deposit accounts and securities accounts with Bank and Bank’s Affiliates; provided , however , that Borrower may maintain no more than $100,000 in PayPal accounts, in the aggregate, at all times;

(b) Provide Bank five (5) days prior written notice before establishing any Collateral Account at or with any bank or financial institution other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates. For each Collateral Account that Borrower at any time maintains, Borrower shall cause the applicable bank or financial institution (other than Bank) at or with which any Collateral Account is maintained to execute and deliver a Control Agreement or other appropriate instrument with respect to such Collateral Account to perfect Bank’s Lien in such Collateral Account in accordance with the terms hereunder which Control Agreement may not be terminated without the prior written consent of Bank. The provisions of the previous sentence shall not apply to deposit accounts exclusively used for payroll, payroll taxes and other employee wage and benefit payments to or for the benefit of Borrower’s employees and identified to Bank by Borrower as such.

6.9 Financial Covenants .

(a) Liquidity Ratio . Maintain as of the last day of each month, on a consolidated basis with respect to Parent and its Subsidiaries, a Liquidity Ratio of at least 1.15 to 1.0.

(b) EBITDA . If, for any Testing Month, Parent’s and its Subsidiaries’ Liquidity Ratio is less than 1.5 to 1.0, also maintain, on a consolidated basis with respect to Parent and its Subsidiaries, as of the last day of each fiscal quarter during the following periods, EBITDA of at least the following:

 

For the Quarter(s) Ending:    Minimum EBITDA  

December 31, 2009 and March 31, 2010

   ($ 1,250,000

June 30, 2010

   ($ 500,000

September 30, 2010

   $ 250,000   

December 31, 2010 and thereafter

   $ 500,000   

6.10 Protection of Intellectual Property Rights .

(a) (i) Protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of its Intellectual Property; (ii) promptly advise Bank in writing of material infringements of its Intellectual Property; and (iii) not allow any Intellectual Property material to Borrower’s business to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public without Bank’s written consent.

 

-12-


(b) Provide written notice to Bank within ten (10) days of entering or becoming bound by any Restricted License (other than over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public.

(c) Borrower shall take such steps as Bank requests to obtain the consent of, or waiver by, any person whose consent or waiver is necessary for (i) any Restricted License to be deemed “Collateral” and for Bank to have a security interest in it that might otherwise be restricted or prohibited by law or by the terms of any such Restricted License, whether now existing or entered into in the future, and (ii) Bank to have the ability in the event of a liquidation of any Collateral to dispose of such Collateral in accordance with Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

6.11 Litigation Cooperation . From the date hereof and continuing through the termination of this Agreement, make available to Bank, without expense to Bank, Borrower and its officers, employees and agents and Borrower’s books and records, to the extent that Bank may deem them reasonably necessary to prosecute or defend any third-party suit or proceeding instituted by or against Bank with respect to any Collateral or relating to Borrower.

6.12 Further Assurances . Execute any further instruments and take further action as Bank reasonably requests to perfect or continue Bank’s Lien in the Collateral or to effect the purposes of this Agreement. Deliver to Bank, within five (5) days after the same are sent or received, copies of all correspondence, reports, documents and other filings with any Governmental Authority that could reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change.

 

  7 NEGATIVE COVENANTS

No Borrower shall do any of the following without Bank’s prior written consent:

7.1 Dispositions . Convey, sell, lease, transfer, assign, or otherwise dispose of (collectively, “ Transfer ”), or permit any of its Subsidiaries to Transfer, all or any part of its business or property, except for Transfers (a) of Inventory in the ordinary course of business; (b) of worn-out or obsolete Equipment; (c) in connection with Permitted Liens and Permitted Investments (d) transfers of investment property of Borrower for the sole purpose of obtaining replacement investment property with the proceeds of such transfer; provided that Bank at all times has a first perfected security interest therein, or (e) other assets of Borrower or its Subsidiaries that do not, in the aggregate, exceed $150,000 during any fiscal year.

7.2 Changes in Business, Management, Ownership, or Business Locations . (a) Engage in or permit any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any business other than the businesses currently engaged in by Borrower and such Subsidiary, as applicable, or reasonably related thereto; (b) liquidate or dissolve; or (c) (i) if either of Parent’s Chief Executive Officer or Chief Operating Officer ceases to hold such office and is not replaced with another officer reasonably satisfactory to Bank within 30 days or (ii) enter into any transaction or series of related transactions in which the stockholders of Borrower who were not stockholders immediately prior to the first such transaction own more than 51% of the voting stock of Borrower immediately after giving effect to such transaction or related series of such transactions (other than by the sale of Borrower’s equity securities in a public offering or to venture capital investors so long as Borrower identifies to Bank the venture capital investors prior to the closing of the transaction and provides to Bank a description of the material terms of the transaction).

Borrower shall not, without at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to Bank: (1) add any new offices or business locations, including warehouses (unless such new offices or business locations contain less than Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) in Borrower’s assets or property) or deliver any portion of the Collateral valued, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) to a bailee at a location other than to a bailee and at a location already disclosed in the Perfection Certificate, (2) change its jurisdiction of organization, (3) change its organizational structure or type, (4) change its legal name, or (5) change any organizational number (if any) assigned by its jurisdiction of organization. If Borrower intends to deliver any portion of the Collateral valued, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) to a bailee, and Bank and such bailee are not already parties to a bailee agreement governing both the Collateral and the location to which Borrower intends to deliver the Collateral, then Borrower will first receive the written consent of Bank, and such bailee shall execute and deliver a bailee agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank in its sole discretion.

 

-13-


7.3 Mergers or Acquisitions . Merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate, with any other Person, or acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person except where (a) (i) total consideration including cash and the value of any non-cash consideration, for all such transactions does not in the aggregate exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) in any fiscal year of Borrower; (ii) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would exist after giving effect to the transactions; (iii) Borrower can show post-acquisition pro forma compliance with the applicable financial covenants set forth in Section 6.9, and (iv) Borrower is the surviving legal entity or (b) the Obligations are repaid in full concurrently with such transaction and this Agreement is terminated. A Subsidiary may merge or consolidate into another Subsidiary or into Borrower. A Subsidiary may merge or consolidate into another Subsidiary or into Borrower.

7.4 Indebtedness . Create, incur, assume, or be liable for any Indebtedness, or permit any Subsidiary to do so, other than Permitted Indebtedness.

7.5 Encumbrance . Except for Permitted Liens, create, incur, allow, or suffer any Lien on any of its property, or assign or convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any Accounts, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so, except for Permitted Liens, permit any Collateral not to be subject to the first priority security interest granted herein, or enter into any agreement, document, instrument or other arrangement (except with or in favor of Bank) with any Person which directly or indirectly prohibits or has the effect of prohibiting Borrower or any Subsidiary from assigning, mortgaging, pledging, granting a security interest in or upon, or encumbering any of Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s Intellectual Property, except as is otherwise permitted in Section 7.1 hereof and the definition of “Permitted Liens” herein.

7.6 Maintenance of Collateral Accounts . Maintain any Collateral Account except pursuant to the terms of Section 6.8(b) hereof.

7.7 Distributions; Investments . (a) Pay any dividends or make any distribution or payment or redeem, retire or purchase any capital stock per fiscal year; provided that, (i) Borrower may convert any of its convertible securities into other securities pursuant to the terms of such convertible securities or otherwise in exchange thereof, (ii) Borrower may pay dividends solely in common stock, (iii) Borrower may repurchase no more than $50,000 worth of stock of former employees, consultants or directors pursuant to stock repurchase agreements, in the aggregate, per annum, so long as an Event of Default does not exist at the time of such repurchase and would not exist after giving effect to such repurchase; and (iv) Borrower may repurchase the stock of former employees, consultants or directors pursuant to stock repurchase agreements by the cancellation of indebtedness owed by such former employees, consultants or directors to Borrower regardless of whether an Event of Default exists; or (b) directly or indirectly make any Investment other than Permitted Investments, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so.

7.8 Transactions with Affiliates . Directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any Affiliate of Borrower, except for (i) transactions that are in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to Borrower than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated Person, (ii) transactions permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 7.3 hereof, and (iii) transactions that would otherwise be permitted pursuant to subsection (f) of the definition of “Permitted Investments”.

7.9 Subordinated Debt . (a) Make or permit any payment on any Subordinated Debt, except under the terms of the subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement to which such Subordinated Debt is subject, or (b) amend any provision in any document relating to the Subordinated Debt which would increase the amount thereof or adversely affect the subordination thereof to Obligations owed to Bank.

7.10 Compliance . Become an “investment company” or a company controlled by an “investment company”, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or undertake as one of its important activities extending credit to purchase or carry margin stock (as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), or use the proceeds of any Credit Extension for that purpose; fail to meet the minimum funding requirements of ERISA, permit a Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction, as defined in ERISA, to occur; fail to comply with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act or violate any other law or regulation, if the violation could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so; withdraw or permit any Subsidiary to withdraw from participation in, permit partial or

 

-14-


complete termination of, or permit the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

 

  8 EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Any one of the following shall constitute an event of default (an “ Event of Default ”) under this Agreement:

8.1 Payment Default . Any Borrower fails to (a) make any payment of principal or interest on any Credit Extension on its due date, or (b) pay any other Obligations within three (3) Business Days after such Obligations are due and payable (which three (3) Business Day cure period shall not apply to payments due on the Revolving Line Maturity Date or Term Loan Maturity Date). During the cure period, the failure to make or pay any payment specified under clause (a) or (b) hereunder is not an Event of Default (but no Credit Extension will be made during the cure period);

8.2 Covenant Default .

(a) Any Borrower fails or neglects to perform any obligation in Sections 6.2, 6.5, 6.7, 6.8, 6.9, or 6.10(c), or violates any covenant in Section 7; or

(b) Any Borrower fails or neglects to perform, keep, or observe any other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or any Loan Documents, and as to any default (other than those specified in this Section 8) under such other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement that can be cured, has failed to cure the default within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof; provided, however, that if the default cannot by its nature be cured within the ten (10) day period or cannot after diligent attempts by such Borrower be cured within such ten (10) day period, and such default is likely to be cured within a reasonable time, then such Borrower shall have an additional period (which shall not in any case exceed thirty (30) days) to attempt to cure such default, and within such reasonable time period the failure to cure the default shall not be deemed an Event of Default (but no Credit Extensions shall be made during such cure period). Cure periods provided under this section shall not apply, among other things, to financial covenants or any other covenants set forth in clause (a) above;

8.3 Material Adverse Change . A Material Adverse Change occurs;

8.4 Attachment; Levy; Restraint on Business .

(a) (i) The service of process seeking to attach, by trustee or similar process, any funds of any Borrower or of any entity under the control of any Borrower (including a Subsidiary) on deposit or otherwise maintained with Bank or any Bank Affiliate, or (ii) a notice of lien or levy is filed against any of any Borrower’s assets by any government agency, and the same under subclauses (i) and (ii) hereof are not, within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof, discharged or stayed (whether through the posting of a bond or otherwise); provided, however, no Credit Extensions shall be made during any ten (10) day cure period; or

(b) (i) any material portion of any Borrower’s assets is attached, seized, levied on, or comes into possession of a trustee or receiver, or (ii) any court order enjoins, restrains, or prevents any Borrower from conducting any material part of its business;

8.5 Insolvency . (a) Any Borrower is unable to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they become due or otherwise becomes insolvent; (b) any Borrower begins an Insolvency Proceeding; or (c) an Insolvency Proceeding is begun against any Borrower and not dismissed or stayed within thirty (30) days (but no Credit Extensions shall be made while of any of the conditions described in clause (a) exist and/or until any Insolvency Proceeding is dismissed);

8.6 Other Agreements . There is, under any agreement to which any Borrower is a party with a third party or parties, (a) any default resulting in a right by such third party or parties, whether or not exercised, to accelerate the maturity of any Indebtedness in an amount individually or in the aggregate in excess of One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000); or (b) any default by any Borrower, the result of which could have a material adverse effect on such Borrower’s business;

 

-15-


8.7 Judgments . Other than a judgment not exceeding 280,000 Australian Dollars in connection with the litigation disclosed in Borrower’s Perfection Certificate submitted on the Effective Date, one or more final judgments, orders, or decrees for the payment of money in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, of at least One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000) (not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which liability has been accepted by such insurance carrier) shall be rendered against any Borrower and the same are not, within ten (10) days after the entry thereof, discharged or execution thereof stayed or bonded pending appeal, or such judgments are not discharged prior to the expiration of any such stay (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to the discharge, stay, or bonding of such judgment, order, or decree);

8.8 Misrepresentations . Any Borrower or any Person acting for any Borrower makes any representation, warranty, or other statement now or later in this Agreement, any Loan Document or in any writing delivered to Bank or to induce Bank to enter this Agreement or any Loan Document, and such representation, warranty, or other statement is incorrect in any material respect when made;

8.9 Subordinated Debt . Any document, instrument, or agreement evidencing any Subordinated Debt shall for any reason be revoked or invalidated or otherwise cease to be in full force and effect, any Person shall be in breach thereof or contest in any manner the validity or enforceability thereof or deny that it has any further liability or obligation thereunder, or the Obligations shall for any reason be subordinated or shall not have the priority contemplated by this Agreement; or

 

  9 BANK’S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES

9.1 Rights and Remedies . While an Event of Default occurs and continues Bank may, without notice or demand, do any or all of the following:

(a) declare all Obligations immediately due and payable (but if an Event of Default described in Section 8.5 occurs all Obligations are immediately due and payable without any action by Bank);

(b) stop advancing money or extending credit for Borrowers’ benefit under this Agreement or under any other agreement between Borrower and Bank;

(c) demand that Borrower (i) deposit cash with Bank in an amount equal to 105% (for U.S. Dollar denominated Letters of Credit) or 110% (for Foreign Currency denominated Letters of Credit) of the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate face amount of all Letters of Credit remaining undrawn (plus all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its good faith business judgment)), to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit, as collateral security for the repayment of any future drawings under such Letters of Credit, and Borrower shall forthwith deposit and pay such amounts, and (ii) pay in advance all letter of credit fees scheduled to be paid or payable over the remaining term of any Letters of Credit;

(d) terminate any FX Forward Contracts;

(e) settle or adjust disputes and claims directly with Account Debtors for amounts on terms and in any order that Bank considers advisable, notify any Person owing Borrowers money of Bank’s security interest in such funds, and verify the amount of such account;

(f) make any payments and do any acts it considers necessary or reasonable to protect the Collateral and/or its security interest in the Collateral. Each Borrower shall assemble the Collateral if Bank requests and make it available as Bank designates. Bank may enter premises where the Collateral is located, take and maintain possession of any part of the Collateral, and pay, purchase, contest, or compromise any Lien which appears to be prior or superior to its security interest and pay all expenses incurred. Borrower grants Bank a license to enter and occupy any of its premises, without charge, to exercise any of Bank’s rights or remedies;

(g) apply to the Obligations any (i) balances and deposits of each Borrower it holds, or (ii) any amount held by Bank owing to or for the credit or the account of any Borrower;

 

-16-


(h) ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, advertise for sale, and sell the Collateral. Bank is hereby granted a non-exclusive, royalty-free license or other right to use, without charge, each Borrower’s labels, Patents, Copyrights, mask works, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, Trademarks, and advertising matter, or any similar property as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale, and selling any Collateral and, in connection with Bank’s exercise of its rights under this Section, each Borrower’s rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements inure to Bank’s benefit;

(i) place a “hold” on any account maintained with Bank and/or deliver a notice of exclusive control, any entitlement order, or other directions or instructions pursuant to any Control Agreement or similar agreements providing control of any Collateral;

(j) demand and receive possession of each Borrower’s Books; and

(k) exercise all rights and remedies available to Bank under the Loan Documents or at law or equity, including all remedies provided under the Code (including disposal of the Collateral pursuant to the terms thereof).

9.2 Power of Attorney . Each Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact, exercisable upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to: (a) endorse such Borrower’s name on any checks or other forms of payment or security; (b) sign such Borrower’s name on any invoice or bill of lading for any Account or drafts against Account Debtors; (c) settle and adjust disputes and claims about the Accounts directly with Account Debtors, for amounts and on terms Bank determines reasonable; (d) make, settle, and adjust all claims under such Borrower’s insurance policies; (e) pay, contest or settle any Lien, charge, encumbrance, security interest, and adverse claim in or to the Collateral, or any judgment based thereon, or otherwise take any action to terminate or discharge the same; and (f) transfer the Collateral into the name of Bank or a third party as the Code permits. Each Borrower hereby appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact to sign Borrower’s name on any documents necessary to perfect or continue the perfection of Bank’s security interest in the Collateral regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred until all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) have been satisfied in full and Bank is under no further obligation to make Credit Extensions hereunder. Bank’s foregoing appointment as each Borrower’s attorney in fact, and all of Bank’s rights and powers, coupled with an interest, are irrevocable until all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) have been fully repaid and performed and Bank’s obligation to provide Credit Extensions terminates.

9.3 Protective Payments . If any Borrower fails to obtain the insurance called for by Section 6.7 or fails to pay any premium thereon or fails to pay any other amount which such Borrower is obligated to pay under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, Bank may obtain such insurance or make such payment, and all amounts so paid by Bank are Bank Expenses and immediately due and payable, bearing interest at the then highest rate applicable to the Obligations, and secured by the Collateral. Bank will make reasonable efforts to provide Borrowers with notice of Bank obtaining such insurance at the time it is obtained or within a reasonable time thereafter. No payments by Bank are deemed an agreement to make similar payments in the future or Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default.

9.4 Application of Payments and Proceeds . If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Bank may apply any funds in its possession, whether from Borrowers’ account balances, payments, proceeds realized as the result of any collection of Accounts or other disposition of the Collateral, or otherwise, to the Obligations in such order as Bank shall determine in its sole discretion. Any surplus shall be paid to Borrowers by credit to the Designated Deposit Account or to other Persons legally entitled thereto, and Borrowers shall remain liable to Bank for any deficiency. If Bank, in its good faith business judgment, directly or indirectly enters into a deferred payment or other credit transaction with any purchaser at any sale of Collateral, Bank shall have the option, exercisable at any time, of either reducing the Obligations by the principal amount of the purchase price or deferring the reduction of the Obligations until the actual receipt by Bank of cash therefor.

9.5 Bank’s Liability for Collateral . So long as Bank complies with reasonable banking practices regarding the safekeeping of the Collateral in the possession or under the control of Bank, Bank shall not be liable or responsible for: (a) the safekeeping of the Collateral; (b) any loss or damage to the Collateral; (c) any diminution in the value of the Collateral; or (d) any act or default of any carrier, warehouseman, bailee, or other Person. Borrowers bear all risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral.

 

-17-


9.6 No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative . Bank’s failure, at any time or times, to require strict performance by any Borrower of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall not waive, affect, or diminish any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict performance and compliance herewith or therewith. No waiver hereunder shall be effective unless signed by the party granting the waiver and then is only effective for the specific instance and purpose for which it is given. Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are cumulative. Bank has all rights and remedies provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. Bank’s exercise of one right or remedy is not an election and shall not preclude Bank from exercising any other remedy under this Agreement or other remedy available at law or in equity, and Bank’s waiver of any Event of Default is not a continuing waiver. Bank’s delay in exercising any remedy is not a waiver, election, or acquiescence.

9.7 Demand Waiver . Each Borrower waives demand, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, notice of any default, nonpayment at maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension, or renewal of accounts, documents, instruments, chattel paper, and guarantees held by Bank on which such Borrower is liable.

 

  10 NOTICES

All notices, consents, requests, approvals, demands, or other communication by any party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document must be in writing and shall be deemed to have been validly served, given, or delivered: (a) upon the earlier of actual receipt and three (3) Business Days after deposit in the U.S. mail, first class, registered or certified mail return receipt requested, with proper postage prepaid; (b) upon transmission, when sent by electronic mail or facsimile transmission; (c) one (1) Business Day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier with all charges prepaid; or (d) when delivered, if hand-delivered by messenger, all of which shall be addressed to the party to be notified and sent to the address, facsimile number, or email address indicated below. Bank or Borrowers may change their mailing or electronic mail address or facsimile number by giving the other party written notice thereof in accordance with the terms of this Section 10.

 

  If to Borrowers:   

c/o ChannelAdvisor Corporation

2701 Aerial Center Parkway

Morrisville, NC 27560

Attn: David Spitz, Chief Operating Officer

Fax: (919) 388-9405

Email:     david.spitz@channeladvisor.com

  If to Bank:   

Silicon Valley Bank

3005 Carrington Mill Blvd, Suite 530

Chapel Hill, NC 27560

Attention:               Corey Waters

Telephone: #          (919) 442-2302

Facsimile No.:        (919) 461-3908

Email:    cwaters@svb.com

 

  11 CHOICE OF LAW, VENUE, JURY TRIAL WAIVER AND JUDICIAL REFERENCE

North Carolina law governs the Loan Documents without regard to principles of conflicts of law. Each Borrower and Bank each submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the State and Federal courts in Wake County, North Carolina; provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to operate to preclude Bank from bringing suit or taking other legal action in any other jurisdiction to realize on the Collateral or any other security for the Obligations, or to enforce a judgment or other court order in favor of Bank. Each Borrower expressly submits and consents in advance to such jurisdiction in any action or suit commenced in any such court, and each Borrower hereby waives any objection that it may have based upon lack of personal jurisdiction, improper venue, or forum non conveniens and hereby consents to the granting of such legal or equitable relief as is deemed appropriate by such court. Each Borrower hereby waives personal service of the summons, complaints, and other process issued in such action or suit and agrees that service of such summons, complaints, and other process may be made by registered or certified mail addressed to such Borrower at the address set forth in, or subsequently provided by Borrowers in accordance with, Section 10 of this Agreement and that service so made shall be deemed completed upon the earlier to occur of such Borrower’s actual receipt thereof or three (3) days after deposit in the U.S. mails, proper postage prepaid.

 

-18-


TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, BORROWERS AND BANK EACH WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT, THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT, TORT, BREACH OF DUTY AND ALL OTHER CLAIMS. THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR BOTH PARTIES TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS COUNSEL .

 

  12 GENERAL PROVISIONS

12.1 Successors and Assigns . This Agreement binds and is for the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of each party. No Borrower may assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations under it without Bank’s prior written consent (which may be granted or withheld in Bank’s discretion). Bank has the right, without the consent of or notice to Borrowers, to sell, transfer, assign, negotiate, or grant participation in all or any part of, or any interest in, Bank’s obligations, rights, and benefits under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

12.2 Indemnification . Each Borrower agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Bank and its directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, or any other Person affiliated with or representing Bank (each, an “ Indemnified Person ”) harmless against: (a) all obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities (collectively, “ Claims ”) claimed or asserted by any other party in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents; and (b) all losses or expenses (including Bank Expenses) in any way suffered, incurred, or paid by such Indemnified Person as a result of, following from, consequential to, or arising from transactions between Bank and Borrowers (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), except for Claims and/or losses directly caused by such Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

12.3 Time of Essence . Time is of the essence for the performance of all Obligations in this Agreement.

12.4 Severability of Provisions . Each provision of this Agreement is severable from every other provision in determining the enforceability of any provision.

12.5 Correction of Loan Documents . Bank may correct patent errors and fill in any blanks in the Loan Documents consistent with the agreement of the parties.

12.6 Amendments in Writing; Waiver; Integration . No purported amendment or modification of any Loan Document, or waiver, discharge or termination of any obligation under any Loan Document, shall be enforceable or admissible unless, and only to the extent, expressly set forth in a writing signed by the party against which enforcement or admission is sought. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no oral promise or statement, nor any action, inaction, delay, failure to require performance or course of conduct shall operate as, or evidence, an amendment, supplement or waiver or have any other effect on any Loan Document. Any waiver granted shall be limited to the specific circumstance expressly described in it, and shall not apply to any subsequent or other circumstance, whether similar or dissimilar, or give rise to, or evidence, any obligation or commitment to grant any further waiver. The Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of the Loan Documents merge into the Loan Documents.

12.7 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, is an original, and all taken together, constitute one Agreement.

12.8 Survival . All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement continue in full force until this Agreement has terminated pursuant to its terms and all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations and any other obligations which, by their terms, are to survive the termination of this Agreement) have been satisfied. The obligation of Borrowers in Section 12.3 to indemnify Bank shall survive until the statute of limitations with respect to such claim or cause of action shall have run.

 

-19-


12.9 Confidentiality . In handling any confidential information, Bank shall exercise the same degree of care that it exercises for its own proprietary information, but disclosure of information may be made: (a) to Bank’s Subsidiaries or Affiliates; (b) to prospective transferees or purchasers of any interest in the Credit Extensions (provided, however, Bank shall use its best efforts to obtain any prospective transferee’s or purchaser’s agreement to the terms of this provision); (c) as required by law, regulation, subpoena, or other order; (d) to Bank’s regulators or as otherwise required in connection with Bank’s examination or audit; (e) as Bank considers appropriate in exercising remedies under the Loan Documents; and (f) to third-party service providers of Bank so long as such service providers have executed a confidentiality agreement with Bank with terms no less restrictive than those contained herein. Confidential information does not include information that is either: (i) in the public domain or in Bank’s possession when disclosed to Bank, or becomes part of the public domain after disclosure to Bank through no fault of Bank; or (ii) disclosed to Bank by a third party, if Bank does not know that the third party is prohibited from disclosing the information.

Bank may use confidential information for the development of databases, reporting purposes, and market analysis so long as such confidential information is aggregated and anonymized prior to distribution unless otherwise expressly permitted by Borrowers. The provisions of the immediately preceding sentence shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

12.10 Attorneys’ Fees, Costs and Expenses . In any action or proceeding between a Borrower and Bank arising out of or relating to the Loan Documents, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred, in addition to any other relief to which it may be entitled.

12.11 Electronic Execution of Documents . The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature” and words of like import in any Loan Document shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity and enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping systems, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including, without limitation, any state law based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

12.12 Captions . The headings used in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

12.13 Construction of Agreement . The parties mutually acknowledge that they and their attorneys have participated in the preparation and negotiation of this Agreement. In cases of uncertainty this Agreement shall be construed without regard to which of the parties caused the uncertainty to exist.

12.14 Relationship . The relationship of the parties to this Agreement is determined solely by the provisions of this Agreement. The parties do not intend to create any agency, partnership, joint venture, trust, fiduciary or other relationship with duties or incidents different from those of parties to an arm’s-length contract.

12.15 Third Parties . Nothing in this Agreement, whether express or implied, is intended to: (a) confer any benefits, rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement on any persons other than the express parties to it and their respective permitted successors and assigns; (b) relieve or discharge the obligation or liability of any person not an express party to this Agreement; or (c) give any person not an express party to this Agreement any right of subrogation or action against any party to this Agreement.

 

  13 DEFINITIONS

13.1 Definitions . As used in the Loan Documents, the word “shall” is mandatory, the word “may” is permissive, the word “or” is not exclusive, the words “includes” and “including” are not limiting, the singular includes the plural, and numbers denoting amounts that are set off in brackets are negative. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms have the following meanings:

Account ” is any “account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes, without limitation, all accounts receivable and other sums owing to a Borrower.

Account Debtor ” is any “account debtor” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

 

-20-


Advance ” or “ Advances ” means an advance (or advances) under the Revolving Line.

Affiliate ” is, with respect to any Person, each other Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly the Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the Person, and each of that Person’s senior executive officers, directors, partners and, for any Person that is a limited liability company, that Person’s managers and members.

Agreement ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Availability Amount ” is (a) the lesser of (i) the Revolving Line or (ii) the amount available under the Borrowing Base minus (b) the FX Reduction Amount, minus (c) any amounts used for Cash Management Services, and minus (d) the outstanding principal balance of any Advances.

Bank ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Bank Expenses ” are all audit fees and expenses, costs, and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) for preparing, amending, negotiating, administering, defending and enforcing the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, those incurred in connection with appeals or Insolvency Proceedings) or otherwise incurred with respect to a Borrower.

Borrower(s) ” is defined in the preamble hereof

Borrower’s Books ” are all a Borrower’s books and records including ledgers, federal and state tax returns, records regarding a Borrower’s assets or liabilities, the Collateral, business operations or financial condition, and all computer programs or storage or any equipment containing such information.

Borrowing Base ” is 80% of Eligible Accounts, as determined by Bank from Borrowers’ most recent Transaction Report; provided, however, that Bank may decrease the foregoing percentages in its good faith business judgment based on events, conditions, contingencies, or risks which, as determined by Bank, may adversely affect Collateral.

Business Day ” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which Bank is closed.

“Cash Burn” is defined in Section 6.9.

“Cash Equivalents” means (a) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States or any agency or any State thereof having maturities of not more than one (1) year from the date of acquisition; (b) commercial paper maturing no more than one (1) year after its creation and having the highest rating from either Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.; (c) Bank’s certificates of deposit issued maturing no more than one (1) year after issue; (d) other Investments permitted by Borrower’s investment policy, as amended from time to time, which investment policy, as amended, has been approved by Bank in writing; and (e) money market funds at least ninety-five percent (95%) of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (a) through (d) of this definition.

“Cash Management Services” is defined in Section 2.1.4.

Code ” is the Uniform Commercial Code, as the same may, from time to time, be enacted and in effect in the State of North Carolina; provided, that, to the extent that the Code is used to define any term herein or in any Loan Document and such term is defined differently in different Articles or Divisions of the Code, the definition of such term contained in Article or Division 9 shall govern; provided further, that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the attachment, perfection, or priority of, or remedies with respect to, Bank’s Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of North Carolina, the term “ Code ” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority, or remedies and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

Collateral ” is any and all properties, rights and assets of Borrower described on Exhibit A .

 

-21-


Collateral Account ” is any Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

Collateral Assignments ” are those certain Collateral Assignments of the Intercompany Note executed by Parent in favor of Bank.

Commodity Account ” is any “commodity account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Compliance Certificate ” is that certain certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

Contingent Obligation ” is, for any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or not, of that Person for (a) any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another such as an obligation, in each case, directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made, discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or for which that Person is directly or indirectly liable; (b) any obligations for undrawn letters of credit for the account of that Person; and (c) all obligations from any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap or collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; but “Contingent Obligation” does not include endorsements in the ordinary course of business. The amount of a Contingent Obligation is the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation for which the Contingent Obligation is made or, if not determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability for it determined by the Person in good faith; but the amount may not exceed the maximum of the obligations under any guarantee or other support arrangement.

Control Agreement ” is any control agreement entered into among the depository institution at which Borrower maintains a Deposit Account or the securities intermediary or commodity intermediary at which a Borrower maintains a Securities Account or a Commodity Account, a Borrower, and Bank pursuant to which Bank obtains control (within the meaning of the Code) over such Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

Copyrights ” are any and all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work or authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished and whether or not the same also constitutes a trade secret.

Country Limitation Schedule ” shall mean the schedule published from time to time by EX-IM Bank setting forth, on a country by country basis, whether, and under what conditions, EX-IM Bank will provide coverage for the financing of export transactions to the countries listed therein.

Credit Extension ” is any Advance, Term Loan, FX Forward Contract, amount utilized for Cash Management Services, or any other extension of credit by Bank for a Borrower’s benefit.

Default Rate ” is defined in Section 2.3(b).

Deferred Revenue ” is all amounts received or invoiced in advance of performance under contracts and not yet recognized as revenue.

Deposit Account ” is any “deposit account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Designated Deposit Account ” is: for Parent, account number                          maintained with Bank.

Dollars , ” “ dollars ” or use of the sign “ $ ” means only lawful money of the United States and not any other currency, regardless of whether that currency uses the “$” sign to denote its currency or may be readily converted into lawful money of the United States.

Dollar Equivalent ” is, at any time, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, such amount, and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in a Foreign Currency, the equivalent amount therefor in Dollars as determined by Bank at such time on the basis of the then-prevailing rate of exchange in San Francisco, California, for sales of the Foreign Currency for transfer to the country issuing such Foreign Currency.

 

-22-


Early Termination Fee ” is defined in Section 2.1.1(c).

EBITDA ” shall mean (a) Net Income, plus (b) Interest Expense, plus (c) to the extent deducted in the calculation of Net Income, depreciation expense and amortization expense, plus (d) income tax expense.

Effective Date ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Eligible Accounts ” means Accounts which arise in the ordinary course of a Borrower’s business that meet all Borrower’s representations and warranties in Section 5.3. Bank reserves the right at any time after the Effective Date to adjust any of the criteria set forth below and to establish new criteria in its good faith business judgment. Unless Bank otherwise agrees in writing, Eligible Accounts shall not include:

(a) Accounts that the Account Debtor has not paid within ninety (90) days of invoice date regardless of invoice payment period terms;

(b) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor, fifty percent (50%) or more of whose Accounts have not been paid within ninety (90) days of invoice date;

(c) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor which does not have its principal place of business in the United States or other Eligible Countries listed in the Country Limitation Schedule, unless such Accounts are otherwise Eligible Accounts and (i) covered in full by credit insurance satisfactory to Bank, less any deductible, (ii) supported by letter(s) of credit acceptable to Bank, (iii) supported by a guaranty from the Export-Import Bank of the United States, or (iv) that Bank otherwise approves of in writing;

(d) Accounts over the Dollar Equivalent of $250,000 in the aggregate billed and/or payable outside of the United States by ChannelAdvisor GmbH and ChannelAdvisor (AU) Pty. Ltd.;

(e) Other than as set forth in subsection (d), above, Accounts billed and/or payable outside of the United States;

(f) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor to the extent that a Borrower is indebted or obligated in any manner to the Account Debtor (as creditor, lessor, supplier or otherwise - sometimes called “contra” accounts, accounts payable, customer deposits or credit accounts), with the exception of customary credits, adjustments and/or discounts given to an Account Debtor by Borrower in the ordinary course of its business;

(g) Accounts for which the Account Debtor is a Borrower’s Affiliate, officer, employee, or agent;

(h) Accounts with credit balances over ninety (90) days from invoice date;

(i) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor, including Affiliates, whose total obligations to Borrowers, in the aggregate, exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of all Accounts, for the amounts that exceed that percentage, unless Bank approves in writing;

(j) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor which is a United States government entity or any department, agency, or instrumentality thereof unless a Borrower has assigned its payment rights to Bank and the assignment has been acknowledged under the Federal Assignment of Claims Act of 1940, as amended;

(k) Accounts for demonstration or promotional equipment, or in which goods are consigned, or sold on a “sale guaranteed”, “sale or return”, “sale on approval”, or other terms if Account Debtor’s payment may be conditional;

(l) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor that has not been invoiced or where goods or services have not yet been rendered to the Account Debtor (sometimes called memo billings or pre-billings);

 

-23-


(m) Accounts subject to contractual arrangements between Borrower and an Account Debtor where payments shall be scheduled or due according to completion or fulfillment requirements where the Account Debtor has a right of offset for damages suffered as a result of Borrower’s failure to perform in accordance with the contract (sometimes called contracts accounts receivable, progress billings, milestone billings, or fulfillment contracts);

(n) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor the amount of which may be subject to withholding based on the Account Debtor’s satisfaction of Borrower’s complete performance (but only to the extent of the amount withheld; sometimes called retainage billings);

(o) Accounts subject to trust provisions, subrogation rights of a bonding company, or a statutory trust;

(p) Accounts owing from an Account Debtor that has been invoiced for goods that have not been shipped to the Account Debtor unless Bank, the applicable Borrower, and the Account Debtor have entered into an agreement acceptable to Bank in its sole discretion wherein the Account Debtor acknowledges that (i) it has title to and has ownership of the goods wherever located, (ii) a bona fide sale of the goods has occurred, and (iii) it owes payment for such goods in accordance with invoices from such Borrower (sometimes called “bill and hold” accounts);

(q) Accounts for which the Account Debtor has not been invoiced;

(r) Accounts that represent non-trade receivables or that are derived by means other than in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business;

(s) Accounts for which a Borrower has permitted Account Debtor’s payment to extend beyond 90 days;

(t) Accounts subject to chargebacks or others payment deductions taken by an Account Debtor (but only to the extent the chargeback is determined invalid and subsequently collected by a Borrower);

(u) Accounts in which the Account Debtor disputes liability or makes any claim (but only up to the disputed or claimed amount), or if the Account Debtor is subject to an Insolvency Proceeding, or becomes insolvent, or goes out of business; and

(v) Accounts for which Bank in its good faith business judgment, after inquiry and consultation with Borrower, determines collection to be doubtful.

Eligible Countries ” are those countries listed on the Country Limitation Schedule where support is available without such support being subject to any “notes” listed therein.

Equipment ” is all “equipment” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all machinery, fixtures, goods, vehicles (including motor vehicles and trailers), and any interest in any of the foregoing.

ERISA ” is the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and its regulations.

Event of Default ” is defined in Section 8.

Exchange Act ” is the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Foreign Currency ” means lawful money of a country other than the United States.

Funding Date ” is any date on which a Credit Extension is made to or for the account of a Borrower which shall be a Business Day.

FX Business Day ” is any day when (a) Bank’s Foreign Exchange Department is conducting its normal business and (b) the Foreign Currency being purchased or sold by a Borrower is available to Bank from the entity from which Bank shall buy or sell such Foreign Currency.

 

-24-


FX Forward Contract ” is defined in Section 2.1.3.

FX Reduction Amount ” is defined in Section 2.1.3.

FX Reserve ” is defined in Section 2.1.3.

GAAP ” is generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other Person as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination.

General Intangibles ” is all “general intangibles” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation, all Intellectual Property, claims, income and other tax refunds, security and other deposits, payment intangibles, contract rights, options to purchase or sell real or personal property, rights in all litigation presently or hereafter pending (whether in contract, tort or otherwise), insurance policies (including without limitation key man, property damage, and business interruption insurance), payments of insurance and rights to payment of any kind.

Governmental Approval ” is any consent, authorization, approval, order, license, franchise, permit, certificate, accreditation, registration, filing or notice, of, issued by, from or to, or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority.

Governmental Authority ” is any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, any securities exchange and any self-regulatory organization.

Indebtedness ” is (a) indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred price of property or services, such as reimbursement and other obligations for surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) capital lease obligations, and (d) Contingent Obligations.

Indemnified Person ” is defined in Section 12.3.

Initial Audit ” is Bank’s inspection of Borrowers’ Accounts and Borrowers’ Books, with results satisfactory to Bank in its sole and absolute discretion.

Insolvency Proceeding ” is any proceeding by or against any Person under the United States Bankruptcy Code, or any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, compositions, extensions generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.

Intellectual Property ” means all of a Borrower’s right, title, and interest in and to the following:

(a) its Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents;

(b) any and all trade secrets and trade secret rights, including, without limitation, any rights to unpatented inventions, know-how, operating manuals;

(c) any and all source code;

(d) any and all design rights which may be available to a Borrower;

(e) any and all claims for damages by way of past, present and future infringement of any of the foregoing, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect such damages for said use or infringement of the Intellectual Property rights identified above; and

(f) all amendments, renewals and extensions of any of the Copyrights, Trademarks or Patents.

 

-25-


Intercompany Notes ” are (a) that certain Intercompany Promissory Note by ChannelAdvisor GmbH in favor of Parent in an amount of not less than $250,000, dated on or around the Effective Date and (b) that certain Intercompany Promissory Note by ChannelAdvisor (AU) Pty. Ltd. in favor of Parent in an amount of not less than $250,000, dated on or around the Effective Date.

Interest Expense ” means for any fiscal period, interest expense (whether cash or non-cash) determined in accordance with GAAP for the relevant period ending on such date, including, in any event, interest expense with respect to any Credit Extension and other Indebtedness of Parent and its Subsidiaries, including, without limitation or duplication, all commissions, discounts, or related amortization and other fees and charges with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing and the net costs associated with interest rate swap, cap, and similar arrangements, and the interest portion of any deferred payment obligation (including leases of all types).

Inventory ” is all “inventory” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products, including without limitation such inventory as is temporarily out of Borrower’s custody or possession or in transit and including any returned goods and any documents of title representing any of the above.

Investment ” is any beneficial ownership interest in any Person (including stock, partnership interest or other securities), and any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person.

Letter of Credit” means a standby letter of credit issued by Bank or another institution based upon an application, guarantee, indemnity or similar agreement on the part of Bank as set forth in Section 2.1.2.

Letter of Credit Application ” is defined in Section 2.1.2(b).

Letter of Credit Reserve ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.2(e).

Lien ” is a claim, mortgage, deed of trust, levy, charge, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance of any kind, whether voluntarily incurred or arising by operation of law or otherwise against any property.

Liquidity Ratio ” is a ratio of (a) unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents plus 80% of Eligible Accounts to (b) outstanding Obligations.

Loan Documents ” are, collectively, this Agreement, the Collateral Assignments, the Securities Pledge Agreement, the Warrant, the Perfection Certificates, any note, or notes or guaranties executed by Borrower, and any other present or future agreement between Borrower and/or for the benefit of Bank in connection with this Agreement, all as amended, restated, or otherwise modified.

Material Adverse Change ” is (a) a material impairment in the perfection or priority of Bank’s Lien in the Collateral or in the value of such Collateral; (b) a material adverse change in the business, operations, or condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower; or (c) a material impairment of the prospect of repayment of any portion of the Obligations.

Make-Whole Premium ” is an amount equal to (a) 1.0% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loan, if the prepayment is made on or before the date that is 12 months from the Funding Date, (b) 0.75% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loan, if the prepayment is made after the date that is 12 months from the Funding date, but on or before the date that is 24 months from the Funding Date and (c) 0.5% thereafter of the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loan, if the prepayment is made after the date that is 24 months from the Funding date, but before the date that is 36 months from the Funding Date.

Monthly Financial Statements ” is defined in Section 6.2(c).

Net Income ” means, as calculated on a consolidated basis for Parent and its Subsidiaries for any period as at any date of determination, the net profit (or loss), after provision for taxes, of Parent and its Subsidiaries for such period taken as a single accounting period.

 

-26-


Obligations ” are Borrowers’ obligations to pay when due any debts, principal, interest, Bank Expenses and other amounts Borrowers owe Bank now or later, whether under this Agreement, the Loan Documents (other than the Warrant), or otherwise, including, without limitation, all obligations relating to letters of credit (including reimbursement obligations for drawn and undrawn letters of credit), cash management services, and foreign exchange contracts, if any, and including interest accruing after Insolvency Proceedings begin and debts, liabilities, or obligations of Borrowers assigned to Bank, and to perform Borrowers’ duties under the Loan Documents (other than the Warrant).

Overadvance ” is defined in Section 2.2.

Patents ” means all patents, patent applications and like protections including without limitation improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same.

Payment ” means all checks, wire transfers and other items of payment received by Bank (including proceeds of Accounts and payment of the Obligations in full) for credit to Borrower’s outstanding Credit Extensions or, if the balance of the Credit Extensions has been reduced to zero, for credit to its deposit accounts.

Perfection Certificate ” is defined in Section 5.1.

Permitted Indebtedness ” is:

(a) each Borrower’s Indebtedness to Bank under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) Indebtedness existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificates;

(c) Subordinated Debt;

(d) unsecured Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business and with respect to surety bonds and similar obligations;

(e) Indebtedness incurred as a result of endorsing negotiable instruments received in the ordinary course of business;

(f) Indebtedness secured by Liens permitted under clauses (a) and (c) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” hereunder; and

(g) extensions, refinancings, modifications, amendments and restatements of any items of Permitted Indebtedness (a) through (f) above, provided that the principal amount thereof is not increased or the terms thereof are not modified to impose more burdensome terms upon Borrower or its Subsidiary, as the case may be.

Permitted Investments ” are:

(a) Investments (including, without limitation, Subsidiaries) existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate;

(b) Investments consisting of Cash Equivalents;

(c) Investments consisting of the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of Borrower;

(d) Investments consisting of deposit accounts in which Bank has a perfected security interest;

(e) Investments accepted in connection with Transfers permitted by Section 7.1;

 

-27-


(f) Investments consisting of (i) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of a Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plans or agreements approved by such Borrower’s Board of Directors;

(g) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business;

(h) joint ventures or strategic alliances consisting solely of the non-exclusive licensing of technology, the development of technology or the providing of technical support; provided that there is no cash Investments by Borrower in connection therewith in excess of $150,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year;

(i) (i) Investments of Subsidiaries in or to other Subsidiaries or Borrower and (ii) so long as no Event of Default has occurred, is continuing, or would result therefrom, no more than the Dollar Equivalent of $1,000,000 in Investments by Borrower in its Subsidiaries per annum;

(j) Investments pursuant to or arising under currency agreements or interest rate agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(k) Investments permitted under Section 7.3;

(l) Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business; provided that this paragraph (l) shall not apply to Investments of Borrower in any Subsidiary; and

(m) Other Investments not otherwise permitted by Section 7.7 not exceeding $150,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year.

Permitted Liens ” are:

(a) Liens existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate or arising under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other government charges or levies, either (i) not delinquent or (ii) being contested in good faith and for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves on its Books, provided that no notice of any such Lien has been filed or recorded under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury Regulations adopted thereunder;

(c) purchase money Liens (including capital leases) (i) on Equipment acquired or held by a Borrower incurred for financing the acquisition of the Equipment, or (ii) existing on Equipment when acquired, if the Lien is confined to the property and improvements and the proceeds of the Equipment;

(d) Liens of materialmen, mechanics, carriers, warehousemen, suppliers, or other Persons that are possessory in nature arising in the ordinary course of business so long as such Liens attach only to Inventory, securing liabilities in the aggregate amount not to exceed Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000) and which are not delinquent or remain payable without penalty or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings which proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property subject thereto;

(e) Liens to secure payment of workers’ compensation, employment insurance, old-age pensions, social security and other like obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business (other than Liens imposed by ERISA);

(f) leases or subleases of real property granted in the ordinary course of a Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), and leases, subleases, non-exclusive licenses or sublicenses of personal property (other than Intellectual Property) granted in the ordinary course of a Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), if the leases, subleases, licenses and sublicenses do not prohibit granting Bank a security interest therein;

 

-28-


(g) (i) non-exclusive license of Intellectual Property granted to third parties in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) other licenses of Intellectual Property that could not result in a legal transfer of title of the licensed property that may be exclusive in respects other than territory and that may be exclusive as to territory only as to discreet geographical areas outside of the United States; and

(hi) Easements, reservations, rights-of-way, restrictions, minor defects or irregularities in title and other similar Liens affecting real property not interfering in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of the business of Borrower;

(i) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for borrowed money), contracts for the purchase of property, leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business and not representing an obligation for borrowed money;

(j) other Liens not described above arising in the ordinary course of business and not having or not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole and not having any priority over the Lien in favor of Bank;

(k) Liens arising from attachments or judgments, orders, or decrees in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Sections 8.4 and 8.7;

(l) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business and as a matter of law to secure payments of custom duties in connection with the importation of goods; and

(m) Liens incurred in the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens described in (a) through (l), but any extension, renewal or replacement Lien must be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness may not increase.

Person ” is any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, company, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or government agency.

Prime Rate ” is Bank’s most recently announced “prime rate,” even if it is not Bank’s lowest rate.

Registered Organization ” is any “registered organization” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made

Requirement of Law ” is as to any Person, the organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law (statutory or common), treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

Reserves ” means, as of any date of determination, such amounts as Bank may from time to time establish and revise in its good faith business judgment, reducing the amount of Advances and other financial accommodations which would otherwise be available to Borrowers (a) to reflect events, conditions, contingencies or risks which, as determined by Bank in its good faith business judgment, do or may adversely affect (i) the Collateral or any other property which is security for the Obligations or its value (including without limitation any increase in delinquencies of Accounts), (ii) the assets, business or prospects of Borrowers, or (iii) the security interests and other rights of Bank in the Collateral (including the enforceability, perfection and priority thereof); or (b) to reflect Bank’s good faith belief that any collateral report or financial information furnished by or on behalf of Borrowers to Bank is or may have been incomplete, inaccurate or misleading in any material respect; or (c) in respect of any state of facts which Bank determines in good faith constitutes an Event of Default or may, with notice or passage of time or both, constitute an Event of Default.

Responsible Officer ” is any of the Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Controller of each Borrower.

 

-29-


Restricted License ” is any material license or other agreement with respect to which a Borrower is the licensee (a) that prohibits or otherwise restricts such Borrower from granting a security interest in such Borrower’s interest in such license or agreement or any other property, or (b) for which a default under or termination of could interfere with the Bank’s right to sell any Collateral.

Revolving Line ” is an Advance or Advances in an amount equal to Four Million Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($4,250,000).

“Revolving Line Maturity Date” is the date that is 364 days from the Effective Date.

SEC ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission, any successor thereto, and any analogous Governmental Authority.

Securities Account ” is any “securities account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Securities Pledge Agreement ” is that certain Securities Pledge Agreement by Parent in favor of Bank, of even date herewith.

Settlement Date ” is defined in Section 2.1.2.

Subject Month ” is the month which is two (2) calendar months after any Testing Month.

Subordinated Debt ” is indebtedness incurred by a Borrower subordinated to all of such Borrower’s now or hereafter indebtedness to Bank (pursuant to a subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank entered into between Bank and the other creditor), on terms acceptable to Bank.

Subsidiary ” is, as to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which shares of stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or such other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the board of directors or other managers of such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless the context otherwise requires, each reference to a Subsidiary herein shall be a reference to a Subsidiary of a Borrower.

“Term Loan” is a loan made by Bank pursuant to the terms of Section 2.1.4 hereof.

“Term Loan Amount” is an amount equal to Four Million Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($4,300,000).

Term Loan Maturity Date ” is the date that is December 1, 2012.

Term Loan Payment ” is defined in Section 2.1.4(b).

Testing Month ” is any month with respect to which Bank has tested Liquidity Ratio of Parent and its Subsidiaries in order to determine Bank’s method for calculating the interest rate on Advances.

Trademarks ” means any trademark and servicemark rights, whether registered or not, applications to register and registrations of the same and like protections, and the entire goodwill of the business of a Borrower connected with and symbolized by such trademarks.

Transaction Report ” is that certain report of transactions and schedule of collections in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C .

Transfer ” is defined in Section 7.1.

Warrant ” is that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock dated of even date herewith executed by Parent in favor of Bank.

 

-30-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the Effective Date.

BORROWERS:

CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION

 

By  

LOGO

Name:  

M. SCOT WINGO

Title:  

DIRECTOR/CEO

MERCHANDISINGADVISOR CORPORATION
By  

LOGO

Name:  

M. SCOT WINGO

Title:  

DIRECTOR

CA MARKETPLACES, INC.
By  

LOGO

Name:  

M. SCOT WINGO

Title:  

DIRECTOR

BANK:
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By  

LOGO

Name:  

ANTHONY BARKETT

Title:  

VP

[Signature Page to Loan and Security Agreement]


EXHIBIT A

The Collateral consists of all of each Borrower’s right, title and interest in and to the following personal property:

All goods, Accounts (including health-care receivables), Equipment, Inventory, contract rights or rights to payment of money, leases, license agreements, franchise agreements, General Intangibles (except as provided below), commercial tort claims, documents, instruments (including any promissory notes), chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic), cash, deposit accounts, fixtures, letters of credit rights (whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing), securities, and all other investment property, supporting obligations, and financial assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, wherever located; and

all Borrower’s Books relating to the foregoing, and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions, attachments, accessories, accessions and improvements to and replacements, products, proceeds and insurance proceeds of any or all of the foregoing.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral does not include any of the following, whether now owned or hereafter acquired (a) more than 65% of the presently existing and hereafter arising issued and outstanding shares of capital stock owned by Borrower of any Foreign Subsidiary which shares entitle the holder thereof to vote for directors or any other matter, or (b) any Intellectual Property; provided, however, the Collateral shall include all Accounts, license and royalty fees and other revenues, proceeds, or income arising out of or relating to any of the foregoing.

Pursuant to the terms of a certain negative pledge arrangement with Bank, each Borrower has agreed not to encumber any of its Intellectual Property, without Bank’s prior written consent.

 

1


EXHIBIT B

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

TO:    SILICON VALLEY BANK       Date:                     
FROM:    CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION   

The undersigned authorized officer of ChannelAdvisor Corporation (“Parent”) certifies on behalf Borrowers that under the terms and conditions of the Loan and Security Agreement between Borrowers and Bank (the “Agreement”), (1) Borrowers are in complete compliance for the period ending                      with all required covenants except as noted below, (2) there are no Events of Default, (3) all representations and warranties in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on this date except as noted below; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date, (4) Each Borrower, and each of its Subsidiaries, has timely filed all required tax returns and reports or timely filed extensions therefore, unless there is no payment of taxes due, and such Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by such Borrower except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 5.9 of the Agreement, (5) no Liens have been levied or claims made against any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to unpaid employee payroll or benefits of which such Borrower has not previously provided written notification to Bank and (6) there were no held checks during such period. Attached are the required documents supporting the certification. The undersigned certifies that these are prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes. The undersigned acknowledges that no borrowings may be requested at any time or date of determination that Borrowers are not in compliance with any of the terms of the Agreement, and that compliance is determined not just at the date this certificate is delivered. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Agreement.

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” column.

 

Reporting Covenant

  

Required

  

Complies

Monthly financial statements with Compliance Certificate    Monthly within 30 days    Yes  No
Annual financial statement (CPA Audited)    FYE within 180 days    Yes  No
Transaction Report    Monthly within 30 days and with each Advance    Yes  No
A/R & A/P Agings & Deferred Revenue Report    Monthly within 30 days    Yes  No
Annual financial projections    FYE within 30 days    Yes  No
Field Exam    Initial and then Semi-Annually    Yes  No

 

Financial Covenant

   Required     Actual      Complies

Maintain on a Monthly Basis:

       

Liquidity Ratio of at least

     1.15 to 1.0             to 1.0       Yes  No

If Liquidity Ratio is < 1.5 to 1.0, Maintain on a Quarterly Basis:

        Yes  No

EBITDA or not less than the following for the quarter ending:

       

December 31, 2009

   ($ 1,250,000   $                   

March 31, 2010

   ($ 1,250,000   $                   

June 30, 2010

   ($ 500,000   $                   

September 30, 2010

   $ 250,000      $                   

December 31, 2010, and thereafter

   $ 500,000      $                   

 

1


Performance Pricing

Liquidity Ratio:

   Interest Rate on Advances:

>/= 1.35 to 1.0

   > of (a) Prime Rate + 0.75% or (b) 4.75%

< 1.35 to 1.0

   > of (a) Prime Rate + 1.25% or (b) 5.25%

 

The following are the exceptions with respect to the certification above: (If no exceptions exist, state “No exceptions to note.”)

 

 

 

CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION       BANK USE ONLY
         Received by:   

 

            AUTHORIZED SIGNER
By:   

 

        
Name:   

 

      Date:   

 

Title:   

 

        
         Verified:   

 

            AUTHORIZED SIGNER
         Date:   

 

         Compliance Status:                    Yes    No

 

2


EXHIBIT C

Transaction Report


FIRST AMENDMENT TO

AND ASSUMPTION

OF

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

This FIRST AMENDMENT TO AND ASSUMPTION OF Loan and Security Agreement (this “Amendment”) is entered into this 19 day of April, 2010 by and among SILICON VALLEY BANK , a California corporation (“Bank”) and CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION , a Delaware corporation (“CAC”), MERCHANDISINGADVISOR CORPORATION , a Delaware corporation (“MAC”) and CA MARKETPLACES, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“CAM”) and CHANNELADVISOR UK LIMITED. , a private limited company incorporated and registered in England and Wales (“CA UK” and together with CAC, MAC and CAM, each a “Borrower” and collectively, the “Borrowers”).

R ECITALS

A. Bank, CAC, MAC and CAM (the “Original Borrowers”) have entered into that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of December 23, 2009 (as the same may from time to time be amended, modified, supplemented or restated, the “ Loan Agreement ”). Bank has extended credit to the Original Borrowers for the purposes permitted in the Loan Agreement.

B. CA UK is a wholly-owned subsidiary of ChannelAdvisor Europe Limited, which, in turn, is a wholly-owned subsidiary of CAC, and CAC and CA UK have requested that Bank finance certain Accounts of CA UK under the Loan Agreement.

C. Bank has agreed to amend certain provisions of the Loan Agreement in order to allow for the financing of such Accounts, provided that CA UK assumes the obligations of the Original Borrowers under the Loan Documents, jointly and severally with the Original Borrowers and subject to the conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties set forth below.

A GREEMENT

N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing recitals and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Definitions . Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings given to them in the Loan Agreement.

2. Assumption . CA UK hereby assumes and agrees to pay and perform when due all present and future Obligations, jointly and severally with the Original Borrowers under, based upon, or arising out of the Loan Documents and instruments and agreements relating thereto. CA UK agrees to be bound by and to honor, perform and comply with, in all respects, all terms and provisions of all of the Loan Documents, to the


same extent as though CA UK were named therein jointly and severally with the Original Borrowers. All references in the Loan Documents to “Borrower” or “Borrowers” shall be deemed to refer to CA UK and the Original Borrowers.

CA UK acknowledges that the Obligations are due and owing to Bank from the Original Borrowers, and upon this Amendment becoming effective are due and owing from CA UK and the Original Borrowers jointly and severally, without any defense, offset or counterclaim of any kind or nature whatsoever.

3. Amendments to Loan Agreement.

3.1 Dollar amounts set forth in the Loan Agreement shall be deemed to include, without limitation the Dollar Equivalent of such amounts, where applicable.

3.2 Sections 4.1, 4.2 and 4.3 of the Loan Agreement are hereby deleted in their entirety and replaced with the following:

4.1 Grant of Security Interest . Each Borrower, other than CA UK, hereby grants Bank, to secure the payment and performance in full of all of the Obligations, a continuing security interest in, and pledges to Bank, the Collateral, wherever located, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising, and all proceeds and products thereof. The payment and performance in full of all the Obligations and the performance of CA UK’s duties under the Loan Documents is also secured under the Debenture and any and all other security agreements, mortgages or other collateral granted to Bank by CA UK as security for the Obligations, now or in the future.

4.2 Priority of Security Interest . Each Borrower, other than CA UK, represents, warrants, and covenants that the security interest granted herein is and shall at all times continue to be a first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral (subject only to Permitted Liens that may have superior priority to Bank’s Lien under this Agreement). If any Borrower shall acquire a commercial tort claim, such Borrower shall promptly notify Bank in a writing signed by such Borrower of the general details thereof and grant to Bank in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank. If this Agreement is terminated, Bank’s Lien in the Collateral shall continue until the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) are repaid in full in cash. Upon payment in full in cash of the Obligations and at such time as Bank’s obligation to make Credit Extensions has terminated, Bank shall, at Borrowers’ sole cost and expense, release its Liens in the Collateral and all rights therein shall revert to Borrowers

4.3 Authorization to File Financing Statements . Each Borrower hereby authorizes Bank to file financing statements and to register the security interests created by the Debenture, without notice to any Borrower, with all appropriate jurisdictions to perfect or protect Bank’s interest or rights hereunder, including a notice that any disposition of the Collateral, by any Borrower or any other Person, shall be deemed to violate the rights of Bank under the Code.


3.3 A new sentence is hereby added to the end of the first paragraph of Section 5.2, as follows:

“CA UK currently has no outstanding overdrafts on its bank accounts with the Royal Bank of Scotland or otherwise.”

3.4 The third sentence of Section 5.7 of the Loan Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“Borrower has complied in all material respects with the U.S. Federal Fair Labor Standards Act, or, in relation to CA UK, all employment legislation in force in England and Wales (including, without limitation the UK 1996 Employment Rights Act).”

3.5 Section 6.8(a) is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“(a) Maintain all of its and all of its U.S. and UK Subsidiaries’ operating and other deposit accounts and securities accounts with Bank, Bank’s Affiliates, or, in the case of CA UK and any other UK Subsidiary, The Royal Bank of Scotland; provided, however, that Borrowers may maintain no more than $100,000 in PayPal accounts, in the aggregate, at all times;”

3.6 Section 7.10 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended, in part, to add the words “or UK 1996 Employment Rights Act,”, following the words “Federal Fair Labor Standards Act”, therein.

3.7 Section 9.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended, in part, to delete the word “and” at the end of subsection (j) thereof, replace the period at the end of subsection (k) with “; and”, and insert a new subsection (l), as follows:

“(l) enforce the Debenture in accordance with its terms.”


3.8 Section 9.3 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended, in part, to add the words “and the Debenture” to the end of the first sentence thereof

3.9 Section 9.5 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended, in part, to add the following sentence to the end of the existing paragraph:

“For purposes of this Section 9.5, the term “Collateral” shall include, in the case of CA UK, the property and assets detailed in clause 2 of the Debenture.”

3.10 Section 10 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended, in part, to add the words “This Section 10 shall not apply to the Debenture” to the end of the first paragraph thereof.

3.11 The first sentence of Section 11 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended, in part, to add the terms “Except as may be otherwise set forth therein,” to the beginning of the first paragraph thereof

3.12 Section 12.8 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended, in part, to correct a scrivener’s error and replace the reference to “Section 12.3” with a correct reference to “Section 12.2”, therein.

3.13 A new subsection 12.16 is hereby added to the Loan Agreement, as follows:

12.16 Co-Borrower Liability . Any Borrower may, acting singly, request Advances hereunder. Each Borrower hereby appoints the other as agent for the other for all purposes hereunder, including with respect to requesting Advances hereunder. Each Borrower hereunder shall be jointly and severally obligated to repay all Advances made hereunder, regardless of which Borrower actually receives said Advance, as if each Borrower hereunder directly received all Advances. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or of any of the other Loan Documents or other related document, each Borrower irrevocably waives all rights that it may have at law or in equity (including, without limitation, any law subrogating Borrower to the rights of Bank under this Agreement) to seek contribution, indemnification or any other form of reimbursement from any other Borrower, or any other Person now or hereafter primarily or secondarily liable for any of the Obligations, for any payment made by Borrower with respect to the Obligations in connection with this Agreement or otherwise and all rights that it might have to benefit from, or to participate in, any security for the Obligations as a result of any payment made by Borrower with respect to the Obligations in connection with this Agreement or otherwise. Any agreement providing for indemnification, reimbursement or any other


arrangement prohibited under this Section shall be null and void. If any payment is made to a Borrower in contravention of this Section, such Borrower shall hold such payment in trust for Bank and such payment shall be promptly delivered to Bank for application to the Obligations, whether matured or unmatured. Each Borrower waives any suretyship defenses available to it under the Code or any other applicable law. Each Borrower waives any right to require Bank to: (a) proceed against any other Borrower; (b) proceed against or exhaust any security; or (c) pursue any other remedy. Bank may exercise or not exercise any right or remedy it has against any Borrower or any security it holds (including the right to foreclose by judicial or non-judicial sale) without affecting Borrower’s liability.”

3.14 Subsection (e) of the definition of “Eligible Accounts” in Section 13.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“(e) Other than (i) Accounts that are otherwise Eligible Accounts that are billed by and payable to CA UK or (ii) as set forth in subsection (d), above, Accounts billed and/or payable outside of the United States;”

3.15 The following new definitions are hereby added to Section 13.1 of the Loan Agreement, in their proper alphabetical order, as follows:

CA UK ” is ChannelAdvisor UK Limited, a private limited company incorporated and registered in England and Wales under company number 05296935.

Debenture ” means that certain Debenture, dated April      2010, by and between Bank and CA UK.

3.16 A new sentence is hereby added at the end of the existing definition of “Material Adverse Change” in Section 13.1 of the Loan Agreement, as follows:

“For purposes of this definition, the term “Collateral” shall include, in addition to the collateral described on Exhibit A hereto, the property and assets of CA UK as described in clause 2 of the Debenture.”

3.17 The definition of “Loan Documents” in Section 13.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

Loan Documents ” are, collectively, this Agreement, the Collateral Assignments, the Securities Pledge Agreement, the Warrant, the Debenture, the Perfection Certificates, any note, or notes or guaranties executed by Borrower, and any other present or future agreement between Borrower and/or for the benefit of Bank in connection with this Agreement, all as amended, restated, or otherwise modified.


4. Limitation of Amendments.

4.1 The amendments set forth in Section 3 , above, are effective for the purposes set forth herein and shall be limited precisely as written and shall not be deemed to (a) be a consent to any amendment, waiver or modification of any other term or condition of any Loan Document, or (b) otherwise prejudice any right or remedy which Bank may now have or may have in the future under or in connection with any Loan Document.

4.2 This Amendment shall be construed in connection with and as part of the Loan Documents and all terms, conditions, representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in the Loan Documents, except as herein amended, are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full force and effect.

5. Representations and Warranties . To induce Bank to enter into this Amendment, each Borrower hereby represents and warrants, jointly and severally, to Bank as follows:

5.1 Immediately after giving effect to this Amendment (a) the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Documents are true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of the date hereof (except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such date), and (b) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

5.2 Each Borrower has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment;

5.3 The organizational documents of the Original Borrowers delivered to Bank on the Effective Date and the organizational documents of CA UK delivered to Bank immediately prior to the execution of this Amendment remain true, accurate and complete and have not been amended, supplemented or restated and are and continue to be in full force and effect;

5.4 The execution and delivery by Borrowers of this Amendment and the performance by Borrowers of their obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of Borrowers;


5.5 The execution and delivery by Borrowers of this Amendment and the performance by Borrowers of their obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not and will not contravene (a) any law or regulation binding on or affecting Borrowers, (b) any contractual restriction with a Person binding on Borrowers, (c) any order, judgment or decree of any court or other governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on Borrowers, or (d) the organizational documents of Borrowers;

5.6 The execution and delivery by Borrowers of this Amendment and the performance by Borrowers of their obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not require any order, consent, approval, license, authorization or validation of, or filing, recording or registration with, or exemption by any governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on any Borrower, except as already has been obtained or made; and

5.7 This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by Borrowers and is the binding obligation of Borrowers, enforceable against Borrowers in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, moratorium or other similar laws of general application and equitable principles relating to or affecting creditors’ rights.

6. Debenture . CA UK agrees to deliver to the Bank on the date of this Amendment the Debenture duly executed by CA UK.

7. Integration . This Amendment and the Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of this Amendment and the Loan Documents merge into this Amendment and the Loan Documents.

8. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

9. Effectiveness . This Amendment shall be deemed effective upon (a) the due execution and delivery to Bank of this Amendment by each party hereto, (b) the due execution and/or delivery to Bank of the items listed on the Closing Checklist delivered to Borrowers in connection with this Amendment, and (c) Borrowers’ payment of all Bank Expenses in connection herewith.

10. Governing Law . This Amendment and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of North Carolina.

[S IGNATURES ON F OLLOWING P AGE ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first written above.

 

BORROWERS:
CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION
By:  

LOGO

Name:  

M. SCOT WINGO

Title:  

CEO/DIRECTOR

MERCHANDISINGADVISOR CORPORATION
By:  

LOGO

Name:  

M. SCOT WINGO

Title:  

DIRECTOR

CA MARKETPLACES, INC.
By:  

LOGO

Name:  

M. SCOT WINGO

Title:  

DIRECTOR

CHANNELADVISOR UK LIMITED
By:  

LOGO

Name:  

M. SCOT WINGO

Title:  

DIRECTOR

BANK:
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:  

LOGO

Name:  

ANTHONY BARKETT

Title:  

VP


SECOND AMENDMENT TO

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

This SECOND AMENDMENT TO Loan and Security Agreement (this “Amendment”) is entered into this 11 th day of June, 2010 by and among SILICON VALLEY BANK , a California corporation (“Bank”) and CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION , a Delaware corporation (“CAC”), MERCHANDISINGADVISOR CORPORATION , a Delaware corporation (“MAC”) and CA MARKETPLACES, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“CAM”) and CHANNELADVISOR UK LIMITED., a private limited company incorporated and registered in England and Wales (“CA UK” and together with CAC, MAC and CAM, each a “Borrower” and collectively, the “Borrowers”).

R ECITALS

A. Bank, CAC, MAC and CAM (the “Original Borrowers”) have entered into that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of December 23, 2009, as amended by a First Amendment to and Assumption of Loan and Security Agreement, dated April 19, 2010 (as the same may from time to time be amended, modified, supplemented or restated, the “ Loan Agreement ”). Bank has extended credit to the Borrowers for the purposes permitted in the Loan Agreement.

B. Borrower has requested that Bank amend the Loan Agreement to (i) extend an equipment line of credit to Borrower and (ii) make certain other revisions to the Loan Agreement as more fully set forth herein.

C. Bank has agreed to so amend certain provisions of the Loan Agreement, but only to the extent, in accordance with the terms, subject to the conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties set forth below.

A GREEMENT

N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing recitals and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings given to them in the Loan Agreement.

2. Amendments to Loan Agreement.

2.1 A new Section 2.1.6 is hereby added to the Loan Agreement, as follows:

2.1.6 Equipment Advances.

(a) Availability . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, during the Draw Period, Bank shall make advances (each, an “ Equipment Advance ” and, collectively,


Equipment Advances ”) not exceeding the Equipment Line. Equipment Advances may only be used to finance Eligible Equipment purchased within ninety (90) days (determined based upon the applicable invoice date of such Eligible Equipment) before the date of each Equipment Advance; provided, however, that Borrower’s initial Equipment Advance may include Eligible Equipment from or after March 1, 2010. No Equipment Advance may exceed one hundred percent (100%) of the total invoice for Eligible Equipment (excluding taxes, shipping, warranty charges, freight discounts and installation expenses relating to such Eligible Equipment except to the extent such are allowed to be financed pursuant hereto as Other Equipment). Unless otherwise agreed to by Bank, not more than fifteen percent (15%) of the proceeds of the Equipment Line shall be used to finance Other Equipment. Each Equipment Advance must be for at least $100,000 (or the amount that has not yet been drawn under the Equipment Line, if less). Borrower may only request eight (8) Equipment Advances hereunder. After repayment, no Equipment Advance may be reborrowed.

(b) Repayment . Each Equipment Advance shall immediately amortize and be payable in 36 equal payments of principal and interest beginning on the first Business Day of the month following such Equipment Advance and continuing on the same day of each month thereafter. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all unpaid principal and interest on each Equipment Advance shall be due on the applicable Equipment Maturity Date.

(c) Prepayment Upon an Event of Loss . Borrower shall bear the risk of any loss, theft, destruction, or damage of or to the Financed Equipment. If, during the term of this Agreement, any item of Financed Equipment becomes obsolete or is lost, stolen, destroyed, damaged beyond repair, rendered permanently unfit for use, or seized by a governmental authority for any reason for a period ending beyond the Equipment Maturity Date with respect to such Financed Equipment (an “ Event of Loss ”), then, within ten (10) days following such Event of Loss, Borrower shall (i) pay to Bank on account of the Obligations all accrued interest to the date of the prepayment, plus all outstanding principal owing with respect to the Financed Equipment subject to the Event of Loss; or (ii) if no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, at Borrower’s option, repair or replace any Financed Equipment subject to an Event of Loss provided the repaired or replaced Financed Equipment is of equal or like value to the Financed Equipment subject to an Event of Loss and provided further that Bank has a first priority perfected security interest in such repaired or replaced Financed Equipment. Any partial prepayment of an


Equipment Advance paid by Borrower on account of an Event of Loss shall be applied to prepay amounts owing for such Equipment Advance in inverse order of maturity.

(d) Prepayment . Borrower shall have the option to prepay all or a portion, of the Equipment Advances; provided Borrower (a) provides written notice to Bank of its election to exercise to prepay such Equipment Advances at least five (5) Business Days prior to such prepayment, and (b) pays, on the date of the prepayment (i) all accrued and unpaid interest with respect to such Equipment Advances through the date the prepayment is made; (ii) all unpaid principal with respect to such Equipment Advances; and (iii) all other sums, if any, that shall have become due and payable hereunder with respect to such Equipment Advances.

(e) Cap on Equipment Advances . In no event shall the outstanding principal amount of the Equipment Advances, when added to the outstanding principal balance of the Term Loan, exceed $4,300,000 in the aggregate at any time.”

 

2.2 Section 2.3(a) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended, in part, to add a new subsection (iii), as follows:

“(iii) Equipment Advances . Subject to Section 2.3(b), the principal amount outstanding for each Equipment Advance shall accrue interest at a fixed per annum rate equal to seven and one-quarter percent (7.25%), which interest shall be payable monthly.”

2.3 Section 7.1(b) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended, in part, to add the following to the end of the existing subsection before the existing semi-colon: “that does not constitute Financed Equipment”.

2.4 Subsection (c) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” in Section 13.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“(c) purchase money Liens (including capital leases) (i) on Equipment (other than Financed Equipment) acquired or held by Borrower incurred for financing the acquisition of the Equipment, or (ii) existing on Equipment (other than Financed Equipment) when acquired, if the Lien is confined to the property and improvements and the proceeds of the Equipment;”


2.5 The following new definitions are hereby added to Section 13.1 of the Loan Agreement, in their proper alphabetical order, as follows:

Draw Period ” is the period of time from the Effective Date through the earlier to occur of (a) May 31, 2011 or (b) an Event of Default that is continuing.

Eligible Equipment ” is the following to the extent it complies with all of Borrower’s representations and warranties to Bank, is acceptable to Bank in all respects, is located at the addresses as noted below, or such other location of which Bank has approved, in its reasonable discretion, in writing, and is subject to a first priority Lien in favor of Bank: (a) new and/or used general purpose equipment computer equipment, office equipment, test and laboratory equipment, furnishings, subject to the limitations set forth herein, and (b) Other Equipment.

ChannelAdvisor Corporation

2701 Aerial Center Parkway

Morrisville, NC 27560

Hosted Solutions

5301 Departure Drive

Raleigh, NC 27615

Quality Technology Services

300 Satellite Boulevard NW

Suwanee, GA 30024

Equipment Advance ” is defined in Section 2.1.6(a).

Equipment Line ” is an Equipment Advance or Equipment Advances in an aggregate amount of up to One Million Dollars ($1,000,000).

Equipment Maturity Date ” is, for each Equipment Advance, the date which is 36 months following such Equipment Advance but no later than June 1, 2014.

Event of Loss ” is defined in Section 2.1.6(c).

Financed Equipment ” is all present and future Eligible Equipment in which Borrower has any interest which is financed by an Equipment Advance.

Other Equipment ” is leasehold improvements, intangible property such as computer software and software licenses, equipment specifically designed or manufactured for Borrower, other intangible property, limited use property and other similar property and soft costs approved by Bank, in its reasonable discretion, including taxes, shipping, warranty charges, freight discounts and installation expenses.

3. Limitation of Amendments.

3.1 The amendments set forth in Section 2 , above, are effective for the purposes set forth herein and shall be limited precisely as written and shall not be deemed to (a) be a consent to any amendment, waiver or modification of any other term or condition of any Loan Document, or (b) otherwise prejudice any right or remedy which Bank may now have or may have in the future under or in connection with any Loan Document.


3.2 This Amendment shall be construed in connection with and as part of the Loan Documents and all terms, conditions, representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in the Loan Documents, except as herein amended, are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full force and effect.

4. Representations and Warranties. To induce Bank to enter into this Amendment, each Borrower hereby represents and warrants, jointly and severally, to Bank as follows:

4.1 Immediately after giving effect to this Amendment (a) the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Documents are true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of the date hereof (except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such date), and (b) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

4.2 Each Borrower has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment;

4.3 The organizational documents of the Borrowers previously delivered to Bank remain true, accurate and complete and have not been amended, supplemented or restated and are and continue to be in full force and effect;

4.4 The execution and delivery by Borrowers of this Amendment and the performance by Borrowers of their obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of Borrowers;

4.5 The execution and delivery by Borrowers of this Amendment and the performance by Borrowers of their obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not and will not contravene (a) any material law or regulation binding on or affecting Borrowers, (b) any material contractual restriction with a Person binding on Borrowers, (c) any order, judgment or decree of any court or other governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on Borrowers, or (d) the organizational documents of Borrowers;

4.6 The execution and delivery by Borrowers of this Amendment and the performance by Borrowers of their obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not require any order, consent, approval, license, authorization or validation of, or filing, recording or registration with, or exemption by any governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on any Borrower, except as already has been obtained or made; and

4.7 This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by Borrowers and is the binding obligation of Borrowers, enforceable against Borrowers in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, moratorium or other similar laws of general application and equitable principles relating to or affecting creditors’ rights.


5. Integration. This Amendment and the Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of this Amendment and the Loan Documents merge into this Amendment and the Loan Documents.

6. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

7. Effectiveness. This Amendment shall be deemed effective upon (a) the due execution and delivery to Bank of this Amendment by each party hereto and (b) Borrowers’ payment of a $5,000 commitment fee for the Equipment Line and all Bank Expenses in connection herewith. Borrowers have paid Bank a good faith deposit of $5,000 to initiate Bank’s due diligence in connection with the Equipment Line. Any portion of such good faith deposit not utilized to pay Bank Expenses will be applied to the commitment fee for the Equipment Line.

8. Governing Law. This Amendment and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of North Carolina.

[S IGNATURES ON F OLLOWING P AGE ]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first written above.

BORROWERS:

CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION

 

By:  

LOGO

Name:  

M. Scot Wingo

Title:  

President & CEO

MERCHANDISINGADVISOR CORPORATION
By:  

LOGO

Name:  

M. Scot Wingo

Title:  

President & CEO

CA MARKETPLACES, INC.
By:  

LOGO

Name:  

M. Scot Wingo

Title:  

President & CEO

CHANNELADVISOR UK LIMITED
By:  

LOGO

Name:  

M. Scot Wingo

Title:  

President & CEO

BANK:
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:  

/s/ Anthony Barkett

Name:  

Anthony Barkett

Title:  

VP


THIRD AMENDMENT TO

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

This Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement (this “Amendment”) is entered into this 23 rd day of December, 2010 by and among (i)  SILICON VALLEY BANK , a California corporation (“Bank”) and (ii)  CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION , a Delaware corporation (“CAC”), MERCHANDISINGADVISOR CORPORATION , a Delaware corporation (“MAC”), CA MARKETPLACES, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“CAM”) and CHANNELADVISOR UK LIMITED. , a private limited company incorporated and registered in England and Wales (“CA UK” and together with CAC, MAC and CAM, each a “Borrower” and collectively, the “Borrowers”).

R ECITALS

A. Bank, CAC, MAC and CAM (the “Original Borrowers”) have entered into that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of December 23, 2009, as amended by a First Amendment to and Assumption of Loan and Security Agreement dated April 19, 2010 and as further amended by a Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated June 11, 2010 (as the same may from time to time be further amended, modified, supplemented or restated, the “Loan Agreement”). Bank has extended credit to the Borrowers for the purposes permitted in the Loan Agreement.

B. Borrower has requested that Bank amend the Loan Agreement to (i) extend the maturity date of the revolving line of credit and (ii) make certain other revisions to the Loan Agreement as more fully set forth herein.

C. Bank has agreed to so amend certain provisions of the Loan Agreement, but only to the extent, in accordance with the terms, subject to the conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties set forth below.

A GREEMENT

Now, T HEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing recitals and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Definitions . Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings given to them in the Loan Agreement.

2. Amendments to Loan Agreement .

2.1 Section 13.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the following definition:

““ Revolving Line Maturity Date ” is the date that is 364 days from the Effective Date.”

and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

““ Revolving Line Maturity Date ” is March 23, 2011.”


3. Limitation of Amendment .

3.1 The amendment set forth in Section 2 , above, is effective for the purposes set forth herein and shall be limited precisely as written and shall not be deemed to (a) be a consent to any amendment, waiver or modification of any other term or condition of any Loan Document, or (b) otherwise prejudice any right or remedy which Bank may now have or may have in the future under or in connection with any Loan Document.

3.2 This Amendment shall be construed in connection with and as part of the Loan Documents and all terms, conditions, representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in the Loan Documents, except as herein amended, are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full force and effect.

4. Representations and Warranties . To induce Bank to enter into this Amendment, each Borrower hereby represents and warrants, jointly and severally, to Bank as follows:

4.1 Immediately after giving effect to this Amendment (a) the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Documents are true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of the date hereof (except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such date), and (b) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

4.2 Each Borrower has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment;

4.3 The organizational documents of the Borrowers previously delivered to Bank remain true, accurate and complete and have not been amended, supplemented or restated and are and continue to be in full force and effect;

4.4 The execution and delivery by Borrowers of this Amendment and the performance by Borrowers of their obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of Borrowers;

4.5 The execution and delivery by Borrowers of this Amendment and the performance by Borrowers of their obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not and will not contravene (a) any material law or regulation binding on or affecting Borrowers, (b) any material contractual restriction with a Person binding on Borrowers, (c) any order, judgment or decree of any court or other governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on Borrowers, or (d) the organizational documents of Borrowers;

4.6 The execution and delivery by Borrowers of this Amendment and the performance by Borrowers of their obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not require any order, consent, approval, license, authorization or validation of, or filing, recording or registration with, or exemption by any governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on any Borrower, except as already has been obtained or made; and

 

2


4.7 This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by Borrowers and is the binding obligation of Borrowers, enforceable against Borrowers in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, moratorium or other similar laws of general application and equitable principles relating to or affecting creditors’ rights.

5. No Defenses of Borrower . Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that Borrower has no offsets, defenses, claims, or counterclaims against Bank with respect to the Obligations, or otherwise, and that if Borrower now has, or ever did have, any offsets, defenses, claims, or counterclaims against Bank, whether known or unknown, at law or in equity, all of them are hereby expressly WAIVED and Borrower hereby RELEASES Bank from any liability thereunder.

6. Integration . This Amendment and the Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of this Amendment and the Loan Documents merge into this Amendment and the Loan Documents.

7. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

8. Effectiveness . This Amendment shall be deemed effective upon (a) the due execution and delivery to Bank of this Amendment by each party hereto and (b) Borrowers’ payment of a $2,656.25 modification fee, which fee shall be deemed fully earned as of the date hereof, and all Bank Expenses in connection herewith.

9. Governing Law . This Amendment and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of North Carolina.

[S IGNATURES ON F OLLOWING P AGE ]

 

3


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first written above.

 

BORROWERS:
CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION
By:  

LOGO

Name:   Scott Alridge
Title:   Secretary, VP & General Counsel
MERCHANDISING ADVISOR CORPORATION
By:  

LOGO

Name:   Scott Alridge
Title:   Secretary
CA MARKETPLACES, INC.
By:  

LOGO

Name:   Scott Alridge
Title:   Secretary
CHANNELADVISOR UK LIMITED
By:  

LOGO

Name:   Scott Alridge
Title:   Secretary
BANK:
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:  

LOGO

Name:  

ANTHONY BARKETT

Title:  

VP

 

4


FOURTH AMENDMENT TO

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

This Fourth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement (this “Amendment”) is entered into this day 22 of March, 2011 by and among (i)  SILICON VALLEY BANK , a California corporation (“Bank”) and (ii)  CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION , a Delaware corporation (“CAC”), MERCHANDISINGADVISOR CORPORATION , a Delaware corporation (“MAC”), CA MARKETPLACES, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“CAM”) and CHANNELADVISOR UK LIMITED. , a private limited company incorporated and registered in England and Wales (“CA UK” and together with CAC, MAC and CAM, each a “Borrower” and collectively, the “Borrowers”).

R ECITALS

A. Bank, CAC, MAC and CAM have entered into that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of December 23, 2009, as amended by a First Amendment to and Assumption of Loan and Security Agreement dated April 19, 2010, as amended by a Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated June 11, 2010 and as further amended by a Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated December 23, 2010 (as the same may from time to time be further amended, modified, supplemented or restated, the “Loan Agreement”). Bank has extended credit to the Borrowers for the purposes permitted in the Loan Agreement.

B. Borrower has requested that Bank amend the Loan Agreement to (i) extend the maturity date of the revolving line of credit and (ii) make certain other revisions to the Loan Agreement as more fully set forth herein.

C. Bank has agreed to so amend certain provisions of the Loan Agreement, but only to the extent, in accordance with the terms, subject to the conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties set forth below.

A GREEMENT

Now, T HEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing recitals and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Definitions . Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings given to them in the Loan Agreement.

2. Amendments to Loan Agreement .

2.1 Section 13.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the following definition:

““ Revolving Line Maturity Date ” is March 23, 2011.”

and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

““ Revolving Line Maturity Date ” is April 22, 2011.”


3. Limitation of Amendment .

3.1 The amendment set forth in Section 2 , above, is effective for the purposes set forth herein and shall be limited precisely as written and shall not be deemed to (a) be a consent to any amendment, waiver or modification of any other term or condition of any Loan Document, or (b) otherwise prejudice any right or remedy which Bank may now have or may have in the future under or in connection wife any Loan Document.

3.2 This Amendment shall be construed in connection with and as part of the Loan Documents and all terms, conditions, representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in the Loan Documents, except as herein amended, are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full force and effect.

4. Representations and Warranties . To induce Bank to enter into this Amendment, each Borrower hereby represents and warrants, jointly and severally, to Bank as follows:

4.1 Immediately after giving effect to this Amendment (a) the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Documents are true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of the date hereof (except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such date), and (b) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

4.2 Each Borrower has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment;

4.3 The organizational documents of the Borrowers previously delivered to Bank remain true, accurate and complete and have not been amended, supplemented or restated and are and continue to be in full force and effect;

4.4 The execution and delivery by Borrowers of this Amendment and the performance by Borrowers of their obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of Borrowers;

4.5 The execution and delivery by Borrowers of this Amendment and the performance by Borrowers of their obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not and will not contravene (a) any material law or regulation binding on or affecting Borrowers, (b) any material contractual restriction with a Person binding on Borrowers, (c) any order, judgment or decree of any court or other governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on Borrowers, or (d) the organizational documents of Borrowers;

4.6 The execution and delivery by Borrowers of this Amendment and the performance by Borrowers of their obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not require any order, consent, approval, license, authorization or validation of, or filing, recording or registration with, or exemption by any governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on any Borrower, except as already has been obtained or made; and

4.7 This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by Borrowers and is the binding obligation of Borrowers, enforceable against Borrowers in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, moratorium or other similar laws of general application and equitable principles relating to or affecting creditors’ rights.

 

2


5. No Defenses of Borrower . Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that Borrower has no offsets, defenses, claims, or counterclaims against Bank with respect to the Obligations, or otherwise, and that if Borrower now has, or ever did have, any offsets, defenses, claims, or counterclaims against Bank, whether known or unknown, at law or in equity, all of them are hereby expressly WAIVED and Borrower hereby RELEASES Bank from any liability thereunder.

6. Integration . This Amendment and the Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of this Amendment and the Loan Documents merge into this Amendment and the Loan Documents.

7. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

8. Effectiveness . This Amendment shall be deemed effective upon (a) the due execution and delivery to Bank of this Amendment by each party hereto and (b) Borrowers ’ payment of a $885.42 modification fee, which fee shall be deemed fully earned as of the date hereof, and all Bank Expenses in connection herewith.

9. Governing Law . This Amendment and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of North Carolina.

[S IGNATURES ON F OLLOWING P AGE ]

 

3


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first written above.

 

BORROWERS:
CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION
By:  

LOGO

Name:   M. SCOT WINGO
Title:   CEO
MERCHANDISING ADVISOR CORPORATION
By:  

LOGO

Name:   M. SCOT WINGO
Title:   CEO
CA MARKETPLACES, INC.
By:  

LOGO

Name:   M. SCOT WINGO
Title:   CEO
CHANNELADVISOR UK LIMITED
By:  

LOGO

Name:   M. SCOT WINGO
Title:   CEO
BANK:
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:  

LOGO

Name:  

ANTHONY BARKETT

Title:  

DTL

 

4


FIFTH AMENDMENT TO

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

This Fifth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement (this “Amendment”) is entered into this day 26 of May, 2011 by and among (i)  SILICON VALLEY BANK , a California corporation (“Bank”) and (ii)  CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION , a Delaware corporation (“CAC”), MERCHANDISINGADVISOR CORPORATION , a Delaware corporation (“MAC”), CA MARKETPLACES, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“CAM”) and CHANNELADVISOR UK LIMITED ., a private limited company incorporated and registered in England and Wales (“CA UK” and together with CAC, MAC and CAM, each a “Borrower” and collectively, the “Borrowers”).

R ECITALS

A . Bank, CAC, MAC and CAM have entered into that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of December 23, 2009, as amended by a First Amendment to and Assumption of Loan and Security Agreement dated April 19, 2010, as amended by a Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated June 11, 2010, as further amended by a Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated December 23, 2010 and as further amended by a Fourth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated March 22, 2011 (as the same may from time to time be further amended, modified, supplemented or restated, the “Loan Agreement”). Bank has extended credit to the Borrowers for the purposes permitted in the Loan Agreement.

B . Borrower has requested that Bank amend the Loan Agreement to (i) extend the maturity date of the revolving line of credit and (ii) make certain other revisions to the Loan Agreement as more fully set forth herein.

C . Bank has agreed to so amend certain provisions of the Loan Agreement, but only to the extent, in accordance with the terms, subject to the conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties set forth below.

A GREEMENT

N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing recitals and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Definitions . Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings given to them in the Loan Agreement.

2. Amendments to Loan Agreement .

2.1 Section 13.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the following definition:

““ Revolving Line Maturity Date ” is April 22, 2011.”


and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

““ Revolving Line Maturity Date ” is June 21, 2011.”

3. Limitation of Amendment .

3.1 The amendment set forth in Section 2 , above, is effective for the purposes set forth herein and shall be limited precisely as written and shall not be deemed to (a) be a consent to any amendment, waiver or modification of any other term or condition of any Loan Document, or (b) otherwise prejudice any right or remedy which Bank may now have or may have in the future under or in connection with any Loan Document.

3.2 This Amendment shall be construed in connection with and as part of the Loan Documents and all terms, conditions, representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in the Loan Documents, except as herein amended, are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full force and effect.

4. Representations and Warranties . To induce Bank to enter into this Amendment, each Borrower hereby represents and warrants, jointly and severally, to Bank as follows:

4.1 Immediately after giving effect to this Amendment (a) the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Documents are true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of the date hereof (except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such date), and (b) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

4.2 Each Borrower has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment;

4.3 The organizational documents of the Borrowers previously delivered to Bank remain true, accurate and complete and have not been amended, supplemented or restated and are and continue to be in full force and effect;

4.4 The execution and delivery by Borrowers of this Amendment and the performance by Borrowers of their obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of Borrowers;

4.5 The execution and delivery by Borrowers of this Amendment and the performance by Borrowers of their obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not and will not contravene (a) any material law or regulation binding on or affecting Borrowers, (b) any material contractual restriction with a Person binding on Borrowers, (c) any order, judgment or decree of any court or other governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on Borrowers, or (d) the organizational documents of Borrowers;

4.6 The execution and delivery by Borrowers of this Amendment and the performance by Borrowers of their obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this

 

2


Amendment, do not require any order, consent, approval, license, authorization or validation of, or filing, recording or registration with, or exemption by any governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof binding on any Borrower, except as already has been obtained or made; and

4.7 This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by Borrowers and is the binding obligation of Borrowers, enforceable against Borrowers in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, moratorium or other similar laws of general application and equitable principles relating to or affecting creditors’ rights.

5. No Defenses of Borrower . Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that Borrower has no offsets, defenses, claims, or counterclaims against Bank with respect to the Obligations, or otherwise, and that if Borrower now has, or ever did have, any offsets, defenses, claims, or counterclaims against Bank, whether known or unknown, at law or in equity, all of them are hereby expressly WAIVED and Borrower hereby RELEASES Bank from any liability thereunder.

6. Integration . This Amendment and the Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of this Amendment and the Loan Documents merge into this Amendment and the Loan Documents.

7. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

8. Effectiveness . This Amendment shall be deemed effective upon (a) the due execution and delivery to Bank of this Amendment by each party hereto and (b) Borrowers’ payment of a $1,770.84 modification fee, which fee shall be deemed fully earned as of the date hereof; and all Bank Expenses in connection herewith.

9. Governing Law . This Amendment and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of North Carolina.

[S IGNATURES ON F OLLOWING P AGE ]

 

3


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first written above.

 

BORROWERS:
CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION
By:  

LOGO

Name:   M. Scot Wingo
Title:   CEO
MERCHANDISING ADVISOR CORPORATION
By:  

LOGO

Name:   M. Scot Wingo
Title:   CEO
CA MARKETPLACES, INC.
By:  

LOGO

Name:   M. Scot Wingo
Title:   CEO
CHANNELADVISOR UK LIMITED
By:  

LOGO

Name:   M. Scot Wingo
Title:   CEO

 

BANK:
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:  

LOGO

Name:  

ANTHONY BARKETT

Title:  

DTL

 

4


JOINDER AND SIXTH AMENDMENT TO

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

This Joinder and Sixth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into this day 15 th of June, 2011 by and among (i)  SILICON VALLEY BANK , a California corporation (“ Bank ”) and (ii)  CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION , a Delaware corporation (“ CAC ”), MERCHANDISINGADVISOR CORPORATION , a Delaware corporation (“ MAC ”), CA MARKETPLACES, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“ CAM ”) and CHANNELADVISOR UK LIMITED. , a private limited company incorporated and registered in England and Wales (“ CA UK ” and together with CAC, MAC and CAM, each an “ Existing Borrower ” and collectively, the “ Existing Borrowers ”); and (iii)  CA WASHINGTON, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (the “New Borrower” and together with the Existing Borrowers, each a “ Borrower ” and collectively, the “ Borrowers ”).

R ECITALS

A. Bank and Existing Borrowers have entered into that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of December 23, 2009, as amended by a First Amendment to and Assumption of Loan and Security Agreement dated April 19, 2010, as amended by a Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated June 11, 2010, as further amended by a Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated December 23, 2010, as further amended by a Fourth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March 22, 2011 and as further amended by a Fifth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of May 26, 2011 (as the same may from time to time be further amended, modified, supplemented or restated, the “ Loan Agreement ”). Bank has extended credit to the Borrowers for the purposes permitted in the Loan Agreement.

B. New Borrower is a wholly owned Subsidiary of CAC. Existing Borrowers have requested that Bank finance certain Accounts of New Borrower under the Loan Agreement.

C. Bank has agreed to amend certain provisions of the Loan Agreement in order to permit the financing of such Accounts provided that New Borrower assumes all of the Obligations of the Existing Borrowers under the Loan Documents, jointly and severally with the Existing Borrowers and subject to the terms and conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties set forth below,

D. Borrower has also requested that Bank amend the Loan Agreement to (i) extend the maturity date of the revolving line of credit and (ii) make certain other revisions to the Loan Agreement as more fully set forth herein.

E. Bank has agreed to so amend certain provisions of the Loan Agreement, but only to the extent, in accordance with the terms, subject to the conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties set forth below.


A GREEMENT

N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing recitals and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Definitions . Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings given to them in the Loan Agreement.

2. Joinder and Assumption . New Borrower hereby joins the Loan Agreement and each of the other appropriate Loan Documents, and agrees to comply with and be bound by all of the terms, conditions and covenants of the Loan Agreement and each of the other appropriate Loan Documents, as if New Borrower were originally named a “Borrower” and/or a “Debtor” therein. Without limiting the generality of the preceding sentence, New Borrower hereby assumes and agrees to pay and perform when due all present and future indebtedness, liabilities and obligations of the Existing borrowers under the Loan Agreement, including, without limitation, the Obligations. From and after the date hereof, all references in the Loan Documents to “Borrower” and/or “Debtor” shall be deemed to refer to and include New Borrower. Further, all present and future Obligations of the Existing Borrowers shall be deemed to refer to all present and future Obligations of New Borrower. New Borrower acknowledges that the Obligations are due and owing to Bank from the Existing Borrowers including, without limitation, New Borrower, without any defense, offset or counterclaim of any kind or nature whatsoever as of the date hereof.

3. Grant of Security Interest . To secure the payment and performance of all of the Obligations, New Borrower hereby grants to Bank a continuing lien upon and security interest in all of New Borrower’s now existing or hereafter arising rights and interest in the Collateral, whether now owned or existing or hereafter created, acquired, or arising, and wherever located, including, without limitation, all of New Borrower’s assets listed on Exhibit A attached to the Loan Agreement and all of New Borrower’s books relating to the foregoing and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions, attachments, accessories, accessions and improvements to and replacements, products, proceeds and insurance proceeds of any or all of the foregoing. New Borrower represents, warrants, and covenants that the security interest granted herein is and shall at all times continue to be a first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral (subject only to Permitted Liens that may have superior priority to Bank’s Lien under the Loan Agreement). If New Borrower shall acquire a commercial tort claim, New Borrower shall promptly notify Bank in a writing signed by New Borrower of the general details thereof and grant to Bank in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of the Loan Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank. New Borrower further covenants and agrees that by its execution hereof it shall provide all such information, complete all such forms, and take all such actions, and enter into all such agreements, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank that are reasonably deemed necessary by Bank in order to grant and continue a valid, first perfected security interest to Bank in the Collateral. New Borrower hereby authorizes Bank to file financing statements, without notice to any Borrower, with all appropriate jurisdictions in order to perfect or protect Bank’s interest or rights hereunder, including a notice that any disposition of the Collateral, by either any Borrower or any other Person, may be deemed to

 

2


violate the rights of Bank under the Code. Such financing statements may indicate the Collateral as “all assets of the Debtor” or words of similar effect, or as being of an equal or lesser scope, or with greater detail, all in Bank’s discretion.

4. Subrogation and Similar Rights . Borrower (in each case including, without limitation, New Borrower) waives any suretyship defenses available to it under the Code or any other applicable law. Borrower waives any right to require Bank to: (i) proceed against any other Borrower or any other Person; (ii) proceed against or exhaust any security; or (iii) pursue any other remedy. Bank may exercise or not exercise any right or remedy it has against any Borrower or any security it holds (including the right to foreclose by judicial or non-judicial sale) without affecting any Borrower’s liability. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Amendment, the Loan Agreement, or other Loan Documents, Borrower irrevocably waives all rights that it may have at law or in equity (including, without limitation, any law subrogating such Borrower to the rights of Bank under the Loan Agreement) to seek contribution, indemnification or any other form of reimbursement from any other Borrower or any other Person now or hereafter primarily or secondarily liable for any of the Obligations, for any payment made by a Borrower with respect to the Obligations in connection with the Loan Agreement or otherwise and all rights that it might have to benefit from, or to participate in, any security for the Obligations as a result of any payment made by any Borrower with respect to the Obligations in connection with the Loan Agreement or otherwise. Any agreement providing for indemnification, reimbursement or any other arrangement prohibited under this section shall be null and void. If any payment is made to any Borrower in contravention of this section, such Borrower shall hold such payment in trust for Bank and such payment shall be promptly delivered to Bank for application to the Obligations, whether matured or unmatured.

5. Representations and Warranties . Except as described in the revised Perfection Certificate delivered in connection herewith, each Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Bank that all representations and warranties in the Loan Documents made on the part of any Borrower are true and correct on the date hereof with respect to New Borrower, with the same force and effect as if New Borrower were originally named as “Borrower” in the Loan Documents. In addition, each Borrower represents and warrants to Bank that this Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by each such Borrower, and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.

6. Amendments to Loan Agreement .

6.1 Section 6.2(a) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the following text therefrom:

“(a) within thirty (30) days after the end of each month, (i) a Transaction Report, (ii) monthly accounts receivable agings, aged by invoice date, (iii) an accounts payable check payment list for the last week of the applicable month, (iv) monthly reconciliations of accounts receivable agings (aged by invoice date), transaction reports and general ledger and (v) a schedule of Deferred Revenue.”

 

3


and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

“(a) within thirty (30) days after the end of each month, and with each request for a Credit extension (i) a Transaction Report, (ii) monthly accounts receivable agings, aged by invoice date, (iii) an accounts payable check payment list for the last week of the applicable month, (iv) monthly reconciliations of accounts receivable agings (aged by invoice date), transaction reports and general ledger and (v) a schedule of Deferred Revenue.”

6.2 Section 6.8(a) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the following text therefrom:

“(a) Maintain all of its and all of its U.S. and UK Subsidiaries’ operating and other deposit accounts and securities accounts with Bank, Bank’s Affiliates, or, in the case of CA UK and any other UK Subsidiary, The Royal Bank of Scotland; provided, however, that Borrowers may maintain no more than $100,000 in PayPal accounts, in the aggregate, at all times;”

and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

“(a) Maintain (i) all of its and all of its U.S. and UK Subsidiaries’ operating and other deposit accounts and securities accounts with Bank, Bank’s Affiliates, or, in the case of CA UK and any other UK Subsidiary, The Royal Bank of Scotland, and (ii) not later than June 30, 2011, all excess funds at or invested through Bank or an affiliate of Bank; provided , however , that Borrowers may maintain PayPal accounts and /or accounts at financial institutions other than Bank or affiliates of Bank, in a maximum aggregate amount not to exceed $1,000,000 at any time;”

6.3 Section 6.9(b) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the following text therefrom:

“(b) EBITDA . If, for any Testing Month, Parent’s Liquidity Ratio is less that 1.5 to 1.0, also maintain, on a consolidated basis with respect to Parent and its Subsidiaries, as of the last day of each fiscal quarter during the following periods, EBITDA of at least the following:

 

For the Quarter(s) Ending:    Minimum EBITDA  

December 31, 2009 and March 31, 2010

   ($ 1,250,000

June 30, 2010

   ($ 500,000

September 30, 2010

   $ 250,000   

December 31, 2010 and thereafter

   $ 500,000”   

 

4


and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

“(b) EBITDA . If, for any Testing Month, Parent’s Liquidity Ratio is less that 1.5 to 1.0, also maintain, on a consolidated basis with respect to Parent and its Subsidiaries, as of the last day of each fiscal quarter during the following periods, EBITDA of at least the following:

 

For the Quarter(s) Ending:   

Minimum EBITDA

(Maximum EBITDA Loss)

 

June 30, 2011

   ($ 2,750,000

September 30, 2011

   ($ 2,100,000

December 31, 2011

   $ 500,000   

March 31, 2012 and thereafter

   ($ 500,000

6.4 Section 13.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the following definitions:

““ Availability Amount ” is (a) the lesser of (i) the Revolving Line or (ii) the amount available under the Borrowing Base minus (b) the FX Reduction Amount, minus (c) any amounts used for Cash Management Services and minus (d) the outstanding principal amount of any Advances.

Credit Extension ” is and Advance, Term Loan, FX Forward Contract, amount utilized for Cash Management Services, or any other extension of credit by Bank for a Borrower’s benefit.

Revolving Line Maturity Date ” is June 21, 2011.”

and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

““ Availability Amount ” is (a) the lesser of (i) the Revolving Line or (ii) the amount available under the Borrowing Base minus (b) the Dollar Equivalent amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit plus an amount equal to the Letter of Credit Reserve), minus (c) the FX Reduction Amount, minus (d) any amounts used for Cash Management Services, and minus (e) the outstanding principal balance of any Advances.

Credit Extension ” is any Advance, Equipment Advance, Letter of Credit, Term Loan, FX Forward Contract, amount utilized for Cash Management Services, or any other extension of credit by Bank for Borrower’s benefit.

Revolving Line Maturity Date ” is June 19, 2012.”

 

5


7. Limitation of Amendment .

7.1 The amendments set forth above, are effective for the purposes set forth herein and shall be limited precisely as written and shall not be deemed to (a) be a consent to any amendment, waiver or modification of any other term or condition of any Loan Document, or (b) otherwise prejudice any right or remedy which Bank may now have or may have in the future under or in connection with any Loan Document.

7.2 This Amendment shall be construed in connection with and as part of the Loan Documents and all terms, conditions, representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in the Loan Documents, except as herein amended, are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full force and effect.

8. Representations and Warranties . To induce Bank to enter into this Amendment, each Borrower hereby represents and warrants, jointly and severally, to Bank as follows:

8.1 Immediately after giving effect to this Amendment (a) the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Documents are true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of the date hereof (except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such date), and (b) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

8.2 Each Borrower has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment;

8.3 The organizational documents of the Existing Borrowers previously delivered to Bank and the organizational documents of New Borrower delivered to Bank immediately prior to the execution of this Amendment remain true, accurate and complete and have not been amended, supplemented or restated and are and continue to be in full force and effect;

8.4 The execution and delivery by Borrowers of this Amendment and the performance by Borrowers of their obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of Borrowers;

8.5 The execution and delivery by Borrowers of this Amendment and the performance by Borrowers of their obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not and will not contravene (a) any material law or regulation binding on or affecting Borrowers, (b) any material contractual restriction with a Person binding on Borrowers, (c) any order, judgment or decree of any court or other governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on Borrowers, or (d) the organizational documents of Borrowers;

8.6 The execution and delivery by Borrowers of this Amendment and the performance by Borrowers of their obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this

 

6


Amendment, do not require any order, consent, approval, license, authorization or validation of, or filing, recording or registration with, or exemption by any governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on any Borrower, except as already has been obtained or made; and

8.7 This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by Borrowers and is the binding obligation of Borrowers, enforceable against Borrowers in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, moratorium or other similar laws of general application and equitable principles relating to or affecting creditors’ rights.

9. No Defenses of Borrower . Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that Borrower has no offsets, defenses, claims, or counterclaims against Bank with respect to the Obligations, or otherwise, and that if Borrower now has, or ever did have, any offsets, defenses, claims, or counterclaims against Bank, whether known or unknown, at law or in equity, all of them are hereby expressly WAIVED and Borrower hereby RELEASES Bank from any liability thereunder.

10. Integration . This Amendment and the Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of this Amendment and the Loan Documents merge into this Amendment and the Loan Documents.

11. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

12. Effectiveness . This Amendment shall be deemed effective upon (a) the due execution and delivery to Bank of this Amendment by each party hereto and (b) Borrowers’ payment of a Ten Thousand Six Hundred Twenty Five Dollar ($10,625.00) modification fee, which fee shall be deemed fully earned as of the date hereof, and all Bank Expenses in connection herewith.

13. Governing Law . This Amendment and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of North Carolina.

[S IGNATURES ON F OLLOWING P AGE ]

 

7


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first written above.

 

BORROWERS:
CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION
By:  

LOGO

Name:  

M. SCOT WINGO

Title:  

DIRECTOR

MERCHANDISING ADVISOR CORPORATION
By:  

LOGO

Name:  

M. SCOT WINGO

Title:  

DIRECTOR

CA MARKETPLACES, INC.
By:  

LOGO

Name:  

M. SCOT WINGO

Title:  

DIRECTOR

CHANNELADVISOR UK LIMITED
By:  

LOGO

Name:  

M. SCOT WINGO

Title:  

DIRECTOR

CA WASHINGTON, LLC
By:  

LOGO

Name:  

M. SCOT WINGO

Title:  

DIRECTOR

BANK:
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:  

LOGO

Name:  

ANTHONY BARKETT

Title:  

DTL

 

8


EXHIBIT B

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

TO:   SILICON VALLEY BANK    Date:                     
FROM:   CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION   

The undersigned authorized officer of ChannelAdvisor Corporation (“ Parent ”) certifies that under the terms and conditions of the Loan and Security Agreement between Borrowers and Bank (the “ Agreement ”), (1) each Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending                      with all required covenants except as noted below, (2) there are no Events of Default, (3) all representations and warranties in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on this date except as noted below; provided , however , that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided , further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date, (4) each Borrower, and each of its respective Subsidiaries, has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 5.9 of the Agreement, and (5) no Liens have been levied or claims made against any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, if any, relating to unpaid employee payroll or benefits of which any Borrower has not previously provided written notification to Bank. Attached are the required documents supporting the certification. The undersigned certifies that these are prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes. The undersigned acknowledges that no borrowings may be requested at any time or date of determination that any Borrower is not in compliance with any of the terms of the Agreement, and that compliance is determined not just at the date this certificate is delivered. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Agreement.

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” column.

 

Reporting Covenant

  

Required

  

Complies

Monthly financial statements with Compliance Certificate    Monthly within 30 days    Yes    No
Annual financial statement (CPA Audited) + CC    FYE within 180 days    Yes    No
A/R & A/P Agings, Deferred Revenue Reports    Monthly within 30 days and with each request for a Credit Extension    Yes    No
Transaction Reports    Monthly within 30 days and with each request for a Credit Extension    Yes    No
Projections    FYE within 30 days    Yes    No
Field Exam    Semi-annually    Yes    No

 

1


Financial Covenant

   Required     Actual      Complies  

Maintain as indicated:

       

Liquidity Ratio of at least (monthly)

     1.15 to 1.00            :1.0         Yes     No   

If Liquidity Ratio is <1.5 to 1.0, maintain on Quarterly Basis:

          Yes     No   

EBITDA of not less than the following for the quarter ending:

       
       

June 30, 2011

   ($ 2,750,000   $                   

September 30, 2011

   ($ 2,100,000   $                   

December 31, 2011

   $ 500,000      $                   

March 31, 2012 and thereafter

   ($ 500,000   $                   

The following are the exceptions with respect to the certification above: (If no exceptions exist, state “No exceptions to note.”)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ChannelAdvisors Corporation
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

BANK USE ONLY
Received by:   

 

   AUTHORIZED SIGNER
Date:   

 

  
Verified:   

 

   AUTHORIZED SIGNER
Date:   

 

Compliance Status:  Yes    No

 

 

2


SEVENTH AMENDMENT TO

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

This Seventh Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into this day 26 of July, 2012 by and among (i)  SILICON VALLEY BANK , a California corporation (“ Bank ”) and (ii)  CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION , a Delaware corporation (“ CAC ”), MERCHANDISINGADVISOR CORPORATION , a Delaware corporation (“ MAC ”), CA MARKETPLACES, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“ CAM ”), CHANNELADVISOR UK LIMITED ., a private limited company incorporated and registered in England and Wales (“ CA UK ”) and CA WASHINGTON, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“ CAW ”, and together with CAC, MAC, CAM and CA UK, each a “ Borrower ” and collectively, the “ Borrowers ”).

R ECITALS

A . Bank and Borrowers have entered into that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of December 23, 2009, as amended by a First Amendment to and Assumption of Loan and Security Agreement dated April 19, 2010, as amended by a Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated June 11, 2010, as further amended by a Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated December 23, 2010, as further amended by a Fourth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated March 22, 2011, as further amended by a Fifth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of May 26, 2011 and as further amended by a Joinder and Sixth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of June 15, 2011 (as the same may from time to time be further amended, modified, supplemented or restated, the “ Loan Agreement ”). Bank has extended credit to the Borrowers for the purposes permitted in the Loan Agreement.

B. Borrower has requested that Bank amend the Loan Agreement to (i) extend the maturity date of the revolving line of credit and (ii) make certain other revisions to the Loan Agreement as more fully set forth herein.

C . Bank has agreed to so amend certain provisions of the Loan Agreement, but only to the extent, in accordance with the terms, subject to the conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties set forth below.

A GREEMENT

Now, T HEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing recitals and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Definitions . Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings given to them in the Loan Agreement.

2. Amendments to Loan Agreement .

2.1 Section 2.1.1(c) is amended in its entirety and is replaced with the following:

“(c) Termination Prior to Revolving Line Maturity Date . The Revolving Line may be terminated prior to the Revolving Line Maturity by Borrower, effective three (3) Business Days after written notice of termination is given to Bank. If such termination is at Borrowers’ election or at Bank’s election due to the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default, in each case at any time prior to the date that is six months after the Seventh Amendment Effective Date, Borrowers shall pay to Bank, in addition to the payment of any other expenses or fees then-owing, a termination fee equal to $30,000 (i.e. 0.50% of $6,000,000) (the “ Early Termination Fee ”); provided that no Early Termination Fee shall be charged if the credit facility hereunder is replaced with a new facility from another division of Bank.”


2.2 Sections 2.1.2, 2.1.3 and 2.1.4 is each amended in its entirety and replaced with the following:

2.1.2 [Reserved].

2.1.3 [Reserved].

2.1.4 [Reserved].

2.3 Section 2.2 of the Loan Agreement is amended in its entirety and is replaced with the following:

2.2 Overadvances. If at any time the outstanding principal amount of any Advances exceeds the lesser of either the Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base (such sum being an “ Overadvance ”), Borrowers shall immediately pay to Bank such Overadvance. Without limiting Borrowers’ obligation to repay Bank any amount of the Overadvance, Borrowers agree to pay Bank interest on the outstanding amount of any Overadvance, on demand, at the Default Rate.”

2.4 Section 2.3(a)(i) of the Loan Agreement is amended in its entirety and is replaced with the following:

“(i) Advances . Subject to Section 2.3(b), the principal amount outstanding under the Revolving Line shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to the Prime Rate plus one percent (1.00%), which interest shall be payable monthly, in arrears, in accordance with Section 2.3(f) below.”

2.5 Section 2.3(f) of the Loan Agreement is amended in its entirety and is replaced with the following:

“(f) Payment; Interest Computation . Interest is payable monthly on the last calendar day of each month. In computing interest on the Obligations, all Payments received after 12:00 noon Pacific time on any day shall be deemed received on the next Business Day. Bank shall not, however, be required to credit Borrower’s account for the amount of any item of payment which is unsatisfactory to Bank in its good faith business judgment, and Bank may charge Borrower’s Designated Deposit Account for the amount of any item of payment which is returned to Bank unpaid.”

 

2


2.6 Section 2.3(g) of the Loan Agreement is amended in its entirety and is replaced with the following:

“(g) [ Reserved ].”

2.7 Section 3.5 of the Loan Agreement is amended in its entirety and is replaced with the following:

3.5 Procedures for Borrowing . Subject to the prior satisfaction of all other applicable conditions to the making of an Advance set forth in this Agreement, to obtain an Advance, Borrower shall notify Bank (which notice shall be irrevocable) by electronic mail, facsimile, or telephone by 12:00 noon Pacific time on the Funding Date of the Advance. Together with any such electronic or facsimile notification, Borrower shall deliver to Bank by electronic mail or facsimile a completed Transaction Report executed by a Responsible Officer or his or her designee. Bank may rely on any telephone notice given by a person whom Bank believes is a Responsible Officer or designee. Bank shall credit Advances to the Designated Deposit Account. Bank may make Advances under this Agreement based on instructions from a Responsible Officer or his or her designee or without instructions if the Advances are necessary to meet Obligations which have become due.”

2.8 Section 4.1 of the Loan Agreement is amended by inserting the following at the end thereof:

“Borrower acknowledges that it previously has entered, and/or may in the future enter, into Bank Services Agreements with Bank. Regardless of the terms of any Bank Services Agreement, Borrower agrees that any amounts Borrower owes Bank thereunder shall be deemed to be Obligations hereunder and that it is the intent of Borrower and Bank to have all such Obligations secured by the first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral granted herein (subject only to Permitted Liens that expressly have superior priority to Bank’s Lien in this Agreement).

If this Agreement is terminated, Bank’s Lien in the Collateral shall continue until the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) are satisfied in full, and at such time, Bank shall, at Borrower’s sole cost and expense, terminate its security interest in the Collateral and all rights therein shall revert to Borrower. In the event (a) all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations), except for Bank Services, are satisfied in full, and (b) this Agreement is terminated, Bank shall terminate the security interest granted herein upon Borrower providing cash collateral acceptable to Bank in its good faith business judgment for Bank Services, if any. In the event such Bank Services consist of outstanding Letters of Credit, Borrower shall provide to Bank cash collateral in an amount equal to

 

3


105% (110% for letters of credit denominated in a currency other than Dollars), of the Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of all such letters of credit plus all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its good faith business judgment), to secure all of the Obligations relating to such letters of credit.”

2.9 Section 6.9 of the Loan Agreement is amended in its entirety and is replaced with the following:

6.9 Financial Covenants .

(a) Adjusted Quick Ratio . Maintain, as of the last day of each month, on a consolidated basis with respect to Parent and its Subsidiaries, an Adjusted Quick Ratio of at least 1.10 to 1.00.”

2.10 Section 6.3(c) is amended in its entirety and is replaced by the following:

“(c) Collection of Accounts . Borrower shall have the right to collect all Accounts, unless and until a Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. All payments on, and proceeds of, Accounts shall be deposited directly by the applicable Account Debtor into a lockbox account, or such other “blocked account” as Bank may specify, pursuant to a blocked account agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank in its sole discretion. Whether or not an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall immediately deliver all payments on and proceeds of Accounts to an account maintained with Bank to be applied (i) prior to an Event of Default, to the Revolving Line pursuant to the terms of Section 2.5(b) hereof, and (ii) after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, pursuant to the terms of Section 9.4 hereof; provided , that during a Streamline Period, such payments and proceeds shall be transferred to an account of Borrower maintained at Bank.”

2.11 Section 8.2(a) is amended in its entirety and is replaced by the following:

“(a) Any Borrower fails or neglects to perform any obligation in Sections 2.2, 6.2, 6.5, 6.7, 6.8, 6.9, or 6.10(c), or violates any covenant in Section 7; or”

2.12 Section 9.1(c) and Section 9.1(d) are each amended and replaced by the following:

“(c) for any Letters of Credit, demand that Borrower (i) deposit cash with Bank in an amount equal to 105% (110% for letters of credit denominated in a currency other than Dollars), of the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate face amount of all letters of credit remaining undrawn plus all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its good faith business judgment), to secure all of the Obligations relating to such letters of credit, as collateral security for the repayment of any future drawings under such

 

4


letters of credit, and Borrower shall forthwith deposit and pay such amounts, and (ii) pay in advance all letter of credit fees scheduled to be paid or payable over the remaining term of any letters of credit; provided , however , if an Event of Default described in Section 8.5 occurs, the obligation of Borrower to cash collateralize all letters of credit remaining undrawn shall automatically become effective without any action by Bank;

(d) terminate any foreign exchange forward contracts;

2.13 Section 12.8 of the Loan Agreement is amended in its entirety and is replaced with the following:

12.8 Survival. All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement continue in full force until this Agreement has terminated pursuant to its terms and all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations and any other obligations which, by their terms, are to survive the termination of this Agreement) have been paid in full and satisfied. Without limiting the foregoing, except as otherwise provided in Section 4.1, the grant of security interest by Borrower in Section 4.1 shall survive until the termination of all Bank Services Agreements. The obligation of Borrower in Section 12.2 to indemnify Bank shall survive until the statute of limitations with respect to such claim or cause of action shall have run.”

2.14 Clause (d) of the definition of “Eligible Accounts” is hereby deleted in its entirety and is replaced with the following:

“(d) Accounts over the Dollar Equivalent of $400,000 in the aggregate billed and/or payable outside of the United States by ChannelAdvisor GmbH and ChannelAdvisor (AU) Pty. Ltd.;”

2.15 The following terms and their respective definitions set forth in Section 13.1 are deleted in their entirety:

““ Cash Burn ” is defined in Section 6.9.

Cash Management Services ” is defined in Section 2.1.4.

EBITDA ” shall mean (a) Net Income plus (b) Interest Expense plus (c) to the extent deducted in the calculation of Net Income, depreciation expense and amortization expense, plus (d) income tax expense.

FX Business Day ” is any day when (a) Bank’s Foreign Exchange Department is conducting its normal business and (b) the Foreign Currency being purchased or sold by a Borrower is available to Bank from the entity from which Bank shall buy or sell such Foreign Currency.

FX Forward Contract ” is defined in Section 2.1.3.

 

5


FX Reduction Amount ” is defined in Section 2.1.3.

FX Reserve ” is defined in Section 2.1.3.

Interest Expense ” means for any fiscal period, interest expense (whether cash or non-cash) determined in accordance with GAAP for the relevant period ending on such date, including, in any event, interest expense with respect to any Credit Extension and other Indebtedness of Parent and its Subsidiaries, including, without limitation or duplication, all commissions, discounts, or related amortization and other fees and charges with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing and the net cost associated with interest rate swap, cap, and similar arrangements, and the interest portion of any deferred payment obligation (including leases of all types).

Letter of Credit ” means a standby letter of credit issued by Bank or another institution based upon an application, guarantee, indemnity or similar agreement on the part of Bank as set forth in Section 2.1.2.

Letter of Credit Application ” is defined in Section 2.1.2(b).

Letter of Credit Reserve ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.2(e).

Liquidity Ratio ” is a ratio of (a) unrestricted Cash and Cash Equivalents plus 80% of Eligible Accounts to (b) outstanding Obligations.

Net Income ” means, calculated on a consolidated basis for parent and its Subsidiaries for any period as at any date of determination, the net profit (or loss), after provisions for taxes, of Parent and its Subsidiaries for such period taken as a single accounting period.

Subject Month ” is the month which is two (2) calendar months after any Testing Month.

Testing Month ” is any month with respect to which Bank has tested Borrower’s Liquidity Ratio in order to determine Bank’s method for calculating the interest rate on Advances.”

2.16 Section 13.1 of the Loan Agreement is amended by inserting the following terms, each in its applicable alphabetical order:

““ Adjusted Quick Ratio ” is the ratio of (a) the sum of (i) Borrower’s unrestricted cash and unrestricted Cash Equivalents plus (ii) net billed accounts receivable divided by (b) (i) Current Liabilities, plus (ii) without duplication, all obligations and liabilities of Borrower owed to Bank, minus (iii) the current portion of Deferred Revenue.

Bank Services ” are any products, credit services, and/or financial accommodations previously, now, or hereafter provided to Borrower or any of its

 

6


Subsidiaries by Bank or any Bank Affiliate, including, without limitation, any letters of credit, cash management services (including, without limitation, merchant services, direct deposit of payroll, business credit cards, and check cashing services), interest rate swap arrangements, and foreign exchange services as any such products or services may be identified in Bank’s various agreements related thereto (each, a “ Bank Services Agreement ”).

Current Liabilities ” are all obligations and liabilities of Borrower to Bank, plus , without duplication, the aggregate amount of Borrower’s Total Liabilities that mature within one (1) year.

Streamline Period ” is, on and after the Seventh Amendment Effective Date, provided no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the period (i) beginning on the first (1st) day in which Borrower has, for each consecutive day in the immediately preceding thirty (30) day period, maintained the Adjusted Quick Ratio, as determined by Bank, in its sole discretion, in an amount at all times equal to or greater than 1.20 to 1.00, as determined by Bank, in its sole discretion (the “ Streamline Balance ”); and (ii) ending on the earlier to occur of (A) the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default; and (B) the first day thereafter in which Borrower fails to maintain the Streamline Balance, as determined by Bank, in its sole discretion. Upon the termination of a Streamline Period, Borrower must maintain the Streamline Balance each consecutive day for thirty (30) consecutive days, as determined by Bank, in its sole discretion, prior to entering into a subsequent Streamline Period. Borrower shall give Bank prior-written notice of Borrower’s intention to enter into any such Streamline Period.

Total Liabilities ” is on any day, obligations that should, under GAAP, be classified as liabilities on Borrower’s consolidated balance sheet, including all Indebtedness.”

2.17 The following terms and their respective definitions set forth in Section 13.1 are amended in their entirety and replaced with the following:

““ Availability Amount ” is (a) the lesser of (i) the Revolving Line or (ii) the Borrowing Base minus (b) the outstanding principal balance of any Advances.

Credit Extension ” is any Advance, Equipment Advance, letter of credit, Term Loan, foreign exchange forward contract, amount utilized for cash management services, or any other extension of credit by Bank for Borrower’s benefit under this Agreement.

Loan Documents ” are, collectively, this Agreement, any Bank Services Agreements, the Collateral Agreements, the Securities Pledge Agreement, the Warrant, the Perfection Certificate, any note, or notes or guaranties executed by Borrower, and any other present or future agreement between Borrower and/or for the benefit of Bank in connection with this Agreement and/or any Bank Services, all as amended, restated or otherwise modified.

 

7


Prime Rate ” means the rate of interest published in the “Money Rates” section of The Wall Street Journal , Eastern Edition as the “United States Prime Rate.” In the event that The Wall Street Journal , Eastern Edition is not published or such rate does not appear in The Wall Street Journal , Eastern Edition, the Prime Rate shall be determined by Bank until such time as the Prime Rate becomes available in accordance with past practices.

Revolving Line ” is an Advance or Advances in an amount not to exceed Six Million Dollars ($6,000,000) outstanding at any time.

Revolving Line Maturity Date ” is June 18, 2013.”

2.18 The Compliance Certificate attached as Exhibit B to the Loan Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and is replaced with exhibit B attached hereto.

3. Limitation of Amendment .

3.1 The amendment set forth in Section 2 , above, is effective for the purposes set forth herein and shall be limited precisely as written and shall not be deemed to (a) be a consent to any amendment, waiver or modification of any other term or condition of any Loan Document, or (b) otherwise prejudice any right or remedy which Bank may now have or may have in the future under or in connection with any Loan Document.

3.2 This Amendment shall be construed in connection with and as part of the Loan Documents and all terms, conditions, representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in the Loan Documents, except as herein amended, are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full force and effect.

4. Representations and Warranties . To induce Bank to enter into this Amendment, each Borrower hereby represents and warrants, jointly and severally, to Bank as follows:

4.1 Immediately after giving effect to this Amendment (a) the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Documents are true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of the date hereof (except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such date), and (b) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

4.2 Each Borrower has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment;

4.3 The organizational documents of the Borrowers previously delivered to Bank remain true, accurate and complete and have not been amended, supplemented or restated and are and continue to be in full force and effect;

 

8


4.4 The execution and delivery by Borrowers of this Amendment and the performance by Borrowers of their obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of Borrowers;

4.5 The execution and delivery by Borrowers of this Amendment and the performance by Borrowers of their obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not and will not contravene (a) any material law or regulation binding on or affecting Borrowers, (b) any material contractual restriction with a Person binding on Borrowers, (c) any order, judgment or decree of any court or other governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on Borrowers, or (d) the organizational documents of Borrowers;

4.6 The execution and delivery by Borrowers of this Amendment and the performance by Borrowers of their obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not require any order, consent, approval, license, authorization or validation of, or filing, recording or registration with, or exemption by any governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on any Borrower, except as already has been obtained or made; and

4.7 This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by Borrowers and is the binding obligation of Borrowers, enforceable against Borrowers in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, moratorium or other similar laws of general application and equitable principles relating to or affecting creditors’ rights.

5. No Defenses of Borrower . Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that Borrower has no offsets, defenses, claims, or counterclaims against Bank with respect to the Obligations, or otherwise, and that if Borrower now has, or ever did have, any offsets, defenses, claims, or counterclaims against Bank, whether known or unknown, at law or in equity, all of them are hereby expressly WAIVED and Borrower hereby RELEASES Bank from any liability thereunder.

6. Integration . This Amendment and the Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of this Amendment and the Loan Documents merge into this Amendment and the Loan Documents.

7. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

8. Effectiveness . This Amendment shall be deemed effective upon (a) the due execution and delivery to Bank of this Amendment by each party hereto and (b) Borrowers’ payment of a $10,000.00 modification and extension fee, which fee shall be deemed fully earned as of the date hereof, and all Bank Expenses in connection herewith.

 

9


9. Governing Law . This Amendment and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of North Carolina.

[S IGNATURES ON F OLLOWING P AGE ]

 

10


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first written above.

 

BORROWERS:
CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION
By:  

LOGO

Name:   M. SCOT WINGO
Title:   CEO

 

MERCHANDISING ADVISOR CORPORATION
By:  

LOGO

Name:   M. SCOT WINGO
Title:   CEO

CA MARKETPLACES, INC.

 

By:  

LOGO

Name:   M. SCOT WINGO
Title:   CEO

CHANNELADVISOR UK LIMITED

 

By:  

LOGO

Name:   M. SCOT WINGO
Title:   CEO

CA WASHINGTON, LLC

 

By:  

LOGO

Name:   M. SCOT WINGO
Title:   CEO

BANK:

SILICON VALLEY BANK

 

By:  

LOGO

Name:  

Ryan Ravenscroft

Title:  

VP

 

11


EXHIBIT B

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

TO:   SILICON VALLEY BANK   Date:                     
FROM:   CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION  

The undersigned authorized officer of ChannelAdvisor Corporation (“ Parent ”) certifies that under the terms and conditions of the Loan and Security Agreement between Borrowers and Bank (the “ Agreement ”), (1) each Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending                      with all required covenants except as noted below, (2) there are no Events of Default, (3) all representations and warranties in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on this date except as noted below; provided , however , that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided , further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date, (4) each Borrower, and each of its respective Subsidiaries, has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 5.9 of the Agreement, and (5) no Liens have been levied or claims made against any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, if any, relating to unpaid employee payroll or benefits of which any Borrower has not previously provided written notification to Bank. Attached are the required documents supporting the certification. The undersigned certifies that these are prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes. The undersigned acknowledges that no borrowings may be requested at any time or date of determination that any Borrower is not in compliance with any of the terms of the Agreement, and that compliance is determined not just at the date this certificate is delivered. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Agreement.

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” column.

 

Reporting Covenant

  

Required

  

Complies

Monthly financial statements with Compliance Certificate    Monthly within 30 days    Yes    No
Annual financial statement (CPA Audited) + CC    FYE within 180 days    Yes    No
A/R & A/P Agings, Deferred Revenue Reports    Monthly within 30 days and with each request for a Credit Extension    Yes    No
Transaction Reports    Monthly within 30 days and with each request for a Credit Extension    Yes    No
Projections    FYE within 30 days    Yes    No
Field Exam    Semi-annually    Yes    No

 

12


Financial Covenant

   Required      Actual      Complies

Maintain as indicated:

        

Adjusted Quick Ratio of at least (monthly)

     1.10 to 1.00             :1.0       Yes     No

The following are the exceptions with respect to the certification above: (If no exceptions exist, state “No exceptions to note.”)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ChannelAdvisors Corporation
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

BANK USE ONLY
Received by:   

 

   AUTHORIZED SIGNER
Date:   

 

  
Verified:   

 

   AUTHORIZED SIGNER
Date:   

 

Compliance Status:  Yes    No

 

 

13

Exhibit 10.2

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) dated as of March 21, 2012 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and among (i)  GOLD HILL CAPITAL 2008, L.P. , a Delaware limited partnership (“ Lender ”), and (ii)  CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION , a Delaware corporation (“ CAC ”), MERCHANDISINGADVISOR CORPORATION , a Delaware corporation (“ MAC ”), CA MARKETPLACES, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“ CAM ”), CHANNELADVISOR UK LIMITED , a private limited company registered under the laws of England and Wales under company number 05296935 and whose registered office is at Cedar House, 78 Portsmouth Road, Cobham, Surrey KT11 1AN United Kingdom (“ CA UK ”), and CA WASHINGTON, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“ CAW ” and together with CAC, MAC, CAM and CA UK, individually and collectively, jointly and severally, “ Borrower ”) provides the terms on which Lender shall lend to Borrower and Borrower shall repay Lender. The parties agree as follows:

 

  1 ACCOUNTING AND OTHER TERMS

Accounting terms not defined in this Agreement shall be construed following GAAP. Calculations and determinations must be made following GAAP. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in Section 13. All other terms contained in this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated, shall have the meaning provided by the Code to the extent such terms are defined therein.

 

  2 LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT

2.1 Promise to Pay . Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay Lender the outstanding principal amount of all Credit Extensions and accrued and unpaid interest thereon as and when due in accordance with this Agreement.

2.1.1 Growth Capital Line .

(a) Availability . Lender shall make one (1) advance available to Borrower in the amount of the Initial Draw Amount on the Effective Date, subject to the satisfaction of the terms and conditions of this Agreement (“ Growth Capital Advance A ”). Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, during the Growth Capital Advance B Draw Period, Lender agrees to make advances available to Borrower in an aggregate amount of up to Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) (each a “ Growth Capital Advance B ”, and collectively, “ Growth Capital Advances B ”). Each Growth Capital Advance B shall be in the amount of at least One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00). Growth Capital Advance A and Growth Capital Advances B are hereinafter referred to singly as a “ Growth Capital Advance ” and collectively as the “ Growth Capital Advances .” After repayment, no Growth Capital Advance may be reborrowed.

(b) Interest Period . Commencing on the first Payment Date of the month following the month in which the Funding Date occurs (or commencing on the Funding Date if the Funding Date is the first calendar day of the month), and continuing on each Payment Date thereafter, Borrower shall make monthly payments of interest, in arrears, on the principal amount of each Growth Capital Advance at the rate set forth in Section 2.2(a).

(c) Repayment . Commencing on March 1, 2015, and continuing on each Payment Date thereafter, Borrower shall repay each Growth Capital Advance in twenty-four (24) consecutive equal monthly installments of principal and interest, as calculated by Lender, based upon: (i) the amount of such Growth Capital Advance, (ii) the interest rate set forth in Section 2.2(a), and (iii) an amortization schedule equal to twenty-four (24) consecutive months (each, a “ Growth Capital Payment ”). Borrower’s final Growth Capital Payment, due on the Growth Capital Maturity Date, shall include all outstanding principal and accrued and unpaid interest under the Growth Capital Advances and all other outstanding Obligations with respect to the Growth Capital Advances.

(d) Mandatory Prepayment Upon an Acceleration . If any Growth Capital Advance is accelerated following the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default or otherwise, Borrower shall immediately pay to Lender an amount equal to the sum of: (i) all unpaid scheduled payments (including payments of interest and payments of principal and interest) due prior to the next Payment Date with respect to the Growth


Capital Advances, (ii) all remaining scheduled payments of interest to become due, (iii) the Final Payment, and (iv) all other sums, if any, that shall have become due and payable, including interest at the Default Rate with respect to any past due amounts.

(e) Permitted Prepayment . Borrower shall have the option, so long as an Event of Default has not occurred and is not continuing, to prepay all (but not less than all) of any Growth Capital Advance, provided Borrower (i) provides written notice to Lender of its election to prepay the Growth Capital Advance at least five (5) Business Days prior to such prepayment, and (ii) pays, on the date of such prepayment (A) all unpaid scheduled payments (including payments of interest and payments of principal and interest) due prior to the next Payment Date, (B) all remaining scheduled payments of interest to become due, (C) the Final Payment, and (D) all other sums, if any, that shall have become due and payable, including interest at the Default Rate with respect to any past due amounts.

2.2 Payment of Interest on the Credit Extensions .

(a) Interest Rate . Subject to Section 2.2(b), the principal amount of each Growth Capital Advance shall accrue interest at a fixed per annum rate equal to ten and one-half of one percent (10.5%), which interest shall be payable monthly, in arrears, in accordance with Section 2.2(e).

(b) Default Rate . Immediately upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Obligations shall bear interest at a rate per annum which is five percentage points (5.00%) above the rate that is otherwise applicable thereto (the “ Default Rate ”) unless Lender otherwise elects from time to time in its sole discretion to impose a smaller increase. Fees and expenses which are required to be paid by Borrower pursuant to the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, Lender Expenses) but are not paid when due shall bear interest until paid at a rate equal to the highest rate applicable to the Obligations. Payment or acceptance of the increased interest rate provided in this Section 2.2(b) is not a permitted alternative to timely payment and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of Lender.

(c) Computation; 360-Day Year . In computing interest, the date of the making of any Credit Extension shall be included and the date of payment shall be excluded; provided, however, that if any Credit Extension is repaid on the same day on which it is made, such day shall be included in computing interest on such Credit Extension. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed.

(d) ACH Payments . Borrower shall separately set up an automatic clearing house payment structure in favor of Lender, satisfactory to Lender. Debits from such an account shall not constitute a set-off.

(e) Interest Payment Date . Unless otherwise provided, interest is payable monthly on the Payment Date.

2.3 Fees . Borrower shall pay to Lender:

(a) Commitment Fee . A fully earned, non-refundable commitment fee of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000), on the Effective Date;

(b) Final Payment . The Final Payment, when due hereunder; and

(c) Lender Expenses . All Lender Expenses (including reasonable legal fees and expenses for documentation and negotiation of this Agreement) incurred through and after the Effective Date, when due.

2.4 Payments . All payments (including prepayments) to be made by Borrower under any Loan Document shall be made in immediately available funds in U.S. Dollars, without setoff or counterclaim, before 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on the date when due. Payments of principal and/or interest received after 12:00 p.m. Pacific time are considered received at the opening of business on the next Business Day. When a payment is due on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment shall be due the next Business Day, and additional fees or interest, as applicable, shall continue to accrue until paid.

2.5 Conversion of Certain Obligations . Capitalized terms used in this Section 2.5 and not otherwise defined herein or elsewhere in this Agreement shall have the respective meanings given in that certain letter

 

-2-


agreement of even date herewith between Borrower and Gold Hill Capital 2008, L.P. (the “ RTI Letter ”). Subject to the terms of the RTI Letter and if Lender duly elects the Conversion Election, in connection with the Qualified Financing and at the closing thereof, Lender shall have the right (but shall not be obligated to) convert and exchange up to an aggregate of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) in Obligations (the “ Conversion Amount ”) for and into shares of Qualified Financing Securities at a conversion and exchange price per share of Qualified Financing Securities equal to the price per share paid by investor purchasers of Qualified Financing Securities in the Qualified Financing (the “ Conversion Right ”). Such Obligations which Lender may elect to convert and exchange pursuant to the exercise of the Conversion Right may consist of outstanding loan principal, accrued and unpaid interest with respect to the Growth Capital Advances and/or any other Obligations of Borrower under any Loan Document, as determined by Lender in its reasonable sole and absolute discretion. If Lender elects to participate in the Qualified Financing and elects to exercise the Conversion Right in connection therewith, then Lender shall so notify Borrower thereof in writing as and when required under the RTI Letter (which notice shall set forth, among other things, the Conversion Amount). Lender’s purchase of Qualified Financing Securities by exercise of the Conversion Right shall otherwise be made subject to and in accordance with the provisions of the RTI Letter. Lender’s election to exercise the Conversion Right in connection with the Qualified Financing shall be in lieu of, and not in addition to, the election of Lender and/or one or more of its affiliates to purchase Qualified Financing Securities for cash under the RTI Letter.

 

  3 CONDITIONS OF LOANS

3.1 Conditions Precedent to Initial Credit Extension . Lender’s obligation to make the initial Credit Extension is subject to the condition precedent that Lender shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender, such documents, and completion of such other matters, as Lender may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate, including, without limitation:

(a) duly executed original signatures to the Loan Documents;

(b) the Debenture

(c) duly executed original signatures to the Control Agreement(s);

(d) Borrower’s Operating Documents and a long form good standing certificate of Borrower certified by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as of a date no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date;

(e) a certificate of the secretary of CA UK with respect to CA UK’s memorandum and articles of association, register of charges, specimen signatures and board minutes authorizing the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Debenture and the other Loan Documents;

(f) evidence that any Liens (other than Permitted Liens) securing Indebtedness owed to any third party by CA UK have been released and documents and/or filings evidencing the perfection of such Liens (including, with respect to CA UK a copy of Form MG02 duly executed by CA UK);

(g) a UK Companies House search against CA UK;

(h) Certificates of Foreign Qualification of Borrower (California, New York, North Carolina, Georgia, Washington and others, as appropriate), certified by the applicable Secretary of State as of a date no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date;

(i) Secretary’s Corporate Borrowing Certificate for Borrower;

(j) certified copies, dated as of a recent date, of financing statement searches, as Lender shall request, accompanied by written evidence (including any UCC termination statements) that the Liens indicated in any such financing statements either constitute Permitted Liens or have been or, in connection with the initial Credit Extension, will be terminated or released;

(k) the Perfection Certificate of Borrower, together with the duly executed original signature thereto;

 

-3-


(l) a legal opinion of Lender’s UK counsel (authority/enforceability) in respect of CA UK, dated as of the Effective Date together with the duly executed original signature thereto;

(m) evidence satisfactory to Lender that the insurance policies required by Section 6.5 hereof are in full force and effect, together with appropriate evidence showing lender loss payable and/or additional insured clauses or endorsements in favor of Lender; and

(n) payment of the fees and Lender Expenses then due as specified in Section 2.3 hereof.

3.2 Conditions Precedent to all Credit Extensions . Lender’s obligations to make each Credit Extension, including the initial Credit Extension, is subject to the following conditions precedent:

(a) timely receipt of an executed Payment/Advance Form;

(b) the representations and warranties in this Agreement shall be true, accurate, and complete in all material respects on the date of the Payment/Advance Form and on the Funding Date of each Credit Extension; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date, and no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or result from the Credit Extension. Each Credit Extension is Borrower’s representation and warranty on that date that the representations and warranties in this Agreement remain true, accurate, and complete in all material respects; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date; and

(c) in Lender’s sole discretion, there has not been any material impairment in the general affairs, management, results of operation, financial condition or the prospect of repayment of the Obligations, or any material adverse deviation by Borrower from the most recent business plan of Borrower presented to and accepted by Lender.

3.3 Covenant to Deliver . Borrower agrees to deliver to Lender each item required to be delivered to Lender under this Agreement as a condition precedent to any Credit Extension. Borrower expressly agrees that a Credit Extension made prior to the receipt by Lender of any such item shall not constitute a waiver by Lender of Borrower’s obligation to deliver such item, and the making of any Credit Extension in the absence of a required item shall be in Lender’s sole discretion.

3.4 Procedures for Borrowing . Subject to the prior satisfaction of all other applicable conditions to the making of a Growth Capital Advance set forth in this Agreement, to obtain a Growth Capital Advance, Borrower shall notify Lender (which notice shall be irrevocable) by electronic mail, facsimile, or telephone by 12:00 p.m. Pacific time at least five (5) Business Days prior to the Funding Date of the Growth Capital Advance. Together with any such electronic or facsimile notification, Borrower shall deliver to Lender by electronic mail or facsimile a completed Payment/Advance Form executed by a Responsible Officer or his or her designee. Lender may rely on any telephone notice given by a person whom Lender believes is a Responsible Officer or designee. Lender may make Growth Capital Advances under this Agreement based on instructions from a Responsible Officer or his or her designee or without instructions if the Growth Capital Advances are necessary to meet Obligations which have become due. The proceeds of each Growth Capital Advance will then be made available to Borrower on the Funding Date by Lender by transfer to such account as Borrower may instruct in the Payment/Advance Form, or other method acceptable to Lender.

 

  4 CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST

4.1 Grant of Security Interest . Borrower hereby grants Lender, to secure the payment and performance in full of all of the Obligations, a continuing security interest in, and pledges to Lender, the Collateral, wherever located, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising, and all proceeds and products thereof.

All Obligations shall be also be secured by the Debenture and any and all other security agreements, mortgages or other collateral granted to Lender by CA UK as security for the Obligations, now or in the future.

 

-4-


4.2 Priority of Security Interest . Borrower represents, warrants, and covenants that the security interest granted herein is and shall at all times continue to be a first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral (subject only to Permitted Liens that may have superior priority to Lender’s Lien under this Agreement). If Borrower shall acquire a commercial tort claim, Borrower shall promptly notify Lender in a writing signed by Borrower of the general details thereof and grant to Lender in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender.

If this Agreement is terminated, Lender’s Lien in the Collateral shall continue until the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) are repaid in full in cash. Upon payment in full in cash of the Obligations and at such time as Lender’s obligation to make Credit Extensions has terminated, Lender shall, at Borrower’s sole cost and expense, release its Liens in the Collateral and all rights therein shall revert to Borrower.

4.3 Authorization to File Financing Statements . Borrower hereby authorizes Lender to file financing statements, without notice to Borrower, with all appropriate jurisdictions to perfect or protect Lender’s interest or rights hereunder, including a notice that any disposition of the Collateral, by either Borrower or any other Person, shall be deemed to violate the rights of Lender under the Code. Such financing statements may indicate the Collateral as “all assets of the Debtor” or words of similar effect, or as being of an equal or lesser scope, or with greater detail, all in Lender’s discretion.

 

  5 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Borrower represents and warrants as follows:

5.1 Due Organization, Authorization; Power and Authority . Borrower (except for CA UK) and each of its Subsidiaries are duly existing and in good standing as Registered Organizations in their respective jurisdictions of formation and are qualified and licensed to do business and are in good standing in any jurisdiction in which the conduct of their business or their ownership of property requires that they be qualified except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business. CA UK is a private limited company, duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of England and has the power to carry on its business as it is now being conducted and to own its property and other assets. In connection with this Agreement, Borrower has delivered to Lender a completed certificate signed by Borrower, entitled “Perfection Certificate”. Borrower represents and warrants to Lender that (a) Borrower’s exact legal name is that indicated on the Perfection Certificate and on the signature page hereof; (b) Borrower is an organization of the type and is organized in the jurisdiction set forth in the Perfection Certificate; (c) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s organizational identification number or accurately states that Borrower has none; (d) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s place of business, or, if more than one, its chief executive office as well as Borrower’s mailing address (if different than its chief executive office); (e) Borrower (and each of its predecessors) has not, in the past five (5) years, changed its jurisdiction of formation, organizational structure or type, or any organizational number assigned by its jurisdiction; and (f) all other information set forth on the Perfection Certificate pertaining to Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is accurate and complete in all material respects (it being understood and agreed that Borrower may from time to time update certain information in the Perfection Certificate after the Effective Date by delivering a revised perfection certificate or supplement thereto to Lender). Any new information in any revised perfection certificate shall not be deemed to be included in the Perfection Certificate unless consented to by Lender in writing pursuant to the terms and conditions hereunder. Lender hereby agrees that Borrower may update the information set forth on the Perfection Certificate to reflect information provided in any notice delivered by Borrower to Lender pursuant to the last full paragraph of Section 7.2 below.

The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of the Loan Documents to which it is a party have been duly authorized, and do not (i) conflict with any of Borrower’s organizational documents, (ii) contravene, conflict with, constitute a default under or violate any material Requirement of Law, (iii) contravene, conflict or violate any applicable order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award of any Governmental Authority by which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their property or assets may be bound or affected, (iv) require any action by, filing, registration, or qualification with, or Governmental Approval from, any Governmental Authority (except such Governmental Approvals which have already been obtained and are in full force and effect or are being obtained pursuant to Section 6.1(b) and except for filings, recordings or registrations that are required to perfect Lender’s security interests in the Collateral), or (v) constitute an event of default under any

 

-5-


material agreement by which Borrower is bound. Borrower is not in default under any agreement to which it is a party or by which it is bound in which the default could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

5.2 Collateral . Borrower has good title to, has rights in, and the power to transfer each item of the Collateral upon which it purports to grant a Lien hereunder or pursuant to the Debenture, free and clear of any and all Liens except Permitted Liens. Borrower has no deposit accounts other than the deposit accounts, if any, described in the Perfection Certificate delivered to Lender in connection herewith, or of which Borrower has given Lender notice and taken such actions as are necessary to give Lender a perfected security interest therein.

The Collateral is not in the possession of any third party bailee (such as a warehouse) except as otherwise provided in the Perfection Certificate, or as permitted pursuant to Section 7.2. None of the components of the Collateral shall be maintained at locations other than as provided in the Perfection Certificate or as permitted pursuant to Section 7.2.

All Inventory is in all material respects of good and marketable quality, free from material defects.

Borrower is the sole owner of the Intellectual Property which it owns or purports to own except for (a) non-exclusive licenses granted to its customers in the ordinary course of business, (b) over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public, and (c) material Intellectual Property licensed to Borrower and noted on the Perfection Certificate (which shall be deemed updated to reflect information provided in any notice delivered by Borrower to Lender pursuant to Section 6.7(b)). Each Patent which it owns or purports to own and which is material to Borrower’s business is valid and enforceable, and no part of the Intellectual Property which Borrower owns or purports to own and which is material to Borrower’s business has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, no claim has been made that any part of the Intellectual Property violates the rights of any third party except to the extent such claim would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

Except as noted on the Perfection Certificate or as contained in any notice delivered by Borrower to Lender pursuant to Section 6.7(b), Borrower is not a party to, nor is it bound by, any Restricted License.

5.3 Litigation . Except as set forth on the Perfection Certificate, there are no actions or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Responsible Officers, threatened in writing by or against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries involving more than, individually or in the aggregate, Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000.00).

5.4 Financial Statements; Financial Condition . All consolidated financial statements for Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries delivered to Lender fairly present in all material respects Borrower’s consolidated financial condition and Borrower’s consolidated results of operations. There has not been any material deterioration in Borrower’s consolidated financial condition since the date of the most recent financial statements submitted to Lender.

5.5 Solvency . The fair salable value of Borrower’s assets (including goodwill minus disposition costs) exceeds the fair value of its liabilities; Borrower is not left with unreasonably small capital after the transactions in this Agreement; and Borrower is able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature and CA UK is not unable to pay its debts (including trade debts) within the meaning of the UK Insolvency Act 1986 and has not stopped paying its debts as they fall due.

5.6 Regulatory Compliance . Borrower (except for CA UK) is not an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. Borrower (except for CA UK) is not engaged as one of its important activities in extending credit for margin stock (under Regulations X, T and U of the Federal Reserve Board of Governors). Borrower (except for CA UK) has complied in all material respects with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act. Borrower has not violated any laws, ordinances or rules, the violation of which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on its business. None of Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ properties or assets has been used by Borrower or any Subsidiary or, to the best of Borrower’s knowledge, by previous Persons, in disposing, producing, storing, treating, or transporting any hazardous substance other than legally. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries have obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of, made all declarations or filings with, and given all notices to, all Government Authorities that are necessary to continue their respective businesses as currently conducted.

 

-6-


5.7 Subsidiaries; Investments . Borrower does not own any stock, partnership interest or other equity securities except for Permitted Investments.

5.8 Tax Returns and Payments; Pension Contributions . Except as set forth on the Perfection Certificate, Borrower has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, or timely filed extensions therefore, unless the aggregate amount of taxes due, plus interest and penalties thereon, would not exceed $50,000, and Borrower has timely paid all UK, foreign, governmental, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower, other than taxes, plus interest and penalties thereon, that, in the aggregate do not exceed $50,000. Borrower may also defer payment of any contested taxes, provided that Borrower (a) in good faith contests its obligation to pay the taxes by appropriate proceedings promptly and diligently instituted and conducted, (b) notifies Lender in writing of the commencement of, and any material development in, the proceedings, (c) posts bonds or takes any other steps required to prevent the governmental authority levying such contested taxes from obtaining a Lien upon any of the Collateral that is other than a “Permitted Lien”. Borrower is unaware of any claims or adjustments proposed for any of Borrower’s prior tax years which could result in additional taxes becoming due and payable by Borrower. The Borrower has complied in all material respects with all taxation laws in all jurisdictions in which it is subject to taxation, except related to taxes as may be due or owing in an amount less than Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) in the aggregate. Borrower has paid all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms, and Borrower has not withdrawn from participation in, and has not permitted partial or complete termination of, or permitted the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any such plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

5.9 Use of Proceeds . Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions to fund its general business requirements and not for personal, family, household or agricultural purposes.

5.10 Full Disclosure . No written representation, warranty or other statement of Borrower in any certificate or written statement given to Lender, as of the date such representation, warranty, or other statement was made, taken together with all such written certificates and written statements given to Lender, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained in the certificates or statements not misleading (it being recognized by Lender that the projections and forecasts provided by Borrower in good faith and based upon reasonable assumptions are not viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such projections and forecasts may differ from the projected or forecasted results).

5.11 Definition of “Knowledge . For purposes of the Loan Documents, whenever a representation or warranty is made to Borrower’s knowledge or awareness, to the “best of” Borrower’s knowledge, or with a similar qualification, knowledge or awareness means the actual knowledge, after reasonable investigation, of the Responsible Officers.

5.14. No Winding Up . Borrower has not taken any corporate or other action nor has any application been made or any other steps been taken or legal proceedings been started or (to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge and belief having made due and proper enquiry) threatened in writing against the Borrower for its winding up or for the appointment of a liquidator, trustee, receiver, administrative receiver, administrator or similar officer of it or of any or all its assets.

5.15 Subordinated Debt . All amounts due to officers, directors, shareholders and any secured creditors (other than Lender) of Borrower have been subordinated to the Obligations except, for the avoidance of doubt, for salary, other amounts due to employees in the regular course of business.

 

  6 AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower shall do all of the following, unless otherwise noted:

6.1 Government Compliance . Maintain its and all its Subsidiaries’ legal existence and good standing in their respective jurisdictions of formation and maintain qualification in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business or operations. Borrower shall comply, and have each Subsidiary comply, with all laws, ordinances and regulations to which it is subject, noncompliance with which could have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business.

 

-7-


6.2 Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates . Deliver to Lender:

(a) Monthly Financial Statements . As soon as available, but no later than thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, a company prepared consolidated balance sheet and income statement covering Borrower’s consolidated operations for such month certified by a Responsible Officer and in a form acceptable to Lender (the “ Monthly Financial Statements ”);

(b) Monthly Compliance Certificate . Within thirty (30) days after the last day of each month and together with the Monthly Financial Statements, a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer, certifying that as of the end of such month, Borrower was in full compliance with all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement;

(c) Annual Audited Financial Statements . As soon as available, but no later than one hundred eighty (180) days after the last day of Borrower’s fiscal year, audited consolidated financial statements prepared under GAAP, consistently applied, together with an unqualified opinion on the financial statements from an independent certified public accounting firm acceptable to Lender in its reasonable discretion (it being agreed that any of the eight largest U.S. accounting firms are acceptable to Lender), and a letter from Borrower’s management containing representations concerning the audited statements (if prepared);

(d) Board Projections . Within thirty (30) days after Board approval, but at least annually or more frequently as updated, Board-approved projections and any subsequent Board-approved amendments thereto, in form and substance commensurate with such documentation as Borrower provides to venture capital investors;

(e) Other Statements . Within five (5) days of delivery, copies of all statements, reports and notices made available to Borrower’s security holders or to any holders of Subordinated Debt;

(f) SEC Filings . In the event that Borrower becomes subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act within five (5) days of filing, copies of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other materials filed by Borrower with the SEC or the UK equivalent, any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of the SEC or with any national securities exchange, or distributed to its shareholders, as the case may be. Documents required to be delivered pursuant to the terms hereof (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date on which Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto, on Borrower’s website on the Internet at Borrower’s website address;

(g) Legal Action Notice . A prompt report of any legal actions pending or threatened in writing against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that could reasonably be expected to result in damages or costs to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of, individually or in the aggregate, One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000.00) or more;

(h) 409A Valuation Reports . As soon as available, but no later than thirty (30) days after completion, any 409A valuation report prepared by or at the direction of Borrower;

(i) CFO Checklist . Within thirty (30) days after the last day of each calendar quarter, a duly completed CFO Checklist signed by a Responsible Officer; and

(j) Other Financial Information . Other financial information reasonably requested by Lender.

6.3 Inventory; Returns . Keep all Inventory in good and marketable condition, free from material defects. Returns and allowances between Borrower and its Account Debtors shall follow Borrower’s customary practices as they exist at the Effective Date. Borrower must promptly notify Lender of all returns, recoveries, disputes and claims that involve more than One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000.00).

 

-8-


6.4 Taxes; Pensions . Timely file, and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely file, all required tax returns and reports, or extensions therefore, unless the aggregate amount of taxes due, plus interest and penalties thereon, would not exceed $50,000, and timely pay, and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely pay, all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, except for (a) taxes, plus interest and penalties thereon, that, in the aggregate do not exceed $50,000, and (b) deferred payment of any taxes contested pursuant to the terms of Section 5.8 hereof, and shall deliver to Lender, on demand, appropriate certificates attesting to such payments, and pay all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms.

6.5 Insurance . Keep its business and the Collateral insured for risks and in amounts standard for companies in Borrower’s industry and location and as Lender may reasonably request. Insurance policies shall be in a form, with companies, and in amounts that are satisfactory to Lender. All property policies shall have a lender’s loss payable endorsement showing Lender as an additional lender loss payee and waive subrogation against Lender and shall provide that the insurer must give Lender at least twenty (20) days notice before canceling, reducing coverage, or declining to renew its policy. All liability policies shall show, or have endorsements showing, Lender as an additional insured, and all such policies (or the loss payable and additional insured endorsements) shall provide that the insurer shall give Lender at least twenty (20) days notice before canceling, amending, or declining to renew its policy. At Lender’s request, Borrower shall deliver certified copies of policies and evidence of all premium payments. Proceeds payable under any property policy shall, at Lender’s option, be payable to Lender on account of the Obligations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall have the option of applying the proceeds of any casualty policy up to $100,000, in the aggregate, toward the replacement or repair of destroyed or damaged property; provided that any such replaced or repaired property (1) shall be of equal or like value as the replaced or repaired Collateral and (ii) shall be deemed Collateral in which Lender has been granted a first priority security interest and (b) after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, all proceeds payable under such casualty policy shall, at the option of Lender, be payable to Lender on account of the Obligations. If Borrower fails to obtain insurance as required under this Section 6.5 or to pay any amount or furnish any required proof of payment to third persons and Lender, Lender may make all or part of such payment or obtain such insurance policies required in this Section 6.5, and take any action under the policies Lender deems prudent.

6.6 Operating Accounts . Provide Lender five (5) days prior written notice before establishing any Collateral Account at or with any bank or financial institution other than the institutions and specific accounts listed on the Perfection Certificate. For each Collateral Account that Borrower at any time maintains, Borrower shall cause the applicable bank or financial institution at or with which any Collateral Account is maintained to execute and deliver a Control Agreement or other appropriate instrument with respect to such Collateral Account to perfect Lender’s Lien in such Collateral Account in accordance with the terms hereunder which Control Agreement may not be terminated without the prior written consent of Lender. The provisions of the previous sentence shall not apply to deposit accounts exclusively used for payroll, payroll taxes and other employee wage and benefit payments to or for the benefit of Borrower’s employees and identified to Lender by Borrower as such.

6.7 Protection and Registration of Intellectual Property Rights .

(a) (i) Protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of its Intellectual Property; (ii) promptly advise Lender in writing of material infringements of its Intellectual Property; and (iii) not allow any Intellectual Property material to Borrower’s business to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public without Lender’s written consent.

(b) Provide written notice to Lender within ten (10) days of entering or becoming bound by any Restricted License (other than over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public. Borrower shall take such steps as Lender requests to obtain the consent of, or waiver by, any person whose consent or waiver is necessary for (i) any Restricted License to be deemed “Collateral” and for Lender to have a security interest in it that might otherwise be restricted or prohibited by law or by the terms of any such Restricted License, whether now existing or entered into in the future, and (ii) Lender to have the ability in the event of a liquidation of any Collateral to dispose of such Collateral in accordance with Lender’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

6.8 Litigation Cooperation . From the date hereof and continuing through the termination of this Agreement, make available to Lender, without expense to Lender, Borrower and its officers, employees and agents

 

-9-


and Borrower’s books and records, to the extent that Lender may deem them reasonably necessary to prosecute or defend any third-party suit or proceeding instituted by or against Lender with respect to any Collateral or relating to Borrower.

6.9 Access to Collateral; Books and Records . At reasonable times, on five (5) Business Day’s notice (provided no notice is required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), Lender, or its agents, shall have the right to inspect the Collateral and the right to audit and copy Borrower’s Books. Such inspections or audits shall be conducted no more often than once every twelve (12) months unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. The foregoing inspections and audits shall be at Borrower’s expense, and the charge therefor shall be $850 per person per day (or such higher amount as shall represent Lender’s then-current standard charge for the same), plus reasonable out-of-pocket expenses.

6.10 Further Assurances . Execute any further instruments and take further action as Lender reasonably requests to perfect or continue Lender’s Lien in the Collateral or to effect the purposes of this Agreement.

 

  7 NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Borrower shall not do any of the following without Lender’s prior written consent:

7.1 Dispositions . Convey, sell, lease, transfer, assign, or otherwise dispose of (collectively, “ Transfer ”), or permit any of its Subsidiaries to Transfer, all or any part of its business or property, except for Transfers (a) of Inventory in the ordinary course of business; (b) of worn-out or obsolete Equipment; (c) in connection with Permitted Liens and Permitted Investments; (d) transfers of investment property of Borrower for the sole purpose of obtaining replacement investment property with the proceeds of such transfer; provided that Lender at all times has a perfected security interest therein, or (e) other assets of Borrower or its Subsidiaries that do not, in the aggregate, exceed $150,000 during any fiscal year.

7.2 Changes in Business, Management, Ownership, or Business Locations . (a) Engage in or permit any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any business other than the businesses currently engaged in by Borrower and such Subsidiary, as applicable, or reasonably related thereto; (b) liquidate or dissolve; or (c) (i) if either of Parent’s Chief Executive Officer or Chief Operating Officer ceases to hold such office and is not replaced with another officer reasonably satisfactory to Lender within thirty (30) days; or (ii) enter into any transaction or series of related transactions in which the stockholders of Borrower who were not stockholders immediately prior to the first such transaction own more than forty-nine percent (49.0%) of the voting stock of Borrower immediately after giving effect to such transaction or related series of such transactions (other than by the sale of Borrower’s equity securities in a public offering or to venture capital investors so long as Borrower identifies to Lender the venture capital investors prior to the closing of the transaction and provides to Lender a description of the material terms of the transaction).

Borrower shall not, without at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to Lender: (1) add any new offices or business locations, including warehouses (unless such new offices or business locations contain less than Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000.00) in Borrower’s assets or property) or deliver any portion of the Collateral valued, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000.00) to a bailee at a location other than to a bailee and at a location already disclosed in the Perfection Certificate, (2) change its jurisdiction of organization, (3) change its organizational structure or type, (4) change its legal name, or (5) change any organizational number (if any) assigned by its jurisdiction of organization. If Borrower intends to deliver any portion of the Collateral valued, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000.00) to a bailee, and Lender and such bailee are not already parties to a bailee agreement governing both the Collateral and the location to which Borrower intends to deliver the Collateral, then Borrower will first receive the written consent of Lender, and such bailee shall execute and deliver a bailee agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Lender in its sole discretion.

7.3 Mergers or Acquisitions . Merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate, with any other Person, or acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person except where (a) (i) total consideration including cash and the value of any non-cash consideration, for all such transactions does not in the aggregate exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) in any fiscal year of Borrower; (ii) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would exist

 

-10-


after giving effect to the transactions; and (iii) Borrower is the surviving legal entity or (b) the Obligations are repaid in full concurrently with such transaction and this Agreement is terminated. A Subsidiary may merge or consolidate into another Subsidiary or into Borrower. A Subsidiary may merge or consolidate into another Subsidiary or into Borrower.

7.4 Indebtedness . Create, incur, assume, or be liable for any Indebtedness, or permit any Subsidiary to do so, other than Permitted Indebtedness.

7.5 Encumbrance . Create, incur, allow, or suffer any Lien on any of its property, or assign or convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any Accounts, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so, except for Permitted Liens, permit any Collateral not to be subject to the first priority security interest granted herein (subject only to Permitted Liens that may have superior priority to Lender’s Lien under this Agreement) or enter into any agreement, document, instrument or other arrangement (except with or in favor of Lender) with any Person which directly or indirectly prohibits or has the effect of prohibiting Borrower or any Subsidiary from assigning, mortgaging, pledging, granting a security interest in or upon, or encumbering any of Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s Intellectual Property, except as is otherwise permitted in Section 7.1 hereof and the definition of “Permitted Liens” herein.

7.6 Maintenance of Collateral Accounts . Maintain any Collateral Account except pursuant to the terms of Section 6.6 hereof.

7.7 Distributions; Investments . (a) Pay any dividends or make any distribution or payment or redeem, retire or purchase any capital stock per fiscal year; provided that, (i) Borrower may convert any of its convertible securities into other securities pursuant to the terms of such convertible securities or otherwise in exchange thereof, (ii) Borrower may pay dividends solely in common stock, (iii) Borrower may repurchase no more than $50,000 worth of stock of former employees, consultants or directors pursuant to stock repurchase agreements, in the aggregate, per annum, so long as an Event of Default does not exist at the time of such repurchase and would not exist after giving effect to such repurchase; and (iv) Borrower may repurchase the stock of former employees, consultants or directors pursuant to stock repurchase agreements solely in exchange for the cancellation of indebtedness owed by such former employees, consultants or directors to Borrower regardless of whether an Event of Default exists; or (b) directly or indirectly make any Investment other than Permitted Investments, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so.

7.8 Transactions with Affiliates . Directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any Affiliate of Borrower, except for (i) transactions that are in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to Borrower than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated Person, (ii) transactions permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 7.3 hereof, and (iii) transactions that would otherwise be permitted pursuant to subsection (f) of the definition of “Permitted Investments”.

7.9 Subordinated Debt . (a) Make or permit any payment on any Subordinated Debt, except under the terms of the subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement to which such Subordinated Debt is subject, or (b) amend any provision in any document relating to the Subordinated Debt which would increase the amount thereof or adversely affect the subordination thereof to Obligations owed to Lender.

7.10 Compliance . Become an “investment company” or a company controlled by an “investment company”, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or undertake as one of its important activities extending credit to purchase or carry margin stock (as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), or use the proceeds of any Credit Extension for that purpose; fail to meet the minimum funding requirements of ERISA, permit a Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction, as defined in ERISA, to occur; fail to comply with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act or violate any other law or regulation, if the violation could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so; withdraw or permit any Subsidiary to withdraw from participation in, permit partial or complete termination of, or permit the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other governmental agency.

 

-11-


  8 EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Any one of the following shall constitute an event of default (an “ Event of Default ”) under this Agreement:

8.1 Payment Default . Borrower fails to (a) make any payment of principal or interest on any Credit Extension on its due date, or (b) pay any other Obligations within three (3) Business Days after such Obligations are due and payable (which three (3) Business Day cure period shall not apply to payments due on the Growth Capital Maturity Date). During the cure period, the failure to make or pay any payment specified under clause (a) or (b) hereunder is not an Event of Default (but no Credit Extension will be made during the cure period);

8.2 Covenant Default .

(a) Borrower fails or neglects to perform any obligation in Sections 6.2, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6, or 6.7(b), or violates any covenant in Section 7; or

(b) Borrower fails or neglects to perform, keep, or observe any other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or any Loan Documents, and as to any default (other than those specified in this Section 8) under such other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement that can be cured, has failed to cure the default within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof; provided, however, that if the default cannot by its nature be cured within the ten (10) day period or cannot after diligent attempts by Borrower be cured within such ten (10) day period, and such default is likely to be cured within a reasonable time, then Borrower shall have an additional period (which shall not in any case exceed thirty (30) days) to attempt to cure such default, and within such reasonable time period the failure to cure the default shall not be deemed an Event of Default (but no Credit Extensions shall be made during such cure period). Cure periods provided under this section shall not apply, among other things, to financial covenants or any other covenants set forth in clause (a) above;

8.3 Intentionally Omitted .

8.4 Attachment; Levy; Restraint on Business .

(a) (i) The service of process seeking to attach, by trustee or similar process, any funds of Borrower or of any entity under the control of Borrower (including a Subsidiary) on deposit or otherwise maintained with Lender or any Lender Affiliate, or (ii) a notice of lien or levy is filed against any of Borrower’s assets by any government department or agency, and the same under subclauses (i) and (ii) hereof are not, within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof, discharged or stayed (whether through the posting of a bond or otherwise); provided, however, no Credit Extensions shall be made during any ten (10) day cure period; or

(b) (i) any material portion of Borrower’s assets is attached, seized, levied on, or comes into possession of a trustee or receiver, or (ii) any court order enjoins, restrains, or prevents Borrower from conducting any material part of its business;

8.5 Insolvency . (a) Borrower is unable to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they become due or otherwise becomes insolvent; or (b) if any of the following occurs in respect of Borrower (each of which shall be an “ Insolvency Proceeding ”): (i) Borrower begins a US Insolvency Proceeding or a UK Insolvency Proceeding; (ii) a US Insolvency Proceeding is begun against Borrower and not dismissed or stayed within thirty (30) days (but no Credit Extensions shall be made until any US Insolvency Proceeding is dismissed); or (iii) a UK Insolvency Proceeding is begun against Borrower and not dismissed or stayed within fourteen (14) days (but no Credit Extensions shall be made until any UK Insolvency Proceeding is dismissed);

8.6 Other Agreements . There is, under any agreement to which Borrower is a party with a third party or parties, (a) any default resulting in a right by such third party or parties, whether or not exercised, to accelerate the maturity of any Indebtedness in an amount individually or in the aggregate in excess of One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000.00); or (b) any default by Borrower, the result of which could have a material adverse effect on Borrower’s business;

8.7 Judgments . One or more final judgments, orders, or decrees for the payment of money in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, of at least One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000.00) (not

 

-12-


covered by independent third-party insurance as to which liability has been accepted by such insurance carrier) shall be rendered against Borrower and the same are not, within ten (10) days after the entry thereof, discharged or execution thereof stayed or bonded pending appeal, or such judgments are not discharged prior to the expiration of any such stay (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to the discharge, stay, or bonding of such judgment, order, or decree);

8.8 Misrepresentations . Borrower or any Person acting for Borrower makes any representation, warranty, or other statement now or later in this Agreement, any Loan Document or in any writing delivered to Lender or to induce Lender to enter this Agreement or any Loan Document, and such representation, warranty, or other statement is incorrect in any material respect when made; or

8.9 Subordinated Debt . Any document, instrument, or agreement evidencing any Subordinated Debt shall for any reason be revoked or invalidated or otherwise cease to be in full force and effect, any Person shall be in breach thereof or contest in any manner the validity or enforceability thereof or deny that it has any further liability or obligation thereunder, or the Obligations shall for any reason be subordinated or shall not have the priority contemplated by this Agreement.

8.10 Senior Loan Agreement . The occurrence of an Event of Default (as defined in the Senior Loan Agreement) under the Senior Loan Agreement except to the extent waived or cured (if applicable) in writing.

 

  9 LENDER’S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES

9.1 Rights and Remedies . While an Event of Default occurs and continues Lender may, without notice or demand, do any or all of the following:

(a) declare all Obligations immediately due and payable (but if an Event of Default described in Section 8.5 occurs all Obligations are immediately due and payable without any action by Lender);

(b) stop advancing money or extending credit for Borrower’s benefit under this Agreement or under any other agreement between Borrower and Lender;

(c) settle or adjust disputes and claims directly with Account Debtors for amounts on terms and in any order that Lender considers advisable, notify any Person owing Borrower money of Lender’s security interest in such funds, and verify the amount of such account;

(d) make any payments and do any acts it considers necessary or reasonable to protect the Collateral and/or its security interest in the Collateral. Borrower shall assemble the Collateral if Lender requests and make it available as Lender designates. Lender may enter premises where the Collateral is located, take and maintain possession of any part of the Collateral, and pay, purchase, contest, or compromise any Lien which appears to be prior or superior to its security interest and pay all expenses incurred. Borrower grants Lender a license to enter and occupy any of its premises, without charge, to exercise any of Lender’s rights or remedies;

(e) apply to the Obligations any (i) balances and deposits of Borrower it holds, or (ii) any amount held by Lender owing to or for the credit or the account of Borrower;

(f) ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, advertise for sale, and sell the Collateral. Lender is hereby granted a non-exclusive, royalty-free license or other right to use, without charge, Borrower’s labels, Patents, Copyrights, mask works, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, Trademarks, and advertising matter, or any similar property as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale, and selling any Collateral and, in connection with Lender’s exercise of its rights under this Section, Borrower’s rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements inure to Lender’s benefit;

(g) place a “hold” on any account maintained with Lender and/or deliver a notice of exclusive control, any entitlement order, or other directions or instructions pursuant to any Control Agreement or similar agreements providing control of any Collateral;

(h) demand and receive possession of Borrower’s Books; and

 

-13-


(i) exercise all rights and remedies available to Lender under the Loan Documents or at law or equity, including all remedies provided under the Code (including disposal of the Collateral pursuant to the terms thereof).

9.2 Power of Attorney . Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Lender as its lawful attorney-in-fact, exercisable upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to: (a) endorse Borrower’s name on any checks or other forms of payment or security; (b) sign Borrower’s name on any invoice or bill of lading for any Account or drafts against Account Debtors; (c) settle and adjust disputes and claims about the Accounts directly with Account Debtors, for amounts and on terms Lender determines reasonable; (d) make, settle, and adjust all claims under Borrower’s insurance policies; (e) pay, contest or settle any Lien, charge, encumbrance, security interest, and adverse claim in or to the Collateral, or any judgment based thereon, or otherwise take any action to terminate or discharge the same; and (f) transfer the Collateral into the name of Lender or a third party as the Code permits. Borrower hereby appoints Lender as its lawful attorney-in-fact to sign Borrower’s name on any documents necessary to perfect or continue the perfection of Lender’s security interest in the Collateral regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred until all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) have been satisfied in full and Lender is under no further obligation to make Credit Extensions hereunder. Lender’s foregoing appointment as Borrower’s attorney in fact, and all of Lender’s rights and powers, coupled with an interest, are irrevocable until all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) have been fully repaid and performed and Lender’s obligation to provide Credit Extensions terminates.

9.3 Protective Payments . If Borrower fails to obtain the insurance called for by Section 6.5 or fails to pay any premium thereon or fails to pay any other amount which Borrower is obligated to pay under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, Lender may obtain such insurance or make such payment, and all amounts so paid by Lender are Lender Expenses and immediately due and payable, bearing interest at the then highest rate applicable to the Obligations, and secured by the Collateral. Lender will make reasonable efforts to provide Borrower with notice of Lender obtaining such insurance at the time it is obtained or within a reasonable time thereafter. No payments by Lender are deemed an agreement to make similar payments in the future or Lender’s waiver of any Event of Default.

9.4 Application of Payments and Proceeds Upon Default . If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Lender may apply any funds in its possession, whether from Borrower account balances, payments, proceeds realized as the result of any collection of Accounts or other disposition of the Collateral, or otherwise, to the Obligations in such order as Lender shall determine in its sole discretion. Any surplus shall be paid to Borrower or other Persons legally entitled thereto; Borrower shall remain liable to Lender for any deficiency. If Lender, in its good faith business judgment, directly or indirectly enters into a deferred payment or other credit transaction with any purchaser at any sale of Collateral, Lender shall have the option, exercisable at any time, of either reducing the Obligations by the principal amount of the purchase price or deferring the reduction of the Obligations until the actual receipt by Lender of cash therefor.

9.5 Lender’s Liability for Collateral . So long as Lender complies with reasonable lender practices regarding the safekeeping of the Collateral in the possession or under the control of Lender, Lender shall not be liable or responsible for: (a) the safekeeping of the Collateral; (b) any loss or damage to the Collateral; (c) any diminution in the value of the Collateral; or (d) any act or default of any carrier, warehouseman, bailee, or other Person. Borrower bears all risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral.

9.6 No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative . Lender’s failure, at any time or times, to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall not waive, affect, or diminish any right of Lender thereafter to demand strict performance and compliance herewith or therewith. No waiver hereunder shall be effective unless signed by the party granting the waiver and then is only effective for the specific instance and purpose for which it is given. Lender’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are cumulative. Lender has all rights and remedies provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. Lender’s exercise of one right or remedy is not an election and shall not preclude Lender from exercising any other remedy under this Agreement or other remedy available at law or in equity, and Lender’s waiver of any Event of Default is not a continuing waiver. Lender’s delay in exercising any remedy is not a waiver, election, or acquiescence.

 

-14-


9.7 Demand Waiver . Borrower waives demand, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, notice of any default, nonpayment at maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension, or renewal of accounts, documents, instruments, chattel paper, and guarantees held by Lender on which Borrower is liable.

9.8 Borrower Liability . Either Borrower may, acting singly, request Advances hereunder. Each Borrower hereby appoints the other as agent for the other for all purposes hereunder, including with respect to requesting Advances/Credit Extensions hereunder. Each Borrower hereunder shall be jointly and severally obligated to repay all Advances/Credit Extensions made hereunder, regardless of which Borrower actually receives said Advance/Credit Extension, as if each Borrower hereunder directly received all Advances/Credit Extensions. Each Borrower waives (a) any suretyship defenses available to it under the Code or any other applicable law, including, without limitation, the benefit of California Civil Code Section 2815 permitting revocation as to future transactions and the benefit of California Civil Code Sections 1432, 2809, 2810, 2819, 2839, 2845, 2847, 2848, 2849, 2850, and 2899 and 3433, and (b) any right to require Lender to: (i) proceed against any Borrower or any other person; (ii) proceed against or exhaust any security; or (iii) pursue any other remedy. Lender may exercise or not exercise any right or remedy it has against any Borrower or any security it holds (including the right to foreclose by judicial or non-judicial sale) without affecting any Borrower’s liability. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or other related document, each Borrower irrevocably waives all rights that it may have at law or in equity (including, without limitation, any law subrogating Borrower to the rights of Lender under this Agreement) to seek contribution, indemnification or any other form of reimbursement from any other Borrower, or any other Person now or hereafter primarily or secondarily liable for any of the Obligations, for any payment made by Borrower with respect to the Obligations in connection with this Agreement or otherwise and all rights that it might have to benefit from, or to participate in, any security for the Obligations as a result of any payment made by Borrower with respect to the Obligations in connection with this Agreement or otherwise. Any agreement providing for indemnification, reimbursement or any other arrangement prohibited under this Section shall be null and void. If any payment is made to a Borrower in contravention of this Section, such Borrower shall hold such payment in trust for Lender and such payment shall be promptly delivered to Lender for application to the Obligations, whether matured or unmatured.

9.7 Withholding; Gross-up . All payments to be made by Borrower under this Agreement, whether in respect of principal, interest, fees or otherwise, shall (save insofar as required by law to the contrary) be paid in full without set-off or counterclaim and free and clear of and without any deduction or withholding or payment for or on account of any Taxes that may be imposed in the United Kingdom or any other jurisdiction from which payment may be made by Borrower under this Agreement excluding Taxes on income of Lender. If Borrower shall be required by law to effect any deduction or withholding or payment as aforesaid from or in connection with any payment made under this Agreement for the account of Lender then:

(a) Borrower shall promptly notify Lender upon becoming aware of the relevant requirements to deduct any such deduction or withholding or payment;

(b) Borrower shall ensure that such deduction or withholding or payment does not exceed the minimum legal liability therefor, shall remit the amount of such Tax to the appropriate Taxation authority and shall forthwith pay to Lender such additional amount as will result in the immediate receipt by Lender of the full amount which would otherwise have been receivable hereunder had no such deduction or withholding or payment been made; and

(c) Borrower shall not later than fifty (50) days after each deduction or withholding or payment of any Taxes forward to Lender documentary evidence reasonably required by Lender in respect of the payment of any such Taxes.

 

  10 NOTICES

All notices, consents, requests, approvals, demands, or other communication by any party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document must be in writing and shall be deemed to have been validly served, given, or delivered: (a) upon the earlier of actual receipt and three (3) Business Days after deposit in the U.S. mail or UK mail (as the case my be), first class, registered or certified mail return receipt requested, with proper postage prepaid; (b) upon transmission, when sent by electronic mail or facsimile transmission; (c) one (1) Business Day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier with all charges prepaid; or (d) when delivered, if hand-delivered by messenger, all of which shall be addressed to the party to be notified and sent to the address, facsimile number, or email address indicated below. Lender or Borrower may change its mailing or electronic mail address or facsimile number by giving the other party written notice thereof in accordance with the terms of this Section 10.

 

-15-


If to Borrower:    ChannelAdvisor Corporation
   2701 Aerial Center Parkway
   Morrisville, NC 27560
   Attn: Brad Schomber
   Fax: 866-225-3085
   Email: brad.schomber@channeladvisor.com
If to CA UK:    ChannelAdvisor UK Limited
   Cedar House
   78 Portsmouth Road
   Cobham
   Surrey
   KT11 1AN
   United Kingdom
If to Lender:    Gold Hill Capital 2008, L.P.
   One Almaden Blvd. Suite 630
   San Jose, CA 95113
   Attn: Jeff Brown
   Fax (408) 200-7841
   Email: JBrown@goldhillcapital.com.com
with a copy to:    Riemer & Braunstein LLP
   Three Center Plaza
   Boston, Massachusetts 02108
   Attn:    David A. Ephraim, Esquire
   Fax:    (617) 880-3456
   Email:    DEphraim@riemerlaw.com

 

  11 CHOICE OF LAW, VENUE AND JURY TRIAL WAIVER

California law governs the Loan Documents (other than the Debenture) without regard to principles of conflicts of law. Borrower and Lender each submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the State and Federal courts in Santa Clara County, California; provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to operate to preclude Lender from bringing suit or taking other legal action in any other jurisdiction to realize on the Collateral or any other security for the Obligations, or to enforce a judgment or other court order in favor of Lender. Borrower expressly submits and consents in advance to such jurisdiction in any action or suit commenced in any such court, and Borrower hereby waives any objection that it may have based upon lack of personal jurisdiction, improper venue, or forum non conveniens and hereby consents to the granting of such legal or equitable relief as is deemed appropriate by such court. Borrower hereby waives personal service of the summons, complaints, and other process issued in such action or suit and agrees that service of such summons, complaints, and other process may be made by registered or certified mail addressed to Borrower at the address set forth in Section 10 of this Agreement and that service so made shall be deemed completed upon the earlier to occur of Borrower’s actual receipt thereof or three (3) days after deposit in the U.S. mails, proper postage prepaid.

BORROWER AND LENDER EACH WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT, THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT, TORT, BREACH OF DUTY AND ALL OTHER CLAIMS. THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR BOTH PARTIES TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS COUNSEL .

WITHOUT INTENDING IN ANY WAY TO LIMIT THE PARTIES’ AGREEMENT TO WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY, if the above waiver of the right to a trial by jury is not enforceable,

 

-16-


the parties hereto agree that any and all disputes or controversies of any nature between them arising at any time shall be decided by a reference to a private judge, mutually selected by the parties (or, if they cannot agree, by the Presiding Judge of the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court) appointed in accordance with California Code of Civil Procedure Section 638 (or pursuant to comparable provisions of federal law if the dispute falls within the exclusive jurisdiction of the federal courts), sitting without a jury, in Santa Clara County, California; and the parties hereby submit to the jurisdiction of such court. The reference proceedings shall be conducted pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure §§ 638 through 645.1, inclusive. The private judge shall have the power, among others, to grant provisional relief, including without limitation, entering temporary restraining orders, issuing preliminary and permanent injunctions and appointing receivers. All such proceedings shall be closed to the public and confidential and all records relating thereto shall be permanently sealed. If during the course of any dispute, a party desires to seek provisional relief, but a judge has not been appointed at that point pursuant to the judicial reference procedures, then such party may apply to the Santa Clara County, California Superior Court for such relief. The proceeding before the private judge shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of evidence applicable to judicial proceedings. The parties shall be entitled to discovery which shall be conducted in the same manner as it would be before a court under the rules of discovery applicable to judicial proceedings. The private judge shall oversee discovery and may enforce all discovery rules and orders applicable to judicial proceedings in the same manner as a trial court judge. The parties agree that the selected or appointed private judge shall have the power to decide all issues in the action or proceeding, whether of fact or of law, and shall report a statement of decision thereon pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure § 644(a). Nothing in this paragraph shall limit the right of any party at any time to exercise self-help remedies, foreclose against collateral, or obtain provisional remedies. The private judge shall also determine all issues relating to the applicability, interpretation, and enforceability of this paragraph.

 

  12 GENERAL PROVISIONS

12.1 Successors and Assigns . This Agreement binds and is for the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of each party. Borrower may not assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations under it without Lender’s prior written consent (which may be granted or withheld in Lender’s discretion). Lender has the right, without the consent of or notice to Borrower, to sell, transfer, assign, negotiate, or grant participation in all or any part of, or any interest in, Lender’s obligations, rights, and benefits under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (other than the Warrant, as to which assignment, transfer and other such actions are governed by the terms of the Warrant).

12.2 Indemnification . Borrower agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Lender and its directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, or any other Person affiliated with or representing Lender (each, an “Indemnified Person”) harmless against: (a) all obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities (collectively, “Claims”) claimed or asserted by any other party in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents; and (b) all losses or expenses (including Lender Expenses) in any way suffered, incurred, or paid by such Indemnified Person as a result of, following from, consequential to, or arising from transactions between Lender and Borrower contemplated by the Loan Documents (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), except for Claims and/or losses directly caused by such Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

12.3 Time of Essence . Time is of the essence for the performance of all Obligations in this Agreement.

12.4 Severability of Provisions . Each provision of this Agreement is severable from every other provision in determining the enforceability of any provision.

12.5 Correction of Loan Documents . Lender may correct patent errors and fill in any blanks in the Loan Documents consistent with the agreement of the parties.

12.6 Amendments in Writing; Waiver; Integration . No purported amendment or modification of any Loan Document, or waiver, discharge or termination of any obligation under any Loan Document, shall be enforceable or admissible unless, and only to the extent, expressly set forth in a writing signed by the party against which enforcement or admission is sought. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no oral promise or statement, nor any action, inaction, delay, failure to require performance or course of conduct shall operate as, or evidence, an amendment, supplement or waiver or have any other effect on any Loan Document. Any waiver granted shall be limited to the specific circumstance expressly described in it, and shall not apply to any subsequent

 

-17-


or other circumstance, whether similar or dissimilar, or give rise to, or evidence, any obligation or commitment to grant any further waiver. The Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of the Loan Documents merge into the Loan Documents.

12.7 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, is an original, and all taken together, constitute one Agreement.

12.8 Survival . All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement continue in full force until this Agreement has terminated pursuant to its terms and all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations and any other obligations which, by their terms, are to survive the termination of this Agreement) have been paid in full and satisfied. The obligation of Borrower in Section 12.2 to indemnify Lender shall survive until the statute of limitations with respect to such claim or cause of action shall have run.

12.9 Confidentiality . In handling any confidential information, Lender shall exercise the same degree of care that it exercises for its own proprietary information, but disclosure of information may be made: (a) to Lender’s Subsidiaries or Affiliates (such Subsidiaries and Affiliates, together with Lender, collectively, “Lender Entities”); (b) to prospective transferees or purchasers of any interest in the Credit Extensions ( provided , however , Lender shall use its best efforts to obtain any prospective transferee’s or purchaser’s agreement to the terms of this provision); (c) as required by law, regulation, subpoena, or other order; (d) to Lender’s regulators or as otherwise required in connection with Lender’s examination or audit; (e) as Lender considers appropriate in exercising remedies under the Loan Documents; and (f) to third-party service providers of Lender so long as such service providers have executed a confidentiality agreement with Lender with terms no less restrictive than those contained herein. Confidential information does not include information that is either: (i) in the public domain or in Lender’s possession when disclosed to Lender, or becomes part of the public domain after disclosure to Lender through no fault of Lender; or (ii) disclosed to Lender by a third party if Lender does not know that the third party is prohibited from disclosing the information.

Lender Entities may use the confidential information for reporting purposes and the development and distribution of databases, reporting purposes, and market analyses so long as such confidential information is aggregated and anonymized prior to distribution unless otherwise expressly permitted by Borrower. The provisions of the immediately preceding sentence shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

12.10 Electronic Execution of Documents . The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature” and words of like import in any Loan Document (excluding the Debenture) shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity and enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping systems, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including, without limitation, any state law based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

12.11 Right of Set Off . Borrower hereby grants to Lender, a lien, security interest and right of set off as security for all Obligations to Lender, whether now existing or hereafter arising upon and against all deposits, credits, collateral and property, now or hereafter in the possession, custody, safekeeping or control of Lender or any entity under the control of Lender (including a Lender subsidiary) or in transit to any of them. At any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, without demand or notice, Lender may set off the same or any part thereof and apply the same to any liability or obligation of Borrower even though unmatured and regardless of the adequacy of any other collateral securing the Obligations. ANY AND ALL RIGHTS TO REQUIRE LENDER TO EXERCISE ITS RIGHTS OR REMEDIES WITH RESPECT TO ANY OTHER COLLATERAL WHICH SECURES THE OBLIGATIONS, PRIOR TO EXERCISING ITS RIGHT OF SETOFF WITH RESPECT TO SUCH DEPOSITS, CREDITS OR OTHER PROPERTY OF BORROWER ARE HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVED.

12.12 Captions . The headings used in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

12.13 Construction of Agreement . The parties mutually acknowledge that they and their attorneys have participated in the preparation and negotiation of this Agreement. In cases of uncertainty this Agreement shall be construed without regard to which of the parties caused the uncertainty to exist.

 

-18-


12.14 Relationship . The relationship of the parties to this Agreement is determined solely by the provisions of this Agreement. The parties do not intend to create any agency, partnership, joint venture, trust, fiduciary or other relationship with duties or incidents different from those of parties to an arm’s-length contract.

12.15 Third Parties . Nothing in this Agreement, whether express or implied, is intended to: (a) confer any benefits, rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement on any persons other than the express parties to it and their respective permitted successors and assigns; (b) relieve or discharge the obligation or liability of any person not an express party to this Agreement; or (c) give any person not an express party to this Agreement any right of subrogation or action against any party to this Agreement. A Person who is not a party to this Agreement has no rights under the contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce or enjoy the benefit of any terms of this Agreement.

12.16 European Monetary Union . If the United Kingdom becomes a Participating Member State then during any period when two currencies or currency units may be recognized as the lawful currency or currencies units within the United Kingdom: (i) any reference in, any obligations arising under, any Loan Document to one such currency or currency unit may be converted into, or paid in, any other currency unit as is recognized as the lawful currency or currency unit in the United Kingdom; and (ii) any conversion from one such currency or currency unit shall be at the official rate of exchange or conversion rate established by legislation for the conversion of that currency or currency unit into the other, rounded in accordance with such legislation. If the United Kingdom becomes a Participating Member State this Agreement and the other Loan Document will be amended to the extent Lender (acting reasonably and after consultation with Borrower) determines is necessary to reflect the change in currency.

 

  13 DEFINITIONS

13.1 Definitions . As used in the Loan Documents, the word “shall” is mandatory, the word “may” is permissive, the word “or” is not exclusive, the words “includes” and “including” are not limiting, the singular includes the plural, and numbers denoting amounts that are set off in brackets are negative. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms have the following meanings:

Account ” is any “account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes, without limitation, all accounts receivable and other sums owing to Borrower.

Account Debtor ” is any “account debtor” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Affiliate ” is, with respect to any Person, each other Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly the Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the Person, and each of that Person’s senior executive officers, directors, partners and, for any Person that is a limited liability company, that Person’s managers and members.

Agreement ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Board ” is Borrower’s Board of Directors.

Borrower ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Borrower’s Books ” are all Borrower’s books and records including ledgers, federal and state tax returns, records regarding Borrower’s assets or liabilities, the Collateral, business operations or financial condition, and all computer programs or storage or any equipment containing such information.

Business Day ” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday, a day on which Lender is closed or a day on which lending banks are closed for general business in the City of London, United Kingdom.

 

-19-


CA UK ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Cash Equivalents ” means (a) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States or any agency or any State thereof having maturities of not more than one (1) year from the date of acquisition; (b) commercial paper maturing no more than one (1) year after its creation and having the highest rating from either Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.; and (c) certificates of deposit issued maturing no more than one (1) year after issue.

CFO Checklist ” is that certain checklist in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D .

Claims ” is defined in Section 12.2.

Code ” is (a) with respect to Borrower (other than CA UK) or any assets located in the United States, the Uniform Commercial Code, as the same may, from time to time, be enacted and in effect in the State of California; provided, that, to the extent that the Code is used to define any term herein or in any Loan Document and such term is defined differently in different Articles or Divisions of the Code, the definition of such term contained in Article or Division 9 shall govern; provided further, that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the attachment, perfection, or priority of, or remedies with respect to, Lender’s Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of California, the term “ Code ” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes on the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority, or remedies and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions, and (b) with respect to CA UK or any assets located outside of the United States, any applicable law.

Collateral ” is (a) with respect to Borrower (other than CA UK), any and all properties, rights and assets of Borrower (other than CA UK) described on Exhibit A, and (b) with respect to the CA UK, the “Collateral” as defined in the Debenture.

Collateral Account ” is any Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

Commodity Account ” is any “commodity account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Common Stock ” is defined in Section 2.5.

Compliance Certificate ” is that certain certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C .

Contingent Obligation ” is, for any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or not, of that Person for (a) any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another such as an obligation, in each case, directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made, discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or for which that Person is directly or indirectly liable; (b) any obligations for undrawn letters of credit for the account of that Person; and (c) all obligations from any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap or collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; but “Contingent Obligation” does not include endorsements in the ordinary course of business. The amount of a Contingent Obligation is the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation for which the Contingent Obligation is made or, if not determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability for it determined by the Person in good faith; but the amount may not exceed the maximum of the obligations under any guarantee or other support arrangement.

Control Agreement ” is any control agreement entered into among the depository institution at which Borrower maintains a Deposit Account or the securities intermediary or commodity intermediary at which Borrower maintains a Securities Account or a Commodity Account, Borrower, and Lender pursuant to which Lender obtains control (within the meaning of the Code) over such Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

Conversion Amount ” is defined in Section 2.5.

Conversion Right ” is defined in Section 2.5.

 

-20-


Copyrights ” are any and all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work or authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished and whether or not the same also constitutes a trade secret.

Credit Extension ” is any Growth Capital Advance or any other extension of credit by Lender for Borrower’s benefit.

Debenture ” means the mortgage debenture dated on or about the Effective Date between CA UK and Lender, as amended, modified, supplemented, or restated from time to time.

Default Rate ” is defined in Section 2.2(b).

Deposit Account ” is any “deposit account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Dollars , ” “ dollars ” or use of the sign “ $ ” means only lawful money of the United States and not any other currency, regardless of whether that currency uses the “$” sign to denote its currency or may be readily converted into lawful money of the United States.

Domestic Subsidiary ” means a Subsidiary organized under the laws of the United States or any state or territory thereof or the District of Columbia.

Effective Date ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Equipment ” is all “equipment” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all machinery, fixtures, goods, vehicles (including motor vehicles and trailers), and any interest in any of the foregoing.

ERISA ” is the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and its regulations.

Event of Default ” is defined in Section 8.

Exchange Act ” is the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Final Payment ” is a payment (in addition to and not a substitution for the regular monthly payments of interest, or principal and interest, as applicable) with respect to each Growth Capital Advance due on the earliest of (a) the Growth Capital Maturity Date, (b) the acceleration of the Growth Capital Advance, or (c) any voluntary or involuntary prepayment of the Growth Capital Advance, equal to the amount of the Growth Capital Advance multiplied by the Final Payment Percentage.

Final Payment Percentage ” is two percent (2.0%).

Financed Equipment ” is all present and future Equipment in which Borrower has any interest which is financed under the Senior Loan Agreement.

Foreign Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary which is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

Funding Date ” is any date on which a Credit Extension is made to or for the account of Borrower which shall be a Business Day.

GAAP ” (a) in respect of CA UK, generally accepted accounting principles in the United Kingdom, and (b) in respect of Borrower (other than CA UK), generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other Person as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination.

 

-21-


General Intangibles ” is all “general intangibles” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation, all Intellectual Property, claims, income and other tax refunds, security and other deposits, payment intangibles, contract rights, options to purchase or sell real or personal property, rights in all litigation presently or hereafter pending (whether in contract, tort or otherwise), insurance policies (including without limitation key man, property damage, and business interruption insurance), payments of insurance and rights to payment of any kind.

Governmental Approval ” is any consent, authorization, approval, order, license, franchise, permit, certificate, accreditation, registration, filing or notice, of, issued by, from or to, or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority.

Governmental Authority ” is any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, any securities exchange and any self-regulatory organization.

Growth Capital Advance ” or “ Growth Capital Advances ” means an advance (or advances) under the Growth Capital Loan.

Growth Capital Advance A ” and “ Growth Capital Advance B ” are each defined in Section 2.1.1(a).

Growth Capital Loan ” is a loan made by Lender pursuant to the terms of Section 2.1.1 hereof.

Growth Capital Advance B Draw Period ” is the period of time commencing upon the occurrence of the Revenue Event through the earlier to occur of (a) December 31, 2012, or (b) an Event of Default.

Growth Capital Maturity Date is February 1, 2017.

Growth Capital Payment is defined in Section 2.1.1(c).

Indebtedness ” is (a) indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred price of property or services, such as reimbursement and other obligations for surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) capital lease obligations, and (d) Contingent Obligations.

Indemnified Person ” is defined in Section 12.2.

Initial Draw Amount ” is Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000).

Insolvency Proceeding ” is defined in Section 8.5.

Intellectual Property ” means all of Borrower’s right, title, and interest in and to the following:

(a) its Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents;

(b) any and all trade secrets and trade secret rights, including, without limitation, any rights to unpatented inventions, know-how, operating manuals;

(c) any and all source code;

(d) any and all design rights which may be available to a Borrower;

(e) any and all claims for damages by way of past, present and future infringement of any of the foregoing, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect such damages for said use or infringement of the Intellectual Property rights identified above; and

(f) all amendments, renewals and extensions of any of the Copyrights, Trademarks or Patents.

 

-22-


Inventory ” is all “inventory” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products, including without limitation such inventory as is temporarily out of Borrower’s custody or possession or in transit and including any returned goods and any documents of title representing any of the above.

Investment ” is any beneficial ownership interest in any Person (including stock, partnership interest or other securities), and any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person.

Lender ” is defined in the preamble hereof.

Lender Entities ” is defined in Section 12.9.

Lender Expenses ” are all audit fees and expenses, costs, and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) for preparing, amending, negotiating, administering, defending and enforcing the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, those incurred in connection with appeals or Insolvency Proceedings) or otherwise incurred with respect to Borrower.

Lien ” is a claim, mortgage, deed of trust, levy, charge, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance of any kind, whether voluntarily incurred or arising by operation of law or otherwise against any property.

Loan Documents ” are, collectively, this Agreement, the Warrant, the RTI Letter, the Perfection Certificate, the Debenture, any note, or notes or guaranties executed by Borrower, and any other present or future agreement between Borrower and/or for the benefit of Lender in connection with this Agreement, all as amended, restated, or otherwise modified.

Monthly Financial Statements ” is defined in Section 6.2(a).

Obligations ” are Borrower’s obligations to pay when due any debts, principal, interest, Lender Expenses, the Final Payment and other amounts Borrower owes Lender now or later, whether under this Agreement, the Loan Documents, or otherwise, including, without limitation, all obligations relating to letters of credit (including reimbursement obligations for drawn and undrawn letters of credit), cash management services, and foreign exchange contracts, if any, and including interest accruing after Insolvency Proceedings begin and debts, liabilities, or obligations of Borrower assigned to Lender, and to perform Borrower’s duties under the Loan Documents.

Operating Documents ” are, for any Person, such Person’s formation documents, as certified with the Secretary of State of such Person’s state of formation on a date that is no earlier than 30 days prior to the Effective Date, and, (a) if such Person is a corporation, its bylaws or memorandum and articles of association (or similar document, as the case may be) in current form, (b) if such Person is a limited liability company, its limited liability company agreement (or similar agreement), and (c) if such Person is a partnership, its partnership agreement (or similar agreement), each of the foregoing with all current amendments or modifications thereto.

Parent ” means CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation.

Participating Member State ” means any member state of the European Communities that adopts or has adopted the euro as its lawful currency in accordance with legislation of the European Community relating to Economic and Monetary Union.

Patents ” means all patents, patent applications and like protections including without limitation improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same.

Payment/Advance Form ” is that certain form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

Payment Date ” is the first calendar day of each month.

Perfection Certificate ” is defined in Section 5.1.

Permitted Indebtedness ” is:

(a) Borrower’s Indebtedness to (i) Lenders under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and (ii) Silicon Valley Bank under the Senior Loan Agreement;

 

-23-


(b) Indebtedness existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate;

(c) Subordinated Debt;

(d) unsecured Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business and with respect to surety bonds and similar obligations;

(e) Indebtedness incurred as a result of endorsing negotiable instruments received in the ordinary course of business;

(f) Indebtedness secured by Liens permitted under clauses (a) and (c) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” hereunder; and

(g) extensions, refinancings, modifications, amendments and restatements of any items of Permitted Indebtedness (a) through (f) above, provided that the principal amount thereof is not increased or the terms thereof are not modified to impose more burdensome terms upon Borrower or its Subsidiary, as the case may be.

Permitted Investments ” are:

(a) Investments (including, without limitation, Subsidiaries) existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate;

(b) Investments consisting of Cash Equivalents;

(c) Investments consisting of the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of Borrower;

(d) Investments consisting of deposit accounts in which Lender has a perfected security interest;

(e) Investments accepted in connection with Transfers permitted by Section 7.1;

(f) Investments consisting of (i) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of a Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plans or agreements approved by such Borrower’s Board of Directors;

(g) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business;

(h) joint ventures or strategic alliances consisting solely of the non-exclusive licensing of technology, the development of technology or the providing of technical support; provided that there is no cash Investments by Borrower in connection therewith in excess of $150,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year;

(i) Investments of Subsidiaries in or to other Subsidiaries or Borrower and (ii) so long as no Event of Default has occurred, is continuing, or would result therefrom, no more than the Dollar equivalent of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) in Investments by Borrower in its Subsidiaries in the aggregate in any fiscal year;

(j) Investments pursuant to or arising under currency agreements or interest rate agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(k) Investments permitted under Section 7.3;

 

-24-


(l) Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business; provided that this paragraph (l) shall not apply to Investments of Borrower in any Subsidiary; and

(m) Other Investments not otherwise permitted by Section 7.7 not exceeding $150,000 in the aggregate in any fiscal year.

Permitted Liens ” are:

(a) Liens existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate or arising under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and Silicon Valley Bank under the Senior Loan Agreement;

(b) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other government charges or levies, either (i) not delinquent or (ii) being contested in good faith and for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves on its Books, provided that no notice of any such Lien has been filed or recorded under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury Regulations adopted thereunder;

(c) purchase money Liens or capital leases (i) on Equipment (other than Financed Equipment) acquired or held by Borrower incurred for financing the acquisition of the Equipment (other than Financed Equipment) securing no more than Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00) in the aggregate amount per fiscal year, or (ii) existing on Equipment (other than Financed Equipment) when acquired, if the Lien is confined to the property and improvements and the proceeds of the Equipment;

(d) Liens of materialmen, mechanics, carriers, warehousemen, suppliers, or other Persons that are possessory in nature arising in the ordinary course of business so long as such Liens attach only to Inventory, securing liabilities in the aggregate amount not to exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) and which are not delinquent or remain payable without penalty or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings which proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property subject thereto;

(e) Liens to secure payment of workers’ compensation, employment insurance, old-age pensions, social security and other like obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business (other than Liens imposed by ERISA);

(f) Leases or subleases of real property granted in the ordinary course of a Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), and leases, subleases, non-exclusive licenses or sublicenses of personal property (other than Intellectual Property) granted in the ordinary course of a Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), if the leases, subleases, licenses and sublicenses do not prohibit granting Lender a security interest therein;

(g) (i) non-exclusive license of Intellectual Property granted to third parties in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) licenses of Intellectual Property that could not result in a legal transfer of title of the licensed property that may be exclusive in respects other than territory and that may be exclusive as to territory only as to discreet geographical areas outside of the United States;

(h) Easements, reservations, rights-of-way, restrictions, minor defects or irregularities in title and other similar Liens affecting real property not interfering in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of the business of Borrower;

(i) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for borrowed money), contracts for the purchase of property, leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business and not representing an obligation for borrowed money;

(j) other Liens not described above arising in the ordinary course of business and not having or not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole and not having any priority over the Lien in favor of Lender;

 

-25-


(k) Liens arising from attachments or judgments, orders, or decrees in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Sections 8.4 and 8.7;

(l) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business and as a matter of law to secure payments of custom duties in connection with the importation of goods; and

(m) Liens incurred in the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens described in (a) through (l), but any extension, renewal or replacement Lien must be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness may not increase.

Person ” is any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, company, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or government agency.

Registered Organization ” is any “registered organization” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Requirement of Law ” is as to any Person, the organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law (statutory or common), treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

Responsible Officer ” is any of the Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Controller of Borrower, or, in respect of CA UK, the UK equivalent thereof.

Restricted License ” is any material license or other agreement with respect to which Borrower is the licensee (a) that prohibits or otherwise restricts Borrower from granting a security interest in Borrower’s interest in such license or agreement or any other property, or (b) for which a default under or termination of could interfere with the Lender’s right to sell any Collateral.

Revenue Event ” is the delivery by Borrower to Lender, on or before July 30, 2012, of evidence acceptable to Lender in Lender’s sole discretion that Borrower achieved revenues, determined in accordance with GAAP, of at least Twenty Million Six Hundred Thousand Dollars ($20,600,000.00) for the period commencing on January 1, 2012 through and including June 30, 2012.

RTI Letter ” is defined in Section 2.5.

SEC ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission, any successor thereto, and any analogous Governmental Authority.

Securities Account ” is any “securities account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

Senior Loan Agreement ” means that certain Loan and Security Agreement by and between Silicon Valley Bank, a California corporation, and Borrower dated as of December 23, 2009, as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, in a maximum principal amount of up to Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000).

Subordinated Debt ” is indebtedness incurred by Borrower subordinated to all of Borrower’s now or hereafter indebtedness to Lender (pursuant to a subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Lender entered into between Lender and the other creditor), on terms acceptable to Lender.

Subsidiary ” is, as to any Person, (a) a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which shares of stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or such other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the board of directors or other managers of such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by

 

-26-


such Person, (b) a subsidiary as defined in Section 1159 of the UK Companies Act 2006, or (c) unless the context otherwise requires, a subsidiary undertaking within the meaning of Section 1162 of the UK Companies Act 2006. Unless the context otherwise requires, each reference to a Subsidiary herein shall be a reference to a Subsidiary of Borrower.

Taxes ” means any present or future taxes, levies, duties, imposts or other charges or withholdings of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same), and “ Tax ” and “ Taxation ” have a corresponding meaning.

Trademarks ” means any trademark and servicemark rights, whether registered or not, applications to register and registrations of the same and like protections, and the entire goodwill of the business of Borrower connected with and symbolized by such trademarks.

Transfer ” is defined in Section 7.1.

United Kingdom ” and “ UK ” means the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland.

UK Insolvency Proceeding ” means (a) any step is taken with a view to a moratorium or a composition, assignment or similar arrangement with any of its creditors; (b) a meeting of its shareholders, directors or other officers is convened for the purpose of considering any resolution for, to petition for or to make an application to or to file documents with a court or any registrar for, its winding-up, administration or dissolution or any such resolution is passed; (c) an order is made for its winding-up, administration or dissolution, or any Person presents a petition, or makes an application to or files documents with a court or any registrar, for its winding-up, administration or dissolution, or gives notice to Lender of an intention to appoint an administrator; (d) any liquidator, receiver, administrative receiver, administrator or similar officer is appointed in respect of it or any of its assets; or (e) its shareholders, directors or other officers request the appointment of, or give notice of their intention to appoint, a liquidator, receiver, administrator or similar officer.

US Insolvency Proceeding ” is any proceeding by or against any Person under the Code, or any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, compositions, extensions generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.

Warrant ” is that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock dated as of the Effective Date executed by Borrower in favor of Lender.

[ Signature page follows. ]

 

-27-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the Effective Date.

 

BORROWER:
CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION
By  

LOGO

Name:   M. Scot Wingo
Title:   CEO
MERCHANDISINGADVISOR CORPORATION
By  

LOGO

Name:   M. Scot Wingo
Title:   Director
CA MARKETPLACES, INC.
By  

LOGO

Name:   M. Scot Wingo
Title:   Director
EXECUTED as a DEED by CHANNELADVISOR UK LIMITED acting by a director in the presence of:

LOGO

Signature of director

LOGO

Signature of witness
Print name:   M. Scot Wingo
Address:   2701 Aerial Center Pkwy, Morrisville, NC 27560 USA
Occupation:  

VP & General Counsel

CA WASHINGTON, LLC
By  

LOGO

Name:   M. Scot Wingo
Title:   Member
LENDER:
GOLD HILL CAPITAL 2008, L.P.
By:   GOLD HILL CAPITAL 2008, LLC
Its:   General Partner
By  

LOGO

Name:  

Jeff Brown

Title:  

Associate

Gold Hill Capital

 

1


EXHIBIT A – COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION

The Collateral consists of all of Borrower’s right, title and interest in and to the following personal property:

All goods, Accounts (including health-care receivables), Equipment, Inventory, contract rights or rights to payment of money, leases, license agreements, franchise agreements, General Intangibles (except as provided below), commercial tort claims, documents, instruments (including any promissory notes), chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic), cash, deposit accounts, fixtures, letters of credit rights (whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing), securities, and all other investment property, supporting obligations, and financial assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, wherever located; and

all Borrower’s Books relating to the foregoing, and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions, attachments, accessories, accessions and improvements to and replacements, products, proceeds and insurance proceeds of any or all of the foregoing.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral does not include (a) more than 65% of the presently existing and hereafter arising issued and outstanding shares of capital stock owned by Borrower of any Foreign Subsidiary which shares entitle the holder thereof to vote for directors or any other matter or (b) any Intellectual Property; provided, however, the Collateral shall include all Accounts and all proceeds of Intellectual Property. If a judicial authority (including a U.S. Bankruptcy Court) would hold that a security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in such Accounts and such property that are proceeds of Intellectual Property, then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of the Effective Date, include the Intellectual Property to the extent necessary to permit perfection of Lender’s security interest in such Accounts and such other property of Borrower that are proceeds of the Intellectual Property.

Pursuant to the terms of a certain negative pledge arrangement with Lender, Borrower has agreed not to encumber any of its Intellectual Property, without Lender’s prior written consent.

 

1


EXHIBIT B – LOAN PAYMENT/ADVANCE REQUEST FORM

D EADLINE FOR SAME DAY PROCESSING IS N OON P ACIFIC T IME

 

Fax To:    Date:  

 

L OAN P AYMENT :

CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION

MERCHANDISINGADVISOR CORPORATION

CA MARKETPLACES, INC.

CHANNELADVISOR UK LIMITED

CA WASHINGTON, LLC

 

From Account #  

 

    To Account #  

 

        (Deposit Account #)         (Loan Account #)
Principal $  

 

      and/or Interest $  

 

Authorized Signature:   

 

         Phone Number:  

 

 
Print Name/Title:  

 

L OAN A DVANCE :

Complete Outgoing Wire Request section below if all or a portion of the funds from this loan advance are for an outgoing wire.

 

From Account #  

 

    To Account #  

 

        (Loan Account #)         (Deposit Account #)

 

Amount of Advance $  

 

All Borrower’s representations and warranties in the Loan and Security Agreement are true, correct and complete in all material respects on the date of the request for an advance; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date:

 

Authorized Signature:   

 

         Phone Number:  

 

 
Print Name/Title:  

 

O UTGOING W IRE R EQUEST :

Complete only if all or a portion of funds from the loan advance above is to be wired.

Deadline for same day processing is noon, Pacific Time

 

Beneficiary Name:  

 

    Amount of Wire: $  

 

Beneficiary Bank:  

 

    Account Number:  

 

City and State:   

 

 

Beneficiary Bank Transit (ABA) #:  

                                   

       Beneficiary Bank Code (Swift, Sort, Chip, etc.):  

                              

     

(For International Wire Only)

 

 

Intermediary Bank:  

 

              Transit (ABA) #:  

 

For Further Credit to:   

 

 

Special Instruction:   

 

By signing below, I (we) acknowledge and agree that my (our) funds transfer request shall be processed in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the agreements(s) covering funds transfer service(s), which agreements(s) were previously received and executed by me (us).

 

Authorized Signature:  

 

    2 nd  Signature (if required):  

 

Print Name/Title:  

 

    Print Name/Title:  

 

Telephone #:  

 

    Telephone #:  

 

 

1


EXHIBIT C

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

TO:   GOLD HILL CAPITAL 2008, L.P.     Date:  

 

FROM:   CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION      
  MERCHANDISINGADVISOR CORPORATION      
  CA MARKETPLACES, INC.      
  CHANNELADVISOR UK LIMITED      
  CA WASHINGTON, LLC      

The undersigned authorized officer of CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION; MERCHANDISINGADVISOR; CORPORATION; CA MARKETPLACES, INC.; CHANNELADVISOR UK LIMITED; and CA WASHINGTON, LLC (individually and collectively, jointly and severally, “Borrower”) certifies that under the terms and conditions of the Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Lender (as amended, the “Agreement”):

(1) Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending                      with all required covenants except as noted below; (2) there are no Events of Default; (3) all representations and warranties in the Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on this date except as noted below; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date; (4) Borrower, and each of its Subsidiaries, has timely filed all required tax returns and reports or timely filed extensions therefore, unless there is no payment of taxes due, and Borrower has timely paid all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 5.8 of the Agreement; and (5) no Liens have been levied or claims made against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to unpaid employee payroll or benefits of which Borrower has not previously provided written notification to Lender.

Attached are the required documents supporting the certification. The undersigned certifies that these are prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes. The undersigned acknowledges that no borrowings may be requested at any time or date of determination that Borrower is not in compliance with any of the terms of the Agreement, and that compliance is determined not just at the date this certificate is delivered. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Agreement.

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” column.

 

Reporting Covenant

  

Required

  

Complies

Financial Statements and Compliance Certificate    Monthly within 30 days    Yes  No

Annual Financial Statements (CPA Audited) and

Management Letter (if prepared)

   FYE within 180 days    Yes  No
Board Projections    Within 30 days of board approval, but at least annually and any subsequent Board-approved amendments    Yes  No
409A Valuations    Within 30 days of when completed   
CFO Quarterly Checklist    Within 30 days after each quarter   

 

The following Intellectual Property was registered (or a registration application submitted) after the Effective Date (if no registrations, state “None”)

 

 

 

1


The following are the exceptions with respect to the certification above: (If no exceptions exist, state “No exceptions to note.”)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

      LENDER USE ONLY
CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION, on behalf of all Borrowers      
    Received by:   

 

        AUTHORIZED SIGNER
By:  

 

    Date:  

 

Name:  

 

     
Title:  

 

    Verified:  

 

        AUTHORIZED SIGNER
      Date:  

 

          Compliance Status:   Yes    No

 

2


EXHIBIT D

CFO CHECKLIST

 

LOGO

Quarterly Investment Questionnaire

 

 

Please take a few minutes to provide us with the following information which we use to value our loans, warrants, and/or direct equity positions. Please return the questionnaire and accompanying information either via e-mail or fax (408) 200-7841 no later than                     . Thank you for your assistance

 

Capitalization
   Yes    No    Comments
Were there any changes to the capitalization structure in the past three months? If yes, please attach Certificate of Incorporation (if amended in the past three months in connection with such capitalization structure change) and Cap Table.    ¨    ¨   
Was a 409a valuation completed in the past three months? If yes, please attach.    ¨    ¨   
Current Preferred Price per Share   

Series              (i.e. Series A, B, etc)

$                 /share

Current Common Price per Share    $                 /share
Financial Metrics         
   Comments
Please attach financial statements for the Quarter Ending                     (if not already provided)   
Please attach your most recent financial forecast (if not already provided)   
Company Performance         
[Please replace this text with any information regarding company performance-to-plan, significant milestones, management changes, etc. within the past three months.]

 

Signature  

 

     
Name:  

 

    Date         /    /        
Title:  

 

     
Company:  

 

     

1406677.3

 

3

Exhibit 10.3

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

Company: ChannelAdvisor Corporation, a Delaware corporation

Number of Shares: 175,000

Class of Stock: Series A Preferred Stock (the “Shares”)

Issue Date: February 27, 2004

Expiration Date: February 27, 2014

Warrant Price: $0.20

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for the agreed upon value of $1.00 and for other good and valuable consideration, SILICON VALLEY BANK (“Holder”) is entitled to purchase a number of fully paid and nonassessable shares (as set forth below) of the class of securities (the “Shares”) of the company (the “Company”) at the Warrant Price, as set forth below and as adjusted pursuant to Article 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant.

ARTICLE 1. EXERCISE .

1.1 Method of Exercise . Holder may exercise this Warrant by delivering a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached as Appendix 1 to the principal office of the Company. Unless Holder is exercising the conversion right set forth in Article 1.2, Holder shall also deliver to the Company a check, wire transfer (to an account designated by the Company), or other from of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

1.2 Conversion Right . In lieu of exercising this Warrant as specified in Article 1.1, Holder may from time to time convert this Warrant, in whole or in part, into a number of Shares determined by dividing (a) the aggregate fair market value of the Shares or other securities otherwise issuable upon exercise of this Warrant minus the aggregate Warrant Price of such Shares by (b) the fair market value of one Share. The fair market value of the Shares shall be determined pursuant to Article 1.3.

1.3 Fair Market Value . If the Company’s common stock is traded in a public market and the shares are common stock, the fair market value of each Share shall be the closing price of a Share reported for the business day immediately before Holder delivers its Notice of Exercise to the Company (or in the instance where the Warrant is exercised immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s initial public offering, the “price to public” per share price specified in the final prospectus relating to such offering). If the Company’s common stock is traded in a public market and the Shares are preferred stock, the


fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price of a share of the Company’s common stock reported for the business day immediately before Holder delivers its Notice of Exercise to the Company (or, in the instance where the Warrant is exercised immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s initial public offering, the initial “price to public” per share price specified in the final prospectus relating to such offering), in both cases, multiplied by the number of shares of the Company’s common stock into which a Share is convertible. If the Company’s common stock is not traded in a public market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine fair market value in its reasonable good faith judgment.

1.4 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant . Promptly after Holder exercises or converts this Warrant and, if applicable, the Company receives payment of the aggregate Warrant Price, the Company shall deliver to Holder certificates for the Shares acquired and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised or converted and has not expired, a new Warrant representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.5 Replacement of Warrants . On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, or surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor.

1.6 Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company .

1.6.1 “ Acquisition ”. For the purpose of this Warrant, “Acquisition” means any sale, license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or any reorganization, consolidation, or merger of the Company where the holders of the Company’s securities before the transaction beneficially own less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity after the transaction.

1.6.2 Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition .

A) Upon the written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, in the event of an Acquisition in which the sole consideration is cash, either (a) Holder shall exercise its conversion or purchase right under this Warrant and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition or (b) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will expire upon the consummation of such Acquisition. The Company shall provide the Holder with written notice of its request relating to the foregoing (together with such reasonable information as the Holder may request in connection with such contemplated Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than ten (10) days prior to the closing of the proposed Acquisition.

B) Upon the written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, in the event of an Acquisition that is an “arms length” sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (and only its assets) to a third party that is not an Affiliate (as defined below) of the Company (a “True Asset Sale”), either (a) Holder shall exercise its conversion or purchase right under this Warrant and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition or (b) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will continue until the Expiration Date if the Company continues as a going concern following the closing of any such True Asset Sale. The Company shall provide the Holder with written notice of its request relating to the foregoing (together with such reasonable information as the Holder may request in connection with such contemplated Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than ten (10) days prior to the closing of the proposed Acquisition.

 

2


C) Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than those particularly described in subsections (A) and (B) above, the successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall be exercisable for the same securities, cash, and property as would be payable for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on the record date for the Acquisition and subsequent closing. The Warrant Price and/or number of Shares shall be adjusted accordingly.

As used herein “Affiliate” shall mean any person or entity that owns or controls directly or indirectly ten (10) percent or more of the stock of Company, any person or entity that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with such persons or entities, and each of such person’s or entity’s officers, directors, joint venturers or partners, as applicable.

ARTICLE 2. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES .

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits. Etc . If the Company declares or pays a dividend on the Shares payable in common stock, or other securities, then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities to which Holder would have been entitled had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend occurred. If the Company subdivides the Shares by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares or takes any other action which increase the amount of stock into which the Shares are convertible, the number of shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

2.2 Reclassification, Exchange. Combinations or Substitution . Upon any reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of the securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, the number and kind of securities and property that Holder would have received for the Shares if this Warrant had been exercised immediately before such reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event. Such an event shall include any automatic conversion of the outstanding or issuable securities of the Company of the same class or series as the Shares to common stock pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Articles or Certificate (as applicable) of Incorporation upon the closing of a registered public offering of the Company’s common stock. The Company or its successor shall promptly issue to Holder an amendment to this Warrant setting forth the number and kind of such new securities or other property issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant as a result of such reclassification, exchange, substitution or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant. The amendment to this Warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 2 including, without limitation, adjustments to the Warrant Price and to the number of securities or property issuable upon exercise of the new Warrant. The provisions of this Article 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions, or other events.

2.3 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances . The Warrant Price and the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant or, if the Shares are Preferred Stock, the number

 

3


of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall be subject to adjustment, from time to time in the manner set forth in the Company’s Articles or Certificate of Incorporation as if the Shares were issued and outstanding on and as of the date of any such required adjustment. The provisions set forth for the Shares in the Company’s Articles or Certificate (as applicable) of Incorporation relating to the above in effect as of the Issue Date may not be amended, modified or waived, without the prior written consent of Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with the Shares in the same manner as such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the same series and class as the Shares granted to the Holder.

2.4 No Impairment . The Company shall not, by amendment of its Articles or Certificate (as applicable) of Incorporation or through a reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue, or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this Warrant by the Company, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out of all the provisions of this Article 2 and in taking all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to protect Holder’s rights under this Article against impairment.

2.5 Fractional Shares . No fractional Shares shall be issuable upon exercise or conversion of the Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional share interest arises upon any exercise or conversion of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional share interest by paying Holder the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by the fair market value of a full Share.

2.6 Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, the Company shall promptly notify Holder in writing, and, at the Company’s expense, promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request, furnish Holder a certificate setting forth the Warrant Price in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Warrant Price.

ARTICLE 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY .

3.1 Representations and Warranties . The Company represents and warrants to the Holder as follows:

(a) The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than (i) the price per share at which the Shares were last issued in an arms-length transaction in which at least $500,000 of the Shares were sold and (ii) the fair market value of the Shares as of the date of this Warrant.

(b) All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase right represented by this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws.

(c) The Capitalization Table previously provided to Holder remains true and complete as of the Issue Date.

 

4


3.2 Notice of Certain Events . If the Company proposes at any time (a) to declare any dividend or distribution upon any of its stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) to offer for sale additional shares of any class or series of the Company’s stock; (c) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of any of its stock; (d) to merge or consolidate with or into any other corporation, or sell, lease, license, or convey all or substantially all of its assets, or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or (e) offer holders of registration rights the opportunity to participate in an underwritten public offering of the company’s securities for cash, then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder: (1) at least 10 days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of common stock will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above; (2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least 10 days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of common stock will be entitled to exchange their common stock for securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event); and (3) in the case of the matter referred to in (e) above, the same notice as is given to the holders of such registration rights.

3.3 Registration Under Securities Act of 1933, as amended . The Company agrees that the Shares or, if the Shares are convertible into common stock of the Company, such common stock, shall have certain incidental, or “Piggyback,” registration rights pursuant to and as set forth in the Company’s Investor Rights Agreement or similar agreement. The provisions set forth in the Company’s Investors’ Right Agreement or similar agreement relating to the above in effect as of the Issue Date may not be amended, modified or waived without the prior written consent of Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with the Shares in the same manner as such amendment, modification, or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the same series and class as the Shares granted to the Holder.

3.4 No Shareholder Rights . Except as provided in this Warrant, the Holder will not have any rights as a shareholder of the Company until the exercise of this Warrant.

ARTICLE 4. REPRESENTATIONS. WARRANTIES OF THE HOLDER . The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1 Purchase for Own Account . This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by the Holder will be acquired for investment for the Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that the Holder has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

4.2 Disclosure of Information . The Holder has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. The Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to the Holder or to which the Holder has access.

 

5


4.3 Investment Experience . The Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. The Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that the Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that the Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables the Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

4.4 Accredited Investor Status . The Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

4.5 The Act . The Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise or conversion hereof have not been registered un the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. The Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise or conversion hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the 1933 Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available.

ARTICLE 5. MISCELLANEOUS .

5.1 Term . This Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before the Expiration Date.

5.2 Legends . This Warrant and the Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT, OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.

5.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the

 

6


Company). The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to Silicon Valley Bancshares (Holder’s parent company) or any other affiliate of Holder. Additionally, the Company shall also not require an opinion of counsel if there is no material question as to the availability of current information as referenced in Rule 144(c), Holder represents that it has complied with Rule 144(d) and (e) in reasonable detail, the selling broker represents that it has complied with Rule 144(f), and the Company is provided with a copy of Holder’s notice of proposed sale.

5.4 Transfer Procedure . Upon receipt by Holder of the executed Warrant, Holder will transfer all of this Warrant to Silicon Valley Bancshares, Holder’s parent company, by execution of an Assignment substantially in the form of Appendix 2. Subject to the provisions of Article 5.3 and upon providing Company with written notice, Silicon Valley Bancshares and any subsequent Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the Shares issuable directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, Silicon Valley Bancshares or any subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable). The Company may refuse to transfer this Warrant or the Shares to any person who directly competes with the Company, unless, in either case, the stock of the Company is publicly traded.

5.5 Notices . All notices and other communications from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective when given personally or mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or the Holder, as the case may (or on the first business day after transmission by facsimile) be, in writing by the Company or such holder from time to time. Effective upon receipt of the fully executed Warrant and the initial transfer described in Article 5.4 above, all notices to the Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

Silicon Valley Bancshares

Attn: Treasury Department

3003 Tasman Drive, HA 200

Santa Clara, CA 95054

Telephone: 408-654-7400

Facsimile: 408-496-2405

Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until the Holder receives notice of a change in address:

ChannelAdvisor Corporation

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

5001 Hospitality Court, Suite 100

Morrisville, NC 27560

Telephone: (919) 465 5680

Facsimile: (919) 388 9405

5.6 Waiver . This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

 

7


5.7 Attorney’s Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorney’s fees.

5.8 Automatic Conversion upon Expiration . In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the Exercise Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be converted pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised or converted, and the Company shall promptly deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such conversion to the Holder.

5.9 Counterparts . This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

5.10 Governing Law . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

“COMPANY”

CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION

 

By:  

LOGO

     
Name:   Jennifer Gibson      
Title:   CFO      
       
“HOLDER”      
SILICON VALLEY BANK      
By:  

LOGO

     
Name:  

Andrew A. Rico

     
  (Print)      
Title:  

Sr. Vice President

     

 

8

Exhibit 10.4

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

Company    ChannelAdvisor Corporation, a Delaware corporation
Number of Shares:    173,358
Class of Stock:    Series C Preferred
Warrant Price:    $0.685 per share
Issue Date:    December 23, 2009
Expiration Date:    The 10 th anniversary after the Issue Date
Credit Facility:    This Warrant is issued in connection with the Term Loan and Revolving Line referenced in the Loan and Security Agreement between Company and Silicon Valley Bank dated of even date herewith.

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, SILICON VALLEY BANK (Silicon Valley Bank, together with any registered holder from time to time of this Warrant or any holder of the shares issuable or issued upon exercise of this Warrant, “Holder”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of the class of securities (the “Shares”) of the Company at the Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Article 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant.

ARTICLE 1

EXERCISE

Section 1.1 Method of Exercise. Holder may exercise this Warrant by delivering a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached as Appendix 1 to the principal office of the Company. Unless Holder is exercising the conversion right set forth in Section 1.2, Holder shall also deliver to the Company a check, wire transfer (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

Section 1.2 Conversion Right . In lieu of exercising this Warrant as specified in Section 1.1, Holder may from time to time convert this Warrant, in whole or in part, into a number of Shares determined by dividing (a) the aggregate fair market value of the Shares or other securities otherwise issuable upon exercise of this Warrant minus the aggregate Warrant Price of such Shares by (b) the fair market value of one Share. The fair market value of the Shares shall be determined pursuant to Section 1.3.

Section 1.3 Fair Market Value . If the Company’s common stock is traded in a public market and the Shares are common stock, the fair market value of each Share shall be the closing price of a Share reported for the business day immediately before Holder delivers its Notice of Exercise to the Company (or in the instance where the Warrant is exercised immediately prior to the effectiveness of the


Company’s initial public offering, the “price to public” per share price specified in the final prospectus relating to such offering). If the Company’s common stock is traded in a public market and the Shares are preferred stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price of a share of the Company’s common stock reported for the business day immediately before Holder delivers its Notice of Exercise to the Company (or, in the instance where the Warrant is exercised immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s initial public offering, the initial “price to public” per share price specified in the final prospectus relating to such offering), in both cases, multiplied by the number of shares of the Company’s common stock into which a Share is convertible. If the Company’s common stock is not traded in a public market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine the fair market value of a Share its reasonable good faith judgment.

Section 1.4 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant . Promptly after Holder exercises or converts this Warrant and, if applicable, the Company receives payment of the aggregate Warrant Price, the Company shall deliver to Holder certificates for the Shares acquired and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised or converted and has not expired, a new Warrant representing the Shares not so acquired.

Section 1.5 Replacement of Warrants . On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation on surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor.

Section 1.6 Treatment of Warrant upon Acquisition of Company .

1.6.1. “Acquisition” . For the purpose of this Warrant, “Acquisition” means any sale, license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or any reorganization, consolidation, or merger of the Company where the holders of the Company’s securities before the transaction beneficially own less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity after the transaction.

1.6.2. Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition .

(a) Upon the written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, in the event of an Acquisition that is not an asset sale and in which the sole consideration is cash and/or marketable securities, either (i) Holder shall exercise its conversion or purchase right under this Warrant and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition or (ii) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will expire upon the consummation of such Acquisition. The Company shall provide Holder with written notice of its request relating to the foregoing (together with such reasonable information as Holder may request in connection with such contemplated Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than ten (10) days prior to the closing of the proposed Acquisition.

(b) Upon the written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, in the event of an Acquisition that is an “arms length” sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (and only its assets) to a third party that is not an Affiliate (as defined below) of the Company (a “True Asset Sale”), either (i) Holder shall exercise its conversion or purchase right under this Warrant and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition or (ii) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will continue until the Expiration Date if the Company continues as a going concern following the closing of any such True Asset Sale. The Company shall provide Holder with written notice of its request relating to the foregoing (together with such reasonable information as Holder may request in connection with such contemplated Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than ten (10) days prior to the closing of the proposed Acquisition.

 

2


(c) Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than those particularly described in subsections (a) and (b) above, the successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall be exercisable for the same securities, cash, and property as would be payable for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on the record date for the Acquisition and subsequent closing. The Warrant Price and/or number of Shares shall be adjusted accordingly.

As used herein “Affiliate” shall mean any person or entity that owns or controls directly or indirectly ten (10) percent or more of the stock of Company, any person or entity that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with such persons or entities, and each of such person’s or entity’s officers and directors, as applicable.

ARTICLE 2

ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES

Section 2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc . If the Company declares or pays a dividend on the Shares payable in common stock, or other securities, then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities to which Holder would have been entitled had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend occurred. If the Company subdivides the Shares by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares or takes any other action which increase the amount of stock into which the Shares are convertible, the number of shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

Section 2.2 Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution . Upon any reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of the securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, the number and kind of securities and property that Holder would have received for the Shares if this Warrant had been exercised immediately before such reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event. Such an event shall include any automatic conversion of the outstanding or issuable securities of the Company of the same class or series as the Shares to common stock pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation. The Company or its successor shall promptly issue to Holder an amendment to this Warrant setting forth the number and kind of such new securities or other property issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant as a result of such reclassification, exchange, substitution or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant. The amendment to this Warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 2 including, without limitation, adjustments to the Warrant Price and to the number of securities or property issuable upon exercise of the new Warrant. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions, or other events.

Section 2.3 No Impairment . The Company shall not, by amendment of its Certificate of Incorporation or through a reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue, or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this Warrant by the Company, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out of all the provisions of this Article 2 and in taking all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to protect Holder’s rights under this Article against impairment.

 

3


Section 2.4 Fractional Shares . No fractional Shares shall be issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional share interest arises upon any exercise or conversion of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional share interest by paying Holder the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by the fair market value of a full Share.

Section 2.5 Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, the Company shall promptly notify Holder in writing, and, at the Company’s expense, promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request, furnish Holder a certificate setting forth the Warrant Price in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Warrant Price.

ARTICLE 3

REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

Section 3.1 Representations and Warranties . The Company represents and warrants to Holder as follows:

(a) The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than the price per share at which the Shares were last issued in an arms-length transaction in which at least $500,000 of the Shares were sold.

(b) All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase right represented by this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws.

(c) The Company’s capitalization table attached hereto as Schedule 1 is true and complete as of the Issue Date.

Section 3.2 Notice of Certain Events . If the Company proposes at any time (a) to declare any dividend or distribution upon any of its stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) to offer for sale any shares of the Company’s capital stock (or other securities convertible into such capital stock), other than (i) pursuant to the Company’s stock option or other compensatory plans, (ii) in connection with commercial credit arrangements or equipment financings, or (iii) in connection with strategic transactions for purposes other than capital raising; (c) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of any of its stock; (d) to merge or consolidate with or into any other corporation, or sell, lease, license, or convey all or substantially all of its assets, or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or (e) offer holders of registration rights the opportunity to participate in an underwritten public offering of the Company’s securities for cash, then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder: (1) at least 10 days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of common stock will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matter referred to in (a) and (b) above; (2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least 10 days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of common stock will be entitled to exchange their common stock for securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event); and (3) in the case of the matter referred to in (e) above, the same notice as is given to the holders of such registration rights. Company will also provide information requested by Holder reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holder’s accounting or reporting requirements.

Section 3.3 Registration under Securities Act of 1933, as amended . The Company agrees that the Shares or, if the Shares are convertible into common stock of the Company, such common stock, shall have certain “piggyback,” registration rights pursuant to and as set forth in the Company’s Investor Rights Agreement or similar agreement. The provisions set forth in the Company’s Investors’ Right

 

4


Agreement or similar agreement relating to the above in effect as of the Issue Date may not be amended, modified or waived without the prior written consent of Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with the Shares in the same manner as such amendment, modification, or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the same series and class as the Shares granted to Holder.

Section 3.4 No Shareholder Rights . Except as provided in this Warrant, Holder will not have any rights as a shareholder of the Company until the exercise of this Warrant.

ARTICLE 4

REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF HOLDER

Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

Section 4.1 Purchase for Own Account . This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder will be acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that Holder has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

Section 4.2 Disclosure of Information . Holder has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

Section 4.3 Investment Experience . Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

Section 4.4 Accredited Investor Status . Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

Section 4.5 The Act . Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise or conversion hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise or conversion hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available.

 

5


ARTICLE 5

MISCELLANEOUS.

Section 5.1 Term . This Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before the Expiration Date.

Section 5.2 Legends . This Warrant and the Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.

Section 5.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Silicon Valley Bank (“Bank”) to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to Bank’s parent company, SVB Financial Group (formerly Silicon Valley Bancshares), or any other affiliate of Bank. Additionally, the Company shall also not require an opinion of counsel if there is no material question as to the availability of current information as referenced in Rule 144(c), Holder represents that it has complied with Rule 144(d) and (e) in reasonable detail, the selling broker represents that it has complied with Rule 144(f), and the Company is provided with a copy of Holder’s notice of proposed sale.

Section 5.4 Transfer Procedure . After receipt by Bank of the executed Warrant, Bank will transfer all of this Warrant to SVB Financial Group by execution of an Assignment substantially in the form of Appendix 2. Subject to the provisions of Section 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, SVB Financial Group and any subsequent Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the Shares issuable directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, SVB Financial Group or any subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable). The Company may refuse to transfer this Warrant or the Shares to any person who directly competes with the Company, unless, in either case, the stock of the Company is publicly traded.

Section 5.5 Market Stand-Off Agreement . Holder agrees to be bound by the “Market Stand-Off” provisions (the “Market Stand-Off Provisions”) set forth in Section          of the Company’s Investor Rights Agreement. The Market Stand-Off Provisions may not be amended, modified or waived without the prior written consent of Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with the Shares or the Holder in the same manner as such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with or with the holders of all other shares of the same series and class as those of the Shares granted pursuant to this Warrant.

 

6


Section 5.6 Notices . All notices and other communications from the Company to Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective when given personally or mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may (or on the first business day after transmission by facsimile) be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time. Effective upon receipt of the fully executed Warrant and the initial transfer described in Section 5.4 above, all notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

SVB Financial Group

Attn: Treasury Department

3003 Tasman Drive, HA 200

Santa Clara, CA 95054

Telephone: 408-654-7400

Facsimile: 408-496-2405

Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

 

ChannelAdvisor Corporation

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

2701 Aerial Center Parkway

Morrisville, NC 27560

Telephone:   (919) 228-2000   
Facsimile:   (866) 225-3085   

Section 5.7 Waiver . This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

Section 5.8 Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

Section 5.9 Automatic Conversion upon Expiration . In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be converted pursuant to

 

7


Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised or converted, and the Company shall promptly deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such conversion to Holder.

Section 5.10 Counterparts . This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

Section 5.11 Governing Law . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of North Carolina, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

[Signature page follows.]

 

8


“COMPANY”      
CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION      
By:  

LOGO

    By:  

LOGO

Print Name:  

M. SCOT WINGO

    Print Name:  

DAVID SPITZ

Title:  

Chairman of the Board, President or Vice President

    Title:  

CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER

“HOLDER”      
SILICON VALLEY BANK      
By:  

LOGO

     
Print Name:  

ANTHONY BARKETT

     
Title:  

VP

     

 

9


SCHEDULE 1

CAPITALIZATION TABLE


APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. Holder elects to purchase                  shares of the Series C Preferred Stock of ChannelAdvisor Corporation pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders payment of the purchase price of the shares in full.

[or]

1. Holder elects to convert the attached Warrant into Shares/cash [strike one] in the manner specified in the Warrant. This conversion is exercised for                      of the Shares covered by the Warrant.

[Strike paragraph that does not apply.]

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the shares in the name specified below:

 

  

 

  
   Holders Name   
  

 

  
  

 

  
   (Address)   

3. By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Article 4 of the Warrant as the date hereof.

 

HOLDER:

 

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Date  

 


APPENDIX 2

ASSIGNMENT

For value received, Silicon Valley Bank hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

 

Name:    SVB Financial Group
Address   

3003 Tasman Drive (HA-200)

Santa Clara, CA 95054

Tax ID:    91-1962278

that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock issued by ChannelAdvisor Corporation (the “Company”), on December 23, 2009 (the “Warrant”) together with all rights, title and interest therein.

 

SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

Date:  

 

By its execution below, and for the benefit of the Company, SVB Financial Group makes each of the representations and warranties set forth in Article 4 of the Warrant and agrees to all other provisions of the Warrant as of the date hereof.

 

SVB FINANCIAL GROUP
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Exhibit 10.5

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAW.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

Corporation:    CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation
Number of Shares:    36,496 (Subject to Section 1.8)
Class of Stock:    Series C Preferred Stock
Initial Exercise Price:    $0.685 per share
Issue Date:    September 7, 2007
Expiration Date:    September 7, 2014

T HIS W ARRANT C ERTIFIES T HAT , for good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, S QUARE 1 B ANK or its assignee (“ Holder ”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of the class of securities (the “ Shares ”) of CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION (the “ Company ”) at the initial exercise price per Share (the “ Warrant Price ”) all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Article 2 of this warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this warrant.

ARTICLE 1

EXERCISE

1.1 Method of Exercise. Holder may exercise this warrant by delivering this warrant and a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached as Appendix 1 to the principal office of the Company. Unless Holder is exercising the conversion right set forth in Section 1.2, Holder shall also deliver to the Company a check for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

1.2 Conversion Right. In lieu of exercising this warrant as specified in Section 1.1, Holder may from time to time convert this warrant, in whole or in part, into a number of Shares determined by dividing (a) the aggregate fair market value of the Shares or other securities otherwise issuable upon exercise of this warrant minus the aggregate Warrant Price of such Shares by (b) the fair market value of one Share. The fair market value of the Shares shall be determined pursuant to Section 1.4.

1.3 Intentionally Omitted.

1.4 Fair Market Value. If the Company’s common stock is traded in a public market and the Shares are common stock, the fair market value of the Shares shall be the closing price of the Shares reported for the business day immediately before Holder delivers its Notice of Exercise to the Company (or in the instance where the Warrant is exercised immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s initial public offering, the “price to public” per share price specified in the final prospectus relating to such offering). If the Company’s common stock is traded in a public market and the Shares are preferred stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price of a share of the Company’s common stock reported for the business day immediately before Holder delivers its Notice of Exercise to the Company (or, in the instance where the Warrant is exercised immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s initial public offering, the initial “price to public” per share price specified in the final prospectus relating to such offering), in both cases, multiplied by the number of shares of the Company’s common stock into which a Share is convertible. If the Shares are not regularly traded in a public market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine fair market value in its reasonable good faith judgment.

1.5 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant. Promptly after Holder exercises or converts this warrant, the Company shall deliver to Holder certificates for the Shares acquired and, if this warrant has not been fully exercised or converted and has not expired, a new warrant representing the Shares not so acquired.

 

1


1.6 Replacement of Warrants. On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company at its expense shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this warrant, a new Warrant of like tenor.

1.7 Repurchase on Sale, Merger, or Consolidation of the Company.

1.7.1 “ Acquisition. ” For the purpose of this warrant, “Acquisition” means (a) any sale, license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets (including intellectual property) of the Company, (b) any sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the capital stock of the Company, or (c) any reorganization, consolidation, merger or sale of the voting securities of the Company or any other transaction where the holders of the Company’s securities before the transaction beneficially own less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity after the transaction.

1.7.2 Assumption of Warrant. If upon the closing of any Acquisition the successor entity assumes the obligations of this warrant, then this warrant shall be exercisable for the same securities, cash, and property as would be payable for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on the record date for the Acquisition and subsequent closing. The Warrant Price shall be adjusted accordingly. The Company shall use reasonable efforts to cause the surviving corporation to assume the obligations of this warrant.

1.7.3 Nonassumption. If upon the closing of any Acquisition the successor entity does not assume the obligations of this warrant and Holder has not otherwise exercised this warrant in full, then this warrant shall be deemed to have been automatically converted pursuant to Section 1.2 and thereafter Holder shall participate in the Acquisition on the same terms as other holders of the same class of securities of the Company.

1.8 Adjustment in Underlying Number of Shares. The Number of Shares for which this warrant is exercisable shall, depending upon the amount of Advances requested by Borrower under (and as defined in) that certain Loan and Security Agreement by and between the Company and Square 1 Bank dated as of September 7, 2007, automatically be adjusted to instead be exercisable for an additional (x) 36,496 for Advances greater than $2,500,000 but less than or equal to $5,000,000; and (y) 36,496 for Advances greater than $5,000,000 but less than or equal to $7,500,000; and (z) 36,496 for Advances greater than $7,500,000. Any adjustments made to the Number of Shares pursuant to this Section 1.8 shall be in addition to any adjustments made pursuant to Article 2, below.

ARTICLE 2

ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc. If the Company declares or pays a dividend on its common stock payable in common stock, or other securities, or subdivides the outstanding common stock into a greater amount of common stock, then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities to which Holder would have been entitled had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or subdivision occurred.

2.2 Reclassification, Exchange or Substitution. Upon any reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of the securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, the number and kind of securities and property that Holder would have received for the Shares if this Warrant had been exercised immediately before such reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event. Such an event shall include any automatic conversion of the outstanding or issuable securities of the Company of the same class or series as the Shares to common stock pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation upon the closing of a registered public offering of the Company’s common stock or as otherwise provided in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation. The Company or its successor shall promptly issue to Holder a new warrant for such new securities or other property. The new warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent

 

2


as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 2 including, without limitation, adjustments to the Warrant Price and to the number of securities or property issuable upon exercise of the new warrant. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions, or other events.

2.3 Adjustments for Combinations, Etc. If the outstanding Shares are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased. If the outstanding Shares are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a greater number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased.

2.4 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances. In the event of the issuance (a “Diluting Issuance”) by the Company after the Issue Date of securities at a price per share less than the Warrant Price, then the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares shall be adjusted in accordance with those provisions of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation that apply to Diluting Issuances.

2.5 Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, the Company at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request, furnish Holder a certificate setting forth the Warrant Price in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Warrant Price.

2.6 Fractional Shares. No fractional Shares shall be issuable upon exercise or conversion of the Warrant and the Number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional share interest arises upon any exercise or conversion of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional share interest by paying Holder the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by the fair market value of a full Share.

ARTICLE 3

REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY]

3.1 Representations and Warranties. The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Holder as follows:

(a) The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this warrant is the per share price paid in Company’s most recent equity financing.

(b) All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase right represented by this warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws.

(c) The Company’s capitalization table attached to this warrant is true and complete in all material respects as of the Issue Date.

3.2 Notice of Certain Events. The Company shall provide Holder with not less than 10 days prior written notice, including a description of the material facts surrounding, any of the following events: (a) declaration of any dividend or distribution upon its common stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) offering for subscription pro rata to the holders of any class or series of its stock any additional shares of stock of any class or series or other rights; (c) effecting any reclassification or recapitalization of common stock; or (d) the merger or consolidation with or into any other corporation, or sale, lease, license, or conveyance of all or substantially all of its assets, or liquidation, dissolution or winding up.

3.3 Information Rights. So long as the Holder holds this Warrant, the Company shall deliver to the Holder (a) within one hundred fifty (150) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, the annual audited

 

3


financial statements of the Company certified by independent public accountants of recognized standing and (b) within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year, the Company’s quarterly, unaudited financial statements.

3.4 Registration Under Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The Company agrees that the Shares or, if the Shares are convertible into common stock of the Company, such common stock, shall be “Registrable Securities”, and Holder shall be a “Holder” for purposes of Sections 2.3, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 2.9, 2.10, 2.11, 2.12, 2.13 and Section 5 of the Investor Rights Agreement among the Company and other persons dated as of April 26, 2007.

3.5 Holder Investment Representations . Holder makes the representations to the Company set forth in Exhibit A hereto in connection with the issuance of this warrant and the Shares (collectively, the “ Securities ”).

3.6 No Stockholder Rights. Except as provided in this warrant, Holder will not have any rights as a stockholder of the Company until the exercise of this warrant.

ARTICLE 4

MISCELLANEOUS

4.1 Term: Exercise Upon Expiration. This warrant is exercisable in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time on or before the Expiration Date set forth above; provided, however, that if the Company completes its initial public offering within the three-year period immediately prior to the Expiration Date, the Expiration Date shall automatically be extended until the third anniversary of the effective date of the Company’s initial public offering. If this warrant has not been exercised prior to the Expiration Date, this warrant shall be deemed to have been automatically exercised on the Expiration Date by “cashless” conversion pursuant to Section 1.2.

4.2 Legends. This warrant and the Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form as well as any additional legends that the Company and Holder mutually agree upon with respect to such Shares:

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAW.

4.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer. This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee. The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to an affiliate of Holder or if there is no material question as to the availability of current information as referenced in Rule 144(c), Holder represents that it has complied with Rule 144 (d) and (e) in reasonable detail, the selling broker represents that it has compiled with Rule 144(f), and the Company is provided with a copy of Holder’s notice of proposed sale.

4.4 Transfer Procedure. Subject to the provisions of Section 4.3, Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) by giving the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred setting forth the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and surrendering this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder, if applicable). No surrender or reissuance shall be required if the transfer is to an affiliate of Holder.

4.5 Notices. All notices and other communications from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective when given personally or mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or the Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time. All notices to the Holder shall be addressed as follows:

Square 1 Bank

Attn: Warrant Administrator

406 Blackwell Street, Suite 240

Crowe Building

Durham, NC 27701

 

4


4.6 Amendments. This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

4.7 Attorneys’ Fees. In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

[ Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

 

5


4.8 Governing Law. This warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of North Carolina, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

 

CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION
By:  

LOGO

Name:  

M. Scot Wingo

Title:  

CEO

[ Signature Page to Warrant to Purchase Stock ]


A PPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. The undersigned hereby elects to purchase                  shares of the                  stock of CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price of such shares in full.

1. The undersigned hereby elects to convert the attached Warrant into shares in the manner specified in the Warrant. This conversion is exercised with respect to                  of the shares covered by the Warrant.

[Strike paragraph that does not apply.]

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

Square 1 Bank

Attn: Warrant Administrator

406 Blackwell Street, Suite 240

Crowe Building

Durham, NC 27701

3. The undersigned represents it is acquiring the shares solely for its own account and not as a nominee for any other party and not with a view toward the resale or distribution thereof except in compliance with applicable securities laws.

 

S QUARE 1 B ANK or Registered Assignee

 

(Signature)

 

(Date)


EXHIBIT A

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATIONS

(a) The undersigned is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition, and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. The undersigned is purchasing the Securities for its own account for investment purposes only and not with a view towards, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof for purposes of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). The undersigned has such knowledge and experience in financial business matters and the undersigned is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the purchase of the Securities and of protecting its interests in connection therewith.

(b) The undersigned understands that the Securities have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the undersigned’s investment intent as expressed herein.

(c) The undersigned further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely, and the undersigned must therefore bear the economic risk therewith, unless the Securities are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or unless an exemption from registration is otherwise available. In addition, the undersigned understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the Securities unless they are registered or such registration is not required.

(d) The undersigned is familiar with the provisions of Rule 144, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, which, in substance, permits limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly, from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions.

(e) The Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which requires, among other things, the existence of a public market for the Securities, the availability of certain current public information about the Company, the resale occurring not less than one year after a party has purchased and paid for the security to be sold, the sales being effected through a “broker’s transaction” or in transactions directly with a “market maker” and the number of securities being sold during any three-month period not exceeding specified limitations.

(f) The undersigned further understands that in the event that all of the applicable requirements of Rule 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption will be required.

(g) The undersigned is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

8

Exhibit 10.6

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAW.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

  Corporation:    CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation
  Number of Shares:    167,883 shares of Series C Preferred Stock or $115,000/Initial Exercise Price in the case of New Preferred (as defined below)
  Class of Stock:    Series C Preferred Stock; provided that if the Company issues a new Series of Preferred Stock (“New Preferred”) in a bona fide equity financing yielding at least $3,000,000 gross proceeds to the Company (a “New Financing”), this warrant shall be exercisable for such series of New Preferred in lieu of Series C Preferred Stock.
  Initial Exercise Price:    $0.685 per share of Series C Preferred Stock or in the case of New Preferred, the price per share paid for such New Preferred in a New Financing.
  Issue Date:    June 30, 2008
  Expiration Date:    June 30, 2015

T HIS W ARRANT C ERTIFIES T HAT , for good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, S QUARE 1 B ANK or its assignee (“ Holder ”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of the class of securities (the “ Shares ”) of CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION (the “ Company ”) at the initial exercise price per Share (the “ Warrant Price ”) all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Article 2 of this warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this warrant.

ARTICLE 1

EXERCISE

1.1 Method of Exercise. Holder may exercise this warrant by delivering this warrant and a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached as Appendix 1 to the principal office of the Company. Unless Holder is exercising the conversion right set forth in Section 1.2, Holder shall also deliver to the Company a check for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

1.2 Conversion Right. In lieu of exercising this warrant as specified in Section 1.1, Holder may from time to time convert this warrant, in whole or in part, into a number of Shares determined by dividing (a) the aggregate fair market value of the Shares or other securities otherwise issuable upon exercise of this warrant minus the aggregate Warrant Price of such Shares by (b) the fair market value of one Share. The fair market value of the Shares shall be determined pursuant to Section 1.4.

1.3 Intentionally Omitted.

1.4 Fair Market Value. If the Company’s common stock is traded in a public market and the Shares are common stock, the fair market value of the Shares shall be the closing price of the Shares reported for the business day immediately before Holder delivers its Notice of Exercise to the Company (or in the instance where the Warrant is exercised immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s initial public offering, the “price to public” per share price specified in the final prospectus relating to such offering). If the Company’s common stock is traded in a public market and the Shares are preferred stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price of a share of the Company’s common stock reported for the business day immediately before Holder delivers its Notice of Exercise to the Company (or, in the instance where the Warrant is exercised immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s initial public offering, the initial “price to public” per share price specified in the final prospectus relating to such offering), in both cases, multiplied by the number of shares of the Company’s common stock into which a Share is convertible. If the Shares are not regularly traded in a public market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine fair market value in its reasonable good faith judgment.

 

LOGO    1   


1.5 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant. Promptly after Holder exercises or converts this warrant, the Company shall deliver to Holder certificates for the Shares acquired and, if this warrant has not been fully exercised or converted and has not expired, a new warrant representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.6 Replacement of Warrants. On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company at its expense shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this warrant, a new Warrant of like tenor.

1.7 Repurchase on Sale, Merger, or Consolidation of the Company.

1.7.1 “ Acquisition. ” For the purpose of this warrant, “Acquisition” means (a) any sale, license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets (including intellectual property) of the Company, (b) any sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the capital stock of the Company, or (c) any reorganization, consolidation, merger or sale of the voting securities of the Company or any other transaction where the holders of the Company’s securities before the transaction beneficially own less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity after the transaction.

1.7.2 Assumption of Warrant. If upon the closing of any Acquisition the successor entity assumes the obligations of this warrant, then this warrant shall be exercisable for the same securities, cash, and property as would be payable for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on the record date for the Acquisition and subsequent closing. The Warrant Price shall be adjusted accordingly. The Company shall use reasonable efforts to cause the surviving corporation to assume the obligations of this warrant.

1.7.3 Nonassumption. If upon the closing of any Acquisition the successor entity does not assume the obligations of this warrant and Holder has not otherwise exercised this warrant in full, then this warrant shall be deemed to have been automatically converted pursuant to Section 1.2 and thereafter Holder shall participate in the Acquisition on the same terms as other holders of the same class of securities of the Company.

ARTICLE 2

ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc. If the Company declares or pays a dividend on its common stock payable in common stock, or other securities, or subdivides the outstanding common stock into a greater amount of common stock, then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities to which Holder would have been entitled had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or subdivision occurred.

2.2 Reclassification, Exchange or Substitution. Upon any reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of the securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, the number and kind of securities and property that Holder would have received for the Shares if this Warrant had been exercised immediately before such reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event. Such an event shall include any automatic conversion of the outstanding or issuable securities of the Company of the same class or series as the Shares to common stock pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation upon the closing of a registered public offering of the Company’s common stock or as otherwise provided in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation. The Company or its successor shall promptly issue to Holder a new warrant for such new securities or other property. The new warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 2 including, without limitation, adjustments to the Warrant Price and to the number of securities or property issuable upon exercise of the new warrant. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions, or other events.

 

LOGO    2   


2.3 Adjustments for Combinations, Etc. If the outstanding Shares are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased. If the outstanding Shares are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a greater number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased.

2.4 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances. In the event of the issuance (a “Diluting Issuance”) by the Company after the Issue Date of securities at a price per share less than the Warrant Price, then the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares shall be adjusted in accordance with those provisions of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation that apply to Diluting Issuances.

2.5 Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, the Company at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request, furnish Holder a certificate setting forth the Warrant Price in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Warrant Price.

2.6 Fractional Shares. No fractional Shares shall be issuable upon exercise or conversion of the Warrant and the Number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional share interest arises upon any exercise or conversion of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional share interest by paying Holder the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by the fair market value of a full Share.

ARTICLE 3

REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

3.1 Representations and Warranties. The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Holder as follows:

(a) The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this warrant is the per share price paid in Company’s most recent equity financing.

(b) All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase right represented by this warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws.

(c) The Company’s capitalization table attached to this warrant is true and complete as of the Issue Date.

3.2 Notice of Certain Events. The Company shall provide Holder with not less than 10 days prior written notice, including a description of the material facts surrounding, any of the following events: (a) declaration of any dividend or distribution upon its common stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) offering for subscription pro rata to the holders of any class or series of its stock any additional shares of stock of any class or series or other rights; (c) effecting any reclassification or recapitalization of common stock; or (d) the merger or consolidation with or into any other corporation, or sale, lease, license, or conveyance of all or substantially all of its assets, or liquidation, dissolution or winding up.

3.3 Information Rights. So long as the Holder holds this Warrant, the Company shall deliver to the Holder (a) within one hundred fifty (150) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, the annual audited financial statements of the Company certified by independent public accountants of recognized standing and (b) within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year, the Company’s quarterly, unaudited financial statements.

 

LOGO    3   


3.4 Registration Under Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The Company agrees that the Shares or, if the Shares are convertible into common stock of the Company, such common stock, shall be “Registrable Securities”, and Holder shall be a “Holder” for purposes of Sections 2.3, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 2.9, 2.10, 2.11, 2.12, 2.13 and Section 5 of the Third Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement among the Company and other persons dated as of April 26, 2007.

3.5 Holder Investment Representations . Holder makes the representations to the Company set forth in Exhibit A hereof in connection with the issuance of this warrant and the Shares (collectively, the “Securities”).

3.6 No Stockholder Rights . Except as provided in this warrant, Holder will not have any rights as a stockholder of the Company until the exercise of this warrant.

ARTICLE 4

MISCELLANEOUS

4.1 Term: Exercise Upon Expiration. This warrant is exercisable in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time on or before the Expiration Date set forth above; provided, however, that if the Company completes its initial public offering within the three-year period immediately prior to the Expiration Date, the Expiration Date shall automatically be extended until the third anniversary of the effective date of the Company’s initial public offering. If this warrant has not been exercised prior to the Expiration Date, this warrant shall be deemed to have been automatically exercised on the Expiration Date by “cashless” conversion pursuant to Section 1.2.

4.2 Legends. This warrant and the Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form as well as any additional legends that the Company and Holder mutually agree upon with respect to such Shares:

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAW.

4.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer. This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee. The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to an affiliate of Holder or if there is no material question as to the availability of current information as referenced in Rule 144(c), Holder represents that it has complied with Rule 144 (d) and (e) in reasonable detail, the selling broker represents that it has compiled with Rule 144(f), and the Company is provided with a copy of Holder’s notice of proposed sale.

4.4 Transfer Procedure. Subject to the provisions of Section 4.3, Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) by giving the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred setting forth the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and surrendering this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder, if applicable). No surrender or reissuance shall be required if the transfer is to an affiliate of Holder.

4.5 Notices. All notices and other communications from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective when given personally or mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or the Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time. All notices to the Holder shall be addressed as follows:

Square 1 Bank

Attn: Warrant Administrator

406 Blackwell Street, Suite 240

Crowe Building

Durham, NC 27701

 

LOGO    4   


4.6 Amendments. This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

4.7 Attorneys’ Fees. In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

[ Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

 

LOGO    5   


4.8 Governing Law. This warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of North Carolina, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

 

CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ M. Scot Wingo

Name:  

M. Scot Wingo

Title:  

CEO

[ Signature Page to Warrant to Purchase Stock ]

 

LOGO


A PPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. The undersigned hereby elects to purchase                  shares of the                  stock of CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price of such shares in full.

1. The undersigned hereby elects to convert the attached Warrant into shares in the manner specified in the Warrant. This conversion is exercised with respect to                  of the shares covered by the Warrant.

[Strike paragraph that does not apply.]

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

Square 1 Bank

Attn: Warrant Administrator

406 Blackwell Street, Suite 240

Crowe Building

Durham, NC 27701

3. The undersigned represents it is acquiring the shares solely for its own account and not as a nominee for any other party and not with a view toward the resale or distribution thereof except in compliance with applicable securities laws.

 

S QUARE 1 B ANK or Registered Assignee

 

(Signature)

 

(Date)

 

LOGO


EXHIBIT A

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATIONS

(a) The undersigned is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition, and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. The undersigned is purchasing the Securities for its own account for investment purposes only, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view towards, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof for purposes of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). The undersigned has such knowledge and experience in financial business matters and the undersigned is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the purchase of the Securities and of protecting its interests in connection therewith.

(b) The undersigned understands that the Securities have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the undersigned’s investment intent as expressed herein.

(c) The undersigned further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely, and the undersigned must therefore bear the economic risk therewith, unless the Securities are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or unless an exemption from registration is otherwise available. In addition, the undersigned understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the Securities unless they are registered or such registration is not required.

(d) The undersigned is familiar with the provisions of Rule 144, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, which, in substance, permits limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly, from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions.

(e) The Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which requires, among other things, the existence of a public market for the Securities, the availability of certain current public information about the Company, the resale occurring not less than one year after a party has purchased and paid for the security to be sold, the sales being effected through a “broker’s transaction” or in transactions directly with a “market maker” and the number of securities being sold during any three-month period not exceeding specified limitations.

(f) The undersigned further understands that in the event that all of the applicable requirements of Rule 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption will be required.

(g) The undersigned is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

LOGO

Exhibit 10.7

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

Company: ChannelAdvisor Corporation, a Delaware corporation

Number of Shares: As set forth in Paragraph A below

Class of Stock: Series C Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share

Warrant Price: $0.01, subject to adjustment

Issue Date: March 21, 2012

Expiration Date: March 20, 2022

Credit Facility:    This Warrant is issued in connection with that certain Loan and Security Agreement of even date herewith among Gold Hill Capital 2008, L.P., the Company, MerchandisingAdvisor Corporation, CA Marketplaces, Inc., ChannelAdvisor UK Limited and CA Washington, LLC (as modified and/or amended and in effect from time to time, the “Loan Agreement”).

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, GOLD HILL CAPITAL 2008, L.P. (together with any successor or permitted assignee or transferee of this Warrant or of any shares issued upon exercise hereof, “Holder”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and non-assessable shares (the “Shares”) of the above-stated Class of Stock (the “Class”) of the above-named company (the “Company”) at the above-stated Warrant Price per Share, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Article 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant.

A. Number of Shares . This Warrant shall be exercisable for the Initial Shares, plus the Additional Shares, if any (collectively, the “Shares”).

(1) Initial Shares . As used herein, “Initial Shares” means 2,400,000 shares of the Class, subject to adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

(2) Additional Shares . On and as of the date of each Growth Capital Advance B (as defined in the Loan Agreement) made to the Company, this Warrant automatically shall become exercisable for an additional 150,000 (as such number may be adjusted from time to time upon the occurrence of events set forth in Article 2 hereof) shares of the Class (cumulatively, the “Additional Shares”), subject to adjustment from time to time thereafter in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.


ARTICLE 1. EXERCISE .

1.1 Method of Exercise . Holder may exercise this Warrant by delivering the original of this Warrant together with a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached as Appendix 1 to the principal office of the Company. Unless Holder is exercising the conversion right set forth in Article 1.2, Holder shall also deliver to the Company a check, wire transfer (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

1.2 Conversion Right . In lieu of exercising this Warrant as specified in Article 1.1, Holder may from time to time convert this Warrant, in whole or in part, into a number of Shares determined by dividing (a) the aggregate fair market value of the Shares or other securities otherwise issuable upon exercise of this Warrant minus the aggregate Warrant Price of such Shares by (b) the fair market value of one Share. The fair market value of the Shares shall be determined pursuant to Article 1.3.

1.3 Fair Market Value . If the Company’s common stock is traded in a public market and the Shares are common stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price of a share of common stock reported for the business day immediately before Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company (or in the instance where the Warrant is exercised immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s initial, underwritten offering and sale of its securities to the public pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act (“IPO”), the “price to public” per share price specified in the final prospectus relating to the IPO). If the Company’s common stock is traded in a public market and the Shares are preferred stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price of a share of the Company’s common stock reported for the business day immediately before Holder delivers this Warrant together with its Notice of Exercise to the Company (or, in the instance where the Warrant is exercised immediately prior to the effectiveness of the IPO, the initial “price to public” per share price specified in the final prospectus relating to the IPO), in both cases, multiplied by the number of shares of the Company’s common stock into which a Share is convertible. If the Company’s common stock is not traded in a public market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine fair market value in its reasonable good faith judgment.

1.4 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant . Promptly after Holder exercises or converts this Warrant and, if applicable, the Company receives payment of the aggregate Warrant Price, the Company shall deliver to Holder certificates for the Shares acquired and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised or converted and has not expired, a new warrant of like tenor representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.5 Replacement of Warrants . On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor and amount.

 

2


1.6 Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company .

1.6.1 “ Acquisition ”. For the purpose of this Warrant, “Acquisition” means any sale, assignment, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or any reorganization, consolidation, merger, or sale of outstanding equity securities of the Company by the holders thereof, where the holders of the Company’s outstanding voting equity securities as of immediately before the transaction beneficially own less than a majority of the outstanding voting equity securities of the surviving or successor entity as of immediately after the transaction or, if such Company shareholders beneficially own a majority of the outstanding voting equity securities of the surviving or successor entity as of immediately after the transaction, such surviving or successor entity is not the Company.

1.6.2 Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition .

A) Holder agrees that, in the event of an Acquisition in which the sole consideration is cash and/or Marketable Securities, this Warrant shall terminate on and as of the closing of such Acquisition to the extent not previously exercised. The Company shall provide Holder with written notice of any proposed Acquisition not later than ten (10) days prior to the closing thereof setting forth the material terms and conditions thereof, and shall provide Holder with copies of the draft transaction agreements and other documents in connection therewith and with such other information respecting such proposed Acquisition as may reasonably be requested by Holder.

B) Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than as particularly described in subsection (A) above, the surviving or successor entity shall assume this Warrant and the obligations of the Company hereunder, and this Warrant shall, from and after such closing, be exercisable for the same class, number and kind of securities, cash and other property as would have been paid for or in respect of the Shares issuable (as of immediately prior to such closing) upon exercise in full hereof as if such Shares had been issued and outstanding on and as of such closing, at an aggregate Warrant Price equal to the aggregate Warrant Price in effect as of immediately prior to such closing; and subject to further adjustment thereafter from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Warrant.

C) As used in this Article 1.6, “Marketable Securities” means securities meeting all of the following requirements: (i) the issuer thereof is then subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and is then current in its filing of all required reports and other information under the Act and the Exchange Act; (ii) the class and series of shares or other security of the issuer that would be received by Holder in connection with the Acquisition were Holder to exercise or convert this Warrant on or prior to the closing thereof is then traded on a national securities exchange or over-the-counter market, and (iii) Holder would not be restricted by contract or by applicable federal and state securities laws from publicly re-selling, within six (6) months and one day following the closing of such Acquisition, all of the issuer’s shares and/or other securities that would be received by Holder in such Acquisition were Holder to exercise or convert this Warrant in full on or prior to the closing of such Acquisition.

ARTICLE 2. ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES .

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc . If the Company declares or pays a dividend on the outstanding shares of the Class payable in common stock or other

 

3


securities, then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities to which Holder would have been entitled had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend occurred. If the Company subdivides the outstanding shares of the Class by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares, the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares of the Class are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

2.2 Reclassification, Exchange, Conversion or Substitution . Upon any reclassification, exchange, conversion, substitution or similar event affecting the outstanding shares of the Class (other than as described in Section 1.6.2), Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, the number and kind of securities and property that Holder would have received for the Shares if this Warrant had been exercised in full immediately before such reclassification, exchange, conversion, substitution or similar event, at an aggregate Warrant Price not exceeding the aggregate Warrant Price in effect as of immediately prior thereto. Such an event shall include, without limitation, any automatic or voluntary conversion of all outstanding shares of the Class to common stock pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation. The Company or its successor shall promptly issue to Holder a certificate pursuant to Article 2.6 hereof setting forth the number, class and series or other designation of such new securities or other property issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant as a result of such reclassification, exchange, conversion, substitution or similar event. The provisions of this Article 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, conversions, substitutions, and similar events.

2.3 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances . The number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares shall be subject to adjustment from time to time in the manner set forth in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation as if the Shares were issued and outstanding on and as of the date of any such required adjustment. The provisions set forth for the Class in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation relating to the above in effect as of the Issue Date may not be amended, modified or waived, without the prior written consent of Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with the Shares in the same manner as such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the Class.

2.4 No Impairment . The Company shall not, by amendment of its Certificate of Incorporation or through a reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue, or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this Warrant by the Company, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out of all the provisions of this Article 2 and in taking all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to protect Holder’s rights under this Article against impairment.

2.5 Fractional Shares . No fractional Share shall be issuable upon exercise or conversion of the Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional share interest arises upon any

 

4


exercise or conversion of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional share interest by paying Holder the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by the fair market value (as determined pursuant to Article 1.3 above) of a full Share.

2.6 Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, Class and/or number of Shares, the Company shall promptly notify Holder in writing, and, at the Company’s expense, promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request, furnish Holder a certificate setting forth the Warrant Price, Class and number of Shares in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Warrant Price, Class and number of Shares.

2.7 Pay to Play Adjustments . Notwithstanding the definition of Class herein, if Pay to Play Provisions are at any time during the term of this Warrant applied to the outstanding shares of the Class, then from and after such application, “Class” shall mean that class and series of the Company’s securities that a holder of outstanding shares of the Class as of immediately prior to such application would have received or retained had such holder participated in the manner necessary to receive or retain the class and series of the Company’s securities having the relative rights, powers, privileges and preferences more favorable to the holder. As used herein, “Pay to Play Provisions” means provisions set forth in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or elsewhere that require holders of the outstanding shares of the Class to participate in a subsequent round of equity financing of the Company or lose all or a portion of the benefit of anti-dilution protection or any other right, power, privilege or preference applicable to such shares or have such shares automatically convert to common stock or another class or series of Company capital stock.

ARTICLE 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY .

3.1 Representations and Warranties . The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Holder as follows:

(a) The Company shall at all times during the term of this Warrant keep reserved out of its authorized and unissued capital stock a sufficient number of shares of the Class (and, if the Class is a series of convertible preferred stock, a sufficient number of shares of common stock) to permit exercise in full of this Warrant and, if applicable, conversion of the Shares issuable and issued upon any exercise hereof. All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise or conversion of this Warrant shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws.

(b) The Company’s capitalization table attached hereto as Schedule 1 is true and complete as of the Issue Date.

3.2 Notice of Certain Events . If the Company proposes at any time (a) to declare any dividend or distribution upon the outstanding shares of the Class, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) to offer for subscription or sale pro rata to the holders of the outstanding shares of the Class any additional shares of any class or series of the Company’s stock

 

5


(other than pursuant to contractual pre-emptive rights); (c) to effect any event described in Article 2.2 above, or (d) to effect an Acquisition or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder: (1) at least 10 days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of shares of the Class will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above; and (2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least 10 days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of shares of the Class will be entitled to exchange their shares for the securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event).

3.3 Registration Rights . The Company agrees that with respect to the Shares issued and issuable upon exercise or conversion hereof or, if the Shares are convertible into common stock of the Company, such shares of common stock issued and issuable upon conversion of such Shares, Holder shall have the registration rights set forth in and shall be treated as a “Holder” under Sections 2.2 and 2.3 (and all generally applicable registration rights sections) of the Company’s Third Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement dated as of April 26, 2007, as amended (as the same may be amended from time to time, the “Investor Rights Agreement”). The provisions set forth in the Investor Rights Agreement relating to the foregoing registration rights in effect as of the Issue Date may not be amended, modified or waived without the prior written consent of Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with the Shares in the same manner as such amendment, modification, or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the Class whose holders are parties thereto.

3.4 Certain Information . The Company agrees to provide Holder at any time and from time to time with such information as Holder may reasonably request for purposes of Holder’s compliance with regulatory, accounting and reporting requirements applicable to Holder.

ARTICLE 4. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF THE HOLDER. The Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1 Purchase for Own Account. This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder will be acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that it has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

4.2 Disclosure of Information. Holder has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

 

6


4.3 Investment Experience. Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

4.4 Accredited Investor Status. Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

4.5 The Act. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise or conversion hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise or conversion hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available.

4.6 No Shareholder Rights. Without limitation of any provision of this Warrant, Holder agrees that will not have any rights as a shareholder of the Company (including, without limitation, voting rights) with respect to the Shares issuable hereunder until the exercise of this Warrant.

4.7 Market Stand-Off Agreement . Holder agrees to be subject to the obligations of the Holders under the Market Stand-Off provisions in Section 3.15 of the Investor Rights Agreement.

ARTICLE 5. MISCELLANEOUS .

5.1 Term : Subject to Article 1.6 above, this Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before 6:00 PM, Pacific time, on the Expiration Date first set forth above, and shall be void thereafter.

5.2 Legend . Each certificate representing Shares issued upon any exercise or conversion hereof (and the certificates representing the securities issued upon conversion of such Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 OF THAT CERTAIN WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK ISSUED BY THE COMPANY TO GOLD HILL CAPITAL 2008, L.P. DATED AS OF MARCH 21, 2012, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND

 

7


UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.

5.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to an affiliate of Holder, provided that such affiliate is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

5.4 Transfer Procedure. Subject to the provisions of Article 5.3 and upon providing the Company with written notice, Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the securities issuable directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable). Holder shall not transfer this Warrant or any portion hereof to any person or entity who directly competes with the Company (as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors in good faith) without the prior written consent of the Company, which may be given or withheld in its sole discretion.

5.5 Notices . All notices and other communications from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective when given personally, or on the third (3 rd ) business day after being mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, or on the first business day after transmission by electronic mail, facsimile or deposit with a reliable overnight courier, fee prepaid, at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such holder from time to time. All notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

Gold Hill Capital 2008, L.P.

One Almaden Boulevard, Suite 630

San Jose, CA 95113

Attn: Mr. Jeff Brown

Facsimile: 408-200-7841

E-mail: jbrown@goldhillcapital.com

Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

 

ChannelAdvisor Corporation

Attn: Chief Operating Officer

2701 Aerial Center Parkway

Morrisville, NC 27560

Facsimile:  

 

  
E-mail:     

 

8


5.6 Waiver . This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

5.7 Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements.

5.8 Automatic Conversion upon Expiration . In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share (or other security issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined in accordance with Article 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be converted pursuant to Article 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised or converted, and the Company shall promptly deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) issued upon such conversion to Holder.

5.9 Counterparts. This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

5.10 Governing Law . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

[Remainder of page left blank intentionally; signature page follows]

 

9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Warrant to Purchase Stock by their duly authorized representatives as of the date first above written.

 

COMPANY
CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION
By:  

LOGO

Name:  

M. Scot Wingo

Title:   CEO
HOLDER
GOLD HILL CAPITAL 2008, L.P.
By:   Gold Hill Capital 2008, LLC, its general partner
By:  

/s/ Jeff Brown

Name:   Jeff Brown
Title:   Associate

 

10


APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. Holder elects to purchase                  shares of the Common/Series                  Preferred [strike one] Stock of                      pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders payment of the purchase price of the shares in full.

[or]

1. Holder elects to convert the attached Warrant into Shares/cash [strike one] in the manner specified in the Warrant. This conversion is exercised for                  of the Shares covered by the Warrant.

[Strike paragraph that does not apply.]

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the Shares in the name specified below:

 

  

 

  
  

Holders Name

  
  

 

  
  

 

  
  

(Address)

  

3. By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby makes each of the representations and warranties in Article 4 of the Warrant as of the date hereof.

 

HOLDER:

 

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

(Date):  

 

 

11


SCHEDULE 1

Company Capitalization Table

 

12

Exhibit 10.8

THIS WARRANT AND THE UNDERLYING SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”). THEY MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AS TO SUCH SECURITIES UNDER THE ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION

WARRANT TO PURCHASE PREFERRED STOCK

 

No. D-2008-                            , 2008

V OID A FTER                     , 2018

T HIS C ERTIFIES T HAT , for value received,                      or assigns (the “ Holder ”), is entitled to subscribe for and purchase from C HANNEL A DVISOR C ORPORATION , a Delaware corporation, (the “ Company ”) the Exercise Shares at the Exercise Price (each subject to adjustment as provided herein). This Warrant is being issued as one of a series of warrants (the “ Warrants ”) pursuant to the terms of the Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated May 30, 2008 by and among the Company and the Purchasers (as defined therein), as amended and restated on                         , 2008 (the “ Purchase Agreement ”). Unless indicated otherwise, the aggregate number of Exercise Shares that Holder may purchase by exercising this warrant is equal to the quotient of (A) the product of (i) ten percent (10%) multiplied by (ii) such Holder’s Loan Amount (as defined in the Purchase Agreement), divided by (B) the Exercise Price.

1. D EFINITIONS . Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Purchase Agreement. As used herein, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

(a) Exercise Period ” shall mean the period commencing with the conversion of the Notes into shares of the Company’s Preferred Stock and ending on the void date set forth above, unless sooner terminated as provided below.

(b) Exercise Price ” shall mean the per share price at which the outstanding principal of the Notes issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement was converted to shares of the Company’s Preferred Stock, subject to adjustment pursuant to the terms hereof, including but not limited to adjustment pursuant to Section 5 below.

(c) Exercise Shares ” shall mean shares of the series of the Company’s Preferred Stock into which the Notes are converted issuable upon exercise of this Warrant.

2. E XERCISE OF W ARRANT . The rights represented by this Warrant may be exercised in whole or in part at any time during the Exercise Period, by delivery of the following to the Company at its address set forth above (or at such other address as it may designate by notice in writing to the Holder):

(a) An executed Notice of Exercise in the form attached hereto;

 

1.


(b) Payment of the Exercise Price either (i) in cash or by check, or (ii) by cancellation of indebtedness; and

(c) This Warrant.

Upon the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant, a certificate or certificates for the Exercise Shares so purchased, registered in the name of the Holder or persons affiliated with the Holder, if the Holder so designates, shall be issued and delivered to the Holder within a reasonable time after the rights represented by this Warrant shall have been so exercised. In the event that this Warrant is being exercised for less than all of the then-current number of Exercise Shares purchasable hereunder, the Company shall, concurrently with the issuance by the Company of the number of Exercise Shares for which this Warrant is then being exercised, issue a new Warrant exercisable for the remaining number of Exercise Shares purchasable hereunder.

The person in whose name any certificate or certificates for Exercise Shares are to be issued upon exercise of this Warrant shall be deemed to have become the holder of record of such shares on the date on which this Warrant was surrendered and payment of the Exercise Price was made, irrespective of the date of delivery of such certificate or certificates, except that, if the date of such surrender and payment is a date when the stock transfer books of the Company are closed, such person shall be deemed to have become the holder of such shares at the close of business on the next succeeding date on which the stock transfer books are open.

2.1 Net Exercise . Notwithstanding any provisions herein to the contrary, if the fair market value of one Exercise Share is greater than the Exercise Price (at the date of calculation as set forth below), in lieu of exercising this Warrant by payment of cash, the Holder may elect to receive shares equal to the value (as determined below) of this Warrant (or the portion thereof being canceled) by surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company together with the properly endorsed Notice of Exercise in which event the Company shall issue to the Holder a number of Exercise Shares computed using the following formula:

 

   X = Y (A-B)
  

   A

Where X =    the number of Exercise Shares to be issued to the Holder
Y =    the number of Exercise Shares purchasable under the Warrant or, if only a portion of the Warrant is being exercised, that portion of the Warrant being canceled (at the date of such calculation)
A =    the fair market value of one Exercise Share (at the date of such calculation)
B =    Exercise Price (as adjusted to the date of such calculation)

For purposes of the above calculation, the fair market value of one Exercise Share shall be determined by the Company’s Board of Directors in good faith; provided, however, that in the event that this Warrant is exercised pursuant to this Section 2.1 in connection with the Company’s initial public offering of its Common Stock, the fair market value per share shall be

 

2.


the product of (i) the per share offering price to the public of the Company’s initial public offering, and (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock into which each Exercise Share is convertible at the time of such exercise.

3. C OVENANTS OF THE C OMPANY .

3.1 Covenants as to Exercise Shares. The Company covenants and agrees that all Exercise Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant will, upon issuance, be validly issued and outstanding, fully paid and nonassessable, and free from all taxes, liens and charges with respect to the issuance thereof. The Company further covenants and agrees that the Company will at all times during the Exercise Period, have authorized and reserved, free from preemptive rights, a sufficient number of shares of the series of equity securities comprising the Exercise Shares to provide for the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant. If at any time during the Exercise Period the number of authorized but unissued shares of such series of the Company’s equity securities shall not be sufficient to permit exercise of this Warrant, the Company will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of such series of the Company’s equity securities to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes.

4. R EPRESENTATIONS OF H OLDER .

4.1 Acquisition of Warrant for Personal Account. The Holder represents and warrants that it is acquiring the Warrant and the Exercise Shares solely for its account for investment and not with a view to or for sale or distribution of said Warrant or Exercise Shares or any part thereof. The Holder also represents that the entire legal and beneficial interests of the Warrant and Exercise Shares the Holder is acquiring is being acquired for, and will be held for, its account only.

4.2 Securities Are Not Registered.

(a) The Holder understands that the Warrant and the Exercise Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”) on the basis that no distribution or public offering of the stock of the Company is to be effected. The Holder realizes that the basis for the exemption may not be present if, notwithstanding its representations, the Holder has a present intention of acquiring the securities for a fixed or determinable period in the future, selling (in connection with a distribution or otherwise), granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the securities. The Holder has no such present intention.

(b) The Holder recognizes that the Warrant and the Exercise Shares must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Act or an exemption from such registration is available. The Holder recognizes that the Company has no obligation to register the Warrant or the Exercise Shares of the Company, or to comply with any exemption from such registration.

(c) The Holder is aware that neither the Warrant nor the Exercise Shares may be sold pursuant to Rule 144 adopted under the Act unless certain conditions are

 

3.


met, including, among other things, the existence of a public market for the shares, the availability of certain current public information about the Company, the resale following the required holding period under Rule 144 and the number of shares being sold during any three month period not exceeding specified limitations. Holder is aware that the conditions for resale set forth in Rule 144 have not been satisfied and that the Company presently has no plans to satisfy these conditions in the foreseeable future.

4.3 Disposition of Warrant and Exercise Shares.

(a) The Holder further agrees not to make any disposition of all or any part of the Warrant or Exercise Shares in any event unless and until:

(i) The Company shall have received a letter secured by the Holder from the Securities and Exchange Commission stating that no action will be recommended to the Commission with respect to the proposed disposition;

(ii) There is then in effect a registration statement under the Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with said registration statement; or

(iii) The Holder shall have notified the Company of the proposed disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed statement of the circumstances surrounding the proposed disposition, and if reasonably requested by the Company, the Holder shall have furnished the Company with an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, for the Holder to the effect that such disposition will not require registration of such Warrant or Exercise Shares under the Act or any applicable state securities laws. The Company agrees that it will not require an opinion of counsel with respect to transactions under Rule 144 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, except in unusual circumstances.

(b) The Holder understands and agrees that all certificates evidencing the shares to be issued to the Holder may bear the following legend:

THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”). THEY MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AS TO THE SECURITIES UNDER THE ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

4.4 Accredited Investor Status. The Holder is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

5. A DJUSTMENT OF E XERCISE P RICE AND N UMBER OF E XERCISE S HARES .

5.1 Changes in Securities. In the event of changes in the series of equity securities of the Company comprising the Exercise Shares by reason of stock dividends, splits,

 

4.


recapitalizations, reclassifications, combinations or exchanges of shares, separations, reorganizations, liquidations, or the like, the number and class of Exercise Shares available under the Warrant in the aggregate and the Exercise Price shall be correspondingly adjusted to give the Holder of the Warrant, on exercise for the same aggregate Exercise Price, the total number, class, and kind of shares as the Holder would have owned had the Warrant been exercised prior to the event and had the Holder continued to hold such shares until after the event requiring adjustment; provided, however, that such adjustment shall not be made with respect to, and this Warrant shall terminate if not exercised prior to, the events set forth in Section 7 below. For purposes of this Section 5 and Section 7, the “ Aggregate Exercise Price ” shall mean the aggregate Exercise Price payable in connection with the exercise in full of this Warrant. The form of this Warrant need not be changed because of any adjustment in the number of Exercise Shares subject to this Warrant.

5.2 Automatic Conversion. Upon the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of the series of equity securities comprising the Exercise Shares, this Warrant shall become exercisable for that number of shares of Common Stock of the Company into which the Exercise Shares would then be convertible, so long as such shares, if this Warrant had been exercised prior to such offering, would have been converted into shares of the Company’s Common Stock pursuant to the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation. In such case, all references to “Exercise Shares” shall mean shares of the Company’s Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant, as appropriate.

6. F RACTIONAL S HARES . No fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant as a consequence of any adjustment pursuant hereto. All Exercise Shares (including fractions) to be issued upon exercise of this Warrant shall be aggregated for purposes of determining whether the exercise would result in the issuance of any fractional share. If, after aggregation, the exercise would result in the issuance of a fractional share, the Company shall, in lieu of issuance of any fractional share, pay the Holder otherwise entitled to such fraction a sum in cash equal to the product resulting from multiplying the then current fair market value of one Exercise Share by such fraction.

7. E ARLY T ERMINATION . In the event of, at any time during the Exercise Period, an initial public offering of securities of the Company registered under the Act or an Acquisition (as defined below), the Company shall provide to the Holder twenty (20) days advance written notice of such public offering or Acquisition, and this Warrant shall be deemed exercised pursuant to Section 2.1 immediately prior to the date such public offering is closed or the closing of such Acquisition; provided that if such deemed exercise would result in the Holder receiving a negative number of Exercise Shares, this Warrant shall terminate unless exercised. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Acquisition ” shall mean (A) any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other corporation or other entity or person, or any other corporate reorganization, other than any such consolidation, merger or reorganization in which the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such consolidation, merger or reorganization, continue to hold at least a majority of the voting power of the surviving entity in substantially the same proportions (or, if the surviving entity is a wholly owned subsidiary, its parent) immediately after such consolidation, merger or reorganization or (B) any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is a party in which in excess of fifty percent (50%) of the Company’s voting power is transferred; provided that an Acquisition shall not include any

 

5.


transaction or series of transactions principally for bona fide equity financing purposes in which cash is received by the Company or any successor or indebtedness of the Company is cancelled or converted or a combination thereof.

8. M ARKET S TAND -O FF A GREEMENT . Holder shall not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, any Common Stock (or Exercise Shares or other securities) of the Company held by Holder, for a period of time specified by the managing underwriter(s) (not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days, or such longer period as the underwriters or the Company shall request in order to facilitate compliance with NASD Rule 2711) following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Act in connection with the Company’s initial public offering. Holder agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company and/or the managing underwriter(s) which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to such Common Stock (or other securities) until the end of such period.

9. N O S TOCKHOLDER R IGHTS . This Warrant in and of itself shall not entitle the Holder to any voting rights or other rights as a stockholder of the Company.

10. T RANSFER OF W ARRANT . Subject to applicable laws and the restriction on transfer set forth on the first page of this Warrant, this Warrant and all rights hereunder are transferable, by the Holder in person or by duly authorized attorney, upon delivery of this Warrant and the form of assignment attached hereto to any transferee designated by Holder. The transferee shall sign an investment letter in form and substance satisfactory to the Company.

11. L OST , S TOLEN , M UTILATED OR D ESTROYED W ARRANT . If this Warrant is lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed, the Company may, on such terms as to indemnity or otherwise as it may reasonably impose (which shall, in the case of a mutilated Warrant, include the surrender thereof), issue a new Warrant of like denomination and tenor as the Warrant so lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed. Any such new Warrant shall constitute an original contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the allegedly lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed Warrant shall be at any time enforceable by anyone.

12. A MENDMENT . Any term of this Warrant may be amended or waived with the written consent of the Company and the Requisite Purchasers. Upon the effectuation of such amendment or waiver in conformance with this Section 12, the Company shall promptly give written notice thereof to the record holders of the Warrants who have not previously consented thereto in writing.

13. N OTICES , ETC . All notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed telex or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, if not, then on the next business day, (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt.

 

6.


All communications shall be sent to the Company at the address listed on the signature page and to Holder at the addressed listed for such Holder in the Purchase Agreement or at such other address as the Company or Holder may designate by ten (10) days advance written notice to the other parties hereto.

14. A CCEPTANCE . Receipt of this Warrant by the Holder shall constitute acceptance of and agreement to all of the terms and conditions contained herein.

15. G OVERNING L AW . This Warrant and all rights, obligations and liabilities hereunder shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Delaware as applied to agreements among Delaware residents, made and to be performed entirely within the State of Delaware without giving effect to conflicts of laws principles.

 

7.


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the Company has caused this Warrant to be executed by its duly authorized officer as of                     , 2008.

 

C HANNEL A DVISOR C ORPORATION
By:  

 

Name:   M. Scot Wingo
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

 

[S IGNATURE P AGE ]


NOTICE OF EXERCISE

TO: C HANNEL A DVISOR C ORPORATION

(1) ¨ The undersigned hereby elects to purchase                  shares of              (the “ Exercise Shares ”) of ChannelAdvisor Corporation (the “ Company ”) pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders herewith payment of the exercise price in full, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any.

¨ The undersigned hereby elects to purchase                  shares of              (the “ Exercise Shares ”) of ChannelAdvisor Corporation (the “ Company ”) pursuant to the terms of the net exercise provisions set forth in Section 2.1 of the attached Warrant, and shall tender payment of all applicable transfer taxes, if any.

(2) Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said Exercise Shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

 

 

 

 
  (Name)  
 

 

 
 

 

 
  (Address)  

(3) The undersigned represents that (i) the aforesaid Exercise Shares are being acquired for the account of the undersigned for investment and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof and that the undersigned has no present intention of distributing or reselling such shares; (ii) the undersigned is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision regarding its investment in the Company; (iii) the undersigned is experienced in making investments of this type and has such knowledge and background in financial and business matters that the undersigned is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of this investment and protecting the undersigned’s own interests; (iv) the undersigned understands that Exercise Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent as expressed herein, and, because such securities have not been registered under the Securities Act, they must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available; (v) the undersigned is aware that the aforesaid Exercise Shares may not be sold pursuant to Rule 144 adopted under the Securities Act unless certain conditions are met and until the undersigned has held the shares for the number of years prescribed by Rule 144, that among the conditions for use of the Rule is the availability of current information to the public about the Company and the Company has not made such information available and has no present plans to do so; and (vi) the undersigned agrees not to make any disposition of all or any part of the aforesaid shares of Exercise Shares unless and until there is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with said registration statement, or, if reasonably requested by the Company, the undersigned has provided the Company with an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company, stating that such registration is not required.

 

1.


 

   

 

(Date)     (Signature)
   

 

    (Print name)

 

2.


ASSIGNMENT FORM

(To assign the foregoing Warrant, execute this form and supply required information. Do not use this form to purchase shares.)

F OR V ALUE R ECEIVED , the foregoing Warrant and all rights evidenced thereby are hereby assigned to

 

Name:  

 

  (Please Print)

 

Address:

 

 

  (Please Print)   

Dated:                      , 20     

 

Holder’s

Signature:

 

 

Holder’s

Address:

 

 

NOTE : The signature to this Assignment Form must correspond with the name as it appears on the face of the Warrant, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever. Officers of corporations and those acting in a fiduciary or other representative capacity should file proper evidence of authority to assign the foregoing Warrant.

 

3.

Exhibit 10.9

THIS WARRANT AND THE UNDERLYING SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”). THEY MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AS TO SUCH SECURITIES UNDER THE ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION

WARRANT TO PURCHASE COMMON STOCK

 

No. CW-                                            , 2008

Void After                     , 2015

T HIS C ERTIFIES T HAT , for value received,                      or its assigns (the “ Holder ”), is entitled to subscribe for and purchase at the Exercise Price (defined below) from C HANNELADVISOR C ORPORATION , a Delaware corporation, with its principal office at 2701 Aerial Center Parkway, Morrisville, NC 27560 (the “ Company ”), up to that number of Exercise Shares of the Common Stock of the Company (the “ Common Stock ”) determined in accordance with the terms hereof. This Warrant is being issued as one of a series of warrants (the “ Warrants ”) pursuant to the terms of that certain Stock Purchase Agreement, of even date herewith, by and among the Company and the Purchasers named therein (the “ Purchase Agreement ”).

1. D EFINITIONS . As used herein, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

(a) Exercise Period ” shall mean the period commencing with the date hereof and ending seven (7) years from the date of this Warrant.

(b) Exercise Price ” shall mean $0.685 per share, subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 4 below.

(c) Exercise Shares ” shall mean                      shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant, subject to adjustment pursuant to the terms herein, including but not limited to adjustment pursuant to Section 4 below.

2. E XERCISE OF W ARRANT .

2.1 Procedure . The rights represented by this Warrant may be exercised in whole or in part at any time during the Exercise Period, by delivery of the following to the Company at its address set forth above (or at such other address as it may designate by notice in writing to the Holder):

(a) An executed Notice of Exercise in the form attached hereto;


(b) Payment of the Exercise Price either (i) in cash or by check, (ii) by cancellation of indebtedness, or (iii) or in accordance with Section 2.2 below; and

(c) This Warrant.

Upon the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant, a certificate or certificates for the Exercise Shares so purchased, registered in the name of the Holder or persons affiliated with the Holder, if the Holder so designates, shall be issued and delivered to the Holder within a reasonable time after the rights represented by this Warrant shall have been so exercised. In the event that this Warrant is being exercised for less than all of the then-current number of Exercise Shares purchasable hereunder, the Company shall, concurrently with the issuance by the Company of the number of Exercise Shares for which this Warrant is then being exercised, issue a new Warrant exercisable for the remaining number of Exercise Shares purchasable hereunder.

The person in whose name any certificate or certificates for Exercise Shares are to be issued upon exercise of this Warrant shall be deemed to have become the holder of record of such shares on the date on which this Warrant was surrendered and payment of the Exercise Price was made, irrespective of the date of delivery of such certificate or certificates, except that, if the date of such surrender and payment is a date when the stock transfer books of the Company are closed, such person shall be deemed to have become the holder of such shares at the close of business on the next succeeding date on which the stock transfer books are open.

2.2 Net Exercise . Notwithstanding any provisions herein to the contrary, if the fair market value of one share of the Company’s Common Stock is greater than the Exercise Price (at the date of calculation as set forth below), in lieu of exercising this Warrant by payment of cash, the Holder may elect to receive shares equal to the value (as determined below) of this Warrant (or the portion thereof being canceled) by surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company together with the properly endorsed Notice of Exercise in which event the Company shall issue to the Holder a number of shares of Common Stock computed using the following formula:

 

  

X = Y (A-B)

  

   A

Where X =        the number of shares of Common Stock to be issued to the Holder
Y =        the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable under the Warrant or, if only a portion of the Warrant is being exercised, the portion of the Warrant being canceled (at the date of such calculation)
A =        the fair market value of one share of the Company’s Common Stock (at the date of such calculation)
B =        Exercise Price (as adjusted to the date of such calculation)

For purposes of the above calculation, the fair market value of one share of Common Stock shall mean the average of the closing bid and asked prices of Common Stock quoted in the over-the-counter market in which the Common Stock is traded or the closing price quoted on any exchange on which the Common Stock is listed, whichever is applicable, as published in the Western Edition of The Wall Street Journal for the ten (10) trading days prior to the date of determination of fair market value (or such shorter period of time during which such stock was traded over-the-counter or on such exchange); provided, however, that in the event that this Warrant is exercised pursuant to this Section 2.2 in connection with the

 

-2-


Company’s initial public offering of its Common Stock, the fair market value per share shall be the per share offering price of the Common Stock to the public. If the Common Stock is not traded on the over-the-counter market or on an exchange, the fair market value shall be the price per share that the Company could obtain from a willing buyer for Common Stock sold by the Company from authorized but unissued shares, as such price shall be determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors (excluding for purposes of this calculation any director designated by the Holder or any of the Holder’s affiliates).

3. C OVENANTS OF THE C OMPANY .

3.1 Covenants as to Exercise Shares. The Company covenants and agrees that all Exercise Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant will, upon issuance, be validly issued and outstanding, fully paid and nonassessable, and free from all taxes, liens and charges with respect to the issuance thereof. The Company further covenants and agrees that the Company will at all times during the Exercise Period, have authorized and reserved, free from preemptive rights, a sufficient number of shares of its Common Stock to provide for the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant. If at any time during the Exercise Period the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to permit exercise of this Warrant, the Company will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes.

3.2 No Impairment . Except and to the extent as waived or consented to by the Holder, the Company will not, by amendment of its Certificate of Incorporation or through any reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Company, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this Warrant and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the exercise rights of the Holder against impairment.

4. A DJUSTMENT OF E XERCISE S HARES AND E XERCISE P RICE .

4.1 Stock Splits, Combinations, etc. In the event of changes in the outstanding Common Stock of the Company by reason of stock dividends, split-ups, recapitalizations, reclassifications, combinations or exchanges of shares, separations, reorganizations, liquidations, or the like, the number and class of shares available under the Warrant in the aggregate and the Exercise Price shall be correspondingly adjusted to give the Holder of the Warrant, on exercise for the same aggregate Exercise Price, the total number, class, and kind of shares as the Holder would have owned had the Warrant been exercised prior to the event and had the Holder continued to hold such shares until after the event requiring adjustment. The form of this Warrant need not be changed because of any adjustment in the number of Exercise Shares subject to this Warrant. The foregoing provisions of this Section 4.1 shall similarly apply to successive stock dividends, split-ups, recapitalizations, reclassifications, combinations or exchanges of shares, separations, reorganizations, liquidations, or the like and to the stock or securities of any other entity that are at the time receivable upon the exercise of this Warrant.

4.2 Merger, Sale of Assets, etc. If at any time while this Warrant, or any portion hereof, is outstanding and unexpired there shall occur (i) the sale, conveyance, exchange, license or other transfer of all or substantially all of the intellectual property or assets of the Company, (ii) any acquisition of the Company by means of a consolidation, stock exchange, merger or other form of corporate reorganization of the Company with any other corporation in which the Company’s stockholders prior to the consolidation or merger own less than a majority of the voting securities of the surviving entity (or if the surviving entity is a subsidiary, its parent) or (iii) any transaction or series of related transactions

 

-3-


following which the Company’s stockholders prior to such transaction or series of related transactions own less than a majority of the voting securities of the Company (collectively, a “ Change of Control ”), this Warrant shall cease to represent the right to receive Exercise Shares and shall automatically and without further action represent the right to receive upon exercise of this Warrant, during the Exercise Period and upon payment of the Exercise Price then in effect, the number of shares of stock or other securities or property offered to the Company’s holders of Common Stock in connection with such Change of Control that a holder of the shares deliverable upon exercise of this Warrant would have been entitled to receive in such Change of Control if this Warrant had been exercised immediately before such Change of Control, subject to further adjustment as provided in this Section 4. The foregoing provisions of this Section 4.2 shall similarly apply to successive reorganizations, consolidations, mergers, sales and transfers and to the stock or securities of any other entity that are at the time receivable upon the exercise of this Warrant. If the per share consideration payable to the holder hereof in connection with any such transaction is in a form other than cash or marketable securities, then the value of such consideration shall be determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors. In all events, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors) shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Warrant with respect to the rights and interests of the Holder after the transaction, to the end that the provisions of this Warrant shall be applicable after that event, as near as reasonably may be, in relation to any shares or other property deliverable after that event upon exercise of this Warrant.

5. F RACTIONAL S HARES . No fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant as a consequence of any adjustment pursuant hereto. All Exercise Shares (including fractions) issuable upon exercise of this Warrant may be aggregated for purposes of determining whether the exercise would result in the issuance of any fractional share. If, after aggregation, the exercise would result in the issuance of a fractional share, the Company shall, in lieu of issuance of any fractional share, pay the Holder otherwise entitled to such fraction a sum in cash equal to the product resulting from multiplying the then current fair market value of an Exercise Share by such fraction.

6. N OTICE OF C ERTAIN E VENTS . The Company shall provide to the Holder at least twenty (20) days advance written notice of any event that would result in an adjustment to the Exercise Shares or Exercise Price pursuant to Section 4 hereof.

7. N O S TOCKHOLDER R IGHTS . This Warrant in and of itself shall not entitle the Holder to any voting rights or other rights as a stockholder of the Company.

8. R EGISTRATION R IGHTS . The Exercise Shares shall be “Registrable Securities” as such term is defined in the Third Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement among the Company and certain of its stockholders, as the same may be amended from time to time (the “ Investor Rights Agreement ”), and shall have the rights set forth therein. In the event that this Warrant is transferred pursuant to Section 9 hereof to a Holder who is not a party to the Investor Rights Agreement, such transferee shall be required to executed a counterpart signature page to the Investor Rights Agreement for such Exercise Shares to continue to be Registrable Securities thereunder.

9. T RANSFER OF W ARRANT . Subject to applicable laws and the restriction on transfer set forth on the first page of this Warrant, this Warrant and all rights hereunder are transferable, by the Holder in person or by duly authorized attorney, upon delivery of this Warrant and the form of assignment attached hereto to any transferee designated by the Holder that is an affiliate of the Holder. The transferee shall sign an investment letter in form and substance satisfactory to the Company and shall be subject to all terms and conditions of this Warrant.

10. L OST , S TOLEN , M UTILATED OR D ESTROYED W ARRANT . If this Warrant is lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed, the Company may, on such terms as to indemnity or otherwise as it may

 

-4-


reasonably impose (which shall, in the case of a mutilated Warrant, include the surrender thereof), issue a new Warrant of like denomination and tenor as the Warrant so lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed. Any such new Warrant shall constitute an original contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the allegedly lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed Warrant shall be at any time enforceable by anyone.

11. N OTICES , ETC . All notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed telex or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, if not, then on the next business day, (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the Company or to the Holder at their respective addresses set forth above or at such other address as the Company or the Holder may designate by ten (10) days advance written notice to the other parties hereto.

12. A CCEPTANCE . Receipt of this Warrant by the Holder shall constitute acceptance of and agreement to all of the terms and conditions contained herein.

13. G OVERNING L AW . This Warrant and all rights, obligations and liabilities hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware.

14. A MENDMENT . Any term of this Warrant may be amended or waived with the written consent of the Company and Holders of at least a majority in interest of the outstanding Warrants issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, provided that all such Warrants are similarly affected. Upon the effectuation of such amendment or waiver in conformance with this Section 14, the Company shall promptly give written notice thereof to the record holders of the Warrants who have not previously consented thereto in writing.

*        *        *         *        *        *

 

-5-


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the Company has caused this Warrant to be executed by its duly authorized officer as of the date set forth on the first page hereof.

 

C HANNEL A DVISOR C ORPORATION
By:  

 

Name:  

M. Scot Wingo

Title:  

CEO

 

A GREED AND ACCEPTED :
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 


NOTICE OF EXERCISE

TO: C HANNEL A DVISOR C ORPORATION

(1) ¨ The undersigned hereby elects to purchase                  shares of the Common Stock of C HANNEL A DVISOR C ORPORATION (the “ Company ”) pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders herewith payment of the exercise price in full, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any.

¨ The undersigned hereby elects to purchase                  shares of the Common Stock of C HANNEL A DVISOR C ORPORATION (the “ Company ”) pursuant to the terms of the net exercise provisions set forth in Section 2.1 of the attached Warrant, and shall tender payment of all applicable transfer taxes, if any.

(2) Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said shares of Common Stock in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

 

 

 

 
  (Name)  
 

 

 
 

 

 
  (Address)  

(3) The undersigned represents that (i) the undersigned is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision regarding its investment in the Company; (ii) the undersigned is experienced in making investments of this type and has such knowledge and background in financial and business matters that the undersigned is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of this investment and protecting the undersigned’s own interests; (iii) the undersigned understands that the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and, because such securities have not been registered under the Securities Act, they must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available; (iv) the undersigned is aware that the aforesaid shares of Common Stock may not be sold pursuant to Rule 144 adopted under the Securities Act unless certain conditions are met and until the undersigned has held the shares for the number of years prescribed by Rule 144; and (v) the undersigned agrees not to make any disposition of all or any part of the aforesaid shares of Common Stock unless and until there is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with said registration statement, or the undersigned has provided the Company with an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company, stating that such registration is not required.

 

 

   

 

(Date)     (Signature)
   

 

    (Print name)


ASSIGNMENT FORM

(To assign the foregoing Warrant, execute this form and supply required information. Do not use this form to purchase shares.)

F OR V ALUE R ECEIVED , the foregoing Warrant and all rights evidenced thereby are hereby assigned to

 

Name:  

 

  (Please Print)

 

Address:

 

 

  (Please Print)   

Dated:                      , 2008

 

 

Holder’s

Signature:

 

 

 
 

Holder’s

Address:

 

 

 

NOTE : The signature to this Assignment Form must correspond with the name as it appears on the face of the Warrant, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever. Officers of corporations and those acting in a fiduciary or other representative capacity should file proper evidence of authority to assign the foregoing Warrant.

 

-2-

Exhibit 10.10

Execution Version

CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT


CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

T HIS T HIRD A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of the 26th day of April, 2007, by and among C HANNEL A DVISOR C ORPORATION , a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) and the investors listed on Exhibit A hereto, referred to hereinafter as the “ Investors ” and each individually as an “ Investor .”

R ECITALS

W HEREAS , certain of the Investors (the “ Prior Investors ”) and the Company are parties to an Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of April 27, 2005, as amended as of April 19, 2006 (the “ Prior Agreement ”);

W HEREAS , certain of the Investors are purchasing shares of the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock (the “ Series C Preferred ”), pursuant to that certain Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement (the “ Purchase Agreement ”) of even date herewith (the “ Financing ”);

W HEREAS , the obligations in the Purchase Agreement are conditioned upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement;

W HEREAS , the parties to the Prior Agreement desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement and accept the rights and covenants hereof in lieu of their rights and covenants under the Prior Agreement; and

W HEREAS , in connection with the consummation of the Financing, the Company and the Investors have agreed to the registration rights, information rights, and other rights as set forth below.

N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of these premises and for other good and valid consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

SECTION 1. GENERAL.

1.1 Amendment and Restatement of Prior Agreement. The Prior Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety and restated herein. Such amendment and restatement is effective upon the execution of the Agreement by the Company and the holders of a majority in interest of the Registrable Securities (as defined in the Prior Agreement) held by the Prior Investors outstanding as of the date of this Agreement. Upon such execution, all provisions of, rights granted and covenants made in the Prior Agreement are hereby waived, released and superseded in their entirety and shall have no further force or effect, including, without limitation, all rights of first refusal and any notice period associated therewith otherwise applicable to the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement.

 

-1-


1.2 Definitions. As used in this Agreement the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

(a) Common Stock ” shall mean the Company’s common stock, $0.001 par value per share.

(b) Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(c) Form S-3 ” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any successor or similar registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC which permits inclusion or incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.

(d) Holder ” means any person owning of record Registrable Securities that have not been sold to the public or any assignee of record of such Registrable Securities in accordance with Section 2.10 hereof.

(e) Initial Offering ” means the Company’s first firm commitment underwritten public offering of its Common Stock registered under the Securities Act.

(f) NEA ” shall mean New Enterprise Associates 12, Limited Partnership, NEA Ventures 2007, Limited Partnership and their affiliates.

(g) Purchase Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

(h) Preferred Stock ” shall mean the Series C Preferred, the Series B-1 Preferred, the Series B Preferred and the Series A Preferred.

(i) Qualified Offering ” shall mean a firm commitment underwritten public offering of the Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement filed with the Commission under the Securities Act which results in all outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock being converted into Common Stock. “ Register ,” “ registered ,” and “ registration ” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act, and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement or document.

(j) Registrable Securities ” means (a) Common Stock of the Company issuable or issued upon conversion of the Shares or exercise of the Warrants and (b) any Common Stock of the Company issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security which is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, such above-described securities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Registrable Securities shall not include any securities (i) sold by a person to the public either pursuant to a registration statement or Rule 144, (ii) sold in a private transaction in which the transferor’s rights under Section 2 of this Agreement are not assigned or (iii) held by a Holder (together with its affiliates) if, the Company has completed its Initial Offering and all shares of Common Stock of the Company issuable or issued upon conversion of the Shares held by and issuable to such Holder (and its affiliates) may be sold pursuant to Rule 144, without restrictions on volume.

 

-2-


(k) Registrable Securities then outstanding ” shall be the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock that are Registrable Securities and either (a) are then issued and outstanding or (b) are issuable pursuant to then exercisable or convertible securities.

(l) Registration Expenses ” shall mean all expenses incurred by the Company in complying with Sections 2.2, 2.3 and 2.4 hereof, including, without limitation, all registration and filing fees, printing expenses, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, reasonable fees and disbursements of a single special counsel for the Holders (not to exceed $35,000), blue sky fees and expenses and the expense of any special audits incident to or required by any such registration (but excluding the compensation of regular employees of the Company which shall be paid in any event by the Company).

(m) SEC ” or “ Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

(n) Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(o) Selling Expenses ” shall mean all underwriting discounts and selling commissions applicable to the sale.

(p) Series A Preferred ” shall mean the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share.

(q) Series B Preferred ” shall mean the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share.

(r) Series B-1 Preferred ” shall mean the Company’s Series B-1 Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share.

(s) Series C Preferred ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

(t) Shares ” shall mean (i) the Series C Preferred issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement or otherwise acquired or held from time to time by the Investors and their permitted assigns, (ii) the Series B-1 Preferred issued pursuant to that certain Series B-1 Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 19, 2006 or otherwise acquired or held from time to time by the Investors and their permitted assigns, (iii) the Series B Preferred issued pursuant to that certain Series B Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 27, 2005 or otherwise acquired or held from time to time by the Investors and their permitted assigns and (iv) the Series A Preferred held by the Prior Investors and their permitted assigns.

(u) Special Registration Statement ” shall mean (i) a registration statement relating to any employee benefit plan or (ii) with respect to any corporate reorganization or transaction under Rule 145 of the Securities Act, including any registration statements related to the issuance or resale of securities issued in such a transaction or (iii) a registration related to stock issued upon conversion of debt securities.

(v) Warrants ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Purchase Agreement.

 

-3-


SECTION 2. REGISTRATION; RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER.

2.1 Restrictions on Transfer.

(a) Each Holder agrees not to make any disposition of all or any portion of the Shares or Registrable Securities unless and until:

(i) there is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement; or

(ii) (A) The transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement, (B) such Holder shall have notified the Company of the proposed disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed statement of the circumstances surrounding the proposed disposition, and (C) if reasonably requested by the Company, such Holder shall have furnished the Company with an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, that such disposition will not require registration of such shares under the Securities Act. It is agreed that the Company will not require opinions of counsel for transactions made pursuant to Rule 144, except in unusual circumstances. After its Initial Offering, the Company will not require the transferee to be bound by the terms of this Agreement.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (a) above, no such restriction shall apply to a transfer by a Holder that is (A) a partnership transferring to its partners or former partners in accordance with partnership interests, (B) a corporation transferring to a wholly-owned subsidiary or a parent corporation that owns all of the capital stock of the Holder, (C) a limited liability company transferring to its members or former members in accordance with their interest in the limited liability company, (D) an individual transferring to the Holder’s family member or trust for the benefit of an individual Holder, (E) an entity transferring to an affiliate of such Holder (subject to applicable securities laws), (F) an entity transferring to an affiliated partnership, limited liability company or fund managed by a Holder or any of their respective directors, officers, partners or members (subject to applicable securities laws), or (G) effecting a transfer that does not change the beneficial ownership of such Holder of the Shares or Registrable Securities; provided that in each case the transferee will agree in writing to be subject to the terms of this Agreement to the same extent as if he, she or it were an original Holder hereunder.

(c) Each certificate representing Shares or Registrable Securities shall be stamped or otherwise imprinted with legends substantially similar to the following (in addition to any legend required under applicable state securities laws):

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ ACT ”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR UNLESS THE COMPANY HAS RECEIVED AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

 

-4-


THE SALE, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR TRANSFER OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE IS SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF A CERTAIN INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT BY AND BETWEEN THE STOCKHOLDER AND THE COMPANY. COPIES OF SUCH AGREEMENT MAY BE OBTAINED UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

(d) The Company shall be obligated to reissue promptly unlegended certificates at the request of any Holder thereof if the Company has completed its Initial Offering and the Holder shall have obtained an opinion of counsel (which counsel may be counsel to the Company) reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that the securities proposed to be disposed of may lawfully be so disposed of without registration, qualification and legend, provided that the second legend listed above shall be removed only at such time as the Holder of such certificate is no longer subject to any restrictions hereunder.

(e) Any legend endorsed on an instrument pursuant to applicable state securities laws and the stop-transfer instructions with respect to such securities shall be removed upon receipt by the Company of an order of the appropriate blue sky authority authorizing such removal.

2.2 Demand Registration.

(a) Subject to the conditions of this Section 2.2, if the Company shall receive a written request from the Holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities (the “ Initiating Holders ”) that the Company file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering all or part of the Registrable Securities (provided that the anticipated aggregate offering price, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, is at least $5,000,000), then the Company shall, within thirty (30) days of the receipt thereof, give written notice of such request to all Holders, and subject to the limitations of this Section 2.2, effect, as expeditiously as reasonably possible, the registration under the Securities Act of all Registrable Securities that all Holders request to be registered.

(b) If the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to this Section 2.2 or any request pursuant to Section 2.4 and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in Section 2.2(a) or Section 2.4(a), as applicable. In such event, the right of any Holder to include its Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders (which underwriter or underwriters shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.2 or Section 2.4, if the underwriter advises the Company that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of securities to be underwritten (including Registrable Securities) then the Company shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities which would otherwise be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of shares that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated to the Holders of such Registrable Securities on a pro rata basis based on the number of Registrable Securities held by all such Holders (including the Initiating Holders); provided, however , that the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be included in such

 

-5-


underwriting and registration shall not be reduced unless all other securities of the Company are first entirely excluded from the underwriting and registration. Any Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from the registration.

(c) The Company shall not be required to effect a registration pursuant to this Section 2.2:

(i) prior to the earlier of (A) four (4) years from the date of this Agreement or (B) one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of the registration statement pertaining to the Initial Offering;

(ii) after the Company has effected two (2) demand registrations pursuant to this Section 2.2, and such registrations have been declared or ordered effective;

(iii) during the period starting with the date of filing of, and ending on the date one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of the Initial Offering; provided that the Company makes reasonable good faith efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective;

(iv) if within thirty (30) days of receipt of a written request from Initiating Holders pursuant to Section 2.2(a), the Company gives notice to the Holders of the Company’s intention to file a registration statement for its Initial Offering within ninety (90) days; provided that the Company makes reasonable good faith efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective;

(v) if the Company shall furnish to Holders requesting a registration statement pursuant to this Section 2.2, a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than ninety (90) days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders; provided that such right to delay a request shall be exercised by the Company not more than once in any twelve (12) month period;

(vi) if the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Section 2.4 below; or

(vii) in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance.

2.3 Piggyback Registrations. The Company shall notify all Holders of Registrable Securities in writing at least thirty (30) days prior to the filing of any registration statement under the Securities Act for purposes of a public offering of securities of the Company (including, but not limited to, registration statements relating to secondary offerings of securities of the Company, but excluding Special Registration Statements) and will afford each such Holder an opportunity to include in such registration statement all or part of

 

-6-


such Registrable Securities held by such Holder. Each Holder desiring to include in any such registration statement all or any part of the Registrable Securities held by it shall, within fifteen (15) days after the above-described notice from the Company, so notify the Company in writing. Such notice shall state the intended method of disposition of the Registrable Securities by such Holder. If a Holder decides not to include all of its Registrable Securities in any registration statement thereafter filed by the Company, such Holder shall nevertheless continue to have the right to include any Registrable Securities in any subsequent registration statement or registration statements as may be filed by the Company with respect to offerings of its securities, all upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

(a) Underwriting. If the registration statement under which the Company gives notice under this Section 2.3 is for an underwritten offering, the Company shall so advise the Holders of Registrable Securities. In such event, the right of any such Holder to be included in a registration pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their Registrable Securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Company. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if the underwriter determines in good faith that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, the number of shares that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated, first, to the Company; second, to the Holders on a pro rata basis based on the total number of Registrable Securities held by the Holders; and third, to any stockholder of the Company (other than a Holder) on a pro rata basis; provided , however , that no such reduction shall reduce the amount of securities of the selling Holders included in the registration below thirty percent (30%) of the total amount of securities included in such registration, unless such offering is the Initial Offering and such registration does not include shares of any other selling stockholders, in which event any or all of the Registrable Securities of the Holders may be excluded in accordance with the immediately preceding clause. In no event will shares of any other selling stockholder be included in such registration that would reduce the number of shares which may be included by Holders without the written consent of Holders of not less than a majority of the Registrable Securities proposed to be sold in the offering. If any Holder disapproves of the terms of any such underwriting, such Holder may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company and the underwriter, delivered at least ten (10) business days prior to the effective date of the registration statement. Any Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be excluded and withdrawn from the registration. For any Holder which is a partnership or corporation, the partners, retired partners and stockholders of such Holder, or the estates and family members of any such partners and retired partners and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing person shall be deemed to be a single “Holder,” and any pro rata reduction with respect to such “Holder” shall be based upon the aggregate amount of shares carrying registration rights owned by all entities and individuals included in such “Holder,” as defined in this sentence.

(b) Right to Terminate Registration. The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 2.3 whether or not any Holder has elected to include securities in such registration, and shall promptly notify any Holder that has elected to include shares in such registration of such termination or withdrawal. The Registration Expenses of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Section 2.5 hereof.

 

-7-


2.4 Form S-3 Registration. In case the Company shall receive from any Holder or Holders of Registrable Securities a written request or requests that the Company effect a registration on Form S-3 (or any successor to Form S-3) or any similar short-form registration statement and any related qualification or compliance with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder or Holders, the Company will:

(a) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration, and any related qualification or compliance, to all other Holders of Registrable Securities; and

(b) as soon as practicable, effect such registration and all such qualifications and compliances as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Holder’s or Holders’ Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any other Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within fifteen (15) days after receipt of such written notice from the Company; provided, however , that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to this Section 2.4:

(i) if Form S-3 is not available for such offering by the Holders, or

(ii) if the Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at an aggregate price to the public of less than five hundred thousand dollars ($500,000), or

(iii) if within thirty (30) days of receipt of a written request from any Holder or Holders pursuant to this Section 2.4, the Company gives notice to such Holder or Holders of the Company’s intention to make a public offering within ninety (90) days, other than pursuant to a Special Registration Statement; provided that the Company makes reasonable good faith efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, or

(iv) if the Company shall furnish to the Holders a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such Form S-3 registration to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer the filing of the Form S-3 registration statement for a period of not more than ninety (90) days after receipt of the request of the Holder or Holders under this Section 2.4; provided , that such right to delay a request shall be exercised by the Company not more than once in any twelve (12) month period, or

(v) in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance.

(c) Subject to the foregoing, the Company shall file a Form S-3 registration statement covering the Registrable Securities and other securities so requested to be registered as soon as practicable after receipt of the requests of the Holders. Registrations effected pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall not be counted as demands for registration or registrations effected pursuant to Section 2.2.

 

-8-


2.5 Expenses of Registration. Except as specifically provided herein, all Registration Expenses incurred in connection with any registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to Section 2.2 or any registration under Section 2.3 or Section 2.4 herein shall be borne by the Company. All Selling Expenses incurred in connection with any registrations hereunder, shall be borne by the holders of the securities so registered pro rata on the basis of the number of shares so registered. The Company shall not, however, be required to pay for expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 2.2 or 2.4, the request of which has been subsequently withdrawn by the Initiating Holders unless (a) the withdrawal is based upon material adverse information concerning the Company of which the Initiating Holders were not aware at the time of such request or (b) the Holders of a majority of Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to one requested registration pursuant to the applicable section, in which event such right shall be forfeited by all Holders. If the Holders are required to pay the Registration Expenses, such expenses shall be borne by the holders of securities (including Registrable Securities) requesting such registration in proportion to the number of shares for which registration was requested. If the Company is required to pay the Registration Expenses of a withdrawn offering pursuant to clause (a) above, then the Holders shall not forfeit their rights pursuant to Section 2.2 or Section 2.4, as applicable.

2.6 Obligations of the Company. Whenever required to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

(a) prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use all reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for up to ninety (90) days or, if earlier, until the Holder or Holders have completed the distribution related thereto; provided, however , that at any time, upon written notice to the participating Holders and for a period not to exceed sixty (60) days thereafter (the “ Suspension Period ”), the Company may delay the filing or effectiveness of any registration statement or suspend the use or effectiveness of any registration statement (and the Initiating Holders hereby agree not to offer or sell any Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration statement during the Suspension Period) if the Company reasonably believes that there is or may be in existence material nonpublic information or events involving the Company, the failure of which to be disclosed in the prospectus included in the registration statement could result in a Violation (as defined below). In the event that the Company shall exercise its right to delay or suspend the filing or effectiveness of a registration hereunder, the applicable time period during which the registration statement is to remain effective shall be extended by a period of time equal to the duration of the Suspension Period. The Company may extend the Suspension Period for an additional consecutive sixty (60) days with the consent of the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered or to be registered under the applicable registration statement, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. No more than two (2) such Suspension Periods shall occur in any twelve (12) month period. If so directed by the Company, all Holders registering shares under such registration statement shall (i) not offer to sell any Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement during the period in which the delay or suspension is in effect after receiving notice of such delay or suspension; and (ii) use their best efforts to deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Holders’ possession, of the prospectus relating to such Registrable Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice.

 

-9-


(b) Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement for the period set forth in subsection (a) above.

(c) Furnish to the Holders such number of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities owned by them.

(d) Use its reasonable efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders (and to maintain such registrations and qualifications effective for the applicable period of time set forth in Section 2.6(a) above); provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions.

(e) In the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter(s) of such offering. Each Holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement.

(f) Notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing. The Company will use reasonable efforts to amend or supplement such prospectus in order to cause such prospectus not to include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing.

(g) Use its reasonable efforts to furnish, on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale, if such securities are being sold through underwriters, (i) an opinion, dated as of such date, of the counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and (ii) a letter, dated as of such date, from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering addressed to the underwriters.

(h) Cause all such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed (or, if not then listed, on such exchange(s) as may be reasonably requested by a holders of at least majority of the Registrable Securities held by the participating Holders or, in the case of registrations pursuant to Section 2.2 above, the Initiating Holders).

(i) Provide for a transfer agent and registrar and CUSIP number for all such shares not later than the effective date of such registration statement.

 

-10-


(j) Make available for inspection by any participating Holder, by any underwriter participating in any distribution pursuant to such registration statement and by any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by any participating Holder or by any such underwriter all financing and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties (other than confidential intellectual property and trade secrets of the Company) of the Company and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Holder, underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with such registration statement.

(k) Permit any Holder of Registrable Securities, which Holder, in its sole reasonable judgment, might be deemed to be an underwriter or a controlling person of the Company, to participate in the preparation of such registration statement and to require the insertion therein of material regarding such Holder, furnished to the Company in writing, which in the reasonable judgment of such Holder and its counsel should be included.

(l) In the event of the issuance of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a registration statement, or of any order suspending or preventing the use of any related prospectus or suspending the qualification of any Registrable Securities included in such registration statement for sale in any jurisdiction, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts promptly to obtain the withdrawal of such order.

(m) Use its commercially reasonable efforts to, within the time periods required by applicable law, file all documents and reports required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, and to take any and all other actions to ensure the availability of the use of Form S-3 to the Company and the Holders.

2.7 Delay of Registration; Furnishing Information.

(a) No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any such registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 2.

(b) It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to Section 2.2, 2.3 or 2.4 that the selling Holders shall furnish to the Company such information regarding themselves, the Registrable Securities held by them and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be required to effect the registration of their Registrable Securities

(c) The Company shall have no obligation with respect to any registration requested pursuant to Section 2.2 or Section 2.4 if the underwriter for such offering advises the Company that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of securities to be underwritten, and as a result the anticipated aggregate offering price of the Registrable Securities to be included in the registration does not equal or exceed the requirements to trigger the Company’s obligations to initiate such registration pursuant to Section 2.2(a) or 2.4(b)(ii), as applicable.

 

-11-


2.8 Indemnification. In the event any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under Sections 2.2, 2.3 or 2.4:

(a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, the partners, members, officers and directors of each Holder, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for such Holder and each person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which they may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations (each, a “ Violation ”) by the Company: (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement or incorporated reference therein, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any free writing prospectus, amendments or supplements thereto, (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any state securities law in connection with the offering covered by such registration statement; and the Company will reimburse each such Holder, partner, member, officer, director, underwriter or controlling person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.8(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, nor shall the Company be liable in any such case for any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon a Violation which occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished expressly for use in connection with such registration by such Holder, partner, member, officer, director, underwriter or controlling person of such Holder.

(b) To the extent permitted by law, each Holder will, if Registrable Securities held by such Holder are included in the securities as to which such registration qualifications or compliance is being effected, indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, its officers and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, any underwriter and any other Holder selling securities under such registration statement or any of such other Holder’s partners, directors or officers or any person who controls such Holder, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (joint or several) to which the Company or any such director, officer, controlling person, underwriter or other such Holder, or partner, director, officer or controlling person of such other Holder may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements: (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement or incorporated reference therein, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any free writing prospectuses, amendments or supplements thereto, (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act (each, a “ Holder Violation ”), in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Holder Violation occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such Holder under an instrument duly executed by such Holder and stated to be specifically for use in connection with such registration; and each such Holder will reimburse any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or any such director, officer, controlling person, underwriter or other Holder, or partner, officer, director or controlling person of such other Holder in

 

-12-


connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if it is judicially determined that there was such a Holder Violation; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.8(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided further , that in no event shall any indemnity under this Section 2.8 exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder.

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 2.8 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 2.8, deliver to the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement thereof and the indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in, and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly noticed, to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided, however, that an indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding. The failure to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action, if materially prejudicial to its ability to defend such action, shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Section 2.8, but the omission so to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 2.8.

(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 2.8 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party with respect to any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to herein, the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party thereunder, shall to the extent permitted by applicable law contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, claim, damage or liability in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other in connection with the Violation(s) or Holder Violation(s) that resulted in such loss, claim, damage or liability, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by a court of law by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission; provided , that in no event shall any contribution by a Holder hereunder exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder.

(e) The obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 2.8 shall survive completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement and the termination of this Agreement. No indemnifying party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation, shall, except with the consent of each indemnified party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.

 

-13-


2.9 Assignment of Registration Rights. The rights to cause the Company to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 2 may be assigned by a Holder to a transferee or assignee of Registrable Securities (for so long as such shares remain Registrable Securities) that (a) is a subsidiary, parent, general partner, limited partner, retired partner, member or retired member of a Holder that is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company, (b) is a Holder’s family member or trust for the benefit of an individual Holder, or (c) acquires at least five hundred thousand (500,000) shares of Registrable Securities (as adjusted for stock splits and combinations) or, if less than five hundred thousand (500,000) shares, acquires all shares of Registrable Securities from Holder; provided , however , (i) the transferor shall, within ten (10) days after such transfer, furnish to the Company written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned and (ii) such transferee shall agree to be subject to all restrictions set forth in this Agreement.

2.10 Limitation on Subsequent Registration Rights. Other than as provided in Section 5.10, after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent or waiver of the Holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that would grant such holder (i) rights to demand the registration of their shares, or to include their shares in a registration statement that would reduce the number of shares includable by the Holders or (ii) any other registration rights on a parity with or senior to those granted to the Holders hereunder, other than the right to a Special Registration Statement.

2.11 Market Stand-Off Agreement. Each Holder hereby agrees that, if requested by the Company and the managing underwriter of the Initial Offering, such Holder shall not sell, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by such Holder (other than those included in the Initial Offering or acquired in the public market after such offering) for a period specified by the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding not to exceed 180 days following the effective date of the Registration Statement for the Initial Offering (or, if required by such underwriter, such longer period of time as is necessary to enable such underwriter to issue a research report or make a public appearance that relates to an earnings release or announcement by the Company within eighteen (18) days prior to or after the date that is one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of the registration statement relating to such offering, but in any event not to exceed two hundred ten (210) days following such effective date) (the “ Restriction Period ”); provided that:

(i) all officers and directors of the Company enter into similar agreements and such agreement shall provide that any discretionary waiver or termination of the restrictions of such agreement by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company shall apply to the Investors pro rata , based on the number of Registrable Securities then outstanding held by the Investors and the holders of capital stock receiving the waiver or termination of such restrictions;

 

-14-


(ii) holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding enter into similar agreements and such agreement shall provide that any discretionary waiver or termination of the restrictions of such agreement by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company shall apply to the Investors pro rata , based on the number of Registrable Securities then outstanding held by the Investors and the holders of capital stock receiving the waiver or termination of such restrictions; and

(iii) holders of at least one percent (1%) of the Company’s voting securities, who are not otherwise a party to this Agreement, enter into similar agreements.

2.12 Agreement to Furnish Information. Each Holder agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter that are consistent with the Holder’s obligations under Section 2.11 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, each Holder shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in Section 2.11 and this Section 2.12 shall not apply to a Special Registration Statement. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the restriction in Section 2.11 until the end of the Restriction Period. Each Holder agrees that any transferee of any shares of Registrable Securities shall be bound by Sections 2.11 and 2.12. The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of Sections 2.11 and 2.12 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.

2.13 Rule 144 Reporting. With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the SEC which may permit the sale of the Registrable Securities to the public without registration, the Company agrees to use its best efforts to:

(a) Make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144 or any similar or analogous rule promulgated under the Securities Act, at all times after the effective date of the first registration filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public;

(b) File with the SEC, in a timely manner, all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Exchange Act; and

(c) So long as a Holder owns any Registrable Securities, furnish to such Holder forthwith upon request: a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of said Rule 144 of the Securities Act, and of the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements); a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company filed with the Commission; and such other reports and documents as a Holder may reasonably request in connection with availing itself of any rule or regulation of the SEC allowing it to sell any such securities without registration.

 

-15-


SECTION 3. COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

3.1 Basic Financial Information and Reporting.

(a) The Company will maintain true books and records of account in which full and correct entries will be made of all its business transactions pursuant to a system of accounting established and administered in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (except as noted therein), and will set aside on its books all such proper accruals and reserves as shall be required under generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.

(b) To the extent requested by an Investor, as soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within one hundred twenty (120) days thereafter, the Company will furnish to such Investor a consolidated balance sheet of the Company, as at the end of such fiscal year, and a consolidated statement of income and a statement of cash flows of the Company, for such year, all prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (except as noted therein) and setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail. Such financial statements shall be accompanied by a report and opinion thereon by independent public accountants of national standing selected by the Company’s Board of Directors.

(c) To the extent requested by an Investor, the Company will furnish to each Investor, as soon as practicable after the end of the first, second and third quarterly accounting periods in each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within forty-five (45) days thereafter, a balance sheet of the Company as of the end of each such quarterly period, and a statement of income and a statement of cash flows of the Company for such period and for the current fiscal year to date, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (except as noted therein), with the exception that no notes need be attached to such statements and year-end audit adjustments may not have been made.

(d) So long as an Investor (with its affiliates) shall own at least (i) nine million (9,000,000) shares of Registrable Securities or (ii) an aggregate of three million (3,000,000) shares of Series B Preferred and Series B-1 Preferred (in each case as adjusted for stock splits and combinations) (each, a “ Major Investor ”), the Company will furnish each such Major Investor: (i) within thirty (30) days of approval by the Board of Directors, an annual budget and operating plans for such fiscal year (and as soon as available, any subsequent written revisions thereto); and (ii) as soon as practicable after the end of each month, and in any event within twenty (20) days thereafter, a balance sheet of the Company as of the end of each such month, and a statement of income and a statement of cash flows of the Company for such month and for the current fiscal year to date, including a comparison to plan figures for such period, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (except as noted thereon), with the exception that no notes need be attached to such statements and year-end audit adjustments may not have been made.

(e) As soon as reasonably practicable, the Company will provide each Major Investor copies of all reports and communications required to be delivered to the holders of Common Stock.

 

-16-


3.2 Inspection Rights. Each Major Investor shall have the right to visit and inspect any of the properties of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, and to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Company or any of its subsidiaries with its officers, and to review such information as is reasonably requested all at such reasonable times and as often as may be reasonably requested; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated under this Section 3.2 with respect to a competitor of the Company or with respect to information which the Board of Directors determines in good faith is confidential or attorney-client privileged and should not, therefore, be disclosed.

3.3 Confidentiality of Records. Each Investor agrees to use the same degree of care as such Investor uses to protect its own confidential information, but no less than reasonable care, to keep confidential any information furnished to such Investor pursuant to Section 3.1 and 3.2 hereof that the Company identifies as being confidential or proprietary (so long as such information is not in the public domain), except that such Investor may disclose such proprietary or confidential information (i) to any partner, subsidiary or parent of such Investor for the purpose of evaluating its investment in the Company as long as such partner, subsidiary or parent is advised of the confidentiality provisions of this Section 3.3; (ii) at such time as it enters the public domain through no fault of such Investor; (iii) that is communicated to it free of any obligation of confidentiality; (iv) that is developed by Investor or its agents independently of and without reference to any confidential information communicated by the Company; or (v) as required by applicable law; and provided, further, that any Investor may provide aggregated financial information to its partners or members as required by any partnership agreement or limited liability operating agreement.

3.4 Reservation of Common Stock. The Company will at all times reserve and keep available, solely for issuance and delivery upon the conversion of the Shares and exercise of the Warrants, all Common Stock issuable from time to time upon such conversion or exercise.

3.5 Stock Vesting. Unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors or the compensation committee thereof, (i) all stock options and other stock equivalents issued after the date of this Agreement to employees, directors, consultants and other service providers shall be subject to vesting in equal quarterly installments over four (4) years, and (ii) for new hires, the first 25% of the shares subject to option will vest no earlier than the one-year anniversary following such person’s full-time service commencement date or if later, the date of grant. With respect to any shares of stock purchased by any such person, the Company’s repurchase option shall provide that upon such person’s termination of employment or service with the Company, with or without cause, the Company or its assignee shall have the option to purchase at cost any unvested shares of stock held by such person.

3.6 Key Man Insurance. Subject to the approval of the Board of Directors, the Company will use its best efforts to maintain in full force and effect term life insurance in the amount of two million ($2,000,000) dollars on the lives of each of Scot Wingo and Aris Buinevicius, naming the Company as beneficiary.

 

-17-


3.7 Director and Officer Insurance. The Company will use its best commercially reasonable efforts to obtain and maintain in full force and effect director and officer liability insurance in an amount to be determined by the Board of Directors, including the NEA designee.

3.8 Directors’ Expenses. The Company shall reimburse each of the members of its Board of Directors who is not an employee of the Company, for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by him/her in connection with attendance at Board meetings (including any meetings of committees of the Board) and any other meetings or events attended on behalf of and at the request of the Company. The Company shall not, however, pay any compensation to any of its directors for their services as directors, except that the Company may elect to compensate any independent director, provided , that any compensation to such independent directors shall be approved by at least a majority of the Board of Directors.

3.9 Compensation Committee. The Company shall establish and maintain a Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors which shall consist of no more than three directors, at least one of which shall be a designee of NEA and one of which shall be a designee of the Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class (in addition to the NEA designee). No employee stock option plan, employee stock purchase plan, employee restricted stock plan or other employee equity compensation plan shall be established or amended without the approval of the Compensation Committee. All material compensation decisions of the Company, including awards under any stock option plan, shall require approval of the Compensation Committee.

3.10 Audit Committee. The Company shall establish and maintain an Audit Committee of the Board of Directors which shall consist of not more than three directors, none of which shall be employees of the Company and at least one of which shall be a director designated by the holders of Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class.

3.11 Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement. The Company shall require all employees and consultants to execute and deliver a Special Terms of Employment Agreement or a consulting agreement containing proprietary information, work product assignment and non-competition provisions substantially in a form approved by the Company’s counsel or Board of Directors, it being understood and agreed that currently existing agreements entered into between the Company and the parties thereto in the forms attached as exhibits to the Purchase Agreement satisfy this obligation.

3.12 Assignment of Right of First Refusal. In the event the Company elects not to exercise any right of first refusal or right of first offer the Company may have on a proposed transfer of any of the Company’s outstanding capital stock pursuant to the Company’s charter documents, by contract or otherwise, the Company shall, to the

 

-18-


extent it may do so, assign such right of first refusal or right of first offer to each Major Investor. In the event of such assignment, each Major Investor shall have a right to purchase its pro rata portion of the capital stock proposed to be transferred. Each Major Investor’s pro rata portion shall be equal to the product obtained by multiplying (i) the aggregate number of shares proposed to be transferred by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by such Major Investor at the time of the proposed transfer and the denominator of which is the total number of shares owned by all Major Investors at the time of such proposed transfer.

3.13 Approvals. The Company shall not, without the approval of a majority of the Board of Directors, authorize or enter into any agreement or transaction or series of related agreements or transactions (i) for the employment, termination, or regarding the compensation of, the President, Chief Executive Officer, or any senior manager who reports directly to the President or Chief Executive Officer of the Company, (ii) by which the Company would incur any debt, liability or other obligation in excess of $150,000, other than customer contracts in the ordinary course of business or (iii) for the acquisition or lease of facilities or real property.

3.14 Directors’ Liability and Indemnification. The Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws shall provide (a) for elimination of the liability of director to the maximum extent permitted by law and (b) for indemnification of directors for acts on behalf of the Company to the maximum extent permitted by law. The Company will enter into indemnification agreements with each of the Preferred Directors (as defined below), to the extent such agreements have not been executed prior to the date hereof, in a form reasonably acceptable to such director.

3.15 Market Stand-Off Agreement. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause (i) all entities and individuals that are holders of at least 1% of the outstanding voting securities of the Company or become holders of at least 1% of the outstanding voting securities of the Company after the date hereof, (ii) all employees, executives, consultants, advisors and other service providers to the Company who receive stock options of the Company after the date hereof, and (iii) all persons and entities who receive warrants or other rights to receive the Company’s capital stock after the date hereof to be bound by market stand-off restrictions substantially similar to the market stand-off agreement contained in Section 2.11 above.

3.16 Compliance with Laws. The Company will in good faith attempt to comply in all material respects with all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders, noncompliance with which could adversely affect the Company’s business or condition, financial or otherwise including, without limitation, the filing of all tax returns and payment of all taxes and assessments when due by the Company unless such amounts are in dispute.

 

-19-


3.17 Termination of Covenants. All covenants of the Company contained in Section 3 of this Agreement (other than the provisions of Section 3.3) shall expire and terminate as to each Investor upon the earlier of (i) the effective date of the registration statement pertaining to a Qualified Offering or (ii) upon an “ Asset Transfer ” or “ Acquisition ”, each as defined in the Amended and Restated Company’s Certificate of Incorporation as in effect as of the date hereof (a “ Change of Control ”).

 

SECTION 4. RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL.

4.1 Subsequent Offerings. The Company shall not issue, sell or exchange, agree to issue, sell or exchange, or reserve or set aside for issuance, sale or exchange, any Equity Securities, as defined below, unless in each such case the Company shall have first complied with this Section 4 or the operation of this Section 4 shall have been waived in accordance with the terms herein. Subject to applicable securities laws, each Investor shall have a right of first refusal to purchase its pro rata share of all Equity Securities, that the Company may, from time to time, propose to sell and issue after the date of this Agreement, other than the Equity Securities excluded by Section 4.6 hereof. Each Investor’s pro rata share is equal to the ratio of (a) the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock (including all shares of Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Shares or exercise of the Warrants) which such Investor is deemed to be a holder immediately prior to the issuance of such Equity Securities to (b) the total number of shares of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock (including all shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Shares) immediately prior to the issuance of the Equity Securities. The term “ Equity Securities ” shall mean (i) any Common Stock, Preferred Stock or other security of the Company, (ii) any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, with or without consideration, any Common Stock, Preferred Stock or other security (including any option to purchase such a convertible security), (iii) any security carrying any warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase any Common Stock, Preferred Stock or other security or (iv) any such warrant or right.

4.2 Exercise of Rights. If the Company proposes to issue any Equity Securities, it shall give each Investor written notice of its intention, describing the Equity Securities, the price and the terms and conditions upon which the Company proposes to issue the same. Each Investor shall have fifteen (15) days from the giving of such notice to agree to purchase its pro rata share of the Equity Securities for the price and upon the terms and conditions specified in the notice by giving written notice to the Company and stating therein the quantity of Equity Securities to be purchased. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to offer or sell such Equity Securities to any Investor who would cause the Company to be in violation of applicable federal securities laws by virtue of such offer or sale.

4.3 Issuance of Equity Securities to Other Persons. If not all of the Investors elect to purchase their pro rata share of the Equity Securities, then the Company shall promptly notify in writing the Investors who do so elect and shall offer such Investors the right to acquire such unsubscribed shares. The Investors shall have five (5) days after receipt of such notice to notify the Company of its election to purchase all or a portion thereof of the unsubscribed shares. If the Investors fail to exercise in full the rights of first refusal, the Company shall have ninety (90) days thereafter to sell the Equity Securities in respect of which the Investor’s

 

-20-


rights were not exercised, at a price and upon general terms and conditions not materially more favorable to the purchasers thereof than specified in the Company’s notice to the Investors pursuant to Section 4.2 hereof. If the Company has not sold such Equity Securities within ninety (90) days of the notice provided pursuant to Section 4.2, the Company shall not thereafter issue or sell any Equity Securities, without first offering such securities to the Investors in the manner provided above.

4.4 Termination and Waiver of Rights of First Refusal. Notwithstanding Section 5.14 (ii) of this Agreement, the rights of first refusal established by this Section 4 shall not apply to, and shall terminate on the effective date of the registration statement pertaining to the Company’s Qualified Offering. Notwithstanding Section 5.5 hereof, the rights of first refusal established by this Section 4 may be amended, or any provision waived with respect to a particular transaction, with the written consent of the Company and the Investors holding a majority of the Registrable Securities held by all Investors; provided, however , that any such waiver will also require the written consent of the Adversely Affected Holders (as defined in Section 5.5(d), if any).

4.5 Transfer of Rights of First Refusal. The rights of first refusal of each Investor under this Section 4 may be transferred to the same parties, subject to the same restrictions as any transfer of registration rights pursuant to Section 2.9.

4.6 Excluded Securities. The rights of first refusal established by this Section 4 shall have no application to any of the following Equity Securities:

(a) shares of Common Stock and/or options, warrants or other Common Stock purchase rights and the Common Stock issued pursuant to such options, warrants or other rights issued or to be issued after the Original Issue Date (as defined in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended from time to time) to employees, officers or directors of, or consultants or advisors to the Company or any subsidiary, pursuant to stock purchase or stock option plans or other arrangements that are approved by the Board of Directors, including a majority of the directors elected pursuant to Section D.2(h)(i) of Article IV of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (the “ Preferred Directors ”);

(b) stock issued or issuable pursuant to any rights or agreements, options, warrants or convertible securities outstanding as of the date of this Agreement; and stock issued pursuant to any such rights or agreements granted after the date of this Agreement, so long as the rights of first refusal established by this Section 4 were complied with, waived, or were inapplicable pursuant to any provision of this Section 4.6 with respect to the initial sale or grant by the Company of such rights or agreements;

(c) any Equity Securities issued for consideration other than cash pursuant to a merger, consolidation, strategic alliance, acquisition or similar business combination approved by the Board of Directors, including a majority of the Preferred Directors;

(d) any Equity Securities issued in connection with any stock split, stock dividend or recapitalization by the Company;

 

-21-


(e) any Equity Securities issued pursuant to any equipment loan or leasing arrangement, real property leasing arrangement, or debt financing from a bank or similar financial or lending institution approved by the Board of Directors, including a majority of the Preferred Directors; and

(f) any Equity Securities that are issued by the Company pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act.

 

SECTION 5. MISCELLANEOUS.

5.1 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Delaware in all respects as such laws are applied to agreements among Delaware residents entered into and to be performed entirely within Delaware, without reference to conflicts of laws or principles thereof.

5.2 Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors, and administrators and shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by each person who shall be a holder of Registrable Securities from time to time; provided, however , that prior to the receipt by the Company of adequate written notice of the transfer of any Registrable Securities specifying the full name and address of the transferee, the Company may deem and treat the person listed as the holder of such shares in its records as the absolute owner and holder of such shares for all purposes, including the payment of dividends or any redemption price.

5.3 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, the Exhibits and Schedules hereto, the Purchase Agreement and the other documents delivered pursuant thereto constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and no party shall be liable or bound to any other in any manner by any oral or written representations, warranties, covenants and agreements except as specifically set forth herein and therein. Each party expressly represents and warrants that it is not relying on any oral or written representations, warranties, covenants or agreements outside of this Agreement.

5.4 Severability. In the event one or more of the provisions of this Agreement should, for any reason, be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

5.5 Amendment and Waiver.

(a) Except as otherwise expressly provided, this Agreement may be amended or modified only upon the written consent of the Company and the holders of at least (i) a majority of the then-outstanding Registrable Securities and (ii) a majority of the then-outstanding Series C Preferred.

 

-22-


(b) Except as otherwise expressly provided, the obligations of the Company and the rights of the Holders under this Agreement may be waived only with the written consent of the holders of at least (i) a majority of the then-outstanding Registrable Securities and (ii) a majority of the then-outstanding Series C Preferred.

(c) For the purposes of determining the number of Holders or Investors entitled to vote or exercise any rights hereunder, the Company shall be entitled to rely solely on the list of record holders of its stock as maintained by or on behalf of the Company. Any amendment, termination or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 5.5 shall be binding on all parties hereto, even if they do not execute such consent.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any amendment or waiver would adversely change a specifically enumerated right or obligation hereunder of one or more Investors (the “ Adversely Affected Holders ”) in a manner materially adverse and different from the manner in which such specifically enumerated right or obligation is changed with respect to other Investors, such amendment or waiver shall also require the written consent of the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then held by such Adversely Affected Holders.

5.6 Delays or Omissions. It is agreed that no delay or omission to exercise any right, power, or remedy accruing to any party, upon any breach, default or noncompliance by another party under this Agreement shall impair any such right, power, or remedy, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach, default or noncompliance, or any acquiescence therein, or of any similar breach, default or noncompliance thereafter occurring. It is further agreed that any waiver, permit, consent, or approval of any kind or character on any party’s part of any breach, default or noncompliance under the Agreement or any waiver on such party’s part of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement, by law, or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

5.7 Notices. All notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient; if not, then on the next business day, (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the party to be notified at the address as set forth on the signature pages hereof or Exhibit A hereto or at such other address or electronic mail address as such party may designate by ten (10) days advance written notice to the other parties hereto.

5.8 Attorneys’ Fees. In the event that any suit or action is instituted under or in relation to this Agreement, including without limitation to enforce any provision in this Agreement, the prevailing party in such dispute

 

-23-


shall be entitled to recover from the losing party all fees, costs and expenses of enforcing any right of such prevailing party under or with respect to this Agreement, including without limitation, such reasonable fees and expenses of attorneys and accountants, which shall include, without limitation, all fees, costs and expenses of appeals.

5.9 Titles and Subtitles. The titles of the sections and subsections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in construing this Agreement.

5.10 Additional Investors. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Company shall issue additional shares of its Preferred Stock pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, any purchaser of such shares of Preferred Stock shall become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering an additional counterpart signature page to this Agreement and shall be deemed an “ Investor ,” a “ Holder ” and a party hereunder. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Company shall issue Equity Securities in accordance with Section 4.6(c) or (e) of this Agreement, any purchaser of such Equity Securities may become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering an additional counterpart signature page to this Agreement and shall be deemed an “ Investor ,” a “ Holder ” and a party hereunder.

5.11 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

5.12 Aggregation of Stock. All shares of Registrable Securities held or acquired by affiliated entities or persons or persons or entities under common management or control shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement.

5.13 Pronouns. All pronouns contained herein, and any variations thereof, shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine or neutral, singular or plural, as to the identity of the parties hereto may require.

5.14 Termination. Except as otherwise set forth herein, this Agreement shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the earlier of (i) a Change of Control; or (ii) the date three (3) years following the closing of a Qualified Offering.

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

 

-24-


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this T HIRD A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

COMPANY:
C HANNEL A DVISOR C ORPORATION
Signature:  

LOGO

Print Name: M. Scot Wingo
Title: President & Chief Executive Officer

 

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this T HIRD A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTOR:
PURCHASER:
N EW E NTERPRISE A SSOCIATES 12, L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP
By:   NEA Partners 12, Limited Partnership, its general partner
By:   NEA 12 GP, LLC, its general partner
   

By:

 

LOGO

   

Name:

 

Eugene A. Trainer, III

   

Title:

  Manager
NEA V ENTURES 2007, L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP
By:  

LOGO

Name:  

Karen P. Welsh

Title:   General Partner

 

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this T HIRD A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTOR:
A DVANCED T ECHNOLOGY V ENTURES VII, L.P.
By:   ATV Associates VII, L.L.C., its General Partner
 

By:

 

LOGO

 

Name:

 

Robert Hower

 

Title:

 

Managing Member

A DVANCED T ECHNOLOGY V ENTURES VII (B), L.P.
By:   ATV Associates VII, L.L.C., its General Partner
 

By:

 

LOGO

 

Name:

 

Robert Hower

 

Title:

 

Managing Member

A DVANCED T ECHNOLOGY V ENTURES VII (C), L.P.
By:   ATV Associates VII, L.L.C., its General Partner
 

By:

 

LOGO

 

Name:

 

Robert Hower

 

Title:

 

Managing Member

ATV E NTREPRENEURS VII, L.P.
By:   ATV Associates VII, L.L.C., its General Partner
 

By:

 

LOGO

 

Name:

 

Robert Hower

 

Title:

 

Managing Member

 

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this T HIRD A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTOR:
K ODIAK V ENTURE P ARTNERS II-A, L.P.
By:   Kodiak Ventures Management II, L.P., its General Partner
By:   Kodiak Ventures Management Company, Inc., its General Partner
 

By:

 

LOGO

 

Name:

 

David Furneaux

 

Title:

 

President

K ODIAK V ENTURE P ARTNERS II-B, L.P.
By:   Kodiak Ventures Management II, L.P., its General Partner
By:   Kodiak Ventures Management Company, Inc., its General Partner
 

By:

 

LOGO

 

Name:

 

David Furneaux

 

Title:

 

President

K ODIAK V ENTURE P ARTNERS III, L.P.

By:

 

Kodiak Ventures Management III, L.P., its General Partner

By:

 

Kodiak Ventures Management Company, LLC, its General Partner

By:

 

Kodiak Ventures Management Company, Inc., its Member

 

By:

 

LOGO

 

Name:

 

David Furneaux

 

Title:

 

President

K ODIAK III E NTREPRENEURS F UND , L.P.

By:

 

Kodiak Ventures Management III, L.P., its General Partner

By:

 

Kodiak Ventures Management Company, LLC, its General Partner

By:

 

Kodiak Ventures Management Company, Inc., its Member

 

By:

 

LOGO

 

Name:

 

David Furneaux

 

Title:

 

President

 

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this T HIRD A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTOR:
T HE A TLANTIS G ROUP , LLC
By:  

LOGO

Name:  

Roberta B. Hardy

Title:  

Chairperson

 

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this T HIRD A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTOR:
S OUTHERN C APITOL T ECHNOLOGY F UND I, LLC
By:  

LOGO

Name:  

Ben T. Brooks

Title:  

Founding Member

S OUTHERN C APITOL T ECHNOLOGY F UND II, L.P.
By:  

LOGO

Name:  

Ben T. Brooks

Title:  

Founding Member

 

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this T HIRD A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTOR:
T RI -S TATE I NVESTMENT G ROUP IV, LLC
By:  

LOGO

Name:  

Stephen Clossick

Title:  

Administrator

 

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this T HIRD A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTOR:
E B AY I NC .
By:  

LOGO

Name:  

Brian Levey

Title:  

Assistant Secretary

 

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this T HIRD A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTOR:

LOGO

M. S COT W INGO

 

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this T HIRD A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTOR:

LOGO

A RIS  A. B UINEVICIUS

 

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this T HIRD A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTOR:

LOGO

C HARLES C OLEMAN

 

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this T HIRD A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

INVESTOR:

 

W ALTER E. & L INDA M. D ANIELS ( AS J OINT T ENANTS WITH R IGHT OF S URVIVORSHIP )
By:  

LOGO

  W ALTER  E. D ANIELS
By:  

LOGO

  L INDA  M. D ANIELS

 

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this T HIRD A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTOR:

LOGO

R ICHARD H OLCOMB

 

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this T HIRD A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTOR:

LOGO

J ENNIFER G IBSON

 

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this T HIRD A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTOR:
M ONTAGU N EWHALL G LOBAL P ARTNERS II, L.P.
By: Montagu Newhall General Partner II, L.P., its General Partner
  By:  

LOGO

  Name:  

Jim Lim

  Title:  

General Partner

M ONTAGU N EWHALL G LOBAL P ARTNERS II-A, L.P.
By: Montagu Newhall General Partner II, L.P., its General Partner
  By:  

LOGO

  Name:  

Jim Lim

  Title:  

General Partner

M ONTAGU N EWHALL G LOBAL P ARTNERS II-B, L.P.
By: Montagu Newhall General Partner II, L.P., its General Partner
  By:  

LOGO

  Name:  

Jim Lim

  Title:  

General Partner

 

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE


Execution Version

 

A MENDMENT TO THE I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT ,

THE C O -S ALE A GREEMENT AND THE V OTING A GREEMENT

T HIS A MENDMENT (this “ Amendment ”) TO THE I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT , THE C O -S ALE A GREEMENT AND THE V OTING A GREEMENT (each of the foregoing agreements is defined below) is made and entered into as of August 29, 2008 by and between C HANNEL A DVISOR C ORPORATION , a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), those certain holders of the common stock, par value $0.001 (the “ Common Stock ”) and the preferred stock, par value $0.001 (the “ Preferred Stock ”) of the Company set forth on Exhibit A hereto (the “ Key Holders ”) and the persons and entities who are holders of Preferred Stock set forth on Exhibit B hereto (the “ Investors ”).

R ECITALS

W HEREAS , the Company and the Investors have entered into that certain Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, of even date herewith (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), pursuant to which the Investors purchased additional shares of the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “ Additional Series C Preferred ”);

W HEREAS , the Company, the Investors and, as applicable, the Key Holders have entered into each of that certain Third Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of April 26, 2007 (the “ Investor Rights Agreement ”), Third Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement, dated as of April 26, 2007 (the “ Co-Sale Agreement ”) and Second Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, dated as of April 26, 2007 (the “ Voting Agreement ,” and together with the Investor Rights Agreement and the Co-Sale Agreement, the “ Ancillary Agreements ”). Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Purchase Agreement;

W HEREAS , the Company and the Investors desire to amend the Ancillary Agreements to clarify that the Additional Series C Preferred purchased under the Purchase Agreement shall be fully incorporated into each of the Ancillary Agreements such that the holders of the newly issued Additional Series C Preferred shall have all of the same rights and be subject to all of the same obligations to the same extent as the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock previously issued under that certain Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated April 26, 2007 (the “ Previous Series C Preferred ”);

W HEREAS , Section 5.5 of the Investor Rights Agreement provides that the Investor Rights Agreement may be amended or modified only with the written consent of (i) the Company, (ii) the holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities (as defined therein) then outstanding and (iii) the holders of at least a majority of the Series C Preferred Stock then outstanding ((ii) and (iii) collectively, the “ IRA Requisite Majorities ”);

W HEREAS , Section 7.3 of the Co-Sale Agreement provides that the Co-Sale Agreement may be amended or modified only with the written consent of the Company and holders of at least a majority of the Common Stock (including shares issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock) then held by the Investors and Key Holders, voting together as a class (the “ Co-Sale Requisite Majority ”);

 

1


Execution Version

 

W HEREAS , Section 4.5 of the Voting Agreement provides that the Voting Agreement may be amended or modified only with the written consent of (i) the Company, (ii) holders of at least a majority of the shares of Common Stock (including shares issuable upon conversion of Preferred Stock) held by the Investors, (iii) holders of at least two-thirds of the shares of Common Stock (including shares issuable upon conversion of Preferred Stock) held by the Key Holders who are then providing services to the Company as directors, officers or employees, if any, (iv) Advanced Technology Ventures, (v) Kodiak Venture Partners II-A, L.P. and (vi) New Enterprise Associates 12, L.P. and NEA Ventures 2007, L.P. ((ii) through (vi) collectively, the “ Voting Agreement Requisite Majorities ,” and together with the Co-Sale Requisite Majority and IRA Requisite Majorities, the “ Requisite Majorities ”); and

W HEREAS , the Investors and Key Holders executing this Amendment hold the Requisite Majorities as of the date hereof.

A MENDMENT

N OW , T HEREFORE , for and in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties to this Amendment hereby agree as follows:

1. The Investor Rights Agreement is hereby amended to fully incorporate the Additional Series C Preferred held by the Investors into the Investor Rights Agreement so that the holders of the Additional Series C Preferred shall have the same rights and obligations as the holders of the Previous Series C Preferred. For that purpose, the Additional Series C Preferred shall be deemed included in the definition of “ Series C Preferred ” and the “ Shares ” as defined in the Investor Rights Agreement.

2. The Co-Sale Agreement is hereby amended to fully incorporate the Additional Series C Preferred held by the Investors into the Co-Sale Agreement so that the holders of the Additional Series C Preferred shall have the same rights and obligations as the holders of the Previous Series C Preferred. For that purpose, the Additional Series C Preferred shall be deemed included in the definition of “ Series C Stock ” as defined in the Co-Sale Agreement.

3. The Voting Agreement is hereby amended to fully incorporate the Additional Series C Preferred held by the Investors into the Voting Agreement so that the holders of the Additional Series C Preferred shall have the same rights and obligations as the holders of the Previous Series C Preferred. For that purpose, the Additional Series C Preferred shall be deemed included in the definition of “ Series C Preferred ” as defined in the Voting Agreement.

4. The Voting Agreement is hereby further amended so that Section 4.5 of the Voting Agreement is amended and restated to read as follows:

4.5 Amendment or Waiver . This Agreement may be amended or modified (or provisions of this Agreement waived) only upon the written consent of all of the following: (i) the Company, (ii) holders of at least a majority of the Investor Shares (determined on an as-converted basis), (iii) holders of two-thirds (2/3) of the Key Holder Shares held by persons who are then providing services to the Company as directors, officers or employees, if any, (iv) ATV,

 

2


Execution Version

 

(v) Kodiak and (vi) NEA. Any amendment or waiver so effected shall be binding upon the Company, each of the parties hereto and any assignee of any such party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Section 1.1 of this Agreement may be amended to add holders of additional holders of Common Stock or Preferred Stock as “Key Holders” or “Investors” hereunder by an instrument in writing signed by the Company and such holders.”

5. Intent . Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing to the contrary, the Ancillary Agreements shall otherwise be deemed to be amended such that the holders of the Additional Series C Preferred shall have all the same rights and be subject to all the same obligations to the same extent as the holders of the Previous Series C Preferred. To the extent any future amendment is necessary to clarify the intent of this Amendment, the Investors and Key Holders hereby consent to such further amendments to the extent necessary to clarify and fulfill the intent of this Amendment.

6. Governing Law . This Amendment shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Delaware in all respects as such laws are applied to agreements among Delaware residents entered into and performed entirely within Delaware, without giving effect to conflict of law principles thereof.

7. Successors and Assigns . The provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators and other legal representatives.

8. Severability . In the event one or more of the provisions of this Amendment should, for any reason, be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of this Amendment, and this Amendment shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

9. Entire Agreement . This Amendment and the Exhibits hereto, along with the Ancillary Agreements and the other documents delivered pursuant thereto constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and thereof and no party shall be liable or bound to any other in any manner by any oral or written representations, warranties, covenants and agreements except as specifically set forth herein and therein. Each party expressly represents and warrants that it is not relying on any oral or written representations, warranties, covenants or agreements outside of this Amendment and the Ancillary Agreements.

10. Notices . All notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed electronic mail, telex or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, if not, then on the next business day, (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the holder appearing on the books of the Company or at such other address or electronic mail address as such party may designate by ten (10) days advance written notice to the other parties hereto

 

3


Execution Version

 

11. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

12. Amendment of Ancillary Agreements . The Ancillary Agreements are hereby amended. This Amendment shall become effective immediately upon execution by the Company and the holders of the Requisite Majorities. Other than as set forth in this Amendment, all of the terms and conditions of the Ancillary Agreements shall continue in full force and effect.

[S IGNATURE P AGES F OLLOW ]

 

4


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this A MENDMENT TO THE I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT , T HE C O -S ALE A GREEMENT AND THE V OTING A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

COMPANY:
C HANNEL A DVISOR C ORPORATION
Signature:  

LOGO

Print Name:   M. Scot Wingo
Title:   President & Chief Executive Officer
KEY HOLDERS AND INVESTORS:

LOGO

M. S COT W INGO

LOGO

A RIS A. B UINEVICIUS

 

J ENNIFER G IBSON

E XHIBIT A

AMENDMENT TO THE INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT,

THE CO-SALE AGREEMENT AND THE VOTING AGREEMENT


Execution Version

 

I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this A MENDMENT TO THE I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT , T HE C O -S ALE A GREEMENT AND THE V OTING A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

KEY HOLDERS:

LOGO

M ICHAEL J ONES

LOGO

S COTT A LRIDGE

LOGO

D AVID S PITZ

 

E XHIBIT A

AMENDMENT TO THE INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT,

THE CO-SALE AGREEMENT AND THE VOTING AGREEMENT


Execution Version

 

I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this A MENDMENT TO THE I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT , T HE C O -S ALE A GREEMENT AND THE V OTING A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTOR:
N EW E NTERPRISE A SSOCIATES 12, L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP
By: NEA Partners 12, Limited Partnership, its General Partner
By: NEA 12, GP, LLC, its General Partner
  By:  

/s/ Charles Newhall, III

  Name:  

Charles Newhall, III

  Title:  

Manager

NEA V ENTURES 2007, L IMITED P ARTNERSHIP
  By:  

LOGO

  Name:  

Pamela J. Clark

  Title:  

Vice President

 

E XHIBIT A

AMENDMENT TO THE INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT,

THE CO-SALE AGREEMENT AND THE VOTING AGREEMENT


Execution Version

 

I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this A MENDMENT TO THE I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT , T HE C O -S ALE A GREEMENT AND THE V OTING A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTOR:
A DVANCED T ECHNOLOGY V ENTURES VII, L.P.
By: ATV Associates VII, L.L.C., its General Partner
  By:  

LOGO

  Name:  

Robert C. Hower

  Title:  

Managing Director

A DVANCED T ECHNOLOGY V ENTURES VII (B), L.P.
By: ATV Associates VII, L.L.C., its General Partner
  By:  

LOGO

  Name:  

Robert C. Hower

  Title:  

Managing Director

A DVANCED T ECHNOLOGY V ENTURES VII (C), L.P.
By: ATV Associates VII, L.L.C., its General Partner
  By:  

LOGO

  Name:  

Robert C. Hower

  Title:  

Managing Director

ATV E NTREPRENEURS VII, L.P.
By: ATV Associates VII, L.L.C., its General Partner
  By:  

LOGO

  Name:  

Robert C. Hower

  Title:  

Managing Director

 

E XHIBIT A

AMENDMENT TO THE INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT,

THE CO-SALE AGREEMENT AND THE VOTING AGREEMENT


Execution Version

 

I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this A MENDMENT TO THE I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT , T HE C O -S ALE A GREEMENT AND THE V OTING A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTOR:
K ODIAK V ENTURE P ARTNERS II-A, L.P.
        By:   Kodiak Ventures Management II, L.P., its General Partner
        By:   Kodiak Ventures Management Company, Inc., its General Partner
  By:  

LOGO

  Name:  

Louis J. Volpe

  Title:  

Treasurer

K ODIAK V ENTURE P ARTNERS II-B, L.P.
        By:   Kodiak Ventures Management II, L.P., its General Partner
        By:   Kodiak Ventures Management Company, Inc., its General Partner
  By:  

LOGO

  Name:  

Louis J. Volpe

  Title:  

Treasurer

K ODIAK V ENTURE P ARTNERS III, L.P.
        By:   Kodiak Ventures Management III, L.P., its General Partner
        By:   Kodiak Ventures Management Company, LLC, its General Partner
        By:   Kodiak Ventures Management Company, Inc., its Member
  By:  

LOGO

  Name:  

Louis J. Volpe

  Title:  

Treasurer

 

K ODIAK III E NTREPRENEURS F UND , L.P.
   
        By:   Kodiak Ventures Management III, L.P., its General Partner
        By:   Kodiak Ventures Management Company, LLC, its General Partner
        By:   Kodiak Ventures Management Company, Inc., its Member
  By:  

LOGO

  Name:  

Louis J. Volpe

  Title:  

Treasurer

 

E XHIBIT A

AMENDMENT TO THE INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT,

THE CO-SALE AGREEMENT AND THE VOTING AGREEMENT


Execution Version

 

I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this A MENDMENT TO THE I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT , T HE C O -S ALE A GREEMENT AND THE V OTING A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTOR:
T HE A TLANTIS G ROUP , LLC
By:  

LOGO

Name:  

Roberta B. Hardy

Title:  

Chairperson

 

E XHIBIT A

AMENDMENT TO THE INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT,

THE CO-SALE AGREEMENT AND THE VOTING AGREEMENT


Execution Version

 

I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this A MENDMENT TO THE I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT , T HE C O -S ALE A GREEMENT AND THE V OTING A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTOR:
S OUTHERN C APITOL T ECHNOLOGY F UND I, LLC
By:  

LOGO

Name:  

David S. Jones

Title:  

Principal

S OUTHERN C APITOL T ECHNOLOGY F UND II, L.P.
By:  

LOGO

Name:  

David S. Jones

Title:  

Principal

 

E XHIBIT A

AMENDMENT TO THE INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT,

THE CO-SALE AGREEMENT AND THE VOTING AGREEMENT


Execution Version

 

I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this A MENDMENT TO THE I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT , T HE C O -S ALE A GREEMENT AND THE V OTING A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTOR:
T RI -S TATE I NVESTMENT G ROUP IV, LLC
By:  

LOGO

Name:  

Stephen Clossick

Title:  

Administrator

 

E XHIBIT A

AMENDMENT TO THE INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT,

THE CO-SALE AGREEMENT AND THE VOTING AGREEMENT


Execution Version

 

I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this A MENDMENT TO THE I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT , T HE C O -S ALE A GREEMENT AND THE V OTING A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTOR:
E B AY I NC .
By:  

LOGO

Name:  

LOGO

Title:  

Assistant Secretary

 

E XHIBIT A

AMENDMENT TO THE INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT,

THE CO-SALE AGREEMENT AND THE VOTING AGREEMENT


Execution Version

 

I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this A MENDMENT TO THE I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT , T HE C O -S ALE A GREEMENT AND THE V OTING A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTOR:

LOGO

C HARLES C OLEMAN

 

E XHIBIT A

AMENDMENT TO THE INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT,

THE CO-SALE AGREEMENT AND THE VOTING AGREEMENT


Execution Version

 

I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this A MENDMENT TO THE I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT , T HE C O -S ALE A GREEMENT AND THE V OTING A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTOR:
W ALTER E. & L INDA M. D ANIELS ( AS J OINT T ENANTS WITH R IGHT OF S URVIVORSHIP )
By:  

LOGO

  W ALTER E. D ANIELS
By:  

LOGO

  L INDA M. D ANIELS

 

E XHIBIT A

AMENDMENT TO THE INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT,

THE CO-SALE AGREEMENT AND THE VOTING AGREEMENT


Execution Version

 

I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this A MENDMENT TO THE I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT , T HE C O -S ALE A GREEMENT AND THE V OTING A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTOR:

LOGO

R ICHARD H OLCOMB

 

E XHIBIT A

AMENDMENT TO THE INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT,

THE CO-SALE AGREEMENT AND THE VOTING AGREEMENT


Execution Version

 

E XHIBIT A

LIST OF INVESTORS

 

Name

      

New Enterprise Associates 12,

Limited Partnership

  

Advanced Technology Ventures VII, L.P.

Advanced Technology Ventures VII (B), L.P.

Advanced Technology Ventures VII (C), L.P.

ATV Entrepreneurs VII, L.P.

  

Kodiak Venture Partners II-A, L.P.

Kodiak Venture Partners II-B, L.P.

Kodiak Venture Partners III, L.P.

Kodiak III Entrepreneurs Fund, L.P.

  
Aris A. Buinevicius   
Linda & Walter Daniels (JT TEN)   
M. Scot Wingo   
The Atlantis Group, LLC   

Southern Capitol Technology Fund I, LLC

Southern Capitol Technology Fund II, L.P.

  
Tri-State Investment Group IV, LLC   
eBay Inc.   
Charles Coleman   
Richard Holcomb   
Robert Wilson Gibson   
Jennifer Gibson   
Montagu Newhall Crossover Ventures I, L.P.   

 

E XHIBIT A

AMENDMENT TO THE INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT,

THE CO-SALE AGREEMENT AND THE VOTING AGREEMENT


E XHIBIT B

LIST OF KEY HOLDERS

M. Scot Wingo

Aris A. Buinevicius

Michael Jones

Jennifer Gibson

Scott Alridge

David Spitz

E XHIBIT B

AMENDMENT TO THE INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT,

THE CO-SALE AGREEMENT AND THE VOTING AGREEMENT

Exhibit 10.11

 

3110 Edwards Mill Road       LOGO
Suite 210      
Raleigh, NC 27612      
Ph: 919-789-4255    T ENANT L EASE A BSTRACT   
www.collierspinkard.com    FOR   
   C HANNEL A DVISOR C ORPORATION   

Page 1 of 6

 

Premises Address:   

2701 Aerial Center Parkway

Morrisville, NC 27560

Park Name:    Aerial Center Executive Park
Lease Date:    June 29, 2005
Tenant:    ChannelAdvisor Corporation
Landlord:    Pizzagalli Properties, LLC
Rent Payee:   

Pizzagalli Properties, LLC

PO Box 752031

Charlotte, NC 28275

Commencement Date:    10/1/05
Lease Expiration Date:    9/30/11
Term:    Six (6) years
Square Feet Leased:    40,087 SF
Building Square Feet:    40,087 SF
Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Bldg./Project:    100%


3110 Edwards Mill Road       LOGO
Suite 210      
Raleigh, NC 27612      
Ph: 919-789-4255    T ENANT L EASE A BSTRACT   
www.collierspinkard.com    FOR   
   C HANNEL A DVISOR C ORPORATION   

Page 2 of 6

 

 

Base Rental Rate Per Square Foot:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Late Charge:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Security Deposit:

Rental Abatement:

Insurance Required:

 

 

 

 

 

Parking:

Initial base rate of $15.65 per square foot net of utilities. $20,013.12 additional tenant improvements added $.50 per foot to the base rent. Base rent to increase 2.5% per annum.

 

Months

  

Monthly Rent

 

10/01/05 – 06/30/06

   $ -0-   

07/01/06 – 09/30/06

   $ 53,946.60   

10/01/06 – 09/30/07

   $ 55,253.57   

10/01/07 – 09/30/08

   $ 56,593.22   

10/01/08 – 09/30/09

   $ 57,966.36   

10/01/09 – 09/30/10

   $ 59,373.82   

10/01/10 – 09/30/11

   $ 60,816.49   

Two percent (2%) of the rent or $50.00, whichever is greater on all payments not received by Landlord ten (10) days after Tenant’s receipt of written notice of default.

In addition, the lesser of, ten percent (10%) per annum or the maximum rate permitted by law, shall be charged for the delinquent installment.

$15,000.00

First nine (9) months of the lease term.

Commercial General Liability insurance with limits of not less than $2,000,000 for bodily injury or property damage arising out of any one occurrence, and $3,000,000 in the aggregate, or with such larger limits as may be reasonably required from time to time.

One (1) space per 183 rentable square feet of leased space.

 


3110 Edwards Mill Road       LOGO
Suite 210      
Raleigh, NC 27612      
Ph: 919-789-4255    T ENANT L EASE A BSTRACT   
www.collierspinkard.com    FOR   
   C HANNEL A DVISOR C ORPORATION   

Page 3 of 6

 

 

Sublease/Assignment:   

Tenant has the right to assign the lease in its entirety or to sublease all or any portion of the Premises without the consent of Landlord to :

 

a)      Any entity resulting from a merger or consolidation

 

b)      Any entity succeeding to the business and assets of Tenant

 

c)      Any subsidiary or affiliate of Tenant

 

No assignment under (a), (b), or (c) shall be effective unless the creditworthiness of the successor is at least equal to that of the predecessor. The Tenant shall remain liable on the Lease in the event of an assignment or subletting under (c).

 

Any other assignment or sublet requires prior written consent of Landlord.

Early Termination/Cancellation Right:   

At any time after the 60 th month of the Term, or the 72 nd month of the Term if Tenant exercises any Right of First Refusal (see details in Right of First Refusal) and if Tenant desires to increase the Premises by a minimum amount of thirty percent (30%) and Landlord cannot provide the Increased Premises to Tenant in a building contiguous to the Building within six (6) months of Tenants written notice of its need for the Increased Premises, or in a new building that will provide adequate space for Tenant within a twelve (12) month period of time from notice, Tenant may terminate by providing Landlord written notice of its intent to terminate and pay the Termination Fee.

 

The Termination Fee equals:

 

•      Prorated portion of the nine (9) months rental abatement at a rate of 1.5 months per year of Term

 

•      Unamortized cost of leasing commissions

 

•      Unamortized Allowances based on a 10-year amortization schedule at an interest rate of prime plus 1%, as applied to 50% of the Allowances

 

Unamortized cost of any costs in excess of the Allowances which are included in the rent, calculated at an interest rate of 8%.


3110 Edwards Mill Road       LOGO
Suite 210      
Raleigh, NC 27612      
Ph: 919-789-4255    T ENANT L EASE A BSTRACT   
www.collierspinkard.com    FOR   
   C HANNEL A DVISOR C ORPORATION   

Page 4 of 6

 

 

Tenant Improvement Allowances:   

$524,036.00 or $20.00 per rentable square foot for the second floor of the Premises and $6.00 per rentable square foot for the first floor of the Premises.

 

$10,000 for the installation and/or purchase of an emergency generator if Tenant so choose to purchase.

 

$ 1.00 per rentable square foot for each floor to offset the cost of Tenant’s architect and engineer.

 

Tenant may amortize up to $ 100,000 of cost in excess of the Allowance.

Repairs/Alterations:    Tenant can make alterations without Landlord approval up to $15,000 in value. Above this amount requires consent.
Notification Address:   

Landlord

 

Pizzagalli Properties, LLC

50 Joy Drive

PO Box 2009

South Burlington, VT 05407

Fax #: 802-651-1307

 

With a copy to:

 

7421 Carmel Executive Park

Suite 120

Charlotte, NC 28226

Attn: Fred Johnson

Fax #: 704-541-3027


3110 Edwards Mill Road       LOGO
Suite 210      
Raleigh, NC 27612      
Ph: 919-789-4255    T ENANT L EASE A BSTRACT   
www.collierspinkard.com    FOR   
   C HANNEL A DVISOR C ORPORATION   

Page 5 of 6

 

 

  

Tenant

 

2701 Aerial Center Parkway

Morrisville, NC 27560

Attn: M. Scot Wingo

Fax #: 919-388-9405

Holdover Provision:   

Monthly rent will be one hundred twenty-five percent (125%) of the then applicable monthly base rent, as well as other amounts payable under this lease for each month for three months.

 

After the third month Tenant retains possession of the Premises, monthly rent will increase to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the then applicable monthly base rent, as well as other amounts payable under this lease.

Renewal Option/Notice Periods:   

Three (3) consecutive renewal terms of three (3) years each with six (6) months notice prior to the expiration of the term.

 

The rate shall be the then market rate but not greater than 95% of fair market value.

 

Tenant shall be granted an allowance of $3.00 per rentable square foot upon execution of renewal option for refurbishment of Premises.

Right of First Refusal:   

Tenant has, during the term of the lease, a recurring Right of First Refusal to lease any available space in the 2501 Building. Before leasing space to any other entity, Landlord must first offer to lease the space to Tenant.

 

If less than three years remain on the lease term, the lease will be amended such that there is an unexpired three year remaining term.

 

Tenant has ten (10) days after receipt of written notice from Landlord in which to exercise its Right of First Refusal.


3110 Edwards Mill Road       LOGO
Suite 210      
Raleigh, NC 27612      
Ph: 919-789-4255    T ENANT L EASE A BSTRACT   
www.collierspinkard.com    FOR   
   C HANNEL A DVISOR C ORPORATION   

Page 6 of 6

 

 

Broker:    Sue Back
   Colliers Pinkard
   3110 Edwards Mill Road
   Suite 210
   Raleigh, NC 27612
   P: 919-789-4255
   F: 919-789-0268
   C: 919-215-8568
   sback@collierspinkard.com


STANDARD FORM OF LEASE

AERIAL CENTER EXECUTIVE PARK

LEASE SUMMARY

 

LANDLORD:   

Pizzagalli Properties, LLC

LANDLORD’S ADDRESS:   

50 Joy Drive, P. O. Box 2009

  

South Burlington, Vermont 05407

TENANT   

ChannelAdvisor Corporation

TENANT’S ADDRESS    (FOR NOTICE AND BILLING):
     2701 Aerial Center Parkway
     Morrisville, NC 27560
TENANT’S REPRESENTATIVE:  

            M. Scot Wingo

BUILDING:  

                             2701 Aerial Center Executive Park

RENTABLE SQUARE FEET OF PREMISES:  

                 40,087

RENTABLE SQUARE FEET OF BUILDING:  

                 40,087

TERM COMMENCEMENT DATE:   

     October 1, 2005 (estimated)

TERM EXPIRATION DATE:   

                September 30, 2011

APPROXIMATE TERM:   

              Seventy-Two (72) Months

BASE RENT:   

          $26,409.38 per month for Phase I; $25,869.46 per month for Phase II

ESCALATION:   

                     N/A

SECURITY DEPOSIT:   

                     $15,000.00

TENANT IMPROVEMENT CONTRIBUTION :  

            Per Exhibit C

PERMITTED USES:  

General Office Use

EXHIBITS:

 

Exhibit A

    

Floor Plan of the Existing First Floor

Exhibit A-1

    

Floor Plan of the Existing Second Floor

Exhibit B

    

Master Plan

Exhibit C

    

Tenant Improvement Allowances

Exhibit D

    

Rules and Regulations

Exhibit E

    

Janitorial Schedule

Exhibit F

    

Renewal Option

Exhibit G

    

Early Termination Option

Exhibit H

    

First Right of Refusal

Exhibit I

    

Roof Mounted Communication Equipment


TABLE OF CONTENTS

AERIAL CENTER EXECUTIVE PARK

 

          Page  

1.

  

Premises

     1   

2.

  

Term

     1   

3.

  

Rent

     2   

4.

  

Permitted Uses

     3   

5.

  

Acceptance of Premises; Repairs; Alterations

     3   

6.

  

Duty of Care

     4   

7.

  

Assignment

     4   

8.

  

Termination not to affect liability for rent

     4   

9.

  

Signs

     4   

10.

  

Removal of fixtures

     4   

11.

  

Attorneys’ fees

     4   

12.

  

Loss of personal property

     4   

13.

  

Comply with laws

     4   

14.

  

Duty to keep Premises in good order

     5   

15.

  

Entire agreement herein

     5   

16.

  

Remedies cumulative; Nonwaiver

     5   

17.

  

Operating and Tax escalation

     5   

18.

  

Operating cost escalation

     5   

19.

  

Operating Cost Escalation

     5   

20.

  

Tax Escalation

     5   

21.

  

Services by Landlord

     5   

22.

  

Tenant’s Obligations

     6   

23.

  

Self-help

     7   

24.

  

Landlord’s Rights

     8   

25.

  

Subordination; Mortgagee’s Rights

     8   

26.

  

Damage to property; eminent domain

     9   

27.

  

Default and Remedies

     9   

28.

  

Captions

     10   

29.

  

Landlord’s right to sell

     10   

30.

  

Joint and several liability

     10   

31.

  

Liability insurance

     10   

32.

  

Fire Insurance

     11   

33.

  

Lease Not to be Recorded

     11   

34.

  

Severability

     11   

35.

  

Notice

     11   

36.

  

Mortgagee Approval

     11   

37.

  

Indemnification

     12   

38.

  

Relocation

     12   

39.

  

Hazardous Materials

     12   

40.

  

Limitation on Liability

     13   

41.

  

End of Term; Hold Over

     13   

42.

  

Americans With Disabilities Act

     13   

43.

  

Wiring, Cabling and Telecommunication Equipment

     13   

44.

  

Termination of Previous Lease

     13   

45.

  

Brokerage Commission

     14   

46.

  

Force Majeure

     14   

47.

  

Riders and Exhibits

     14   

 

i


STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA

COUNTY OF WAKE

STANDARD FORM OF LEASE

AERIAL CENTER EXECUTIVE PARK

THIS AGREEMENT dated this 29 th day of June, 2005, by and between PIZZAGALLI PROPERTIES, LLC , a Vermont limited liability company having an office at 50 Joy Drive, Post Office Box 2009, South Burlington, Vermont 05407-2009 (hereinafter called “Landlord”) and CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation, with its principal office at 2701 Aerial Center Parkway, Morrisville, North Carolina 27560 (hereinafter called “Tenant”).

W I T N E S S E T H

1 . Premises .

(a) The Landlord does hereby rent and lease to the Tenant and the Tenant does hereby rent and lease from the Landlord certain premises described in paragraph (b) of this Article 1 and on the attached Exhibit “A” (hereinafter collectively called “Premises”) located in a building known as 2701 Aerial Center Parkway (hereinafter called the “Building”), together with the right (i) of ingress and egress to the Premises through designated areas and under conditions approved by the Landlord and (ii) to use the designated parking lot in common with others, at a ratio of one (1) space per 183 rentable square feet of leased area within the Premises. No easement for light or air is granted hereunder.

(b) For all purposes of this lease, the Premises shall be deemed to contain a total of 40,087 square feet of rentable floor area, provided, however, the parties acknowledge and agree that Tenant’s architect will remeasure the Premises prior to occupancy in accordance with BOMA standards for single tenant measurements and if such measurements indicate a discrepancy between the actual rentable floor area and the area specified in this Lease, the Lease measurements and applicable rental payments will be adjusted accordingly. The Premises are to be occupied by the Tenant in two (2) phases as follows:

(1) Phase I Premises - (20,251) rentable square feet, second floor): Rental payments shall commence on the first day of the tenth (10 th ) month following the Lease Commencement Date, as hereinafter defined.

(2) Phase II Premises - (19,836) rentable square feet on the first floor): Rental shall commence on the date the Occupancy Permit for Phase II Premises is received, the target date for which is no later than ninety (90) days following the date upon which the present tenant vacates the Premises. If Tenant occupies the Phase II Premises prior to the end of the ninth (9 th ) month of the Lease, rental payments for Phase II shall not commence until the first day of the tenth (10 th ) month following the Lease Commencement Date.

Said Building shall be deemed to contain a total of 40,087 square feet of rentable floor area. In the event of any delay caused by Tenant, occupancy shall be deemed to have occurred on the date that the Premises would have been ready for occupancy but for such delay. .A Tenant delay is defined as any action or inaction by Tenant, or its architects, or agents, in failing to (i) give its consent or approval, or (ii) furnish any required plan, data or information, or (iii) make a selection of materials, colors or other elements, or (iv) install its furniture, data facilities or other improvements, in such a manner or at such a time as to hinder or delay Landlord or Landlord’s contractors in the construction of the Tenant Improvements. No delay by Tenant shall be deemed to have occurred unless Landlord give Tenant prompt written notice thereof.

2. Term .

(a) To have and to hold the Premises for a term (the “Term”) commencing upon the receipt of an Occupancy Permit for the Phase I Premises (the “Lease Commencement Date”), and, unless sooner terminated, as herein provided, extending for a period of six (6) years. Landlord shall deliver the Phase I Premises to Tenant within ninety (90) days of Landlord’s receipt of the following:

(1) completed construction plans to a level that a building permit can be issued for all Tenant Improvement Work for Phase I, and


(2) all required building permits for Phase I, and

(3) written notice by Tenant authorizing Landlord to proceed with construction of Tenant Improvements at a designated price agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant.

(b) If the Landlord does not provide the Premises, suitable for occupancy within the specified time, Tenant shall be entitled to an additional two (2) days of rent abatement for each day of delay to the applicable delayed phase of occupancy, unless such delay is the result of the acts or omissions of Tenant or its agents or an act of force majeure, as hereinafter specified

(c) If the Landlord fails to provide the Premises suitable for occupancy within 180 days of receipt of items (1), (2), and (3) above, Tenant may terminate this Lease without further liability to Landlord unless such delay is the result of acts or omissions of Tenant or its agents or an act of force majeure, as hereinafter specified.

(d) Landlord shall deliver the Phase II Premises to the Tenant within ninety (90) days of Landlord’s receipt of the following:

(1) completed construction plans to a level that a building permit can be issued for all Tenant Improvement Work for Phase II, and

(2) all required building permits for Phase II, and

(3) written notice by Tenant authorizing Landlord to proceed with construction of Tenant Improvements at a designated price agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant, and

(4) the first floor Premises having been vacated by the existing tenant.

(e) If the Landlord does not provide The Phase II Premises, suitable for occupancy within the specified time, Tenant shall be entitled to an additional two (2) days of rent abatement for each day of delay to the Phase II Premises occupancy, unless such delay is the result of the acts or omissions of Tenant or its agents or an act of force majeure, as hereinafter specified.

3. Rent .

(a) Tenant hereby agrees and covenants to pay to the Landlord as rental for the Premises in advance on the first day of each month during the term hereof the “Base Rent” in accordance with the following schedule:

 

(1) Phase I Premises

   $ 26,409.38 per month   

(2) Phase II Premises

   $ 25,869.46 per month   

Said base rent is to be prorated for portions of the calendar month at the beginning and end of said term and to be paid to Landlord in the manner designated by Landlord either (i) by wire transfer via the Federal Banking Wire Transfer system to an account designated by Landlord or (ii) at Pizzagalli Properties, LLC, P. O. Box 752031, Charlotte, NC 28275-2031 or at such other place as Landlord shall designate in writing to the Tenant in the manner provided herein. Said rental shall be paid promptly without notice or demand and without setoff or deduction of any kind. The Base Rent shall be increased at a rate of 2.5% per year through the Term of the Lease. After the first lease year and in each succeeding lease year, the Base Rent shall be one hundred two and five tenths percent (102.5%) of the annualized Base Rent payable in the last month of the immediately preceding lease year. A “lease year” shall be a 365 or 366 consecutive day period, as the case may be, commencing on the Lease Commencement Date and on each anniversary thereof. Rental for each phase shall be payable in accordance with the date specified in Article 1(b) above. Rental for the first nine (9) months of the Term shall be abated.

Tenant has deposited with Landlord the sum of Fifteen Thousand Dollars ($15,000.00) as security for the full and faithful performance of every provision of this Lease to be performed by Tenant. Said security deposit shall be transferred from Tenant’s previous lease for premises located in Suite 100 at 5001 Hospitality Court upon commencement of this Lease and no additional amounts shall be due from Tenant. If Tenant defaults with respect to any provisions of this Lease, including but not limited to the provisions relating to the payment of rent, Landlord

 

2


may use, apply or retain all or any part of this security deposit for the payment of any rent or any other sum in default or for the payment of any other amount which Landlord may spend or become obligated to spend by reason of Tenant’s default, or to compensate Landlord for any other loss, cost or damage which Landlord may suffer by reason of Tenant’s default. If any portion of said deposit is so used or applied, Tenant shall, within five (5) days after written demand therefore, deposit cash with Landlord in an amount sufficient to restore the security deposit to its original amount and Tenant’s failure to do so shall be a breach of this Lease. Landlord shall not, unless otherwise required by law, be required to keep this security deposit separate from its general fund, nor pay interest to its Tenant. If Tenant shall fully and faithfully perform every provision of this Lease to be performed by it, the security deposit or any balance thereof shall be returned to Tenant (or, at Landlord’s option, to the last transferee of Tenant’s interest hereunder) no later than thirty (30) days after the expiration of the Lease term and upon Tenant’s vacation of the Premises In the event the Building is sold, the security deposit will be transferred to the new owner, and the Landlord named herein shall have no further liability in connection therewith.

(c) If Tenant fails to pay any installment of rent when due, or fails to pay to Landlord any other amount payable under the terms of this Lease within the time period specified for payment, then the full amount of the delinquent installment or payment shall bear interest at the lesser of: (1) ten per cent (10%) per annum; or (b) the maximum rate permitted by law, from the date due until the date paid, provided, however, Tenant shall be granted two (2) grace period per each calendar year during which no interest will accrue for payments made within ten (10) days of notice of late payment. In addition, a late charge equal to two percent (2%) of the rent or any other amount payable under the terms of this Lease, or $50.00, whichever is greater, shall be paid by Tenant on all payments not received by Landlord ten (10) days after Tenant’s receipt of written notice of default.

4. Permitted Uses .

(a) Tenant shall use and occupy the Premises for the following described purposes and for none other:

General Office Use, Software Development, Training

and other uses related to the business of Tenant.

(b) The Premises shall not be used for any illegal purpose, nor in violation of any valid regulation of any governmental body, nor in any manner to create any nuisance or trespass, nor in any manner to vitiate the insurance or increase the rate of insurance on the Premises or on the Building. Landlord acknowledges that general office use will not vitiate or increase the rate of insurance.

(c) In the event that Tenant fails to comply with this provision, then Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, within thirty (30) days after notice of payment of charges by Landlord, as additional rent hereunder, for that portion of all insurance premiums previously or thereafter paid by Landlord which shall have been charged because of such failure by Tenant to so comply, such payment to be made within thirty days after payment of charges by Landlord.

5. Acceptance of Premises; Repairs: Alterations .

The Tenant, by taking possession of the Premises, shall accept and shall be held to have accepted same as suitable for the use intended by the Tenant excluding latent defects. The Landlord shall not be required, after possession of the Premises has been delivered to the Tenant, to make any repairs or improvements to the Premises, except repairs necessary for safety and tenantability and customary office or building maintenance. Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to occupancy of the Premises by Tenant, Landlord and Tenant shall prepare a “punchlist” of items to be completed by Landlord within thirty (30) days of occupancy, Landlord shall also be responsible for latent defects to the Premises or the Building. The Tenant shall make no alterations in, or additions to, the Premises, in excess of $15,000.00, without first obtaining in writing the Landlord’s written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, for such alterations or additions, which such alterations or additions shall be at the sole cost and expense of the Tenant. In connection therewith, Tenant shall comply with all applicable rules, regulations, laws, or orders of any governmental authority, or any reasonable rules or conditions established by Landlord or Landlords insurance carrier.

 

3


6. Duty of Care

Tenant shall take good care of the Premises and appurtenances and every part thereof and see that no damage or destruction occurs as a result of its fault or neglect. Tenant shall promptly report to Landlord any defective condition known to him which the Landlord is required to repair, and the failure to so report shall make the Tenant responsible for additional damages resulting from the failure to report such defective condition.

7. Assignment .

Tenant shall be granted the absolute right to assign the lease in its entirety or to sublease all or any portion of the Premises without the consent of Landlord to (a) any entity resulting from a merger or consolidation; (b) any entity succeeding to the business and assets of Tenant and/or (c) any subsidiary or affiliate of Tenant. No assignment under (a) or (b) shall be effective unless the creditworthiness of the successor is at least equal to that of the predecessor. The Tenant shall remain liable on the Lease in the event of an assignment or subletting under (c). Any other assignment or sublease shall be effective only with the prior written consent of Landlord and such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned for any reason whatsoever. Tenant shall not be required to share any profits resulting from subleasing activities.

8. Termination not to affect liability for rent .

Except as provided in Article 26, no termination of this Lease prior to the normal ending thereof, by lapse of time or otherwise, shall affect Landlord’s right to collect rent for the period prior to the termination thereof.

9. Signs .

Tenant shall not paint or place any signs, displays, advertising devices, or other things upon the windows of the Premises or at any other location in, upon or about the Premises or the Building which are visible from outside of the Premises or the Building. Landlord will install a building standard sign at the door to the Premises at Landlord’s expense, and include Tenant’s name on a common directory in the lobby of the Building. All such signage shall be approved in advance by Tenant. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord may from time to time erect and maintain signs to identify the Building or signs displaying the name or logotype of another Tenant of the Building, provided however, that no such signs shall obstruct any window of the Premises. Tenant shall be responsible for any exterior building mounted signage, which shall be approved in advance by Landlord and shall meet all local signage requirements.

10. Removal of fixtures .

Tenant may (if not in default hereunder) prior to the expiration of this Lease, or any extensions thereof, remove all fixtures and equipment, including the emergency generator, which it has placed in the Premises provided that Tenant repairs all damages to the Premises caused by such removal.

11. Attorneys’ fees .

In the event attorneys are employed by either party, for resolution of a dispute hereunder or for enforcement of a provision of this Lease, the non-prevailing party shall pay the prevailing party’s reasonable attorney’s fees and expenses incurred in connection therewith.

12. Loss of personal property .

Tenant agrees that all personal property brought into the Premises shall be at the risk of the Tenant only and the Landlord shall not be liable for theft thereof or any damage thereto occasioned from any acts of co-tenants or other occupants of said Building or any other person unless any such act is the direct result of Landlord’s negligence or willful misconduct.

13. Comply with laws .

Tenant agrees that it will promptly comply at its own expense with all requirements of any governmental authority having competent jurisdiction, which requirements are made necessary by reason of Tenant’s occupancy of said Premises and would not have otherwise been necessary.

 

4


14. Duty to keep Premises in good order .

Tenant hereby covenants and agrees to keep the Premises in as good order, repair and condition as the same are in as of the commencement of the term hereof, or may be put in thereafter, damage by fire or unavoidable casualty, acts of God, eminent domain and normal wear and tear excepted; and at the termination hereof, to peaceably yield up said Premises and all additions, alterations, and improvements thereto in such good order, repair and condition leaving the Premises clean, neat and tenantable. If Landlord in writing permits Tenant to leave any such goods and chattels in the Premises, and the Tenant does so, Tenant shall have no further claims and rights in such goods and chattels as against the Landlord or those claiming by, through or under the Landlord.

15. Entire agreement herein .

This Lease contains the entire agreement of the parties and no representations, inducements, promises or agreements between the parties not embodied herein shall be of any force or effect.

16. Remedies cumulative: Nonwaiver .

No remedy herein or otherwise conferred upon or reserved to Landlord or Tenant shall be considered exclusive of any other remedy, but the same shall be distinct, separate and cumulative and shall be in addition to every other remedy given hereunder, or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity; and every power and remedy given by this Lease may be exercised from time to time as often as occasion may arise or as may be deemed expedient. No delay or omission of Landlord to exercise any right or power arising from any default on the part of Tenant shall impair any such right or power, or shall be construed to be a waiver of any such default, or an acquiescence therein, or shall waive or impair any remedy available to Landlord under this Lease or under applicable law for any subsequent default The acceptance of rent by Landlord with knowledge of a default by Tenant hereunder shall not constitute a waiver of such default.

 

17.  Operating and Tax Escalation .      Not Used.   
18.  Operating Cost Escalation .      Not Used.   
19.  Operating Cost Escalation .      Not Used.   
20.  Tax Escalation .      Not Used.   
21.  Services by Landlord .        

(a) Landlord covenants and agrees to furnish, including but not limited to, the following services to the Premises as follows and as commensurate with comparable Class A facilities of comparable size and nature in the Research Triangle Park area of North Carolina:

(1) Elevator service.

(2) Water for ordinary drinking, cleaning, lavatory and toilet facilities.

(3) Cleaning and janitor service five (5) days per week in accordance with attached Exhibit E.

(4) Maintenance and repair of the Building in a safe and tenantable condition, except maintenance and repair which is the obligation of the Tenant hereunder or with respect to which the Landlord is specifically excused from responsibility, provided, however, that any such maintenance or repairs made necessary by fault or neglect of the Tenant or the employees and visitors of the Tenant shall be at the expense of the Tenant and Tenant shall pay all reasonable costs thereof.

(5) Window washing.

(6) Initial and replacement lamping (lamps, ballasts and bulbs).

(7) Maintenance and upkeep of all landscaped areas including lawns, trees and shrubs according to generally recognized horticultural practices.

 

5


(8) Electricity, subject, however to Tenant’s obligation to pay electrical energy charges pursuant to Article 22 hereof.

(9) Pest Control

(10) Common Area security

(b) Landlord shall not be liable to anyone for interruption in or cessation of any service rendered to the Premises or Building or agreed to by the terms of this Lease, due to any accident, the making of repairs, alteration or improvements, labor difficulties, trouble in obtaining fuel, electricity service or supplies from the sources from which they are usually obtained for said Building, or any cause beyond the Landlord’s control, except as a result of Landlord’s negligence or failure to fulfill its obligations under this lease, except to the extent that the liability of the Landlord is insured by virtue of a general comprehensive Landlord’s public liability insurance policy, which the Landlord agrees to maintain on the Building with the same limits as provided in Article 31 for Tenant. If the cause of the interruption or cessation of services is within Landlord’s control and the interruption or cessation continues for more than three (3) consecutive business days, rent shall be equitably abated commencing with the fourth (4 th ) day of interruption through the day prior to full restoration of services. The parties agree that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, all rights of self-help as described in Article 23 of this Lease shall apply to any interruption in or cessation of any service rendered to the Premises.

(c) In the event Tenant wishes to provide outside services for the Premises, outside its normal course of business and over and above those services to be provided by Landlord as set forth herein, Tenant shall first obtain the prior written approval of Landlord for the installation and/or utilization of such services, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. “Outside services” shall include but shall not be limited to cleaning and moving services, television and so-called “canned music” services, security services, and the like. In the event Landlord approves the installation and/or utilization of such services, such installation and utilization shall be at Tenant’s sole cost, risk and expense.

(d) Landlord shall be responsible for the maintenance and repair of all Building and common area systems including above ceiling HVAC, plumbing and electrical systems. Landlord shall also be responsible for the maintenance of the structure to include the roofing system.

22. Tenant’s Obligations . Tenant covenants and agrees as follows:

(1) to pay, when due, all rents and other charges set forth herein; all charges for telephone and other communications systems used at, supplied to, or furnished to the Premises.

(2) to pay, directly to the utility companies, all costs for electrical power and gas serving the Premises. Notwithstanding the foregoing, until such time as Tenant is the sole occupant of the Building, monthly utility costs shall be paid by the Landlord and billed to the Tenant on a prorata basis.

(3) not to place a load upon any floor of the Premises (other than the first floor) in excess of 80 pounds live load per square foot or in violation of what is allowed by law. First floor loads shall not exceed 400 pounds live load per square foot.

(4) that, without limitation of any other provision herein, the Landlord and its employees shall not be liable for any injuries to any person or damages to property due to the Building, or any part thereof, or any appurtenance thereof, becoming out of repair or due to the happening of any accident in or about the Building or the Premises or due to any act or neglect of any tenant of the Building or of any employee or visitor of any tenant. Without limitation, this provision shall apply to injuries and damage caused by nature, rain, snow, ice, wind, water, steam, gas, or odors in any form or by the bursting or leaking of windows, doors, walls, ceilings, floors, pipes, gutters, or other fixtures; and to damage caused to fixtures, furniture, equipment and the like situated in the Premises, whether owned by the Tenant or others. Provided however, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Landlord shall be liable for its willful acts and negligence and the willful acts and negligence of its employees to the extent that liability of the Landlord is insured by virtue of a Landlord’s general comprehensive public liability insurance policy, which the Landlord agrees to maintain on the Building, with the same limits as provided in Article 31 for Tenant.

 

6


(5) to permit Landlord or its agents to examine the Premises at reasonable times and upon reasonable notice, which examination may require a Tenant escort through the Premises, except in the event of an emergency, and, if Landlord shall so elect, to make any repairs or additions Landlord may reasonably deem necessary and, at Tenant’s expense, to remove any alterations, signs, drapes, curtains, shades, awnings, aerials, flagpoles, or the like, not consented to in writing.

(6) to permit Landlord upon notice, at reasonable times and with reasonable frequency to show the Premises to prospective purchasers, mortgagees and, during the last six (6) months of the Lease term, to prospective tenants of the Building.

(7) to permit Landlord at any time or times to decorate and to make, at its own expense, repairs, alterations, additions, improvements, structural or otherwise, in or to the Building or any part thereof, and during such operations to take into and through the Premises or any part of the Building all materials required and to close or temporarily suspend operation of entrances, doors, corridors, elevators or other facilities, Landlord agreeing, however, that it will carry out such work in a manner which will cause minimum inconvenience and interference to the business of the Tenant and with minimal disruption to Tenant or its ability to access its Premises. Landlord further agrees that such actions shall in no way diminish Tenant’s ability to use the Premises or common areas, including but not limited to parking lots.

(8) not to install any vending machines or food services equipment in or upon the Premises without first obtaining Landlord’s written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

(9) not to permit any employee of the Tenant to violate any covenant or obligation of Tenant hereunder.

(10) not to suffer or permit any hen of any nature or description to be placed against the Building, the Premises, or any portion thereof, and, in the case of any such lien attaching by reason of the conduct of Tenant, to immediately pay and remove the same. This provision shall not be interpreted as meaning that the Tenant has any authority or power to permit any lien of any nature or description to attach to or be placed upon the Landlord’s title or interest in the Building, the Premises, or any portion thereof.

(11) to keep the Premises equipped with all safety appliances required by law or public authority because of the specific use or occupancy of the Premises by the Tenant. Landlord agrees to keep Tenant informed regarding the necessary and required safety appliances.

(12) to use electric current in such manner as not to overload the Building’s wiring installation and not to use any electrical equipment which in Landlord’s opinion, reasonably exercised, will overload such installations or interfere with the use thereof by other Tenants in the Building.

(13) Tenant shall be responsible for any cost of moving.

(14) Tenant shall be responsible for the maintenance and repair of any supplemental HVAC equipment, appliances or electrical equipment installed by Tenant, unless such maintenance or repair is due to the negligence of Landlord, its employees or agents.

23. Self-help .

If either party shall at any time breach or default in the performance of any of the obligations of such party under this Lease beyond any applicable period of grace, notice or cure, the other party shall have the right to perform such obligation of the first party including the payment of money and the performance of any other act. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a notice period is not specifically set forth in this Agreement, the nondefaulting party shall provide the defaulting party with no less than ten (10) business days notice of such default and the right to cure during such notice period. All sums paid and all necessary and reasonable incidental costs and expenses in connection therewith shall be payable immediately upon demand. Landlord may peaceably enter the Premises to exercise its rights hereunder, and amounts owed by Tenant hereunder shall be additional rent Prior to notice of Landlord default, Tenant shall have no right

 

7


to offset amounts owed by Landlord hereunder or to deduct such amounts from rent or charges due hereunder, and Tenant may not terminate this Lease for failure of Landlord to pay amounts hereunder.

24. Landlord’s Rights . Landlord may, without limitation of anything elsewhere herein contained:

(1) designate and change the name and street address of the Building; provided however that the Landlord shall first give reasonable notice thereof to the Tenant and reimburse Tenant for any reasonable costs of restocking stationery, business cards and the like incurred as a result of such change.

(2) Reject, upon reasonable notice and with good cause, any source from which Tenant may obtain maintenance services for the Premises and any service in or to the Building and its tenants.

(3) retain and use in appropriate instances keys to all doors within and into the Premises. No locks shall be changed by Tenant without the prior written consent of the Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided that Tenant shall provide Landlord with keys to any new locks.

(4) close the Building after regular working hours (regular working hours being from 8:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. Monday through Friday, Saturdays from 8:00 a.m. to Noon) and all Sundays and legal holidays; subject however, to Tenant’s rights of admittance under such regulations as Landlord may prescribe from time to time including, but not by way of limitation, the requirement that persons entering or leaving the Building identify themselves by registration or otherwise to establish their right to so enter or leave. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this provision, Tenant shall be permitted twenty-four (24) hour access to the Premises.

(5) enter upon the Premises at reasonable times and upon reasonable notice (except that no notice will be required in emergencies) and exercise any and all of Landlord’s rights under this Lease without being deemed guilty of any eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s use or possession and without being liable in any manner to Tenant, except with respect to the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or of Landlord’s employees or agents.

(6) establish such reasonable rules and regulations, as described on the attached Exhibit D for the conduct and operation of the Premises and the Building as are not inconsistent with the express terms of this Lease, provided, however, Tenant shall have no less than thirty (30) days to comply with any such rule change and all such rule changes shall be consistent with the rules and regulations imposed on other tenants in the Building.

(7) upon reasonable prior notice to Tenant, change the arrangement and/or location of public entrances, doorways, doors, passageways, corridors, elevators, toilets, stairs, or other public parts of the Building, provided that such changes do not materially adversely affect Tenant’s use and enjoyment of the Premises.

25. Subordination: Mortgagee’s Rights .

(a) Tenant agrees, at the request of Landlord, to subordinate this Lease to any mortgage or mortgages placed upon the Premises by Landlord and to any ground or underlying leases and, if required by the mortgagee or mortgagees, or such ground or underlying Landlord, to agree not to prepay rent more than thirty (30) days in advance, provided such mortgagee or Landlord shall agree that, in the event such holder takes possession of the Premises or forecloses such mortgage or takes a deed in lieu of foreclosure, or terminates its ground or underlying lease, Tenant shall continue its occupancy of the Premises in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Lease so long as Tenant shall then recognize such holder as Landlord hereunder and continue to pay the rent when due and otherwise punctually perform all Tenant’s obligations hereunder.

(b) Tenant agrees that, subject to the provisions contained in this Lease, it will not cancel or terminate this Lease by reason of any act, omission, breach or default by Landlord, or for any other cause except the normal expiration hereof, without first giving written notice of such act, omission, breach or default to any mortgagee of the Building or ground or underlying Landlord and affording such party the opportunity to remedy such act, omission, breach or default within

 

8


ten (10) days from receipt of such written notice or within such longer time as may be reasonably necessary under the circumstances. Landlord agrees to provide written notice of the name and mailing address of any such mortgagee or underlying landlord at the time the mortgage or underlying lease is executed, but Tenant shall not be excused by failure of such notice and Landlord shall not be liable for such failure.

26. Damage to property; eminent domain .

(a) If the Premises are damaged or destroyed during the Lease term by fire or other casualty, Landlord will reconstruct the Premises to the same condition as existed immediately prior to the occurrence of such casualty. Tenant shall be entitled to an abatement of rent during the period of reconstruction or repair. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Building shall be damaged or destroyed by casualty to the extent of 25% or more of the replacement value or if the repairs will take in excess of ninety (90) days, then Landlord and Tenant shall each have the option to terminate this Lease by providing written notice to the other party within sixty (60) days of the occurrence of such casualty.

(b) If all of the Premises and/or the Building, or such parts thereof as will make the Premises unusable for the purposes contemplated by this Lease, be taken under the power of eminent domain (or a conveyance in lieu thereof), then this Lease shall terminate as of the date possession is taken by the condemnor, and the rent shall be adjusted between the Landlord and Tenant as of such date. If (i) only a portion of the Premises and/or the Building is taken and Tenant can continue use of the remainder, at Tenant’s sole discretion, or (ii) the taking relates to parking areas, access drives and the like and what remains of the Premises continues to comply with applicable zoning codes and provides Tenant with reasonably convenient access to a public highway and sufficient parking for the purpose of this Lease, then this Lease will not terminate, but rent shall abate in a just and proportionate amount to the loss of use occasioned by the taking Tenant shall have no right or claim for any alleged value of the unexpired portion of this Lease, provided, however, that Tenant shall not be prevented from making a claim against the condemning party for any moving expenses, loss of profits or taking of fixtures or other Tenant improvements to which Tenant may be entitled. Landlord reserves and accepts all rights to damages to said Premises and Building and the leasehold hereby created, accrued or substantially accruing by reason of anything lawfully done in pursuance of any public, or other authority; and by way of confirmation, Tenant grants to Landlord all Tenant’s rights to such damages and covenants to execute and deliver such further instruments of assignment thereof in form and substance satisfactory to Tenant as Landlord may from time to time request, without otherwise waiving its rights set forth above.

27. Default and Remedies .

(a) Event of Default . The occurrence of any one of the following shall constitute an Event of Default under this Lease:

(1) Failure to make base rent payments or any other payment due hereunder for a period of ten (10) calendar days after written notice of such default has been given to Tenant, provided, however, Tenant shall have two grace period during each calendar year, during which such late payments shall not be considered a default under this Lease;

(2) Default in the performance of any other of the terms, conditions, or covenants contained in this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant, if such default is not cured within thirty (30) days after written notice thereof or if such default cannot be cured within thirty (30) days, Tenant does not within such thirty (30) days commence such cure promptly and pursue the same with diligence to completion;

(3) If Tenant shall become bankrupt or insolvent, or file any debtor proceedings, or file in any court pursuant to any statute, either of the United States or of any State a petition in bankruptcy or insolvency or for reorganization, or file or have filed against it a petition for the appointment of a receiver or trustee for all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant, and such appointment shall not be vacated or set aside within fifteen (15) days from the date of such appointment;

(4) If Tenant makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or petitions for or enters into an arrangement;

 

9


(5) If Tenant shall abandon the Premises, provided, however, a failure to occupy part or whole of any Phase shall not be deemed an abandonment of the Premises, provided that Tenant remains in at least one of the Phases of the Premises; or

(6) If Tenant suffers the Lease to be taken under any writ of execution and such writ is not vacated or set aside within fifteen (15) days.

(b) Landlord’s Remedies . Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Landlord shall have the immediate right of peaceable reentry without resort to legal proceedings and the right to terminate and cancel this Lease. If Landlord should elect to reenter as herein provided, or should it take possession pursuant to legal proceedings, it may terminate this Lease and relet the Premises for such term and at such rentals and upon such other terms and conditions as the Landlord may deem advisable. If such reletting shall yield rentals insufficient for any month to pay the rental due by Tenant hereunder for that month, Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for the deficiency and same shall be paid monthly. Landlord hereby agrees that it shall make commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate any damages under this Lease and further agrees that notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, it shall not be entitled to amounts in excess of what it would have received if the Event of Default had not otherwise occurred. If as a result of Tenant’s default hereunder, Landlord shall institute legal proceedings for the enforcement of Tenant’s obligations, Tenant shall pay all reasonable costs incurred by Landlord, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

(c) Tenant shall also pay to Landlord such expenses as Landlord may incur in connection with reletting including, but not by way of limitation, reasonable attorney’s fees, brokerage and advertising costs, and expenses for keeping the Premises in good order or for preparing same for reletting.

28. Captions .

The captions are inserted only as a matter of convenience and for reference and in no way define, limit or describe the scope of this Lease nor the intent of any provision hereof.

29. Landlord’s right to sell .

Landlord shall have the right to sell, assign, transfer or otherwise alienate its interest in the Building. Upon such sale, assignment, transfer or alienation, the new owner shall succeed to all of Landlord’s obligations hereunder, and Tenant shall be bound to the new owner to the same extent as it was bound to Landlord. At such time, Landlord hereunder shall be entirely freed and relieved of any further obligation or responsibility under this Lease. Landlord will provide Tenant with, and Tenant shall execute and deliver, a Subordination, Non-Disturbance and Attornment Agreement in an acceptable form, with any and all mortgagees, land landlords and other parties that now or hereafter may have priority over this Lease, confirming that this Lease and Tenant’s rights hereunder are and shall be subject and subordinate to the rights of such parties, that Tenant shall attorn to such parties and that, so long as Tenant shall not be in default with respect to its obligations under this Lease, beyond any applicable grace period, such mortgagees, land landlords and other parties will recognize the rights of Tenant and agree not to disturb Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises. Landlord herewith represents that, as of the date hereof, it is not in default under the terms of any mortgage, deed of trust, or ground and/or building lease affecting the Premises.

30. Joint and several liability .

If Tenant is more than one person or party, Tenant’s obligations shall be joint and several. Unless repugnant to the context, “Landlord” and ‘Tenant” mean the person or persons, natural or corporate, named above as Landlord and Tenant respectively, and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

31. Liability insurance .

Tenant shall procure and maintain during the term of this Lease commercial general liability insurance in the name of Tenant by an insurance carrier reasonably acceptable to Landlord with limits of not less than $2,000,000 for bodily injury or property damage arising out of any one occurrence, and $3,000,000 in the aggregate, or with such larger limits as may be reasonably required from time to time by Landlord and as are prudent under local conditions and standards. All such policies shall name Landlord as additional insured thereunder. All such policies shall require the carrier to provide at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Landlord in the event of amendment or cancellation. Evidence of such insurance shall be furnished to Landlord within ten (10) days after the date hereof and at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of any prior insurance policy.

 

10


32. Fire Insurance .

It is acknowledged and understood by the parties hereto that such insurance for fire and extended coverage as Landlord elects to purchase shall be for the sole benefit of the Landlord, and that such insurance shall not cover Tenant’s personal property, trade fixtures, leasehold improvements, and other appurtenances, and that in the event of damage to or loss of any such items, Landlord shall have no obligation to repair or replace same. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall maintain fire, liability, casualty and other relevant insurance in an commercially reasonable amount to permit Landlord to repair or rebuild the Premises, Building and common areas to its current condition in the event of a casualty. Other than in the case of negligence or willful misconduct, Landlord and Tenant hereby release and waive all right of recovery against each other or any one claiming through or under each of them by way of subrogation or otherwise and arising out of any loss by fire or other similar casualty.

33. Lease Not to be Recorded .

Landlord and Tenant agree that this Lease shall not be recorded. Landlord and Tenant shall enter into a Memorandum of Lease in recordable form, which Memorandum shall be duly and timely recorded by Landlord at Landlord’s expense.

34. Severability .

If any provision of this Lease or its application to any person or circumstances shall to any extent be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease or the application of such provision to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby and each provision of this Lease shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

35. Notice .

All notices required or permitted to be given under this Lease shall be in writing and shall be given by personal delivery, by facsimile transmission, or by nationally recognized overnight express service, to the addresses set forth below. Any notice given in the manner set forth in this Section 35 shall be deemed given and delivered, whether or not received (or if delivery is refused), when personally delivered, when sent by facsimile transmission ((a) IF the sending party actually received electronic answerback confirmation by 5 p.m. as of the receiving party’s time during a business day, or (b) the next business day, if otherwise), or when delivered to the nationally recognized overnight express service, as applicable. Either party may change its address(es) by written notice to the other party pursuant to the provisions hereof.

 

If to Landlord, to:      50 Joy Drive
     Post Office Box 2009
     South Burlington, Vermont 05407-2009
     Attn: James Pizzagalli
     Facsimile Number: (802) 651-1307
With a copy to:      7421 Carmel Executive Park, Suite 120
     Charlotte, NC 28226
     Attn: Fred Johnston
     Facsimile Number: (704) 541-3027
If to Tenant, to:      2701 Aerial Center Parkway
     Morrisville, NC 27560
     Attn: M. Scot Wingo
     Facsimile Number: (919)388-9405

36. Mortgagee Approval .

(a) This Lease is subject to the approval of Landlord’s mortgagee, and the parties agree hereby to execute an amendment to the Lease, in such form as said mortgagee might reasonably require, in the event that any technical changes are required. It is understood that any such changes will not affect such substantive items as the rent or term provided for herein.

 

11


(b) In addition, Tenant agrees to execute estoppel certificates or other such documents which, from time to time, mortgagee may reasonably request.

37. Indemnification .

(a) Tenant agrees to indemnify and save harmless Landlord against all claims for damages to persons or property by reason of the use or occupancy of the Premises, the Building or Landlord’s adjoining land by Tenant or by Tenant’s employees and invitees and all expenses incurred by Landlord on account thereof, including reasonable attorney’s fees and court costs. Tenant further shall be liable for and shall hold Landlord harmless in connection with damage or injury to Landlord, the Premises, the Building and the land and property or persons of Landlord’s other tenants, or anyone else, if due to act or neglect of Tenant, or anyone in its control or employ.

(b) Landlord agrees to indemnify and save harmless Tenant against all claims for damages to persons or property by reason of the use or occupancy of the Building or Landlord’s adjoining land by Landlord not caused by Tenant’s negligence, including all expenses incurred by Tenant on account thereof, including reasonable attorney’s fees and court costs. Landlord further shall be liable for and shall hold Tenant harmless in connection with damages or injury to Tenant, the Premises, the Building and the land and property or persons of Landlord’s other tenants, or anyone else, if due to the actions or neglect of Landlord, or anyone in its control or employ.

 

38.  Relocation .      Not Used.   

39. Hazardous Materials .

(a) Landlord hereby represents and warrants that as of the date of occupancy each Phase of the Premises, such Phase is in full compliance with all local, state and federal laws, ordinances and regulations relating to Hazardous Materials. Landlord further agrees to indemnify Tenant from any claims based on any violation of the above representation and warranty.

(b) Tenant shall not use, generate, manufacture, produce, store, release, discharge or dispose of on, in, or under the Premises, or transport to or from the Premises, any Hazardous Materials (as defined below), or allow any other person or entity to do so. Tenant shall comply with all local, state and federal laws, ordinances and regulations relating to Hazardous Materials on, in, under or about the Premises.

(c) Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord should Tenant receive notice of, or otherwise become aware of, any; (a) pending or threatened environmental regulatory action against Tenant or the Premises; (b) claims made or threatened by any third party relating to any loss or injury resulting from any Hazardous Material; or (c) release or discharge, or threatened release or discharge, of any Hazardous Material in, on, under or about the Premises.

(d) Tenant agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all liabilities, claims, demands, costs and expenses of every kind and nature (including attorneys’ fees) directly or indirectly attributable to Tenant’s failure to comply with this Article 40, including, without limitation: (a) all consequential damages; and (b) the costs of any required or necessary repair, cleanup or detoxification of the Premises, and the preparation and implementation of any closure, remedial or other required plan. The indemnity contained in this Article 40 shall survive the termination or expiration of this Lease.

(e) As used in this Article 39, the term “Hazardous Materials” shall mean any element, compound, mixture, solution, particle or substance which is dangerous or harmful or potentially dangerous or harmful to the health or welfare of life or environment, including but not limited to explosives, petroleum products, radioactive materials, hazardous wastes, toxic substances or related materials, including, without limitation: (1) any substances defined as or included within the definition of “hazardous substances,” “hazardous wastes,” “hazardous materials,” “toxic substances,” “hazardous pollutants” or “toxic pollutants,” as those terms are used in the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, the Toxic Substances Control Act, the Clean Air Act and the Clean Water Act, or any amendments thereto, or any regulations promulgated thereunder, and any other law or regulation promulgated by any federal, municipal, state, county or other governmental or quasi governmental authority and/or agency or department thereof; (2) any “PCBs” or “PCB items” (as defined in 40 C.F.R. §761.3); or (3) any “asbestos” (as defined in 40 C.F.R. §763.63).

 

12


40. Limitation on Liability .

Tenant shall look solely to the estate and interest of Landlord in the Building for the collection of any judgment requiring the payment of money by Landlord for default or breach by Landlord under this Lease. Landlord shall be released from any further liability under this Lease upon a sale of the Building.

41. End of Term: Holding Over .

Upon the expiration of the term or earlier termination of this lease, Tenant shall quit and surrender to Landlord the Premises, broom clean and in as good order and condition as the Premises were at the time of Tenant’s occupancy thereof, ordinary wear and tear excepted.

If Tenant retains possession of the Premises, or any part thereof, for thirty (30) days after the expiration or termination of this Lease, then Tenant’s holding over shall constitute a renewal of this lease on a month-to-month basis on the same terms and conditions hereof, but Tenant shall pay to Landlord One Hundred Twenty-Fifty Percent (125%) of the then applicable monthly base rent, as well as other amounts payable under this lease, for each of the first three months or partial months and One Hundred Fifty Percent (150%) of the ten applicable monthly base rent, as well as other amounts payable under this lease for each month after the third month during which Tenant retains possession of the Premises, or any part thereof, after the expiration or termination of this lease, or the termination of Tenant’s right of possession of the Premises. Tenant shall indemnify Landlord against all liabilities and damages sustained by Landlord by reason of such retention of possession. The provisions of this Section 41 shall not constitute a waiver by Landlord of any re-entry rights of Landlord available under this lease or by law.

42. American With Disabilities Act .

Landlord is responsible for maintaining the Building and its common areas in compliance with all applicable rules, regulations, laws, or orders of governmental authority, including compliance with the Americans With Disabilities Act and further represents and warrants that as of the date of occupancy of each Phase of the Premises, each such Phase is in compliance with all such applicable laws. Tenant’s Premises will be constructed in accordance with the Americans With Disabilities Act, however, if Tenant initiates or undertakes any alterations or additions to its Premises after the initial construction, or if the law changes after the initial construction and Tenant has actual knowledge of such change in the law, then Tenant shall be responsible for complying with all applicable rules, building codes, regulations, laws, or orders of governmental authority, including any additional compliance with Americans With Disabilities Act resulting from Tenant’s proposed alterations or additions.

43. Wiring. Cabling and Telecommunication Equipment .

(a) Tenant shall be granted the right to install, at its expense, a T1 or T3 telecommunications line. Landlord shall allow the installation of the lines for both the telephone and rooftop communications equipment.

(b) Any wiring, cabling or telecommunication equipment installed by Tenant during occupancy of the Premises shall meet the requirements of the applicable national fire and safety codes, all local zoning and permit requirements; and

(c) Tenant shall remove all wiring, cabling or telecommunication equipment installed by Tenant or its vendor during the occupancy of the Premises, in accordance with applicable code or laws, unless excused in writing by the landlord; or to forfeit such sums from the security deposit, or by judgment, if insufficient funds exist in the security deposit, for the removal and disposal of any such wiring, cabling or telecommunication equipment.

44. Termination of Previous Lease .

Thirty (30) days following the occupancy of the Phase II Premises, Tenant’s current lease for space in Suite 100 at 5001 Aerial Center Executive Park, Cary, NC 27560 shall be terminated, with no penalty to Tenant, provided that Tenant is not then in default of any of the provisions thereof.

 

13


One-half (1/2) of the scheduled rental for the Premises at 5001 Aerial Center Executive Park shall be abated, from the Lease Commencement Date until the occupancy of Phase II of 2701 Aerial Center Park.

If the Phase II Premises are not provided by Landlord, suitable for occupancy by Tenant, by April 15, 2006, subject to the terms set forth I “Article 2. Term ,” Tenant may remain in the 5001 Building until the completion of Phase II and there shall be no charge to Tenant for the scheduled rental from April 15, 2006 until the completion of the Phase II Premises.

45. Brokerage Commission .

Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and confirm that Tenant dealt and communicated with a real estate agent or broker, named Advantis GVA (through its agent Sue Back), and that Landlord shall pay said agent or broker a commission based on a separate commission agreement entered into by Landlord and Advantis GVA. The parties acknowledge and agree that Sue Back is now working through the brokerage firm of Colliers Pinkard and during the later period of negotiation of this lease, Ms. Back was an agent of the Colliers Pinkard firm. Except as set forth above, Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that it has not had any dealings or communications with any other real estate broker or agent in connection herewith, and agrees to indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all damages, costs and expenses (including court costs and reasonable attorney’s fees) which Landlord may incur as a result of a claim for compensation or a commission by any other real estate broker or agent with whom Tenant has dealt or communicated.

46. Force Majeure .

If either party hereto shall be delayed or hindered in or prevented from the performance of any act required hereunder (other than payment of money) by reason of strikes, lockouts, labor troubles, fire, inability to procure materials, unusual delay in deliveries, failure of power, restrictive governmental laws or regulations, unreasonable or unforeseeable delay in governmental actions, riots, insurrection, war, unavoidable casualties, unusually severe weather, or other reason of a like nature beyond the reasonable control of the party delayed in performing work or doing acts required under the terms of this Lease, then performance of such act shall be excused for the period of the delay and the period for the performance of such act shall be extended for a period equivalent to the period of such delay

47. Riders and Exhibits .

The following riders and exhibits are hereby incorporated herein by reference and to the extent that any of such riders or exhibits conflict with any of the foregoing provisions, the provisions of such riders or exhibits shall prevail:

 

Exhibit A    Floor Plan of the Existing First Floor
Exhibit A-1    Floor Plan of the Existing Second Floor
Exhibit B    Master Plan
Exhibit C    Tenant Improvement Allowance
Exhibit D    Rules & Regulations
Exhibit E    Janitorial Schedule
Exhibit F    Renewal Option
Exhibit G    Early Termination Provision
Exhibit H    First Right of Refusal
Exhibit I    Roof Mounted Communication Equipment

 

14


IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have executed this Lease as of the day and date first written above.

 

In the presence of:     PIZZACALLI PROPERTIES, LLC

LOGO

    By:  

LOGO

 

State of Vermont   )
  )SS
Chittenden County   )

At So. Burlington in said. County on the 29 th day of June 2005, James Pizzagalli, President of Pizzagalli Properties, LLC personally appeared and he executed the above instrument and acknowledged the same to be his free act and deed and the free act and deed of said Company.

 

Before me,

LOGO

Notary Public

Julianne M. Heisler

My commission expires 2-10-07

 

In the presence of:     CHANNEL ADVISOR CORPORATION

 

    By:  

LOGO

 

State of NC   )
  )SS
Wake County   )

At Morrisville NC (city) in said County on the 20 th day of June, (month) 2005, M. Scot Wingo, (name) CEO (title) of Channel Advisor Corp. (company) personally appeared and he/she executed the above instrument and acknowledged the same to be his/her free act and deed and the free act and deed of said Company.

 

Before me,

LOGO

Notary Public

 

My commission expires:  

7-12-2008

 

15


EXHIBIT “A”

FLOOR PLAN OF THE EXISTING FIRST FLOOR

CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION

2701 AERIAL CENTER EXECUTIVE PARK

 

LOGO

 

A-1


EXHIBIT “A-1”

FLOOR PLAN OF THE EXISTING SECOND FLOOR

CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION

2701 AERIAL CENTER EXECUTIVE PARK

 

LOGO

 

A-1-1


EXHIBIT “B”

MASTER PLAN

CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION

2701 AERIAL CENTER EXECUTIVE PARK

 

LOGO

 

B-1


EXHIBIT “C”

TENANT IMPROVEMENT ALLOWANCES

CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION

2701 AERIAL CENTER EXECUTIVE PARK

Landlord shall provide an allowance (the “Allowance”) for the construction of Tenant Improvements for Phase I and Phase II of the Premises in the amount of $524,036.00 calculated as the sum of $20.00 per rentable square foot for the second floor of the Premises (Phase I) and $6.00 per rentable square foot for the first floor of the Premises (Phase II). This amount is in addition to the cost of the previously installed ceiling grid for Phase I. Phase II shall be delivered in “as is” broom clean condition, subject to latent defects and removal of all existing cable and telephone wiring. Any costs for removal of existing cable and telephone wiring shall not be charged to Tenant and shall be in addition to the Allowance. All Allowances shall be used solely for fitting up the Premises to meet Tenant’s needs and for improvements to the Premises (collectively, the “Tenant Improvement Work”), provided, however, any Allowance amount not used for upfits may be applied to the Base Rent The parties acknowledge and agree that the Allowance amount is based on the rentable square footage set forth in Paragraph 1(a) of the Lease. In the event the BOMA calculations described in Paragraph 1(b) of the Lease requires in any modifications to the rentable square footage, proportional adjustments shall be made to the Allowance.

If Tenant elects to install an emergency generator, Landlord shall provide an Allowance of $10,000.00 for the installation and/or purchase of an emergency generator to serve Tenant’s computer server room. This Allowance will be paid to Tenant upon the completion of the generator installation. If installed, the generator and associated wiring and equipment shall be deemed the property of the Tenant. The Tenant shall be responsible for the operation, testing, maintenance and repair of the emergency generator.

Landlord shall provide Tenant an Allowance of $1.00 per rentable square foot for each phase to offset the cost of Tenant’s architect and engineer who shall be fully responsible for the design of all of the Tenant Improvement Work, including all architectural, electrical, plumbing and HVAC design. Such calculations shall be subject to the BOMA adjustments described in Paragraph 1(b) of the Lease. This Allowance shall be payable to the Tenant within thirty (30) days of Landlord’s receipt of an invoice from Tenant’s architect for the construction drawings for each phase of the work, provided that the drawings have been approved by all regulatory bodies having jurisdiction.

Upon Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s approved architectural and engineering drawings, for each of the two (2) phases of occupancy, Landlord shall obtain bids from a minimum of three (3) Tenant-and- Landlord-approved building contractors, in accordance with the approved drawings and finishes specified by Tenant, and shall submit the bids to Tenant within fifteen (15) days of the receipt of approved drawings. Tenant shall approve or disapprove the low price as submitted from the selected group of contractor’s prior to the commencement of construction within the Premises and approve or disapprove Tenant’s contribution to the upfit (i.e.: any costs in excess of the applicable Allowance), if any. Landlord shall enter into a contract with the selected contractor to complete the job and shall supervise construction of the Premises and shall not charge a supervisory fee.

Upon completion of the improvements to the Premises, Landlord shall submit to Tenant the final, actual cost, to include any change orders associated with improving the Premises, which have been approved by Tenant. If the final cost exceeds the applicable Allowance, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all costs in excess of such Allowance within thirty (30) days of receipt of the final cost or Tenant may elect to reimburse Landlord for any costs in excess of the Allowance as additional rent, which shall be computed as the amount required to fully amortize the excess costs over the Term of the Lease at an interest rate of 8% and documented in a Lease Amendment to be executed by both parties. Tenant may amortize up to $100,000 of cost in excess of the Allowance.

Landlord shall be responsible for monitoring the contractors’ progress to insure they use their best efforts to complete the improvements to the Premises in a timely manner. In the event that contractor fails to complete the work within the time periods agreed to by the parties unless due to the acts or omissions of Tenant or its agents or an act of force majeure, Tenant shall be entitled to two (2) days of rent abatement for each day of delay on the part of the contractor with respect to the applicable delayed Phase of occupancy.

 

C-1


EXHIBIT “D”

RULES AND REGULATIONS

CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION

2701 AERIAL CENTER EXECUTIVE PARK

 

1. The sidewalks, halls, passages, exits, entrances, elevators and stairways shall not be obstructed by Tenant or used for any purpose other than ingress and egress to the Premises. The halls, passages, exits, entrances, stairways, balconies and roof are not for use by the general public, and Landlord shall in all cases retain the right to control and prevent access thereto by all persons whose presence in the judgment of Landlord may be prejudicial to the safety, character, reputation or best interests of the Building and its tenants. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to prevent such access to persons with whom Tenant conducts business, unless such persons are engaged in illegal activities. No Tenant and no employees or invitees of any Tenant shall go upon the roof of the Building.

 

2. Tenant shall not alter any lock or install any new or additional locks or bolts on any door of the Premises.

 

3. No restroom fixture shall be used for any purpose other than that for which it was constructed; no foreign substance of any kind whatsoever shall be thrown therein. The expense of any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from the violation of the above rule shall be borne by Tenant or employees or invitees of Tenant.

 

4. Landlord shall have the right to prescribe the weight, size and position of all safes and other heavy equipment brought into the Building and also the times and manner of moving the same in and out of the Building. Safes or other heavy objects shall, if considered necessary by Landlord, stand on wood strips of such thickness as is necessary to properly distribute the weight. Landlord will not be responsible for loss of or damage to any such safe or property from any cause and all damage done to the Building by moving or maintaining any such safe or other property shall be repaired at the expense of Tenant.

 

5. Except with the written consent of Landlord, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, no person or persons other than those approved by Landlord shall be permitted to enter the Premises or Building for the purpose of cleaning same. Tenant shall not cause any unnecessary labor by reason of Tenant’s carelessness or indifference in the preservation of good order and cleanliness. Janitorial services shall include ordinary dusting and cleaning by the janitor assigned to such work and shall not include cleaning of carpets or rugs, except normal vacuuming, or moving of furniture or other special services.

 

6. Tenant shall not use, keep or permit any foul or noxious gas or substance in the Premises, or permit or allow the Premises to be occupied or used in a manner which interferes with business or is offensive or objectionable to Landlord or other occupants of the Building by reason of noise, odors and/or vibrations. Tenant may have one (1) dog on the premises. Other than as set forth in the preceding sentence, no animals or birds shall be brought in or about the Premises or the Building.

 

7. The following shall not be permitted by Tenant on the Premises: cooking (other than microwave cooking), storing of merchandise, washing clothes, lodging, or for any improper, objectionable or immoral purposes.

 

8. Tenant shall not use, keep, or permit in the Premises or the Building any kerosene, gasoline, inflammable or combustible fluid or material, or use any method of heating or air conditioning other than that supplied by Landlord.

 

9. Landlord will direct electricians as to where and how telephone and telecommunication systems are to be introduced. No boring or cutting for wires is permitted without the prior consent of Landlord. The location of telephones, call boxes and other office equipment affixed to the Premises shall be subject to the reasonable approval of Landlord which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

10. Upon termination of its tenancy, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord all Building keys which shall have been furnished Tenant or which Tenant shall have had made. In the event of loss of any keys so furnished, Tenant shall pay Landlord for the replacement of keys and/or any necessary locks.

 

D-1


11. Tenant shall not install tile, carpet or other similar floor covering so that the same shall be affixed to the floor of the Premises in any manner except as approved by Landlord. The expense of repairing any damage resulting from violation of this rule or from removal of any floor covering shall be borne by the Tenant by whom, or by whose contractors, employees or invitees, the damage shall have been caused.

 

12. Tenant shall see that the doors of the Premises are closed and securely locked before leaving the Building. All water faucets or water apparatus shall be shut off before Tenant or Tenant’s employees leave the Building, so as to prevent waste or damage, and for any default or carelessness Tenant shall make good all injuries sustained by Landlord and/or other tenants or occupants of the Building.

 

13. Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Building any person who, in the reasonable judgment of Landlord is intoxicated or under the influence of liquor or drugs, or who shall in any manner violate the Building rules and regulations.

 

14. Tenant shall not disturb, solicit, or canvas any occupant of the Building and shall cooperate to prevent the same.

 

15. Without the written consent of Landlord, Tenant shall not conduct any auction, except for auctions conducted electronically with remotely located participants, upon the Premises or use the name of the Building in promoting or advertising the business of Tenant except as Tenant’s address.

 

D-2


EXHIBIT “E”

JANITORIAL SCHEDULE

CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION

2701 AERIAL CENTER EXECUTIVE PARK

 

I. GENERAL CLEANING

 

  a. Empty all waste baskets and trash containers. ( D )
  b. Replace soiled trash liners as needed. ( or W )
  c. Dust all horizontal surfaces below 6’ high. ( W )
  d. Dust all vertical surfaces below 6’ high. ( W )
  e. Dust all high ledges, shelves, picture frames, etc. ( M )
  f. Dust all baseboards and perform all low dusting not done daily. ( W )
  g. Clean and sanitize all drinking fountains. ( D )
  h. Dust all venetian blinds. ( 2 times per Y )
  i. Polish brass main lobby doors and thresholds ( W )

 

II. FLOOR/WORK - HARD RESILIENT

 

  a. Dust mop or sweep. ( D )
  b. Spot mop and remove spillage. ( D )
  c. Damp mop or wet mop. ( 2 times per W )

 

III. CARPET CARE

 

  a. Vacuum all traffic lanes. ( D )
  b. Remove all spots and stains when possible. ( D )
  c. Completely vacuum all carpets including edges. ( 3 times W )

 

IV. RESTROOMS

 

  a. Polish mirrors and all metal surfaces. ( D )
  b. Clean and disinfect all toilets and urinals. ( D )
  c. Clean and polish wash basins. ( D )
  d. Mop floors using disinfectant. ( D )
  e. Fill soap dispensers, towel and tissue holders. ( D )
  f. Clean partitions and ledges. ( D )
  g. Scrub bathroom floors and ceramic tile. ( M )

 

V. WALLS, WOODWORK AND OVERHEAD

 

  a. Remove hand prints from door frames and around light switches. ( D )
  b. Clean air vents and diffusers. ( 2 times per Y )
  c. Dust or vacuum bottom surface of light fixtures. ( 1 time per Y )

 

VI. OTHER REQUESTED OPERATIONS

 

  a. Spot clean entrance door glass. ( D )
  b. Spot clean partition glass. ( D )
  c. Clean windows inside and outside. ( 2 times per Y )
  d. Clean exterior surfaces of vending machines. ( M )
  e. Police 20’ on each side of main doors.
  f. Empty any outside ash cans or trash cans. ( D )

 

( D )   -    Daily cleaning (5 times per week)
( W )   -    Weekly cleaning
( M )   -    Monthly cleaning
( Y )   -    Yearly cleaning

 

E-1


EXHIBIT “F”

RENEWAL OPTION

CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION

2701 AERIAL CENTER EXECUTIVE PARK

a) Landlord hereby grants unto Tenant the right and option to renew and extend this Lease, if Tenant is not then in default under any of the terms or conditions of the Lease at the time notice is given, nor at any time prior to the commencement of the extended term, for all of such space as then comprises the Premises for three (3) consecutive renewal terms of three (3) years each. Said renewal terms to begin immediately upon expiration of the initial term or prior renewal term of this Lease as the case may be. Said options for renewal shall be exercised by Tenant giving notice to Landlord, as provided herein with respect to notices, of Tenant’s election to renew, at least six (6) months prior to the expiration of the initial term or prior renewal term as the case may be and if notice as aforesaid is not given, said options shall lapse and be of no further force and effect. Time is agreed to be of the essence with respect to this notice requirement. In the event Tenant fails to exercise its first option to renew, then the subsequent options shall be null and void.

b) Said renewal terms shall be upon the same conditions as herein agreed upon for the initial term, except that the Base Rent during each renewal term shall be negotiated between the parties within sixty (60) days of Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s written notification to exercise the renewal option, however, the rental rate shall not exceed 95% of the current fair market rental rate applicable to comparable buildings in the RTP area, taking into consideration such factors as age, physical condition and location at the time of each renewal option. If Landlord and Tenant are unable to negotiate a renewal rental rate on mutually agreeable terms within said sixty (60) days, then this option shall lapse and be of no further force and effect. If Landlord and Tenant are able to negotiate a renewal rental rate on mutually agreeable terms within said sixty (60) days, then Landlord and Tenant prior to the first day of the renewal term shall enter into an amendment to this Lease for the purpose of confirming said rental.

c) Tenant shall be granted an Allowance of $3.00 per rentable square foot upon the execution of each renewal option, to be utilized in the refurbishment of the Premises. The Allowance shall be subject to the provisions of Exhibit C hereof.

d) Whenever in this Lease words are used such as “during the term hereof” or words of similar effect, it is agreed that upon the valid exercise by Tenant of this renewal option, such words shall also mean “during any renewal term hereof”, and all of the provisions of the initial term shall apply to the renewal term, except as provided herein with respect to the Base Rent.

 

F-1


EXHIBIT “G”

EARLY TERMINATION

CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION

2701 AERIAL CENTER EXECUTIVE PARK

Provided Tenant is not in default under this Lease, from and including the day Tenant gives notice to Landlord as required below through the date of termination, at any time after the 60 th month of the Term, or the 72 nd month of the Term if Tenant exercises any Right of First Refusal pursuant to Exhibit H hereof, and if Tenant desires to increase the Premises by a minimum amount of thirty percent (30%), (“Increased Premises”) and Landlord cannot provide the Increased Premises to Tenant in a building (i) contiguous to the Building within six (6) months of Tenant’s written notice of its need for the Increased Premises, or (ii) in a new building that will provide adequate contiguous space for Tenant within a twelve (12) month period of time from notice, then Tenant may terminate the Lease by providing Landlord written notice of its intent to terminate and by making a payment (the “Termination Fee”) to Landlord equal to the sum of the following:

 

  a. A prorated portion of the nine (9) months rental concession at a rate of 1.5 months per year of Term.

 

  b. The unamortized cost of leasing commissions

 

  c. The unamortized Allowances based on a 10-year amortization schedule at an interest rate of prime plus 1%, as applied to 50% of the total Allowances.

 

  d. The unamortized cost of any costs in excess of the Allowances which are included in the rental in accordance with Exhibit “C”, calculated at an interest rate of 8%.

The commission component of the Termination Fee shall be calculated as the unamortized balance based on the proportion of the number of months of rental payments to the number of months of the Term at an interest rate of prime plus 1%.

The Allowance component shall be calculated on the unamortized balance based on the proportion of the number of months of rental payments to 120 months at an interest rate of prime plus 1%.

Time is agreed to be of the essence with respect to the above notice and payment requirements, and any attempt by Tenant to terminate this Lease at a time or in a manner that is not in strict compliance with the foregoing requirements shall be null and void and of no effect unless Landlord waives the deficiency in writing. If Tenant elects to terminate in accordance with the foregoing, and provided that Landlord is not able to fulfill Tenant’s requirements with respect to Increased Premises, then this Lease shall come to an end at 11:59 P.M., local time, on the Termination Date, being the later of (i) the last day of the sixth (6 th ) full month following the date of Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s written notice of its election to terminate the Lease following the rejection of the request for additional space, which request may be made at any time during the term of the Lease, or the expiration of the thirty day period for response on space expansion, as set forth herein or (ii) the date of Landlord’s receipt of the Termination Fee, as if such date were the expiration date of this Lease. In no event, however, may this Lease be terminated prior to the end of the 60 th month of the Term.

If the Lease is extended due to the exercise of any Right of Refusal contained in Exhibit “H”, and the Tenant elects to terminate the Lease after the 72 nd month of the Lease, the Termination Fee shall equal the sum of the unamortized balance of Allowances and commissions attributable to the Expansion Premises only. For purposes of calculating the Termination Fee, the amortization period shall be three (3) years.

 

G-1


EXHIBIT “H”

FIRST RIGHT OF REFUSAL

CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION

2701 AERIAL CENTER EXECUTIVE PARK

During the Term of the Lease, Tenant shall have a recurring First Right of Refusal to lease any available space in the 2501 Building (the “Expansion Premises”). Landlord shall, before leasing such space to any other person or entity, first offer to lease the space to Tenant. Base Rent for the Expansion Premises shall be the then current escalated rental in effect for the Premises plus the cost of utilities. Upon each exercise of a First Right of Refusal for Expansion Premises, the Lease shall be amended so that three (3) years remain from the date of occupancy of the Expansion Premises. Landlord shall provide an Allowance of $5.00 per rentable square foot for the Expansion Premises. The foregoing Allowance shall be subject to the provisions of Exhibit C. Tenant shall have ten (10) days after receipt of written notice from Landlord in which to exercise its First Right of Refusal. If Landlord does not receive Tenant’s written exercise of its First Right of Refusal within said 10 days, then Tenant shall be deemed to have rejected such offer and forfeited its First Right of Refusal. If Tenant does not accept such offer, within said ten (10) day period as aforesaid, Landlord shall thereafter be free to lease the space on such terms and conditions as Landlord deems appropriate.

Additionally, from time to time, Tenant may provide Landlord with notice of a request for additional space, Landlord will respond to Tenant’s request within thirty (30) days indicating whether or not Landlord might be able to provide such space, the location of the space and when the space will become available pursuant to the terms set forth herein.

 

H-1


EXHIBIT “I”

ROOF MOUNTED COMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT

CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION

2701 AERIAL CENTER EXECUTIVE PARK

1. Landlord hereby grants to Tenant for the term of the Lease, as it may be extended or shortened, the right, at Tenant’s cost, to install, access, maintain, operate, replace, repair and remove or modify (collectively, “Construct” or the “Construction”) a satellite receiver and all accompanying equipment to make said receiver functional (i.e. all cable, wiring, conduits), an antennae and related equipment necessary for the generation and reception of radio and satellite-generated television transmissions at the Premises (collectively, “Receiver”), on the roof (“Roof”) of the Building, mounted in a non-penetrating fashion in a location to be mutually agreed upon between Landlord and Tenant. In addition, additional related equipment may be installed from time to time as necessary for Tenant’s business and in compliance with this Exhibit I.

2. Tenant shall comply with all laws and governmental regulations in its installation, maintenance, operation and removal of the Antenna, including, without limitation, zoning regulations and Federal Commerce Commission regulations.

3. Tenant shall not install, maintain or operate the antenna or any receiving or broadcasting equipment used in connection with the Receiver, so as to cause any interference with any electrical or other equipment, (including, without limitation, radios, televisions, alarm and detection systems, and computers and other satellite or radio or television antennae or dishes) located on the Land, in or on the Building or the Park.

4. Tenant shall coordinate all installation, maintenance, repair or replacement of the Receiver with the Landlord’s roofer so that Landlord’s Roof warranty is preserved and not impaired in any way, and shall provide Landlord with written confirmation that the roof warranty remains unimpaired. Tenant shall be responsible for restoring the Roof upon removal of its Receiver, to the condition prior to its installation.

5. Tenant agrees to defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from any claim, cost, loss, expense (including attorneys fees), damages or liability in connection with, arising out of or resulting from or alleged to arise out of or result from Tenant’s exercise or purported exercise of rights granted by this Exhibit “I”.

6. If applicable, Landlord shall allow Tenant to connect the Receiver to the Building’s electrical system at Tenant’s cost for installation and operation.

7. In addition to any other remedy provided by law or in equity or by the Lease for violation of the terms of this Exhibit “I”, in the event of a breach by Tenant of the terms of this Exhibit “I”, Landlord may elect to terminate this Exhibit “I” and the rights granted hereby without terminating the Lease, retaking possession of the Premises or otherwise affecting Tenant’s rights relating to use or occupancy of the Premises.

 

I-1


FIRST LEASE AMENDMENT

THIS FIRST LEASE AMENDMENT made this 14 th day of August, 2006, by and between Pizzagalli Properties, LLC, a Vermont limited liability company, (hereinafter called “Landlord”) and ChannelAdvisor Corporation, a Delaware corporation, (hereinafter called “Tenant”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS , Landlord has heretofore leased to Tenant the Building known as 2701 Aerial Center Executive Park by a Lease dated June 29, 2005 and a Memorandum of Lease dated December 19, 2005 (hereinafter, the “Lease”).

WHEREAS , the parties are desirous of amending certain of the provisions of the Lease so as to specify the rent schedule.

NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged hereby, the parties hereby agree that the Lease shall be, and the same hereby is, amended as follows:

Article 1. The “Base Rent” referenced in Article 3 of the Lease as follows:

 

(1) Phase I Premises

   $ 26,409.38 per month   

(2) Phase II Premises

   $ 25,869.46 per month   

is hereby changed to the following revised base rental schedule, which incorporates the annual fixed escalation of 2.5% plus amortization of $1,667.76 per month for Tenant improvements in excess of Landlord’s allowance:

 

MONTHS

   MONTHLY RENT  

10/01/05 – 06/30/06

   $ -0-   

07/01/06 – 09/30/06

   $ 53,946.60   

10/01/06 – 09/30/07

   $ 55,253.57   

10/01/07 – 09/30/08

   $ 56,593.22   

10/01/08 – 09/30/09

   $ 57,966.36   

10/01/09 – 09/30/10

   $ 59,373.82   

10/01/10 – 09/30/11

   $ 60,816.49   

Article 2. All of the aforesaid changes shall be effective on the date of execution hereof, unless otherwise noted.

Article 3. Except as expressly modified hereby, the Lease shall remain in full force and effect as originally written.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this First Lease Amendment as of the day and date first set forth above.

 

In the presence of:     PIZZAGALLI PROPERTIES LLC

LOGO

    By  

LOGO

State of Vermont     )

                                (SS

Chittenden   County)

At So. Burlington in said County on the 14 th day of August, 2006 James Pizzagalli, President of Pizzagalli Properties, LLC, personally appeared and he executed the above instrument and acknowledged the same to be his free act and deed and free act and deed of said Company.

 

        Before me,
       

LOGO

        Notary Public
My commission expires:                            Julianne M. Heisler
        My commission expires 2-10-07

 

In the presence of:     CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION

LOGO

    By  

LOGO

State of NC                 )

                                 (SS

Wake               County)

At Morrisville (city) in said County on the 2 nd day of August (month), 2006, Manoj George (name), CFO (title) of ChannelAdvisor Corporation (company) personally appeared and he/she executed the above instrument and acknowledged the same to be his/her free act and deed and free act and deed of said Company.

 

Before me,

LOGO

Notary Public

My commission expires: 7-12-2008


3110 Edwards Mill Road       LOGO
Suite 210      
Raleigh, NC 27612      
Ph: 919-789-4255    T ENANT L EASE A BSTRACT   
www.collierspinkard.com    FOR   
   C HANNEL A DVISOR C ORPORATION   
   S ECOND A MENDMENT   

Page 1 of 3

 

 

Premises Address:

 

 

Lease Date:

Commencement Date:
Lease Expiration Date:

Terms:

 

Expansion Premises:
Total Premises:
Base Rental Rate Per Square Foot:

2501 Aerial Center Parkway, Suite 100

Morrisville, NC 27560

April 11, 2007
7/1/07
9/30/11
All terms of the Lease remain the same unless otherwise noted herein.
10,063 SF
50,150 SF
Base Rent changed from:

 

Months

   Monthly Rent  

10/01/05 – 06/30/06

   $ -0-   

07/01/06 – 09-30-06

   $ 53,946.60   

10/01/06 – 09/30/07

   $ 55,253.57   

10/01/07 – 09/30/08

   $ 56,593.22   

10/01/08 – 09/30/09

   $ 57,966.36   

10/01/09 – 09/30/10

   $ 59,373.82   

10/01/10 – 09/30/11

   $ 60,816.49   
 


3110 Edwards Mill Road       LOGO
Suite 210      
Raleigh, NC 27612      
Ph: 919-789-4255    T ENANT L EASE A BSTRACT   
www.collierspinkard.com    FOR   
   C HANNEL A DVISOR C ORPORATION   
   S ECOND A MENDMENT   

Page 2 of 3

 

Base Rent changed to:

 

Months

  Building
2701
Monthly
Rent
    Building
2501
Monthly
Rent
    Total
Monthly
Rent
 

10/01/05 – 06/30/06

  $ -0-      $ -0-      $ -0-   

07/01/06 – 09/30/06

  $ 53,946.60        $ 53,946.60   

10/01/06 – 06/30/07

  $ 55,253.57        $ 55,253.57   

07/01/07 – 09/30/07

  $ 55,253.57      $ 15,027.41      $ 70,280.98   

10/01/07 – 09/30/08

  $ 56,593.22      $ 15,403.10      $ 71,996.32   

10/01/08 – 09/30/09

  $ 57,966.36      $ 15,788.22      $ 73,754.58   

10/01/09 – 09/30/10

  $ 59,373.82      $ 16,182.92      $ 75,556,74   

10/01/10 – 09/30/11

  $ 60,816.49      $ 16,587.54      $ 77,404.03   
 

Early Termination/Cancellation Right:

 

 

Tenant Improvement Allowances:

The Early Termination Date referenced in Lease is established as being any time after the 72 nd month of the Term.
Tenant may utilize Tenant Improvement Allowances within the first twelve (12) months of this Amendment.
 


3110 Edwards Mill Road       LOGO
Suite 210      
Raleigh, NC 27612      
Ph: 919-789-4255    T ENANT L EASE A BSTRACT   
www.collierspinkard.com    FOR   
   C HANNEL A DVISOR C ORPORATION   
   S ECOND A MENDMENT   

Page 3 of 3

 

Broker:
Sue Back
Colliers Pinkard
3110 Edwards Mill Road
Suite 210
Raleigh, NC 27612
P: 919-789-4255
F: 919-789-0268
C: 919-215-8568
sback@collierspinkard.com
 


SECOND LEASE AMENDMENT

THIS SECOND LEASE AMENDMENT made this 11 th day of April, 2007, by and between Pizzagalli Properties, LLC, a Vermont limited liability company, (hereinafter called “Landlord”) and ChannelAdvisor Corporation, a Delaware corporation, (hereinafter called “Tenant”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS , Landlord has heretofore leased to Tenant the Building known as 2701 Aerial Center Executive Park by a Lease dated June 29, 2005 and a Memorandum of Lease dated December 19, 2005; and amended per the First Lease Amendment dated August 14, 2006 (hereinafter, the “Lease”).

WHEREAS , the parties are desirous of amending certain of the provisions of the Lease so as expand the Premises by exercising Tenant’s First Right of Refusal as contained in Exhibit H of the Lease and adjusting the rental accordingly.

NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged hereby, the parties hereby agree that the Lease shall be, and the same hereby is, amended as follows:

Article 1. The Premises referenced in Article 1 of the Lease as containing a total of “40,087 square feet of rentable floor area” is hereby changed to “50,150 square feet of rentable floor area” of combined floor area, effective the later of (i) July 1, 2007, or (ii) the date the Premises are delivered to the Tenant (the “Effective Date”), to incorporate an additional 10,063, known as Suite 100 in Building 2501 Aerial Center (hereinafter, the “Expansion Premises”) as indicated on attached Exhibit “A-2”. In the event the current tenant in the Premises vacates the Premises prior to July 1, 2007, Tenant shall have the right to access, use and perform improvements on the Premises as of the date the Premises are vacated, provided, however, such access shall not advance the Effective Date.

Article 2. Acceptance of the Premises: Landlord shall deliver the Premises to Tenant in “Broom Clean” condition and in compliance with all building codes and ADA requirements

Article 3. The Lease Term Expiration Date for the Expansion Premises shall be coterminous with the Lease Term Expiration Date of the Premises as referenced in Item (b) of the Memorandum of Lease dated December 19, 2005 and shall remain September 30, 2011.

Article 4. The “Base Rent” referenced in Article 1 of the First Lease Amendment as follows:

 

MONTHS

   MONTHLY RENT  

10/01/05 – 06/30/06

   $ -0-   

07/01/06 – 09/30/06

   $ 53,946.60   

10/01/06 – 09/30/07

   $ 55,253.57   

10/01/07 – 09/30/08

   $ 56,593.22   

10/01/08 – 09/30/09

   $ 57,966.36   

10/01/09 – 09/30/10

   $ 59,373.82   

10/01/10 – 09/30/11

   $ 60,816.49   

is hereby changed to the following revised Base Rent schedule:

 

MONTHS

   BUILDING  2701
MONTHLY
RENT
     BUILDING  2501
MONTHLY
RENT
     TOTAL
MONTHLY
RENT
 

10/01/05 – 06/30/06

   $ -0-       $ -0-       $ -0-   

07/07/06 – 09/30/06

   $ 53,946.60          $ 53,946.60   

10/01/06 – 06/30/07

   $ 55,253.57          $ 55,253.57   

07/01/07 – 09/30/07

   $ 55,253.57       $ 15,027.41       $ 70,280.98   

10/01/07 – 09/30/08

   $ 56,593.22       $ 15,403.10       $ 71,996.32   

10/01/08 – 09/30/09

   $ 57,966.36       $ 15,788.22       $ 73,754.58   

10/01/09 – 09/30/10

   $ 59,373.82       $ 16,182.92       $ 75,556.74   

10/01/10 – 09/30/11

   $ 60,816.49       $ 16,587.54       $ 77,404.03   


Notwithstanding the foregoing, Monthly Rent on Building 2501 shall not commence until the Effective Date.

Article 5. The Early Termination Date referenced in Exhibit G of the Lease is hereby established as being any time after the 72 nd month of the Term.

Article 6. Tenant may utilize the Tenant Improvement Allowance as provided in Exhibit H within the first twelve (12) months of the Effective Date of this Amendment.

Article 7. All of the aforesaid changes shall be effective on the Effective Date, unless otherwise noted.

Article 8. Except as expressly modified hereby, the Lease shall remain in full force and effect as originally written.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Second Lease Amendment as of the day and date first set forth above.

 

In the presence of:     PIZZAGALLI PROPERTIES LLC

LOGO

    By  

LOGO

State of Vermont     )

                                (SS

Chittenden   County)

At So. Burlington in said County on the 19 th day of April, 2007 James Pizzagalli, President of Pizzagalli Properties, LLC, personally appeared and he executed the above instrument and acknowledged the same to be his free act and deed and free act and deed of said Company.

 

    Before me,
   

LOGO

    Notary Public
My commission expires:                          Julianne M. Heisler
    My commission expires 2-10-11

 

In the presence of:     CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION

 

    By  

LOGO

State of NC                 )

                                 (SS

Wake               County)

At Morrisville (city) in said County on the 11 th day of April (month), 2007, William G. Brown (name), CFO (title) of ChannelAdvisor Corp (company) personally appeared and he/she executed the above instrument and acknowledged the same to be his/her free act and deed and free act and deed of said Company.

 

    Before me,
   

LOGO

    Notary Public

My commission expires: 7-12-2008


EXHIBIT “A-2”

FLOOR PLAN OF THE EXPANSION PREMISES

CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION

2501 AERIAL CENTER EXECUTIVE PARK, SUITE 100

10,063 RENTABLE SQUARE FEET

 

LOGO

 

A-2


THIRD LEASE AMENDMENT

THIS THIRD LEASE AMENDMENT made this 27 day of January, 2011, by and between Pizzagalli Properties, LLC, a Vermont limited liability company, (hereinafter called “Landlord”) and ChannelAdvisor Corporation, a Delaware corporation, (hereinafter called “Tenant”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS , Landlord has heretofore leased to Tenant the Building known as 2701 Aerial Center Executive Park by a Lease dated June 29, 2005 and a Memorandum of Lease dated December 19, 2005; amended per the First Lease Amendment dated August 14, 2006; further amended per the Second Lease Amendment dated April 11, 2007 (hereinafter, the “Lease”).

WHEREAS , the parties are desirous of amending certain of the provisions of the Lease so as to extend the Term of the Lease.

NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged hereby, the parties hereby agree that the Lease shall be, and the same hereby is, amended as follows:

Article 1. The Premises consists of 40,087 square feet of rentable square feet in 2701 Aerial Center Executive Park and 10,063 rentable square feet, known as Suite 100, in 2501 Aerial Center Executive Park. The total area of the Premises is 50,150 rentable square feet.

Article 2. The Lease Term indicated in Article 3 of the Second Lease Amendment as ending September 30, 2011 is hereby extended, to end on September 30, 2021 as further referenced in Article 3 herein under Extended Term.

Article 3. The “Base Rent” referenced in Article 4 of the Second Lease Amendment as follows:

 

     BUILDING 2701      BUILDING 2501      TOTAL  

MONTHS

   MONTHLY
RENT
     MONTHLY
RENT
     MONTHLY
RENT
 

10/01/05 – 06/30/06

   $ -0-       $ -0-       $ -0-   

07/01/06 – 09/30/06

   $ 53,946.60          $ 53,946.60   

10/01/06 – 06/30/07

   $ 55,253.57          $ 55,253.57   

07/01/07 – 09/30/07

   $ 55,253.57       $ 15,027.41       $ 70,280.98   

10/01/07 – 09/30/08

   $ 56,593.22       $ 15,403.10       $ 71,996.32   

10/01/08 – 09/30/09

   $ 57,966.36       $ 15,788.22       $ 73,754.58   

10/01/09 – 09/30/10

   $ 59,373.82       $ 16,182.92       $ 75,556.74   

10/01/10 – 09/30/11

   $ 60,816.49       $ 16,587.54       $ 77,404.03   


is hereby changed to the following revised Rent schedule:

 

MONTHS

   BUILDING 2701
MONTHLY
RENT
     BUILDING 2501
MONTHLY
RENT
     TOTAL
MONTHLY
RENT
 

INITIAL TERM

        

02/01/11 – 09/30/11

   $ 22,405.86       $ 6,111.14       $ 28,517.00   

EXTENDED TERM

        

10/01/11 – 09/30/12

   $ 22,405.86       $ 6,111.14       $ 28,517.00   

10/01/12 – 09/30/13

   $ 53,282.30       $ 15,044.19       $ 68,326.49   

10/01/13 – 09/30/14

   $ 54,618.54       $ 15,421.55       $ 70,040.09   

10/01/14 – 09/30/15

   $ 55,988.18       $ 15,807.30       $ 71,795.48   

10/01/15 – 09/30/16

   $ 57,391.22       $ 16,201.43       $ 73,592.65   

10/01/16 – 09/30/17

   $ 58,794.27       $ 16,603.95       $ 75,398.22   

10/01/17 – 09/30/18

   $ 60,264.12       $ 17,014.86       $ 77,278.98   

10/01/18 – 09/30/19

   $ 61,800.79       $ 17,442.53       $ 79,243.32   

10/01/19 – 09/30/20

   $ 63,337.46       $ 17,878.60       $ 81,216.06   

10/01/20 – 09/30/21

   $ 64,907.53       $ 18,331.43       $ 83,238.96   

Article 4. Landlord shall provide Tenant with a one time cash payment of $220,000.00 to be used by Tenant at its sole and absolute discretion. The payment shall be made to Tenant within thirty (30) days of the full execution of the Third Lease Amendment.

Article 5. Exhibit “F”, Renewal Option, is hereby replaced with the attached Exhibit “F- 1”, Revised Renewal Option.

Article 6. Exhibit “G” Early Termination is hereby replaced with Exhibit “G-1”, Revised Early Termination.

Article 7. Exhibit “H” First right of Refusal is hereby replaced with Exhibit “H-1”, Revised First Right of Refusal.

Article 8. Article 45 of the Lease is hereby replaced with the following:

“Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and confirm that Tenant dealt and communicated with a real estate agent or broker, named UGL Services Equis Operations Co. (through its broker Ryan Toland), and that Landlord shall pay said agent or broker a commission based on a separate commission agreement entered into by Landlord and UGL Services Equis Operations Co. Except as set forth above, Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that it has not had any dealings or communications with any other real estate broker or agent in connection herewith, and agrees to indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all damages, costs and expenses (including court costs and reasonable attorney’s fees) which Landlord may incur as a result of a claim for compensation or a commission by any other real estate broker or agent with whom Tenant has dealt or communicated.”

Article 9. All of the aforesaid changes shall be effective on the Effective Date, unless otherwise noted.

Article 10. Except as expressly modified hereby, the Lease shall remain in full force and effect as originally written.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Third Lease Amendment as of the day and date first set forth above.

 

In the presence of:     PIZZAGALLI PROPERTIES LLC

LOGO

    By  

LOGO

State of Vermont     )

                                (SS

Chittenden   County)

At So. Burlington in said County on the 27 day of January, 2011 James Pizzagalli, President of Pizzagalli Properties, LLC, personally appeared and he executed the above instrument and acknowledged the same to be his free act and deed and free act and deed of said Company.

 

Before me,

LOGO

Notary Public

 

My commission expires: 2-10-11

 

In the presence of:     CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION

LOGO

    By  

LOGO

State of NC                 )

                                 (SS

Wake               County)

At Morrisville, (city) in said County on the 28 th day of January (month), 2011, David Spitz (name), COO (title) of ChannelAdvisor Corporation (company) personally appeared and he/she executed the above instrument and acknowledged the same to be his/her free act and deed and free act and deed of said Company.

 

My commission expires:7-12-2013     Before me,
   

 

LOGO

   

Notary Public

 

Kathryn G. Todd


EXHIBIT “F-1”

REVISED RENEWAL OPTION

CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION

2501 AND 2701 AERIAL CENTER EXECUTIVE PARK

a) Landlord hereby grants unto Tenant the right and option to renew and extend this Lease, if Tenant is not then in default under any of the terms or conditions of the Lease at the time notice is given, nor at any time prior to the commencement of the extended term, for all of such space as then comprises the Premises for one (1) renewal term of three (3) years. Said renewal term to begin immediately upon expiration of the initial term of this Lease. Said option for renewal shall be exercised by Tenant giving notice to Landlord, as provided herein with respect to notices, of Tenant’s election to renew, at least nine (9) months prior to the expiration of the present term and, if notice as aforesaid is not given, said option shall lapse and be of no further force and effect. Time is agreed to be of the essence with respect to this notice requirement.

b) Said renewal term shall be upon the same conditions as herein agreed upon for the initial term, except that the Base Rent during the renewal term shall be negotiated between the parties within sixty (60) days of Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s written notification to exercise the renewal option, however, the rental rate shall not exceed 95% of the then current fair market rental rate applicable to comparable buildings in the RTP area, taking into consideration such factors as age, physical condition and location, at the time of each renewal option. If Landlord and Tenant are unable to negotiate a renewal rental rate on mutually agreeable terms within said sixty (60) days, then this option shall lapse and be of no further force and effect. If Landlord and Tenant are able to negotiate a renewal rental rate on mutually agreeable terms within said sixty (60) days, then Landlord and Tenant, prior to the first day of the renewal term, shall enter into an amendment to this Lease for the purpose of confirming said rental.

c) Whenever in this Lease words are used such as “during the term hereof” or words of similar effect, it is agreed that upon the valid exercise by Tenant of this renewal option, such words shall also mean “during any renewal term hereof”, and all of the provisions of the initial term shall apply to the renewal term, except as provided herein with respect to the Base Rent.


EXHIBIT “G-1”

REVISED EARLY TERMINATION

CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION

2501 AND 2701 AERIAL CENTER EXECUTIVE PARK

Provided Tenant is not in default, Tenant shall have the one time right to terminate this Lease, effective October 1, 2016. Tenant may terminate the Lease by providing written notice to Landlord of its intent to terminate, on or before January 1, 2016 and by making a payment (the “Termination Fee”), to Landlord equal to the sum of the following:

 

  A. The unamortized cost of leasing commissions.

 

  B. The unamortized cost of the cash contribution ($220,000.00).

 

  C. The unamortized rental concessions.

 

  D. The unamortized cost of the tenant allowance(s) provided for Tenant’s expansion(s).

Items A, B, and C shall be amortized over 120 months at an interest rate of 5%. Item D shall be amortized over the number of months of scheduled occupancy of any Expansion Premises at an interest rate of 5%.

Landlord agrees to provide the amount of the termination penalty, except as it may be adjusted by any Tenant expansion, within ten (10) business days of a written request by Tenant.

Time is agreed to be of the essence with respect to the above notice and payment requirements, and any attempt by Tenant to terminate this Lease at a time or in a manner that is not in strict compliance with the foregoing requirements shall be null and void and of no effect unless Landlord waives the deficiency in writing. In no event, however, may this Lease be terminated prior to the end of the 60 th month of the Extended Term.


EXHIBIT “H-1”

FIRST RIGHT OF REFUSAL

CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION

2501 AND 2701 AERIAL CENTER EXECUTIVE PARK

Tenant shall have a recurring First Right of Refusal to lease any available space in the 2501 Building. Landlord shall, before leasing such space to any other person or entity, first offer to lease the space to Tenant. Base Rent for the Expansion Premises shall be the then current escalated, full service, rental in effect for the 2501 Aerial Center Premises. If the Expansion Premises are occupied within the first five (5) years of the extended term, the lease shall not be extended. If the Expansion Premises are occupied during the last five (5) years of the extended term, the lease shall be amended so that a minimum of three (3) years remain from the date of occupancy of the Expansion Premises. Landlord shall provide a tenant allowance of $10.00 per rentable square foot for the Expansion Premises which may be utilized by Tenant for hard or soft costs, including, but not limited to, design, permitting, construction, paint, carpet, moving expense, furniture, wiring, cabling and infrastructure. Tenant shall have ten (10) days after receipt of written notice from Landlord in which to exercise its First Right of Refusal. If Landlord does not receive Tenant’s written exercise of its First Right of Refusal within said 10 days, then Tenant shall be deemed to have rejected such offer and forfeited its First Right of Refusal. If Tenant does not accept such offer, within said ten (10) day period as aforesaid, Landlord shall thereafter be free to lease the space on such terms and conditions as Landlord deems appropriate.

Additionally, from time to time, Tenant may provide Landlord with notice of a request for additional space, Landlord will respond to Tenant’s request within thirty (30) days indicating whether or not Landlord might be able to provide such space, the location of the space and when the space will become available pursuant to the terms set forth herein.

Exhibit 10.11.1

FOURTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT

THIS FOURTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT (the “Fourth Amendment”) made and entered into and effective as of the 31st day of January, 2013 hereto (the “Effective Date”), by and between AERIAL CENTER REALTY CORP., a North Carolina corporation (“Landlord”), and CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

WITNESSETH:

THAT WHEREAS, Pizzagalli Properties, LLC, predecessor in interest to Landlord, and Tenant executed that certain lease dated June 29, 2005 (the “Lease”), whereby Tenant leased from Landlord certain real property consisting of approximately 40,087 rentable square feet, located at 2701 Aerial Center Parkway, Morrisville, North Carolina, and as more particularly described in the Lease (the “Premises”); and

WHEREAS, the Lease was amended by that certain First Lease Amendment dated August 14, 2006, that certain Second Lease Amendment dated April 11, 2007, and that certain Third Lease Amendment dated January 27, 2011; and

WHEREAS, Tenant’s current Premises under the Lease consists of 40,087 rentable square feet in the building located at 2701 Aerial Center Parkway, Morrisville, North Carolina, and another 10,063 rentable square feet in the building located at 2501 Aerial Center Parkway, Suite 100, for a total rentable area of 50,150 square feet; and

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Lease to add additional space to the Premises; and

WHEREAS, in connection with the addition of additional space to the Premises, Tenant and Landlord have agreed to amend and modify certain terms of the Lease, as stated in this Fourth Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of Ten Dollars ($10.00), the mutual promises and covenants contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant on behalf of themselves and their respective successors and assigns, do hereby agree as follows:

1. Amendments : The Lease shall be amended as follows:

(a) The Premises referenced in Article 1 of the Lease are Lease is modified to provide that Suite 111 in the building located at 2501 Aerial Center Parkway, consisting of approximately 6,128 rentable square feet and as shown on Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference (“Suite 111”) shall be added to the Premises on the later of April 1, 2013 (the “Suite 111 Commencement Date”) or upon the date that Suite 111 is substantially complete in accordance with the completion of “Landlord’s Work” as herein defined under Section 1(d), and as evidenced by a certificate of occupancy. The Suite 111 Commencement Date will be extended for every day of Landlord’s delay, which shall include, but not be limited to, failure of the current tenant to vacate suite 111. After Suite 111 is added to the Premises, Tenant’s RSF shall be a total RSF of approximately 56,278.


(c) The “Base Rent” referred to in Article 3 of the Third Lease Amendment is deleted in its entirety, and is changed to the following revised Base Rent schedule:

 

Months

   Building 2701
Monthly Rent
     Building 2501
Monthly Rent
     Total Monthly
Rent
 

Initial Term

        

02/01/11-09/30/11

   $ 22,405.86       $ 6,111.14       $ 28,517.00   

Extended Term

        

10/01/11-09/30/12

   $ 22,405.86       $ 6,111.14       $ 28,517.0   

10/01/12-03/31/13

   $ 53,282.30       $ 15,044.19       $ 68,326.49   

04/01/13-09/30/13

   $ 53,282.30       $ 24,205.55       $ 77,487.85   

10/01/13-09/30/14

   $ 54,618.54       $ 24,810.68       $ 79,429.22   

10/01/14-09/30/15

   $ 55,988.18       $ 25,430.95       $ 81,419.13   

10/01/15-09/30/16

   $ 57,391.22       $ 26,066.72       $ 83,457.94   

10/01/16-09/30/17

   $ 58,794.27       $ 26,718.39       $ 85,512.66   

10/01/17-09/30/18

   $ 60,264.12       $ 27,386.35       $ 87,650.47   

10/01/18-09/30/19

   $ 61,800.79       $ 28,071.01       $ 89,871.80   

10/01/19-09/30/20

   $ 63,337.46       $ 28,766.01       $ 92,103.47   

10/01/20-09/30/21

   $ 64,907.53       $ 29,492.11       $ 94,399.64   

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Landlord hereby agrees to abate Monthly Rent for Suite 111 from the Suite 111 Commencement Date through the date which is five (5) months after the Suite 111 Commencement Date (the “Suite 111 Free Rent Period”). The total value of the free rent granted to Tenant during the Suite 111 Free Rent Period is $45,806.80 (the “Suite 111 Free Rent”) and shall be subject to all the covenants and conditions of the Lease.

Tenant agrees that if, at any time during the term of the Lease there is a default of this Lease by Tenant which is not cured within the applicable cure period, the unamortized value of the Suite 111 Free Rent shall be deemed an additional obligation payable by Tenant. Upon the occurrence of a default by Tenant under the terms of the Lease which is not cured within the applicable cure period, Tenant shall be required to pay the unamortized value of the Suite 111 Free Rent upon demand of Landlord and any other amounts owed under the terms of the Lease.

(d) Suite 111 Tenant Improvements . Prior to the Suite 111 Commencement Date, Landlord will complete certain improvements within Suite 111 at Landlord’s sole cost and expense (“Landlord’s Work”). Landlord’s Work includes demolition of identified offices (as shown on Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference), installation of new carpet using building standard carpet selected by Tenant, repainting using a building standard color selected by Tenant, and replacing any damaged ceiling tiles using building standard ceiling tiles. The Landlord’s Work does not include any of the Tenant’s furniture which is shown for

 

2


convenience only on Exhibit A. Landlord’s Work shall be done in a good, workmanlike manner with all building systems (including, but not limited to HVAC, plumbing, electrical and life/fire safety) delivered in good working order. Tenant acknowledges that the Landlord’s Work does not include any of supplemental HVAC desired by Tenant within Suite 111, and also acknowledges that Tenant shall be solely responsible for installation (and upon termination of the Lease the Tenant shall remove) at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, any data and/or voice network wiring and cabling located in Suite 111, whether such wiring and cabling is located within Suite 111 or within chases or other common areas in the building through which such data and/or voice network wiring and cabling has been installed to serve Suite 111 by Tenant, unless the Landlord waives such requirement in writing. The Landlord and Tenant approved space plan for Suite 111 is attached hereto as Exhibit A-1 for reference.

(e) Exhibit G-1 to the Third Lease Amendment (Revised Early Termination) is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with Exhibit G-2 (2013 Revised Early Termination) attached to this Fourth Amendment and incorporated herein by reference.

(f) Section 35 of the Lease is hereby amended to provide that the landlord under the Lease is Aerial Center Realty Corp. and the notice and payment addresses of the Landlord are as follows:

 

  

AERIAL CENTER REALTY CORP.

c/o Sentinel Real Estate Corporation

1251 Avenue of the Americas, 36 th Floor

New York, NY 10020

With a copy to:   

Cassidy Turley

3110 Edwards Mill Road, Suite 210

Raleigh, NC 27612

Attention: Hillman C. Duncan

5. Brokerage . Tenant and Landlord represent and warrant that no broker has been involved in connection with this transaction other than Cassidy Turley (the “Landlord’s Broker”) and Synergy Commercial Advisors, LLC (the “Tenant’s Broker”). Landlord shall be responsible for all commissions due to the Landlord’s Broker and the Tenant’s Broker. Tenant and Landlord agree to defend, indemnify and save each other harmless from and against any and all claims and damages (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) for a commission arising out of this transaction other than those of the brokers listed in this section.

6. Authority . Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that Tenant is a duly formed and existing entity in the State of Delaware, and has qualified to do business in the state of North Carolina. Tenant will remain in good standing in both Delaware and North Carolina during the Lease Term. Tenant also represents and warrants that Tenant has full right and authority to execute and deliver this Fourth Amendment, and that each person signing on behalf of Tenant is authorized to do so.

 

3


7. Ratification of Lease : Except as otherwise specifically stated herein, the Lease remains in full force and effect, with the terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease hereby ratified by the parties hereto. Except as specifically provided herein, this Fourth Amendment shall not modify any term of the Lease or the obligations of the Landlord or Tenant thereunder.

8. Effective Date : This Fourth Amendment shall be effective upon the date first referenced herein.

9. Miscellaneous : Each party to this Fourth Amendment shall execute all instruments and documents and take such further action as may be reasonably required to effectuate the purposes of this Fourth Amendment. This Fourth Amendment may be modified only by a writing executed by the parties hereto. This Fourth Amendment may be executed in multiple counterparts (including electronic [.PDF] or facsimile counterparts), each of which shall be deemed an original, and all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument. The invalidity of any portion of this Fourth Amendment shall not have any effect on the balance hereof. This Fourth Amendment shall be binding upon the parties hereto, as well as their successors, heirs, executors and assigns. This Fourth Amendment shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, North Carolina law. In the event of a conflict between the terms of this Fourth Amendment and the other terms of the Lease, the terms of this Fourth Amendment shall control.

[the remainder of this page intentionally blank – signatures follow]

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have each executed the foregoing instrument, under seal, effective as of the day and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD:  
AERIAL CENTER REALTY CORP.,   (SEAL)
a North Carolina corporation  
By:   LOGO  
Printed Name:    Martin Cawley  
Title:   VP  
TENANT:  
CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION,   (SEAL)
a Delaware corporation  
By:   LOGO   (SEAL)
Printed Name:   BRAD SCHOMBER  
Title:   VP FINANCE  

 

 

5


Exhibit A

Suite 111 Additional Space

 

LOGO

 

6


Exhibit A-1

Suite 111 Additional Space

 

LOGO

 

7


EXHIBIT G-2

2013 REVISED EARLY TERMINATION

CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION

2501 AND 2701 AERIAL CENTER EXECUTIVE PARK

Provided Tenant is not in default, Tenant shall have the one time right to terminate this Lease, effective October 1, 2016. Tenant may terminate the Lease by providing written notice to Landlord of its intent to terminate, on or before January 1, 2016, and by making a payment (the “Termination Fee”) to Landlord equal to the sum of the following:

 

  A. With respect to the Premises and the Expansion Premises (2701 Aerial Center Parkway and 2501 Aerial Center Parkway, Suite 100) as addressed in the Third Amendment:

 

  (i) The unamortized cost of leasing commissions;

 

  (ii) The unamortized cost of the cash contribution ($220,000.00);

 

  (iii) The unamortized rental concessions;

 

  B. The unamortized cost of the tenant allowance(s) provided in connection with any future Tenant expansions pursuant to an exercised First Right of Refusal granted to Tenant under the Third Lease Amendment;

 

  C. $83,060.15 in a lump sum for Suite 111, which includes the unamortized amounts for leasing commissions and tenant improvement dollars; and

 

  D. Three (3) months of rent for Suite 111 equal to $29,598.24.

Item A shall be amortized over 120 months from October 1, 2011 at an interest rate of five percent (5%).

Landlord agrees to provide the amount of the Termination Fee, except as it may be adjusted by any future Tenant expansion, within ten (10) business days of Landlord’s receipt of a written request from Tenant.

Time is agreed to be of the essence with respect to the above notice and payment requirements, and any attempt by Tenant to terminate this Lease at a time or in a manner that is not in strict compliance with the foregoing requirements shall be null and void and of no effect unless Landlord waives the deficiency in writing. In no event, however, may this Lease be terminated prior to the end of the sixtieth (60 th ) month of the Extended Term (defined in the Third Lease Amendment as September 30, 2016).

 

8

Exhibit 10.12

CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION

2001 STOCK PLAN

1. Purposes of the Plan . The purposes of this Stock Plan are to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility, to provide additional incentive to Employees, Directors and Consultants and to promote the success of the Company’s business. Options granted under the Plan may be Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options, as determined by the Administrator at the time of grant. Stock Awards may also be granted under the Plan.

2. Definitions . As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:

(a) “ Administrator ” means the Board or any of its Committees as shall be administering the Plan in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

(b) “ Applicable Laws ” means the requirements relating to the administration of stock option plans under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any other country or jurisdiction where Options and Stock Awards are granted under the Plan.

(c) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(d) “ Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) Any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding voting securities; or

(ii) The consummation of the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; or

(iii) The consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or its parent) at least fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity or its parent outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation.

(e) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(f) “ Committee ” means a committee of Directors appointed by the Board in accordance with Section 4 hereof.


(g) “ Common Stock ” means the Common Stock of the Company.

(h) “ Company ” means ChannelAdvisor Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

(i) “ Consultant ” means any person who is engaged by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary to render consulting or advisory services to such entity.

(j) “ Director ” means a member of the Board.

(k) “ Disability ” means total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

(l) “ Employee ” means any person, including officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. A Service Provider shall not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, any Subsidiary, or any successor. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed ninety (90) days, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, then three (3) months following the 90th day of such leave, any Incentive Stock Option held by the Optionee shall cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and shall be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee by the Company shall be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.

(m) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(n) “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the Nasdaq National Market or The Nasdaq SmallCap Market of The Nasdaq Stock Market, its Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system on the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

(ii) If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, its Fair Market Value shall be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the day of determination; or

(iii) In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value thereof shall be determined in good faith by the Administrator.

(o) “ Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

 

-2-


(p) “ Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means an Option not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(q) “ Option ” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

(r) “ Option Agreement ” means a written or electronic agreement between the Company and an Optionee evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Option grant. The Option Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(s) “ Optioned Stock ” means the Common Stock subject to an Option.

(t) “ Optionee ” means the holder of an outstanding Option or Stock Award granted under the Plan.

(u) “ Parent ” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

(v) “ Plan ” means this 2001 Stock Plan.

(w) “ Service Provider ” means an Employee, Director or Consultant.

(x) “ Share ” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 13 below.

(y) “ Stock Award ” means shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to a grant of a Stock Award under Section 11.

(z) “ Subsidiary ” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

3. Stock Subject to the Plan . Subject to the provisions of Section 13 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be issued under the Plan is four million (4,000,000) Shares. The Shares may be authorized but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.

If an Option or Stock Award expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, the unpurchased Shares (or for Stock Awards, the forfeited Shares) which were subject thereto shall become available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). However, Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan, upon exercise of an Option, shall not be returned to the Plan and shall not become available for future distribution under the Plan, except that if Shares of restricted stock issued pursuant to an Option are repurchased by the Company at their original purchase price, such Shares shall become available for future grant under the Plan.

4. Administration of the Plan .

(a) The Plan shall be administered by the Board or a Committee appointed by the Board, which Committee shall be constituted to comply with Applicable Laws.

 

-3-


(b) Powers of the Administrator . Subject to the provisions of the Plan and, in the case of a Committee, the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, and subject to the approval of any relevant authorities, the Administrator shall have the authority in its discretion:

(i) to determine the Fair Market Value;

(ii) to select the Service Providers to whom Options and Stock Awards may from time to time be granted hereunder;

(iii) to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each such Option and Stock Award granted hereunder;

(iv) to approve forms of agreement for use under the Plan;

(v) to determine the terms and conditions of any award granted hereunder. Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Options and Stock Awards may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Option and Stock Award or the Shares of Common Stock relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine;

(vi) to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of satisfying applicable foreign laws;

(vii) to allow Optionees to satisfy withholding tax obligations by electing to have the Company withhold from the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option that number of Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum amount required to be withheld. The Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld shall be determined on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined. All elections by Optionees to have Shares withheld for this purpose shall be made in such form and under such conditions as the Administrator may deem necessary or advisable; and

(viii) to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and awards granted pursuant to the Plan.

(c) Effect of Administrator’s Decision . All decisions, determinations and interpretations of the Administrator shall be final and binding on all Optionees.

5. Eligibility . Stock Awards and Nonstatutory Stock Options may be granted to Service Providers. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees.

6. Limitations .

(a) Incentive Stock Option Limit . Each Option shall be designated in the Option Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. However, notwithstanding such designation, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares

 

-4-


with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Optionee during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds $100,000, such Options shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 6(a), Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted. The Fair Market Value of the Shares shall be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted.

(b) At-Will Employment . Neither the Plan nor any Option or Stock Award shall confer upon any Optionee any right with respect to continuing the Optionee’s relationship as a Service Provider with the Company, nor shall it interfere in any way with his or her right or the Company’s right to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause, and with or without notice.

7. Term of Plan . Subject to shareholder approval in accordance with Section 19, the Plan shall become effective upon its adoption by the Board. Unless sooner terminated under Section 15, it shall continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years from the later of (i) the effective date of the Plan, or (ii) the date of the most recent Board approval of an increase in the number of shares reserved for issuance under the Plan, provided such increase is approved by the stockholders within the time limits required.

8. Term of Option . The term of each Option shall be stated in the Option Agreement; provided, however, that the term shall be no more than ten (10) years from the date of grant thereof. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an Optionee who, at the time the Option is granted, actually or constructively, as defined in regulations adopted under the Code, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Option shall be five (5) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Option Agreement.

9. Option Exercise Price and Consideration .

(a) Exercise Price . The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option shall be such price as is determined by the Administrator, but shall be subject to the following:

(i) In the case of an Incentive Stock Option

(A) granted to an Employee who, at the time of grant of such Option, actually or constructively, as defined in regulations adopted under the Code, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the exercise price shall be no less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(B) granted to any other Employee, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

(ii) In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option, the per Share exercise price shall be determined by the Administrator.

 

-5-


(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price other than as required above pursuant to a merger or other corporate transaction.

(b) Forms of Consideration . The consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option, including the method of payment, shall be determined by the Administrator (and, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, shall be determined at the time of grant). Such consideration may consist of, without limitations, (1) cash, (2) check, (3) promissory note, (4) other Shares, provided Shares acquired from the Company, either directly or indirectly, (x) have been owned by the Optionee for more than six months on the date of surrender, and (y) have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which such Option shall be exercised, (5) consideration received by the Company under a cashless exercise program implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan, or (6) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment. In making its determination as to the type of consideration to accept, the Administrator shall consider if acceptance of such consideration may be reasonably expected to benefit the Company.

10. Exercise of Option .

(a) Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Shareholder . Any Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable according to the terms hereof at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Option Agreement. Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, vesting of Options granted hereunder shall be suspended during any unpaid leave of absence. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

An Option shall be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (i) written or electronic notice of exercise (in accordance with the Option Agreement) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised. Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Option Agreement and the Plan. Shares issued upon exercise of an Option shall be issued in the name of the Optionee or, if requested by the Optionee, in the name of the Optionee and his or her spouse. Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a shareholder shall exist with respect to the Shares, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company shall issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

Exercise of an Option in any manner shall result in a decrease in the number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

(b) Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider . If an Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider, such Optionee may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Option Agreement to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option

 

-6-


Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Option Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for three (3) months following the Optionee’s termination. If, on the date of termination, the Optionee is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan. If, after termination, the Optionee does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified by the Administrator, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.

(c) Disability of Optionee . If an Optionee ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Optionee’s total and permanent disability, as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, the Optionee may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Option Agreement to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Option Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following the Optionee’s termination. If, on the date of termination, the Optionee is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan. If, after termination, the Optionee does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.

(d) Death of Optionee . If an Optionee dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised within such period of time as is specified in the Option Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement), by the Optionee’s designated beneficiary, provided such beneficiary has been designated prior to Optionee’s death in a form acceptable to the Administrator. If no such beneficiary has been designated by the Optionee, then such Option may be exercised by the personal representative of the Optionee’s estate or by the person(s) to whom the Option is transferred pursuant to the Optionee’s will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution. In the absence of a specified time in the Option Agreement, the Option shall remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following the Optionee’s termination. If, at the time of death, the Optionee is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option shall immediately revert to the Plan. If the Option is not so exercised within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.

11. Stock Awards . Stock Awards shall be subject to the terms, conditions, and restrictions determined by the Administrator at the time the stock is awarded. The Administrator may require the recipient to sign an agreement as a condition of the award. The agreement may contain such terms, conditions, representations and warranties as the Administrator may require. The certificates representing the Stock Awards shall bear such legends as shall be determined by the Administrator.

12. Limited Transferability of Options and Stock Awards . Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, neither Options nor Stock Awards may be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and Options may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee, only by the Optionee. If the Administrator in its sole discretion makes an Option or Stock Award transferable, such Option or Stock Award may only be transferred by (i) will, (ii) the laws of descent and distribution, (iii) instrument to an inter vivos or testamentary trust in which the Option or Stock Award is to be

 

-7-


passed to beneficiaries upon the death of the Optionee, or (iv) gift to a member of Optionee’s immediate family (as such term is defined in Rule 16a-1(e) of the Exchange Act). In addition, any transferable Option or Stock Award shall contain additional terms and conditions as the Administrator deems appropriate.

13. Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization, Merger or Change in Control .

(a) Changes in Capitalization . Subject to any required action by the shareholders of the Company, the number and type of Shares which have been authorized for issuance under the Plan but as to which no Options or Stock Awards have yet been granted or which have been returned to the Plan upon cancellation or expiration of an Option or Stock Award, and the number and type of Shares covered by each outstanding Option and Stock Award issued hereunder, as well as the price per Share covered by each such outstanding Option, shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number or type of issued Shares resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification of the Common Stock, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company. The conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been “effected without receipt of consideration.” Such adjustment shall be made by the Board, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive. Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number, type or price of Shares subject to an Option or Stock Award.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation . In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator shall notify each Optionee as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. The Administrator in its discretion may provide for an Optionee to have the right to exercise his or her Option until fifteen (15) days prior to such transaction as to all of the Optioned Stock covered thereby, including Shares as to which the Option would not otherwise be exercisable. In addition, the Administrator may provide that any Company repurchase option applicable to any Shares purchased upon exercise of an Option shall lapse as to all such Shares, provided the proposed dissolution or liquidation takes place at the time and in the manner contemplated. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an Option will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

(c) Merger or Change in Control . In the event of a merger of the Company with or into another corporation, or a Change in Control, each outstanding Option shall be assumed or an equivalent option substituted by the successor corporation or a Parent or Subsidiary of the successor corporation. If the successor corporation in a merger or Change in Control refuses to assume or substitute for the Option, then the Optionee shall fully vest in and have the right to exercise his or her Option as to all of the Optioned Stock, including Shares as to which it would not otherwise be vested or exercisable. If an Option becomes fully vested and exercisable in lieu of assumption or substitution in the event of a merger or Change in Control, the Administrator shall notify the Optionee in writing or electronically that the Option shall be fully exercisable for a period of fifteen (15) days from the date of such notice, and this Option shall terminate upon the expiration of such period. For the purposes of this paragraph, the Option shall be considered assumed if, following the merger or Change in Control, the Option confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share of

 

-8-


Optioned Stock subject to the Option immediately prior to the merger or Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the merger or Change in Control by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the merger or Change in Control is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Option, for each Share of Optioned Stock subject to the Option, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the merger or Change in Control.

14. Time of Granting Options and Stock Awards . The date of grant of an Option or Stock Award shall, for all purposes, be the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Option or Stock Award, or such later date as is determined by the Administrator. Notice of the determination shall be given to each Service Provider to whom an Option or Stock Award is so granted within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

15. Amendment and Termination of the Plan .

(a) Amendment and Termination . The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.

(b) Shareholder Approval . The Board shall obtain shareholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws.

(c) Effect of Amendment or Termination . No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan shall impair the rights of any Optionee, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Optionee and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Optionee and the Company. Termination of the Plan shall not affect the Administrator’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Options and Stock Awards granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.

16. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares .

(a) Legal Compliance . Shares shall not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless the exercise of such Option and the issuance and delivery of such Shares shall comply with Applicable Laws and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

(b) Investment Representations . As a condition to the exercise of an Option, the Administrator may require the person exercising such Option to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.

 

-9-


17. Inability to Obtain Authority . The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.

18. Reservation of Shares . The Company, during the term of this Plan, shall at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

19. Shareholder Approval . The Plan shall be subject to approval by the shareholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted. Such shareholder approval shall be obtained in the degree and manner required under Applicable Laws.

 

-10-


FIRST AMENDMENT TO

CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION 2001 STOCK PLAN

This First Amendment to the ChannelAdvisor Corporation 2001 Stock Plan (this “ Amendment ”) has been approved by the Board of Directors and the shareholders of ChannelAdvisor Corporation and the effective date of this Amendment is October 8, 2001”

Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings assigned in the ChannelAdvisor Corporation 2001 Stock Plan (the “ Original Plan ”).

The Original Plan is hereby amended by amending the first sentence of Section 3 entitled “Stock Subject to Plan” to read in its entirety as follows:

Subject to the provisions of Section 13 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be issued under the Plan is five million (5,000,000) Shares.

As amended hereby the Original Plan shall remain in full force and effect.

This Amendment and all rights and obligations hereunder shall be construed in accordance with and governed under Applicable Laws.


SECOND AMENDMENT TO

CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION 2001 STOCK PLAN

This Second Amendment to the ChannelAdvisor Corporation 2001 Stock Plan, as amended by a First Amendment (this “ Amendment ”) has been approved by the Board of Directors and the shareholders of ChannelAdvisor Corporation and the effective date of this Amendment is January 28, 2002:

Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings assigned in the ChannelAdvisor Corporation 2001 Stock Plan dated June 28, 2001, as amended by a First Amendment dated October 8, 2001 (the “ Plan ”).

The Plan is hereby amended by amending the first sentence of Section 3 entitled “Stock Subject to Plan” to read in its entirety as follows:

Subject to the provisions of Section 13 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be issued under the Plan is twelve million seventy-three thousand seven hundred fifty (12,073,750) Shares.

As amended hereby the Plan shall remain in full force and effect.

This Amendment and all rights and obligations hereunder shall be construed in accordance with and governed under Applicable Laws.


THIRD AMENDMENT TO

CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION 2001 STOCK PLAN

This Third Amendment to the ChannelAdvisor Corporation 2001 Stock Plan, as amended by each of a First Amendment and a Second Amendment, (this “ Amendment ”) has been approved by the Board of Directors and the stockholders of ChannelAdvisor Corporation and the effective date of this Amendment is June 27, 2003:

Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings assigned in the ChannelAdvisor Corporation 2001 Stock Plan dated June 28, 2001, as amended by a First Amendment dated October 8, 2001 and Second Amendment dated January 28, 2002 (the “ Plan ”).

The Plan is hereby amended by amending the first sentence of Section 3 entitled “Stock Subject to Plan” to read in its entirety as follows:

Subject to the provisions of Section 13 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be issued under the Plan is sixteen million seventy-three thousand seven hundred fifty (16,073,750) Shares.

As amended hereby the Plan shall remain in full force and effect.

This Amendment and all rights and obligations hereunder shall be construed in accordance with and governed under Applicable Laws.


FOURTH AMENDMENT TO

CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION 2001 STOCK PLAN

This Fourth Amendment to the ChannelAdvisor Corporation 2001 Stock Plan, as amended by each of a First Amendment, Second Amendment and Third Amendment (this “ Amendment ”) has been approved by the Board of Directors and the stockholders of ChannelAdvisor Corporation and the effective date of this Amendment is August 26, 2004:

Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings assigned in the ChannelAdvisor Corporation 2001 Stock Plan dated June 28, 2001, as amended by a First Amendment dated October 8, 2001, a Second Amendment dated January 28,2002 (the “ Plan ), and a Third Amendment dated June 27, 2003:

The Plan is hereby amended by amending the first sentence of Section 3 entitled “Stock Subject to Plan” to read in its entirety as follows:

Subject to the provisions of Section 13 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be issued under the Plan is twenty-one million seventy-three thousand seven hundred fifty (21,073,750) Shares.

As amended hereby the Plan shall remain in full force and effect.

This Amendment and all rights and obligations hereunder shall be construed in accordance with and governed under Applicable Laws.


F IFTH A MENDMENT

T O THE

C HANNEL A DVISOR C ORPORATION

2001 S TOCK P LAN

W HEREAS , C HANNEL A DVISOR C ORPORATION , a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) established the Company’s 2001 Stock Plan (as amended, the “ Plan ”) by an original instrument adopted by the Company on June 28, 2001 and such Plan has been further amended through the date hereof; and

W HEREAS , the Company now wishes to amend the Plan to increase to 26,073,750 shares the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock authorized for issuance thereunder; and

N OW THEREFORE , effective immediately, the Plan is amended as follows:

I. The first sentence of Section 3 (“Stock Subject to the Plan”) shall be amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

  “Subject to the provisions of Section 13 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be issued under the Plan is twenty-six million seventy-three thousand seven hundred fifty (26,073,750) Shares.”

In all other respects the Plan remains the same.

I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the Company has caused this Amendment to the Plan to be executed this 20th day of August, 2005.

 

C HANNEL A DVISOR C ORPORATION
By:   /s/ M. Scot Wingo
  M. Scot Wingo
  President


S IXTH A MENDMENT

T O THE

C HANNEL A DVISOR C ORPORATION

2001 S TOCK P LAN

W HEREAS , C HANNEL A DVISOR C ORPORATION , a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) established the Company’s 2001 Stock Plan (as amended, the “ Plan ”) by an original instrument adopted by the Company on June 28, 2001 and such Plan has been further amended through the date hereof; and

W HEREAS , the Company now wishes to amend the Plan to increase to 31,928,756 shares the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock authorized for issuance thereunder; and

N OW THEREFORE , effective immediately, the Plan is amended as follows:

I . The first sentence of Section 3 (“Stock Subject to the Plan”) shall be amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“Subject to the provisions of Section 13 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be issued under the Plan is thirty one million nine hundred twenty-eight thousand seven hundred fifty-six (31,928,756) Shares.”

In all other respects the Plan remains the same.

I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the Company has caused this Amendment to the Plan to be executed this 26th day of April, 2007.

 

C HANNEL A DVISOR C ORPORATION
By:   /s/ S. Scott Alridge
  S. Scott Alridge
  Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary


S EVENTH A MENDMENT

T O THE

C HANNEL A DVISOR C ORPORATION

2001 S TOCK P LAN

W HEREAS , C HANNEL A DVISOR C ORPORATION , a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) established the Company’s 2001 Stock Plan (as amended, the “ Plan ”) by an original instrument adopted by the Company on June 28, 2001 and such Plan has been further amended through the date hereof; and

W HEREAS , the Company now wishes to amend the Plan to increase to 41,928,756 shares the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock authorized for issuance thereunder; and

N OW THEREFORE , effective immediately, the Plan is amended as follows:

I . The first sentence of Section 3 (“Stock Subject to the Plan”) shall be amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“Subject to the provisions of Section 13 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be issued under the Plan is forty one million nine hundred twenty-eight thousand seven hundred fifty-six (41,928,756) Shares.”

In all other respects the Plan remains the same.

I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the Company has caused this Amendment to the Plan to be executed this 24 day of February, 2009.

 

C HANNEL A DVISOR C ORPORATION
By:   /s/ S. Scott Alridge
  S. Scott Alridge
 

Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary


E IGHTH A MENDMENT

T O THE

C HANNEL A DVISOR C ORPORATION

2001 S TOCK P LAN

W HEREAS , C HANNEL A DVISOR C ORPORATION , a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) established the Company’s 2001 Stock Plan (as amended, the “ Plan ”) by an original instrument adopted by the Company on June 28, 2001 and such Plan has been further amended through the date hereof; and

W HEREAS , the Company now wishes to amend the Plan to increase to 63,928,756 shares the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock authorized for issuance thereunder; and

N OW THEREFORE , effective immediately, the Plan is amended as follows:

I. The first sentence of Section 3 (“Stock Subject to the Plan”) shall be amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“Subject to the provisions of Section 13 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be issued under the Plan is sixty-three million nine hundred twenty-eight thousand seven hundred fifty-six (63,928,756) Shares.”

In all other respects the Plan remains the same.

I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the Company has caused this Amendment to the Plan to be executed this 13th day of November, 2012.

 

C HANNEL A DVISOR C ORPORATION
By:   /s/ S. Scott Alridge
  S. Scott Alridge
  Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

Exhibit 10.13

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Pursuant to the

CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION

2001 STOCK PLAN

This Incentive Stock Agreement (this “ Agreement ”), is made and entered into as of [date] (“ Grant Date ”), by and between ChannelAdvisor Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and [name] , an Employee of the Company (“ Optionee ”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, the Company has adopted the ChannelAdvisor Corporation 2001 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”) for the purpose of securing for the Company and its shareholders the benefit of the incentive inherent in stock ownership by the employees of the Company and its affiliates who are largely responsible for the Company’s and its affiliates’ future growth and financial success; and

WHEREAS, the Company desires to encourage Optionee to remain in the employment of the Company and to afford Optionee the opportunity to obtain or to increase a proprietary interest in the Company on a favorable basis and, thereby, to have an opportunity to share in its success.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth, the parties mutually covenant and agree as follows:

1. Subject to Plan . This Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions contained in the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Optionee represents that Optionee has received a copy of the Plan with this Agreement. All capitalized terms used herein that are not defined in this Agreement shall have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the Plan. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and those of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall control. This Agreement is subject to interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations which may from time to time be promulgated by the Committee administering the Plan and which are adopted pursuant to the Plan.

2. Grant of Option . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Company grants to Optionee, during the period commencing with the date of this Agreement and ending [date] , unless terminated in accordance with Paragraph 4 or accelerated or terminated in accordance with Paragraph 10 (the “ Option Period ”), the option to purchase from the Company (this “ Option ”), at a price of [amount] ( $ ##) per share (the “ Option Price ”), [number] (##) shares of the Company’s Common Stock (the “ Shares ”). The Option granted herein is in connection with and in furtherance of the Company’s compensatory benefit plan for participation of the Company’s employees, consultants and directors and is intended to comply with the provisions of Rule 701 under the Securities Act. The Option granted herein is intended to be an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Code.

3. Exercise of Option

(a) The Option may be exercised, from time to time, during the Option Period, to purchase all or any portion of the number of Shares as follows:

[insert vesting schedule]

 

Page 1


The maximum number of Shares that may be purchased during each time period specified above shall be reduced by the number of Shares purchased prior to the beginning of such period, such that the cumulative maximum for each time period is not exceeded.

(b) Optionee may not purchase fewer than five hundred (500) Shares upon any single exercise of this Option, unless the number of Shares to be purchased at such time is the total number of Shares remaining subject to this Option. Any exercise of less than the total number of Shares granted under this Option shall be deemed an exercise in part, and this Option may again be exercised at such time or times determined by Optionee, provided that this Option is still exercisable at such times.

(c) Optionee shall exercise this Option by delivering to the Secretary of the Company, on any business day, a written notice signed by Optionee which specifies the number of Shares to be purchased, together with payment of the Option Price as provided in Paragraph 5(a).

(d) Optionee may not exercise this Option, in whole or in part, after the expiration or termination of the Option Period.

4. Termination of Employment . The Option granted hereunder and the Option Period shall terminate upon the earlier of the end of the originally-specified Option Period or ninety (90) days after termination of Optionee’s employment with the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary (an “ Affiliate ”) of the Company (termination of employment meaning cessation of the employment relation between the Company and Optionee for any reason, including without limitation, termination by death, disability, retirement, for cause, without cause, voluntary or involuntary; termination shall not be deemed to have occurred if Optionee changes employment from employment with the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary to employment with another Affiliate or the Company provided that Optionee is working at least fifty percent (50%) of the time for the Company or an Affiliate), unless such termination of employment is due to either disability (within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), or to death, in which event this Option shall terminate on the earlier of the originally-specified end of the Option Period or one (1) year following termination of Optionee’s employment due to such disability or death. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, vesting of the Option shall terminate as of the date of termination of Optionee’s employment. This Option may be exercised following termination of employment only as to that number of Shares as to which it was exercisable on the date of termination of employment under the provisions of Paragraph 3(a) of this Agreement.

5. Payment of Option Price and Related Taxes .

(a) Optionee (or other person exercising this Option) shall make payment in full of the Option Price at the time this Option is exercised, in U.S. dollars in cash or by certified or bank check.

(b) If and to the extent that Optionee (or other person exercising this Option) recognizes taxable income as a result of the exercise of this Option, he or she shall pay the Company an amount equal to the federal, state and local withholding taxes, if any, on income so recognized within ten (10) days of the exercise of the Option.

6. Issuance of Shares .

(a) Within fifteen (15) business days after receiving notice of exercise and payment of the aggregate Option Price, and subject to Optionee’s (i) payment or arrangement for payment of the

 

Page 2


applicable taxes as specified in Paragraph 5(b), and (ii) execution of the Restricted Stock Agreement pursuant to Paragraph 7, below, the Company shall issue to Optionee the number of Shares with respect to which this Option was exercised, and shall deliver to Optionee, or if applicable under the Restricted Stock Agreement, to the Escrow Agent, a certificate for such Shares. In no event shall any fractional Shares be issued under this Agreement.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, this Option may not be exercised if at any time the Administrator determines it is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the issuance of the Shares that (i) the Shares be listed, registered or qualified upon any securities exchange or under any state or federal law, or (ii) the consent or approval of any governmental authority be received. In no event may the Shares be issued, in whole or in part, unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval has been effected or obtained on terms acceptable to the Administrator. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance of any shares of its Common Stock hereunder shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the nonissuance or sale of such Common Stock as to which such authority shall not have been obtained. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to register under the Securities Act any Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of the Option.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if at any time specified herein for the issuance of shares to Optionee, any Applicable Law shall require either the Company or Optionee to take any action in connection with the Shares then to be issued, the issuance of such Shares shall be deferred until such action shall have been taken. The Company shall be under no obligation to take such action and the Company shall have no liability whatsoever as a result of the non-issuance of such Shares as a result of not taking such action, except that in such event the Company shall refund any consideration tendered in respect of the Option Price to the Optionee.

7. Agreements Upon Exercise . Optionee agrees, by exercising this Option, that simultaneously with each exercise of this Option, Optionee will execute a Restricted Stock Agreement, in substantially the form of Exhibit A attached hereto, which provides for certain restrictions on the transfer of the Shares, which requires the Shares to be placed in escrow for a certain period of time and which requires that Optionee execute a Proxy in favor of an officer of the Company. The Company shall not issue any Shares to Optionee until the Restricted Stock Agreement is executed. In the event Optionee fails to execute the Restricted Stock Agreement within thirty (30) days after providing notice of exercise, the Company shall return to Optionee the Option Price paid and the notice of exercise shall be deemed void.

8. Transfer of Option . Optionee may only transfer this Option by will or by distribution through intestate succession, and no one other than Optionee may exercise this Option during Optionee’s lifetime. No assignment or transfer of this Option or of the rights represented thereby, whether voluntary or involuntary, by operation of law or otherwise, shall vest in the assignee or transferee any interest or right herein whatsoever. This Option shall terminate and be of no force or effect immediately upon any attempt to assign or transfer this Option other than by will or intestate succession.

9. Termination and Acceleration of Option .

(a) Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, upon a sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to another corporation (other than a wholly-owned subsidiary), person or entity, or upon a distribution by the Company of its assets as a liquidating or partial liquidating dividend with respect to the Common Stock, or upon the happening of any other similar event affecting the Common Stock, then following a determination by the Board

 

Page 3


to effect or proceed with such event or transaction, the Board or the Administrator, in its sole discretion and upon at least ten (10) days’ written notice to the holder of all or any portion of this Option, may either (i) accelerate the exercisability of all or any portion of this Option to a date prior to the effectiveness of such event or transaction, notwithstanding any other provisions contained in this Agreement which require this Option to be outstanding for a minimum amount of time prior to exercise, or (ii) accelerate the exercisability of all or any portion of this Option, as provided in the preceding clause (i), and provide that any unexercised portion of this Option shall terminate as of the effective date of such event or transaction.

(b) Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the consummation of the Company’s sale of its Common Stock in a bona fide, firm commitment or best efforts underwriting pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act in which the gross proceeds to the Company are not less than twenty million dollars ($20,000,000) (an “ Initial Public Offering ”), then following a determination by the Board to effect or proceed with an Initial Public Offering, the Board or the Committee, in its sole discretion and upon at least ten (10) days’ written notice to the holder of all or any portion of this Option, may either (i) accelerate the exercisability of all or any portion of this Option to a date prior to the effectiveness of such event or transaction, notwithstanding any other provisions contained in this Agreement which require this Option to be outstanding for a minimum amount of time prior to exercise, or (ii) accelerate the exercisability of all or any portion of this Option, as provided in the preceding clause (i), and provide that the any unexercised portion of this Option shall terminate as of the effective date of the Initial Public Offering.

(c) Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into any other corporation or organization as a result of which the holders of the voting capital stock of the Company prior to such merger or consolidation would receive or hold less than a majority of the shares of voting capital stock of the resulting or surviving corporation or organization, then, the Board or Administrator, in its sole discretion and upon at least ten (10) days’ written notice to the holder of all or any portion of this Option, may either (a) accelerate the exercisability of all or any portion of this Option to a date prior to the effectiveness of such event or transaction, notwithstanding any other provisions contained in this Agreement which require this Option to be outstanding for a minimum amount of time prior to exercise, or (ii) accelerate the exercisability of all or any portion of this Option, as provided in the preceding clause (i), and provide that any unexercised portion of this Option shall terminate as of the effective date of such merger or consolidation.

10. Optionee Not Shareholder . Neither Optionee, nor any person to whom an Option is permitted to be transferred, shall be deemed to be a shareholder of the Company for any purpose, or have any rights of a holder with respect to any shares covered by this Option, unless this Option shall have been exercised and the Option Price paid in the manner provided herein. Except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan, no adjustment shall be made for dividends or other rights where the record date is prior to the date of exercise and payment.

11. No Effect . Neither this Option nor this Agreement shall affect in any way the right or power of the Company or its shareholders to make or authorize any or all adjustments, recapitalization, reorganizations or other changes in the Company’s capital structure or its business, or any merger or consolidation of the Company, or any issuance of bonds, debentures, preferred or prior preference stocks ahead of or convertible into, or otherwise affecting the Common Stock or the rights thereof, or the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or any sale or transfer of all or any part of its assets or business, or any other corporate act or proceeding, whether of a similar character or otherwise.

 

Page 4


12. Determination by Administrator . Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 13 hereof, any dispute or disagreement which shall arise under, as a result of or pursuant to, this Agreement shall be determined by the Administrator in its absolute and uncontrolled discretion, and any such determination or any other determination by the Administrator under or pursuant to this Agreement and any interpretation by the Administrator of the terms of this Agreement shall be final, binding and conclusive on all persons affected thereby.

13. Board of Directors . The Board of Directors of the Company shall have the right, in its absolute and uncontrolled discretion, to overrule or modify any determination or interpretation made by the Administrator as contemplated by Paragraph 12, and in such event the determinations or interpretations by the Board shall be final, binding and conclusive on all persons affected thereby.

14. Amendment of the Plan . The Board of Directors may amend or modify the Plan at any time provided that no such amendment shall, without the consent of Optionee, reduce the amount of any benefit or adversely change the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

15. Notices . Any notice which either party hereto may be required or permitted to give to the other shall be in writing, and may be delivered personally or by mail, postage prepaid, addressed as follows: President of the Company, at 2701 Aerial Center Parkway, Morrisville, North Carolina 27560, or at such other address as the Company, by notice to Optionee, may designate in writing from time to time; to Optionee, at Optionee’s address appearing below or at such other address as Optionee, by notice to the Company, may designate in writing from time to time.

16. Entire Agreement; Rights and Interest . This Incentive Stock Option Agreement, including its exhibits, and the Plan pursuant to which it was issued, constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the matters covered hereby, and supersede any previous agreements, whether written or oral. Each party hereby stipulates and acknowledges that there are no other understandings, expectations or agreements, either written or oral, respecting Optionee’s rights and entitlements as a shareholder or optionholder of the Company, including, without limitation, any understandings, expectations, or agreements regarding any employment, compensation or other benefits, governance of the Company or the payment of dividends, except as expressly set forth in Optionee’s employment agreement with the Company, if any. Optionee hereby covenants and agrees, for Optionee and for Optionee’s successors and assigns, that no such understandings, expectations or agreements which may hereafter arise shall be cognizable or enforceable unless the same shall be reduced to a writing signed by the parties to be charged.

 

Page 5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized officer, and Optionee has hereunto set Optionee’s hand and seal, all on the day and year first above written.

ChannelAdvisor Corporation

(CORPORATE SEAL)

By:                                                                      

            Its:

ATTEST:

 

 

Secretary

OPTIONEE:

                                                              (SEAL)

[Name of Optionee]

[Address]

 

Page 6


Exhibit A to the Incentive

Stock Option Agreement

CHANNELADVISOR CORPORATION

RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT

This Agreement, dated as of                      ,              , is made by and between ChannelAdvisor Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) and                          (“ Employee ”), a current or former employee of the Company, with respect to                      (            ) shares of the Company’s common stock (the “ Restricted Shares ”) that Employee has purchased pursuant to the terms of an Incentive Stock Option Agreement between the Employee and the Company dated as of                  , 200          (the “ Incentive Stock Option ”).

WHEREAS, the Company has agreed to sell the Restricted Shares to Employee pursuant to the terms of the Incentive Stock Option which provides, among other things, that Employee will agree to the terms of this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, Employee wishes to purchase the Restricted Shares pursuant to the terms of the Incentive Stock Option and this Agreement;

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, the issuance of the Restricted Shares, and the mutual covenants and agreements set forth below, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1. Transfer of Stock; Investment Intent . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, Employee shall not sell, transfer, assign, convey, pledge, encumber or in any manner dispose of the Restricted Shares, either voluntarily or involuntarily. All stock certificates evidencing the Restricted Shares shall be restricted by a legend on each certificate in substantially this form:

The transferring or encumbrance of the shares of stock represented by the within certificate is restricted under the terms of a Restricted Stock Agreement dated      , 200        , a copy of which is on file at the principal office of the Company.

The shares represented by this certificate have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933. These shares have been acquired for investment and not with a view to distribution or resale, and may not be mortgaged, pledged, hypothecated, or otherwise transferred without an effective registration statement for such shares under the Securities Act of 1933 or an opinion of counsel for the corporation that registration is not required under such act.

Employee understands that transfer of the Restricted Shares will not be made otherwise than in accordance with the legend and that such lack of transferability means that the economic risk of the investment may be substantial.

Employee represents and warrants that all of the Restricted Shares are being acquired for investment and not with a view to, or with any present intention of, selling or otherwise distributing the Restricted Shares. Employee further represents that Employee is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of an investment in the Restricted Shares, has made such an evaluation and is able to bear the economic risk of an investment in the Restricted Shares indefinitely.


2. Termination . Termination of employment shall mean cessation of the employment relation between the Company and Employee for any reason, including without limitation, termination by death, disability, retirement, for cause, without cause, voluntary or involuntary. Termination for the purposes of this Agreement only shall be the later of the date employment terminates or the date on which the Company learns of the termination; the date determined for purposes of this Agreement shall not be binding on the Company for determinations made of the termination date for other purposes. Employment shall not be deemed as terminated if Employee is working at least fifty percent (50%) of the time for the Company or an Affiliate.

3. Option of Company Upon Termination of Employment . The Company shall have an immediate and automatic option on termination of Employee’s employment, without any action having to be taken on the part of Employee to activate the option, to purchase from Employee or Employee’s estate all of the Restricted Shares obtained pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, Restricted Shares acquired after termination of Employee’s employment. The purchase price under this option shall be the price established in Paragraph 5.

4. Involuntary Transfers . Upon the occurrence of the following events, the Company shall have an immediate and automatic option, without any action having to be taken on the part of Employee to activate the option, to purchase from Employee or transferee, at the price set forth in Paragraph 5, all of the Restricted Shares obtained pursuant to this Agreement:

(a) the death of Employee, provided that if Employee dies while employed by the Company, the provisions of Paragraph 3 of this Agreement will apply;

(b) An Event of Bankruptcy with respect to Employee defined as follows: (1) an adjudication or order for relief by a state or federal court that such person is bankrupt or insolvent or is subject to Chapter 11 or any reorganization proceeding; or (2) filing by such person or a voluntary petition in any state or federal court to be adjudicated a bankrupt or to subject such person to Chapter 11 or any reorganization proceeding; or (3) the filing by a third party of an involuntary petition in any state or federal court to have such person adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, or for an order for relief, or to subject such person to the provisions of Chapter 11 or any reorganization proceeding or to obtain the appointment of a receiver which is not dismissed within one hundred twenty (120) days of the date of the filing; or (4) the making by such person of a general assignment for the benefit of creditors.

(c) An order or adjudication by any court that the spouse of Employee has acquired any right in the Restricted Shares as a result of equitable distribution rights under any applicable law or statute;

(d) Any other event which adversely and involuntarily affects Employee’s rights in the stock so that Employee would be required to transfer the Restricted Shares to a third party, and which is not otherwise provided for in this Agreement.

 

2


5. Purchase Price . If the Company exercises its purchase rights under Paragraph 3 or 4, the price per share shall be the fair market value of the Restricted Shares on the date of the event giving rise to the transfer. The Board shall establish the fair market value, and shall not take into account the impact on the valuation of any restrictions on the Restricted Shares other than restrictions which by their terms will never lapse; and in general the Board shall value the shares at the highest of (i) one (1) times Book Value, (ii) one (1) times Earnings, or (iii) the most recent offering price of shares sold by the Company, with such adjustments in such value as may be required to take into account events that have occurred since the date such Book Value, Earnings or offering price was last determined or other factors deemed to be material to the Board for the purposes of determining fair market value. The Board may, however, use a different valuation process upon presentation to and acceptance by the Board that such process produces a more accurate calculation of the fair market value of the Restricted Shares. For this purpose, “ Book Value ” shall mean the per-share net worth of the Company as of the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year; and “ Earnings ” shall mean the earnings per share of the Company for the immediately preceding fiscal year, all as determined by the Company’s accountants in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis with prior periods.

6. Exercise of Company’s Option . The Company may exercise its options pursuant to Paragraphs 3 or 4 by giving Employee notice of its election within sixty (60) days of the latest of the date on which Employee’s employment is terminated, an event described in Paragraph 4 occurs, or Employee acquires the Restricted Shares. The notice shall include a closing date, which date shall be within thirty (30) days of the date the notice is given. The Closing shall be at the principal office of the Company. Voting rights on the Restricted Shares shall be vested in the Company as of the date the Company gives notice of its election to exercise the option.

At its election, the Company may pay the full amount for the Restricted Shares in cash or by check at the closing. Alternatively, the Company may pay the amount due upon such other terms as the parties shall agree, or, if no agreement is reached, by paying ten percent (10%) of the total price in cash or by check at the Closing, and by executing a promissory note for the balance. The promissory note shall provide for a payment of the balance in twelve (12) equal quarterly installments, the first installment being due on the first day of the month following the third full month after closing. The unpaid principal balance of such note shall bear interest at the prime rate of Bank of America in Charlotte, North Carolina, on the date of closing plus one percent (1%); provided, however, that the interest rate shall not be lower than the rate established by the Internal Revenue Service for the avoidance of imputed interest on such note at such time. Accrued interest shall be paid on the dates on which installments of principal are due. The Company shall have the right to prepay any portion or all of the balance due under such note at any time without penalty provided that interest is paid on the amount being prepaid.

At the closing, Employee or Employee’s legal representative (as the case may be) shall deliver to the Company the stock certificate(s) evidencing the Restricted Shares to be redeemed, properly endorsed in blank with all transfer and excise taxes paid (and, where appropriate, with stamps affixed thereto); and in the event of death, Employee’s legal representative shall also deliver

 

3


copies of his or her letters testamentary or authority to act on behalf of the estate and a release or tax letter from the appropriate tax authorities stating that the Restricted Shares transferred are not subject to taxes. Employee, or Employee’s representative if Employee is deceased, shall warrant that the Restricted Shares transferred are free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and claims.

7. Right of First Refusal . Employee shall not transfer any Restricted Shares to any person, firm or corporation, unless Employee shall have first made the offer to sell the Restricted Shares to the Company as described in this Paragraph 7, and such offer has not been accepted.

If Employee finds an individual or entity who wishes to acquire the Restricted Shares (the “ Offeror ”), Employee shall obtain from the Offeror a written offer to purchase (the “ Third-Party Offer ”). The Third-Party Offer shall set forth the name of the Offeror, the number of shares to be transferred, the price per share and the other terms of the offer. Employee shall deliver a copy of the Third-Party Offer to the Company. Upon receipt of the Third-Party Offer, the Company shall, without any other action on the part of Employee, have an option to acquire the shares of stock described in the Third-Party Offer at the same price and upon the same terms and conditions as set forth in the Third-Party Offer. The Company shall have thirty (30) days after its receipt of the Third-Party Offer to elect to exercise its option to purchase the shares described in the Third-Party Offer; acceptance must be for all offered shares. If the Company elects to exercise its option, the Closing shall be in accordance with the terms of Paragraph 6. If thirty (30) days after receipt of the Third-Party Offer by the Company, the Company has not exercised its option, Employee may make a bona fide transfer to the prospective transferee named in the statement attached to the offer, but only in strict accordance with the price and terms stated therein. If Employee fails to make such transfer within thirty (30) days following the expiration of the 30-day acceptance period described above, the Restricted Shares shall again become subject to all of the restrictions of this Agreement. Upon transfer to anyone other than the Company, the Restricted Shares in the hands of such transferee shall no longer be subject to this Agreement.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Paragraph 7 shall prevent the Employee from tendering the Restricted Shares in payment of the option price for the Company’s common stock upon exercise of the option granted under any stock option agreement between the Employee and the Company, if such agreement permits payment of the exercise price by tender of shares. In such event, the rights granted to the Company under this Paragraph 7 shall not apply.

8. Encumbrance of Shares . The Restricted Shares owned by Employee may not be pledged, hypothecated or otherwise encumbered during the Escrow Period (as defined below) without the prior express written consent of the Company, which may be withheld for any reason or without reason. If Employee encumbers the Restricted Shares in violation of the foregoing, then the Company shall have an additional right to repurchase the encumbered shares at the price set forth in Paragraph 5. Such right may be exercised by giving written notice to Employee. The repurchase shall be effective upon such notice and all rights of Employee as a shareholder of the Company shall cease at such time. The closing shall be in accordance with the terms in Paragraph 6.

 

4


9. Payment of Taxes . Employee agrees that concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, Employee will pay to the Company the amount of federal and state withholding due with respect to the Restricted Shares. The determination of the amount of withholding due shall be made by the Company and shall be binding on Employee. No stock certificates shall be delivered on behalf of Employee until the payment of the withholding due is made. If the payment is not made within five (5) days of the date that the Company gives notice to Employee of the amount due, time being of the essence, the Company shall have the option of declaring this Agreement and the offer to issue the Restricted Shares to Employee void, or the Company may arrange for withholding of all amounts due from Employee’s paycheck until Employee’s obligation is satisfied. In addition, Employee agrees that concurrently with the sale or other transfer of the Restricted Shares before the earlier of (2) years after the date of the grant of the option pursuant to which Employee acquired the Restricted Shares or one (1) year after the exercise of such option, Employee will pay to the company the amount of any federal and state withholding due with respect to the Restricted Shares so transferred.

10. Irrevocable Proxy . Concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, Employee shall transfer the voting rights with respect to the Restricted Shares to the President of the Company by the execution of an irrevocable proxy in substantially the form attached as Exhibit A , to remain in effect until the restrictions on the Restricted Shares are terminated pursuant to Paragraph 13 (the “ Proxy ”).

11. Escrow . As security for the faithful performance of the terms of this Agreement and to ensure the availability for delivery of Employee’s shares upon exercise of the purchase options and right of first refusal provided for in this Agreement, Employee agrees to deliver to and deposit with an escrow agent designated by the Company (“ Escrow Agent ”), the certificate(s) representing the Restricted Shares, together with two (2) assignments separate from certificate duly endorsed (with date and number of shares blank) in the form attached to this Agreement as Exhibit B ; said documents are to be held by the Escrow Agent pursuant to the Joint Escrow Instructions of the Company and Employee set forth in Exhibit C attached to this Agreement, which instructions shall also be delivered to the Escrow Agent. “ Escrow Period ” shall mean the period beginning the date the Restricted Shares are received by the Employee and continuing to the date the restrictions on the Restricted Shares are terminated pursuant to Paragraph 13.

12. Rights in Restricted Stock . Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Proxy and the Joint Escrow Instructions, Employee shall exercise all rights and privileges of a shareholder of the Company with respect to the Restricted Shares.

13. Termination of Certain Rights and Obligations . The provisions of Paragraphs 3, 4, 7 and 8 shall terminate upon the consummation of the Company’s sale of its Common Stock to the general public in an underwritten offering pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in which the net proceeds to the Company are not less than $20,000,000 (an “ Initial Public Offering ”). The Board of Directors of the Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to terminate all or any selected provisions of this Agreement upon the happening of any of the following: (i) simultaneously with the sale of at least ninety-five percent (95%) of the

 

5


outstanding shares of the Company to a third-party which is not a company related by ownership in any way to the Company; or (ii) simultaneously with the merger of the Company into another company which is not a company related by ownership in any way to the Company and the Company is not the surviving entity; or (iii) simultaneously with the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

In no event shall Employee be required or requested to perform additional services for the Company, be subject to a salary adjustment, or in any way be required or requested to provide consideration in the form of services for the cancellation of the restrictions pursuant to this Paragraph 13, it being the express intention of the Company that any such cancellation be in all respects noncompensatory.

14. Specific Performance . Because of the unique character of the Restricted Shares, the parties to this Agreement agree that the Company and its shareholders will be irreparably damaged in the event that this Agreement is not specifically enforced. Should any dispute arise concerning the sale or transfer of the Restricted Shares, an injunction may be issued restraining any sale or transfer pending the determination of such controversy. In the event of any controversy concerning the right of the Company to purchase or of Employee or Employee’s estate to sell any of the shares, such right or obligation shall be enforceable in a court of equity by a decree of specific performance. Such remedy shall, however, be in addition to any other remedies that the parties may have.

Employee agrees that in the event of any violation of this Agreement, an action may be commenced by the Company for any such preliminary and permanent injunctive relief and other equitable relief in any court of competent jurisdiction in the State of North Carolina or in any other court of competent jurisdiction. Employee hereby waives any objections on the grounds of improper jurisdiction or venue to the commencement of an action in the State of North Carolina and agrees that effective service of process may be made upon him by mail under the notice provisions contained in Paragraph 16(b).

15. No Contract of Employment . Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be deemed to require the Company to continue Employee’s employment. Employee shall, except as otherwise provided in Employee’s employment agreement with the Company at all times be an employee-at-will of the Company and the Company may discharge Employee at any time for any reason, with or without cause, and with or without severance compensation. From time to time, the Company may distribute employee manuals or handbooks, and officers or other representatives of the Company may make written or oral statements relating to the Company’s policies and procedures. Such manuals, handbooks and statements are intended only for the general guidance of employees. No policies, procedures or statements of any nature by or on behalf of the Company (whether written or oral, and whether or not contained in any formal employee manual or handbook) shall be construed to modify this Agreement.

 

6


16. Miscellaneous .

(a) Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding, not only upon the parties to this Agreement, but also on their heirs, executors, administrators, personal representatives, successors and assigns (including any transferee of a party to this Agreement); and the parties agree, for themselves and their successors, assigns and representatives to execute any instrument which may be necessary legally to give effect to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

(b) Notices . All notices, requests and amendments under this Agreement, shall be in writing, and notices shall be deemed to have been given when personally delivered or the next business day after being sent by overnight courier service addressed as follows: (i) if to the Company: 2701 Aerial Center Parkway, Morrisville, North Carolina 27560 Attention: President, or at such other address as the Company shall designate by notice; (ii) if to Employee: to Employee’s address appearing below, or at such other address as Employee shall designate by notice.

(c) Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision of this Agreement shall not affect the other provisions hereof, and this Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provisions were omitted.

(d) Governing Law; Jurisdiction . This Agreement shall be governed by the internal laws of North Carolina. The parties hereby consent to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of Wake County, North Carolina for purposes of adjudicating any issue hereunder.

(e) Amendment . Neither this Agreement nor any of the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement may be altered, or amended verbally, and any such alternation or amendment shall only be effective when reduced to writing and signed by each of the parties.

(f) Stock Splits, etc. In the event that, as the result of a stock split or stock dividend or combination of shares or any other change, or exchange for other securities, by reclassification, reorganization, merger, consolidation, recapitalization or otherwise, Employee shall, as the owner of Restricted Shares subject to restrictions hereunder, be entitled to new or additional or different shares of stock or securities, the certificate or certificates for, or other evidences of, such new or additional or different shares or securities, shall also be imprinted with a legend as provided in Paragraph 1, be subject to the Proxy described in Paragraph 10 and be deposited with the Escrow Agent in accordance with Paragraph 11 and all provisions of this Agreement relating to restrictions and lapse of restrictions shall be applicable to such new or additional or different shares or securities to the extent applicable to the shares with respect to which they were distributed, and such new or additional or different shares or securities shall be deemed to be “ Restricted Shares ” for all purposes hereof; provided, however, that if Employee shall receive rights, warrants or fractional interests in respect of any of such Restricted Shares, such rights or warrants may be held, exercised, sold or otherwise disposed of, and such fractional interests may be settled, by Employee free and clear of the restrictions set forth in this Agreement.

(g) Entire Agreement; Rights and Interest . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the matters covered hereby, and supersedes any previous agreements, whether written or oral. Each party hereby stipulates and acknowledges that there are

 

7


no other understandings, expectations or agreements, either written or oral, respecting Employee’s rights and entitlements as a shareholder of the Company, including, without limitation, any understandings, expectations, or agreements regarding any employment, compensation or other benefits, governance of the Company or the payment of dividends, except as expressly set forth in Employee’s employment agreement with the Company. Further, no such understandings, expectations or agreements which may hereafter arise shall be cognizable or enforceable unless the same shall be reduced to a writing signed by the parties to be charged.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to this Agreement have executed this Agreement effective the date and year first above written.

 

ChannelAdvisor Corporation
By:    
 

Its:

   
  [Name of Employee]
  [Address]

 

8


Exhibit A to

Restricted Stock Agreement

IRREVOCABLE APPOINTMENT OF PROXY

I, NAME , the undersigned shareholder of ChannelAdvisor Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Corporation ”), do hereby constitute and appoint the President of the Corporation as my proxy, with full power of substitution, for and on my behalf to attend all meetings of the shareholders of the Corporation and for the President to act, vote, and execute consents and waivers, as fully and to the same extent and effect as I might do myself, with respect to                  shares of common stock of the Corporation, represented by Stock Certificate number(s)                  , I have received on or about this date.

This appointment of proxy is coupled with an interest and is irrevocable until the interest to which it is coupled is extinguished; and until such time this appointment of proxy shall continue in full force and effect.

In the event that, as the result of a stock split or stock dividend or combination of shares or any other change, or exchange for other securities, by reclassification, reorganization, merger, consolidation, recapitalization or otherwise, I should be entitled to new or additional or different shares of stock or securities, such new or substitute shares or securities shall be subject to this proxy.

Dated: DATE OF RSA

                                                      [SEAL]

NAME


Exhibit B

to Restricted Stock Agreement

ASSIGNMENT SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE

FOR VALUE RECEIVED and pursuant to that certain Restricted Stock Agreement dated as of                      , 200        , the undersigned hereby sells, assigns, and transfers unto                          ,                          (              ) shares of the common stock of ChannelAdvisor Corporation, a Delaware corporation, standing in the undersigned’s name on the books of said corporation represented by Certificate No.        herewith, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint Cooley LLP as attorney to transfer, solely for purposes of facilitating the exercise by the corporation of its rights set forth in the Restricted Stock Agreement to which this Assignment is attached as Exhibit B , said stock on the books of the corporation, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Date:

 

 
Signature
 
(Please Print Name)
 
Witness
 
(Please Print Name)


Exhibit C

to the Restricted

Stock Agreement

JOINT ESCROW INSTRUCTIONS

[Date]

Cooley LLP

One Freedom Square, Reston Town Center

11951 Freedom Drive

Reston, VA 20190-5656

Dear Sir or Madam:

As escrow agent for both ChannelAdvisor Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the undersigned owner of stock of the Company (“ Shareholder ”), you are authorized and directed to hold the documents delivered to you pursuant to the terms of the Restricted Stock Agreement (the “ Agreement ”), dated as of ________, 200_, to which a copy of these Joint Escrow Instructions is attached as Exhibit C , in accordance with the following instructions:

1. Shareholder irrevocably authorizes the Company to deposit with you any certificates evidencing shares of stock of the Company, to be held by you under these instructions and any additions to or substitutions for said certificates. Shareholder irrevocably constitutes and appoints you his or her attorney-in-fact and agent for the term of this escrow to execute with respect to such securities all documents necessary or appropriate to make such securities negotiable and to complete the transaction described in these instructions. Subject to the restrictions in the Agreement and these instructions, Shareholder shall exercise all rights and privileges of a stockholder of the Company while the stock is held by you.

2. In the event the Company or any assignee of the Company (referred to collectively as the “ Company ”) exercises the purchase options set forth in Paragraph 3, 4, or 8 of the Agreement, the Company shall give to Shareholder and you a written notice in accordance with Paragraph 17 of the Agreement specifying the number of shares of stock to be purchased, the purchase price, and the time for a closing. Shareholder and the Company hereby irrevocably authorize and direct you to close the transaction contemplated by such notice in accordance with the terms of said notice.

3. In the event the Company exercises its right of first refusal pursuant to Paragraph 7 of the Agreement, the Company shall give to you and Shareholder a written notice of the exercise, specifying the purchase price, the number of shares to be purchased, and a time for closing. Shareholder and the Company hereby irrevocably authorize and direct you to close the transactions contemplated by such notice in accordance with the terms of the notice.

 

1


4. At a closing pursuant to Section 2 or 3 of these Instructions, you are directed (a) to complete and date stock assignments necessary for the transfer in question, and (b) to deliver such stock assignment, together with the certificate evidencing the shares of stock to be transferred, to the Company against the simultaneous delivery to you of the purchase price as contemplated in the Agreement for the number of shares of stock being purchased pursuant to the exercise of the purchase option(s) being exercised. In the event the Company does not purchase all shares evidenced by the escrowed certificate, you shall also receive a new certificate for the remaining shares. In the event you have used all previously executed Assignments Separate from Certificate and a stock certificate is issued in the name of Shareholder, Shareholder agrees to execute two new Assignments Separate from Certificate prior to receiving any of the proceeds from the Company’s exercise of its purchase option(s) or right of first refusal.

5. If Shareholder gives notice that he or she wishes to sell stock to other than the Company pursuant to Paragraph 7 of the Agreement, Shareholder shall provide you with written notice of the third party to whom the transfer is to be made, together with a copy of Shareholder’s notice to the Company required by Paragraph 7 of the Agreement, and either a copy of a notice from the Company declining the rights of first refusal or a statement indicating that the applicable time period has passed after delivery of the notice to the Company without any response being given. You are entitled to rely on Shareholder’s representation with respect to the Company’s response to the notice required by Paragraph 7 of the Agreement, and shall not be required to contact the Company to confirm this representation. If the Company fails to exercise its right of first refusal, then you are authorized, upon receipt of the specified consideration and the other documentation required by this Paragraph, to deliver to the transfer agent the stock certificate and the Assignment Separate from Certificate endorsed so as to permit the transfer agent to close the transaction on the part of the parties involved.

6. At the end of the Escrow Period, you are authorized to deliver to Shareholder, the stock certificates and assignments separate from certificate in your possession pursuant to this Agreement.

7. Your duties hereunder may be altered, amended, modified or revoked only by a writing signed by all of the parties.

8. You shall be obligated only for the performance of such duties as are specifically set forth in these instructions and may rely and shall be protected in relying or refraining from acting on any instrument reasonably believed by you to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties. You shall not be personally liable for any act you may do or omit to do as escrow agent or as attorney-in-fact for Shareholder while acting in good faith and in the exercise of your own good judgment, and any act done or omitted by you pursuant to the advice of an attorney shall be conclusive evidence of such good faith.

 

2


9. You are expressly authorized to disregard any and all warnings given by any of the parties or by any other person or corporation, excepting only orders or process of courts of law, and are hereby expressly authorized to comply with and obey orders, judgments or decrees of any court. In case you obey or comply with any such order, judgment or decree, you shall not be liable to any of the parties or to any other person, firm or corporation by reason of such compliance, notwithstanding any such order, judgment or decree being subsequently reversed, modified, annulled, set aside, vacated or found to have been entered without jurisdiction.

10. You shall not be liable in any respect on account of the identity, authorities or rights of the executing or delivering or purporting to execute or deliver the Agreement or any documents or papers deposited or called for under these instructions.

11. You shall not be liable for the outlawing of any rights under the statute of limitations with respect to these instructions or any documents deposited with you.

12. You shall be entitled to employ such legal counsel and other experts as you may deem necessary properly to advise you in connection with your obligations under these instructions, may rely upon the advice of such counsel, and may pay such counsel reasonable compensation. Cost of such counsel shall be reimbursed by the party (as between the Company and Shareholder) which does not prevail.

13. Your responsibilities as escrow agent shall terminate if you shall resign by written notice to Shareholder and the Company. In the event of any such termination, the Company shall appoint a successor escrow agent; but failure of the Company to appoint a substitute shall not prevent your resignation at the time indicated by you.

14. Shareholder and Company recognizes that Cooley LLP, the escrow agent, is also legal counsel to ChannelAdvisor Corporation. Provided that Cooley LLP resigns as Escrow Agent with respect to Shareholder’s Restricted Shares, Shareholder agrees that he or she will not attempt to disqualify Cooley LLP from representation of the Company with respect to any dispute related to the Restricted Shares. Shareholder understands that Cooley LLP is relying on this commitment by Shareholder and would not agree to serve as escrow agent unless such a commitment were first made by Shareholder.

15. If you reasonably require other or further instruments in connection with these Joint Escrow Instructions or obligations in respect of these instructions, the necessary parties to these instructions shall join in furnishing such instruments.

16. It is understood and agreed that should any dispute arise with respect to the delivery and/or ownership or right of possession of the securities held by you under these instructions, you are authorized and directed to retain in your possession without liability to anyone all or any part of said securities until such disputes shall have been settled either by mutual written agreement of the parties concerned or by a final order, decree or judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction after the time for appeal has expired and no appeal has been perfected, but you shall be under no duty whatsoever to institute or defend any such proceedings.

 

3


17. Any notice required or permitted under these instructions shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or one business day after being sent by a reputable overnight courier service, addressed to each of the other parties thereunto entitled at the following addresses, or at such other addresses as a party may designate by ten days’ advance written notice to each of the other parties:

 

CORPORATION:   ChannelAdvisor Corporation
  2701 Aerial Center Parkway
  Morrisville, North Carolina 27560
  Attn: Secretary
 
SHAREHOLDER:  
 
 
 
ESCROW AGENT:   Cooley LLP
  One Freedom Square, Reston Town Center
  11951 Freedom Drive
  Reston, Virginia 20190-5656
  Attn: Ryan E. Naftulin, Esq.
  Facsimile: (703) 456-8100

18. By signing these Joint Escrow Instructions, you become a party only for the purpose of the Joint Escrow Instructions; you do not thereby become a party to the Agreement.

19. Capitalized terms used in this Agreement that are not otherwise defined shall have the meanings assigned in the Agreement.

20. These Joint Escrow Instructions shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company and, subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, be binding upon the Shareholder, his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

21. These Joint Escrow Instructions shall be construed in accordance with and governed in all respects by the laws of the State of North Carolina.

22. These Joint Escrow Instructions set forth the entire understanding between the parties with respect to the subject matter of these instructions and may only be changed by agreement in writing executed by the parties.

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties, intending to be legally bound, have executed these Joint Escrow Instructions as of the date first above written.

 

ChannelAdvisor Corporation
By: _______________________________________

Its:

Shareholder: [Name]

 
(Signature)

 

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO:
ESCROW AGENT: Cooley LLP
By:_____________________________________

Title:

 

5

Exhibit 10.18

[ChannelAdvisor Corporation Letterhead]

March [        ], 2013

[name]

[Address 1]

[Address 2]

 

Re: Vesting of Stock Options upon Change of Control

Dear [Tim],

This letter (“ Agreement ”) sets forth the terms of the acceleration of vesting of all options to purchase shares of common stock of ChannelAdvisor Corporation (“ ChannelAdvisor ”) held by you at the effective time of a Change of Control of ChannelAdvisor ( “ Options ”).

In addition to any other right to accelerated vesting that may exist under any ChannelAdvisor equity incentive plan and stock option agreement governing the terms of the Options, and notwithstanding the vesting conditions set forth in such applicable equity incentive plan and stock option agreement, the vesting of all Options held by you on the effective date of a Change of Control of ChannelAdvisor shall automatically be accelerated in full such that your Options are fully vested and exercisable effective immediately prior to the consummation of a Change of Control.

For purposes of this Agreement, “ Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“ Exchange Act ”)) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of ChannelAdvisor representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total voting power represented by ChannelAdvisor’s then outstanding voting securities; or (ii) the consummation of the sale or disposition by ChannelAdvisor of all or substantially all of ChannelAdvisor’s assets to parties unrelated to ChannelAdvisor; or (iii) the consummation of a merger or consolidation of ChannelAdvisor with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of ChannelAdvisor outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or its parent) at least fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of ChannelAdvisor or such surviving entity or its parent outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation. However, a Change of Control will not include (i) any consolidation or merger effected exclusively to change the domicile of ChannelAdvisor, (ii) any transaction or series of transactions principally for bona fide equity financing purposes in which cash is received by ChannelAdvisor or any successor, or indebtedness of ChannelAdvisor is cancelled or converted, or a combination thereof, or (iii) an initial public offering of ChannelAdvisor’s common stock pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.


Except as herein modified or amended, no other term or provision of the Options is amended or modified in any respect. This Agreement may not be amended or modified without the mutual consent of each party. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of North Carolina and the parties submit to the jurisdiction of the state and federal courts encompassing ChannelAdvisor’s principal offices for the resolution of any claims, disputes or proceedings arising under the Agreement.

If the terms of this Agreement are acceptable, please sign below to acknowledge your consent and agreement.

Sincerely,

 

C HANNEL A DVISOR C ORPORATION

By:

Name:

Title:

A GREED TO AND A CCEPTED :

 

[Name]

 

2

Exhibit 10.19

Execution Version

AMENDED AND RESTATED INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of                     , 20     between C HANNEL A DVISOR C ORPORATION , a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and                      , an individual resident of the Commonwealth/State of                     (“ Indemnitee ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS , highly competent persons have become more reluctant to serve corporations as directors or in other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or adequate indemnification against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the corporation;

WHEREAS , the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) has determined that, in order to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve on its Board or in other capacities, the Company will attempt to maintain on an ongoing basis, at its sole expense, liability insurance to protect persons serving the Company and its subsidiaries from certain liabilities. Although the furnishing of such insurance has been a customary and widespread practice among United States-based corporations and other business enterprises, the Company believes that, given current market conditions and trends, such insurance may not be available to it on terms that the Company considers to be commercially reasonable or, if available to it commercially reasonable terms during some period of time, may be available to it in the future only at higher premiums and with more exclusions. At the same time, directors, officers, and other persons in service to corporations or business enterprises are being increasingly subjected to expensive and time-consuming litigation relating to, among other things, matters that traditionally would have been brought only against the Company or business enterprise itself. The certificate of incorporation of the Company authorizes and the Bylaws of the Company requires indemnification of the directors of the Company. Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“ DGCL ”). The Bylaws and the DGCL expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the board of directors, officers and other persons with respect to indemnification;

WHEREAS , the uncertainties relating to such insurance and to indemnification have increased the difficulty of attracting and retaining such persons to serve on the Board and to serve the Company in other capacities;

WHEREAS , the Board has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining such persons is detrimental to the best interests of the Company’s stockholders and that the Company should act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of such protection in the future;

WHEREAS , it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified;

 

-1-


Execution Version

 

WHEREAS , this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the certificate of incorporation and Bylaws of the Company and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder;

WHEREAS , Indemnitee does not regard the protection available under the Company’s certificate of incorporation, Bylaws and insurance, if any, as adequate in the present circumstances, and may not be willing to serve as an officer or director without adequate protection, and the Company desires Indemnitee to serve in such capacity. Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that he be so indemnified; and

WHEREAS , Indemnitee has certain rights to indemnification and/or insurance provided by [Name of Fund] which Indemnitee and [Name of Fund] intend to be secondary to the primary obligation of the Company to indemnify Indemnitee as provided herein, with the Company’s acknowledgement and agreement to the foregoing being a material condition to Indemnitee’s willingness to serve on the Board.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of Indemnitee’s agreement to serve as a director after the date hereof, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Indemnity of Indemnitee. The Company hereby agrees to hold harmless and indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as such may be amended from time to time. In furtherance of the foregoing indemnification, and without limiting the generality thereof:

(a) Proceedings Other Than Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 1(a) if, by reason of his Corporate Status (as hereinafter defined), the Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (as hereinafter defined) other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 1(a) , Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses (as hereinafter defined), judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him, or on his behalf, in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and with respect to any criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

(b) Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 1(b) if, by reason of his Corporate Status, the Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 1(b) , Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee, or on the Indemnitee’s behalf, in connection with such Proceeding if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; provided, however, if applicable law so provides, no indemnification against such Expenses shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter in such Proceeding as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company unless and to the extent that the Delaware Court (defined below) shall determine that such indemnification may be made.

 

- 2 -


Execution Version

 

(c) Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a party to and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding, he shall be indemnified to the maximum extent permitted by the DGCL, as such may be amended from time to time, against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section 1(c) and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

2. Additional Indemnity. In addition to, and without regard to any limitations on, the indemnification provided for in Section 1 of this Agreement, the Company shall and hereby does indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee against all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf if, by reason of his Corporate Status, he is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company), including, without limitation, all liability arising out of the negligence or active or passive wrongdoing of Indemnitee. The only limitation that shall exist upon the Company’s obligations pursuant to this Agreement shall be that the Company shall not be obligated to make any payment to Indemnitee that is finally determined (under the procedures, and subject to the presumptions, set forth in Sections 6 and 7 hereof) to be unlawful.

3. Contribution.

(a) Whether or not the indemnification provided in Sections 1 and 2 hereof is available, in respect of any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law the Company shall pay, in the first instance, the entire amount of any judgment or settlement of such action, suit or proceeding without requiring Indemnitee to contribute to such payment and the Company hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it may have against Indemnitee. The Company shall not enter into any settlement of any action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding) unless such settlement provides for a full and final release of all claims asserted against Indemnitee.

(b) Without diminishing or impairing the obligations of the Company set forth in the preceding subparagraph, if, for any reason, Indemnitee shall elect or be required to pay all or any portion of any judgment or settlement in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law the Company shall contribute to the amount of expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred and paid or payable by Indemnitee in proportion to the relative benefits received by the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, from the transaction from which such action, suit or proceeding arose; provided, however, that the proportion determined on the basis of relative benefit may, to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law, be further

 

- 3 -


Execution Version

 

adjusted by reference to the relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company other than Indemnitee who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, in connection with the events that resulted in such expenses, judgments, fines or settlement amounts, as well as any other equitable considerations which the law may require to be considered. The relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the degree to which their actions were motivated by intent to gain personal profit or advantage, the degree to which their liability is primary or secondary and the degree to which their conduct is active or passive.

(c) To the fullest extent permitted under applicable law, the Company hereby agrees to fully indemnify and hold Indemnitee harmless from any claims of contribution which may be brought by officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who may be jointly liable with Indemnitee.

(d) To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

4. Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a witness, or is made (or asked to) respond to discovery requests, in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, he shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith.

5. Advancement of Expenses. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company shall advance, to the extent not prohibited by applicable law, all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements from Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence each of the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee for which he seeks advancement and shall include or be preceded or accompanied by an undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee to repay any Expenses advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses. Any advances and undertakings to repay pursuant to this Section 5 shall be unsecured and interest free. This Section shall not apply to any claim made by Indemnitee for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to Section 9 .

6. Procedures and Presumptions for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification. It is the intent of this Agreement to secure for Indemnitee rights of indemnity that

 

- 4 -


Execution Version

 

are as favorable as may be permitted under the DGCL and public policy of the State of Delaware. Accordingly, the parties agree that the following procedures and presumptions shall apply in the event of any question as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement:

(a) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification. The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any failure of Indemnitee to provide such a request to the Company, or to provide such a request in a timely fashion, shall not relieve the Company of any liability that it may have to Indemnitee unless, and to the extent that, such failure actually and materially prejudices the interests of the Company.

(b) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to the first sentence of Section 6(a) hereof, a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case by one of the following four methods, which shall be at the election of the Board: (i) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors (as hereinafter defined), even though less than a quorum, (ii) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum, (iii) if there are no Disinterested Directors or if the Disinterested Directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to the Indemnitee, or (iv) if so directed by the Board and by the stockholders of the Company.

(c) If the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 6(b) hereof, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 6(c) . The Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board and written notice of such selection shall be given to the Indemnitee. Indemnitee may, within 10 days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “ Independent Counsel ” as defined in Section 13 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected by the Board shall act as Independent Counsel. If a written objection is made and substantiated to the Board’s satisfaction, the Independent Counsel selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within 20 days after submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 6(a) hereof, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition the Delaware Court for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Indemnitee to the Company’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 6(b) hereof. The Company shall pay any and all reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Counsel incurred by such Independent Counsel in connection with acting pursuant to Section 6(b) hereof, and the Company shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses incident to the procedures of this Section 6(c) , regardless of the manner in which such Independent Counsel was selected or appointed.

 

- 5 -


Execution Version

 

(d) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence. Neither the failure of the Company (including by its directors or independent legal counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including by its directors or independent legal counsel) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

(e) To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise (as hereinafter defined), including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise. In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement. Whether or not the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(e) are satisfied, it shall in any event be presumed that Indemnitee has at all times acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

(f) If the person, persons or entity empowered or selected under Section 6 to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of the request therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided, however, that such 60-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional thirty (30) days, if the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time to obtain or evaluate documentation and/or information relating thereto; and provided, further, that the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(f) shall not apply if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by the stockholders pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement and if (A) within fifteen (15) days after receipt by the Company of the request for such determination, the Board or the Disinterested Directors, if appropriate, resolve to submit such determination to the stockholders for their consideration at an annual meeting thereof to be held within seventy-five (75) days after such receipt and such determination is made thereat, or (B) a special meeting of stockholders is called within fifteen (15) days after such receipt for the purpose of making such determination, such meeting is held for such purpose within sixty (60) days after having been so called and such determination is made thereat.

(g) Indemnitee shall reasonably cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or

 

- 6 -


Execution Version

 

information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any Independent Counsel, member of the Board or stockholder of the Company shall act reasonably and in good faith in making a determination regarding the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement. Any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

(h) The Company acknowledges that a settlement or other disposition short of final judgment may be successful if it permits a party to avoid expense, delay, distraction, disruption and uncertainty. In the event that any action, claim or proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party is resolved in any manner other than by adverse judgment against Indemnitee (including, without limitation, settlement of such action, claim or proceeding with or without payment of money or other consideration) it shall be presumed that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in such action, suit or proceeding, and anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

(i) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

7. Remedies of Indemnitee.

(a) In the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification is made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement within 90 days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to this Agreement within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor or (v) payment of indemnification is not made within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or such determination is deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in the Delaware Court of Indemnitee’s entitlement to such indemnification. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 7(a) . The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication.

(b) In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 7 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of the adverse determination under Section 6(b) .

 

- 7 -


Execution Version

 

(c) If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification to be provided hereunder, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to Section 7 , absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s misstatement not materially misleading in connection with the application for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

(d) In the event that Indemnitee, pursuant to this Section 7 , seeks a judicial adjudication of his rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, or to recover under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, the Company shall pay on his behalf, in advance, any and all expenses (of the types described in the definition of Expenses in Section 13 of this Agreement) actually and reasonably incurred by him in such judicial adjudication regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of expenses or insurance recovery.

(e) The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 7 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor) advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, such expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advance of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of Expenses or insurance recovery, as the case may be.

(f) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding.

8. Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Primacy of Indemnification; Subrogation.

(a) The rights of indemnification as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the certificate of incorporation of the Company, the Bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders, a resolution of Disinterested Directors or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in the DGCL, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification than would be afforded currently under the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

 

- 8 -


Execution Version

 

(b) To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, employees, or agents or fiduciaries of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person serves at the request of the Company, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary under such policy or policies. If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable actions to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

(c) The Company hereby acknowledges that Indemnitee has certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by [Name of Fund] and certain of its affiliates (collectively, the “ Fund Indemnitors ”). The Company hereby agrees (i) that it is the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to Indemnitee are primary and any obligation of the Fund Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by Indemnitee are secondary), (ii) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall be liable for the full amount of all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement to the extent legally permitted and as required by the terms of this Agreement and the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company (or any other agreement between the Company and Indemnitee), without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against the Fund Indemnitors, and, (iii) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Fund Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Fund Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Fund Indemnitors on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing, and the Fund Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee against the Company. The Company and Indemnitee agree that the Fund Indemnitors are express third party beneficiaries of the terms of this Section 8(c).

(d) Except as provided in paragraph (c) above, in the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee (other than against the Fund Indemnitors), who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

(e) Except as provided in paragraph (c) above, the Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

(f) Except as provided in paragraph (c) above, the Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement of expenses from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise.

 

- 9 -


Execution Version

 

9. Exception to Right of Indemnification. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to indemnify Indemnitee in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee:

(a) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision; provided , that the foregoing shall not affect the rights of Indemnitee or the Fund Indemnitors set forth in Section 8(c) above; or

(b) for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law; or

(c) in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee, including without limitation any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Board of the Company authorized Indemnitee to bring the Proceeding (or to bring any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation or (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law.

10. Duration of Agreement. All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall continue during the period Indemnitee is an officer or director of the Company (or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) and for a period of three (3) years thereafter and shall continue thereafter so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any Proceeding (or any proceeding commenced under Section 7 hereof) by reason of his Corporate Status, whether or not he is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), assigns, spouses, heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives.

11. Security. To the extent requested by Indemnitee and approved by the Board, the Company may at any time and from time to time provide security to Indemnitee for the Company’s obligations hereunder through an irrevocable bank line of credit, funded trust or other collateral. Any such security, once provided to Indemnitee, may not be revoked or released without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee.

12. Enforcement.

(a) The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumes the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as an officer or director of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as an officer or director of the Company.

 

- 10 -


Execution Version

 

(b) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

13. Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:

(a) Corporate Status ” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person is or was serving at the express written request of the Company.

(b) Disinterested Director ” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

(c) Enterprise ” means the Company and any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that Indemnitee is or was serving at the express written request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.

(d) Expenses ” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees and all other reasonable disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, participating, or being or preparing to be a witness in a Proceeding, or responding to, or objecting to, a request to provide discovery in any Proceeding. Expenses also shall include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedes bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

(e) Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

(f) Proceeding ” includes any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the

 

- 11 -


Execution Version

 

Company or otherwise and whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or otherwise, by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was an officer or director of the Company, by reason of any action taken by him or of any inaction on his part while acting as an officer or director of the Company, or by reason of the fact that he is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other Enterprise; in each case whether or not he is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement; including one pending on or before the date of this Agreement, but excluding one initiated by an Indemnitee pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement to enforce his rights under this Agreement.

14. Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Agreement is intended to confer upon Indemnitee indemnification rights to the fullest extent permitted by applicable laws. In the event any provision hereof conflicts with any applicable law, such provision shall be deemed modified, consistent with the aforementioned intent, to the extent necessary to resolve such conflict.

15. Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification, termination or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

16. Notice By Indemnitee. Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with or otherwise receiving any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification covered hereunder. The failure to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise unless and only to the extent that such failure or delay materially prejudices the Company.

17. Notices. All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not so confirmed, then on the next business day, (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent: (x) to Indemnitee at the address set forth below Indemnitee’s signature hereto, and (y) to the Company at the address set forth below the Company’s signature hereto, or to such other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company or to the Company by Indemnitee, as the case may be.

18. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, including facsimile counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.

19. Headings. The headings of the sections and paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

 

- 12 -


Execution Version

 

20. Governing Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. The Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware (the “ Delaware Court ”), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) irrevocably appoint, to the extent such party is not otherwise subject to service of process in the State of Delaware, The Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801, County of New Castle, as its agent in the State of Delaware as such party’s agent for acceptance of legal process in connection with any such action or proceeding against such party with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

* * * * * *

 

- 13 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NDEMNIFICATION A GREEMENT effective on and as of the day and year first above written.

 

COMPANY:
C HANNEL A DVISOR C ORPORATION
By:  

 

  Printed Name:
  Title:
Address for notices:
ChannelAdvisor Corporation
2701 Aerial Center Parkway
Morrisville, NC 27560
Facsimile:
Attn: S. Scott Alridge, General Counsel
E-mail: scott.alridge@channeladvisor.com
INDEMNITEE:
Signature:

 

Printed Name:

 

Address for notices :  

 

 

 

 
                     @                       .com  

 

-14-

Exhibit 10.23

 

LOGO

Master Services Agreement

THIS HOSTED SOLUTIONS MASTER SERVICES AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made effective as of June 29 th 2005 (the “Effective Date”) by and between Hosted Solutions, LLC (Hosted Solutions) and Channel Advisor, a Delaware corporation (“Customer”).

 

  1. Services .

Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, during the term of this Agreement, Hosted Solutions will permit Customer to place certain computer hardware and other equipment (the “Equipment) as described more particularly on Hosted Solutions’ Service Order (collectively SO) in the Hosted Solutions Internet Utility Center(s) as identified on the SO and provide to Customer the equipment and services described on the SO attached hereto and incorporated herein or any substantially similar benefits (the “Services”).

 

  2. Payment .

2.1 Customer will pay the fees for the Services as set forth on the SO .

2.2 Upon execution of this Agreement, Customer shall pay to Hosted Solutions the initial Setup Fee (as set forth on the SO ) prior to any installation or setup of the Equipment commences. Fees for the Services shall be billed on a monthly basis in advance. In the event that Customer orders additional Services or additional Equipment to be covered by the Services, such additional Services or Equipment shall be included at mutually agreed upon prices in a written addendum to the SO .

2.3 Payment of all Fees will be due within thirty (30) days of the date of each Hosted Solutions invoice. All payments will be made in U.S. dollars. Late payments hereunder will accrue Interest at a rate of one and one-half percent (1 1/2%) per month, or the highest rate allowed by applicable law, whichever is lower. If in its reasonable judgment Hosted Solutions determines that Customer is not creditworthy or is otherwise not financially secure, Hosted Solutions may, upon written notice to Customer, modify the payment terms to require full payment before the provision of the Services or other assurances to secure Customer’s payment obligations hereunder.

Suspension Or Interruption Of Service for Non-Payment: In the event Customer’s account becomes past due for more than thirty (30) days. Hosted Solutions may, in its sole discretion, suspend, interrupt or disconnect the Services upon ten (10) days written notice to Customer. In the event of such suspension, interruption or disconnection, Customer may be required to post a deposit or such other security, as Hosted Solutions reasonably deems necessary in order to resume receiving the Services.

2.4 All payments required by this Agreement are exclusive of all national, state, municipal or other governmental excise, sales, value-added, use, personal property, and

occupational taxes, excises, withholding taxes and obligations and other levies now in force or enacted in the future, all of which Customer will be responsible for and will pay in full, except for taxes based on Hosted Solutions net income.

 

  3. Customer Obligations .

3.1 Customer agrees that Customer will comply at all times with all applicable laws and regulations and Hosted Solutions general rules and regulations relating to its provision of the Services, as updated by Hosted Solutions from time to time, including, without limitation, Hosted Solutions Acceptable Use Policy. Customer acknowledges that Hosted Solutions exercises no control whatsoever over, and is under no obligation to control, the content of the information passing through its Internet Utility Center or the Equipment, and that it is the sole responsibility of Customer to ensure that the information it transmits and receives complies with all applicable laws and regulations.

3.2 Customer will be fully responsible for any charges, costs, expenses (other than those included in the Services), and third party claims that may result from its use of, or access to, the Hosted Solutions Internet Utility Center(s) and the Equipment. Except with the advanced written consent of Hosted Solutions, Customer’s access to the Hosted Solutions Internet Utility Center will be limited solely to the individuals identified and authorized by Customer to have access to such internet Utility Center in accordance with this Agreement as identified in writing to Hosted Solutions from time to time (“Representatives”). For good cause, including the exercise of any rights under Section 8.5, Hosted Solutions may suspend the right at any Representative or other person to visit the Hosted Solutions Internet Utility Center.

3.3 Customer may not at any time permit any of the Services to be utilized for the provision of any services by Customer to third parties that compete with Hosted Solutions co-location and hosting services, without Hosted Solutions prior written consent.

 

  4. Confidentiality .

4.1 Each party acknowledges that it will have access to certain confidential information of the other party concerning the other party’s business, plans, customers, technology, and products, including the terms and conditions of this Agreement (“Confidential Information”). Confidential Information will include, but not be limited to, each party’s proprietary software and customer information. Each party

 

 

Page 1


agrees that it will not use in any way, for its own account or the account of any third party, except as expressly permitted by this Agreement, nor disclose to any third party (except as required by law or to that party’s attorneys, accountants and other advisors as reasonably necessary), any of the other party’s Confidential Information and will take reasonable precautions to protect the confidentiality of such information. Upon termination or expiration of this Agreement or upon request of the other party, each party will return all Confidential Information of the other party, including all copies or summaries thereof, in its possession or control to the other party.

 

4.2 Information will not be deemed Confidential Information hereunder if such information: (i) is known to the receiving party prior to receipt from the disclosing party; (ii) becomes known to the receiving party directly or indirectly from a source other than one having an obligation of confidentiality to the disclosing party; (iii) becomes publicly known or otherwise ceases to be secret or confidential, except through a breach of this Agreement by the receiving party, (iv) is independently developed by the receiving party.

 

  5. Warranties and Disclaimers .

5.1 Warranties by Customer.

(a) Customer represents and warrants that it owns or has the legal right and authority, and will continue to own or maintain the legal right and authority during the term of this Agreement to place and use the Equipment as contemplated by this Agreement and Customer’s services, products, materials, data, information and Equipment used by Customer in connection with this Agreement as well as Customer’s and its permitted customers’ and users’ use of the Services (the “Business”) does not as of the Effective Date, and will not during the term of this Agreement operate in any manner that would violate any applicable law or regulation.

(b) In the event of any breach, or reasonably anticipated breach, of any of the foregoing warranties, in addition to any other remedies available at law or in equity, Hosted Solutions will have the right to immediately, in Hosted Solutions sole discretion, to suspend any of the Services or exclude or remove from any of Hosted Solutions equipment or to restrict access to any material or data of Customer which Hosted Solutions determines may violate or infringe any law or third party rights or which may expose Hosted Solutions to any civil or criminal liability.

5.2 Warranties and Disclaimers by Hosted Solutions.

(a) Hosted Solutions’ Service Commitment and remedy for interruption of service are detailed and attached as Appendix A & B of the Master Services Agreement. Customer has read, understood, and agrees to these documents.

THIS WARRANTY DOES NOT APPLY TO ANY SERVICES THAT EXPRESSLY EXCLUDE THIS WARRANTY (AS DESCRIBED IN SO ). THIS SECTION 5.2(a) STATES CUSTOMER’S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY FOR ANY FAILURE BY HOSTED SOLUTIONS TO PROVIDE THE SERVICES.

(b) EXCEPT FOR THE EXPRESS WARRANTY SET OUT IN SUBSECTION (a) ABOVE, THE SERVICES ARE PROVIDED ON AN “AS IS” BASIS, AND CUSTOMER’S USE OF THE HOSTED SOLUTIONS INTERNET UTILITY CENTER (S) AND THE SERVICES IS AT

ITS OWN RISK. HOSTED SOLUTIONS DOES NOT MAKE, AND HEREBY DISCLAIMS. ANY AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS AND/OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NONINFRINGMENT AND TITLE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM A COURSE OF DEALING, USAGE, OR TRADE PRACTICE. OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH IN APPENDIX A & B. HOSTED SOLUTIONS DOES NOT WARRANT THAT THE SERVICES WILL BE UNINTERRUPTED, ERROR-FREE, OR COMPLETELY SECURE.

 

  6. Limitations of Liability .

6.1 EACH REPRESENTATIVE AND ANY OTHER PERSONS VISITING THE HOSTED SOLUTIONS INTERNET UTILITY CENTERS DOES SO AT ITS OWN RISK AND HOSTED SOLUTIONS ASSUMES NO LIABILITY WHATSOEVER FOR ANY HARM TO SUCH PERSONS RESULTING FROM ANY CAUSE OTHER THAN HOSTED SOLUTIONS GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT RESULTING IN PERSONAL INJURY TO SUCH PERSONS DURING SUCH A VISIT.

6.2 HOSTED SOLUTIONS ASSUMES NO LIABILITY FOR ANY DAMAGE TO, OR LOSS RELATING TO, CUSTOMER’S BUSINESS RESULTING FROM ANY CAUSE WHATSOEVER, OTHER THAN FOR THE GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OF HOSTED SOLUTIONS OR A BREACH OF THIS AGREEMENT BY HOSTED SOLUTIONS. CERTAIN CUSTOMER EQUIPMENT MAY BE DIRECTLY ACCESSIBLE BY OTHER CUSTOMERS. HOSTED SOLUTIONS ASSUMES NO LIABILITY FOR ANY DAMAGE TO, OR LOSS OF, ANY CUSTOMER EQUIPMENT RESULTING FROM ANY CAUSE OTHER THAN HOSTED SOLUTIONS GROSS NEGLIGENCE, WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OR BREACH OF THIS AGREEMENT. TO THE EXTENT HOSTED SOLUTIONS IS LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGE TO, OR LOSS OF, THE CUSTOMER EQUIPMENT FOR ANY REASON, SUCH LIABILITY WILL BE LIMITED SOLELY TO THE THEN-CURRENT REPLACEMENT COST OF THE CUSTOMER’S EQUIPMENT SO DAMAGED.

6.3 EXCEPT AS SPECIFIED IN SECTIONS 6.1 AND 6.2, IN NO EVENT WILL HOSTED SOLUTIONS BE LIABLE TO CUSTOMER, ANY REPRESENTATIVE, OR ANY THIRD PARTY FOR ANY CLAIMS ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR OTHERWISE. INCLUDING ANY LOST REVENUE, LOST PROFITS, REPLACEMENT GOODS, LOSS OF TECHNOLOGY, RIGHTS OR SERVICES. INCIDENTAL, PUNITIVE. INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, LOSS OF DATA, OR INTERRUPTION OR LOSS OF USE OF SERVICE OR CUSTOMER’S BUSINESS. EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. WHETHER UNDER THEORY OF CONTRACT, TORT, STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY IN THIS AGREEMENT, HOSTED SOLUTIONS MAXIMUM AGGREGATE LIABILITY TO CUSTOMER RELATED TO OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE LIMITED TO THE TOTAL AMOUNT PAID BY CUSTOMER TO HOSTED SOLUTIONS HEREUNDER FOR THE PRIOR TWELVE (12) MONTH PERIOD.

 

 

Page 2

 


  7. Indemnification .

7.1 Hosted Solutions will indemnify, defend and hold Customer harmless from and against any and all cost, liabilities, losses, and expenses (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorney’s fees) (collectively, “ Losses ”) resulting from any claim, suit, action, or proceeding (each, an “ Action ”) brought against Customer alleging personal injury to Customer’s Representatives from Hosted Solutions’ gross negligence or willful misconduct.

7.2 Customer will indemnity, defend and hold Hosted Solutions, its affiliates and customers harmless from and against any and all Losses resulting from or arising out of any third party Action brought by or against Hosted Solutions, its affiliates or customers alleging: (i) any damages arising from the Equipment, Customer’s Business or Customer’s use of the Services; or (ii) any damage or destruction to the Hosted Solutions Internet Utility Center or the equipment of Hosted Solutions or any other customer by Customer or Representative(s) or Customer designees.

 

  8. Term and Termination .

8.1 This Agreement shall be for the term specified by Customer on the SO , as applicable (the “Initial Term”) and then concurrently as additional SO agreements are signed, unless earlier terminated according to the provisions of this Section 8. Upon completion of the Initial Term, this Agreement will revert to a month to month Term unless otherwise terminated in accordance with Section 8.2 below. The Initial Term and all extensions thereof are collectively referred to herein as the “Term” of this Agreement. The term will start on the first day of the first billing month after parties sign this Agreement. Customer may terminate this Agreement prior to the end of the Initial Term or any extension thereof in accordance with the Cancellation section herein.

8.2. Either party will have the right to terminate this Agreement immediately upon written notice if the other party breaches any material term or condition of this Agreement and fails to cure such breach within thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice of the same, except in the case of failure to pay fees, which must be cured within five (5) days after receipt of written notice from Hosted Solutions. Additionally, C ustomer will have the right to terminate this Agreement prior to the conclusion of the Initial T erm provided that a 30-day written notice is accompanied with full payment for the remainder of the initial Term.

8.3 Customer will remove all Equipment from the Hosted Solutions Internet Utility Centers within five (5) days of such expiration or termination of this Agreement. Dedicated server equipment included in the Services shall remain in the possession of Hosted Solutions and Customer shall have no further liability with respect to such dedicated server equipment. If Customer does not remove the Equipment within such five-day period, Hosted Solutions will have the option to (i) move any and all such Equipment to secured storage and charge Customer for the cost of such removal and storage, and/or (ii) liquidate the Equipment in any reasonable manner.

8.4 In the event that Customer fails to pay Hosted Solutions all amounts owed to Hosted Solutions under this Agreement when due, and Customer’s account remains past due for more than thirty (30) days. Hosted Solutions may, in its sole discretion following suspension of Services in accordance with Section 2.3 above, and upon written notice to Customer, take possession of any Equipment and store it, at Customer’s expense, until taken in full or partial satisfaction of any lien or judgment, all without being liable to prosecution or for damages.

8.5 The following provisions will survive any expiration or termination of the Agreement: Sections 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9.

 

  9. Miscellaneous .

9.1 Force Majeure . Except for the obligation to pay money, neither party will be liable for any failure or delay in its performance under this Agreement due to any cause beyond its reasonable control, including acts of war, acts of terrorism, acts of God, earthquake, flood, embargo, riot, sabotage, labor shortage or dispute, governmental act or failure of the internet.

9.2 No Lease . This Agreement is a service agreement and is not intended to and will not constitute a lease of, or a grant of any interest in, any real or personal property of Hosted Solutions. Customer acknowledges and agrees that it has been granted only a license to occupy and use the Hosted Solutions Internet Utility Center and any equipment provided by Hosted Solutions in accordance with this Agreement.

9.3 Non-Solicitation . During the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on the first anniversary of the termination or expiration of this Agreement in accordance with its terms. Customer agrees that it will not, and will ensure that its affiliates do not, directly or indirectly, solicit or attempt to solicit for employment any persons employed by Hosted Solutions during the Term of this Agreement who provided Services to Customer, provided, however, this shall in no way restrict Customer from placing advertisements from employment that may indirectly result in the solicitation of employment of Hosted Solutions employees.

9.5 Governing Law; Severability . This Agreement is made under and will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of North Carolina (except that body of law controlling conflicts of law). Any dispute relating to the terms, interpretation or performance of this Agreement shall be brought in the state or federal courts located in Wake County, North Carolina and both parties hereby submit to the jurisdiction of such courts.

9.6 Assignment. Either party may assign its rights or delegate its duties under this Agreement either in whole or in part with prior written consent of the other party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Any attempted assignment or delegation without such consent will be void, provided however, that the transfer of this agreement in connection with a merger or sale of the business shall not be considered an assignment for purposes of Section 9.6. This Agreement will bind and inure to the benefit of each party’s successors and permitted assigns.

9.7 Relationship of Parties . Hosted Solutions and Customer are independent contractors and this Agreement will not establish any relationship of partnership, joint venture, employment, franchise or agency between Hosted Solutions and Customer. Neither Hosted Solutions nor Customer will have the power to bind the other or incur obligations on the other’s behalf without the other’s prior written consent, except as otherwise expressly provided herein.

 

 

Page 3


9.8 Entire Agreement; Counterparts . This Agreement, Including all documents incorporated herein by reference, constitutes the complete and exclusive agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes and replaces any and all prior or contemporaneous discussions, negotiations, understandings and agreements, written and oral, regarding such subject matter.

9.9 ACCEPTABLE USES. Customer shall at all times adhere to the Hosted Solutions Acceptable Use Policy (AUP), as amended from time to time by Hosted Solutions effective upon posting of the revised policy on the Hosted Solutions website, currently located at www.hostedsolutions.com/sla/aup.pdf . In event of a change to the AUP Hosted Solutions will provide all customers with written notice no less than (30) days prior to the adoption of the change. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Hosted Solutions may immediately take corrective action, including disconnection or discontinuance of any and all Services, or terminate this Agreement in the event of notice of possible violation by Customer of the Hosted Solutions Acceptable Use Policy. In the event Hosted Solutions takes corrective action due to a violation of the Hosted Solutions Acceptable Use Policy. Hosted Solutions shall not refund to Customer any fees paid in advance of such corrective action, provided however, that if such corrective action is a result of a change in the Hosted Solutions Acceptable Use Policy, then Hosted Solutions shall refund any fees paid by Customer in advance of the notice of such change for Services not provided to Customer as a result of the corrective action.

9.10 DATA BACKUP AND RESTORATION. Provided Customer has paid the fees set forth in the SO . Hosted Solutions will provide Customer the following backup and data restoration services:

Backup. Hosted Solutions will backup all files and file systems designated by Customer (“Files”) by establishing a network connection from Customer’s Equipment to Hosted Solutions’ storage infrastructure. Hosted Solutions will backup the Files within a predetermined eight (8) hour window during each seven (7) day period (the “Backup Period”). Hosted Solutions’ standard plan is to provide one (1) full backup that stores the complete Files to tape, and then six (6) incremental backups that store transaction logs to tape during each Backup Period.

Retention. Full File Retention and transaction logs stored on tape (“Stored Files”) will be retained for at least twenty-eight (28) days, incremental retention is saved for (14) days after which. Hosted Solutions may, at its option, destroy the Stored Files. Unless otherwise designated, Stored Files will be retained on Hosted Solutions’ business premises. At Customer’s option, the Stored Files will be retained at a facility of Hosted Solutions’ choice outside of the Hosted Solutions’ business premises for the fees specified on the Service Order.

Restoration. Restoration of Stored Files that are retained on Hosted Solutions’ business premises to Customer’s Equipment will begin within thirty (30) minutes of Customer’s request.

Availability. Customer agrees that Hosted Solutions will not be in breach of this Agreement if its failure to provide the Services is due to scheduled down-time for backup and restore utility maintenance, network and utility outages, and other force majeure events set forth in this Agreement.

Customer Permission. Customer expressly grants Hosted Solutions and Hosted Solutions’ third party service providers, for the purpose of providing the data backup and restoration services, the right to access the Customer Equipment and the right to reproduce the Files.

9.11 ADDITIONAL SERVICES. Co-location and Dedicated Server Services that are added via Service Order during the Term of this Agreement shall be based on pricing established by the original Service Order Numbers HOS3277 & HOS3280. These services will be amortized over the remaining months on the 60 month Agreement.

Disclaimer: CUSTOMER AGREES AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE DATA BACKUP AND RESTORATION SERVICES ARE NOT INTENDED TO BE A COMPREHENSIVE DISASTER RECOVERY SOLUTION. HOSTED SOLUTIONS MAKES NO COMMITMENT UNDER THE DATA BACKUP AND RESTORATION SERVICES TO REPLACE OR REPAIR SERVERS OR OTHER EQUIPMENT, OTHER THAN SERVERS OR OTHER EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY HOSTED SOLUTIONS AS A PART OF THE SERVICES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT.

 

 

Page 4


Appendix A – Infrastructure Service Commitment

Infrastructure Services Availability Commitment Scope:

Hosted Solutions’ Infrastructure Services Availability Commitment is to have the Hosted Solutions Internet Utility Center (IUC) Infrastructure Components available an average 99.999% of the time.

The Infrastructure Components include the IUC internal services network, connecting network to the Internet, IUC power systems, and IUC HVAC systems.

Infrastructure Services Maintenance Events Scope:

Maintenance Events shall mean any maintenance of the Hosted Solutions Infrastructure Services:

Planned Maintenance Events – Normal maintenance activities that may or may not disrupt service:

 

  (a) Of which Customer is notified 7 days in advance, and

 

  (b) That is performed during a standard maintenance window on Sundays from 3 AM to 6 AM local time of the Hosted Solutions IUC at which Customer’s equipment is located. Notice of Planned Maintenance Events will be provided to Customer’s designated point of contact by a method elected by Hosted Solutions (telephone, email, fax or pager).

Planned Emergency Maintenance Events – Maintenance required due to degradation of service:

 

  (a) Of which Customer is notified 24 hours in advance if conditions permit, and

 

  (b) That is performed during a maintenance window any day from 3 AM to 6 AM local time of the Hosted Solutions IUC location at which Customer’s equipment is located. Notice of Planned Emergency Maintenance Events will be provided to Customer’s designated point of contact by a method elected by Hosted Solutions (telephone, email, fax or pager).

Unplanned Emergency Maintenance Events – Maintenance required due to loss of service:

 

  (a) Hosted Solutions will utilize best efforts to notify Customer in advance if conditions permit.

Service Availability Commitment Process:

If Hosted Solutions determines in its reasonable commercial judgment that the Customer’s Service is unavailable due to an outage caused solely by the IUC Infrastructure Components of the service managed exclusively by Hosted Solutions, that outage will be used to calculate Service Unavailability for the remedies provided below. Service Unavailability consists of the number of minutes that the Hosted Solutions IUC Infrastructure Components was not available to Customer, resulting in inaccessibility to Customer server, and includes unavailability associated with any maintenance at the Hosted Solutions IUC in which Customer’s equipment is installed other than Planned and Planned Emergency Maintenance Events. Outages will be counted as Service Unavailability only if Hosted Solutions notifies Customer of the outage in accordance with the Outage Reporting Commitment set forth below or if Customer opens a trouble ticket with Hosted Solutions Customer Support within two days of the outage. Service Unavailability will not include any unavailability resulting from (a) any Customer access circuits, (b) Customer’s applications, equipment, server hardware and operating system, or other facilities, (c) acts or omissions of Customer, or any use or user of the service authorized by Customer or (d) reasons of Force Majeure (as defined in the applicable service agreement).

 

Page 5


Service Availability Commitment Remedy:

If Hosted Solutions so determines that the Service Availability does not achieve a cumulative of 99.999% for any calendar month (based upon an average 30-day month), Hosted Solutions, upon Customer’s request, will credit Customer’s account for such month the pro-rated charges amounting to 10% of the Monthly Recurring Fee for that Service.

Or, if Hosted Solutions so determines that the Service Availability does not achieve a cumulative of 99.9% for any calendar month (based upon an average 30-day month), Hosted Solutions, upon Customer’s request, will credit Customer’s account for such month the pro-rated charges amounting to 25% of the Monthly Recurring Fee for that service.

Or, if Service Availability does not achieve a cumulative of 99% for any calendar month (based upon an average 30-day month), Hosted Solutions, upon Customer’s request, will credit Customer’s account for such month the pro-rated charges amounting to 50% of the Monthly Recurring Fee for that service.

Credits will not apply to data transfer charges or to charges for services other than the Monthly Recurring Fee for the Service for which this Commitment was not met. Customers with multiple Servers will not receive credits for unaffected Servers. Customer’s account shall not be credited more than once per month under this Service Availability Commitment and shall not exceed 50% of the Monthly Fee for that Service.

Appendix B – Dedicated Hosting Service Commitment

Service Availability Commitment Scope:

Hosted Solutions’ Service Availability Commitment is to have Customer’s Server available virtually all of the time. Specifically this applies to the following Dedicated Equipment:

All Dell Server Hardware provided via the Hosted Solutions Dedicated Services offering.

Hosted Solutions Internet Utility Center Maintenance Events Scope:

Maintenance Events shall mean any maintenance in the Hosted Solutions Internet Utility Center (IUC) at which Customer’s Server is located excluding Access and Internet Provider(s) equipment or facilities:

Planned Maintenance Events – Normal maintenance activities that may or may not disrupt service:

 

  (a) Of which Customer is notified 9 days in advance, and

 

  (b) That is performed during a standard maintenance window on Sundays from 3 AM to 6 AM local time of the Hosted Solutions IUC at which Customer’s Server is located. Notice of Planned Maintenance Events will be provided to Customer’s designated point of contact by a method elected by Hosted Solutions (telephone, email, fax, or pager).

Planned Emergency Maintenance Events – Maintenance required due to degradation of service:

 

  (a) Of which Customer is notified 48 hours in advance if conditions permit, and

 

  (b) That is performed during a maintenance window any day from 3 AM to 6 AM local time of the Hosted Solutions IUC at which Customer’s Server is located. Notice of Planned Emergency Maintenance Events will be provided to Customer’s designated point of contact by a method elected by Hosted Solutions (telephone, email, fax, or pager).

Unplanned Emergency Maintenance Events – Maintenance required due to loss of service:

 

  (b) Hosted Solutions will utilize best efforts to notify Customer in advance if conditions permit.

Service Availability Commitment Process:

If Hosted Solutions determines in its reasonable commercial judgment that the Server is unavailable due to a Server outage caused solely by the items of the server managed exclusively by Hosted Solutions, that outage will be used to calculate Server Unavailability for the remedies provided below. A Server shall be deemed to be unavailable if the Server is not responding to response requests issued to the Server’s Operating System by Hosted Solutions’ monitoring software due to either a failure of the Server hardware or the Server operating system software. Outages will be counted as Server Unavailability only if Hosted Solutions notifies Customer of the outage in accordance with the Outage Reporting Commitment set forth below or if Customer opens a trouble ticket with Hosted Solutions Customer Support within two days of the outage. Hosted Solutions’ records and data shall be the basis for all service

 

Page 6


availability calculations and determinations. Planned and Planned Emergency Maintenance Events shall not be deemed to be Server Unavailability. Unavailability of Customer’s Server due to Customer’s information content or application programming, acts of Customer or its agents, or events of Force Majeure shall not be deemed Server Unavailability for the purpose of this Commitment

Service Availability Commitment Remedy:

If Hosted Solutions so determines that the Server Availability does not achieve a cumulative of 99.95% for any calendar month (based upon an average 30-day month), Hosted Solutions, upon Customer’s request, will credit Customer’s account for such month the pro-rated charges amounting to 10% of the Monthly Recurring Fee for that Server.

Or, if Hosted Solutions so determines that the Server Availability does not achieve a cumulative of 99.9% for any calendar month (based upon an average 30-day month), Hosted Solutions, upon Customer’s request, will credit Customer’s account for such month the pro-rated charges amounting to 25% of the Monthly Recurring Fee for that Server.

Or, if Hosted Solutions so determines that the Server Availability does not achieve a cumulative of 99% for any calendar month (based upon an average 30-day month), Hosted Solutions, upon Customer’s request, will credit Customers account for such month the pro-rated charges amounting to 50% of the Monthly Recurring Fee for that Server.

Credits will not apply to data transfer charges or to charges for services other than the Monthly Recurring Fee for the Server for which this Commitment was not met. Customers with multiple Servers will not receive credits for unaffected Servers. Customer’s account shall not be credited more than once per month under this Service Availability Commitment and shall not exceed 50% of the Monthly Fee for that Service.

Outage Reporting Guarantee Scope:

Hosted Solutions’ Outage Reporting Guarantee is to notify Customer within 30 minutes after Hosted Solutions’ determination that Customer’s server is unavailable. Hosted Solutions’ standard procedure is to request response from the Customer’s server every five minutes. If Customer’s server does not respond after two consecutive five-minute request cycles. Hosted Solutions will deem the service unavailable and will contact Customer’s designated primary, and if necessary, secondary point of contact by a method elected by Hosted Solutions (telephone, email, fax, or pager).

Hosted Solutions will maintain additional inventory of all hardware/software utilized by Customer. In the event of a hardware failure, Hosted Solutions will immediately replace the faulty hardware at no additional cost to Customer.

Outage Reporting Guarantee Process:

The Outage Reporting Guarantee is applicable only to the service provided and is applicable only if Customer completes Hosted Solutions’ Customer Information Form in its entirety. Customer is solely responsible for providing and maintaining to Hosted Solutions accurate and current contact information for Customer’s designated points of contact. Hosted Solutions will be relieved of its obligations under this Outage Reporting Guarantee if Hosted Solutions’ contact information for Customer is out of date or inaccurate due to Customer’s action or omission, if the Customer’s designated points of contact fail to respond to contact requests from Hosted Solutions, or if Hosted Solutions’ failure is due to reasons of Force Majeure (as defined in the applicable service agreement).

Outage Reporting Guarantee Remedy:

If Hosted Solutions falls to meet the Outage Reporting Guarantee, at Customer’s request Customer’s account shall be credited the pro-rated charges for one day of the Hosted Solutions Monthly Fee for the service with respect to which this Guarantee has not been met; provided, that Customer may obtain no more than one credit per day, irrespective of how often in that day Hosted Solutions failed to meet the Outage Reporting Guarantee.

This SLA does NOT apply to the following Hardware:

2 – Cisco PIX 51SE Firewalls provided via the Hosted Solutions Dedicated Services offering.

2 – Cisco Catalyst 4507R switches provided via the Hosted Solutions Dedicated Services offering.

3 – Cisco 3750 switches provided via the Hosted Solutions Dedicated Services offering.

1 – All Dell / EMC SAN Hardware provided via the Hosted Solutions Dedicated Services offering.

2 – F5 Big IP 1500 load balancers provided via the Hosted Solutions Dedicated Services offering.

***This Hardware will be supported by a 24×7×365×4 vendor maintenance agreement***

 

Page 7


Customer’s and Hosted Solutions’ authorized representatives have read the foregoing and all documents incorporated therein and agree and accept such terms effective as of the date first above written.

 

CUSTOMER   HOSTED SOLUTIONS
Signature  

LOGO

 

 

  Signature:  

LOGO

 

 

Print Name:  

M. Scot Wingo

  Print Name:  

Rich Lee

Title:  

President & CEO

  Title:  

CEO

Date:  

6/29/05

  Date:  

6/29/05

 

Page 8


 

LOGO

ADDENDUM TO THE MASTER SERVICES AGREEMENT FOR HOSTED SOLUTIONS

The Master Services Agreement between Hosted Solutions and the Customer named below is amended as follows:

THE MASTER SERVICES AGREEMENT IS AMENDED AS FOLLOWS:

1. The first sentence of section 2.3 is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“Payment of all Fees will be due within sixty (60) days of the date of each Hosted Solutions invoice.”

2. Section 9.11 is deleted in its entirety.

 

Hosted Solutions   ChannelAdvisor

B Y :

  LOGO   B Y :   LOGO

P RINT  N AME :

  Malcolm Clarke   P RINT  N AME :   Scot Wingo

P RINT  T ITLE :

  CFO   P RINT T ITLE :   CEO

D ATE  S IGNED

  4/1/09   D ATE  S IGNED   4/1/09

 

Page 9


Exhibit 10.23

(continued)

*** Text Omitted and Filed Separately Confidential Treatment Requested Under 17 CFR §§ 200.80(b)(4) and 230.406

 

LOGO   

 

Sales Order

 

   Document Date    3/1/2012
4120 Main at North Hills Ave    Document #    002-00-406196
Suite 230    Page 1 of 2   
Raleigh NC 27609      
US    Location    Raleigh, NC
(919)852-0690    Expires    3/31/2012
   Sales Rep    Samantha Rode
   Sales Rep Email    srode@hostedsolutions.com
   Sales Rep Phone Number    (919) 882-3057
   Sales Engineer   
Client    Installation POC    810 ChannelAdvisor - Parent : J…
ChannelAdvisor - Parent      
2701 Aerial Center Parkway      
Morrisville NC 27560      

 

Qty

  

Item

  

Description

  

Rate

    

Ext

    

Note

[***]

  

Bandwidth (Carolinas) 95th Percentile over 100Mb - Recurring

  

Hi-Touch Internet Services

1Mbps Bandwidth Measured by 95th Percentile (Burstable to 1Gbps)

     [***]         [***]      
     

- 1Gbps Ethernet Connection to the Internet.

        
     

- Includes Redundant Internet Uplink

        
     

- Access to Multiple GigE IP Connections.

        
     

- Additional Bandwidth (overage):

        
     

  1Mbps/$200 (95th Percentile)

        

[***]

  

Bandwidth (Carolinas) 95th Percentile over 100Mb - Setup Fee

  

Setup Fee

     [***]         [***]      

[***]

  

Alert Logic Invision Sensor TM3040 - Recurring

  

Hi-Touch Managed IDS Services

Alert Logic Invision Sensor TM 3040 (1500 Nodes 250Mbps)

     [***]         [***]      
     

- PCI Certified Scanning

        
     

- On-demand Scheduling Flexibility for both Internal and External Scanning

        
     

- Comprehensive Compliance Reporting (PCI, GLBA, SOX, and HIPAA)

        
     

- Requires Managed Switch with Port Mirroring Capabilities

        

[***]

  

Alert Logic Invision Sensor TM3040 - Setup Fee

  

Setup Fee

     [***]         [***]      

[***]

  

Active Watch Service for TM 3040 - Premium - Recurring

  

Hi-Touch Managed IDS Services

Alert Logic Active Watch Service for TM 3040 - Premium

     [***]         [***]      
     

- Real time monitoring, 30 min. escalation

        
     

- Requires Alert Logic Threat Manager Appliance

        

[***]

  

Active Watch Service for TM 3040 - Premium - Setup Fee

  

Setup Fee

     [***]         [***]      

[***]

  

Dual 1 Phase 20A 120VAC Circuits - Raleigh - Recurring

  

Hi-Touch Facility Services

Dual 20A 120VAC Circuits

     [***]         [***]      
     

- (16) Amps of Useable power via Dual Feeds.

        
     

- Two (2) Power strips and Standard Receptacles (L5-20R) included.

        
     

* Power Overage: $50 / Amp

        

[***]

  

Dual 1 Phase 20A 120VAC Circuits - Raleigh - Setup Fee

  

Setup Fee

     [***]         [***]      
  

Recurring Total:

  

Setup Total:

        
  

[***]

  

[***]

        

Contract Term (months): 36

 

[***] Certain confidential information in this document, marked by bracketed asterisks, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


LOGO   
   Sales Order
   Document Date    3/1/2012
4120 Main at North Hills Ave    Document #    002-00-406196
Suite 230    Page 2 of 2   
Raleigh NC 27609      
US      
(919)852-0690      

 

Qty

  

Item

  

Description

  

Rate

   

Ext

   

Note

 
[***]   

Dual 1 Phase 30A 208VAC Circuits - Raleigh - Recurring

  

Hi-Touch Facility Services

Dual 30A 208VAC Circuits

    
[***

   
[***

 
     

- (24) Amps of Useable power via Dual Feeds.

      
     

- Standard Receptacles (L6-30R) included.

      
     

* Power Overage: $70 / Amp - Customer Provided PDU(s)

      
[***]   

Dual 1 Phase 30A 208VAC Circuits - Raleigh - Setup Fee

  

Setup Fee

    
[***

   
[***

 
[***]   

Full Cabinet Colocation in Cage - High Density - Recurring

  

Hi-Touch Colocation Services

Full Cabinet Colocation within Secured Cage - High Density

    
[***

   
[***

 
     

- 40u Usable Colocation Space within Caged Space

      
     

- IP Addresses Included Upon Justification

      
     

- Hands and Eyes Support Included

      
     

** Standard Power Capacity: 8.0 kW per 40U

      
     

** Power not included

      
[***]
  

Full Cabinet Colocation in Cage - High Density - Setup Fee

  

Setup Fee

    
[***

   
[***

 
[***]
  

Full Cabinet Colocation within Secured Cage - Recurring

  

Hi-Touch Colocation Services

Full Cabinet Colocation within Secured Cage

    
[***

   
[***

 
     

- 40u Usable Colocation Space within Caged Space

      
     

- IP Addresses Included Upon Justification

      
     

- Hands and Eyes Support Included

      
     

** Standard Power Capacity: 4.0 kW per 40U

      
     

** Power not included

      
[***]
  

Full Cabinet Colocation within Secured Cage - Setup Fee

  

Setup Fee

    
[***

   
[***

 
[***]   

Discount - Colocation

  

Discount on colocation services

     [***     [***  
  

Recurring Total:

  

Setup Total:

      
           Total          [***
  

[***]

  

[***]

      

Contract Term (months): 36

 

[***] Certain confidential information in this document, marked by bracketed asterisks, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

Exhibit 10.24

 

LOGO

Quality Investment Properties Suwanee, LLC

Master Space Agreement

This Master Space Agreement between Quality Investment Properties Suwanee, LLC, (“QTS”) and ChannelAdvisor (“Customer”) is made effective as of 1/28/11 (“Effective Date”) and governs Customer Space licensed to Customer under a Work Order and Service(s) purchased by Customer under a Work Order. Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meaning given in the definition section of this Agreement.

 

1. LICENSES OF CUSTOMER SPACE AND ORDERS FOR SERVICES. This Agreement is a master agreement under which Customer may license Customer Space and order Services from time to time by written agreement between Customer and QTS. To the extent of any inconsistency between this Agreement and the Work Order, the Work Order shall govern. Customer may cancel a Work Order by written notice to QTS at any time prior to Work Order acceptance by QTS.

2. TERM. The Term for this Agreement shall begin on the Effective Date and expire at the termination of the last order for services. The Term for each Work Order shall begin on the Start Date and expire on the Expiration Date. QTS may provide Customer a Target Date for a Work Order, and if so, will use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver the Customer Space or Services on the Target Date. Notwithstanding, should QTS fail to deliver the Customer Space or commence delivery of the Services by the Target Date, and fail to cure same within thirty (30) days of Customer’s written notice of such failure, Customer may terminate the specific Work Order in its sole discretion, upon written notice received by QTS within thirty (30) days of such failure to cure. In the event of such termination, neither party shall be liable for damages arising out of the failure to perform, other than any accrued amounts owed. The termination or expiration of a Work Order will not affect Customer’s other Space or Services under one or more separate Work Orders.

3. FEES AND PAYMENT TERMS.

3.1 Payment Terms . QTS will invoice Customer for all Customer Space and Services on a monthly basis, with fixed recurring charges invoiced in advance and all other charges invoiced in arrears. Customer will pay, by check or wire transfer, each invoice in full upon receipt. If Customer disputes any portion of an invoice, Customer will notify QTS in writing of such dispute within thirty (30) days of the invoice date. A dispute as to any portion of an invoice does not relieve Customer from timely payment of the undisputed portion. Fees for each of the licensed Customer Spaces or Services in a Work Order begin to accrue at the Start Date.

3.2 Ability To Pay/Security Deposit . Upon request, Customer shall provide QTS with information reasonably requested by QTS to determine Customer’s ability to pay. A security deposit equivalent to two months of monthly recurring fees as set out in the Work Order may be required to accompany each Work Order. The security deposit shall be applied to the last two months of Licenses or Services with any short fall or overage adjustment applied to the last month of Licenses or Services. In the event of a breach of this Agreement by Customer, QTS shall, without limiting its remedies otherwise available, have the right to apply the deposit to the damages suffered by QTS as a result of such breach. QTS shall not be required to keep the security deposit in trust, segregate it or keep it separate from QTS’s general funds, but QTS may commingle the security deposit with its general funds and Customer shall not be entitled to interest on such deposit.

3.3 Late Payments . Any payment not received by QTS within thirty (30) days of the invoice date will accrue interest at a rate of

one and one half percent (1 1/2%) per month (compounded daily), or the highest rate allowed by applicable law, whichever is lower.

3.4 Taxes . Customer shall be responsible for all taxes related to the provision of Customer Space or Services, except for taxes based on QTS’s net income.

3.5 Credit History . QTS may in its sole discretion report Customer’s payment history to reporting agencies, including but not limited to, Dun & Bradstreet.

4. SPACE AND SERVICES SELECTED. (i) QTS agrees to provide the Customer Space and Services and Customer agrees to pay the applicable fees for the Customer Space licensed and the Services set forth in each Work Order and (ii) in the event Customer requests QTS to perform consulting or technical Service of a specialized nature, the details, deliverables, milestone dates, fees and other pertinent information relating to such Service will be set forth on an attached, executed Work Order. In the event QTS is requested to provide specialized Services as described in clause (ii) above, QTS shall provide said Service to Customer using employees or subcontractors of QTS and/or its affiliates, in QTS’s sole discretion. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, in no event shall QTS be liable for, and there shall be no abatement of fees or service level credits given as a result of, any stoppage, reduction or interruption of any utilities or services caused by Facilities Maintenance, Customer Maintenance or a Force Majeure Event.

5. MUTUAL REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES AND INDEMNIFICATION. Each party represents, warrants and covenants that: (i) it has and will maintain the legal right to use, operate and locate its equipment in the Data Center; (ii) the performance of its obligations hereunder will not violate any applicable Laws; (iii) neither the execution of this Agreement nor the performance of its obligations hereunder will constitute a breach by it of any agreements to which it is a party or by which it is bound; (iv) it has duly, authorized, executed and delivered this Agreement and this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such party and shall be enforceable against such party in accordance with its terms and (v) all equipment, materials and other tangible items placed by it at Data Center will be installed, operated, used and maintained in compliance with all applicable Laws and manufacturer specifications. Customer will indemnify, defend and hold harmless QTS, and its representatives, agents, employees, officers, directors, members, partners, principals, managers, affiliates, lenders, contractors, subcontractors and other Data Center users and customers from any and all Losses arising from or relating to (i) any claim, action or omission by any of the Customer Parties (including claims for personal injuries while in or around the Facilities); and (ii) any claim, action or omission by a customer or end-user of Customer, relating to, or arising out of, Customer’s or any of its customers’ services or the Customer Space licensed or Services provided under this Agreement (including claims arising from or relating to interruptions, suspensions, failures, defects, delays, impairments or inadequacies in any of the aforementioned Licenses or Services). Both parties shall defend and indemnify the other for any breach of the mutual insurance provisions in Section 8.

 

 

- 1 -


6. REMEDIES AND DAMAGES, AND LIMIT ON WARRANTIES

6.1 No Other Warranty . EXCEPT FOR THE EXPRESS WARRANTIES SET FORTH IN THE AGREEMENT. THE CUSTOMER SPACE AND SERVICES (INCLUDING ALL MATERIALS SUPPLIED AND USED THEREWITH) ARE PROVIDED “AS IS WHERE IS”, AND CUSTOMER’S USE OF THE CUSTOMER SPACE AND SERVICES IS AT ITS OWN RISK. QTS DOES NOT MAKE, AND HEREBY DISCLAIMS, ANY AND ALL REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WHETHER IN FACT OR BY OPERATION OF LAW, STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, HABITABILITY, MARKETABILITY, PROFITABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, SUITABILITY, NONINFRINGEMENT, TITLE, OR ARISING FROM A COURSE OF DEALING, OR TRADE PRACTICE.

6.2 Licensor Default and Damages . QTS shall not be in default under this Agreement unless QTS fails to perform obligations required of QTS within thirty (30) days after written notice is delivered by Customer to QTS and to the holder of any deed to secure debt (collectively, “Lender”), covering the Data Center whose name and address shall have theretofore been furnished to Customer in writing, specifying the obligation which QTS has failed to perform; provided , however , that if the nature of QTS’s obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days are required for performance, then QTS shall not be in default if QTS or Lender commences performance within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes the same to completion, and provided further that if the nature of QTS’s failure to perform is such that it is not curable, then QTS shall be in default as of the occurrence of such event. In the event of any default by QTS, Customer’s exclusive remedies shall be an action for specific performance or action for actual damages. Customer hereby waives the benefit of any laws granting it the right to perform QTS’s obligation, and Customer shall not be entitled to perform any of QTS’s obligations. QTS’s liability arising out of or relating to this Agreement, including without limitation on account of performance or nonperformance of obligations hereunder, regardless of the form of the cause of action, whether in contract, tort (including without limitation negligence), statute or otherwise, shall be subject to the other terms of this Agreement and shall in no event exceed the amounts payable by Customer to QTS under this Agreement.

6.3 Consequential Damages Waiver . IN NO EVENT WILL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER FOR ANY TYPE OF INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, PUNITIVE, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, LOST REVENUE, LOST PROFITS, REPLACEMENT GOODS, LOSS OF TECHNOLOGY, RIGHTS OR SERVICES, LOSS OF DATA, OR INTERRUPTION OR LOSS OF USE OF SERVICE OR EQUIPMENT, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY WAS ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES, AND WHETHER ARISING UNDER THEORY OF CONTRACT, TORT, STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE.

6.4 Basis of the Bargain . The parties acknowledge that the prices have been set, and the Agreement is entered into in reliance upon the limitations of liability, remedies, damages, and the disclaimers of warranties and damages set forth herein, and that all such limitations and exclusions form an essential basis of the bargain between the parties. The specific remedies provided herein or in any Addendum or Product Description are the exclusive remedies available to Customer.

7. MUTUAL CONFIDENTIALITY

7.1 Disclosure and Use . Each party agrees that it will not use in any way, nor disclose to any third party, the other party’s Confidential Information, and will take reasonable precautions to protect the confidentiality of such information, at least as stringently as it takes to protect its own Confidential Information, but in no case will the degree of

care be less than reasonable care. Nothing herein shall preclude disclosure by a party (i) to that party’s attorneys, accountants, lenders and other advisors and employees who have a bona fide need to know the other party’s Confidential Information in connection with the receiving party’s performance under this Agreement, (ii) to any potential transferee or assignee of all or any portion of the Data Center, or in connection with a merger involving QTS, or acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of QTS, or (iii) any disclosure that a Party concludes that it is required to make as a matter of law (including, without limitation, in accordance with the rules and regulations of a national stock exchange, the Securities and Exchange Commission or other securities law regulators), provided that such disclosure is made after good faith consultation with counsel with respect thereto. Each party agrees to only make copies of the other’s Confidential Information for purposes consistent with this Agreement, and each party shall maintain on any such copies a proprietary legend or notice as contained on the original or as the disclosing party may request.

7.2 Exclusions from Confidentiality Obligations . Notwithstanding the confidentiality obligations required herein, neither party’s confidentiality obligations hereunder shall apply to information which: (a) is already known to the receiving party (other than the terms of this Agreement); (b) becomes publicly available without fault of the receiving party; (c) is rightfully obtained by the receiving party from a third party without restriction as to disclosure, or such Confidential Information is approved for release by written authorization of the party having the rights in such Confidential Information; (d) is developed independently by the receiving party without use of the disclosing party’s Confidential Information; or (e) is required to be disclosed by Law, provided that prior to making such required disclosure, the party who is required to disclose the Confidential Information shall notify the owner of such Confidential Information that disclosure is legally required.

7.3 Specific Performance and Injunctive Relief . Each of QTS, Customer and their respective representatives agree that a breach of Sections 7.1 and 7.2 above will give rise to irreparable injury to the other party for which damages may not be adequate compensation, and consequently, that the other party shall be entitled, in addition to all other remedies available to it at law or equity, to injunctive and other equitable relief to prevent a breach of Sections 7.1 and 7.2 and to secure the specific performance of such sections without proving actual damages or posting bond or other security.

8. MUTUAL INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS

8.1 Minimum Levels . Each party agrees to keep in full force and effect during the Term of this Agreement: (i) comprehensive general liability insurance with a combined single limit in an amount not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence, and $2,000,000 aggregate (or equivalent coverage under an “umbrella” policy), including comprehensive form premises and operations, independent contractors, products and completed operations, personal injury, contractual, and broad form property damage liability coverage, and (ii) workers’ compensation insurance covering such party’s employees in an amount not less than that required by Law. QTS shall maintain property and casualty insurance (all risks) covering QTS’s Facilities, including the Data Center. Customer shall maintain property and casualty insurance (all risks) covering the Customer Space and Customer Equipment. Customer agrees that it will insure and be solely responsible for insuring the injuries to and claims of its representatives. All such policies shall be written by insurance carriers licensed in the state in which the Data Center is located, and shall be rated A+ or better by A.M. Best and such policies maintained by Customer shall name QTS and its lenders as additional insureds. Parties agree that upon request, they will deliver to each other the applicable certificates of insurance naming the other party as a certificate holder and requiring that the other party receive written notice at least thirty (30) days prior to any termination, expiration or

 

 

- 2 -


change in the coverages provided thereunder. Each party will cause and ensure that each insurance policy of such party required under this Agreement will provide that the underwriters waive all claims and rights of recovery by subrogation against the other party’s Parties in connection with any liability or damage covered by the insurance policies. Each Party hereby indemnifies and holds harmless the other for a breach of such Party’s obligations under this Section 8.1.

9. TERMINATION

9.1 Termination for Cause . QTS may terminate this Agreement, at any time, without liability, for any one or more of the following: (a) Customer breaches any material term of this Agreement and fails to cure such breach (if susceptible to cure) within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice of the same (provided, however, in the event this Agreement provides that termination of any rights shall be immediate for any specific breach, then such notice period shall not be required); (b) failure to pay amounts when due, after ten (10) days written notice and failure to cure; (c) QTS is unable to provide Customer Space or Services due to Customer’s acts or omissions; (d) Customer becomes the subject of a voluntary or involuntary proceeding relating to insolvency, bankruptcy, receivership, liquidation, or reorganization for the benefit of creditors, and such petition or proceeding is not dismissed within sixty (60) days of the filing thereof; or (e) a court or other government authority having jurisdiction over the Services prohibits QTS from furnishing the Customer Space or Services to Customer.

9.2 Early Termination . In the event Customer desires to terminate any License or Services prior to the end of the Term (other than as provided in each Addendum for repeated failure to meet Service Level Guarantees as defined in the Colocation Addendum attached hereto), or if the Licenses or Services are terminated by QTS due to a failure of Customer to satisfy the requirements set forth in this Agreement, including, but not limited to Customer’s failure to pay amounts when due, Customer shall pay a termination charge equal to the costs incurred by QTS in returning the space to a condition suitable for use by other parties, plus 100% of the remaining monthly recurring fees that would have been charged for the Customer Space and Services for the Term (as applicable on the date of said termination) (the “Termination Fees”).

Such Termination Fees are not penalties, but due to the difficulty in estimating actual damages for early termination, are agreed upon charges to fairly compensate QTS.

9.3 Holdover Customer . If Customer continues to use any Customer Space or Service after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term for such License or Service, then Customer shall remain subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the recurring monthly charge and usage charges during such hold-over period shall increase to one hundred and fifty percent (150%) of the recurring monthly charge and usage charges for the last full month before expiration or earlier termination of the Term. During such hold-over period, this Agreement becomes a month-to-month Agreement and can be terminated on thirty (30) days notice by QTS.

9.4 Suspension of Licenses or Services by QTS . QTS may suspend Customer’s access and rights to any or all Customer Space or Services and/or Customer’s rights to remove any or all of Customer’s Equipment if Customer fails to pay any undisputed sum for Licenses or Services when such payment is due and such failure remains uncured for a period of ten (10) days after written notice is given Customer by QTS. In the event of a suspension of Licenses or Services pursuant to this Section 9.4, Customer agrees that QTS may, without notice or liability, prevent Customer access to the Customer Space, suspend Services and take possession of any Customer Equipment and store it, at Customer’s expense. If Customer’s Licenses or Services are suspended pursuant to this Section 9.4 and QTS determines, in its sole discretion, to reconnect

Customer Space or Services, Customer agrees to pay, in addition to any other fees or sums for Licenses or Services owing under this Agreement, the Reconnection Fee. The remedies of QTS under this Section 9.4 are in addition to any other rights that QTS may have under this Agreement.

9.5 Effect of Termination by Either Party . Upon the effective date of termination of the Agreement: (a) QTS will immediately cease providing Services and Customer’s License shall terminate and QTS shall not be responsible for any loss of access or data as result of such cessation of Services; (b) any payment obligations of Customer under this Agreement for Licenses or Services provided through the date of termination and any applicable Termination Fees will immediately become due and payable; and (c) within ten (10) days of such termination Customer shall (i) remove from the Data Center(s) all Customer Equipment and any other Customer property located at the Data Center(s) (but only upon receipt of all sums due under (b)), (ii) make available all QTS Provided Equipment to an authorized representative of QTS and (iii) return the Customer Space to QTS in the same condition as existed on the Start Date, normal wear and tear excepted. If Customer does not remit the sums payable under (b) and/or does not remove the Customer Equipment and its other property as provided in (c), QTS will have the right to do one or more of the following, without notice, without liability therefor, and without prejudice to any other available remedies: (x) re-claim the Customer Space, remove all property therefrom and re-license the Customer Space; (y) move all such Customer property to secure storage and charge Customer for the cost of such removal and storage; and (z) liquidate the Customer property in accordance with applicable law, applying all proceeds first to the cost of such liquidation, then to all payment obligations due hereunder, and the balance thereof, if any, shall be paid to Customer.

10. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

10.1 Force Majeure . QTS shall not be liable to Customer for any failure of performance or equipment due to causes beyond QTS’s reasonable control, including but not limited to: acts of God, fire, explosion; any Law or direction of any governmental entity; emergencies; civil unrest, wars; unavailability of rights-of-way, third party services or materials; or strikes, lock-outs, work stoppages, labor shortages or other labor difficulties; viruses, denial of service attacks, or failure of the Internet (each, a “Force Majeure Event”). If QTS is unable to deliver the Customer Space or Service for thirty (30) consecutive days, Customer shall have the right to terminate any affected Work Order pursuant hereto.

10.2 Relocation of Customer Equipment or Customer Space . If it is necessary or desirable, for QTS’s use of the Data Center, to relocate the Customer equipment or Customer Space to another area in the Data Center or other similar data center owned by QTS, the parties will cooperate in good faith with each other to facilitate such relocation. QTS shall be solely responsible for the costs incurred by QTS in connection with any such relocation. Relocation made by QTS at the request of Customer, will be at the sole expense of Customer. QTS will use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize and avoid any interruption in Services during such relocation.

10.3 Regulatory Changes . In the event that a tariff is filed against QTS or there is a change in law, rule or regulation, increased power costs or similar circumstance that materially increases the costs or other terms of delivery of Licenses or Service, the parties agree to negotiate the rates to be charged, or other required terms of service to reflect such increased costs or change in term of space or service. If the parties are unable to agree on new rates within thirty (30) days after QTS’s delivery of written notice regarding the rate change, then either party may terminate the Licenses or Services without liability by giving thirty (30) days written notice.

 

 

- 3 -


10.4 Notice . Any notice or communication required or permitted to be given hereunder may be delivered by hand, deposited with an overnight courier, sent by e-mail or facsimile (provided delivery is confirmed), or U.S. Mail registered or certified return receipt requested and postage prepaid, in each case to the address set forth below or to such other address as may hereafter be furnished in writing by either party to the other party in accordance with this Section. Such notice will be deemed to have been given as of the date it is received.

To QTS at:

 

 

Quality Investment Properties Suwanee, LLC

12851 Foster Street, Suite 205

Overland Park, KS 66213

Attn: Legal Department

Fax: (913) 814-7766

 
  To Customer at:  
 

 

 
 

 

 
 

 

 
 

 

 
 

 

 

10.5 Assignment . Customer may not assign or transfer part or all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement, or resell the Services, or sublicense or lease (each a “Transfer”) all or any part of the Customer Space without the written consent of QTS, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. QTS may require any transferee to execute documentation reasonably acceptable to QTS in connection with the applicable Transfer, including, without limitation, an assumption agreement whereby the transferee assumes all of Customer’s liabilities, duties and obligations under this Agreement. In any event no Transfer shall relieve or release Customer of its obligations under this Agreement. QTS may assign or transfer part or all of its respective rights and obligations under this Agreement without notice to Customer, including without limitation, to any entity that is a subsidiary or affiliate of QTS or to any entity that is the survivor of a merger with QTS and any entity that acquires all or substantially all of the assets of QTS. In the event of any transfer or termination of QTS’s interest in the Data Center by sale, assignment, transfer, foreclosure, deed-in-lieu of foreclosure or otherwise whether voluntary or involuntary, QTS shall be automatically relieved of any and all obligations and liabilities on the part of QTS from and after the date of such transfer or termination, and any subsequent owner of the Data Center shall only be responsible for such obligations and liabilities under this Agreement which accrue from and after the date such transferee or assignee acquires QTS’s interest as licensor under this Agreement. Customer agrees to attorn to the transferee upon any such transfer and to recognize such transferee as the licensor under this Agreement. This Agreement shall apply to, bind, and inure to the benefit of, any permitted transferees, assignees or successors, all of whom shall execute counterparts of this Agreement, and Customer shall remain liable for the payment of all charges due under each Work Order or otherwise due or to become due under this Agreement.

10.6 Entire Understanding . This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding and agreement of the parties related to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes and replaces any and all prior or contemporaneous discussions, agreements and understandings regarding such subject matter. Each Work Order and Addendum includes terms which are in addition to, and not in lieu of the Agreement, and shall be deemed to be part of this Agreement. Unless expressly provided for in the Agreement, Customer agrees not to claim any reliance on any other opinion, advice, recommendation, statement, representation, warranty of QTS regarding the suitability, fitness, quality, merchantability, or the compatibility or functionality of any equipment or

software. Any additional or different terms in any purchase order or other response made by Customer shall be deemed objected to by QTS without need of further notice of objection, and shall be of no effect or in any way binding upon QTS.

10.7 No Competitive License or Service . Customer may not at any time, without QTS’s prior written consent, permit any QTS facility to be utilized for the resale of Internet access, co-location or managed services to QTS clients.

10.8 Relationship of the Parties . QTS and Customer are independent contractors; this Agreement will not establish any relationship of partnership, employment, franchise or agency.

10.9 Execution and Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

10.10 Modification . This Agreement may be changed only by a written document signed by authorized representatives of QTS and Customer.

10.11 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement, as applied to either party or to any circumstance, is adjudged by a court or arbitrator to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the same will not affect the validity, legality, or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement. All terms and conditions of this Agreement will be deemed enforceable to the fullest extent permissible under applicable law.

10.12 No Waiver: All Rights Cumulative . The failure by either party to enforce any rights hereunder shall not constitute a waiver of such right(s) or of any other or further rights hereunder. The waiver of any breach or default of this Agreement will not constitute a waiver of any subsequent breach or default.

10.13 Governing Law . This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Georgia, except its conflicts of law principles.

10.14 Third Party Beneficiaries . The provisions of this Agreement and the rights and obligations created hereunder are intended for the sole benefit of QTS and Customer, and do not create any right, claim or benefit on the part of any person not a party to this Agreement. The parties do not intend any provision of this Agreement to be enforceable by or to benefit any third party.

10.15 Intellectual Property Rights . QTS shall remain the sole owner of and retain all right, title and interest in any service, technical information and/or intellectual property rights (“IPR”) provided to Customer hereunder, including, without limitation, all trademark, trade names, service marks, copyrights, computer programs, general utility programs, software, methodology, databases, specifications, systems designs, applications, enhancements, documentation, manuals, know-how, formulas, hardware, audio/visual equipment, tools, libraries, discoveries, inventions, techniques, writings, designs, and other IPR either used or developed by QTS or its agents in connection with the provision of service hereunder (“QTS Technology”). Any QTS Technology will not be work-for-hire. In return for payment of all fees and charges, QTS grants to Customer a royalty free, non-exclusive, non-transferable, non-assignable license to use any IPR provided with Service hereunder. QTS shall be free to provide similar IPR to other parties and shall retain the right to unrestricted use of any data, and any and all related concepts, know-how, techniques or IPR either acquired or developed as a result of this Agreement.

 

 

- 4 -


10.16 General . Neither party shall issue any publication relating to this Agreement, except as may be required by Law. Notwithstanding, either party may publicly refer to the other, orally and in writing, as a Customer/licensee or service provider/licensor of the other, as applicable, and QTS may utilize Customer’s logo and/or domain name at its website (www.qualitytech.com) which may include a link from the QTS website to Customer’s website. If either party retains an attorney to enforce the terms of this Agreement or to collect money due hereunder, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs and other related expenses incurred in connection therewith. The terms and provisions contained herein that by their sense and context are intended to survive the performance thereof by the parties shall so survive termination of this Agreement, including, without limitation, provisions for indemnification and the making of any payments.

10.17 Arbitration . EXCEPT FOR DISPUTES RELATING TO CUSTOMER’S FAILURE TO PAY AMOUNTS WHEN DUE, ANY DISPUTE BETWEEN THE PARTIES WILL BE SUBMITTED TO BINDING ARBITRATION UNDER THE COMMERCIAL ARBITRATION RULES OF THE AMERICAN ARBITRATION ASSOCIATION. THE DECISION OF THE ARBITRATORS WILL BE FINAL AND BINDING ON THE PARTIES AND MAY BE ENTERED AND ENFORCED IN ANY COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION BY EITHER PARTY.

10.18 Time of the Essence . Time is of the essence with respect to all provisions of this Agreement that specify a time for performance; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not be construed to limit or deprive a party of the benefits of any grace or use period allowed in this Agreement.

10.19 Estoppel Certificate . Customer shall, within ten (10) days’ prior written notice from QTS (but only in connection with a sale, financing, transfer, lease or similar transaction), deliver to QTS a signed statement certifying the following information (but not limited to the following information in the event further information is reasonably required

by QTS): (i) that this Agreement is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if modified, stating the nature of such modification and certifying that this Agreement, as modified is in full force and effect); (ii) the dates to which the fees and other charges due under this Agreement are paid in advance, if any; (iii) the amount of Customer’s security deposit, if any; and (iv) acknowledging that there are not any uncured defaults or breaches on the part of QTS under this Agreement (including, without limitation, all Addendum and Work Orders), and no events or conditions then in existence which, with the passage of time or notice or both, would constitute a default or breach on the part of QTS under this Agreement (including, without limitation, all Addendum and Work Orders), or specifying such defaults events or conditions, if any are claimed. It is expressly understood and agreed that any such statement may be relied upon by an prospective purchaser or encumbrance of all or any portion of the Data Center. Customer’s failure to deliver such statement within such 10-day period shall, constitute an admission by Customer that all statements there are true and correct.

10.20 Subordination . Customer accepts this Agreement subject and subordinate to any mortgage, deed of trust, deed to secure debt, ground lease or master lease of QTS and to any renewals, modifications, consolidation, refinancing and extensions thereof. It is understood that QTS’s interest in the Customer Space and Data Center may be that of ground lessee, rather than owner. This provision is hereby declared to be self-operative and no further instrument shall be required to effect such subordination of this Agreement; provided, however, Customer shall, within ten (10 days after QTS’s written request therefore, execute, acknowledge and deliver any documents reasonably requested by QTS to assure the subordination of this Agreement to any of the same. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the lessor under any such lease or the holder of any such deed to secure debt advises QTS that they desire to require this Agreement to be prior and superior thereto, upon written request of QTS to Customer, Customer agrees to promptly execute, acknowledge and deliver any documents which QTS or such less or, holder or holders reasonably deem necessary for purposes thereof.

 

 

DEFINITIONS

 

  (a) Addendum ” means an addendum to this Agreement stating additional terms and condition applicable to the specific License or Service.

 

  (b) Adhoc Engineering Services ” means any technical support considered to be above and beyond Remote Hands which usually includes technical support from a consultative or operational perspective.

 

  (c) Acceptable Use Policy or AUP ” means as posted at www.QualityTech.com .

 

  (d) Agreement ” means this Agreement, the general terms and conditions herein and includes any Addendum, Product Description, Work Order, Specification, Statement of Work, Scope of Work, Customer Access Roster, the Rules and Regulations, and the Acceptable Use Policy, and all other items expressly incorporated herein.

 

  (e) Burstable ” means Customer has the ability to use Services provided with respect to Customer Space in excess of the Committed Data Rate.

 

  (f) Committed Data Rate ” means Customer’s agreement to pay for a minimum amount of bandwidth per month (expressed in Megabits per second (Mbps)), as set forth in a Work Order, in connection with its License of Customer Space.

 

  (g) Confidential Information ” means information which (i) derives actual or potential economic value from not being generally known to, and not available through proper means, by other persons who could obtain economic value from receipt or use of such information, (ii) is the subject of reasonable efforts by its owner to maintain its confidentiality or secrecy, or (iii) is by its nature confidential, trade secrets or otherwise proprietary to its owner. Confidential information includes the terms and conditions of this Agreement, software source and object code, inventions, know-how, data, formulas, patterns, compilations, programs, devices, methods, techniques, drawings, configurations, plans, processes, financial and business plans, names of actual or potential customers or suppliers, Data Center configuration and Technology.

 

- 5 -


  (h) Customer Access Roster ” means the official register of Representatives.

 

  (i) Customer Equipment ” means software, computer hardware, and all other equipment, goods, and personal property owned by Customer or licensed or leased by Customer from third parties.

 

  (j) Customer Maintenance ” means steps taken by Customer to properly maintain the Customer Equipment in accordance with manufacturer instructions and requirements.

 

  (k) Customer Space ” means the portion of the Data Center(s) and associated power which QTS licenses to Customer under a Work Order. The location of the Customer Space shall be determined by QTS in its sole discretion, provided however, Customer’s reasonable preferences shall be considered.

 

  (l) Data Center ” means any of the buildings and facilities owned or leased by QTS at which Customer Space is located or from which Services are provided.

 

  (m) Down ” means not responding to the network management system’s polling engine with a positive acknowledgement from a PING to a specific network interface for the specified device.

 

  (n) Expiration Date ” as to any Work Order means the date which is thirty (36) months from the Start Date or such other date calculated by adding the Term of the Work Order to the Start Date.

 

  (o) Facilities ” means any and all devices generally used by QTS to provide Customer Space or deliver Services to its customers, but excluding QTS Provided Equipment and Customer Equipment.

 

  (p) Facilities Maintenance ” means the times QTS monitors and maintains its network, QTS Provided Equipment or Facilities.

 

  (q) Internet Intrusion Testing ” means tests employing tools or techniques intended to gain unauthorized access to Customer’s environment.

 

  (r) Laws ” means rules, regulations, statutes, ordinances, orders and rulings of a government and administrative and regulatory authorities, as well as the Rules and Regulations.

 

  (s) Licenses ” means licenses of Customer Space to a Customer under a Work Order.

 

  (t) Losses ” means claims, demands, actions, suits, proceedings, and all damages, judgments, liabilities, losses, and expenses (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys fees and court costs).

 

  (u) Party ” or “ Parties ” means representatives, agents, employees, officers, directors or contractors, or subcontractors.

 

  (v) Point of Demarcation ” means the first point where Customer receives telecommunications or Internet access into the Customer Space.

 

  (w) Product Description or Product Catalog shall mean the written description of a License or Service provided to Customer by QTS.

 

  (x) Professional Services ” means professional engineering or computer design, software development, support or other consulting service provided, pursuant to a Statement of Work or Scope of Work.

 

  (y) QTS Provided Equipment ” means any hardware, software and other tangible telecommunications or internet equipment leased, subleased, licensed or sublicensed by QTS to Customer.

 

  (z) Reconnection Fee ” means a fee of $175 per hour billed in quarter-hour increments for each hour or partial hour spent by QTS reconnecting the Services provided Customer.

 

  (aa) Remote Hands ” means general Customer directed actions such as power cycling equipment, basic power or data cabling support, and simple key stroke commands to reboot or configure equipment.

 

  (bb) Representatives ” means the individuals identified on the Customer Access Roster who are authorized to enter the Data Center(s) and access the Customer Space.

 

  (cc) Rules and Regulations ” means as posted at www.QualityTech.com .

 

- 6 -


  (dd) Services ” means all offerings of services and goods under a Work Order, but not including Licenses of the Customer Space.

 

  (ee) Specifications ” means the detailed description of Licenses of Customer Space or Services, other than Professional Services, attached to any Work Order.

 

  (ff) Start Date ” means the start date specifically set forth on the Work Order or, if there is not a start date specified on the Work Order that date which is thirty (30) days following the Customer’s signature on the Work Order.

 

  (gg) Statement of Work ,” “ Scope of Work or Work ” means the detailed description of Professional Services attached to any Work Order.

 

  (hh) Target Date ” means the date the Customer Space or Services are expected or anticipated to be available to Customer, as set forth in a written notice.

 

  (ii) Technology ” means proprietary technology developed or created by Customer, including Customer’s operations, design, content, hardware designs, algorithms, software (in source and object forms), user interface designs, architecture, class libraries, and documentation (both printed and electronic), know-how, trade secrets and any related intellectual property rights throughout the world, and any derivative works, improvements, enhancements or extensions thereof.

 

  (jj) Term ” as to any Work Order, means the period of time specified in a Work Order for which QTS will provide the Customer Space or Services.

 

  (kk) Work Order or Order means Customer’s written order for a License of Customer Space, or the provision of Services that has been accepted by QTS and executed by both parties. The Work Order includes backup detail, including without limitation, any Addendum to the Master Space Agreement, Specifications and Statements of Work, and shall set forth the Licenses and Services, the prices to be charged for Licenses and Services and any applicable Term and/or Committed Data Rate.

[Signatures on following page]

 

- 7 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, authorized representatives of Customer and QTS have read the foregoing Agreement and agree to be bound thereby as of the Effective Date.

 

CUSTOMER:     QTS
ChannelAdvisor     Quality Investment Properties Suwanee, LLC
Signature:   LOGO     Signature:  

 

Print Name:    Joshua Schlanger     Mark Waddington
Title:   Dir, DataCenter Ops     President
Address:  

2701 Aerial Ctr Pkwy

Morrisville, NC 27560

   

12851 Foster Street, Suite 205

 

Overland Park, KS 66213

Telephone:   919.228.4832     913.312.5500
E-Mail:   josh.schlanger@channeladvisor.com     mwaddington@qualitytech.com
Date:   1/28/11     Date:  

 

 

- 8 -


LOGO

Quality Investment Properties, Suwanee, LLC

ADDENDUM TO MASTER SPACE AGREEMENT

ADDITIONAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS

FOR COLOCATION AND INTERNET ACCESS

This Addendum is attached to and made a part of the Master Space Agreement between Customer and Quality Investment Properties, Suwanee, LLC (“QTS”), and the terms hereof are incorporated therein by this reference and are applicable where Customer orders the use of space within the Data Center(s) to be used for the purpose of colocating computer equipment and associated telecommunications equipment (the “Customer Space”); or Customer orders communications or connectivity including connection to the Internet. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meaning such terms are given in the Master Space Agreement. Reference herein to the “Agreement” shall mean the Master Space Agreement, this Addendum and all other Addenda attached thereto, and all Orders placed thereunder. No other discussions, proposals, brochures, or statements of work are incorporated herein, and neither customer nor QTS have relied thereon. The Master Space Agreement, all Addenda attached thereto, including this Addendum, and all Orders placed thereunder, fully and completely reflect the understanding and obligations of the parties.

 

1. CUSTOMER SPACE AND QTS OBLIGATIONS

 

  1.1 Upon acceptance by QTS of an Order for colocation and completion of build-out (if necessary), Customer will be granted a license to use the Customer Space, effective on the Start Date. The location of the Customer Space shall be determined by QTS in its sole discretion provided, however, Customer’s reasonable preferences identified to QTS may be considered.

 

  1.2 QTS shall use commercially reasonable efforts to complete the build-out and make the Customer Space available to Customer on or before the Target Date. The Term of use of the Customer Space shall begin thirty (30) days from the date of signing the Order. Build-out shall mean QTS’s construction and installation of the Customer Space pursuant to the Order. QTS shall provide the following Services in connection with the Customer Space:

 

  (a) Physical space as identified in the applicable Order (i.e. Half Cabinet, Full Cabinet, Cage, Suite)

 

  (b) Physical security for the Data Center(s) (security station and personnel, 24 hours/day, 365 days/year);

 

  (c) Power to the Customer Space and generator back-up to the Data Center(s);

 

  (d) Data Center environmental controls (temperature and humidity); and

 

  (e) Security alarms and fire alarm/suppression systems for the Data Center(s).

 

  1.3 QTS shall provide cabling for services provided by QTS (i.e. network services, network monitoring) and maintenance on equipment and cabling owned by QTS up to the Point of Demarcation. The “Point of Demarcation” shall mean the first point where Customer receives telecommunications or Internet access service from QTS into the Customer Space. Except as otherwise agreed pursuant to a separate Addendum for Services attached to the Master Space Agreement and set forth in a corresponding Order, QTS shall not provide installation, configuration, connection, inter-connection, maintenance or support for any cabling, lines or equipment which is not owned or operated by QTS, whether or not such cabling, lines or equipment occurs before or after the Point of Demarcation.

 

  1.4 QTS shall perform Remote Hands and Adhoc Engineering Services as requested by Customer on an as needed basis. Remote Hands and Adhoc Engineering Services shall be billed in quarter-hour increments and shall include all time expended to receive Customer instructions, travel to and return from Customer Space, perform the operations and report any findings or results. Remote Hands will be billed at the rate of $125.00 per hour. Adhoc Engineering Services shall be billed at the rate of $175.00 per hour. In no case, does this rate include the cost of any materials or equipment supplied by QTS. Remote Hands and Adhoc Engineering Services shall be provided to Customer’s Equipment within the Customer Space only pursuant
  to the express instructions of Customer, and as such, Customer hereby releases and shall hold QTS, its employees and contractors harmless from and against all Losses relating to QTS’s performance of such Remote Hands or Adhoc Engineering Services actions. Customer agrees that all requests for Remote Hands and Adhoc Engineering Services will be billed to Customer at the rates specified, excluding any service request that is the result of QTS. The response time for Remote Hands and Adhoc Engineering Services will be based upon available resources at time of Customer request and at no time does QTS imply or guarantee a specific response time for these services.

 

  1.5 QTS shall perform such janitorial services, environmental systems maintenance, power plant maintenance and other maintenance actions as QTS deems necessary or desirable with respect to the Data Center(s) in which the Customer Space is located. QTS may from time to time monitor and maintain its network, QTS Provided Equipment and Facilities (“Facilities Maintenance”). Customer acknowledges and agrees that the performance of Facilities Maintenance and Customer Maintenance may cause the network to be temporarily inaccessible and the Services temporarily unavailable to Customer. QTS will use its commercially reasonable efforts to conduct such Facilities Maintenance in a manner and at such times so as to avoid or minimize the inaccessibility of the network and/or unavailability of the Services. If Facilities Maintenance is expected to interrupt access to the network or the availability of Services, QTS shall give Customer notice by e-mail prior to conducting such maintenance, identifying the time and anticipated duration of the Facilities Maintenance.

 

2. CUSTOMER OBLIGATIONS

 

  2.1 Customer shall use the Customer Space only for placement and maintenance of telecommunications and computer equipment and related personal property in accordance with this Agreement. Customer shall not store any parts or equipment in the Customer Space other than Customer Equipment which is operational and integral to the use of the network, unless otherwise authorized by QTS. Customer shall not install any equipment or personal property (including QTS Provided Equipment and Facilities) in the Customer Space (including, without limitation, ramps, and aisles therein) that individually or in combination exceeds 1,250 lbs. per tile. Customer shall inform QTS of any equipment and property anticipated to be housed in the Customer Space, and QTS may require that the Order include build-out of reinforced flooring if, in QTS’s opinion, such equipment and/or property will exceed the weight limits proscribed herein.

 

  2.2

Customer shall provide all end-user equipment, software and all other telecommunications, Internet access and related equipment that Customer deems necessary or desirable for

 

 

-1-


  Customer’s use of the Customer Space as permitted by the Agreement. Except as otherwise agreed to pursuant to a Work Order, Customer shall be solely responsible for installation, maintenance, configuration, connection, inter-connection, and all other support in connection with (a) all equipment and personal property to be used by Customer in the Customer Space, including without limitation, QTS Provided Equipment, and (b) all telecommunications, data, Internet and power cabling or lines and connections from the Point of Demarcation into and throughout the Customer Space.

 

  2.3 Throughout the Term of the Agreement, Customer shall maintain the Customer Space in an orderly and safe condition in accordance with all applicable laws, and the Rules and Regulations. Customer shall provide the Customer Access Roster to QTS on or prior to the Start Date, and thereafter, from time to time, as the information in the Customer Access Roster may change or be amended by Customer (including names, addresses, signatures, pager numbers, e-mail address, and telephone numbers of the then current Representatives). Customer or its contractors shall be responsible for and shall properly maintain in accordance with manufacturer instructions and requirements the Customer Equipment and all personal property located in the Customer Space (“Customer Maintenance”).

 

  2.4 Customer is entitled to use up to, but not to exceed, 150 watts of electric power per square foot of Customer Space (“Power Capacity”). QTS will notify Customer when electric power usage reaches 90-95% of Power Capacity. In the event that Customer’s electric power consumption exceeds 100% of Power Capacity consistently for five (5) consecutive hours (“Excess Demand”), Customer agrees that it will immediately reduce its electric power consumption to below 100% of Power Capacity or upgrade its contract with QTS by executing a Work Order to increase Power Capacity. The only method of increasing Power Capacity is to contract for additional contiguous Customer Space (the purchase of non-contiguous customer space will not increase Customer’s Power Capacity). If contiguous customer space is not available, Customer must immediately reduce it electric power consumption to below 100% of Power Capacity If Customer fails to execute a Work Order to increase Power Capacity within five (5) days after receipt of notice from QTS of Excess Demand, or fails to reduce its electric power consumption, Customer will be subject to suspension of electric power. According to the National Electrical Installation Standards, the maximum utilization on any power circuit is 80% of the maximum capacity of that power circuit. Customer shall take the necessary precautions to avoid exceeding 80% utilization on any power circuit, In the event that Customer’s utilization exceeds 80% of maximum capacity on any power circuit, the power related remedies and Service Level Credits set forth in Section 5.2 herein shall not apply.

 

3. ACCESS TO DATA CENTER(S) AND CUSTOMER SPACE

 

  3.1 Customer’s 24 × 7 × 365 access to the Customer Space and the Data Center(s) will be limited solely to the Representatives identified on the then current Customer Access Roster. Customer represents and warrants that the information contained therein shall be true, complete and accurate in all respects. QTS shall have no obligation to verify that any information contained in the Customer Access Roster then on file with QTS is current or accurate, and QTS shall be entitled to rely upon all such information in admitting persons identified therein to the Data Center(s). QTS may require Representative to be accompanied by an authorized QTS representative or security personnel. QTS shall have the right to refuse access, or limit access, to the Data Center(s) to any person who is not a Representative or to any Representative whom QTS (in its sole discretion) considers to be a risk to security or to the safety of persons or property, or who is not qualified to perform the tasks
  for which such person purports to access the Customer Space, or for any other lawful reason.

 

  3.2 Security personnel may require individuals desiring access to sign-in, present photo identification, submit to physical inspection of their person and properties and otherwise answer such questions and provide such information as the security personnel may require to authenticate such person and verify that such person is an authorized Representative of Customer.

 

  3.3 Customer shall not (and shall not permit others operating at its request, under its instruction, direction, control or supervision to) access, rearrange, reconfigure, disconnect, remove, repair, replace, damage or otherwise tamper with (or attempt to do any of the foregoing to) any of the Facilities or the properties or customer space of any other person using the Data Center(s). Any violation of this Section 3 shall be material breach by Customer of this Agreement and, in addition to all other remedies available to QTS therefor, and notwithstanding any provisions contrary hereto, Customer shall upon demand (a) pay QTS the cost to repair or remedy all damage caused to the Facilities or the properties or Customer Space of its customers (including replacement of any such properties, if deemed necessary by QTS or the owner of such property), and (b) shall indemnify QTS, its employees, agents, representatives and other Data Center users and customers, from all Losses resulting therefrom, pursuant to the Master Space Agreement Further, Customer shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless QTS, its employees, agents, representatives and contractors, pursuant to the Master Space Agreement, for any injury to any person or damage to property of any person (including employees and representatives of QTS) caused by or related to Customer’s and its Representatives’ access to and use of the Customer Space or the Data Center(s).

 

  3.4 In addition to the requirements set forth herein, Customer’s access shall be subject to any and all rules, regulations, security and access requirements imposed by QTS governing the Data Center(s), including without limitation, Rules and Regulations posted on the QTS portal and the Visitor Acknowledgment and Release. Customer agrees (and shall cause each of its Representatives) to strictly abide by all such requirements for the Data Center. Customer agrees to periodically access the website and familiarize itself with the then current version of the Rules and Regulations. Notwithstanding, QTS agrees to provide Customer with thirty (30) days notice of any changes to said Rules and Regulations.

 

  3.5 QTS retains the right to access the Customer Space at any time for any legitimate business purpose of QTS. Customer shall provide a safe place for QTS personnel to work at the Premises and within the Customer Space. Customer shall allow QTS access to the premises and Customer Space to the extent reasonably necessary (as determined by QTS) for the installation, inspection, removal, relocation, replacement, and scheduled or emergency Facilities Maintenance, or as may otherwise be necessary to provide the Services.

 

4. INTERNET ACCESS SERVICES

 

  4.1

Customer’s use of the Internet access Services shall at all times comply with QTS’s then current Acceptable Use Policy and Privacy Policy (“Acceptable Use Policy”), as amended by QTS from time-to-time and which is available through the QTS portal. QTS will notify Customer of complaints received by QTS regarding each incident of alleged violation of QTS’s Acceptable Use Policy, whether by Customer or third parties that has gained access to the Service through Customer. Customer agrees that it will promptly investigate all such complaints and take all reasonably necessary actions to remedy and to prevent any further violation of QTS’s Acceptable Use Policy. Customer agrees that QTS may identify to the complainant that Customer or a third party is investigating the matter and QTS may provide

 

 

-2-


  the complainant with the necessary information to contact Customer directly to resolve the complaint. Customer shall identify a representative for the purposes of receiving such communications. QTS reserves the right to install and use, or to require Customer to install and use, any appropriate devices to prevent violations of QTS’s Acceptable Use Policy, including devices designed to filter or terminate access to the Services. If QTS is notified of any allegedly infringing, defamatory, damaging, obscene, pornographic, illegal, or offensive use, content or activity, QTS may (but shall not be required to) investigate the allegation, or refer it to Customer or a third party for investigation. QTS reserves the right to remove or require the removal of the illegal or objectionable content from the Web page or any other text or item linked to the Internet, and require Customer to cease (or cause its users to cease) all illegal or objectionable activities or use. If Customer refuses such requirements, QTS may, at its option, immediately remove the subject Web page or other text or item from the Internet, suspend the Services provided hereunder, and/or terminate this Agreement, all without limiting any other remedies available to QTS, and QTS shall not be liable to Customer or any other person as a result of any such action.

 

  4.2 Unless specifically provided for in a separate Addendum, QTS does not provide, and Customer shall indemnify, defend and hold QTS harmless from any and all Losses arising from or relating to, user or access security with respect to any of Customer’s facilities or facilities of others, and Customer shall be solely responsible for user/access security and network access to Customer’s facilities. QTS shall not provide any service to detect or identify any security breach of Customer’s websites, databases or facilities, except as may be set forth in a separate written agreement between Customer and QTS.

 

  4.3 Unless specifically provided for in a separate Addendum, QTS does not perform any tests employing tools and techniques intended to gain unauthorized access to Customer’s environment (“Internet Intrusion Testing”). . Internet Intrusion Testing by Customer, or any third party on Customer’s behalf require Customer to indemnify QTS pursuant to the Master Space Agreement.

 

  4.4 Unless otherwise agreed in writing by QTS, QTS shall not be responsible for the installation, removal, operation, maintenance or replacement of any equipment or Customer Equipment.

 

  4.5 The parties understand and agree that use of telecommunications and data communications networks and the Internet may not be secure and that connection to and transmission of data and information over the Internet and such facilities provides the opportunity for unauthorized access to computer systems, networks, and all data stored therein. Information and data transmitted through the Internet or stored on any equipment through which Internet information is transmitted may not remain confidential and QTS does not make any representation or warranty regarding privacy, security, authenticity, and non-corruption or destruction of any such information. QTS does not warrant that the Services or Customer’s use will be uninterrupted, error-free, or secure. QTS shall not be responsible for any adverse consequence or loss whatsoever to Customer’s (or its users’ or subscribers’) use of the Internet. Use of any information transmitted or obtained by Customer using the QTS network or the Internet is at Customer’s own risk. QTS is not responsible for the accuracy of information obtained through its network, including as a result of failure of performance, error, omission, interruption, corruption, deletion, defect, delay in operation or transmission, computer virus, communication line failure, theft or destruction or unauthorized access to, alteration of, or use of information or facilities, or malfunctioning of websites. QTS does not control the transmission or flow of data to or from QTS’s network and other portions of the Internet. Such transmissions and/or flow depend in part on the performance of telecommunications and/or
  Internet services provided or controlled by third parties. At times, actions or inactions of such third parties can impair or disrupt Customer’s connections to the Internet. QTS does not represent or warrant that such events will not occur and QTS disclaims any and all liability resulting from or related to such acts or omissions.

 

  4.6 Customer may not resell IP addresses, IP numbers, or IP accounts from a QTS provided leased line, including, without limitation, serial line Internet protocol (SUP) or point-to-point protocol (PPP) dial-up accounts, point-to-point leased lines, switched packet leased lines, or any TCP/IP transmission that uses resources on QTS’s network without the prior written consent of QTS and such account addresses are not portable. Customer shall own its own registered domain names.

 

  4.7 To the extent Customer orders any Service designated as “Burstable” (meaning Customer has the ability to use Services in excess of the Committed Data Rate), Customer will be billed for (a) the Committed Data Rate, and (b) the Excess Use at the price per Mbps set forth in the Order. Customer’s use will be sampled in five-minute inbound and outbound averages during each month. At the end of the month in which such use is measured, the top five percent (5%) of the inbound and outbound averages shall be discarded. The highest of the resulting ninety-five percent (95%) for inbound and outbound averages will be compared to the Committed Data Rate, and if that ninety-fifth percentile (95%) of traffic is higher than the Committed Data Rate, the difference between the highest of either average and the Committed Data Rate shall be the “Excess Use”.

 

  4.8 If Customer is an international, federal, state, or local governmental agency, the purchase order submitted by Customer shall contain the following language:

“Notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary on the face of this purchase order or on any attachments to this purchase order, this purchase order is being used for administrative purposes only, and this order is placed under and subject solely to the terms and conditions of the QTS Master Space Agreement and Addendum for Colocation and Internet Access, executed between Customer and QTS.”

 

 

-3-


5. SERVICE LEVEL GUARANTEE

 

  5.1 Internet Access Guarantee . Except in the event of Facilities Maintenance, Customer Maintenance, Customer use of a single physical connection and Force Majeure conditions, QTS shall have the contracted Internet access available for the Customer to transmit information to, and receive information from the Internet 99.999% of the time during the Term of this Addendum (“Internet Access Guarantee”). Customer acknowledges that incremental usage in excess of the Committed Data Rate is subject to available bandwidth on the QTS network.

Internet Access Remedy . In the event QTS fails to provide the level of service provided in the Internet Access Guarantee, Customer shall receive the applicable remedy (“Service Level Credit”) described below. The Internet Access Guarantee is measured on a calendar month basis.

 

LENGTH OF INTERNET OUTAGE

 

SERVICE LEVEL CREDIT

More than 26 Seconds but less than 4 Minutes in a given month.   Credit of 1.0% of total Monthly Recurring Charge for Internet Access
4 Minutes per month, but less than 43 Minutes in a given month.   Credit of 2.0% of total Monthly Recurring Charge for Internet Access
43 Minutes per month, but less than 86 Minutes in a given month.   Credit of 4.0% of total Monthly Recurring Charge for Internet Access
More than 86 Minutes per month.   Credit of 6.6% of total Monthly Recurring Charge for Internet Access, plus the applicable credit for any partial hour, not to exceed the total Monthly Recurring Charge for Internet service. For example, unavailability of 1 hour, 30 minutes, would result in a credit of the total Monthly Recurring Charge of 8.6% (6.6% +2%)

 

  5.2 Power Guarantee . Except in the event of Facilities Maintenance, Customer Maintenance and Force Majeure conditions, QTS shall have the contracted power available for the Customer as follows: 99.999% of the time during the Term of this Addendum when configured with redundant power, or if the Customer does not choose the redundant power option on the Customer order form, 99.99% of the time during this Addendum (“Power Guarantee”).

Power Remedy . In the event QTS fails to provide the level of service provided in the Power Guarantee, Customer shall receive the applicable remedy (“Service Level Credit”) described below. The Power Guarantee is measured on a calendar month basis and is based upon Customer’s selection on the Order form of either single or redundant power.

 

POWER UNAVAILABILITY

CALCULATIONS

 

SERVICE LEVEL CREDIT FOR
REDUNDANT POWER SUPPLY

 

SERVICE LEVEL CREDIT FOR A

SINGLE POWER SUPPLY ONLY

More than 26 Seconds but less than 4 Minutes in a given month.   Credit of 1.0% of total Monthly Recurring Charge for Customer Space   NONE
4 Minutes per month, but less than 43 Minutes in a given month.   Credit of 2.0% of total Monthly Recurring Charge for Customer Space   NONE
43 Minutes per month, but less than 86 Minutes in a given month.   Credit of 4.0% of total Monthly Recurring Charge for Customer Space   Credit of 2.0% of total Monthly Recurring Charge for Customer Space
More than 86 Minutes in a given month.   Credit of 6.6% of total Monthly Recurring Charge for Customer Space, plus the applicable credit for any partial hour, not to exceed the total Monthly Recurring Charge for Customer Space. For example, unavailability of 1 hour, 30 minutes, would result in a credit of the total Monthly Recurring Charge of 10.6% (6.6% +4%)   Credit of 4.0% of total Monthly Recurring Charge for Customer Space, plus the applicable credit for any partial hour, not to exceed the total Monthly Recurring Charge for Customer Space. For example, unavailability of 1 hour, 30 minutes, would result in a credit of the total Monthly Recurring Charge of 5% (4% +1%)

 

  5.2 Latency Guarantee . Except in the event of Facilities Maintenance, Customer Maintenance and Force Majeure conditions, QTS shall provide the contracted Internet access capable of one-way transmissions of a monthly average of 40 milliseconds or less between the QTS switch port and the QTS transit routers during the Term of this Addendum (“Latency Guarantee”). It is mutually understood that customers who purchase Burstable bandwidth may necessarily suffer increased latency should volume exceed the Burstable access ordered.

Latency Remedy . In the event QTS fails to meet the Latency Guarantee, Customer will receive a Service Level Credit equal to one day’s Monthly Recurring Charges for Internet Access for every 10 milliseconds (or portions thereof) over the guaranteed 40 milliseconds monthly average.

 

-4-


  5.4 Packet Delivery Guarantee . Except in the event of Facilities Maintenance, Customer Maintenance and Force Majeure conditions, QTS guarantees Network Packet Loss (“Packet Guarantee”) of less than 0.5% monthly average measured from the QTS switch port to the QTS transit routers (“Network”). It is mutually understood that customers who order fixed Committed Data Rates (not Burstable), may necessarily suffer packet losses should volume exceed the fixed Committed Data Rate ordered, and customers who purchase Burstable bandwidth may necessarily suffer packet losses should volume exceed the Burstable access ordered. As such, the remedy (Service Level Credit) is only available for packet losses occurring within the ordered bandwidth.

Packet Delivery Remedy . In the event QTS fails to meet the Packet Guarantee, Customer will receive a Service Level Credit equal to one day’s Monthly Recurring Charges for Internet Access for every one percent (or portions thereof) over the guaranteed 0.5% monthly average.

 

  5.5 Temperature Guarantee . Except in the event of Facilities Maintenance, Customer Maintenance and Force Majeure conditions, QTS guarantees the monthly average Data Center temperature will not exceed 78 degrees Fahrenheit (Temperature Guarantee”).

Temperature Remedy . In the event any QTS sampling point registers a monthly average deviation in excess of the Temperature Guarantee, Customer will receive a Service Level Credit equal to one day’s Monthly Recurring Charges for physical space for every one (1°) degree Fahrenheit above the Temperature Guarantee during the applicable month.

 

  5.6 Humidity Guarantee . Except in the event of Facilities Maintenance, Customer Maintenance and Force Majeure conditions, QTS guarantees the monthly average Data Center humidity will not exceed 55% (“Humidity Guarantee”).

Humidity Remedy . In the event any QTS sampling point registers a monthly average deviation in excess of the Humidity Guarantee, Customer will receive a Service Level Credit equal to one day’s Monthly Recurring Charges for physical space for every one (1%) percent the humidity exceeds the Humidity Guarantee during the applicable month.

 

  5.7. Remedies .

 

  a) If, during the term of this Addendum, QTS fails to meet any of the Internet Access Guarantee, Power Guarantee, Latency Guarantee, Packet Delivery Guarantee, Temperature Guarantee, or the Humidity Guarantee (each referred to herein individually and collectively as a “Service Level Guarantee”), Customer shall be entitled to receive, as its sole and exclusive remedy, the applicable Service Level Credits described in Sections 5.1, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 5.5 and 5.6 of this Addendum. QTS shall apply all of the Customer’s Service Level Credits directly to the Customer’s total Monthly Charges. In no event shall the Customer’s total amount of Service Level Credits exceed the Customer’s total Monthly Charges for a given month.

 

  b) If QTS shall fail to meet the Internet Access Guarantee two (2) times in any calendar quarter or shall fail to meet the Power Guarantee two (2) times in any calendar quarter, either party shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement upon the delivery of written notice received by the other party within thirty (30) days of the date of the second failure. Termination pursuant to this section shall be effective sixty (60) days after the non-terminating party’s receipt of the required termination notice.

 

  c) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if, following the application of any Service Level Credits to the Customer’s Monthly Charges for the failure by QTS to meet the same Service Level Guarantee two (2) times in any calendar quarter, QTS determines in its sole and reasonable discretion that it will be unable to meet such guarantee in the future, QTS reserves the right, upon written notice to the Customer, to terminate this Addendum without penalty. In the event of a termination pursuant to the foregoing sentence, upon Customer’s written request, QTS will continue to provide Customer the Services governed by this Addendum for a period of up to sixty (60) days, provided, however, Customer continues to make timely payments of the Monthly Charges as provided herein. Customer acknowledges that QTS will not be responsible for payment of any additional Service Level Credits, of any nature whatsoever, during this sixty (60) day period.

 

  d) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, QTS will not knowingly or purposefully fail to meet any Service Level Guarantee. In the event that a Service Level Guarantee is not met and QTS determines in its reasonable judgment that such failure was a result of (i) any Force Majeure condition, (ii) any actions or inactions of Customer, (iii) any activity under Customer’s control or within the obligations undertaken by Customer (including, without limitation, inaccurate or corrupt data input, use of network or the Services other than in accordance with the documentation or the directions of QTS, failure or inability of Customer to obtain or the failure or inability of a vendor to provide upgrades, new releases, enhancements, patches, error corrections and fixes for software equipment, and problems in Customer’s local environment), or (iv) any Facilities Maintenance performed during the maintenance window identified in Section 1.5 of this Addendum or any Customer Maintenance, then QTS shall have no obligation to credit Customer any amount for any such failure.

[Signatures on the following page]

 

-5-


CUSTOMER:    ChannelAdvisor     QTS:
        QUALITY INVESTMENT PROPERTIES, SUWANEE, LLC
Print Name:   Joshua Schlanger     Name:   Mark Waddington
Title:   Dir, DataCenter Ops     Title:   President (Managing Member)
Address:   2701 Aerial Ctr Pkwy     Address:   12851 Foster St, Suite 205
  Morrisville, NC 27560       Overland Park KS, 66213
        Attn: Mark Waddington
Telephone:   919.228.4832     Telephone:   913-312-5000
Facsimile:         Facsimile:   913-814-7766
E-mail:   josh.schlanger@channeladvisor.com     E-mail:   mwaddington@QualityTech.com
Date:   1/28/11     Date:  

 

Signature:   LOGO     Signature:  

 

 

-6-


Exhibit 10.24

(continued)

*** Text Omitted and Filed Separately Confidential Treatment Requested Under 17 CFR §§ 200.80(b)(4) and 230.406

 

LOGO       20627.9
   Contract Number:   
   Contract Type:    Renewal
   Sales Executive:    O’Keefe, Karen
   Sales Engineer:    McCall, David
   Start Date:    2/1/11
   Data Center Location:    Suwanee, GA

Quality Investment Properties, Suwanee, LLC dba QualityTech Suwanee

 

Company Name   Channel Advisor
Contact Name   Josh Schlanger
Customer Address   2701 Arial Center Pkwy Suite 2200 Morrisville, NC 27560
Customer Phone Number   919.228.4832
Contact Email Address   josh.schlanger@channeladvisor.com

 

36 Month Term

   Non
Recurring
Charges
    Monthly
Recurring
Charges
 

CoLo and Connectivity

     [***     [***

Networking Services

     [***     [***
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     [***     [***
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(does not include sales tax) Total Charges

     [***     [***
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Note: This work order is valid for 30 days. By signing below, the Authorized Representatives of Customer and QualityTech acknowledge: (i) that they have reviewed the QualityTech Work Order, the Master Space Agreement and the related Addenda and Statements of Work; and (ii) that they understand the requirements of said documents and do hereby agree to be bound by the terms and conditions embodied therein.

 

* Notes -

 

 

Bandwidth and storage overage charges are 150% of committed rate cost per mb. 16 ip address are included with bandwidth charges, any additional will incur an additional charge. [289] square feet supports up to [43350] usable watts.

Cancelling and stop billing RichFX [***] as of 1/1/11 invoice; original expiration date was 6/2011. Removal and Destruction of [***] hard drives for RichFX NYC equipment. Certificate will be issued upon completion.

Renewing existing Suwanee, GA services. Cage per sq foot pricing and power pricing will remain the same throughout the term of this agreement.

 

Please print and sign two complete copies of this work order and mail back to your sales representative for processing. One countersigned copy will be sent back to you.

 

Channel Advisor

   

Quality Investment Properties, Suwanee, LLC dba QualityTech Suwanee

Company     Company
LOGO    

/s/ Mark Waddington

Signature     Signature

Josh Schlanger

   

Mark Waddington

Print Name     Print Name

Director, Data Center Operations

   

President

Title     Title

1/28/11

   

 

Date     Date

 

[***] Certain confidential information in this document, marked by bracketed asterisks, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 1


LOGO    Contract Number:   
   Sales Executive:    O’Keefe, Karen
   Sales Engineer:    McCall, David
   Data Center Location:    Suwanee, GA

 

CoLo and Connectivity

   Qty: NRC     Qty: MRC     Unit: NRC     Unit: MRC     NRC     MRC  

1410011100001

  

Space - Georgia - Cage

     [***     [***     [***     [***     [***     [***

1410011100004

  

Space - Georgia - Cabinet standalone

     [***     [***     [***     [***     [***     [***

1111411100009

  

Bandwidth 60

     [***     [***     [***     [***     [***     [***

1410211100001

  

Power Georgia 120V 20Amp Primary

     [***     [***     [***     [***     [***     [***

1410211100002

  

Power Georgia 120V 20Amp Redundant

     [***     [***     [***     [***     [***     [***

1410211100006

  

Power Georgia 220V 20Amp Primary

     [***     [***     [***     [***     [***     [***

1410211100008

  

Power Georgia 220V 30Amp Primary

     [***     [***     [***     [***     [***     [***
             

 

 

   

 

 

 
              Totals        [***     [***

Networking Services

   Qty: NRC     Qty: MRC     Unit: NRC     Unit: MRC     NRC     MRC  

1110911100008

  

IP Address MRC

     [***     [***     [***     [***     [***     [***
             

 

 

   

 

 

 
              Totals        [***     [***

 

[***] Certain confidential information in this document, marked by bracketed asterisks, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 2

Exhibit 21.1

Subsidiaries of ChannelAdvisor Corporation

 

Name of Subsidiary

  

Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization

CA Marketplaces, Inc.

   Delaware

CA Washington, LLC

   Delaware

ChannelAdvisor (Barbados) Ltd

   Barbados

Channel Advisor Brazil Tecnologia Ltda

   Brazil

ChannelAdvisor Europe Limited

   United Kingdom

ChannelAdvisor GmbH

   Germany

ChannelAdvisor Hong Kong Limited

   Hong Kong

ChannelAdvisor Ireland Limited

   Ireland

ChannelAdvisor (AU) Pty Limited

   Australia

ChannelAdvisor UK Limited

   United Kingdom

Marketworks (International) Pty Ltd

   Australia

Marketworks Limited

   United Kingdom

MerchandisingAdvisor Corporation

   Delaware

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our reports dated March 5, 2013, in the Registration Statement (Form S-1) and related Prospectus of ChannelAdvisor Corporation and Subsidiaries for the registration of shares of their common stock.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Raleigh, NC

April 10, 2013